Skip to main content

Full text of "Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences, 4th series"

See other formats 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF  THE 


California  Academy  of  Sciences 


FOURTH  SERIES 


Vol.  XVIII 


SAN  FRANCISCO 

Published  by  the  Academy 

1929-1930 


COMMITTEE  ON  PUBLICATION 

Col.  George  C.  Edwards,  Chairman 

Dr.  C.  E.  Grunskt  Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Editor 


CONTENTS  OF  VOLUME  XVIII 


1.  A   New  Species  of  Corambe  from  the  Pacific  Coast  of  North 

America.    By  Frank  M.  MacFarland  and  Charles  H.  O'Don- 

oghue.   PubHshed  January  29,  1929 1 

Plates  1-3 

2.  A  New  Bird  Family  (Geospizidae)  from  the  Galapagos  Islands.  By 

Harry  S.  Swarth.    Published  January  29,  1929 29 

3.  A  Contribution  to  our  Knowledge  of  the  Nesting  Habits  of  the  Gol- 

den Eagle.   By  Joseph  R.  Slevin.  Published  January  29,  1929 . .         45 

Plates  4-7 

4.  Marine  Miocene  and  related  Deposits  of  North  Colombia,    By 

Frank  M.  Anderson.  PubHshed  March  29,  1929 73 

Plates  8-23 

5.  A  New  Pecten  from  the  San  Diego  Pliocene.   By  Leo  George  Hert- 

lein.   PubUshed  April  5,  1929 215 

Plate  24,  Figs.  10-11 

6.  A  New  Species  of  Land  Snail  from  Kern  County,  California.    By 

G.  Dallas  Hanna.  PubHshed  April  5,  1929 217 

Plate  24,  Figs.  7-9 

7.  A  New  Species  of  Land  Snail  from  Coahuila,  Mexico.  By  G.  Dallas 

Hanna  and  Leo  George  Hertlein.    Published  April  5,  1929. ...       219 
Plate  24,  Figs.  5,  6 

8.  Some  Notes  on  Oreohelix.   By  Junius  Henderson.   Published  April 

5,  1929 221 

Plate  24,  Figs.  1-4 

9.  Notes  on  the  Northern  Elephant  Seal.  By  M.  E.  McLellan  David- 

son.   Published  April  5,  1929 229 

Plates  25,  26 

10.  On  a  Small  CoUection  of  Birds  from  Torres  Strait  Islands,  and 

from  Guadalcanar  Island,  Solomon  Group.  By  M.  E.  McLellan 
Davidson.    PubHshed  April  5,  1929 245 

11.  The  Generic  Relationships  and  Nomenclature  of  the  California 

Sardine.    By  Cari  L.  Hubbs.    Published  April  5,  1929 261 

12.  The  Faunal  Areas  of  southern  Arizona:    A  Study  in  Animal  Dis- 

tribution.  By  Harry  S.  Swarth.    PubHshed  April  26,  1929 267 

Plates  27-32 

13.  The  Escallonias  in  Golden  Gate  Park,  San  Francisco,  California, 

with  Descriptions  of  New  Species.    By  AHce  Eastwood.    Pub- 
Hshed September  6,  1929 385 

Plate  35 


14.  Studies  in  the  Flora  of  Lower  California  and  adjacent  Islands.   By 

Alice  Eastwood.    Published  September  6,  1929 393 

Plates  33,  34 

15.  Drepania,  A  Genus  of  Nudibranchiate  MoUusks  new  to  California. 

By  F.  M.  MacFarland.    Published  October  4,  1929 485 

16.  Some  Upper  Cretaceous  Foraminifera  from  Coalinga,  California. 

By  J.  A.  Cushman  and  C.  C.  Church.  Pubhshed  October  4,  1929       497 

Plates  35-41 

17    Report  of  President  of  Academy.    By  C.  E.  Grunsky 531-541 

18.    Report  of  Director.    By  Barton  Warren  Evermann 542-579 

Report  of  Treasurer.    By  M.  Hall  McAllister 580-586 

Index 587 


PROCEEDINGS 

OF  THE 

CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 

Fourth  Series 

Vol.  XVIII,  No.  1,  pp.  1-27,  plates  1-3  January  29,  1929 


A  NEW  SPECIES  OF  CORAMBE  FROM  THE  PACIFIC 
COAST  OF  NORTH  AMERICA 

BY 

FRANK  M.  MacFARLAND 
Stanford  University 

AND 

CHARLES  H.  O'DONOGHUE 
University  of  Edinburgh 

The  Nudibranch  genus  Coramhe  forms  a  group  concerning 
whose  structure,  life  history,  affinities  and  distribution,  much 
remains  yet  to  be  learned.  The  general  features  of  its  or- 
ganization seem  to  ally  it  to  the  phanerobranchiate  Dorids, 
and  in  that  group  more  especially  to  the  Goniodorididse.  It 
has  been  placed  by  Bergh  in  his  System  (1892)  in  a  separate 
family,  the  Corambidse,  and  he  indicates  its  probable  close  re- 
lationship to  the  little  known,  older  genera  Hypohranchuua  A. 
Adams,  and  Doridella  Verrill,  rather  characteristically  re- 
ducing them  to  synonymy  with  his  own,  later  genus.  While 
these  two  are  unknown  from  an  anatomical  point  of  view,  it  is 
reasonably  certain  that  they  should  be  united  with  Coramhe  in 
the  same  family  at  least.  In  doing  this  we  recognize  the  pri- 
ority and  correctness  of  the  name  proposed  by  P.  Fischer 
(1883),  and  use  it  instead  of  the  later  one  by  Bergh.  The 
family  diagnosis  given  by  Fischer  has  been  slightly  modified 
in  the  light  of  later  information  than  was  then  available. 
Should  future  studies  establish  the  generic  identity  of  Corambe 

January  29,  1929 


2  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

with  either  or  both  HypohranchicBa  and  Doridella,  the  name 
given  by  Bergh  would,  of  course,  be  cancelled  in  favor  of  the 
earlier  one. 

Family  Hypobranchi^id^  P.  Fischer,  1883. 
Fischer,  P.,  1883,    Manuel  de  Conchyliologie,  Fasc.  VI,  p.  530. 

Body,  notaeum,  and  rhinophores  doridiform,  branchiae  pos- 
terior, below  the  notaeum  margin  and  above  the  foot;  anus 
median,  posterior,  between  notaeum  and  foot;  reproductive 
openings  anterior  on  right  side;  radula  narrow,  multiserial. 

Genus  1.    Hypobranchiaea  A.  Adams,  1847. 
Adams,  A.,  1847.    Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  pp.  23-24. 
Type:    Hypohranchicsa  fusca  A.  Adams. 
Yellow  Sea. 

Genus  2.    Doridella  Verrill,  1870. 
Verrill,  A.  E.,  1870.    Amer.  Journal  Science  and  Arts,  I,  p.  408. 
Type:    Doridella  obscura  Verrill. 

Vineyard  Sound;  Long  Island  Sound. 

Genus  3.    Corambe  Bergh,  1871. 
Bergh,  R.,  1871.    Verh.  k.  k.  zool.-bot.  Ges.  Wien,  XXI,  pp.  1293-1294. 
Type:    Corambe  sargassicola  Bergh. 
Sargasso  Sea. 

Genus  4.    Corambella  Balch,  1899. 

Balch,  F.  E.,  1899.    Proc.  Host.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXIX,  p.  151. 

Type:    Corambella  depressa  Balch. 

Cold  Spring  Harbor,  Long  Island. 

The  present  paper  deals  with  the  third  of  this  list  of  genera, 
being  a  description  with  anatomical  details  of  a  new  species  of 
Corambe  from  the  Pacific  Coast  of  North  America,  for  which 


Vol.  XVIII]     MACFARLAND  &  O'DONOGHUE—NEW  SPECIES  CORAMBE       3 

the  name  Corambe  pacifica  is  here  proposed.  Our  grateful 
acknowledgments  are  due  to  Professor  Walter  K.  Fisher,  Di- 
rector of  the  Hopkins  Marine  Station,  Pacific  Grove,  Cali- 
fornia, for  the  free  use  of  the  facilities  afforded  by  that  lab- 
oratory during  the  prosecution  of  the  greater  portion  of  this 
study.  We  are  also  greatly  indebted  to  Mrs.  Olive  H.  Mac- 
Farland  for  her  generous  cooperation  in  the  preparation  of  the 
fisfures  which  illustrate  this  account. 


^fc>" 


Corambe  Bergh,  1871 

Corambe  Bergh,  R.,  1869.  Bidrag  til  en  Monographi  af  Phyllidierne. 
Naturh.    Tidsskrift,  3  R,  5  B,  p.  359;  footnote. 

Corambe  Bergh,  1871.  Beitrage  zur  Kenntnis  der  Mollusken  des  Sar- 
gassomeeres.  Verh.  d.  k.  k.  zool.-bot.  Gesellschaft  Wien, 
Bd.  XXI,  pp.  1293-1297,  Taf.  XI,  Fig.  21-27,  Taf.  XII, 
Fig.  1-11. 

Corambe  Kerbert,  C,  1886.  Over  het  Geslacht  Corambe  Bergh.  Tijd- 
schrift  der  Nederlandsche  Dierkundige  Vereeniging,  2 
Sen,  D.  1,  Afl.  2,  pp.  5-6.  (Abstract  in  Bull.  Sci.  du 
Nord,  2  Ser.,  9,  1886,  pp.  136-138.) 

Corambe   Fischer,    P.,    1888.      Note   sur   la   presence   du   genre    Corambe 

Bergh,  dans  le  bassin  d'Arcachon  (Gironde).     Bull.  Soc. 

Zool.  France,  T.  13,  No.  9,  pp.  215-216. 
Corambe  Fischer,  H.,  1889.    Note  preliminaire  sur  la  Corambe  testudinaria. 

Bull.  Soc.  Zool.  France.  T.  14,  No.  10,  pp.  379-381. 
Corambe   Fischer,    H.,    1891.      Sur    I'anatomie    du    Corambe   testudinaria. 

C  R.  Ac.  Sci.  Paris,  CXII,  pp.  304-307. 
Corambe  Fischer,  H.,  1891.     Recherches  anatomiques  sur  un  Mollusque 

appartenant  au  Genre  Corambe.     Bull.  Sci.  de  la  France 

et   de  la   Belgique.     T.   XXIII    (Ser.   IV,   Vol.   II),  pp. 

358-398,  PI.  IX-XIII. 

Corambe  Fischer,  H.,  1896.  Note  sur  la  distribution  du  Genre  Corambe. 
Jour.  Conchyl.  Vol.  XLIII,  pp.  235-236. 

Corambe  Bergh,  R.,  1892.  System  der  Nudibranchiaten  Gasteropoden. 
Wiesbaden.  Semper's  Reisen  im  Archipel  der  Philip- 
pinen.  Wissenschaftliche  Resultate.  Malacologische  Un- 
tersuchungen,  Bd.  Ill,  H.  18,  pp.  166-168. 

Corambe  Vayssiere,  A.,  1901.  fitude  comparee  des  Opistobranches  des 
Cotes  Frangaises  de  I'Ocean  Atlantique  et  de  la  Manche 
avec  ceux  de  nos  Cotes  Mediterraneennes.  Bull.  Sci. 
France  et  Belgique,  T.  XXXIV,  p.  296. 

Corambe  Vayssiere,  A.,  1913.  Mollusques  de  France  et  des  regions 
voisines.    T.  I.,  Paris,  p.  Z62). 


4  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Body  doridiform,  oval,  depressed;  notseum  somewhat  con- 
vex, its  margin  wide,  flattened,  rounded  in  front,  deeply 
notched  in  the  median  line  behind,  everywhere  extending  be- 
yond the  foot;  rhinophores  retractile  within  sheaths,  the  stalk 
bearing  an  inner  pair  of  wing-like,  lateral  expansions,  and 
surrounded  by  an  outer  sheath,  free  above,  united  to  the  stalk 
below,  and  deeply  cleft  or  entirely  free  behind;  foot  emar- 
ginate  in  front,  rounded  behind,  smaller  than  the  notseum, 
which  completely  conceals  it. 

Branchiae  posterior,  of  a  few  separate,  pinnate  plumes  sym- 
metrically arranged  on  either  side  of  the  median  line  between 
the  notseum  and  the  foot ;  anus  median,  posterior,  between  the 
two  groups  of  branchial  plumes ;  tentacles  short,  nearly  con- 
cealed by  the  notaeum. 

Pharyngeal  bulb  armed  with  two  lateral  thickenings  at  the 
buccal  aperture;  radula  narrow,  its  rhachis  naked,  the  inner- 
most, lateral  tooth  large,  bearing  a  denticulate  hook,  the  outer 
laterals  few,  small,  with  a  simple  hook;  buccal  ingluvies  con- 
nate with  the  pharyngeal  bulb.     Glans  penis  unarmed. 

The  genus  Corambe  is  first  mentioned  by  Bergh  in  1869  in 
a  brief  footnote  in  a  paper  upon,  the  Phyllidiidse.  The  de- 
scription, "a  dorid-like  mollusk  with  strong  mandibles,  with 
numerous  (24)  rows  of  teeth,  with  four  laterals  upon  either 
side  of  a  median  series,"  can  scarcely  be  taken  as  an  adequate 
diagnosis  of  the  genus,  since  there  are  neither  mandibles  nor 
median  teeth  present,  nor  could  the  form  be  identified  by  this 
statement  alone.  In  1871,  however,  the  same  author  published 
a  more  extended  diagnosis,  based  upon  a  study  of  a  single 
specimen  of  the  genotype,  Corambe  sargassicola  Bergh,  taken 
upon  drifting  seaweed  in  the  Central  Atlantic  in  42°  50'  N. 
Lat,,  and  46°  20'  W.  Long.  The  description  is  in  many  de- 
tails quite  inaccurate  and  incomplete,  probably  owing  to  the 
lack  of  material.  A  second  species,  Corambe  batava,  from  the 
Zuider-Zee,  was  described  by  Kerbert  in  1886  in  a  very 
fragmentary  manner.  In  1889  H.  Fischer  described  a  third 
species,  Corambe  teshidinaria  from  the  Bay  of  Arcachon,  and 
in  1891  published  an  excellent  anatomical  account,  which 
forms  the  actual  basis  of  our  knowledge  of  the  genus.  In  the 
opinion  of  Vayssiere  (1913),  these  three  species  are  Identical, 
forming  the  single  species  Corambe  sargassicola  Bergh,  which 


Vol.  XVIII]     MACFARLAND  &  O'DONOGHUE—NEW  SPECIES  CORAMBE       5 

is  not  at  all  unlikely,  though  the  accurate  information  respect- 
ing the  species  described  by  Bergh  and  by  Kerbert,  necessary 
to  certainty  in  this  regard,  is  lacking. 

The  new  species  of  Coranihe  discussed  in  the  present  paper, 
differs  markedly  from  the  ones  previously  described.  It  has 
been  taken  by  the  authors  in  two  widely  separated  localities, 
Monterey  Bay,  California,  and  at  Nanaimo,  British  Colum- 
bia. In  each  instance  the  habitat  is  the  same :  Memhranipora 
colonies  upon  the  large  kelps  and  Zoster  a,  from  which  sur- 
roundings the  minute  animal  is  scarcely  distinguishable.  Its 
resemblance  to  a  young  colony  of  the  bryozoan  of  similar  size 
is  even  more  perfect. 

The  species  of  the  genus  at  present  may  be  listed  as  follows : 

1.  Coranihe  sargassicola  Bergh,  1871. 

2.  C.  hatava  Kerbert,  1886. 

3.  C.  testudinaria  Fischer,  1889. 

4.  C.  paciUca  MacFarland  &  O'Donoghue,  new  spe- 
cies, in  which  summary  the  first  three  are  assumed  to  be  valid 
and  distinct  species,  in  the  absence  of  positive  knowledge  to 
the  contrary. 

Corairlbe  pacifica  MacFarland  &  O'Donoghue,  new  species. 

Animal  (PI.  1,  fig.  1)  elliptical,  flattened,  disk-like,  slightly 
arched  in  the  central  region  of  the  body,  the  notseum  every- 
where extending  beyond  the  foot,  its  margin  wide  and  thin, 
with  a  deep,  median,  circular  notch  behind,  elsewhere  entire. 

Foot  rounded  equally  in  front  and  behind,  its  anterior  mar- 
gin, beneath  the  head,  with  a  deep,  median  notch  revealing 
the  mouth  in  the  angle. 

Head  small,  covered  entirely  by  the  notseum,  its  angles  pro- 
longed into  short,  blunt  tentacles,  directed  outward  and  for- 
ward, their  tips  showing  beyond  the  notaeum  margin,  when 
the  animal  is  crawling  freely. 

Rhinophores  retractile  into  low,  entire,  thin-margined 
sheaths,  the  blunt,  tapering  tip  of  the  stalk  projecting  above 
an  incomplete,  inner  envelope,  to  which  it  is  attached  in  the 
anterior,  median  line  below,  above  free,  the  sheath-like  expan- 
sion sloping  rapidly  downward  behind  to  the  rear  of  the  stalk, 
with  which  it  merges.     Within  this  envelope  the  stalk  bears  a 


5  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

lower,  plate-like  expansion  on  either  side,  revolute  backward, 
and  inserted  behind,  above  the  more  external  sheath;  a  low, 
keel-like  ridge,  or  plate,  on  the  median,  posterior  side  of  the 
stalk. 

Anal  opening  posterior  in  the  median  line,  immediately  be- 
low the  notch  of  the  notasum  margin;  close  to  it  at  its  right 
and  slightly  above  is  the  single,  renal  opening,  a  minute  pore. 
Reproductive  openings  three,  close  together,  far  forward  on 
the  right  side,  between  the  notseum  and  the  foot. 

Branchiae  a  series  of  simple,  pinnate  plumes,  ranging  in 
number  in  mature  individuals  from  six  to  12  or  14  on  each 
side,  decreasing  in  size  from  behind  forward,  borne  on  either 
side  of  the  anal  opening,  between  the  foot  and  the  notasum, 
and  limited  to  the  posterior  third  of  sides  of  body.  A  single, 
median  plume  is  usually  situated  immediately  above  the  anus. 
Lamellae  of  longest  plumes  10  to  20  in  number,  opposite  in 
arrangement  upon  sides  of  horizontally  flattened  shaft;  at  the 
insertion  of  the  branchiae  a  series  of  large,  simple,  alveolar 
glands,  mostly  alternating  with  the  bases  of  the  plumes,  and 
co-extensive  with  them. 

Color  of  dorsum  a  pale,  translucent  gray  ground,  the  central 
area  marked  out  by  the  pale,  yellow-orange  liver  showing 
through  the  integument.  Surrounding  this  central  area  is  a 
whitish  zone,  determined  largely  by  the  foot  showing  through 
from  below.  Outside  this  zone  and  equal  to  it  in  width  is  the 
nearly  transparent  notaeum  margin.  This  marginal  zone  is 
marked  with  irregular,  continuous  and  discontinuous  lines  of 
clear  baryta-yellow,  arranged  radially.  Toward  the  center  of 
the  dorsum  these  lines  become  broken  up  into  dots  of  color, 
and  are  more  irregularly  scattered.  These  radial  lines  with 
their  cross  connections  resemble  the  walls  of  the  zooecia  of 
Meinbranipora  to  a  very  marked  extent.  Between  the  super- 
ficial, baryta-yellow  markings  are  larger  and  smaller  flecks,  in 
general  radial  in  arrangement,  and  lying  deeper  in  the  in- 
legument.  These  are  largest  and  most  numerous  in  the  second 
zone,  and  become  smaller  and  more  rounded  in  the  central 
area.  The  central  and  major  portion  of  each  fleck  is  terra 
cotta  in  color,  and  is  usually  edged  with  an  incomplete  line  of 
black.  Around  the  rhinophore  bases  they  may  form  an  almost 
continuous  ring,  but  are  usually  clearly  separate.     Scattered 


Vol.  XVIII]     MACFARLAND  &  O'DONOGHUE—NEW  SPECIES  CORAMBE       J 

small,  black  flecks  may  also  occur  in  the  median  area.  In 
darker  specimens  the  terra  cotta  spots  are  larger  and  more 
numerous,  especially  in  the  median  region,  their  borders 
deepening  to  a  greenish  color,  where  not  black.  Foot  clear 
gray,  with  a  narrow,  white,  marginal  line.  Rhinophores 
clear,  translucent  gray,  the  sheath  either  the  same  or  with  a 
few  small  spots  of  terra  cotta,  baryta-yellow,  or  black. 

Radula  formula  38-40  x  (4-5  -f  1  -f  0  +  1  +  4-5).  Median 
tooth  wanting.  First  lateral  large,  compressed,  consisting  of 
a  slightly  curved  hook  rising  from  the  anterior  angle  of  a 
large,  erect  base,  the  hook  bearing  three  to  seven  denticles 
upon  its  inner  margin.  Upper  posterior  angle  of  the  base  of 
the  first  lateral  thickened  and  pointed,  forming  a  second, 
minor  hook  directed  backward.  Inner  face  of  the  base  with  a 
low,  recurved,  wing-like  lamina,  arising  behind  and  below  the 
lowermost  denticles,  and  curving  downward  to  the  insertion 
of  the  base.  Outer,  lateral  teeth,  usually  four,  decreasing  in 
size  progressively  outward,  each  consisting  of  a  broad, 
rounded  base  bearing  a  slightly  curved,  simple,  pointed  hook. 
Rows  of  teeth  not  exactly  opposite  each  other  in  the  lateral 
halves  of  the  radula. 

Pleural  ganglia  not  fused  with  the  cerebral  ones,  but  united 
to  them  by  short  connectives. 

Length  in  life  up  to  13  mm.,  width  up  to  10  mm. 

Habitat:  Upon  brown  kelps,  mainly  Macrocystis  pyrifera 
(Turn.)  Ag.  and  Nereocystis  luetkeana  P.  &  R.,  and  upon 
Zostera  marina  L.,  bearing  incrustations  of  Memhranipora 
villosa  Hincks  colonies,  upon  which  the  mollusks  feed.  Mon- 
terey Bay,  California.     Nanaimo,  British  Columbia. 

Holotype:  No.  634,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  collected  May  21, 
1928,  by  F.  M.  MacFarland,  in  Monterey  Bay,  Pacific  Grove, 
California.  Paratypes  are  deposited  in  the  U.  S.  National  Mu- 
seum, the  British  Museum,  the  Biological  Station  at  Nanaimo, 
B.  C,  the  Hopkins  Marine  Station,  Stanford  University,  and 
in  the  authors'  private  collections. 

The  careful  study  of  Coramhe  testudinaria  by  H.  Fischer 
(1891)  renders  unnecessary  a  detailed  account  of  the  anatomy 
of  this  new  species,  save  as  regards  certain  features  of  pro- 
nounced difference  found  by  us.     Detailed  dissections  were 


8  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

made  and  supplemented  by  serial  sections  from  material  im- 
bedded in  paraffin  and  in  celloidin  and  stained  in  various  ways. 

Habitat:  The  animals  are  seldom  found  separated  from 
the  Memhranipora  colonies,  and  then  probably  through  acci- 
dent. They  have  been  seen  actively  feeding  upon  the  colonies 
of  Memhranipora  villosa,  which  seem  to  be  their  chief  food. 

One  of  us  (O'Donoghue,  1926)  has  described  in  detail  the 
ravages  of  Coramhe  upon  the  bryozoan  colony.  "When 
young,  even  less  than  one  mm.  long,  this  mollusk  has  been 
seen  inside  the  zooecium,  from  which  it  has  eaten  all  the  living 
matter.  A  more  common  point  of  attack,  and  the  only  one  by 
larger  Coramhe,  is  the  growing  edge  of  the  colony  which  is 
either  not  protected  by  a  chitinous  covering,  or  else  by  one  so 
thin  that  it  affords  no  protection.  This  method  of  wounding 
produces  a  very  characteristic  indentation  of  the  growing 
edge.  If  of  short  duration,  it  is  surrounded  by  the  growing 
zooecia,  and  all  that  is  left  of  the  point  of  injury  is  an  area 
looking  like  a  misshapen  zooecium.  However,  if  the  attack  is 
made  at  one  place  by  several  small  Coramhe,  or  the  animal  re- 
mains a  long  time  in  the  same  place  and  grows  considerably, 
the  injury  will  be  correspondingly  greater  and  perhaps  perma- 
nent. So  prevalent  are  these  attacks  that  it  is  rare  to  find 
under  natural  conditions  an  uninjured  colony  of,  say,  10  mm. 
in  diameter."  But  few  traces  of  diatoms  in  the  alimentary 
canal,  such  as  Fischer  cites,  have  been  found,  though  they 
may  be  present  at  certain  times  of  the  year.  Since  the  hard 
parts  of  the  bryozoan  do  not  appear  to  be  eaten,  it  is  not  sur- 
prising to  find  no  trace  of  them.  The  animals  are  sluggish, 
except  when  removed  from  the  surface  of  the  host,  when  they 
tend  to  move  around  rather  actively,  until  they  find  their 
usual  surroundings  again. 

External  characters :  The  general  color  of  the  dorsal  aspect 
is  a  clear,  translucent  gray,  veined  and  dotted  with  pale  yellow 
or  greenish  yellow.  The  central  area  of  the  notseum  is  thickly 
set  with  light  garnet-red  or  terra  cotta  spots,  located  deep  be- 
low the  surface.  The  edges  of  these  flecks  usually  appear 
deeper  in  color  than  the  center,  at  times  becoming  greenish  or 
black.  Intermingled  with  these  spots  are  flecks  of  black  and 
baryta-yellow.  Toward  the  margins  the  baryta-yellow  flecks 
tend  to  unite  into  irregular,  radial  lines,  sometimes  in  pairs, 


Vol.  XVIII]     MACFARLAND  &  O'DONOGHVE—NEW  SPECIES  CORAMBE       g 

but  usually  single.  Occasionally  a  series  of  irregular,  longi- 
tudinal lines  is  developed  in  the  median  region.  The  foot  is 
of  clear  gray,  with  a  narrow,  white,  marginal  line.  Its  central 
and  posterior  region  is  occupied  by  a  vaguely  defined,  darker, 
greenish  area,  due  to  the  denser  viscera  showing  through  the 
integument.  The  branchial  plumes  are  transparent  gray  with 
a  few  scattered  flecks  of  garnet  upon  them.  The  young  forms 
have  no  color  pattern,  but  are  a  pale,  almost  transparent  gray, 
with  the  black  eye  spots  clearly  showing. 

Notaeum :  The  notaeum  is  very  thick,  slightly  less  so  in  the 
median  area  than  at  the  sides.  In  general,  its  surface  is 
smooth,  or  slightly  roughened,  the  color  markings  exaggerat- 
ing the  impression  of  a  tuberculate  surface.  The  low,  cuboidal 
epithelium  of  the  dorsal  surface  secretes  a  thick,  cuticular 
layer,  which  shows  distinct  stratification  in  sections.  Its  thick- 
ness varies  markedly  in  different  specimens,  sometimes  being 
merely  a  moderate  layer  (Fig.  4),  in  others  presenting  a 
thickness  six  to  10  times  the  height  of  the  cells  producing  it 
(Fig.  3).  Without  doubt  the  dorsal  cuticle  of  the  notaeum  is 
periodically  shed  as  a  continuous  sheet,  and  renewed,  lines  of 
cleavage  parallel  to  the  surface  being  shown  in  sections,  and 
the  detached,  entire  cuticle  is  frequently  found  in  the  aqua- 
riums, while  animals  still  covered  with  the  partially  free  cuti- 
cle are  not  uncommon.  This  phenomenon  was  also  noted  by 
Fischer  (1891)  in  C.  testudinaria,  and  appears  to  be  without 
a  parallel  in  other  nudibranchs.  Imbedded  in  this  cuticular 
layer  are  abundant,  conical,  spine-like  structures,  in  sections 
staining  more  strongly  than  the  surrounding  cuticle,  and  more 
resistant  than  it.  These  are  the  products  of  special,  large, 
epithelial  cells,  occurring  at  intervals  in  the  epidermis,  each 
one  of  which  secretes  above  it  this  cuticular  modification.  In 
those  cases  in  which  the  general  cuticle  is  but  thin,  these  spines 
project  freely  above  the  surface,  giving  it  a  minutely  rough- 
ened texture.  Where  the  cuticle  has  become  much  thickened, 
two  or  three  such  spines  may  be  seen  in  sections,  one  above 
the  other,  the  lowermost  and  smallest  resting  upon  the  cell 
which  has  produced  the  series,  the  superimposed  ones  elevated 
above  it  in  the  order  of  their  formation,  and  being  cast  off  by 
the  successive  moultings  of  the  cuticle,  probably  associated 
with  growth  periods  (Fig.  3).     A  similar  structure  has  been 


IQ  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

described  by  MacFarland  (1918)  for  the  palatal  spines  of  a 
Tectibranch,  Dolahella  agassizii  MacF.  Toward  the  margin  of 
the  notseum  these  spines  are  increased  in  number,  and  are 
often  closely  crowded,  while  toward  the  central  areas  they  are 
less  numerous.  Scattered  among  the  cuticle-secreting  cells  are 
numerous,  giant,  mucous  cells,  the  pear-shaped  cell-body  lying 
below  the  general  epithelium  and  prolonged  as  a  duct  to  its 
surface,  from  whence  it  is  continued  by  a  slender  canal 
through  the  thickness  of  the  cuticle. 

The  wide  notaeum  margin  conceals  the  head  entirely.  The 
angles  of  the  latter  are  prolonged  into  short,  blunt  tentacles 
somewhat  triangular  in  form.  The  tips  of  these  tentacles  may 
project  beyond  the  notseum  margin  when  the  animal  is  crawl- 
ing freely,  or  may  be  entirely  concealed.  The  same  is  true  of 
the  tips  of  the  gills  at  the  posterior  end. 

The  rhinophores  (Fig.  2)  are  retractile  within  low,  entire 
sheaths.  The  axis  of  the  rhinophore  is  prolonged  into  a  taper- 
ing, blunt  tip,  and  bears  two  pairs  of  revolute  lamellae.  The 
outer  pair  of  these  (o)  are  united  into  a  sheath-like  structure, 
fused  in  front  lengthwise  to  the  greater  portion  of  the  stalk, 
being  free  only  at  the  upper  one-fourth,  there  encircling  the 
rhinophore  in  a  collar-like  form,  the  margins  curving  down- 
ward around  to  the  posterior  face  of  the  stalk,  where  they 
terminate  a  short  distance  apart.  Within  this  outer  invest- 
ment the  second  pair  of  laminae  (i)  are  inclosed.  Each  arises 
from  the  side  of  the  stalk  as  a  thin  plate  curving  backward, 
united  below  with  the  stalk,  and  their  free,  posterior  margins 
terminate  above  those  of  the  outer  pair.  In  the  median  line, 
behind,  a  single,  thin,  keel-like  ridge  extends  from  near  the 
tip  of  the  rhinophore  downward,  dying  away  as  the  stalk  of 
the  latter  enlarges  toward  the  bottom  of  the  inner,  lateral  pair 
of  lamellae.  Since  these  laminae  are  attached  to  the  stalk  of 
the  rhinophore,  are  retracted  with  it,  and  bear  the  same  rela- 
tion to  it  as  the  plates  of  the  common,  perfoliate  clavus  of  the 
nudibranch  rhinophore,  they  cannot  be  termed  sheaths,  that 
designation  being  restricted  to  the  elevated  margin  of  the 
opening  of  the  notaeum,  into  which  the  rhinophore  is  with- 
drawn. This  misuse  of  terms  is  committed  by  Bergh  (1871, 
1892),  and  also  by  Fischer  (1891). 


Vol.  XVIII]     MACFARLAND  &  O'DONOGHUE—NEW  SPECIES  CORAMBE     l\ 

Branchiae:  The  branchiae  (Fig.  5)  are  located  at  the  pos- 
terior end  of  the  body,  attached  to  the  under  surface  of  the 
notaeum  above  the  foot,  and  arranged  symmetrically  in  a  sin- 
gle, horizontal  row  on  either  side  of  the  anus,  and  usually 
united  above  it  by  a  single  plume.  They  vary  in  number  on 
each  side  up  to  12  or  14  in  the  largest  individuals.  They  are 
simply  pinnate  plumes  consisting  of  a  flattened,  tapering  axis, 
upon  either  side  of  which  is  borne  a  series  of  oppositely  ar- 
ranged, respiratory  lamellae,  varying  in  number  up  to  20.  In 
the  smallest,  most  anterior  gills  the  plates  are  reduced  to  one 
or  two,  or  the  whole  organ  may  be  represented  by  the  rhachis 
alone  as  a  slight  projection  from  the  body  wall.  The  branchiae 
increase  progressively  in  length  and  in  the  number  of  lamel- 
lae toward  the  posterior  end  of  the  animal,  the  largest  being 
usually  the  pair  adjacent  to  the  anal  opening,  or  the  second  or 
third  pair  from  it.  The  series  extends  forward  not  more  than 
one-third  of  the  length  of  the  foot.  In  a  specimen  of  6.8  mm. 
body  length  the  length  of  the  plumes  ranged  from  0.25  mm. 
for  the  shortest  to  0.95  mm.  for  the  longest,  which  were  the 
third  pair  from  the  posterior  end  of  the  series.  In  these  last 
the  lamellae  reached  20  in  number.  In  Corambe  testudinaria, 
as  described  by  Fischer,  the  number  of  branchiae  is  fewer,  four 
to  seven,  and  the  number  of  lamellae  on  each  side  of  the 
rhachis  is  much  fewer  (up  to  four).  The  lamellae  are  also 
arranged  alternately  upon  the  sides  of  the  stalk,  whereas  in  the 
present  species  they  are  opposite.  The  most  anterior  gill  is 
stated  by  Fischer  to  be  located  nearly  midway  of  the  body 
length,  which  is  decidedly  farther  forward  than  in  our  species, 
despite  the  greater  number  of  plumes  present  in  the  latter. 
The  tips  of  the  posterior  gills  are  visible  at  times  beyond  the 
notaeum  margin,  but  ordinarily  they  are  concealed,  save  below 
the  median  notch.  A  kind  of  respiratory  movement  has  been 
noted  in  animals  under  observation  in  aquariums.  The  pos- 
terior end  of  the  mantle  is  raised  well  away  from  the  sub- 
stratum and  the  gills  protruded  to  their  fullest  extent  at  ir- 
regular intervals.  This  reaction  occurs  more  frequently  when 
the  water  has  been  standing  for  some  time.  Movement  of 
minute  particles  suspended  in  the  water  indicate  a  strong  cur- 
rent laterally  toward  the  sides  of  the  body,  beneath  the  no- 

January  29,  1929 


12  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

taeum  margin,  and  backward  past  the  gills  and  through  the 
elevated,  median,  dorsal  notseum  notch. 

Bergh  (1871)  describes  and  figures  in  his  Figs.  23  and  24 
of  Plate  XI  and  Fig.  1  of  Plate  XII  for  Corambe  sargassicola 
Bgh.,  an  entirely  different  type  of  gill,  made  up  on  either  side 
of  a  group  of  thin,  horizontal  lamellae,  13  to  15  in  number, 
obscurely  arranged  in  an  upper,  wider  and  longer,  and  a 
lower,  narrower  and  shorter  set.  No  intimation  of  a  pinnate 
arrangement  is  given,  though  later  (1892,  p.  165-166)  he  in- 
dicates this  as  a  generic  character,  evidently  following  the 
more  reliable  observations  of  Fischer. 

Just  above  the  line  of  insertion  of  the  branchiae  is  a  series 
of  simple,  alveolar  glands,  most  of  which  alternate  in  position 
with  the  insertion  of  the  gill  stalks  (Fig.  5,  g).  They  are 
spherical  in  form,  and  are  composed  of  large,  clear,  pyramidal 
cells  extending  from  the  basement  membrane  almost  to  the 
opening  of  the  gland,  leaving  but  a  small  lumen  (Fig.  6). 
Each  gland  opens  to  the  external  surface  through  a  very  short 
and  narrow  duct  near  the  base  of  the  gill.  No  trace  of  the 
single,  branched,  median  gland,  described  and  illustrated  by 
Fischer,  is  here  present,  though  it  is  probably  represented  by 
this  series  of  simple  glands  coextensive  with  the  branchial  in- 
sertion. When  floating  at  the  surface,  the  animal  produces  a 
very  abundant,  mucous  secretion.  Structurally,  these  glands 
appear  to  be  of  a  mucous  nature,  but  whether  they  contribute 
largely  to  this  film  of  secretion  or  not  has  not  been  determined. 
As  a  rule  such  secretions  are  produced  by  the  pedal  glands  to 
aid  in  adhesion  or  floating. 

Alimentary  tract.  The  mouth  is  revealed  in  ventral  view  by 
the  triangular  notch  in  the  anterior  margin  of  the  foot.  The 
external  lips  are  rather  thick  and  glandular,  and  lead  into  a 
short,  oral  tube,  the  cuticle  of  which  is  but  slightly  thickened. 
The  inner  lips,  surrounding  the  opening  into  the  cavity  of  the 
pharyngeal  bulb,  are  but  slightly  developed  and  show  a  moder- 
ate thickening  of  the  cuticle  on  the  sides,  and  ventrally  extend- 
ing into  the  bulb.  No  clearly  differentiated,  lateral  plates, 
such  as  are  described  by  Bergh  (1892),  can  be  made  out.  The 
pharyngeal  bulb  (PI.  3,  fig,  11)  bears  a  thick-walled,  muscular 
crop  (c)  above,  such  as  is  characteristic  for  the  Goniodorid- 
idse.    The  posterior  part  of  the  radula  sack  forms  a  prominent 


Vol.  XVIII]     MACFARLAND  &  O'DONOGHUE—NEW  SPECIES  CORAMBE     13 

median  ridge  {r.  s.)  upon  the  hinder  face  of  the  bulb.     The 
radula  is  very  small,  attaining  a  length  of  but  0.25  mm.  in  a 
large  specimen.     Its  dorsal  surface  is  deeply  grooved  longi- 
tudinally in  the  median  line.     There  are  from  38  to  40  trans- 
verse rows  of  teeth  present  in  large  specimens.    The  half  rows 
are  not  exactly  opposite  each  other  in  the  two  sides  of  the 
radula,  which,  together  with  the  minute  size  of  the  elements, 
renders  the  count  of  the  rows  difficult  and  often  uncertain. 
The  dental  formula  for  the  older  part  of  the  radula  is  4+1+ 
0+1+4,  in  the  younger  portion,  in  the  sheath,  the  laterals  are 
frequently   increased  by  one,   giving  a   formula  of   5+1+0 
+  1+5.     The  rhachis  is  very  narrow  and  destitute  of  median 
teeth,  the  innermost  lateral  (Figs.  15,  16)  is  relatively  large 
and  quite  different   from  the   remaining  ones.      In   form  it 
somewhat  resembles  that  of  A  cant  hod  oris.     From  a  roughly 
quadrilateral,  compressed,  basal  portion  a  strong,  somewhat 
curved  hook  arises  at  the  anterior,  upper  angle.     The  hook  is 
nearly  equal  to  the  base  in  height,  is  directed  obliquely  inward 
and  backward,  and  is  terminated  by  a  blunt  point.     On  the 
lower  half  of  its  inner  margin  is  borne  a  series  of  four  to 
seven  pointed  denticles.     From  the  upper  half  of  the  inner 
face  of  the  base  a  narrow,  recurved,  wing-like  extension  (Fig. 
16,  w)  projects  downward,  curving  beneath  the  base  as  a  ridge 
across  to  the  opposite  side.    The  posterior  margin  of  the  base 
is  thickened,  and  its  outer,  upper  angle  (Fig.  15,  a)  forms  a 
low,  compressed,  triangular  hook,  pointed  backward.     From 
the  oldest,  most  anterior  teeth  of  the  radula  backward,  there 
is  a  steady  increase  in  the  dimensions  of  the  teeth,  but  the  rel- 
ative proportions  remain  about  the  same.     In  an  average  first 
lateral  tooth  the  total  height  from  insertion  line  on  the  base- 
ment membrane  to  the  tip  of  the  hook  is  0.09  mm.,  while  the 
height  of  the  hook  itself  is  0.04  mm.,  and  the  greatest  length 
of  the  base  is  0.05  mm.     The  outer,  lateral  teeth,  four  to  five 
in  number  (Figs.  12,  13,  14),  consist  of  a  rounded  base,  which 
is  prolonged   obliquely  upward   and   backward   as  a  simple, 
tapering,   pointed   hook,   triangular   in   outline   and   rounded 
above,  and  below  supported  by  a  lamina,  which  dies  away  be- 
fore the  tip  is  reached.     The  outer  laterals  tend  progressively 
to  be  more  and  more  compressed,  and  the  fifth,  when  present, 
is  usually  reduced  to  a  small,  flattened  plate.     In  length  in  an 


14  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

average  row  the  second  lateral  measures  0.03  mm.,  the  third 
0.026  mm.,  the  fourth  0.025  mm.,  the  fifth  0.022  mm.,  and  the 
outermost  0.012  mm. 

The  single  pair  of  salivary  glands  form  a  compactly 
rounded  mass  lying  upon  the  upper  face  of  the  pharyngeal 
bulb,  at  either  side  of  the  beginning  of  the  oesophagus.  They 
are  alveolar  in  type,  but  slightly  branched,  and  are  composed 
of  large  cells,  which  leave  but  a  small,  irregular  lumen,  leading 
by  a  rather  wide  duct  into  the  cavity  of  the  bulb,  lateral  to  the 
radula.  Their  staining  character  and  general  cytological 
structure  indicate  that  the  secretion  is  predominatingly  mucous 
in  nature. 

The  strikingly  thin-walled  oesophagus,  lined  with  ciliated, 
columnar  epithelium  throughout  its  extent,  leads  directly 
downward  and  backward  to  the  anterior  end  of  the  stomach. 
Into  it  open  at  once  the  very  wide,  biliary  passages  of  the 
liver.  These  are  five  in  number,  an  anterior  and  a  posterior 
lateral  pair,  and  a  single,  posterior,  median  one,  which  bifur- 
cates into  the  posterior  lobe  of  the  liver.  This  organ  presents 
a  ventral,  median,  undivided  portion  from  which  project  five 
lobes,  an  anterior  and  posterior  one  on  either  side,  and  a  sin- 
gle, median,  posterior  one,  which  last  shows  a  median,  pos- 
terior notch  externally,  corresponding  with  the  subdivision  of 
its  inner  cavity.  The  right,  anterior,  paired  lobe  is  quite 
small,  its  space  being  largely  occupied  by  the  anterior,  genital 
complex,  against  the  posterior  face  of  which  it  extends  as  a 
narrow  strip.  Its  fellow  on  the  opposite  side  is  large,  nearly 
equalling  the  whole  of  the  anterior  genital  mass  in  size.  The 
posterior,  lateral  pair  is  likewise  large  and  well  developed. 
The  walls  of  the  liver  are  composed  of  a  single  layer  of  cu- 
boidal,  granular  cells  lining  the  roomy  lumen  of  the  gland  and 
the  numerous  short  and  wide  sacculations  opening  into  it. 
This  cavity  is  strikingly  large,  with  relatively  simple  ramifica- 
tions, and  communicates  widely  with  the  cavity  of  the  stom- 
ach, so  freely  in  fact,  that  it  is  difficult  to  fix  the  boundaries  of 
the  anterior  portion  of  the  stomach,  its  contents  passing 
readily  into  the  cavity  of  the  liver,  where  the  main,  digestive 
changes  probably  take  place.  What  gives  solidity  and  com- 
pactness of  appearance  externally  to  the  organ,  in  fact,  is  the 
thick  layer  of  the  ovotestis,  which  invests  the  dorsal  and  lat- 


Vol.  XVIII]     MACFARLAND  &  0'DONOGHUE~NEW  SPECIES  CORAMBE     J 5 

eral  faces  of  the  liver  completely.  Divested  of  this  covering, 
the  liver  would  present  five,  slightly  ramified,  broad  and  ir- 
regular tubes,  resembling  more  the  branched  arrangement  of 
the  Aeolids  rather  than  the  compact  liver  of  the  Dorids.  The 
median,  dorsal  surface  of  the  ovotestis-liver  mass  is  occupied 
by  a  wide  depression  passing  its  full  length,  in  which  are  con- 
tained the  stomach  and  intestine,  the  heart  and  pericardium, 
and  the  kidney.     No  "biliary  cyst"  can  be  distinguished. 

Between  the  adjacent  liver  lobes  well  developed,  muscular 
septa  unite  the  notseum  and  the  foot  and  extend  from  the 
lateral  body  wall  inward  as  far  as  the  cleft  between  the  lobes 
permits.  Similar  incomplete  partitions  are  also  found  ex- 
tending obliquely  inward  between  the  sides  of  the  pharyngeal 
bulb  and  the  liver  on  the  left,  and  the  anterior,  genital  complex 
on  the  right. 

Dorsally,  the  stomach  is  clearly  marked  off,  appearing  as  a 
retort-shaped  sack,  broadest  at  the  left  of  the  median  line  and 
narrowing  into  the  rather  slender  intestine  as  it  curves  to  the 
right,  thence  passing  straight  backward  to  the  anus  in  the  pos- 
terior, median  line.  Its  wall  is  made  up  of  cuboidal,  ciliated 
cells,  surrounded  by  a  layer  of  circular  muscle  fibres  and  con- 
nective tissue.  The  epithelium  of  the  intestine  is  the  same,  but 
its  layer  of  muscle  is  very  thin,  and  at  times  apparently  absent. 
At  the  anus,  however,  the  circular  muscle  is  thickened  into  a 
well-developed  sphincter,  as  noted  by  Fischer  (1891). 

The  anal  opening  is  situated  in  the  median  line  of  the  body 
at  the  posterior  end,  immediately  below  the  notch  in  the 
notaeum.  Close  by,  at  the  right  and  slightly  above  it,  is  the 
minute  opening  of  the  renal  organ.  Neither  structure  is  con- 
spicuous externally. 

Nervous  System:  Close  behind  the  salivary  glands  is  the 
central,  nervous  system.  The  ellipsoidal,  cerebral  ganglia 
(Pis.  2,  3,  figs.  8,  10,  c),  the  largest  of  the  group,  are  in  contact 
along  their  inner  faces,  but  are  not  fused,  being  connected  by  a 
distinct,  broad,  cerebral  commissure  above  the  oesophagus.  Be- 
low the  latter  they  are  also  connected  by  a  delicate,  sub-ceso- 
phageal  commissure,  recognizable  in  sections.  From  the  an- 
terior portion  of  the  cerebral  ganglia  are  given  off  the  nerves 
to  the  rhinophores  and  the  eyes,  each  bearing  an  elliptical 
ganglion  close  to  its  origin  (Figs.  8,  10,  c.i,  c.2),  and  three 


15  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

other  pairs  (Figs.  8,  10,  c.^,  c.4,  c.§)  to  the  buccal  tentacles, 
and  the  mouth  and  head  region.  From  the  fifth  of  these,  as  a 
basal  branch,  or  very  close  to  its  origin,  is  given  off  the  cere- 
bro-buccal  connective,  which  passes  beneath  the  oesophagus  to 
the  buccal  ganglion  (Fig.  10  c.b.c,  b).  The  optic  nerves  are 
rather  short,  the  eyes  small  and  deeply  buried  below  the  in- 
tegument, behind  and  medial  to  the  rhinophores.  The  nearly 
spherical  statocysts  lie  close  in  the  outer  angle  between  the 
cerebral  and  pedal  ganglia.  They  measure  ca.  0.03  mm.  in 
diameter,  and  contain  many  ellipsoidal  statoliths,  0.002  mm. 
by  0.003  mm.  in  diameter.  Lateral  to  the  oesophagus  are  the 
spherical,  pedal  ganglia  (Figs.  8,  9,  10,  p),  second  in  size  to 
the  cerebral  pair,  and  joined  to  them  by  short,  cerebro-pedal 
connectives  (Fig.  10,  c.p.c).  The  pedal  ganglia  are  united 
below  the  oesophagus  by  the  usual,  well  developed,  pedal  com- 
missure (Fig.  9,  p.  c),  and  also  by  a  distinct,  more  slender, 
parapedal  commissure  (Fig.  9,  pp.  c)  separated  some  distance 
from  the  main,  pedal  one.  These  commissures  are  very  much 
shorter  than  those  figured  by  Fischer  (1891)  for  C.  testudi- 
naria.  From  the  pedal  ganglia  are  given  off  the  stout,  an- 
terior, median,  and  posterior  pedal  nerves,  distributed  to  the 
corresponding  regions  of  the  foot,  the  latter  two  either  arising 
separately,  or  from  a  common  stalk,  which  soon  bifurcates. 

Immediately  behind  the  cerebral  ganglia  and  slightly  below 
them  are  the  distinct  pleural  ganglia  (Figs.  8,  9,  10), 
united  with  the  cerebral  and  pedal  ganglia  by  the  cerebro- 
pleural  and  pleuro-pedal  connectives  respectively  (Fig.  10, 
c-pl.  c,  pl.-p.  c).  As  a  rule  in  the  Nudibranchiata  the  pleural 
ganglia  are  fused  more  or  less  completely  with  the  cerebral 
pair,  there  being  varying  degrees  to  which  this  fusion  is  indi- 
cated externally.  In  Corambe  testndinaria  Fischer  (1891), 
figures  (1.  c.  Figs.  20,  21,  22)  the  cerebral  and  pleural  (pleuro- 
palleal)  ganglia  as  fused  in  a  common,  supra-oesophageal  com- 
plex, as  indicated  by  an  external,  transverse  groove,  and  by 
the  cerebro-pedal  and  pleuro-pedal  connectives,  arising  from 
the  fused,  ganglionic  mass.  In  the  present  species,  however, 
the  separation  of  the  pleural  from  the  cerebral  ganglia  is 
equally  clear  and  unmistakable.  This  difference  in  such  fun- 
damental structures  in  two  allied  species  of  the  same  genus  is 


Vol.  XVIII]     MACFARLAND  &  O'DONOGHUE—NEW  SPECIES  CORAMBE     J 7 

very  remarkable,  and  appears  without  a  parallel,  so  far  as  we 
are  aware,  in  the  Nudibranch  literature. 

Uniting  the  pleural  ganglia  below  the  oesophagus  is  the  vis- 
ceral loop  (Figs.  8,  9,  V.  c),  bearing  a  ganglionic  enlargement 
a  short  distance  from  its  right  end,  which  gives  rise  to  a  single 
nerve,  dividing  into  a  stronger,  right  and  a  more  slender,  left 
branch.  The  left  one  bears  two  small  ganglia  at  a  short  in 
terval  apart,  from  each  of  which  fine  nerves  arise  and  pass 
backward  to  the  viscera.  The  right  nerve  breaks  up  into  a 
number  of  fine  rami,  which  apparently  pass  mainly  to  the 
reproductive  organs.  From  the  pleural  ganglia  themselves 
anterior  and  posterior  nerves  arise.  On  the  left  side  the  pos- 
terior, pleural  nerve  is  usually  single,  on  the  right  it  arises  as 
either  two,  separate  roots  (Figs.  8,  10,  pi.  2,  pi.  2a,  pi.  2b),  or 
as  a  single  one  (Fig.  9).  The  one  on  the  right  side  sends  an 
anastomosing  branch  at  once  to  the  anterior,  pleural  nerve 
(Figs.  8,  9,  pi.  /).  The  anterior  pleural  nerve  arises  on  the 
left  side  from  the  cerebro-pleural  connective  (Fig.  10,  pi  i), 
close  to  its  union  with  the  pleural  ganglion  usually,  but  re- 
ceiving fibres  from  both  cerebral  and  pleural  ganglia.  In  some 
cases,  as  in  Fig.  9,  it  may  be  given  off  from  the  ganglion  di- 
rectly. It  divides  at  once  into  two  branches  which  pass  to  the 
dorsum. 

Excretory  System :  The  kidney  consists  of  a  roomy,  thin- 
walled  sack,  mainly  lying  below  the  heart,  and  above  the  ovo- 
testis  and  liver.  The  semi-diagrammatic  Fig.  17  of  Plate  3 
represents  the  reno-pericardial  system  in  outline,  in  its  relation 
to  the  posterior  portion  of  the  body,  as  seen  in  longitudinal 
section.  In  its  maximum  width  it  extends  across  the  full 
diameter  of  the  visceral  cavity.  Anteriorly  it  narrows  abruptly 
to  about  one-fourth  of  its  greatest  width,  and  is  prolonged 
forward,  slightly  to  the  left  of  the  median  line,  to  a  point  ap- 
proximately opposite  the  middle  of  the  anterior,  genital  com- 
plex, where  it  terminates  in  an  irregular,  blunt  tip.  Below,  in 
the  region  of  its  greatest  width,  it  sends  a  keel-like  prolonga- 
tion downward  (Fig.  17,  v)  into  the  dorsal,  median  furrow  of 
the  ovo-testis.  The  surface  of  its  wall  is  simple  and  smooth, 
save  for  a  small  number  of  low,  lateral  and  dorsal  folds, 
which  appear  in  front  of  the  cardiac  region.  Its  lining  epi- 
thelium is  made  up  of  clear,  cuboidal  to  columnar  cells  with 


18  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

basal  nuclei.  The  renal  syrinx  (Fig.  17,  s)  is  relatively  large 
and  is  cylindrical  in  form.  It  opens  through  the  pericardial 
floor  at  the  right  of  the  median  plane,  below  the  ventricle  of 
the  heart,  is  directed  downward,  backward,  and  to  the  right, 
narrowing  into  the  slender,  reno-pericardial  tube  (Fig.  17, 
r.p.  t),  which  recurves  in  a  loop  at  the  right  of  the  median, 
ventral  lobe  of  the  kidney  to  pass  forward  in  contact  with  its 
right  ventral  wall,  opening  into  its  anterior  prolongation  well 
in  front  of  the  pericardium,  and  a  short  distance  behind  the 
pharyngeal  bulb.  The  syrinx  is  lined  with  clear,  cuboidal 
cells  bearing  very  long  cilia.  Posteriorly,  the  wider  portion  of 
the  kidney-sack  narrows  abruptly  into  a  short,  narrow,  renal 
tube  which  opens  externally  (Fig.  17,  r)  above,  and  slightly 
to  the  right  of  the  anus  (Fig.  17,  a;  Fig.  5).  The  kidney  dif- 
fers from  that  of  C.  testudhiaria  as  described  by  Fischer 
(1891),  chiefly  in  its  somewhat  different  outline,  the  local 
folds  in  the  renal  epithelium,  and  in  the  ventro-anterior,  rather 
than  anterior  opening  of  the  reno-pericardial  tube  into  the 
renal  sack. 

Reproductive  System:  The  ovotestis,  in  a  mature  indi- 
vidual, forms  a  thick  covering  completely  concealing  the 
dorsal  and  lateral  surfaces  of  the  liver,  its  main  lobes  cor- 
responding in  number  and  outline  to  those  of  the  latter  organ. 
From  each  lobe  a  branch  of  the  hermaphroditic  duct  arises  by 
the  union  of  several  tributaries  from  the  follicles  of  the  ovo- 
testis. These  unite  dorsally  into  the  main  duct  near  the 
median  line,  which  passes  forward  to  the  inner  face  of  the 
anterior,  genital  complex,  made  up  of  the  nidamental  or 
mucus,  and  albumen  glands  and  the  related  ducts.  This  com- 
plex occupies  the  right,  anterior  quadrant  of  the  body  cavity. 
It  is  trapeziform  in  shape,  as  seen  from  above;  its  outer, 
longer  face  is  convex,  conforming  to  the  contour  of  the  body 
wall ;  its  inner  face,  one-half  as  long,  is  flattened  against  the 
left,  anterior  lobe  of  the  liver-ovotestis  below;  its  posterior 
face  is  directed  obliquely  outward  and  backward  in  close  contact 
with  the  almost  rudimentary  right,  anterior  lobe  of  the  liver- 
ovotestis  ;  while  the  anterior  face  slopes  obliquely  forward  and 
outward  in  contact  with  the  vaginal  duct  and  penis.  Upon  the 
anterior,  inner  face  the  slender,  hermaphroditic  duct  dilates 
into  the  ellipsoidal  hermaphroditic  ampulla,   from  the  upper 


Vol.  XVIII]     MACFARLAND  &■  O'DONOGHUE—NEW  SPECIES  CORAMBE     \() 


• 


extremity  of  which  a  short  duct  continues  into  the  cavity  of 
the  albumen  gland,  giving  off  at  right  angles  the  vas  deferens. 
The  latter  has  a  thick,  glandular  wall,  loops  downward  around 
the  hermaphroditic  ampulla  upon  the  median  face  of  the  com- 
plex to  its  dorsal  border,  thence  describes  a  free  loop  obliquely 
backward  in  front  of  the  stomach,  returning  in  a  series  of 
close  turns,  caused  by  the  varying  tension  of  the  retractor 
muscle  of  the  penis,  which  is  inserted  upon  it  immediately  at 
the  right  of  the  central  nervous  system.  The  penis  extends 
obliquely  forward  close  to  the  right  of  the  pharyngeal  bulb 
in  front  of  and  parallel  with  the  vaginal  duct  and  the  duct  of 
the  nidamental-albumen  gland  complex,  to  its  external  open- 
ing far  forward  on  the  right  side  of  the  body  near  the  head. 
In  its  retracted  condition  this  organ  is  made  up  of  an  eversible 
preputium,  a  rather  thin-walled,  muscular  sack,  at  the  bottom 
of  which  arises  the  glans  penis.  In  its  everted  position,  as 
shown  in  Fig.  7,  p  of  Plate  2,  it  extends  from  the  external 
opening  as  a  cylindrical  structure,  terminated  by  the  bluntly 
conical  glans  {g),  and  usually  showing  a  few  slight,  circular 
rugas,  while  near  the  base  of  the  glans  proper  is  frequently 
found  a  more  prominent  ring-like  thickening.  The  organ  is 
entirely  unarmed. 

Immediately  behind  the  external  opening  of  the  penis  sack  is 
the  vaginal  orifice,  and  slightly  below  it  is  that  of  the  duct 
from  the  accessory  glands.  The  vagina  (Fig.  7,  v)  passes  in- 
ward along  the  upper  and  medial  border  of  the  genital  mass, 
curves  outward  and  describes  a  loop  upon  its  upper,  posterior 
face,  recurving  to  the  median  plane,  where  it  opens  into  the 
thin-walled,  ovoid  spermatotheca  (Fig  7,  s).  Near  its  en- 
trance the  much  more  slender,  vaginal  duct  (Fig.  7,  vag.  d) 
emerges,  passes  forward  in  a  short,  straight  course,  receives 
the  duct  of  the  quite  small,  ovoid  spermatocyst  (Fig.  7  s.  c), 
and  passes  into  the  interior  of  the  accessory  gland  complex, 
opening  into  the  irregular  lumen  of  the  albumen  gland  close  to 
the  entrance  of  the  oviduct.  The  cavity  of  the  nidamental 
gland  is  relatively  roomy  and  simple,  is  connected  by  a  short, 
ciliated  passage  with  the  albumen  gland  lumen,  and  opens  ex- 
ternally by  a  wide,  short  duct,  which  parallels  the  penis  and 
vagina,  its  separate  opening  being  slightly  below  them. 
Fischer  (1891)  was  unable  to  find  a  spermatocyst  in  C.  testu-      y- 


20  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 


• 


dinaria,  but,  with  this  exception,  our  results  as  to  the  general 
organization  of  the  reproductive  system  are  in  agreement. 
The  nidosomes  are  common  upon  the  Memhranipora  colonies 
and  the  adjacent  surface  of  the  kelp.  Each  consists  of  a  nar- 
row, somewhat  flattened  band  coiled  in  a  close  spiral  of  from 
one  to  three  turns,  attached  by  one  margin.  Each  nidosome 
contains  from  500  to  1500  capsules,  and  each  capsule  contains 
but  a  single  tgg.  The  larger  the  animal  the  more  capsules 
there  are  in  the  nidosome.  It  is  not  known  whether  one  ani- 
mal can  lay  more  than  one  nidosome  at  a  time  or  in  a  season. 

Blood  gland :  Immediately  behind  the  pharyngeal  bulb,  in 
contact  with  the  central,  nervous  system,  is  located  the  blood 
gland,  resting  on  the  oesophagus.  It  is  discoidal,  nearly  circu- 
lar in  outline,  with  quite  fine  lobulations. 

The  anatomy  of  the  heart  and  the  vascular  system  does  not 
appear  to  differ  materially  from  that  described  for  Corambe 
testudinaria  Fischer  by  that  author,  and  hence  need  not  be  re- 
peated here. 

The  following  comparative  tabulation  indicates  the  most 
significant  differences  between  our  species  and  that  of  Fischer : 

Corambe  testudinaria  Fischer  .  Corambe  pacifica  MacF.  &  O'D. 

Maximum  size  4  mm.  long,  3.5  mm.  Maximum  size  13.0  mm.  long,  10.0  mm. 

wide.  wide. 

Branchiae  4  to  7  on  each  side,  the  most  Branchiae  up  to  14  on  each  side,  the 

anterior  situated   midway   of  body  most  anterior  situated  at  1  /3  of  body 

length  in  large  specimen.  length  from  posterior  end. 

Branchial  lamellae  few,  up  to  4  in  num-  Branchial  lamellae  up  to  20  in  number, 

ber,  alternate  on  shaft  of  gill.  opposite  on  shaft  of  gill. 

A  single,  posterior,  branched,  median  A  series  of  simple,  alveolar  glands  at 

gland  opening  externally  above  renal  bases  of  gill  plumes. 

pore.  Radula  35-40  X  (4-5  +  1+0  +  1  + 

Radula  30-35  X  (4  +  1+0  +  1+4)  4-5) 

A  median,  cuticular  plate  in  front  of  Absent.     General  cuticular  thickening 

radula.  only. 

Liver  tri-lobed.  Liver  five-lobed. 

Cerebral  and  pleural  ganglia  fused.  Cerebral  and  pleural  ganglia  separate. 

No  spermatocyst.  Spermatocyst  present. 


Vol.  XVIII]     MACFARLAXD  &  O'DOSOGHUE—NEIV  SPECIES  CORAMBE     £1     /Oo 


LITERATURE 


Adams,  Arthur,  1847.     Notes  on  certain  Molluscous  Animals.     <Proc.  Zool. ' 

Soc.  London,  pp.  23-24 
Balch,  F.  E.,  1899.     List  of  Marine  Mollusca  of  Cold  Spring  Harbor,  Long 

Island,  with  Descriptions  of  one  new  Genus  and  two  new  Species 

of  Nudibranchs.      <Proc.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,   29,   7,  pp. 

151-153,  PI.  I,  Figs.  12-15. 
Bergh,  R.,  1869.    Bidrag  til  en  Monographi  af  Phyllidierne.     <Naturhistorisk 

Tidsskrift,  3  R.  V  B.  p.  359. 

1871.      Beitrage   zur   Kenntniss   der   Mollusken   des   vSargasso- 

meeres.      <Verh.  d.  k.-k.  zool.-bot.  Gesellsch.  in  Wien.    XXL 

pp.  1293-1297,  Taf.  XL  Fig.  21-27,  TaL  XH,  Fig.  1-11. 

1892.    System  der  Nudibranchiaten  Gasteropoden.     <  Semper 's 

Reisen  im  Archipel  der  Philippinen,  Wissenschaftliche  Resultate. 

Malacologische  Untersuchungen,  HI,  18,  pp.  166-169. 
Fischer,  H.,  1889.     Note  preliminaire  sur  le  Corambe  testudinaria.      <Bull. 

Soc.  Zool.  de  France,  14,  10,  pp.  379-381. 

1891.      Sur  r Anatomic  du   Corambe  testudinaria.    <Comptes 

Rendus  Acad.  Sci.  Paris.    CXH,  pp.  304-307. 

1891.     Recherches  anatomiques  sur  un  MoUusque  appartenant 

au  Genre  Corambe.  <Bull.  Sci.  de  la  France  et  de  la  Belgique. 

XXin,  2  (Ser.  4,  Vol.  2),  pp.  358-398,  PI.  IX-XH. 

1896.     Note  sur  la  distribution  du  Genre  Corambe.    <Journ. 

ConchyL  XLHI,  p.  235-236. 
Fischer,  P.,  1883.    Manuel  de  ConchyHologie,  Fasc.  VI,  Dec.  20,  1883,  p.  530. 

1888.     Note  sur  la  presence  du  Genre  Corambe  dans  la  bassin 

d'Arcachon  (Gironde).     <Buh.  Soc.  Zool.  France.    T.  13,  No.  9, 

pp.  215-216. 
Kerbert,  C,  1886.    Over  het  Geslacht  Corambe,  Bergh.  <Tijdschrift  der  Ne- 

derlandsche  Dierkundige  Vereeniging,  2  Ser.,  D.  1,  Afi.  2,  pp.  3-6. 

(Abstract  in  Bull.  Sci.  du  Nord,  2  Ser.,  9,  1886,  pp.  136-138.) 
MacFarland,  F.  M.,  1918.     Sci.  Results  Exp.  to  the  Tropical  Pacific,  XIX, 

The  Dolabellina;.      <  Memoirs  Museum  Comp.  Zool.  Harvard. 

XXV,  5,  pp.  319-321,  PI.  9,  Figs.  1-8. 
O'Donoghue,  C.  H.,  1926.     Observations  on  the  early  Development  of  Mem- 

branipora  villosa  Hincks.      <Contrib.   Canadian  Biology  and 

Fisheries,  N.  S.  Ill,  8,  p.  12. 
Vayssiere,  A.,  1901.    Etude  comparee  des  Opistobranches  des  Cotes  Francaises 

de  rOcean  Atlantique  et  de  la  Manche  avec  ceux  de  nos  Cotes 

Mediterraneennes.    <Bull.  Sci.  France  et  Belgique,  XXXIV,  p. 

296. 

1903.     Mollusques   de   France   et   des   regions    voisines.     Paris^ 

I,  p.  363. 
Verrill,  A.  E.,   1870.     Descriptions  of  some  New  England  Nudibranchiata. 

<Amer.  Jour.  Science  and  Arts,  Ser.  II,  50,  p.  408,  Figs.  2,  3. 

1882.    Catalogue  of  Marine  Mollusca  added  to  the  fauna  of  the 

New  England  Region  during  the  past  ten  years.   < Trans.  Con- 
necticut Acad.  Sci.  V,  2,  p.  547,  Fig.  5. 
Verrill,  A.  E.  8z  Smith,  S.  I.,  1873.     Report  upon  the  Invertebrate  Animals  of 

Vineyard  Sound  and  the  adjacent  waters.     <Report  U.  S.  Com. 

Fish  and  Fisheries,  1871-72,  Washington,    p.  664. 

January  29,   1929 


9?  CALIFORXIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIEXCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 


Plate  1 

Fig.     1.    Dorsal  view  of  large,  living  Corambe  pacifica  IMacF.  Sz  O'D.      X5. 

Fig.     2.    Rhinophore  from  behind,     o,  outer  lamina,  /,  inner  lamina.      X35. 

Fig.  3.  Transverse  section  of  epidermis  and  cuticle  of  notaeum.  The  cuboidal 
epithelium  below  secretes  a  thick  cuticle,  which  is  periodically 
shed,  becoming  split  off  by  a  cleft  parallel  to  the  epithelial  layer. 
Large,  special  cells  of  the  epithelium  produce  blunt,  conical  spines 
in  succession,  three  generations  of  such  spines  being  seen  in  the 
figure.     X800. 

Fig.  4.  Transverse  section  of  epithelium  of  not^eum  from  near  the  margin. 
The  cuticle  is  much  thinner  than  in  Fig.  3,  it  having  been  shed 
more  recently.  Three  cuticular  spines  and  a  large,  unicellular 
gland  are  shown.     X800. 

Fig.  5.  Posterior  end  of  animal,  as  seen  from  the  ventral  aspect.  The  foot 
has  been  removed  by  a  cut  through  the  body  wall  above  it,  along 
the  curved  lines  uniting  a — a.  The  branchial  plumes  are  seen  in 
place,  the  ventral  surface  of  the  notaeum  margin,  with  the 
median,  posterior  notch,  lying  behind  them.  A  single,  median 
plume,  just  above  the  anal  opening,  and  ten  lateral  ones  on  either 
side  are  present.  At  the  bases  of  the  branchite  the  series  of  alveo- 
lar glands,  g,  shows  through  the  integument.  The  intestine 
and  renal  sack  open  externally  near  the  median  line.      X28. 

Fig.  6.  Section  of  alveolar  gland,  situated  at  the  base  of  the  branchial  plumes. 
X590. 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XVMI,  No.  1       [  MACFARLAND  AND  O'DONOGHUE]     Plate  1 


/ 


\<: 


</■: 


_.„**«»M'V»'«5I^*,^  _ 


^3^."'^^ 


W^.. 


,:?i 


\>1..---'- 


\ 


N  i 


-  "=^     ;. 


^^^ 


5 


■3gS^!5«^ras~j„,. .  _^^.^^& 


/ 


-    ^ , "  '    i    . 


-n  / 


..^i^iyiS^^ 


O.H.MacF 


24  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  L  Proc.  4th  Ser. 


Plate  2 

Fig.  7.  Portion  of  Reproductive  System,  v.  d,  Distal  part  of  vas  deferens, 
extending  into  the  everted  preputium,  through  the  wall  of  which 
its  terminal  portion  is  faintly  seen.  The  everted  preputium. 
tipped  by  the  conical  glans,  g,  forms  the  penis,  p.  Close  to  the 
right  of  the  base  of  the  penis  is  the  external  opening  of  the  vagina, 
V,  which  leads  inward  to  the  spermatotheca,  s;  the  short  and 
narrow  vaginal  duct,  vag.  d,  continues  on  into  the  accessory  gland 
complex,  and  receives  the  duct  of  the  spermatocyst,  s.  c,  close  to 
its  entrance.     X16. 

Fig.  8.  Central  Nervous  System  in  dorsal  view,  c,  Cerebral  ganglia;  c.  1. 
rhinophore  ganglion  and  nerve;  c.  2,  optic  ganglion,  optic  nerve, 
and  eye;  c.  3,  c.  4,  c.  5,  nerves  to  buccal  tentacles  and  mouth  re- 
gion; p,  pedal  ganglia;  pi,  pleural  ganglia,  distinctly  separate  from 
the  cerebral  pair,  to  which  they  are  joined  by  the  cerebro-pleural 
connective,  c-pl.  c;  pi.  1,  first,  pleural  nerve,  pi.  2,  second,  pleural 
nerve  of  left  side;  pi.  2a,  pi.  2b,  rami  of  second,  pleural  nerve  of 
right  side;  v.  c,  visceral  commissure,  imiting  the  pleural  ganglia 
below  the  oesophagus.     X122. 

Fig.  9.  Postero-ventral  view  of  Central  Nervous  System,  the  severed 
oesophagus,  o,  being  left  in  place,  p.  c,  pedal  commissure,  pp.  c , 
parapedal  commissure,  the  other  abbreviations  as  in  Fig.  8.  In 
this  dissection  the  first,  pleural  nerve  of  the  left  side,  pi.  1, 
arises  directly  from  the  ganglion,  and  not  from  the  cerebro- 
pleural  connective,  as  in  Fig.  8,  while  on  the  right  side  the 
second,  pleural  nerve  arises  from  a  single  root,  dividing  at  once 
into  pi.  2a,  and  pi.  2b,  with  anastomosing  branches  to  pi.  1,  as  in 
Fig.  8.     X122. 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XVlll,  No.  1     [MACFARLAND  AND  O'DONCGHUE]     Plate  2 


C.2 


8 


c 


// 


phi 

c.pl.c 


\\ 


■-'    c 


r\ 


pU 


pl.2a 


-^^s-^ 


%s. 


\ 


«*' 


O     / 


/>/.! 


11 

J~^'pl2a 

/i'j.pi2h 


g 


7 


1%, 


■-'^•ik 


pl- 


*^-'- 
.-^> 


v.c 


^.C^' 


^^'/'Z 


^^        p.c       i  ^^     I 

— ^ ^     y  'C 


fix ,--i^>'-' 


"^^^^E* 


»**  jt 


/  f 


pp.c 


"%.. 


/       V 


L^, 


\\ 


i> 


V 


\i  m 


%^ 


O.HMicF 


25  CALIFORXIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIEXCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 


Plate  3 

Fig.  10.  Central  Nervous  System  from  the  left  side,  b,  Buccal  ganglia; 
c-b.  c,  cerebro-buccal  connective;  c-p.  c,  cerebro-pedal  connective; 
c-pl.  c,  cerebro-pleural  connective;  pl-p.  c,  pleuro-pedal  connec- 
tive.   Other  abbreviations  as  in  Figs.  8  and  9.     X  122. 

Fig.  11.  Pharyngeal  bulb  in  side  view,  m,  mouth;  o,  cesophagus;  c,  muscular 
crop;  r.  s,  radula  sack.     X24. 

Fig.  12.    Third,  lateral  tooth  from  above.     X580. 

Fig.  13.    vSecond,  lateral  tooth  from  below.     X580. 

Fig.  13.    Second,  lateral  tooth  from  below.     X580. 

Fig.  14.'  Second  (2)  to  fifth,  lateral  teeth  of  radula,  obliquely  from  above. 
X580. 

Fig.  15.    Outer  faces  of  first,  lateral  teeth  of  two,  successive  rows  of  radula. 

a,  Small  hook  at  upper,  posterior  angle  of  base.     X580. 

Fig.  16.  Inner  face  of  first,  lateral  tooth  of  radula.  w,  winglike,  basal  ridge. 
X580. 

Fig.  17.  Diagram  of  renal  organ  in  its  relation  to  the  pericardium,  as  seen  in 
longitudinal,  perspective  view,  w,  notaeum,  cut  lengthwise  in  the 
median  line,  through  the  posterior,  median  notch  on  the  left ; 

b.  c,  body  cavity;  a,  anus;  p,  pericardium,  containing  the  heart; 
.s,  renal  syrinx,  opening  into  the  pericardium  below  the  ventricle 
of  the  heart,  and  narrowing  distally  into  the  reno-peri cardial 
tube,  r.p.t,  which  loops  forward  to  open  into  the  anterior  pro- 
longation of  the  kidney  sack,  k,Sit  b;  v,  median,  ventral  extension 
of  kidney  sack;  r,  external,  renal  pore. 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XVIIl,  No.  1      [  MACFARLAND  AND  O'DONOGHUE]     Plate  3 


10 


r\ 


C.2..M 


c5   __.^>'_r^  i  \w 


II 


'I 


1 


bc\^ 


-3^v_    "^ 


^      "^      J, 


VN 


x^ 


c  p  c 


>^^\^--^- 


\  4? 


-%«? 


J- 


^^j^ 


pip 


pl.2 


:^ 


f 


W^^ 

%- 


|Tl^^. 


•% 


epic 


75 


,::;  ._:jm  J  ? 


'    t  13 


..«*£ 


/^ 


/,*{>§*»<:• 
^^^ 


:^ 


a    fep^ 


n 


17 


"**^^t^^"'*^    "\,-'^.4^*^^*^i 


O.H.Mac  F 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF  THE 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 

Fourth  Series 

Vol.  XVIII,  No.  2,  pp.  29-43,  6  text  figures         January  29,|1929 


II 

A  NEW  BIRD  FAMILY  (GEOSPIZID^)  FROM  THE 
GALAPAGOS  ISLANDS 

BY 

HARRY  S.  SWARTH 
Curator,  Department  of  Ornithology  and  Mammalogy 

The  expedition  that  was  sent  by  the  California  Academy  of 
Sciences  to  the  Galapagos  Islands  during  1905  and  1906, 
secured  a  collection  of  birds  numbering  over  8000  specimens. 
Gifford  (1913)  reported  upon  the  species  (mostly  water  birds) 
from  the  Columbiformes  to  the  Pelecaniformes  (as  entered  in 
Sharpe's  "Hand-List  of  Birds"),  while  Loomis  (1918)  cov- 
ered the  Tubinares  of  the  expedition  in  his  "Review  of  the 
albatrosses,  petrels,  and  diving  petrels."  The  remainder  of 
the  collection  (nearly  6000  skins),  comprising  all  of  the  land 
birds  except  the  one  species  of  pigeon,  remained  untouched 
until  the  middle  of  1927,  when  I  began  their  study.  A  large 
part  of  the  land-bird  population  of  the  Galapagos  is  comprised 
in  the  "ground  finches"  of  the  genera  Geospisa,  Cactospisa, 
and  Camarhynchns  (with  which  must  be  included  Pinaro- 
loxias,  of  Cocos  Island),  and  the  "creepers"  (Certhidea),  and 
of  these  there  are  more  than  4000  specimens  at  hand.  A  pre- 
liminary survey  of  the  collection  sufficed  to  show  that  the  ex- 
tensive series  of  specimens  available  would  in  many  cases  shed 
new  light  upon  unsettled  questions,  and  would  probably  neces- 
sitate the  description  of  some  new  fonns.     It  became  evident, 

January  29,  1929 


30  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Pkoc.  4th  Ser. 

too,  that  there  were  specimens  in  the  collection  representing 
undescribed  species  that  were  of  interest  and  importance  be- 
yond that  attaching  to  mere  "newness"  alone.  The  specimens 
referred  to  are  unfortunately  few  in  number,  comprising  four 
skins  representing  three  different  forms,  but  they  are  all  so 
trenchantly  different  from  any  bird  previously  discovered 
upon  the  Galapagos  that  their  peculiar  features  may  be  dis- 
cussed without  considering  the  possibility  of  their  representing 
some  previously  unknown  phase  of  an  already  described 
species. 

As  regards  most  of  the  slightly  differentiated  and  hitherto 
unrecognized  island  races  that  for  one  reason  or  another  it 
may  seem  desirable  to  distinguish  by  name,  the  publication  of 
their  descriptions  can  await  completion  of  the  entire  study. 
But  the  appearance  of  the  exceptional  birds  above  referred  to 
suggests  some  questions  that  it  seems  to  me  well  to  have  stated 
at  once,  for  discussion,  and,  on  my  part,  for  consequent  cor- 
rection if  I  have  read  my  facts  wrongly. 

The  two  most  conspicuous  groups  of  Galapagos  land  birds, 
those  most  abundant  in  species  and  individuals,  have  of  late 
years  been  generally  referred  to  two  continental  families.  The 
so-called  "ground  finches,"  referred  to  one  genus  (Geospica) 
or  to  several,  according  to  the  views  of  different  students,  are 
regarded  (and  always  have  been,  heretofore)  as  belonging  to 
the  Fringillidae  (finches),  as,  curiously  enough,  has  been  also 
the  Cocos  Island  Pinaroloxias  inornata.  The  "creepers"  (Ccr- 
thidea),  after  tentative  assignment  to  the  Fringillidse  and 
Coerebidas,  have  lately  been  regarded  as  belonging  with  the 
Mniotiltid^e  (American  wood  warblers),  largely  as  the  result 
of  studies  by  Lucas  (1894)  and  Rid§-\vay  (1902). 

My  own  conclusions  are  that  the  "ground  finches"  of  the 
Galapagos  Islands  and  Cocos  Island  (Geospiza,  etc.)  are  not 
of  the  Fringillid^e,  that  the  "creepers"  (Certhidca)  are  not  of 
the  Mniotiltidae,  but  that  these  two  groups  are  very  closely 
related  to  each  other  (far  more  nearly  than  either  is  to  any 
continental  family),  and  that  the  two  together  should  be  re- 
garded as  forming  one  family,  a  family  that  is  confined  to  the 
Galapagos  Archipelago  and  Cocos  Island.  This  family  will 
assume  the  name  Geospizidas,  after  Gcospiza-  (Gould,  1837, 
p.  5 ) ,  the  first  genus  described  in  these  groups. 


Vol.  XVIII]  SWARTH—GEOSPIZIDJE  3J 

This  opinion  is  contrary  to  most  of  those  previously  held  by 
others,  but  the  facts  now  available  all  point  so  unreservedly  in 
one  direction  that  I  feel  no  hesitation  in  arriving  at  the  con- 
clusion expressed.  The  characters  of  the  several  newly  dis- 
covered forms  that  are  here  given  names  supply  so  unequivo- 
cally just  the  evidence  needed  to  corroborate  certain  tentative 
conclusions  that  can  be  arrived  at  from  many  features  found 
in  common  among  the  diverse  species  of  this  group,  as  to 
make  the  joining  of  these  species  under  one  family  name  a 
course  that  it  seems  to  me  is  well-nigh  inevitable. 

The  family  Geospizidae  can  not  be  defined  to  entire  satisfac- 
tion at  present,  but  the  group  may  be  roughly  characterized, 
on  the  basis  of  external  features,  as  follows :  An  assemblage 
of  Passerine  forms  of  small  and  medium  size  (wing  48.0  to 
95.0  mm.).  Wing  rather  short  and  rounded;  tail  rounded, 
much  shorter  than  wing.  Tarsus  and  toes  long,  outstretched 
feet  extending  beyond  tip  of  tail.  Rictal  bristles  obsolete. 
Bill  extremely  variable  in  relative  length,  depth,  and  width. 
Feathers  on  lower  back  and  rump  long,  dense,  and  fluffy. 
Coloration  unlike  in  adult  male  and  female  (except  in  Cac- 
tospiza  and  some  forms  of  Certhidea),  but  with  great  vari- 
ability on  different  islands  in  the  number  of  males  of  any  given 
form  that  ever  attain  "adult"  plumage.  Color  of  bill  varies 
seasonally  and  with  age,  being  black  or  dusky  in  adults  of  both 
sexes  during  the  breeding  season,  yellowish  or  otherwise  light 
colored  in  adults  at  other  seasons  and  in  the  young.  Confined 
to  the  Galapagos  Islands  and  Cocos  Island. 

As  a  necessary  preliminary  to  further  discussion,  names  may 
here  be  given  to  the  several  newly  discovered  species  to  which 
reference  is  made.  First,  it  will  be  seen  that  I  am  reviving 
here  the  name  Cactospiza,  proposed  by  Ridgway  (1896,  p. 
546)  as  a  subgenus  (type,  Cactornis  pallida  Sclater  &  Salvin), 
but,  as  it  seems  to  me,  deserving  of  full  generic  recognition. 
The  species  of  Cactospiza  are  distinguished  by  relatively  long, 
slender  bill,  with  the  line  of  the  gonys  slightly  convex.  In  the 
slender-billed  species  of  Geospiza  the  line  of  the  gonys  is 
straight  or  slightly  concave.  Cactospisa  is  further  dis- 
tinguished by  having  no  black  in  the  plumage  in  any  stage, 
and  in  that  the  sexes  are  alike  in  every  respect.  In  the  other 
genera  of  Geospizidse  the  sexes  are  unlike  in  every  case  except 


32  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

in  some  forms  of  Certhidea.  The  genus  Cactospiza  will  in- 
clude pallida  in  its  several  subspecific  forms,  heliobates,  and 
giffordi. 

Intergradation  between  Certhidea  and  Cactospiza  is  defi- 
nitely shown  in  Cactospiza  giffordi,  but  Cactospiza  can  not  be 
said  to  occupy  middle  ground  between  Certhidea  and  Cama- 
rhynchus.  To  place  the  species  pallida,  heliobates,  and  gif- 
fordi in  the  genus  Carnarhynchus  would,  therefore,  in  the  light 
of  their  recognized  leaning  toward  Certhidea,  give  a  false  idea 
of  relationships,  an  impression  that  can  be  avoided  by  the  gen- 
eric segregation  of  these  several  forms. 


Cactospiza  giffordi*,  new  species 

Type:  Male  adult,  No.  7522,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  col- 
lected by  E.  W.  Gifford  (orig.  No.  1900),  January  18,  1906,  on 
Indefatigable  Island,  Galapagos  Archipelago. 

Characters:  Evidently  nearly  related  to  the  pallida^helio- 
bates  group,  but  much  smaller  and  with  more  slender  bill  than 
any  other  described  form  in  that  group. 

Description  of  type  and  only  known  specimen:  In  rather 
worn  plumage.  Above  brownish,  about  as  in  the  darker  ex- 
amples of  pallida,  with  an  olivaceous  tinge.  Top  of  head 
slightly  darker  than  dorsum.  A  poorly  defined  superciliary 
stripe  of  yellowish  from  nostril  to  posterior  corner  of  eye. 
Sides  of  head  dirty  brownish ;  a  poorly  defined  grayish  spot  on 
lower  eyelid.  Remiges  and  rectrices  dusky,  with  narrow 
edgings  of  greenish  olive;  under  wing  coverts  strongly  tinged 
with  yellow.  Under  parts  of  body  and  lower  tail  coverts  plain, 
unstreaked;  whitish,  strongly  tinged  with  yellow.  Sides  of 
breast  and  flanks  grayish  brown.  On  chin  and  throat  irregu- 
lar flecks  of  the  tawny  color  characteristic  of  the  throat  color 
in  species  of  Certhidea.  Bill  black;  feet  dusky.  "Testicles 
very  large"  (collector's  notation  on  label).  For  measurements 
see  table,  page  42. 

•Named  for  Edward  Winslow  Gifford,  Curator  of  the  Anthropological  Museum, 
University  of  California,  who  did  a  large  proportion  of  the  ornithological  field  work 
upon  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences  expedition  of  1905-1906  to  the  Galapagos 
Islands,  and  who  has  published  reports  upon  some  of  the  birds  collected. 


Vol.  XVIII]  SWARTH—GEOSPIZIDJE  33 

Camarhynchus  conjunctus,  new  species 

Type:  Male  adult,  No.  7713,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  col- 
lected by  R.  H.  Beck,  February  28,  1906,  on  Charles  Island, 
Galapagos  Archipelago. 

Characters:  Intermediate  in  certain  outstanding  features 
between  Camarhynchus  and  Certhidea.  In  measurements  and 
in  bulk  lies  between  the  maximum  reached  in  Certhidea  and 
the  minimum  in  other  species  of  Camarhynchus.  The  bill  in 
particular  is  intermediate  in  shape  and  size  between  those  of 
typical  Certhidea  and  typical  Camarhynchus. 

Description  of  type:  In  fresh,  unworn  plumage.  Upper 
parts  generally  dull  olive  green,  feathers  of  pileum  with  dusky 
centers,  giving  a  blackish  appearance  to  top  of  head.  Sides  of 
head  like  back;  eyelids  and  faint  superciliary  line  pale  yellow- 
ish. Remiges  and  rectrices  dusky,  edged  with  olivaceous. 
Greater  and  middle  wing  coverts  like  back,  narrowly  edged 
with  yellowish,  producing  two  poorly  defined  wing  bars. 
Below  greenish  yellow,  paler  than  back.  Sides  of  breast  and 
flanks,  and  lower  tail  coverts,  tinged  with  brownish ;  middle  of 
belly  pale  yellowish.  Chin  and  throat  indistinctly  marked  with 
tawny  of  the  same  shade  as  is  characteristic  of  the  throat 
patch  in  species  of  Certhidea.  Feathers  of  throat  and  upper 
breast  black-centered,  producing  a  streaked  appearance,  the 
general  effect  of  which  is  of  poorly  defined  black  lines  sur- 
rounding a  rather  nebulous  tawny  throat  patch.  "Bill  black; 
legs  dark  brown;  testes  large"  (collector's  notation  on  label). 

A  second  specimen,  also  an  adult  male,  collected  by  Beck 
on  the  same  day,  is  in  rather  more  worn  plumage.  Color  of 
upper  parts  is  about  as  in  the  type,  but  below  it  is  paler 
colored,  more  whitish  and  with  less  of  the  greenish  hue.  The 
black  streaks  on  the  breast  are  obscurely  indicated,  and  the 
tawny  on  the  throat  is  washed  out  and  but  faintly  discernible. 
The  rufous  is  more  widespread  than  on  the  type,  though, 
spreading  to  the  sides  of  the  head  and  invading  even  the  super- 
ciliary line.  "Bill  black;  iris  dark  brown;  legs  dark  brown; 
testes  large."    For  measurements  see  table,  page  42. 


34  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  See. 

Camarhynchus  aureus,  new  species 

Type:  Male  adult,  No.  8121,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  col- 
lected by  E.  W.  Gifford  (orig.  No.  1944),  January  25,  1906,  on 
Chatham  Island,  Galapagos  Archipelago. 

Characters:  Generally  similar  to  Camarhynchus  conjunctus 
but  with  slightly  heavier  bill  and  more  uniform  coloration. 

Description  of  type  and  only  known  specimen:  In  rather 
worn  plumage.  Upper  parts  faded,  but  evidently  originally 
dull  olive  green.  Remiges  and  rectrices  dusky,  narrowly 
edged  with  olivaceous.  Closed  wings,  including  coverts,  uni- 
form with  back.  There  are  faint  indications  of  light  tips  to 
the  greater  and  middle  wing  coverts,  and  in  fresh  plumage 
there  may  have  been  discernible  wing  bars.  Below,  from  bill 
to  and  including  lower  tail  coverts,  almost  uniformly  pale  yel- 
low, broken  only  by  a  slightly  mottled  appearance  on  the 
breast,  where  the  blackish  bases  of  the  feathers  show  through, 
and  with  sides  of  breast  and  flanks  slightly  darker.  The  yel- 
low of  the  under  surface  spreads  over  the  sides  of  neck  and 
face,  over  cheeks  and  ear  coverts,  to  meet  a  broad  yellow 
superciliary  line  that  extends  from  bill  and  forehead  back  to  a 
point  well  behind  the  eye.  Bill  blackish,  with  edges  of  upper 
and  tip  of  lower  mandible  slightly  paler.  Feet  and  legs  black- 
ish.   For  measurements  see  table,  page  42. 

These  two  new  forms  from  Charles  and  Chatham  islands, 
conjunctus  and  aureus,  appear  to  be  closely  related,  and  it 
might  be  that  adequate  series  of  the  two  would  show  plumage 
variation  that  would  bring  them  even  closer  together  than  is 
indicated  by  the  scanty  material  now  available.  The  differ- 
ences apparent  in  the  skins  at  hand,  however,  especially  as  two 
rather  widely  separated  islands  are  represented,  are  such  as  to 
justify  the  present  separation  of  the  two  forms. 

In  these  two  puzzling  species  (conjunctus  and  aureus)  re- 
semblance to  Certhidea  lies  in  general  size  and  form  and  in 
certain  peculiarities  of  markings.  Resemblance  to  Camarhyn- 
chus appears  in  the  more  finch-like  bill  and  in  general  colora- 
tion, which  in  conjunctus  and  aureus  is  very  close  to  the  un- 
streaked  "immature"  plumage  of  Camarhynchus  prosthemelas. 
There  may  be  significance  in  the  fact  that  C.  prosthemelas 


Vol.  XVIII] 


SWARTH—GEOSPIZID^ 


35 


salvini  from  Chatham  Island  is  strongly  tinged  with  yellow, 
just  as  is  the  one  specimen  of  C.  aureus  from  that  island. 

It  is  a  debatable  point  as  to  whether  conjunctus  and  aureus 
should  not  be  segregated  together  in  a  separate  genus.  Such 
a  genus  would  have  to  be  based  upon  the  combination  of  cer- 
tain  characters,    some   of   which    in   other   species    occur   in 


Drawing  by  Mrs.  Frieda  Abernathy 

Species  of   Camarhynchus  and   Certhidea  showing  intergradation  in  bill 
structure  between  the  two  genera.     Slightly  larger  than 
•     natural  size. 

A.  Camarhynchus  prosthemelas  prosthemelas  (No.  7756). 

B.  Camarhynchus  aureus  (No.  8121). 

C.  Camarhynchus  conjunctus  (No.  7713). 

D.  Certhidea  ridgwayi  ?  (No.  4862). 

E.  Certhidea  ridgwayi  (No.  4643). 

F.  Certhidea  olivacea  (No.  4538). 


Camarhynchus,  some  in  Certhidea,  and  the  genera  already 
described  in  the  Geospizidae  are  so  nearly  arbitrary  in  their 
nature  that  it  seems  to  me  undesirable  to  add  another  genus 
of  uncertain  definition. 

In  Gould's  (1837)  first  account  of  the  Galapagos  "finches," 
Geospiza  is  described  as  a  new  genus  and  Cactornis,  Camar- 
hynchus, and  Certhidea  as  subgenera  under  Geospiza,  inferen- 
tially  as  of  the  Fringillidas,  as  they  are  spoken  of  collectively 
as  "ground  finches."    Of  Certhidea  the  comment  is  made  (in 


^^  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

the  third  person,  as  written  presumably  by  the  secre- 
tary of  the  Society)  "that  although  he  confidently  believed 
that  it  should  also  be  referred  to  the  same  group  with  the 
three  former,  yet  in  its  slighter  form  and  weaker  bill  it  has  so 
much  the  appearance  of  a  member  of  the  Sylviadcu,  that  he 
would  by  no  means  insist  upon  the  above  view  being  adopted 
until  the  matter  shall  have  been  more  fully  investigated." 

Sclater  &  Salvin  (1873,  p.  16)  placed  Certhidea  in  the 
family  Coerebidse,  whence  it  was  removed  by  Ridgway  (1896), 
who,  partly  on  the  basis  of  anatomical  studies  by  Lucas 
(1894),  considered  it  as  belonging  to  the  MniotiltidcB,  a  con- 
viction that  he  (1902)  has  since  repeated.  Lucas  found  vari- 
ous points  of  difference  between  Certhidea  and  species  of 
Coerebidse,  but  affinity  with  Mniotiltidae  is  founded  mainly 
upon  resemblances  in  the  bones  of  the  palatal  region. 

Then  Snodgrass  (1903)  published  a  most  important  paper, 
the  results  of  careful  comparative  study  of  the  anatomy  of 
Geospisa,  Cocornis  (=Pinaroloxias) ,  and  Certhidea,  with 
descriptive  matter  and  figures  that  merit  careful  scrutiny.  His 
conclusions,  reached  through  examination  of  the  internal 
anatomy  of  these  birds,  are  essentially  the  same  as  those  to 
which  I  have  been  led  by  comparison  of  external  features,  but 
he  did  not  push  his  argument  to  its  logical  outcome.  His 
closing  remarks  on  the  structure  of  the  skull  read  as  follows : 
"All  that  the  writer  here  intends  is  simply  to  call  attention  to 
the  fact  that  there  is  a  gradation  in  the  skull  characters  of 
these  three  genera,  progressing  by  almost  equal  steps  from  one 
extreme  to  the  other.  If  any  phylogenic  theory  can  be  based 
on  this  fact  then  the  classification  of  the  three  genera  accepted 
at  present  cannot  be  correct,  for  Certhidia  is  regarded  as  a 
member  of  the  Mniotiltidae  and  Geospiza  and  Cocornis  are 
placed  in  the  Fringillidse.  The  Geospizce  as  birds  have  cer- 
tainly a  most  Fringillid  appearance.  The  same,  however,  can- 
not be  so  positively  asserted  concerning  the  skull  of  even  the 
least  modified  species." 

The  alternatives,  apparently  regarded  as  inevitable,  of 
placing  these  diverse  groups  either  all  in  the  Fringillidae  or  all 
in  the  Mniotiltidae,  were  so  baffling  as  to  cause  Snodgrass  to 
stop  with  the  presentation  of  his  really  conclusive  argument, 
and  to  refrain  from  proposing  any  change  from  the  formerly 


Vol.  XVIII]  SfVARTH—GEOSPIZIDJE  37 

accepted  but  obviously  false  arrangement.    I  do  not  know  that 
anyone  has  followed  up  the  matter  since.  Sl 

Now  as  to  externals.  There  are  of  course  superficial  fea-V 
tures  in  which  Certhidea  resembles  species  of  Mniotiltidae  and 
of  Coerebidae;  and  the  obvious  dissimilarities  between  Certhidea 
and  some  forms  of  Geospiza  and  Camarhynchus  are  such  as  at 
first  sight  to  render  apparently  ridiculous  any  assertion  of 
close  relationship  between  those  groups.  Let  us  see,  however, 
what  external  features  they  have  in  common.  Despite  con- 
siderable differences  in  size,  the  largest  Geospha  at  one  ex- 
treme, Certhidea  at  the  other,  and  the  host  of  intermediate 
forms  between,  they  are  all  very  similar  in  proportions.  They 
all  have  rather  short,  rounded  wings,  rather  short  tail,  and 
long  legs  (toes  in  every  case  reaching  beyond  tip  of  tail  in  the 
prepared  skin);  Ridgway's  (1901,  1902)  diagnoses  of  the 
genera  Geospiza,  Camarhynchus,  and  Certhidea  read  surpris- 
ingly alike  in  describing  the  details  of  those  parts.  The  pro- 
portions described,  too,  are  not  commonly  found,  if  found  at 
all,  in  the  Mniotiltidse  or  in  American  species  of  Fringillidse. 
Then,  there  is  a  peculiar  texture  of  plumage  that  is  common 
to  the  several  Galapagos  forms,  something  well  nigh  impossi- 
ble to  describe  but  obvious  to  any  one  handling  specimens,  and 
accompanying  this  there  is  a  peculiarly  thick  growth  of  long, 
loose  feathers  on  the  lower  back  and  rump  of  all  the  species 
concerned,  such  as  I  do  not  find  at  least  in  North  American 
birds  of  the  families  to  which  they  have  been  relegated. 

The  color  of  the  bill  in  Geospiza  and  related  genera,  and  in 
Certhidea,  sometimes  black,  sometimes  light  colored,  has  been 
described  as  an  irresponsibly  variable  feature,  not  to  be  cor- 
related with  anything  else.  Without  going  into  details,  which 
are  voluminous  and  complicated,  it  may  suffice  here  to  say  that 
the  observed  facts  justify  the  conclusion  that  in  all  these  birds, 
Geospiza  and  Certhidea  alike,  the  bill  in  adults  of  both  sexes 
is  black  during  the  breeding  season,  light  colored  at  other 
seasons,  and  light  colored  in  the  young. 

In  Geospiza  a  uniformly  or  nearly  uniformly  black  plumage 
in  the  male,  in  Camarhynchus  a  black-headed  plumage  in  the 
male,  in  Certhidea  a  chestnut-throated  plumage  in  the  male, 
are  regarded  as  the  most  "perfect"  or  "fully  mature"  condi- 
tion of  plumage.     In  each  of  these  groups,  taking  any  one 


38  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Pkoc.  4th  Ser. 

form  on  the  several  islands  on  which  it  may  occur,  the  "per- 
fect" plumage  (black,  black  head,  or  chestnut  throat,  as  the 
case  may  be)  will  be  found  in  varying  abundance  on  different 
islands,  numerous  (perhaps  always  present)  on  one,  scarce  on 
another,  unknown  on  a  third.  This  is  a  peculiar  phenomenon 
that  certainly  seems  like  another  link  in  the  chain  holding 
these  diverse  forms  together. 

In  some  forms  of  Certhidea  the  juvenal  plumage  is  plain 
colored  and  unmarked  below,  as  in  the  adult,  but  in  the  young 
of  Certhidea  ridgwayi  the  lower  parts  are  heavily  streaked 
with  dusky,  just  as  in  young  of  species  of  Camarhynchus. 

Nests  and  eggs  of  Certhidea  have  been  described  often  with 
reservations  that  are  significant  in  the  light  of  the  close  rela- 
tionship that  I  believe  is  now  demonstrated  to  exist  between 
Certhidea  and  Caniarhynchus.  Snodgrass  &  Heller  (1904,  p. 
349)  make  the  following  statement:  "We  shot  a  female  of 
C.  olivacea  olivacea  at  Iguana  Cove,  Albemarle,  from  a  nest 
containing  three  eggs.  The  nest  was  exactly  like  that  of 
Geospisa  fuliginosa  and  the  eggs  were  identical  in  size  and 
coloration  with  those  of  the  same  species.  .  .  Hence,  since 
we  have  no  other  examples  we  hesitate  in  ascribing  this  nest  to 
Certhidea."  There  are  other  statements  in  literature  (see 
Rothschild  &  Hartert,  1902,  p.  385)  likewise  bearing  evidence 
as  to  the  similarity  in  nesting  habits  of  the  two  groups  of 
birds.  Gifford  (1919,  p.  242)  says  of  Pinaroloxias  inornata: 
"This  species  combines  the  habits  of  a  ground-feeding  finch 
with  those  of  a  tree- feeding  warbler."  Pinaroloxias,  further, 
combines  the  bill  structure  of  Certhidea  with  the  coloration  of 
Geospisa. 

Now,  added  to  these  suggestive  characters  found  in  com- 
mon in  Geospiza  and  Certhidea,  comes  the  discovery  of  the 
several  species  above  described,  which  appear  to  be  connecting 
links  between  the  two  groups.  It  will  be  noted  that,  curiously, 
there  are  two  separate  points  of  contact  between  the  "creepers" 
and  the  "ground  finches."  At  one  point,  through  Camarhyn- 
chus  conjunctiis,  there  is  what  appears  to  be  close  connection 
between  Certhidea  and  the  group  comprised  in  the  black- 
headed  Camarhynchus;  at  the  second,  through  Cactospisa  gif- 
fordi,  connection  between  Certhidea  and  the  plain  colored 
species  of  Cactospiza.  Camarhynchus  conjunctus  and  C.  au- 
reus in  general  appearance  are  closely  similar  to  C.  prosthe- 


Vol.  XVIII]  SWARTH—GEOSPIZIDJE  39 

melas,  so  much  so  that  the  type  specimen  of  C.  aureus  was 
entered  as  prostheinelas  in  the  field  note  book  of  the  collector. 
Cactospiza  giifordi,  despite  its  small  size,  is  obviously  like  C. 
pallida.  Yet  in  conjunctus  and  giffordi  both  there  is  most  un- 
expectedly displayed  traces  of  the  characteristically  Certhidean 
cinnamon-tawny  throat  patch.  As  regards  the  type  specimen 
of  C.  giffordi,  it  is  suggestive  that  the  note  book  of  the  col- 
lector, E.  W.  Gifford,  contains  the  following  comment:  "I 
obtained  one  bird  at  about  350  feet  elevation  which  seemed  to 
be  intermediate  between  Certhidea  and  Geospiza  pallida.  It 
was  feeding  like  a  Geospisa  pallida  on  a  branch  of  a  tree." 

If  further  evidence  in  the  shape  of  debatable  specimens  were 
needed  it  is  found  in  a  bird  from  Charles  Island  (No.  4862, 
Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  female  [immature?],  May  29,  1906. 
See  fig.  D,  p.  35.  This  specimen  is  like  comparable  examples 
of  Certhidea  ridgwayi  of  Charles  Island  in  color  and  plumage, 
but  the  bill  (not  a  variable  feature  in  Certhidea)  is  larger  than 
in  that  species,  being  as  heavy  as,  and  a  little  longer  than,  in 
Carnarhynchus  conjunctus  of  the  same  island  (see  table  of 
measurements).  After  careful  study  I  do  not  know  whether 
this  bird  is  an  example  of  Camarhynchu^  conjunctus  (of 
which  plumage  stages  and  amount  of  variation  are  unknown) 
or  of  Certhidea  ridgwayi.  In  other  words,  here  is  a  specimen 
which  I  find  myself  unable  to  allocate,  whether  to  the  Fringil- 
lidae  or  the  Mniotiltidae,  as  these  families  were  formerly  de- 
fined among  Galapagos  birds. 

Both  Rothschild  &  Hartert  (1899)  and  Snodgrass  &  Heller 
(1904)  dissent  from  Ridgway's  (1896,  1901)  division  of  the 
"ground  finches"  into  the  several  genera,  Geospiza,  Platyspiza, 
and  Camarhynchus,  claiming  that  intergradation  of  one  sort 
or  another  necessitates  the  grouping  of  the  whole  aggregation 
under  one  generic  name,  Geospiza.  The  intermediates  here 
described  demonstrate  further,  pretty  clearly  it  seems  to  me, 
the  impossibility  of  drawing  a  line,  or  of  expressing  a  clear 
definition  of  characters,  dividing  those  genera  from  Certhidea. 
Logically,  according  to  the  standards  adopted  by  the  authors 
cited  above  as  opposing  Ridgway's  treatment,  all  of  these 
diverse  forms,  from  the  enormously  large-billed  Geospisa 
magnirostris  down  to  the  most  delicate  Certhidea,  should  be 
placed  in  the  one  genus,  Geospiza.  Furthermore,  I  believe 
that  it  would  be  possible,  on  the  criterion  of  individual  vari- 


40  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

ation  producing  overlapping  of  characters  between  forms  on 
different  islands,  to  indicate  a  line  of  slightly  differentiated 
subspecies  under  one  specific  name,  that  would  include  most  of 
the  described  forms"  of  the  several  genera,  and  that  would  ex- 
tend through  the  extremes  of  bill  structure  and  of  color 
characters  throughout  the  genera  Geospiza,  Canmrhynchus, 
and  Certhidea.  This  statement  is  novel  only  in  the  inclusion 
of  Certhidea  in  the  closely  linked  chain  of  forms,  for  Ridgway 
long  ago  made  precisely  the  same  assertion  regarding  Geospi- 
za.  In  upholding  the  recognition  of  slightly  differentiated 
local  forms  he  says:  "No  other  course,  indeed,  is  practicable; 
for  were  'lumping'  once  begun  there  could  be  no  end  to  it, 
unless  purely  arbitrary  limits  were  given  to  the  species  recog- 
nized, and  if  followed  to  a  logical  conclusion  might  easily  end 
in  the  recognition  of  a  single  variable  species,  equivalent  in  its 
limits  to  the  genus."     (Ridgway,  1896,  p.  468.) 

I  feel,  myself,  that  however  logical  and  consistent  it  may  be 
demonstrated  to  be  to  lump  genera  in  this  long  list  of  diverse 
forms  (fifty  or  more  in  number),  it  would  not  be  desirable  to 
do  so.  The  course  that  I,  personally,  prefer  to  follow,  is,  first 
grouping  the  "finches"  and  "creepers"  alike  under  the  one 
family,  Geospizidse,  to  recognize  at  least  the  genera  Geospiza, 
Cactospiza,  C amarhynchiis ,  and  •  Certhidea.  It  will  be  ad- 
mittedly impossible  to  formulate  entirely  satisfactory  defini- 
tions of  these  genera,  but  their  recognition  will  afford  con- 
venient lines  of  demarcation  between  sections  of  a  long  list  of 
species  otherwise  too  unwieldy  for  satisfactory  treatment.  To 
group  all  of  these  diverse  forms  under  one  generic  name 
would,  it  seems  to  me,  defeat  the  purpose  of  nomenclature  of 
giving  us  convenient  handles  to  grasp.  To  recognize  the 
genera  indicated  is  admittedly  indefensible  on  grounds  of  logic 
and  consistency,  and  it  will  cause  grief  and  indignation  in  the 
compiler  of  books  and  the  arranger  of  "keys"  for  identifica- 
tion. It  will,  however,  suit  the  convenience  of  whomever 
wishes  to  discuss  in  speech  or  writing  the  birds  and  the  prob- 
lems involved,  and  that,  to  my  notion,  should  be  regarded  as 
an  important  function  of  our  nomenclature. 

Indication  of  relationships  in  nomenclature  is  of  first  im- 
fMDrtance,  perhaps,  but  all  of  the  known  facts  in  the  relation- 
ships of  these  birds  can  not  be  expressed  in  their  names.  To 
divide  the  Geospizidse  into  as  many  genera  ;as  I  propose  to  do 


Vol.  XVIII]  SWARTH—GEOSPIZIDM  ^\ 

may  give  an  exaggerated  impression  of  the  taxonomic  re- 
moteness of  some  species,  but  to  lump  them  under  a  lesser 
number  would  assuredly  give  an  even  more  erroneous  im- 
pression of  close  connection  between  what  are  really  distantly 
related  forms. 

I  feel  that  common  family  relationship  of  Geospiza,  Cac- 
tospiza,  Camarhynchus,  Pmaroloxias  and  Certhidea  is  demon- 
strated beyond  question,  but  the  further  problem  as  to  the 
closest  continental  relative  of  the  family  Geospizidse  is  not  so 
easily  settled.  Certhidea  is  sufficiently  unlike  any  of  the  Frin- 
gillidse,  and  Geospiza  and  Camarhynchus  sufficiently  unlike 
any  of  the  Mniotiltidae,  to  debar  either  of  those  groups  from 
consideration  as  having  supplied  the  immediate  ancestor  of  the 
Geospizidse.  The  general  situation  is  apparently  much  the 
same  as  we  find  in  the  Drepanididse  of  the  Hawaiian  Islands. 
In  each  case  there  has  been  wide  divergence  in  bill  structure 
among  closely  related  species,  and  in  the  Hawaiian  Islands, 
too,  birds  with  sparrow-like  bills  were  at  first  relegated  to  the 
family  Fringillidae.  Only  after  hot  discussion  were  these  ap- 
parent "finches"  conceded  to  be  Drepanids  and  listed  alongside 
their  slender-billed  relatives. 

On  the  Hawaiian  Islands  species  are  mostly  sharply  dif- 
ferentiated, while  on  the  Galapagos  Islands,  where  we  may  be 
viewing  results  after  a  lesser  period  of  isolation,  we  are 
troubled  with  innumerable  intermediate  stages.  Strangely 
enough  our  strongest  first  feeling  toward  the  existence  of  these 
equivocal  races  and  individuals  is  not  one  of  gratitude  for 
light  shed  upon  relationships,  but  of  resentment  at  the  havoc 
they  create  among  our  carefully  ordered  schemes  of  classifica- 
tion, and  at  the  breaches  they  make  between  supposedly 
separated  compartments  in  which  we  strive  to  arrange  species 
and  higher  groups.  In  the  Geospizidse  of  the  Galapagos  (as 
in  the  Drepanididse  of  the  Hawaiian  Islands)  I  think  that  we 
must  realize  that  we  are  contemplating  a  group  of  birds  that 
has  been  isolated  on  its  island  home  since  a  remote  period  of 
time,  and  that  has  developed  such  distinctive  group  characters 
of  its  own  as  to  have  made  it  well  nigh  impossible  now  to 
recognize  the  nearest  collateral  mainland  stock,  if  in  fact  there 
is  today  a  corresponding  terminal  to  a  parallel  line  of  descent 
upon  the  neighboring  continent. 


42 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


[Proc.  4th  Ser. 


u 

g 
►J 


H 

w 
< 


o 
w 

a 


JJ 

53  u-S  ^ 

0     10 

0 

0 

0 

10 

r>- 

10 

u 

f2 

10       0 

0 

0 

0 

CS           ^H 

d 

^ 

Ov 

tS         (N 

ts 

tN 

" 

:S      _        0, 

0     m 

0 

0 

0 

«tl«*---j  4J    W 

^   •"   ^ 

10     10 

10 

10 

10 

5        _          CU 

10      m 

c^ 

00 

fS 

cx*tr^  +j  M 

^02<«rt 

0      10 

10 

■0 

10 

VI 

0 

<N         0 

fS 

0 

0 

00       >o 

■0 

VO 

>o 

0 

a 

a 

1/5        0 

0 

10 

•0 

fO        Ov 

0 

0. 

d 

"3 

0 

_, 

in      0 

0 

i« 

10 

*3 

^ 

-       10 

d 

00 

a 

>*        rO 

•* 

fO 

ro 

bo 

0        0 

0 

(S 

m 

K^ 

■*        00 

c>^ 

00 

•*' 

ts 

vo       "1 

10 

10 

10 

vO       \0 

vO 

>o 

>o 

0       0 

0 

0 

0 

a,      oi 

Ov 

o 

0 

^^ 

t> 

00     10 

00" 

00" 

oT 

P 

-^      cs 

cs 

ts 

(S 

d     c 

^ 

X: 

ca 

1—1     I-) 

% 

■6       '. 

►—1 

(U 

^  2 

-d 

•d 

•6 

"rt 

.SP     S 

t-H 

h-i 

HH 

0 

■♦J          frt 

w 

tfi 

W 

0 

idefa 
hathi 

_4; 

<« 

CIt 

ca 

^ 

Xi 

43 

h- 

0 

0 

0 

0 

w 

w 

. 

3 

3 

-tJ 

•*-» 

0 

0 

w 

C 

C 

3 
P 

3 

3 

1-*- 

tfl 

0 

U 

0 

"S 

w 

3 

0     ^ 

0 
0 
w 

'c 

0 
0 

jd 

0. 

0 

0 

0 

'u 

w 

>> 

ca 

4) 

'c 

1.    .« 

^ 

M 

'd 

w 

T- 

i-, 

u 

0 

a 

cS 

n) 

^ 

4J 

0 

B 

B 

6 

t: 

nl 

rt 

ca 

Gj 

OJ 

0 

0 

0 

U 

U 

,— ^ 

(U 

rv. 

00 

■C 

•d 

'6 

13 

E 

y< 

ni 

rt 

ni 

ta 

^ 

■b 

'b 

'b 

0 

, 

w    . 

(N 

fo 

^ 

<N 

i- 

CN 

cs 

VO 

to 

i-i 

r^ 

r^ 

00 

r>. 

00 

r^ 

t^ 

"* 

Vol.  XVIII]  SWARTH—GEOSPIZW^  43 

Literature  Cited 
Giflford,  E.  W. 

1913.  The  birds  of  the  Galapagos  Islands,  with  observations  on  the 
birds  of  Cocos  and  Clipperton  islands  (Columbiformes  to 
Pelecani formes).  Expedition  of  the  California  Academy  of 
Sciences  to  the  Galapagos  Islands,  1905-1906.  VIII.  Proc. 
Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  Fourth  Ser.,  II,  pt.  1,  August  11,  1913, 
pp.  1-132,  pis.  1-7. 

1919.  Field  notes  on  the  land  birds  of  the  Galapagos  Islands  and  of 
Cocos  Island,  Costa  Rica.  Expedition  of  the  California 
Academy  of  Sciences  to  the  Galapagos  Islands,  1905-'1906. 
XIII.  Proc.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  Fourth  Ser.,  II,  pt.  II,  June  16, 
1919,  pp.  189-258. 
Gould,  J. 

1837.    [Remarks    on    a   group   of    ground   finches    from   Mr.    Darwin's 
collection,   with   descriptions   of   new   species.]      Proc.   Zool. 
Soc.  London,  pt.  V,  pp.  4-7. 
Loomis,  L.  M. 

1918.  A  review  of  the  albatrosses,  petrels,  and  diving  petrels.  Ex- 
pedition of  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences  to  the 
Galapagos  Islands,  1905-1906.  XII.  Proc.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci., 
Fourth  Ser.,  II,  pt.  II,  No.  12,  April  22,  pp.  1-187,  pis.  1-17. 

Lucas,  F.  A. 

1894.    Notes  on  the  anatomy  and  affinities  of  the  Coerebidse  and  other 
American  birds.     Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  XVII,  pp.  299-312, 
13  text  figs. 
Ridgway,  R. 

1896.    Birds   of   the   Galapagos    Archipelago.     Proc.   U.    S.    Nat.    Mus., 

XIX,  pp.  459-670,  pis.  LVI-LVII,  many  figs,  in  text. 

1901.  The  birds  of  North  and  Middle  America.    U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Bull. 

SO,  part  1,  XXX  -f-  715  pp.,  20  pis. 

1902.  Idem,  part  II,  XX  +  834  pp.,  22  pis. 

Rothschild,  W.,  and  Hartert,  E. 

1899.  A  review  of  the  ornithology  of  the  Galapagos  Islands.  With 
notes  on  the  Webster-Harris  Expedition.  Novit.  Zool.,  VI, 
pp.  85-205,  pis.  V-VI,  many  text  figs. 

1902.  Further  notes  on  the  fauna  of  the  Galapagos  Islands.     Notes  on 

the  birds.    Novit.  Zool.,  IX,  pp.  381-418,  pi.  X,  2  text  figs. 
Sclater,  P.  L.,  and  Salvin,  O. 
1873.    Nomenclator  avium  neotropicalium. 

London.     Pp.  i-viii  +  1-163. 
Snodgrass,  R.  E. 

1903.  Notes  on  the  anatomy  of  Geospiza,  Cocornis,  and  Certhidia.   Auk, 

XX,  pp.  402-417,  pis.  XVII-XX. 
Snodgrass,  R.  E.,  and  Heller,  E. 

1904.  Papers  from  the  Hopkins-Stanford  Galapagos  Expedition,  1898- 

1899.     XVI.     Birds.     Proc.  Wash.  Acad.  Sci.,  V,  pp.  231-372. 


PROCEEDINGS 

OF  THE 

CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 

Fourth  Series 

Vol.  XVIII,  No.  3,  pp.  45-71,  plates  4-7  January  29,  1929 


III 

A  CONTRIBUTION  TO  OUR  KNOWLEDGE  OF  THE 
NESTING  HABITS  OF  THE  GOLDEN  EAGLE 

BY 

JOSEPH  R.  SLEVIN 
Curator,  Department  of  Herpetology 

Early  in  the  spring  of  1916,  my  friend,  the  late  Dr.  John 
Van  Denburgh,  announced  to  me  that  he  was  preparing  to 
again  take  up  one  of  his  boyhood  hobbies,  and  to  build  up  his 
oological  collection,  which  at  that  time,  contained  a  represen- 
tative series  of  sets  of  the  birds  around  Los  Gatos,  the  site  of 
his  father's  home.  He  seemed  to  be  greatly  interested  in 
securing  eggs  of  the  Golden  Eagle  (Aqiiila  chrysaetos) ,  re- 
garding which  he  had  carefully  studied  the  available  literature. 
I  was  asked  to  accompany  him  on  his  collecting  trips,  as  he 
was  none  too  good  a  climber,  though  I  must  confess  that  I  am 
far  from  being  one  myself.  Our  activities  commenced  in 
April,  1916,  and  extended  through  a  period  of  years,  to  and 
including  the  spring  of  1922.  The  following  notes  cover  our 
observations  upon  seven  pairs  of  eagles  during  that  time,  all 
within  Santa  Clara  and  San  Benito  counties,  California.  For 
convenience  I  shall  designate  by  numbers  the  different  pairs 
of  birds  with  which  we  became  acquainted. 

January  29,  1929 


4^  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Pair  Number  One 

On  April  30,  1916,  we  left  San  Jose  quite  early  in  the 
morning  and  motored  to  Almaden  and  then  to  the  Uvas  Creek 
country.  Here,  by  the  roadside,  we  met  a  small  boy.  Upon 
being  asked  if  he  knew  where  there  were  any  birds'  nests,  he 
said  that  he  did  not,  but  did  know  where  there  was  an  eagle's 
nest !  He  agreed  to  show  it  to  us,  and  said  that  his  sister  had 
one  of  the  eggs.  With  the  boy  in  the  tonneau  of  our  machine 
we  quickly  reached  his  home,  where  the  t.gg  was  soon  in  evi- 
dence. It  was  a  very  handsome  eagle  egg,  but  blown  through 
two  large,  irregular  holes  at  its  ends.  A  price  having  been 
agreed  upon.  Dr.  Van  Denburgh  was  in  possession  of  his  first 
egg  of  the  Golden  Eagle. 

Taking  the  boy  and  his  two  brothers  in  the  machine  with 
us,  we  started  for  the  nest.  This,  the  boys  said,  had  been 
found  by  their  father's  hired  man,  who  climbed  to  it,  took  the 
two  eggs,  broke  one  in  descending,  and  blew  the  remaining 
one.  We  crossed  a  low  range  of  hills,  and,  as  we  were  de- 
scending, the  boys  pointed  out  the  nest,  clearly  visible  from 
the  well-traveled  road,  and  but  a  few  yards  distant  from  it. 
It  was  indeed  a  surprise  to  us  to  find  that  the  eagle  had  chosen 
a  site  so  exposed  to  view  and  so  close  to  human  habitation. 
The  large  deciduous  oak  in  which  it  was  situated  grows  upon 
the  side  of  a  steeply-rounded  hill,  one  of  the  first  to  rise  above 
the  level  of  the  floor  of  the  valley.  Higher  on  the  hill  are  a 
number  of  smaller  white  oaks  and  a  little  scattering  sagebrush. 
The  tree  is  a  large  one  and  originally  had  three  main  limbs, 
but  one  of  these  had  fallen.  Partly  as  a  result  of  this  mutila- 
tion, there  are  but  few  sheltering  branches  and  the  nest  is  but 
little  hidden  from  view. 

This  nest,  which  I  shall  call  No.  la  (plate  4,  fig.  1),  is 
built  upon  a  horizontal  branch  close  to  one  of  the  main  limbs 
of  the  tree  at  a  height  of  about  40  feet.  It  is  not  a  very  large 
one,  quite  shallow  and  about  2^  feet  in  diameter.  We  had 
heard  that  eagles  sometimes  lay  a  second  set  when  their  first 
eggs  of  the  year  have  been  taken,  and  we  hoped  that  these 
birds  had  done  so.  With  much  slipping  and  sliding  on  the 
grass  we  climbed  the  hill  until  we  w^re  level  with  the  nest, 
when  from  the  top  of  a  small  oak  we  could  look  directly  into 


Vol.  XVIII]      SLEVIN— NESTING  HABITS  OF  GOLDEN  EAGLE  47 

it,  perhaps  50  yards  away.  Although  we  had  seen  the  eagles 
circling  about  the  neighboring  hills,  there  were  no  eggs  to 
reward  us;  the  nest  was  empty. 

We  next  visited  it  on  March  2,  1917,  when  we  found  it  ap- 
parently in  good  repair,  but  empty.  No  eagles  were  seen.  We 
did  not  return  until  March  25,  when  we  found  it  still  unoc- 
cupied. The  season  being  now  well  along,  we  decided  that  the 
birds  did  not  intend  to  use  the  nest  this  year,  and  that  they 
probably  had  another  in  the  vicinity,  although  we  had  seen  no 
eagles  about.  We  determined  to  make  a  careful  search,  and, 
separating,  went  in  different  directions,  where  the  large  trees 
grew.  Dr.  Van  Denburgh  went  over  the  hill  immediately  be- 
hind the  old  nest  and  a  mile  or  more  towards  the  north.  He 
had  not  gone  far  when  he  flushed  an  eagle  from  one  of  the 
lower  branches  of  a  large  oak,  but,  although  he  searched  far 
and  wide,  could  find  no  nest. 

I,  fortunately,  was  more  successful.  Crossing  the  road  to  a 
clump  of  large  live  oaks  about  half  a  mile  to  the  south  of  the 
original  nest,  I  found  a  large  mass  of  sticks  and  branches 
which  I  thought  might  be  an  eagle's  nest.  Climbing  to  it,  I 
found  that  it  contained  no  eggs,  but  it  seemed  to  be  just  ready 
for  use,  being  lined  with  grass.  This  nest  I  shall  call  No.  lb 
(plate  4,  fig.  2).  No  eagles  were  seen  near  it.  Returning  on 
March  31,  we  found  the  old  nest  (la)  still  empty,  but  as  we 
quietly  passed  under  the  new  one  (lb)  and  reached  the  trunk 
of  the  tree,  we  saw  an  eagle  arise  in  the  nest.  When  we  spoke 
she  sailed  away.  Climbing  the  tree  I  found  one  very  light- 
colored  egg.  We  left  it,  hoping  for  more.  This  nest  was 
situated  about  25  feet  above  the  ground,  and  the  climb  was  an 
easy  one.  It  proved  to  be  quite  large,  more  than  three  feet  in 
diameter,  commanding  a  most  extensive  view  toward  the  north 
and  east.  April  1  we  returned  to  this  nest  just  before  dark. 
Again  we  found  but  the  one  egg  and  left  it.  April  6,  1917, 
found  us  back  again.  As  the  nest  still  contained  only  the  one 
egg,  we  concluded  that  no  more  would  be  laid,  and  took  it. 
Incubation  was  well  begun.  On  April  24  both  nests  ( la,  lb) 
were  empty. 

Sunday,  March  3,  1918,  we  went  up  to  the  highest  point  on 
the  road.  Leaving  the  machine  there,  we  climbed  the  fence, 
walked  across  the  pasture,  and  reached  the  tree  which  had 


48  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

held  nest  lb.  Much  to  our  surprise  nothing  remained  of  it  ex- 
cept some  scattered  rubbish  on  the  ground.  Not  a  stick  was 
to  be  seen  at  the  site  of  the  nest  in  the  tree,  although  this  nest 
had  been  a  particularly  large  one  and  so  firmly  built  that  one 
could  stand  in  it  with  perfect  safety.  Returning  to  the  auto- 
mobile we  rode  down  the  steep,  winding  road,  and  were  soon 
close  to  nest  la.  Finding  it  unoccupied  we  left,  having  seen 
no  eagles  about. 

We  did  not  return  again  until  April  7,  when  we  arrived  at 
nest  la  at  7 :35  P.  M.  As  we  approached  we  heard  a  homed 
owl  hooting,  and  soon  saw  it  sitting  in  the  eagle's  nest.  When 
we  were  quite  close  the  owl  flew.  Climbing  to  the  nest,  I 
found  nothing  in  it  but  a  lining  of  lichen,  which 
seemed  to  be  fresh.  No  eagles  were  seen.  On  April  20  we 
again  inspected  this  nest,  but  found  it  empty  and  saw  no 
eagles  or  owls.  On  May  4  we  found  this  nest  still  empty ;  nest 
lb  had  not  been  rebuilt.  We  spent  several  hours  thereabouts, 
but  saw  no  eagles  until  just  as  we  were  leaving,  when  both 
birds  appeared  circling  low  over  the  hill  behind  the  site  of 
nest  lb.  It  is  probable  that  they  constructed  another  nest  in 
the  vicinity. 

In  March,  1919,  nest  la  still  remained,  but  lb  was  entirely 
gone.  One  eagle  was  seen.  This  locality  was  not  visited 
again  until  April  25,  1922.  Nest  la  had  disappeared.  Care- 
ful and  extended  search  revealed  no  nest  although  one  eagle 
was  seen  two  or  three  times  during  this  visit,  and  also  May 
4,  1922. 

Pair  Number  Tzvo 

We  became  acquainted  with  this  pair  on  the  Johnson  Ranch, 
about  4y2  miles  southeast  of  Hollister.  This  ranch,  then 
farmed  under  lease  by  Joe  Pacheco,  lies  on  a  series  of  low, 
rolling  hills  and  is  mostly  grain  fields  and  pasture  with  a  few 
white  oaks  scattered  about.  As  we  approached  the  ranch  we 
saw  an  eagle  circling  low  over  the  hills  perhaps  a  half  a  mile 
away.  Through  the  hills  winds  a  small  stream  known  as 
Churchill  Creek.  At  one  point  on  this  creek  is  a  small  clump 
of  willows,  and  several  of  the  oaks  grow  near  it.  We  were 
told  that  many  years  ago  the  eagles  had  a  nest  (2a)  in  a  large 


Vol.  XVIII]      SLEVIN— NESTING  HABITS  OF  GOLDEN  EAGLE  49 

white  oak  at  the  edge  of  this  stream  and  perhaps  a  quarter  of 
a  mile  from  Pacheco's  house  and  barns,  a  nest  that  was  very 
difficult  to  reach  owing  to  the  great  size  of  the  tree.  Finally, 
the  tree  fell  and  the  eagles  selected  another  large  white  oak 
on  a  hillside  a  few  hundred  yards  away.  Here  they  built 
anew,  in  a  situation  which  commanded  a  much  more  extensive 
view  than  they  could  have  enjoyed  from  their  former  site  in 
the  creek  bottom,  and  it  was  to  this  nest  that  we  were  led 
March  3,  1917.    I  shall  call  it  No.  2b. 

Although  no  bird  was  flushed  from  the  nest  on  our  ap- 
proach, preparations  were  under  way  to  climb  to  it,  when  a 
new  one  was  discovered  near  the  top  of  a  large  oak  some  200 
to  300  yards  away.  This  tree  grew  in  the  creek  bottom,  per- 
haps 20  feet  from  the  stream,  and  close  to  a  clump  of  willows 
at  its  edge.  From  the  point  at  which  we  stood,  near  nest  2b, 
this  new  one,  which  I  shall  call  2c,  looked  like  a  huge  brown 
ball  near  the  top  of  the  leafless  oak.  We  walked  across  the 
pasture,  and  following  a  fence  along  the  edge  of  a  grain  field, 
approached  it.  When  we  had  reached  the  level  ground  on 
which  the  nest-tree  grew,  and  were  not  more  than  50  to  60 
feet  from  it,  the  bird  arose  and  flew  silently  away.  We  did 
not  see  it  again. 

This  nest,  2c, is  situated  45  feet  from  the  ground.  It  rests 
firmly  in  a  large  crotch  not  far  from  the  top  of  the  tree,  and 
is  about  2}i  feet  in  each  of  its  dimensions.  Our  rope  ladder 
was  only  20  feet  long,  but  it  served  to  carry  me  past  the  most 
difficult  part  of  the  huge  tree,  my  arms  and  knees  carrying  me 
up  the  remaining  25  feet.  After  some  delay  occasioned  by 
the  great  size  of  the  nest,  the  two  eggs  it  contained  were 
lowered,  one  at  a  time,  with  can  and  string,  and  when  they 
reached  the  ground  safely  we  rejoiced  in  the  possession  of  a 
beautiful  set  of  eggs  of  the  Golden  Eagle. 

With  our  treasures  safely  packed,  we  walked  back  to  the 
machine.  On  the  way  we  met  Pacheco,  who  told  us  that  the 
eagles  had  used  another  nest  (2b)  in  1916.  He  said  that  he 
had  taken  a  young  eagle  from  that  nest  and  kept  it  some  time, 
but,  as  it  would  eat  nothing  but  ground  squirrels  and  had  to 
have  a  squirrel  every  day,  he  soon  tired  of  his  pet  and  put  it 
back  in  the  nest,  where,  under  the  care  of  its  parents,  it  com- 
pleted its  growth. 


50  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

In  the  machine  on  the  way  back  to  town,  our  guide  said  that 
so  far  as  he  knew  eagles  never  laid  a  second  set  the  same  year 
when  their  eggs  had  been  taken,  although  they  continued  to 
use  the  same  nest  or  nests  during  subsequent  years.  Notwith- 
standing this  statement  by  one  whose  knowledge  of  eagles  is 
great,  we  determined  to  investigate  this  matter  ourselves,  for 
we  had  heard  rumors  that  eagles  sometimes  do  depart  from 
this  rule.  So,  very  appropriately  as  it  turned  out,  the  first  of 
April  found  us  back  again  on  the  Johnson  Ranch. 

Leaving  the  machine  at  the  house,  we  walked  up  through 
the  fields  and  met  Pacheco.  He  said  that  the  eagles  were 
nesting  again,  that  he  had  seen  the  bird  a  couple  of  days  be- 
fore on  the  nest  where  we  had  taken  two  eggs  on  March  3. 
We  walked  to  the  tree  with  high  hopes  of  a  second  set. 
Armed  this  time  with  50  feet  of  ladder,  it  was  more  easy  to 
negotiate  the  climb.  Alas  for  our  hopes !  I  found  it  empty. 
We  were  about  to  conclude  that  we  had  come  too  soon,  when, 
on  the  ground  close  to  the  trunk  of  the  tree,  we  discovered 
what  appeared  to  be  the  contents  of  a  fresh  eagle's  egg.  As 
there  was  no  shell  to  be  found  and  as  we  found  nearby  other 
unmistakable  evidence  of  his  activities,  we  were  forced  to 
conclude  that  we  were  too  late  instead  of  too  early — that  some 
other  oologist  had  been  there  just  before  our  visit. 

Two  photographs  of  this  nest  (2c)  were  taken.  One  (plate 
5,  fig.  4)  shows  the  general  location  in  the  tree  and  the  situ- 
ation of  the  latter,  in  a  grain  field,  with  a  fence  on  one  side, 
and  Churchill  Creek  with  its  clump  of  willows  on  the  other. 
On  April  first  the  leaf -buds  were  just  swelling  on  the  bare 
twigs  and  the  nest  was  plainly  visible  from  a  distance.  The 
second  photograph  (plate  5,  fig.  3)  was  taken  from  the  ground 
directly  below  the  nest.  It  shows  the  arrangement  of  the  great 
limbs  and  the  huge  nest  resting  on  them  where  they  fork. 

Leaving  this  nest  we  went  up  the  hill  to  examine  nest  2b. 
On  the  way  we  found  a  sparrow  hawk  persistently  sitting  in  a 
cavity  in  a  white  oak  tree  which  recently  had  been  chopped 
into,  doubtless  by  our  unknown  fellow  craftsman.  Nest  2b 
showed  no  signs  of  recent  occupation  by  the  eagles.  Its  ap- 
pearance is  shown  in  two  photographs  taken  April  1,  1917 
(plate  5,  figs.  1,  2).  The  large  deciduous  oak,  with  a  trunk 
13  feet  in  circumference  at  the  base,  is  situated  in  a  hillside 


Vol.  XVIII]      SLEVIN— NESTING  HABITS  OF  GOLDEN  EAGLE  51 

pasture,  near  a  gully.  The  second  photograph  shows  the  nest 
and  the  twisted,  rough-barked  limbs.  The  nest  is  double,  a 
more  recent  portion  partly  covering  the  older  platform.  We 
have  since  learned  from  Joe  Pacheco  that  this  nest  (2b)  was 
occupied  later  in  1917  and  that  one  young  eagle  was  reared 
there.  If  his  observation  and  memory  are  correct  this  eagle 
must  have  made  three  layings  that  year. 

Late  in  February  of  the  following  year,  we  again  visited 
this  region,  but  found  that  recent  rains  had  made  the  roads  so 
difficult  to  travel  that  we  did  not  attempt  to  reach  the  Johnson 
Ranch  at  that  time.  Saturday,  March  2,  1918,  found  us  eat- 
ing an  early  breakfast  at  Hollister.  Leaving  town  at  7  A.  M., 
a  short  drive  through  the  rolling  hills  in  the  crisp  morning  air 
brought  us  to  Pacheco's  house.  Leaving  the  machine  near  his 
barn  we  walked  up  Churchill  Creek  to  nest  No.  2c,  from  which 
we  had  secured  a  set  of  eggs  the  previous  year,  and  arrived 
under  it  without  having  seen  any  eagles  on  the  way.  We  put 
up  the  ladder  and  I  climbed  to  the  nest,  finding  it  water-soaked 
and  without  any  fresh  lining,  but  otherwise  in  excellent 
condition. 

We  concluded  that  the  eagles  were  probably  using  nest  2b, 
and,  going  up  the  hillside  to  examine  it,  reached  the  tree  at 
9  o'clock.  We  had  been  standing  there  talking  for  perhaps 
a  minute  when  the  bird  slowly  arose  in  the  nest,  seemed  to 
step  to  its  edge,  and  then  sailed  away.  We  did  not  see  it 
again  during  this  visit.  With  the  aid  of  the  ladder  I  quickly 
reached  the  nest  and  at  half-past  nine  we  had  two  nice  eggs 
safely  packed  away.  One,  the  lighter-colored  egg,  weighing 
4^4  ounces,  was  either  fresh  or  infertile,  while  the  more 
heavily  blotched  egg,  weighing  43^  ounces,  contained  an  em- 
bryo so  well  developed  that  eye  pigment  and  small  bones  were 
evident  on  blowing  it. 

Still  seeking  to  find  whether  or  not  these  birds  would  lay  a 
second  set  this  year  we  left  town  on  April  6,  and,  arriving  at 
the  Johnson  Ranch  at  5  :45  P.  M.,  we  visited  nest  2b.  We 
walked  under  the  nest  and  talked  loudly,  but  the  bird  did  not 
leave  until  we  threw  a  clod  up  into  the  tree.  Again  she 
seemed  to  arise  in  the  nest  and  step  to  its  edge  before  sailing 
away.  Rain  began  falling  as  we  put  up  the  ladder.  Having 
secured  a  second  set  of  two  eggs,  we  were  down  and  away  at 


52  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

6:35.  The  whiter  egg  of  this  set  weighed  4%.  ounces,  while 
the  more  heavily  blotched  one  was  one-eighth  of  an  ounce 
heavier.  Both  eggs  contained  small  embryos,  apparently  of 
about  the  same  age. 

On  Saturday,  March  1,  1919,  we  again  returned  to  the 
Johnson  Ranch.  In  the  distance  we  saw  an  eagle  soaring.  As 
we  walked  along  Churchill  Creek  numerous  mud-turtles 
slipped  into  the  water  from  the  opposite  bank  where  they  had 
been  sunning  themselves.  The  leaf-buds  of  the  deciduous 
oaks  were  much  more  swollen  than  we  had  found  them  on 
March  3,  1917,  or  March  2,  1918,  and  altogether  spring 
seemed  somewhat  earlier  than  in  those  years.  We  went  at 
once  to  nest  2b,  on  the  hillside;  only  to  find  it  empty.  There 
was  no  fresh  lining  and  green  grass  six  or  seven  inches  tall 
was  growing  from  it.  This  nest,  as  I  have  mentioned,  is  a 
double  one,  a  newer  portion  resting  in  part  upon  an  older  one. 
The  newer  portion  has  diameters  of  about  four  or  five  feet, 
while  the  whole  structure  has  a  long  diameter  of  more  than 
seven  feet  and  a  depth  of  about  five  feet.  The  accumulation 
of  such  a  mass  of  material  must  have  required  a  great  number 
of  trips  on  the  part  of  the  birds.  While  we  were  examining 
this  nest  we  saw  an  eagle  flying  away  from  the  other  one 
(2c).  When  first  seen  it  was  about  50  feet  from  the  nest,  but 
we  had  no  doubt  that  it  had  just  left  it.  As  we  were  too  far 
away  to  have  frightened  the  eagle  we  concluded  that  it  proba- 
bly was  engaged  in  repairing  the  nest.  However,  we  thought 
it  best  to  investigate. 

We  went  down  the  hill  and  across  the  field.  When  nearly 
under  the  nest  (2c)  we  whistled  and  shouted  and  clapped  our 
hands  until  we  felt  certain  that  it  was  unoccupied.  We  then 
threw  the  weight  over  a  limb  about  half  way  up  to  the  nest 
and  hauled  up  the  rope  ladder.  Starting  up  the  tree  I  reached 
a  point  about  five  feet  below  the  nest,  when  the  eagle  arose, 
looked  down  at  me,  opened  its  beak  widely,  uttered  a  curious 
sort  of  hiss,  stepped  to  the  edge  of  the  nest  and  flew  off.  In- 
stead of  going  out  of  sight  immediately,  however,  as  these 
eagles  usually  do,  this  bird  circled  about  within  one  or  two 
hundred  yards  of  us,  so  that  we  had  an  excellent  view  of  its 
plumage.  This  seemed  to  be  in  fine  condition,  but  was  pale 
and  quite  grayish,  especially  about  the  head.     We  concluded 


Vol.  XVIII]      SLEVIN— NESTING  HABITS  OF  GOLDEN  EAGLE  53 

that  this  bird,  which  had  just  left  the  nest,  was  a  very  old 
female,  but  of  course  we  could  not  be  certain  as  to  the  sex.  A 
few  seconds  later  the  mate  appeared  and  both  birds  circled 
quite  close  to  us.  The  second  bird  was  much  darker  than  the 
first.  This  was  just  the  reverse  of  what  we  had  observed  at 
nest  3b  on  March  4,  1917. 

The  eagles  circled  about  silently  for  a  few  minutes  and  then 
disappeared.  Meanwhile,  I  had  reached  the  nest  and  found 
that  it  contained  two  eggs.  The  nest  seemed  larger  than  it 
was  two  years  before,  doubtless  growing  with  repairs.  It  had 
a  depth  of  four  feet,  with  horizontal  diameters  of  four  and 
four  and  a  half  feet,  the  nest  cavity  being  about  18  inches  in 
diameter  and  about  six  inches  deep.  It  was  freshly  lined  with 
grass.  Resting  on  the  top  of  the  nest,  at  one  side  of  the 
cavity,  was  a  sprig  of  live  oak  covered  with  fresh  green  leaves. 
On  our  previous  visits  the  nests  of  this  pair  of  birds  had  not 
been  decorated  in  this  manner.  We  have  found,  however, 
fresh  leaves  in  those  of  other  pairs  (see  3  and  5),  and  this 
habit  of  nest  decoration  or  marking  seems  to  be  a  common 
one.  The  two  eggs,  of  quite  different  styles  of  coloration, 
were  lowered  to  the  ground  and  packed  away.  One  is 
heavily  blotched  and  resembles  an  egg  of  the  second  set  of 
1918.  In  the  other  tgg  the  pigment  is  more  evenly  spread  as 
a  heavy  suffusion  about  the  smaller  end.  This  egg  is  similar 
to  one  of  the  first  set  of  1918.  The  blotched  egg  weighed  just 
4y2  ounces,  while  the  other  was  about  one-tenth  of  an  ounce 
lighter.  Incubation  in  the  blotched  egg  had  progressed  so  far 
that  the  eye  pigment  and  vertebral  cartilages  were  evident  on 
blowing.  The  fonnation  of  the  embryo  had  begun  in  the 
other  egg,  but  was  much  less  advanced,  no  eye  pigment  or  car- 
tilage having  been  formed. 

On  March  29,  1919,  four  weeks  after  collecting  the  set  from 
nest  2c,  we  again  motored  to  the  Johnson  Ranch,  where  we 
arrived  about  6  P.  M.  Joe  Pacheco  came  out  to  meet  us,  to 
report  that  he  had  seen  the  eagle  on  nest  2b  about  five  days 
before,  where  she  remained  even  when  he  rode  under  the  tree. 
Nevertheless,  he  thought  that  we  would  find  that  she  had  not 
finished  laying.  We  walked  to  the  hillside  tree  without  having 
seen  an  eagle,  and  no  bird  left  the  nest.  On  climbing  up,  it 
was  found  to  contain  one  egg.    The  nest  was  lined  with  grass 


54  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

and  a  twig  of  fresh  eucalyptus  leaves  lay  on  it.  We  left  it 
undisturbed  and  returned  to  the  machine  through  a  gentle 
shower  of  rain,  the  eagles  still  remaining  unseen.  On  April 
10,  1919,  we  returned.  The  single  egg  was  found  on  end  in  a 
somewhat  mussed  and  apparently  abandoned  nest.  No  eagles 
were  seen.  The  tgg  is  a  very  small  one,  weighing  only  4.1 
ounces,  and  was  fresh. 

We  did  not  visit  this  pair  of  eagles  again  until  March  13, 

1920,  when  we  arrived  at  the  Johnson  Ranch  at  about  three  in 
the  afternoon.  We  went  at  once  to  the  nest  on  the  hill  (2b), 
which  we  found  unoccupied,  thoroughly  wet  by  recent  rains, 
and  showing  no  renewal  of  its  lining.  While  I  was  at  the 
nest  one  of  the  eagles  came  sailing  over  from  the  south,  in- 
spected us,  and  passed  on  toward  the  flat  where  the  tree  which 
contains  the  other  one  (2c)  is  situated.  The  eagle,  however, 
did  not  visit  that  tree  but  sailed  on  out  of  sight  to  reappear 
later  over  the  hill  near  nest  2b.  Feeling  reasonably  certain 
that  we  would  find  something  in  nest  2c,  we  descended  to  the 
flat  and  walked  over  to  the  tree  which  contains  the  nest. 
Shouting  and  clapping  failed  to  frighten  any  bird  from  it,  but 
our  experience  in  former  seasons  made  us  realize  that  eagles 
sometimes  sit  too  persistently  to  be  flushed  this  way,  so  we 
prepared  to  climb.  While  we  were  thus  engaged  two  men 
rode  up  on  horseback  and  said  that  they  had  seen  an  eagle 
carrying  fresh  green  twigs  to  this  nest  two  days  before.  We 
found  that  this  observation  on  their  part  was  probably  correct, 
for  on  reaching  it  we  were  disappointed  to  find  that  it  con- 
tained no  eggs,  although  it  had  been  freshly  lined  and  held  a 
number  of  fresh  leafy  twigs  of  eucalyptus.  Only  the  one 
eagle  was  observed  during  our  visit  and  we  were  in  doubt  as 
to  whether  the  nest  was  about  to  be  used  or  had  already  been 
robbed;  or  whether  the  old  female  eagle  had  met  with  some 
catastrophe  and  the  green  trimmings  had  been  placed  in  the 
nest  by  the  male,  as  in  instances  previously  noted. 

Circumstances    prevented    our    return    until    February    27, 

1921,  when  we  found  the  nest  on  the  flat  (2c)  unrepaired, 
while  the  one  on  the  hill  (2b)  contained  green  leaves  and 
fresh  lining  of  dry  grass  not  yet  pressed  into  position.  On 
March  18  both  nests  appeared  as  on  March  6,  except  that  the 


Vol.  XVIII]      SLEVIN— NESTING  HABITS  OF  GOLDEN  EAGLE  55 

green  leaves  in  nest  2b  were  no  longer  fresh.     One  eagle  was 
observed  flying  near  on  each  of  these  visits. 

Returning  March  3,  1922,  we  found  conditions  as  on 
February  27,  1921.  The  hillside  nest  (2b)  contained  unar- 
ranged  fresh  lining  material  of  dry  grass,  fresh  live  oak  leaves 
and  a  eucalyptus  twig  with  fresh  leaves.  The  lower  nest  (2c) 
was  unrepaired.  One  eagle  was  seen  soaring  near.  On  March 
19  the  lining  of  dry  grass  in  nest  2b  was  found  pressed  into 
a  well-formed  cavity.  The  green  oak  and  eucalyptus  leaves 
were  still  present  and  a  small  branch  of  wild  rose,  with  the  deli- 
cate fresh  leaves  just  beginning  to  wilt,  was  in  the  nest.  While  it 
is  possible  that  the  nest  had  been  robbed  within  a  day  or  two, 
we  were  inclined  to  believe  that  eggs  had  not  yet  been  laid. 
The  season  appeared  to  be  very  late. 

April  4,  1922,  we  found  both  birds  flying  near  the  nest  late 
in  the  afternoon.  Returning  to  the  ranch  house  we  met  Joe 
Pacheco,  who  said  that  on  March  10  two  men  appeared  at  his 
house  at  6  A.  M.  with  two  eggs  which  they  had  taken  from 
this  nest.  April  15  we  visited  nest  2c  and  found  it  relined, 
with  well-formed  cavity  and  a  branch  of  fresh  eucalyptus 
leaves.  This  nest  seemed  just  ready  for  use,  but  contained  no 
eggs.  On  April  20  this  nest  (2c)  was  found  in  the  same  con- 
dition as  on  April  15,  except  that  the  green  leaves  were  some- 
what dried.  On  May  13  nest  2c  was  still  empty.  Nest  2b  con- 
tained a  small  branch  with  fresh  green  leaves. 

Pair  Nimiber  Three 

Our  experience  with  our  second  pair  of  eagles  having  in- 
creased our  desire  to  know  more  of  these  birds,  we  gladly  ac- 
cepted the  offer  of  our  guide  to  lead  us  to  other  nests.  On 
March  4,  1917,  we  set  out  in  our  machine  for  the  Flint  Hills. 
The  road  which  we  first  tried  was  blocked  by  a  deep  mud- 
hole  which  we  could  not  pass.  Taking  the  main  road  to  San 
Juan,  we  finally  turned  down  a  lane  which  led  us  to  the  flats 
by  the  river.  The  San  Juan  River  here  is  quite  wide.  It  did 
not,  at  this  time,  entirely  cover  its  sandy  bed.  We  removed 
our  shoes  and  socks,  rolled  up  our  trousers  and  prepared  to 
wade  across.  The  water  was  quite  shallow,  nowhere  more 
than  a  foot  deep,  but  the  sand  seemed  to  "drop  out"  under  our 


56  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

feet,  often  letting  us  down  another  foot  or  more.  As  there 
had  been  a  heavy  frost  during  the  night,  the  water  was  icy 
cold  and  we  were  indeed  glad  when  we  reached  the  opposite 
bank  and  could  warm  our  aching  feet. 

The  river  here  runs  along  the  edge  of  the  hills,  which  are 
furrowed  by  a  number  of  small  gulches  or  canyons.  The  hills 
are,  in  the  main,  bare  pasture  lands  and  grain  fields,  but  here 
and  there  are  a  few  trees,  live  and  white  oaks,  which  grow 
singly  or  in  small  groups,  usually  in  the  hollows  or  canyons. 
The  first  canyon  we  encountered  held  nothing  of  interest,  so 
we  passed  on  over  a  low  hill  to  the  second  one.  Well  up  on 
the  side  of  this  canyon  stands  a  large,  solitary  live  oak,  and  in 
the  top  of  this  tree,  perhaps  30  feet  from  the  ground,  was  an 
eagle's  nest.  It  seemed  not  to  have  been  used  for  some  time, 
but  was  still  fairly  well  preserved.     I  shall  call  it  nest  3a. 

Passing  on  over  the  hill  to  the  next  canyon,  we  came  upon 
the  eagle,  sitting  quietly  on  one  of  the  posts  of  a  wire  fence, 
and  but  little  disturbed  by  our  presence.  When  we  were  quite 
near,  it  flew  a  short  distance  and  lit  on  the  ground,  where  it 
remained  for  some  time.  Our  guide  called  our  attention  to  its 
pale  head  and  general  coloration,  saying  that  this  pallor  was 
characteristic  of  very  old  birds.  On  the  floor  of  the  canyon, 
close  to  the  river,  is  a  group  of  four  or  five  large  live  oaks, 
and  as  we  drew  near  we  saw  a  nest  well  up  in  the  tallest  of 
them.  We  walked  under  the  trees  but  not  until  we  shouted 
and  clapped  our  hands  did  the  eagle  leave  the  nest.  Then  she 
flew  slowly  and  came  to  the  ground  near  her  mate  on  the  hill- 
side nearby. 

This  nest,  which  I  shall  call  3b,  is  one  of  the  smallest  we 
saw.  It  was  about  two  by  two  and  one-half  feet  in  diameter 
and  contained  comparatively  little  material.  It  was  built  on 
the  main  trunk  of  the  tree  where  the  latter  curves  more  or  less 
horizontally  and  forks  before  turning  upwards  again.  Its 
height  above  the  ground  was  35  feet.  While  preparing  to  climb 
up  to  it,  we  discovered  on  the  ground  underneath  large  pieces 
of  shell  of  an  eagle's  &gg.  These  fragments  seemed  to  be  but 
a  few  days  old,  for  they  were  glazed  with  albumen.  Our 
hopes  of  getting  a  nice  set  were  considerably  lowered,  and  our 
guide  said  it  was  hardly  worth  while  to  climb  for  one  tgg. 
However,  I  climbed  to  the  nest  and  discovered  that  it  con- 


Vol.  XVIII]      SLEVIN— NESTING  HABITS  OF  GOLDEN  EAGLE  57 

tained  two  beautifully  marked  eggs.  These  were  so  com- 
pletely covered  with  eucalyptus  leaves  that  I  could  not  see  them 
as  I  looked  down  into  the  nest.  Two  or  three  small  eucalyptus 
trees  growing  on  the  bank  of  the  river  a  few  yards  away  fur- 
nished a  ready  supply  of  these  leaves,  but  we  were  unable  to 
understand  the  eagle's  reason  for  using  them  in  this  manner. 
Also,  we  wondered  about  the  broken  egg  on  the  ground.  How 
did  it  get  thrown  from  the  nest?  Should  we  otherwise  have 
gotten  a  set  of  three  eggs,  or  was  the  third  &gg  laid  to  take  its 
place  ?    The  eggs  taken  were  both  fresh. 

April  1,  1917,  found  us  again  approaching  the  home  of  this 
pair  of  eagles.  Nest  3a,  on  the  hillside,  appeared  still  in  its 
somewhat  dilapidated  condition  as  we  passed  it.  We  had 
thought  that  the  eagles  might  repair  it  and  lay  a  second  set 
there.  Walking  on,  we  soon  reached  the  tree  which  contained 
the  other  nest  (3b),  from  which  we  had  secured  eggs  just 
four  weeks  before.  Thus  far  we  had  seen  no  eagles,  but  when 
we  shouted  the  eagle  arose  in  the  nest  and,  after  a  momentary 
pause,  flew  off  over  the  hill.  We  did  not  see  the  bird  again. 
Going  up  to  the  nest,  another  beautiful  set  of  two  eggs  was 
found.  It  contained  fresh  eucalyptus  leaves,  as  on  our  fomier 
visit,  but  the  eggs  were  not  completely  hidden  by  them.  In- 
cubation had  begun  in  one  ^gg,  while  the  other  was  fresh. 

The  following  year,  on  Saturday,  March  2,  1918,  we  re- 
turned to  these  nests.  Nest  3a  appeared  much  more  dilapi- 
dated than  in  1917;  probably  not  more  than  half  of  it  re- 
mained. The  eagles  evidently  did  not  intend  to  use  it.  Nest 
3b  was  reached  shortly  after  and  appeared  just  as  it  had  in 
1917.  We  saw  no  eagles  but  decided  to  climb  to  it.  It  was 
found  apparently  ready  for  use  and  contained  two  eucalyptus 
twigs  covered  with  fresh  leaves,  the  larger  of  them  about  a 
foot  long.     These  we  left  undisturbed.     There  were  no  eggs. 

Leaving  this  nest  we  walked  over  the  hills  and  up  a  long 
canyon,  toward  the  home  of  pair  number  four.  The  hills  were 
bare  and  we  passed  very  few  trees  on  the  way.  A  little  after 
noon  we  came  upon  a  large  live  oak  growing  on  the  side  of 
the  canyon,  from  which,  when  we  had  nearly  reached  it,  a 
large  eagle  flew.  Our  first  thought  was  that  the  eagles  had 
moved  up  here  from  their  old  site  near  the  river,  but  careful 


53  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  See. 

search  revealed  no  sign  of  a  nest  either  in  this  tree  or  in  others 
farther  up  the  canyon.  We  returned  to  the  nest  by  the  river 
(3b)  on  March  16.  It  still  contained  the  same  eucalyptus 
twigs,  somewhat  dried,  but  nothing  else,  so  it  appeared  that 
the  eagles  were  not  going  to  use  it  after  all.  The  fresh  leaves 
found  March  2  had  made  us  almost  certain  that  they  would. 
Our  final  visit  to  these  nests,  in  1918,  was  about  four  in  the 
afternoon  of  April  6.  No  eagles  were  seen,  but  as  we  ap- 
proached nest  3b  a  pair  of  Western  Red-tailed  Hawks  (Buteo 
horcalis  calurus)  circled  about  screaming.  We  found  the  nest 
had  been  newly  lined  with  moss  and  contained  two  eggs  of 
this  hawk. 

On  March  2,  1919,  we  returned  to  the  home  of  our  third 
pair  of  eagles  and  found  that  not  a  stick  remained  of  either 
nest  3a  or  3b.  In  March,  1920,  we  looked  again  for  a  nest  of 
this  pair  of  eagles  but  were  unable  to  find  one.  Only  the  old 
male  eagle  was  seen.  On  February  27,  1921,  we  visited  this 
locality  again  but  there  was  not  a-  trace  of  a  nest  in  either 
tree.    The  old  male  was  again  seen. 

On  March  18,  1921,  we  determined  to  make  one  more  at- 
tempt to  find  a  new  nest.  Nothing  had  been  done  at  either  of 
the  old  nesting  places,  but  in  a  small  canyon  between  them  we 
flushed  the  pale  old  eagle  and  his  dark  mate,  both  of  which 
flew  silently  over  the  hill  and  disappeared.  We  looked  again 
in  every  tree  and  found  nothing  in  that  canyon  or  elsewhere, 
until  the  search  seemed  hopeless.  As  a  last  chance  we  looked 
on  a  hillside,  close  to  the  road,  where  there  were  a  few  trees 
so  small  that  it  had  seemed  useless  to  examine  them,  and  here 
we  found  a  large  nest  only  25  feet  above  the  ground  (plate  4, 
fig.  3;  plate  6,  fig.  1).  The  tree  showed  unmistakable  signs 
of  having  been  climbed  recently,  so  we  were  not  surprised  to 
find  the  nest  empty. 

March  3,  1922,  found  us  again  approaching  this  nest  (3c). 
When  distant  about  a  third  of  a  mile,  we  observed  a  large 
bird  perched  on  the  top  of  the  tree  which  contained  the  nest. 
We  had  covered  half  this  distance  when  the  bird,  which  proved 
to  be  the  pale  old  male,  flew  down  close  to  inspect  us.  He 
then  flew  back  over  the  tree  and  disappeared  beyond.  When 
we  arrived  within  50  yards  of  the  nest  the  dark  female  arose 


Vol.  XVIII]      SLEVIN— NESTING  HABITS  OF  GOLDEN  EAGLE  59 

from  the  nest  and  quickly  flew  from  view.  An  easy  climb  re- 
vealed two  beautifully  marked  eggs  resting  on  a  fresh  lining 
of  dry  grass.  The  nest,  constructed  of  oak  branches  and  twigs, 
is  about  three  by  four  feet  in  diameter  and  two  feet  deep,  its 
cavity  being  about  five  inches  below  the  rim.  The  tree  is  a 
small  white  oak.  Both  eggs  were  perfectly  fresh.  One  is 
almost  covered  with  red  pignient  and  weighed  43/2  ounces. 
The  other  tgg  is  white  with  a  few  small  blotches  at  one  end 
and  weighed  4^  ounces.  These  eggs  are  of  the  same  type  as 
those  secured  in  1917,  and  probably  were  laid  by  the  same 
dark  female.  This  nest  may  have  been  built  in  1918  and  over- 
looked by  us  because  of  its  improbable  situation. 

April  4,  1922,  we  found  this  nest  (3c)  empty  and  no  eagles 
in  sight.  After  photographing  it  we  went  on  and  examined 
the  trees  where  the  other  nests  had  been,  but  found  nothing. 
The  old  male  flew  near  us  when  we  were  close  to  the  site  of 
the  nest  3b.  On  April  20  we  returned  and  again  found 
nothing  at  the  sites  of  any  of  the  nests  we  had  seen  previously. 
One  old  eagle  flew  by  while  we  were  near  nest  3b.  We  gave 
up  the  search  and  went  on  to  examine  a  Red-tail  Hawk's  nest 
farther  down  the  river.  About  an  eighth  of  a  mile  beyond  the 
location  of  nest  3b  we  found  a  large  nest  about  35  feet  up  in 
an  old  Cottonwood  tree.  On  looking  closely  we  made  out  the 
tail  and  wing  tips  of  a  large  bird  protruding  over  the  edge. 
On  the  ground  below  we  found  a  number  of  dead  sticks  and 
twigs  and  a  sprig  of  fresh,  green,  live  oak  leaves.  After  we 
had  shouted  and  clapped  our  hands  the  eagle  left  and  sailed 
away.  Returning  a  half  hour  later  we  found  the  eagle  again 
on  the  nest,  this  time  faced  in  the  opposite  direction,  and,  as 
before,  she  left  with  reluctance.  We  found  the  nest  (3d)  to 
be  about  three  feet  in  diameter  and  a  foot  and  a  half  high, 
lined  with  dry  grass  on  which  lay  two  eggs.  The  blotched 
egg  weighed  4^  ounces,  the  yellowish  one  4^  ounces.  Both 
were  moderately  advanced  in  incubation,  the  leg  bones  being 
about  a  half  inch  in  length.  June  3,  1922,  we  again  visited 
this  nest  (3d).  Both  this  nest  and  No.  3c  were  empty,  and 
no  eagles  were  seen  about  them  or  at  the  site  of  nest  3b. 


January  29,  1929 


50  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Pair  Number  Four 

Our  acquaintance  with  our  fourth  pair  of  eagles  began  on 
the  afternoon  of  March  4,  1917.  Leaving  the  home  of  pair 
number  three,  we  turned  from  the  river  and  went  over  the 
hills  and  up  a  long  narrow  valley,  where  there  were  few  trees. 
On  went  our  guide  up  the  valley,  and  then,  turning  to  the  left 
over  a  bare  hill,  he  led  us  into  a  deep  gulch  with  numerous 
large  live  oak  trees.  He  went  directly  to  one  of  the  largest  of 
these,  and  following  him  we  saw  a  huge  nest  built  far  out  on 
a  nearly  horizontal  limb  some  40  feet  above  the  ground.  A 
few  moments'  inspection  sufficed  to  show  us  that  the  eagle's 
nest,  which  I  shall  call  4a,  was  not  occupied. 

Two  or  three  hundred  feet  farther  up  the  gulch  we  found  a 
still  larger  tree.  Fifty  feet  from  the  ground  was  another  large 
nest  (plate  7,  fig.  3),  again  built  well  out  on  a  horizontal  limb, 
and  we  could  just  see  the  eagle  crouching  low  upon  it.  Soon 
she  arose  and  flew  away.  As  our  ladder  was  not  long  enough 
to  reach  it  we  resolved  to  return  later  to  this  nest,  4b. 

Accordingly,  a  week  later,  on  INIarch  11,  we  again  tramped 
over  the  hills  to  this  gulch,  but  this  time  from  another  direc- 
tion. On  the  way  over,  in  a  large  live  oak  tree  on  a  hillside 
near  the  lower  end  of  this  gulch,  we  found  the  remains  of  a 
still  older  eagle's  nest,  one  that  evidently  had  not  been  used 
for  many  years.  As  it  was  not  more  than  a  quarter  of  a  mile 
from  those  in  the  gulch  above,  it  was  probably  built  by  the 
same  birds.  I  shall  call  this  nest  No.  4c.  It  was  about  30  to 
35  feet  above  the  ground.  When  we  arrived  at  nest  4b  the 
old  eagle  was  not  at  home ;  the  nest  contained  two  large,  pale 
eggs.  This  nest  was  three  feet  in  diameter  and  lined  with 
dry  grass.  The  eggs  were  not  covered.  Incubation  had  been 
well  begun  in  both.  We  saw  one  eagle  in  the  distance,  cir- 
cling over  the  hills.  On  April  15  we  returned,  but  found  the 
nest  empty  and  no  eagles  visible.  This  ended  our  observations 
for  the  year. 

On  March  2,  1918,  we  arrived  at  nest  4b.  It  seemed  to  be 
in  good  repair,  so,  although  we  had  seen  no  eagles,  we  decided 
to  make  the  climb.  It  was  found  to  be  empty  and  showed  no 
preparation  for  use.  Nest  4a  was  much  more  dilapidated  than 
a  year  before,  and  of  nest  4c  there  now  remained  only  a  few 


Vol.  XVIII]      SLEVIN— NESTING  HABITS  OF  GOLDEN  EAGLE  5^ 

Sticks.  Leaving  this  gulch,  we  wandered  up  a  long  canyon 
running  towards  the  northwest.  After  we  had  traveled  a 
mile  or  more,  we  saw  what  we  thought  was  a  Red-tailed 
Hawk's  nest  in  a  small  tree  well  up  on  the  steep  south  side  of 
the  canyon. 

We  climbed  up  hill  until  we  were  above  the  nest  and  could 
look  into  it.  It  contained  no  eggs,  but  a  lot  of  downy  feathers 
were  sticking  to  the  twigs  and  branches  of  which  it  was  made. 
We  saw  no  birds  about  and  left  convinced  that  this  was  a 
hawk's  nest  and  would  soon  contain  eggs.  We  returned  to 
this  nest  (4d)  March  17,  1918.  Having  found  nest  4a  still 
unrepaired  and  4b  still  unoccupied,  we  went  to  the  canyon 
towards  the  northwest,  expecting  to  collect  a  set  of  Red-tailed 
Hawk's  eggs  from  the  nest  found  two  weeks  before.  We 
walked  up  the  bottom  of  the  canyon  and  then  straight  up  the 
side  of  the  hill  to  the  nest.  When  we  had  approached  within 
about  40  feet  of  it,  a  beautiful,  dark-plumaged  eagle  arose  and 
sailed  away.  We  could  hardly  beHeve  our  eyes,  for  it  did  not 
seem  reasonable  to  find  so  large  a  bird  on  so  small  a  structure, 
and  we  had  no  idea  that  it  could  be  other  than  that  of  a  Red- 
tailed  Hawk. 

This  nest  was  built  at  a  height  of  about  18  feet,  in  a  small 
deciduous  oak  which  grew  well  up  on  the  steep  side  of  the 
canyon.  The  situation  of  the  tree  made  the  nest  seem  quite 
high  and  the  view  from  it  was  very  extensive  (plate  4, 
fig.  4).  Climbing  higher  up  on  the  hillside,  we  were  able  to 
look  into  the  nest  and  to  see  that  it  contained  two  eggs.  There 
was  much  more  down  in  and  about  it  than  we  had  seen  in  any 
other  eagle's  nest.  On  the  ground  below  the  tree  was  a  lot  of 
debris,  either  material  wasted  during  its  construction  or  the 
remains  of  some  earlier  platforms. 

The  two  eggs  which  this  nest  contained  were  unusually 
large.  The  only  other  eggs  which  we  had  taken  before  were 
those  secured  from  nest  4b  on  March  11,  1917.  Because  of 
similarity  in  size  of  the  eggs  and  because  the  nests  are  only 
about  a  mile  apart  we  concluded  that  they  belonged  to  the 
same  pair  of  eagles.  The  two  eggs  taken  March  17,  1918,  are 
very  dissimilar  in  appearance.  One  is  quite  heavily  blotched. 
The  other  is  entirely  white,  except  for  a  few  faint  markings 
which  may  be  either  nest  stains  or  very  slight  pigmentation. 


52  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

The  blotched  egg  weighed  just  five  ounces,  while  the  white 
one  weighed  just  a  quarter  of  an  ounce  less.  Both  eggs  were 
fertile,  and  in  both  incubation  was  well  advanced,  but  more  so 
in  the  blotched  tgg.  This  would  indicate  that  in  this  instance 
the  Qgg  first  laid  was  larger  and  more  heavily  pigmented  than 
the  second  one.  Our  last  visit  during  1918  was  on  April  7, 
when  we  found  all  three  nests  (4  a,  b,  d)  unoccupied. 

On  the  second  of  March,  1919,  we  returned  and  found  nest 
4a  represented  by  a  mere  hatful  of  sticks.  Nest  4c  had  en- 
tirely disappeared.  Nest  4b,  where  we  secured  eggs  in  1917, 
was  not  reduced  in  size,  but  looked  ragged  and  deserted. 
Having  made  sure  that  it  was  not  occupied,  we  left  without 
climbing  to  it.  Looking  back  we  saw  two  eagles  circling  over 
the  hill  beyond.  We  did  not  visit  nest  4d,  which  had  con- 
tained eggs  the  previous  year. 

On  March  16  we  returned  for  the  purpose  of  inspecting 
nest  4d.  As  we  approached  the  nest  an  eagle  circled  down 
towards  us,  coming  quite  close  three  or  four  times,  and  then 
flew  farther  up  the  canyon.  Nest  4d  was  empty  and  showed 
no  signs  of  occupancy.  As  we  walked  up  the  canyon  the  eagle 
again  appeared  but  quickly  passed  from  view.  Two  weeks 
later,  March  30,  we  returned  to  this  canyon  and  looked  for  a 
new  nest  but  found  none,  although  we  saw  an  eagle  leaving 
the  canyon  as  we  entered  it.  Nest  4d  was  empty  and  un- 
repaired. 

The  following  year  on  March  14,  1920,  we  climbed  up  over 
the  hill  from  the  south  and  entered  the  canyon  within  100 
yards  or  so  of  nest  4d.  An  eagle  appeared  from  somewhere 
near  us,  and,  apparently  in  a  state  of  excitement,  crossed  to 
the  opposite  side  of  the  canyon,  where  it  lit  upon  the  ground. 
We  found  nest  4d  deserted  and  much  the  worse  for  wear,  but 
although  we  searched  carefully  we  could  find  no  other  in  the 
canyon.  We  did  not  visit  the  other  canyon,  where  nests  4b 
and  4c  were  located.  In  1921,  the  site  of  nest  4d  was  visited 
and  the  last  remnants  of  the  nest  found  on  the  ground  under 
the  tree.  Search  revealed  no  other  in  this  neighborhood 
although  one  eagle  was  seen. 

On  March  2,  1922,  we  again  entered  this  canyon  from  the 
west.  Approaching  nest  4b,  we  flushed  the  eagle.  The  nest 
was  found  to  contain  one  tgg,  which  we  left  undisturbed.   Ten 


Vol.  XVIII]      SLEVIN— NESTING  HABITS  OF  GOLDEN  EAGLE  53 

days  later,  March  12,  we  returned  to  nest  4b  hoping  to  find 
two  eggs,  but  fresh  marks  of  climbing-irons  showed  that  we 
were  too  late.  As  we  departed,  an  eagle  circled  about  us 
several  times,  50  to  60  feet  above  our  heads. 

Pair  Number  Five 

On  Sunday,  March  11,  1917,  we  arose  early  and,  having 
had  breakfast,  were  a  few  minutes  later  on  our  way  in  the 
automobile,  bound  for  the  Flint  Hills.  In  the  first  canyon 
that  we  entered  we  came  upon  a  screaming  pair  of  Red-tailed 
Hawks  and  soon  found  their  nest.  It  was  situated  well  up  in 
a  large  oak  tree  in  a  position  which  made  it  difficult  of  access. 
We  decided  a  visit  to  it  would  take  too  much  time,  so  pro- 
ceeded on  our  way. 

Perhaps  a  mile  farther  on  we  came  to  another  canyon  with 
a  considerable  growth  of  live  oak  trees.  We  were  walking 
along  the  edge  of  this  canyon,  seeking  an  easy  place  to  cross, 
when  an  eagle  suddenly  flew  from  a  small  tree  on  the  opposite 
bank  at  a  distance  of  perhaps  40  yards  from  us.  A  second 
glance  showed  us  a  nest,  from  which  the  eagle  had  flown.  The 
tree  is  a  small  one,  and  the  nest  only  25  feet  above  ground  at 
its  base,  but  the  fact  that  the  tree  grows  close  to  the  edge  of 
the  bank  of  the  canyon  adds  30  to  40  feet  to  the  apparent 
height  of  the  nest.  The  eagle  silently  disappeared  down  the 
canyon,  and  did  not  return  while  we  were  about.  We  scram- 
bled across  the  canyon  and  around  on  the  bank  above,  taking 
a  picture  from  a  point  nearly  level  with  the  nest. 

The  climb  to  the  nest  was  an  easy  one.  It  was  lined  with 
dry  grass  and  some  gray  moss,  and  contained  two  well- 
blotched  eggs.  It  was  very  large  and  probably  had  been  in 
use  many  years.  I  shall  call  it  nest  5a  (plate  6,  fig.  2).  In- 
cubation was  well  started  in  both  eggs.  On  the  afternoon  of 
April  1  we  returned  to  the  nest  of  our  fifth  pair  of  eagles. 
This  we  found  empty,  though  its  lining  was  in  good  order,  as 
if  ready  for  a  second  set.  One  eagle  flew  down  the  canyon 
while  we  were  there.  In  consequence,  we  made  a  final  visit 
on  April  15,  but  found  the  nest  empty. 

The  following  year  we  returned  to  this  nest  (5a)  on  March 
3,   1918.     The  eagle  left  the  nest  as  we  approached.     Two 


54  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

beautifully  marked  fresh  eggs  rewarded  us.  These  are  of  the 
same  type  as  those  secured  the  previous  year  but  are  more 
heavily  blotched.  The  one  having  the  larger  blotches  weighed 
4.9  ounces,  the  other  4.8  ounces.  The  freshly  blown  shell  of 
the  first  Q:gg  weighed  ^  oz.  On  March  17,  just  two  weeks 
later,  we  were  again  in  this  canyon.  No  eagle  left  the  nest. 
From  the  hill  above  we  saw  a  whitish  object  in  the  nest,  but 
were  not  certain  what  it  was.  Climbing  to  the  nest,  one  very 
dirty,  weather-stained  Qgg  was  found.  The  nest  was  wet  and 
disordered  and  seemed  deserted.  We  concluded  that  the  tgg 
was  part  of  the  first  set  and  probably  had  been  laid  soon  after 
our  visit  of  March  third.  The  tgg  weighed  4.7  ounces,  and 
was  fresh.  On  April  7,  1918,  this  nest  was  empty.  We  saw 
one  eagle  fly  down  the  canyon. 

March  2,  1919,  we  arrived  at  this  gulch  in  the  morning 
during  a  heavy  shower.  The  eagle  was  not  on  the  nest.  I 
climbed  up  to  it  and  found  that  it  contained  a  lot  of  fresh 
lining  materials,  dry  grass  and  lichen,  not  yet  arranged 
and  packed  down.  There  were  also  a  few  small  twigs  of  live 
oak  with  fresh  green  leaves.  It  appeared  certain  that  the  nest 
would  be  used  later.  We  left  without  seeing  any  eagles,  but 
on  returning  late  in  the  afternoon,  when  the  sky  had  cleared, 
we  found  them  both  flying  over  the  canyon.  On  March  16 
we  again  visited  this  nest.  Arriving  at  noon,  we  walked 
across  the  pasture,  where  for  half  a  mile  we  could  be  seen 
from  the  nest.  We  crossed  the  canyon  within  100  feet  of  it, 
shouted,  and  clapped  our  hands.  Climbing  up  on  the  bank 
above  the  nest  we  tried  to  look  through  the  branches.  We 
concluded  that  the  nest  was  empty  but  decided  to  climb  up  to 
it.  Just  as  I  reached  the  base  of  the  tree,  off  flew  the  eagle 
and  silently  disappeared.  I  found  two  eggs  lying  in  the  cen- 
tral cavity  of  the  nest,  which  was  lined  with  lichen 
with  an  inner  layer  of  green  live  oak  leaves.  The  cavity 
measured  about  12  by  15  inches,  with  a  depth  of  about  four 
inches.  The  whole  nest  had  diameters  of  five  and  four  and 
one-half  feet,  and  was  about  two  feet  deep.  The  tgg  which  is 
more  heavily  marked  at  the  small  end  weighed  4.25,  while  the 
other  weighed  4.05  ounces.  Incubation  had  just  begun  in  the 
heavier  tgg.    The  lighter  one  was  fresh. 


Vol.  XVIII]      SLEVIN— NESTING  HABITS  OF  GOLDEN  EAGLE  55 

On  March  13,  1920,  we  again  visited  the  canyon  occupied 
by  pair  number  five.  An  old  eagle  almost  immediately  flew  up 
the  canyon,  passing  over  the  nest  on  the  way.  We  walked 
over  toward  the  nest  and  crossed  the  canyon  at  the  usual 
point,  talking  and  shouting  as  we  went.  Then  we  climbed  the 
hillside  to  a  point  just  above  the  nest  and  perhaps  50  feet  from 
it.  Standing  here,  we  could  see  the  eagle  sitting  on  the  nest 
and  watching  us.  As  we  walked  closer,  she  arose  and  flew 
silently  away.  On  climbing  to  the  nest  it  was  found  to  con- 
tain two  eggs,  which  were  considerably  nest-stained  and  much 
less  handsomely  marked  than  any  previously  obtained  from 
this  pair.  The  nest  was  lined  with  grass  and  a  few  green  oak 
leaves. 

In  March,  1921,  this  nest  showed  no  signs  of  repair  or 
occupancy,  and,  although  one  eagle  was  seen  flying  in  the 
canyon,  no  other  nest  was  discovered.  On  March  2  and  12, 
1922,  careful  examination  of  this  canyon  revealed  no  new  nest, 
although  one  eagle  was  seen.  The  old  nest  was  unrepaired 
and  seemed  deserted. 


Pair  Number  Six 

Our  friend  and  guide  had  told  us  of  another  nest  which,  to 
his  personal  knowledge,  had  been  used  by  the  eagles  for  30 
years,  though  during  this  period  there  were  some  years,  he 
believes,  when  they  did  not  lay  in  it.  He  visited  this  nest  with 
his  son  on  March  11,  1917,  and  secured  two  eggs  in  which  in- 
cubation was  fairly  well  advanced.  Unfortuntely  one  of  these 
eggs  was  broken,  but  the  remaining  one  he  gave  to  Dr.  Van 
Denburgh.  This  egg  is  of  a  type  quite  dififerent  from  those 
of  any  other  pair  of  birds  investigated  by  us.  On  April  15, 
1917,  we  visited  this  nest  (plate  6,  fig.  3).  It  is  built  in  a 
great  live  oak  which  grows  well  up  on  the  south  side  of  a  deep 
gulch,  about  Ij^  miles  south  of  Sargents.  The  main  road, 
about  300  yards  away,  may  be  seen  from  it.  It  was  nearly 
dark  when  we  reached  the  foot  of  this  tree,  but  we  soon  con- 
vinced ourselves  that  it  was  not  occupied. 

The  next  year,  1918,  we  returned  to  this  nest,  which  I  shall 
call  6a,  on  the  morning  of  February  22.     It  appeared  to  have 


55  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

been  damaged  by  the  winter  stomis,  and  a  considerable  por- 
tion of  it  was  on  the  ground.  No  eagles  were  about,  and  we 
concluded  that  the  birds  did  not  intend  to  use  it.  We  climbed 
to  the  top  of  the  hill  and  went  down  another  canyon,  which 
we  thought  would  lead  us  to  nest  5a.  We  had  walked  per- 
haps half  a  mile  when,  as  we  had  expected,  Dr.  Van  Denburgh 
pointed  out  a  nest,  some  300  yards  ahead  of  us.  At  that  dis- 
tance it  could  not  be  seen  clearly,  but  I  had  scarcely  time  to 
say  that  I  thought  it  was  the  nest  with  which  we  were  familiar 
when  we  saw  an  eagle  leave  it  and  fly  off  over  the  hill.  As  we 
drew  nearer  the  situation  looked  less  familiar.  The  trees 
seemed  much  too  large  and  the  bank  too  low  according  to  our 
memory  of  nest  5a.  However,  it  was  not  till  we  reached  the 
base  of  the  tree  that  we  recognized  it  to  be  one  in  which  we 
had  found  the  nest  of  a  Red-tailed  Hawk  in  1917.  Nest  5a 
was  in  another  canyon  about  a  mile  beyond.  The  hawk's  nest 
had  entirely  disappeared;  not  a  stick  of  it  remained.  The 
eagle's  nest  was  a  few  feet  higher  in  the  tree  and  was  built  on 
much  larger  limbs.  On  the  ground  below  were  numerous  dead 
oak  branches  and  twigs,  evidently  dropped  in  constructing  the 
nest.  The  structure  seemed  large  enough  to  have  been  in  use 
several  years,  yet  we  knew  it  to-  be  a  new  one,  as  there  had 
been  none  there  the  year  before.  From  the  fact  that  the  bird 
left  while  we  were  still  so  far  away,  we  concluded  that  she  had 
not  laid,  and  that  she  probably  was  completing  the  lining  of 
the  nest  when  we  discovered  her.  We  left  without  climbing  to 
the  nest,  which  I  shall  call  6b. 

On  March  3,  1918,  we  returned,  arriving  under  the  tree  at 
8  o'clock  in  the  morning.  The  bird  was  at  home  and  did  not 
fly  until  we  threw  a  stick  up  into  the  tree,  but  there  were  no 
eggs.  We  then  walked  on  to  the  next  canyon  to  inspect  nest 
5a.  Returning  later  to  nest  6b  we  found  no  eagle  on  it.  Two 
weeks  later,  March  17,  we  found  no  eagle  at  nest  6b.  Climb- 
ing up  to  the  nest  it  was  found  to  be  still  empty.  We  did  not 
return  again  until  April  7.  Nest  6a  was  ragged  and  deserted. 
Nest  6b  was  empty,  but  on  the  ground  beneath  it  we  found 
the  remains  of  a  broken  eagle's  egg. 

The  season  now  was  so  far  advanced  that  we  had  no  fur- 
ther expectation  of  adventures  with  eagles.  We  had,  how- 
ever, found  the  nest  of  a  Red-tailed  Hawk  near  the  upper  end 


Vol.  XVIII]      SLEVIN— NESTING  HABITS  OF  GOLDEN  EAGLE  57 

of  this  canyon  and  decided  to  visit  the  canyon  again  in  hopes 
of  getting  a  set  of  eggs.  Therefore,  April  20  found  us  again 
in  this  canyon.  As  we  passed  under  the  eagle's  nest  (6b)  we 
noted  that  it  was  unoccupied.  Some  300  yards  up  the  canyon,  \^p^ 
an  eagle  circled  down  towards  us,  and  then  turned  and  flew  ^ 
away.  We  went  on  to  the  Red-tail's  nest,  found  it  empty,  and 
returned  to  the  place  where  we  had  seen  the  eagle.  A  little 
higher  on  the  hillside  is  a  group  of  large  live  oaks.  We  had 
examined  these  trees  several  times  in  1917  and  1918  and  were 
certain  that  there  was  no  nest  in  them.  However,  we  had 
scarcely  entered  this  little  grove  when  we  saw  a  big  nest  well 
up  in  one  of  the  largest  trees,  and,  as  soon  as  we  clapped  our 
hands,  off  went  the  eagle.  On  climbing  to  the  nest  I  found 
it  to  contain  a  nice  pair  of  eggs.  Incubation  was  well  ad- 
vanced. I  shall  call  this  nest  6c.  These  eggs,  taken  from 
nest  6c  on  April  20,  1918,  are  of  the  same  type  as  those  se- 
cured March  11,  1917,  from  nest  6a.  The  fragments  of  an 
tgg  found  under  nest  6b  also  were  of  this  type.  It  is  probable 
that  this  pair  of  eagles  deserted  their  old  nest  and  moved  a 
mile  or  more  to  another  canyon,  where  they  not  only  laid 
twice,  but  actually  built  two  nests. 

Returning  in  1919,  we  examined  these  three  nests  (6a,  b,  c) 
on  March  1  and  2.  All  three  looked  deserted.  I  climbed  to 
nest  6c  only,  which  was  found  empty  and  unrepaired.  It 
measured  about  five  by  three  and  a  half  feet  over  all,  and 
about  two  feet  in  depth.  We  saw  no  eagles  in  either  canyon. 
On  March  16  we  returned  and  photographed  these  nests. 
Nest  6a  is  shown  well  out  on  a  nearly  horizontal  limb  which 
hangs  over  the  canyon.  Nest  6b  (plate  7,  fig.  4)  may  be  seen 
well  up  in  a  large  live  oak  which  grows  from  the  side  of  an- 
other canyon.  As  we  entered  the  lower  end  of  this  second 
canyon,  on  the  morning  of  March  16,  we  saw  two  eagles  soar- 
ing well  up  in  the  canyon  near  the  group  of  trees  in  which  nest 
6c  is  located.  This  group  of  live  oaks  is  shown  in  the  photo- 
graph (plate  6,  fig.  4).  The  nest  does  not  show.  It  is  near 
the  top  of  the  tree  and  at  the  extreme  right  of  the  central 
group.  The  eagles  quickly  disappeared,  and  we  found  these 
nests  (6b,  c)  still  unrepaired. 

After  making  a  wide  circle  over  the  hills  we  entered  the 
upper  end  of  the  first  canyon,  in  which  nest  6a  is  located.   This 


gg  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

canyon  near  its  upper  end,  high  on  the  hillside,  becomes  broad 
and  shallow  and  has  but  few  trees.  As  we  walked  down  the 
canyon  an  eagle  circled  to  meet  us  and  then  sailed  off  towards 
the  left.  Lower  in  the  canyon  are  many  trees,  growing  in  two 
main  groups  that  are  separated  by  an  area  of  open  pasture. 
Nest  6a  is  in  the  lower  group  of  trees.  We  had  searched 
through  the  upper  group  twice  in  1918  and  were  certain  there 
was  no  nest  there  in  March  of  that  year.  We  now  decided  to 
search  both  groups  again,  and  Dr.  Van  Denburgh  started  for 
the  upper  grove  while  I  set  out  for  the  lower  one.  We  had 
walked  only  a  few  yards  when  Dr.  Van  Denburgh  saw  the 
eagle  sweep  down  close  to  a  large  tree  near  the  edge  of  the 
upper  group,  and  a  few  moments  later  he  saw  a  nest  in  the 
tree.  As  he  called  me,  a  second  eagle  left  the  nest;  both  birds 
departed  silently  and  we  did  not  see  them  again. 

The  tree  is  a  large  one  but  so  well  provided  with  branches 
that  the  40-foot  climb  was  not  difficult.  I  soon  reached  the 
nest,  looked  over  the  edge,  and  with  some  excitement  reported 
three  eggs.  I  shall  call  this  nest  6d  (plate  7,  fig.  1).  It  was 
very  large,  about  3^  feet  deep  with  extreme  diameters  of 
about  six  and  five  feet.  Its  central  cavity,  about  a  foot  in 
diameter  and  seven  inches  deep,  was  lined  with  dry  grass,  and 
held  also  a  cluster  of  fresh  oak  leaves.  The  eggs  are  rather 
small  and  elongate,  of  the  same  type  as  those  taken  from  nest 
6c  in  1918,  but  much  more  beautifully  blotched.  They 
weighed  4.02,  4.01  and  3.99  ounces,  respectively.  The  egg 
with  the  greatest  weight  was  most  heavily  pigmented,  and  the 
lightest  one  least  so.  The  lightest  egg  was  infertile.  Incu- 
bation in  the  other  two  eggs  was  well  advanced,  but  had 
progressed  further  in  the  heavier  egg,  in  which  the  bones  were 
quite  firm.  From  conditions  in  this  set  it  would  seem  that  the 
first  egg  laid  is  the  largest  and  most  pigmented. 

March  14,  1920,  we  again  returned  to  the  haunts  of  this 
pair  of  eagles,  and  ascending  the  canyon  which  contains  nests 
number  6a  and  6d,  both  were  found  unoccupied  and  showing 
no  evidence  of  any  repairs  having  been  made.  The  former 
was  very  dilapidated,  and  the  latter  had  been  twisted  out  of 
position  by  the  winter  storms.  One  eagle  was  observed  soar- 
ing over  the  top  of  the  hill,  but  nowhere  in  the  canyon  did  we 
find  any  other  evidence  of  occupancy.     This  being  so,  we  de- 


Vol.  XVIII]      SLEVIN— NESTING  HABITS  OF  GOLDEN  EAGLE  gQ 

cided  to  see  whether  or  not  the  eagles  had  moved  back  to  the 
second  canyon,  in  which  nests  6b  and  6c  had  been  built  during 
1918.  From  the  opposite  side  of  the  canyon  nest  6b  appeared 
to  be  in  excellent  condition,  but  although  we  shouted  and 
clapped  our  hands,  no  bird  left  it  until  we  crossed  the  canyon, 
when  the  eagle  quietly  arose  and  flew  away.  We  did  not  see 
the  bird  again.  After  some  delay  and  difficulty  the  nest  was 
reached  and  found  to  contain  a  set  of  three  poorly  marked 
eggs  of  the  same  general  type  as  those  secured  from  this  pair 
in  previous  seasons.  As  we  were  successful  here,  we  did  not 
visit  nest  6c. 

None  of  the  nests  of  pair  six  showed  any  signs  of  repair  or 
occupancy  when  visited  by  us  in  1921,  and  no  new  nests  were 
found.  On  March  2,  1922,  nest  6d  contained  dry  grass  not 
yet  pressed  into  shape.  While  descending  the  canyon  we 
found  a  nest  which  we  were  quite  certain  must  have  been  built 
since  our  visit  in  March,  1921.  On  climbing  to  this  one,  6e, 
I  found  it  to  be  in  poor  shape  and  unlined.  One  eagle  was 
seen  fllying  about  at  the  lower  end  of  the  canyon.  Nest  6b 
was  found  to  be  in  a  good  state  of  preservation,  but  unre- 
paired. There  was  no  nest  at  the  site  of  nest  6c.  On  March 
12  conditions  were  unchanged  at  nests  6b,  d,  and  e.  On 
March  18  there  was  no  change  in  the  lining  of  nest  6d,  and  6e 
seemed  unoccupied.  On  April  15  and  25,  1922,  nests  6d  and 
6e  were  unoccupied  and  no  eagles  were  seen. 


Pair  Number  Seven 

About  two  o'clock  in  the  afternoon  of  March  3,  1922,  Dr. 
Van  Denburgh  and  I  arrived  at  the  foot  of  a  steep  hill  three 
and  a  half  miles  northwest  from  the  town  of  San  Juan.  At 
the  top  of  this  hill  rises  a  huge  rock  about  140  feet  high,  the 
upper  portion  of  which  forms  a  perpendicular  clifif  95  feet 
high,  facing  a  little  west  of  north.  Fifty  feet  below  the  top  of 
this  cliff  is  a  recessed  ledge  upon  which  we  had  seen  a  nest 
two  years  before.  The  top  of  the  rock  is  nearly  level,  and  its 
southern  end  is  buried  in  the  earth  of  the  hill-top,  so  that  one 
can  easily  walk  out  to  the  brink  of  the  precipice  (plate  7,  fig. 
2).    The  earth  hill  itself  is  quite  steep.     We  spent  45  minutes 


70  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

climbing  to  the  top,  and  only   15  minutes  returning  to  the 
automobile. 

Just  below  the  top  of  the  hill  we  flushed  a  large  dark  eagle 
from  the  ground.  At  the  base  of  the  rock,  below  the  nest,  we 
found  a  number  of  dead  oak  branches  and  twigs,  the  freshly 
broken  ends  of  which  showed  that  they  had  been  brought  to 
the  nesting  place  very  recently.  We  lowered  the  rope  ladder 
from  the  top  of  the  rock  until  it  hung  directly  in  front  of  the 
nesting  ledge.  When  the  bottom  of  the  50-foot  ladder  reached 
the  foot  of  the  cliff  the  top  of  the  ladder  was  about  five  feet 
above  the  nest.  About  15  feet  up  from  the  bottom  of  the 
cliff  is  a  ledge  upon  which  two  men  can  stand.  We  both 
climbed  to  this  ledge  and  Dr.  Van  Denburg  held  the  ladder 
while  I  climbed  the  remaining  30  feet  to  the  nest.  It  proved 
to  be  a  large  one,  about  four  by  five  feet,  and  freshly  lined 
with  dry  grass,  which  had  not  yet  been  arranged  and  pressed 
down  to  form  a  cavity.  As  I  descended  I  noticed  old  holes 
which  had  been  drilled  in  the  rock  near  a  cleft  which  extended 
up  from  the  ledge  on  which  we  stood.  Later  we  noticed  little 
steps  cut  in  the  rock  below  this  ledge.  These  holes  and  foot- 
holds lead  us  to  believe  that  this  is  the  same  nesting  place  that 
was  robbed  by  J.  R.  Chalker  in  1887  and  1888,  as  described  in 
'The  Ornithologist  and  Oologist"  (XII,  No.  6,  1887,  pp. 
86-88;  XIII,  No.  8,  1888,  p.  120). 

On  March  12  we  visited  this  nest  again  and  took  photo- 
graphs of  the  rock.  One  eagle  soared  about  the  hill  and  rock 
as  we  approached,  and  at  one  time  flew  within  a  few  feet  of 
the  nest.  This  was  found  to  be  in  much  the  same  condition 
as  on  March  3.  We  returned  on  March  18.  As  we  drew 
near,  an  eagle  left  the  nest  and  disappeared  over  the  top  of  the 
hill.  Having  climbed  to  the  nest  I  discovered  one  beautiful 
Ggg  rather  evenly  covered  with  small  red  spots.  The  dry 
grass  had  been  smoothed  and  pressed  down,  forming  a  slight 
central  cavity.  The  nest  was  without  any  down  or  green 
decorations.     We  departed  again  without  seeing  the  eagle. 

April  4  we  returned  to  the  rock.  When  we  were  about  100 
yards  away  the  eagle  left  the  nest  and  silently  flew  straight 
down  the  valley.  We  found  but  the  one  egg,  evidently  a  com- 
plete set.  This  egg  weighed  4j^  ounces.  Incubation  was 
well  begun,  small  bones  being  just  distinguishable  on  blowing. 


Vol.  XVIII]      SLEVIN— NESTING  HABITS  OF  GOLDEN  EAGLE  J\ 

On  May  4,  1922,  we  found  this  nest,  which  I  shall  call  No,  7a, 
empty,  and  no  eagles  about.  This  proved  to  be  our  last  jour- 
ney in  quest  of  the  eggs  of  the  Golden  Eagle. 


All  of  the  eggs  mentioned  in  this  paper  and  tabulated  below 

are  now  in  the  collection  of  the  California 

Academy  of  Sciences. 

Number  of  Eggs 
Museum  Number  Field  Number  in  Set  Date  Collected 

4643 la 1 March    ?,  1916 

4649 lb 1 April      6,  1917 

4650 2b 2 March    2,  1918 

4654 2b 2 April      6,  1918 

4660 2b 1 April    10,  1919 

4644 2c 2 March    3,  1917 

4656 2c 2 March     1,  1919 

4645 3b 2 March    4,  1917 

4648 3b 2 April      1,  1917 

4663 3c 2 March    3,  1922 

4665 3d 2 April    20,  1922 

4646 4b 2 March   11, 1917 

4651 4d 3 Mar.  3-17, 1918 

4647 5a 2 March  11, 1917 

4652 5a 2 March  17, 1918 

4657 5a 2 March  16, 1919 

4661 5a 2 March  13, 1920 

4662 6b 3 March  14, 1920 

4655 6c 2 March  20, 1918 

4658 6d 3 March  16, 1919 

4664 7a 1 April   4, 1922 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XVIII,  No.  3 


[SLEVIN]  Plate  4 


Fiq.3 


Fiq.4 


Fig.  1.     Nest  la. 
Fig.  3.     Nest  3c. 


Fig.  2.     Tree  containing  nest   lb. 
Fig.  4.     Nest  4d. 

January  29,   19J9 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XVIII,  No.  3 


[SLEVIN]  Plate  5 


CM 


CM 


(U      I-' 


CM    '^ 

be  be 


m 

CT> 

Li_ 

1/3 

cvi 

<1> 

^  ^ 


to    bfl 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XVIll,  No.  3 


SLEVIN]  Plate  6 


(.J 


bO 


lO      ^ 


X   ^ 


^ 

.-   o 

& 

.2^    y 

•  ^— 

>    > 

LL 

o 

5     M 

CS 

1;^  ^ 

•-       .Ti 

Q  O 

<\i  ^ 

'M    he. 

fc    E 

CO 

CD 

U_ 

6    rt 

Nest 
Nest 

— ■    ro 

bi)    bi) 

tZ  tZ 

PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XVIII,  No.  3 


[SLEVIN]  Plate  7 


iL     Is 

iZ  IZ 


,.~:^L^ 


I 


CO 

, ; 

jD 

d^ 

'O 

-r 

•  ^^ 

c/^ 

tn 

LL. 

r-; 

ro 

.Sf 

bb 

ti 

£ 

PROCEEDINGS 

OF  THE 

CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 

Fourth  Series 

V^OL.  XVIII,  No.  4,  pp.  73-213,  plates  8-23  March  29,  1929 


IV 

MARINE  MIOCENE  AND  RELATED  DEPOSITS 
OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA 


BY 

FRANK  M.  ANDERSON 


Contents 

Page 

Introduction 74 

Post-Eocene  Sequence 75 

Poso  Series 76 

Structures 82 

Stratigraphic  relations 83 

Age  of  the  Poso  series 85 

The  Miocene  Series 86 

Las  Perdices  group 89 

The  Tubera  group 91 

Local  occturences 93 

Comparison  of  horizons 95 

Galapa-La  Popa  group 98 

Pliocene  Deposits 99 

Correlations 102 

Description  of  Species 105 

Gastropoda 106 

Pelecypoda 146 

Foraminif  era 179 

March  29,  1929 


74  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  See. 

Introduction 

The  marine  Eocene  deposits  of  northern  Colombia  have  al- 
ready been  described  in  earlier  papers^  and  therefore  require 
only  general  notice  here.  For  the  most  part  they  occupy  a 
broad  synclinal  area  between  the  north  coast  of  Colombia  and 
the  spurs  of  the  northern  Andes  lying  to  the  south.  In  the 
midst  of  this  general  syncline  which  extends  for  more  than  160 
miles,  there  are  pronounced  anticlinal  folds  extending  parallel 
with  its  axis  and  also  with  the  coast. 

On  the  southern  border  of  this  syncline  the  Eocene  rocks 
outcrop  in  an  irregular  zone  following  the  contours  of  the  pre- 
existing ranges  and  spurs,  while  upon  its  northern  limb  they 
outcrop  in  disconnected  areas  along  the  Caribbean  coast  from 
the  west  flank  of  the  Sierra  Nevada  de  Santa  Marta  to  the 
Gulf  of  Uraba.  A  large  area  of  these  rocks,  for  example,  lies 
wTSt  of  the  Rio  Magdalena,  extending  north  from  Arjona 
nearly  to  the  sea,  and  to  the  southwest  for  an  unknown  dis- 
tance. The  "Arjona  group"  mentioned  in  a  former  paper^ 
occupies  this  area.  Farther  to  the  southwest  other  areas  of 
Eocene  are  found  in  the  Coloso  range,  in  the  Cerro  de  Cispata 
near  Lorica,  in  the  Cerros  de  las  Palomas,  and  in  other  dis- 
tricts about  the  head  of  the  Rio  Sinu. 

Wherever  they  are  found  the  Eocene  rocks  are  highly 
folded  and  are  traversed  by  faults.  In  some  cases  they  are 
much  compressed  and  distorted,  but  they  are  sufficiently  fossil 
bearing  for  identification. 

Post-Eocene  Sequence 

The  Eocene  deposits  of  Colombia  are  for  the  most  part, 
especially  in  the  central  areas  of  the  syncline,  overlaid  by  a 
sequence  of  strata  of  great  thickness.  In  some  places  these 
later  beds  overlap  the  borders  of  the  trough  and  along  its 
coastal  side  flank  it  for  many  miles.  While  the  succeeding 
divisions  of  this  sequence  are  largely  the  result  of  reconnais- 
sance, and  only  qualitative  study  can  be  claimed  for  them,  yet 
it  is  believed  that  the  more  important  series  are  properly  dis- 
tinguished, and  their  position  in  the  column  is  undoubtedly 

'Anderson,   F.    M.,  Proc.    Calif.   Acad.    Sci.,    Vol.    17,     1928,    pp.    1-29. 

=<  Anderson,   F.   M.,   Bull.   Amer.   Assoc.   Petrol   Gaol.,   Vol.    10,   1926,  p.   387. 


Vol.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA         75 

correct.  The  maximum  thickness  of  the  post-Eocene  fornia- 
tions  is  as  much  as  8,000  feet,  of  which  the  major  part  is  re- 
ferred to  the  Miocene,  and  the  remainder,  some  3,000  feet, 
may  be  largely,  if  not  wholly,  Oligocene  in  age.  There  is  as 
yet  only  an  imperfectly  defined  boundary  between  the  two, 
while  in  some  localities  there  is  evident  unconformity,  and  this 
may  later  prove  to  be  the  general  condition. 

In  the  Carmen-Zambrano  section,  elsewhere  described,^  be- 
tween the  proved  Eocene  and  the  fossiliferous  Miocene  above, 
there  is  a  great  body  of  clays,  sandy  shales  and  calcareous 
concretionary  beds  that  were  tentatively  classed  as  Oligocene. 
Some  of  the  shale  in  this  interval  appears  to  be  equivalent  to 
the  "Bombo  shales"  of  Beck,*  while  some  of  the  strata  may 
be  lowermost  Miocene,  as  described  later. 

The  lower  and  major  part  of  this  sequence,  as  it  occurs 
here  and  at  other  points  along  the  Colombian  coast,  has  been 
given  in  this  paper  the  name  of  "Poso  series/'  from  the  fact 
that  in  the  Sinu  region,  where  it  was  first  recognized,  and  at 
other  points  on  the  north  coast,  various  wells  had  been  drilled 
into  it  for  petroleum.  It  is  well  known  to  contain  many  seep- 
ages of  oil  and  gas,  and  other  evidences  of  having  commercial 
possibilities  as  a  source  of  petroleum. 

West  of  the  area  of  the  Arjona  rocks  referred  to  above,  as 
to  the  east  of  Turbaco,  a  later  series  of  considerable  thick- 
ness outcrops  over  a  wide  zone,  in  contact  with  the  Eocene  on 
the  east  and  fossil  bearing  Miocene  on  the  north  and  west. 
This  series  is  here  highly  folded  into  a  succession  of  anticlines 
extending  from  the  railroad  northeasterly  for  some  miles. 
The  gas  vents,  mud  volcanoes,  or  the  "Turbacos"  of  von 
Humboldt,  have  their  origin  in  this  series  of  rocks. 

Its  stratigraphic  position  is  between  the  Eocene  and  the 
Miocene,  and  will  doubtless  find  a  place  in  the  Poso  series  as 
described  later,  though  whether  the  complete  series  is  repre- 
sented here  is  not  known. 

In  the  column  drawn  by  Elfred  Beck  (p.  463),  the  "Huertas 
series"  1,000  feet  in  thickness,  is  divided  into  two  nearly  equal 
parts  by  the  semblance  of  an  unconformity,  though  it  is  not 
mentioned  as  such. 

sAnderson,   F.    M.,   Proc.   Calif.   Acad.   Sci.,  vol.    17,    1928,  p.    11. 
«Beck,  Elfred,   Econ:   Geol.,  vol.    16,   1921,   pp.   453-465. 


76  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

The  upper  portion  of  the  "Huertas  series,"  as  shown  by  the 
fossils,  and  as  observed  by  the  present  writer,  is  properly 
Miocene,  belonging  to  a  group  which  will  be  described  later. 

The  lower  portion  immediately  overlies  the  "Bombo  shales," 
with  which  it  appears  to  have  stratigraphic  continuity.  The 
"Bombo  shales"  have  been  shown  to  be  of  Oligocene  age, 
though  this  determination  applies  to  not  more  than  500  feet 
of  strata. 

The  Poso  series.  For  the  purpose  of  recording  some  ob- 
servations made  in  the  Tertiary  districts  of  north  Colombia  in 
1914-1915,  and  at  later  dates,  and  to  call  out  further  discus- 
sion of  the  subject,  the  following  pages  have  been  selected 
from  personal  notes,  reports  of  assistants,  and  from  various 
data  obtained  by  the  writer,  covering  the  general  region  of  the 
Rio  Sinii  and  its  environs,  which  describe  in  some  detail  the 
formations  that,  in  the  light  of  present  evidence  appear  to  in- 
tervene between  the  Eocene  and  the  Miocene  series. 

From  a  report  by  Bruce  G.  Martin  (1914)  on  the  San 
Sebastian  district,  the  following  is  taken : 

"Unconformably  overlying  the  San  Sebastian  chert  (Eocene),  is  a  series 
of  arenaceous  and  argillaceous  sediments  to  which  the  name  'Poso  series'  is 
applied.  These  beds  consist  of  hard  to  medium  soft,  coarse-grained,  gray 
sandstone,  and  sandy  clays  and  a  small  amount  of  limestone.  Nearly  all  types 
and  colors  of  sandstone  and  clay  appear  to  be  represented  in  this  series.  The 
lithology  and  sequence  of  beds  can  be  best  described  by  giving  a  cross-section 
at  right  angles  to  the  strike." 

Extending  easterly  from  the  Cerro  de  San  Sebastian,  Mr. 
Martin's  condensed  section  follows : 

d.   Alternating  hard  coarse  sandstone  and  medium  grained, 

sandy  shale 1000  feet 

c.    Medium  soft,  fine  grained,  bluish  gray  sandstone  and 

clay,  with  some  concretionary  limestone  lenses.  .  .  .  1500  feet 

b.    Medium  coarse,  hard  gray  sandstone,  and  medium  soft, 

blue  or  gray  sandstone 900  feet 

Total 3400  feet 

Unconformity 
a.    San  Sebastian  cherts,  etc.  (Eocene). 


Vol.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA         J'J 

His  report  then  continues : 

"In  the  San  Sebastian  section  all  the  beds  have  been  folded  into  a  mono- 
cline which  dips  rather  steeply  toward  the  southeast.  The  sequence  of  beds, 
as  here  exposed,  continues  northward  for  several  miles.  In  a  general  way  these 
stratigraphic  divisions  will  hold  true  for  the  whole  area." 

Botli  Mr.  Martin  and  John  H.  Ruckman  described  a  similar 
series  between  the  villages  of  Cocorilla  and  Purissima.  Mr. 
Ruckman  says  in  part,  concerning  this  district : 

"The  oldest  rocks  in  the  district  are  undoubtedly  the  cherts  and  hardened 
sandstones  of  the  San  Sebastian  series  (Eocene)  which  also  make  up  practically 
the  entire  mass  of  the  Cerro  de  Cispata.    Overlying  these,  and  in  turn  hidden 

by  later  deposits,  there  exists  a  series  of  very  considerable  thickness 

The  concretion-bearing  shale  and  limestone  on  the  Lorica-San  Antero  road 
represents  its  lower  limit.  Upon  the  limestone  are  sandstones  containing  many 
large,  purplish  concretions.  They  also  contain  considerable  limestone  in 
layers,  as  well  as  small  bits  of  limestone,  possibly  representing  inclusions  from 

strata  beneath This  series  of  limestones,  shales  and  sandstones  is 

probably,  in  part  at  least,  equivalent  to  the  Poso  series  [of  Martin].  Over- 
lying the  Poso  series  and  overlapping  it  unconformably  upon  the  San  Sebastian 
cherts,  there  is  a  rather  thin  deposit  of  chert  conglomerate,  gravels  and 
poorly  consolidated  sands.  They  are  not  well  exposed  northwest  of  Cocorilla, 
but  are  unquestionably  identical  with  those  farther  south  near  the  San  Sebas- 
tian hills.  Fossils  obtained  from  these  beds  are  comparatively  recent  forms, 
suggesting  correlation  with  the  La  Popa  (Miocene)  group."     .     .     .     . 

Mr.  Martin,  later  describing  the  district  bordering  on  the 
Cispata  Bay,  and  about  the  north  end  of  the  Cerro  de  Cispata, 
says: 

"The  rocks  of  this  district  belong  to  two  formations;  the  oldest  geologically 
is  the  chert  formation  which  makes  up  the  main  mass  of  the  Cispata  hills. 
.  .  .  .  This  formation  occupies  the  central  part  of  the  hills  and  probably 
underlies  the  chert  conglomerate  exposed  in  the  small  hill  immediately  north 
of  San  Antero.  Unconformably  upon  this  chert  lies  a  varying  thickness  of 
chert  conglomerate  and  gravelly  sandstone.  This  conglomerate  and  sandstone 
appear  to  be  several  hundred  feet  thick  along  the  east  slope  of  the  Cispata 
hills.  The  size  of  the  chert  fragments  decreases  in  going  from  the  base  upwards. 
The  sandstone  overlying  the  conglomerate  consists  almost  entirely  of  small 
grains  of  chert Overlying  the  conglomerate  and  cherty  sand- 
stone, probably  conformably,  is  a  thick  series  of  sandstones,  sandy  clays,  and 

variously  colored  soft  shales The  upper  portion  of  the  series 

consists  mainly  of  medium  soft,  argillaceous  sandstone  with  a  small  amount 
of  thin-bedded  shale  interstratified  with  it.  These  latter  beds  are  well  exposed 
along  the  crest  of  the  San  Antero  hills.  Another  belt  of  mediimi  hard  sand- 
stone occupies  a  narrow  area  near  the  central  part  of  the  map,  at  the  gas 


78  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

springs.     The  gas  escapes  from  this  member  of  the  series The 

two  largest  areas  of  Umestone  occur  in  the  south  central  part  of  the  district. 
The  medium  soft,  argillaceous  sandstone  is  represented  in  yellow,  the  clays 
and  shales  in  citrine,  the  basal  sandstone  and  conglomerate  in  brown,  and 
the  chert  in  red.  A  peculiar  featiire  of  the  series  is  the  great  lithologic  varia- 
tion."    .... 

The  Poso  series  was  followed  southward  up  the  valley  of 
the  Rio  Sinu  to  above  Monteria  and  along  the  east  flank  of 
the  Cerros  de  las  Palomas,  where  sandstones  predominate  in 
great  thickness.  At  a  locality  12  miles  northwest  of  Cerete 
the  formations  are  almost  exclusively  sandstones,  often  very 
siliceous,  as  if  derived  from  underlying  cherts.  They  stand 
at  high  angles  with  a  strike  of  N.  70°  E.,  and  a  dip  of  not  less 
than  45°  to  the  northwest.  Mr.  K.  D.  White,  who  visited  this 
district  after  the  writer's  visit,  says,  in  part : 

"All  exposures  of  rock  seen  were  phases  of  sandstone.  In  fact,  no  outcrops 
of  pure  shale  were  found.  The  lowest  bed,  forming  the  center  of  the  anticline, 
is  massive  gray,  micaceous  sandstone,  with  interstratified  layers  of  grit,  also 
massive  in  bedding.  The  grit  members  have  layers  of  conglomerate  that  are 
typically  millstone  grit.  The  entire  series  is  ferruginous;  above  the  grit  beds 
the  sandstones  become  finer  grained,  more  compact  and  siliceous.  Many 
seepages  of  petroleum  issue  from  these  sandstones."     .... 

Concerning  a  locality  some  12  miles  west  of  Cerete,  Mr. 
Martin  says : 

"All  the  rocks  observed  are  of  sedimentary  origin.  They  consist  of  shale, 
soft,  sandy  clays,  fine  and  coarse  grained  sandstone,  and  conglomerate.  .  .  . 
Thin  layers  of  conglomerate  and  grit  can  be  seen  closely  associated  with  fine 
sandstone  and  clay.     The  colors  of  these  rocks  vary  from  very  light  gray 

through  blue,  gray  and  yellowish  gray  to  brown The  rocks  are 

well  stratified  in  general,  although  in  places  the  strata  are  so  greatly  crushed 
that  the  bedding  could  not  be  distinguished  from  fracture  planes.  The  inclin- 
ation of  the  strata  varies  considerably Owing  to  [this  fact]  no 

well  defined  folds  could  be  distinguished.  In  the  vicinity  of  the  gas  and  oil 
springs,  where  more  detailed  work  was  done  the  beds  have  been  crushed 
and  twisted  to  such  a  degree  that  it  becomes  impossible  to  recognize  any 

definite   structure The   oil   here   appears   to   be   seeping   from 

greatly  crushed  clay  shale  and  fine-grained  sandstone.  Some  of  the  rock 
fragments  have  a  strong  odor  of  petroleum.  The  gas  springs  consist  of  eight 
or  ten  small  vents  from  which  small  quantities  of  inflammable  gas,  water  and 

mud  are  escaping Small  mud  cones  from  one  to  three  feet  high 

have  been  built  up  about  the  vents."     .... 

Farther  south  and  nearly  west  of  Monteria,  on  the  east 
flank  of  the  Palomas  range,  the  beds  are  less  sandy  and  show 


Vol.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA         79 

a  disposition  to  become  shaley,  but  they  exhibit  the  same 
structural  conditions  as  before.  Mr.  Martin,  who  worked  in 
this  district,  reports  in  part : 

"The  younger  beds  consist  of  grits,  massive  sandstone,  soft  shaley  sand- 
stone, and  soft  mudstones.  The  grits  and  massive  sandstone  are  hard  and 
usually  thick-bedded.    The  shaley  sandstones  and  mudstones  are  thin-bedded 

and  greatly  fractured The  rocks  are  so  arranged  that  three  or 

four  distinct  lithologic  divisions  can  be  distinguished."     .     ,     ,     . 

His  report  divides  the  strata  of  this  district  as  follows : 

1.  An  upper  shale  and  sandstone  member 1500  feet 

2.  A  sandstone  and  grit  member 2000  feet 

3.  A  basal  shale  member 1500  feet 

Total 6000  feet 

The  upper  member  of  this  section  is  probably  later  in  age 
than  the  Poso  series,  and  may  be  Miocene.  The  lower  mem- 
bers are  undoubtedly  referable  to  this  series.  They  are  of  a 
dark  bluish  or  gray  color,  are  considerably  indurated,  and  are 
much  folded  and  faulted.  The  strike  is  N.  20°  E.,  and  the  in- 
clination is  from  45°  to  75°. 

There  are  two  or  more  closely  folded  anticlines  in  the  area 
examined  and  several  seepages  of  petroleum  and  gas.  Con- 
cerning these  structures,  Mr.  Martin's  report  continues : 

"Along  the  axes  of  the  folds  the  strata  are  often  vertical.  In  going  across 
the  strike  away  from  the  axis  the  inclination  gradually  decreases,  until  dips 

as  low  as  10°  are  sometimes  found The  sequence  of  beds  is  similar 

over  the  entire  area.  Near  the  axis  shales  occur  in  every  case.  The  petroletun 
[and  gas]  usually  comes  out  with  more  or  less  acrid  or  sulphurous  water,  and 
accumulates  on  the  spot  as  black  asphaltiun,  the  gas  springs  often  forming 
small  mounds  of  mud,  or  'mud  volcans'." 

After  an  excursion  made  into  the  Palomas  range,  some  30 
miles  southwest  of  Monteria,  Mr.  Ruckman  reported : 

"Many  interesting  seepages  of  oil  and  gas  were  found  together  with  many 

mud   volcanoes,    characteristic   of   this   region No   igneous   or 

schistose  rocks  were  observed,  while  jasper  and  chert  occur  only  as  float 
from  the  Palomas  range." 

After  describing  the  sedimentary  beds  from  which  the  oil 
and  gas  were  issuing,  the  report  continues : 


8Q  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

"This  series  [of  strata]  ....  is  almost  certainly  Mr.  Martin's 
'Poso  series.'  It  is  made  up  of  a  highly  folded  series  of  fine,  thin-bedded,  or 
massive,  micaceous  sandstone,  and  fine,  rather  hard,  blue-black  shale  con- 
taining calcareous  concretions  and  occasional  lenses  of  limestone.  Fragments 
of  chert  and  limestone,  similar  to  those  in  the  Cerro  de  Cispata,  forming  several 
types  of  conglomerate  were  noted  along  the  streams  draining  the  Palomas 
mountains.    The  petroleimi  of  all  the  seepages  noted  was  associated  with  the 

shale On  the  Quebrada  Matamoras  there  is  a  very  fine  seepage 

of  light  oil.     The  oil  comes  directly  from  the  shale,  and  evaporates,  leaving 

only  a  stain  on  the  shale The  seepages  extend  for  600  feet  along 

the  creek,  issuing  with  some  gas.  The  bedrock  is  almost  entirely  shale  standing 
nearly  vertical,  the  lowest  dip  being  45°  toward  the  Palomas  mountains, 
suggesting  an  overturn." 

Rocks  of  the  Poso  series  occur  also  near  San  Andres, 
though  not  in  the  thickness  noted  in  the  foregoing  quotations. 
At  a  point  on  the  San  Andres-Momil  road,  some  three  miles 
east  of  the  former  place,  an  outcrop  of  these  beds  was  noted 
in  1915.  They  consist  of  thin-bedded,  dark,  sometimes  green- 
ish-gray clay  shales  and  nodular,  or  concretionary,  limestones. 
In  places  they  are  gravelly,  with  pebbles  of  hard,  dark,  si- 
liceous rocks,  such  as  occur  in  the  underlying  Tofeme  member 
of  the  Eocene.  These  shales  have  a  strike  of  N.  30°  E.,  and 
dip  rather  steeply  to  the  southeast.  They  are  overlaid  by  a 
brown  or  rusty-colored  sandstone  having  a  similar  strike  and 
dip,  which,  upon  further  observation,  appears  to  rest  uncon- 
formably  upon  the  older  series.  These  sandstone  beds  are 
fossiliferous,  and  belong  unquestionably  to  the  Miocene  (Tu- 
bera)  group,  later  described.  These  two  formations  are 
probably  represented  by  the  two  portions  of  the  "Huertas 
series"  of  Beck. 

On  the  coastward  side  of  the  Palomas  range,  the  Cerro  de 
Cispata,  and  the  Coloso  range,  the  Poso  series  is  exposed  in 
many  localities.  At  the  west  foot  of  the  Coloso  range  there 
is  a  series  of  somewhat  indurated,  dark  tlay  shales,  sand- 
stones, and  hard  conglomerate,  without  fossils,  as  far  as 
observed,  folded  into  a  sharply  compressed  syncline  in  which 
the  aggregate  thickness  of  strata  is  not  less  than  2,500  feet. 
This  section  was  visited  by  Mr.  Martin  and  the  writer  in  1914, 
and  the  conclusion  was  reached  that  the  series  was  identical 
with  the  Poso  series  of  his  earlier  report.  The  strike  of  the 
beds  is  roughly  parallel  with  the  general  line  of  the  coast,  or 
nearly  northeast  and  southwest.     Seepages  of  oil  were  found 


Vol.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA         gj^ 

here  issuing  from  shales  near  the  base  of  the  series,  as  is 
usually  the  case. 

Similar  beds  occur  about  Cispata  Bay  to  the  north  and  west 
of  the  Cerro  de  Cispata,  and  here  too  are  found  seepages  of 
gas  smelling  of  petroleum. 

The  same  series  outcrops  near  Paso  Nuevo  and  at  other 
points  along  the  coast.  A  few  miles  to  the  southeast  of  Moni- 
tos,  beneath  the  sandy  beds  of  the  Miocene,  which  here  follow 
the  coast,  standing  at  a  high  angle,  there  are  hard,  dark- 
colored  shales  and  sandstones,  also  highly  inclined  (60°  to 
75°),  striking  parallel  to  the  coast  line,  and  overlying  the 
Eocene.  Their  observed  thickness  was  estimated  at  1,500 
feet,  though  it  is  probably  more.  Beneath  are  fossiliferous 
beds  of  Eocene  age,  and  above  are  the  Miocene  sandstones 
with  molluscan  fossils. 

The  shales  here  described  have  elsewhere  been  called  the 
"Monitos  shales,"  probably  representing  the  Oligocene. 

Crossing  the  Rio  Canalete  somewhat  above  its  mouth,  and 
extending  thence  into  the  hills  to  the  east  of  Cordoba,  on  the 
Rio  Cordoba,  there  is  a  series  of  dark  clay  shales  and  sand- 
stones from  which  issue  many  seepages  of  light  oil.  This 
series  is  not  only  highly  folded  and  perhaps  faulted,  but,  more- 
over, the  strata  are  much  crushed  and  crumpled  and  in  places 
reduced  to  a  structureless  complex.  Overlying  these  beds 
along  the  coast  and  extending  to  the  Bay  of  Arboletes,  there 
are  steeply  inclined  Miocene  sandstones  and  shales  with  many 
well  preserved  fossils. 

Near  the  Bay  of  Arboletes  and  near  the  contact  of  the  two 
sedimentary  series  is  the  great  "mud  volcano"  of  this  district, 
rising  about  75  feet  above  the  coastal  terrace,  and  covering 
some  40  acres  of  area.  Much  gas  escapes  from  the  pool  of 
mud  at  the  top,  smelling  strongly  of  petroleum.  Not  far  away 
outcrop  the  underlying  shales  in  which  are  found  seepages  of 
oil,  and  which  are  probably  the  source  of  the  gas.  The  same 
body  of  shales  extends  along  the  coast  for  some  miles  toward 
the  Gulf  of  Uraba.  That  this  series  of  shales  and  standstones 
from  which  issue  the  oil  and  gas  belongs  to  the  Poso  series 
there  can  scarcely  be  a  doubt,  although  no  fossils  were  found 
in  it. 


32  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

A  nearly  parallel  zone  of  the  same  series  of  strata  crosses 
the  Quebrada  del  Aguila,  a  tributary  of  the  Rio  Canalete, 
about  15  miles  east  of  the  Bay  of  Arboletes.  The  locality  is 
known  as  El  Aguila,  and  is  on  the  coast  side  of  the  Palomas 
range.  Here  hard  sandstones  and  shales  are  well  exposed, 
though  much  broken  and  faulted,  and  standing  at  a  high  angle. 
Five  or  six  miles  south  of  El  Aguila  similar  shales  and  sand- 
stones are  exposed  in  the  bed  of  a  small  stream,  and  are  less 
broken  by  faulting.  The  strike  is  about  N.  30°  E.,  and  the  dip 
is  not  less  than  75°  to  the  northwest.  About  1,000  feet  of 
strata  are  exposed  here,  from  which  seepages  of  oil  and  gas 
are  issuing.  Three  miles  to  the  north  are  the  mud  volcanoes 
of  San  Diego,  which  cover  not  less  than  40  acres  of  area. 
These  vents  have  brought  to  the  surface  many  fragments  of 
hard  sandstone,  calcite,  limonite,  lignite  and  other  mineral 
debris.    The  water  escaping  with  the  gas  is  slightly  saline. 

Many  other  examples  of  these  formations  could  be  given, 
though  they  seem  unnecessary.  One  of  their  chief  characteris- 
tics is  the  presence  in  them  of  seepages  of  petroleum  and  gas, 
and  the  accompaniment  of  the  well-known  mud  volcanoes  of 
this  region.  This  characteristic,  together  with  their  frequent 
stratigraphic  position  between  Eocene  rocks  below  and  often 
fossiliferous  Miocene  beds  above,  serves  for  their  identification 
even  where  stratigraphic  evidence  is  not  complete. 

The  oil  is  believed  to  be  largely  indigenous,  though  in  part 
it  may  have  originated  in  the  underlying  Eocene  formations, 
which  contain  foraminiferal  and  other  organic  strata,  and  in 
some  places  are  bituminous,  though  to  a  less  degree  than  the 
strata  of  the  Poso  series. 

Structures.  The  structural  conditions  of  the  Poso  series 
have  been  already  suggested  in  the  foregoing  notes  and  quota- 
tions. As  a  whole  the  series  is  highly  folded,  if  not  faulted, 
and  it  has  been  much  denuded  subsequent  to  its  folding.  In 
the  range  of  foothills  west  of  the  Rio  Sinu,  where  the  series  was 
most  studied,  there  are  found  two  or  more  somewhat  com- 
pressed anticlines  with  intervening  synclines  on  the  east  slope 
of  the  Palomas  range,  and  as  many  on  the  westward,  or  coast 
slope  of  the  same.     Such  a  fold  is  found  in  the  vicinity  of 


Vol.  XVIIIJ      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA         §3 

Arboletes  Bay,  and  another  farther  inland.  Still  others  are 
known  in  the  vicinity  of  El  Aguila  and  the  Lorencita. 

Within  these  highly  folded  areas  of  the  Poso  series  other 
strata  both  older  and  younger  are  involved,  and  in  such  cases 
the  boundaries  are  often  uncertain.  In  fact  it  would  not  be 
easy  to  disentangle  the  several  series  even  were  the  country 
less  covered  with  jungle  and  more  accessible  by  roads  than 
it  is. 

The  amount  of  faulting  that  has  affected  these  Tertiary 
areas  is  not  known,  though  there  are  many  evidences  that 
faulting  even  on  a  large  scale  has  disturbed  various  sections  of 
the  country.  One  such  fault  has  long  been  recognized,  and 
appears  in  the  section  drawn  by  Beck  (p.  465).  This  is 
probably  the  fault  that  traverses  the  west  foot  of  the  Coloso 
range,  and  is  known  as  the  "Bolivar  fault."  The  full  extent 
of  this  fault  has  not  been  ascertained,  though  it  is  not  confined 
to  the  locality  of  the  Coloso  range.  It  extends  from  here 
southward  toward  Monteria,  and  northward  toward  San 
Cayetano,  and  may  even  connect  with  the  faulting  west  of 
Arenal  and  of  Usiacuri. 

Stratigraphic  relations.  The  stratigraphic  relations  of  the 
Poso  series  to  the  beds  above  and  below  have  already  been 
suggested  in  the  foregoing  paragraphs.  Near  Lorica  in  the 
Cerro  de  Cispata  as  well  as  in  the  Cerro  de  San  Sebastian,  the 
Poso  series  is  found  resting  unconformably  upon,  or  against, 
the  cherts  and  other  rocks  of  the  Eocene.  Along  the  west  foot 
of  the  Coloso  range  the  Bolivar  fault  complicates  the  problem 
by  cutting  the  formations  near  the  line  of  boundary  between 
the  Eocene  and  the  Poso  series,  yet  the  lithologic  contrast  in 
the  two  is  easily  recognized.  Also  in  the  conglomerates  of  the 
latter  are  found  many  pebbles  and  boulders  of  the  cherts  that 
characterize  the  former.  No  other  source  than  the  strata  of 
the  Eocene  appears  to  be  possible  for  the  pebbles  of  chert  and 
jasper  found  in  the  conglomerates  of  the  Poso  series,  and  this 
fact,  in  the  absence  of  direct  evidence  as  to  the  age  of  the  lat- 
ter, is  sufficient  to  show  that  this  series  is  at  least  post-Eocene. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  Eocene  is  often  richly  fossiliferous 
in  both  Mollusca  and  Foraminifera,  while  the  Poso  series, 
with  the  exception  of  certain  genera  of  the  latter,  is  rather 


84  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

poor  in  fossil  remains.  In  the  section  drawn  by  Werenfels^ 
for  the  district  of  Toluviejo,  which  possibly  applies  equally 
well  to  that  of  the  lower  Sinu  valley,  the  "Toluviejo  series," 
with  its  fauna  of  Lepidocyclina  and  Numulites  species,  is  ten- 
tatively placed  by  him  in  the  upper  Eocene,  though  most  of  the 
genera  mentioned  in  his  text  seem  to  have  been  found  in  the 
middle  Oligocene  of  Santo  Domingo.^  The  "Pacini  shales" 
of  his  section,  for  which  he  estimates  a  thickness  of  over  3,200 
feet,  are  possibly  in  part  within  the  Poso  series  of  the  present 
paper,  and,  moreover,  he  assigns  them  to  the  Oligocene.  The 
lower  part  of  the  Poso  series,  as  found  near  San  Antero,  con- 
sists of  calcareous  concretionary  shales  as  shown  by  Mr. 
Ruckman. 

The  stratigraphic  relations  of  his  several  "series,"  one  to  the 
other,  are  not  stated  by  Werenfels,  nor  are  they  indicated  in 
his  section.  It  is  not  possible,  therefore,  to  fix  their  position 
in  the  scale  of  the  present  plan  with  much  confidence,  though 
some  suggestions  may  be  offered  regarding  them.  The  cor- 
relation of  the  lower  part  of  the  Beck  column  with  his  "Pacini 
shales"  appears  to  be  erroneous,  since  the  Tofeme  formation 
of  Beck  is  undoubtedly  Eocene  in  age,  as  shown  in  a  former 
paper.^  May  it  not  be  possible  that  the  "Toluviejo  series" 
of  Werenfels  is  only  the  lower  part  of  the  Poso  series,  and 
that  the  "Pacini  shales"  correspond  to  the  upper  part? 

R.  H.  Liddle  has  given  a  "Composite  geologic  column"  for 
western  Venezuela,®  in  which  the  "Oligocene"  strata  of  the 
Maracaibo  basin  are  shown  as  having  a  maximum  thickness 
of  5,500  feet,  of  which  the  Pauji  shales,  the  lower  part,  con- 
stitute more  than  half. 

Only  a  few  mollusks  and  Foraminifera  (chiefly  Lepido- 
cyclina) are  mentioned  to  "indicate  that  the  fomiation  is  of 
marine  and  not  of  deltaic  origin." 

This  group  is  followed  historically  by  an  uplift  and  erosion 
interval,  while  upon  it,  in  some  places,  rests  1,000  feet  of  mas- 
sive coralline  limestone  and  sandy  beds,  the  San  Luis  forma- 
tion.    Overlying  this  group  is  that  of  the  Agua  Clara  shales, 

"  Werenfels,  A.,  Eclogae  geol.  Helvet.,  vol.  20,  1926,  pp.  81-83. 

« Vaughan,  T.  W.,  and  Woodring,  W.  P.,  Geol.  Surv.  Domin.  Rep.,  Mem.  vol.  1, 
1921,  pp.   107,   108,  etc. 

^Anderson,  F.  M.,  Proc.   Calif.   Acad.  Sci.,  vol.   17,   1928,  p.   4. 

«  Liddle,   R.   A.   The  Geology  of  Venezuela,  etc.    1928,   pp.   54,   241,  etc. 


Vol.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA         g5 

sometimes  1,500  feet  in  thickness.  These  are  described  as 
"dark-gray,  sandy,  micaceous,  locally  very  fossiliferous  shales, 
which  gradually  become  more  sandy  toward  the  top,"  and 
passing  without  visible  structural  break  into  the  Cerro  Pelado 
formation  (Miocene)  consisting  of  "massive  or  flaggy  and 
shaley  sandstones  interbedded  with  arenaceous  lignitic  shale." 
Each  of  these  groups  is  discussed  at  length  in  the  body  of  the 
book,  and  some  indications  given  as  to  the  faunas  of  each,  to- 
gether with  notes  as  to  their  correlations. 

Without  offering  any  final  judgment  as  to  the  faunas  and 
the  correctness  of  the  correlations,  it  may  be  remarked  in  pass- 
ing that  the  lists  of  molluscan  genera  and  species  given  as 
representing  the  Agua  Clara  formation  suggest  its  Miocene 
age,  rather  than  Oligocene,  and  its  equivalence,  in  part  at 
least,  to  the  Tubera  group  described  later.  These  remarks  do 
not  apply,  however,  to  the  whole  of  the  San  Luis  formation, 
which,  according  to  Liddle,  seems  to  be  conformably  overlaid 
by  the  Agua  Clara  group. 

Concerning  the  Pauji  shales,  and  possibly  a  part  of  the  San 
Luis  formation,  with  the  large  Foraminifera  Lepidocyclina 
species,  there  should  be  less  question  as  to  their  Oligocene  age. 
Their  stratigraphic  body  and  their  fauna  both  seem  compar- 
able to  the  middle  Oligocene  of  Santo  Domingo,  as  described 
by  Vaughan  and  Woodring.® 

Along  the  Colombian  north  coast  the  Poso  series  described 
in  the  preceding  pages  is  regarded  as  directly  comparable  to 
the  latter,  and  therefore,  also  to  the  Pauji  shales  and  related 
strata  of  western  Venezuela. 

Age  of  the  Poso  scries.  Unconformable  relations  between 
the  Poso  series  and  the  underlying  Eocene  have  already  been 
shown  at  the  type  locality  of  the  former  near  San  Sebastian, 
and  in  the  Cerro  de  Cispata  northwest  of  Lorica.  In  the  con- 
glomerates of  the  Poso  series  on  the  east  slope  of  the  Cerros 
de  Las  Palomas  are  found  the  cherts  and  other  rocks  of  the 
underlying  Eocene.  Such  facts  are  noted  in  other  parts  of  the 
country. 

•  Vaughan,  T.  W.,  and  Woodring,  W.  P.,  Geol.  Surv.  Domin.  Rep.,  Mem.  vol.  1, 
1921,  pp.   107-108. 


g^  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Similar  relations  between  the  Poso  series  and  the  overlying 
Miocene  were  also  pointed  out  in  certain  localities.  Local 
evidence  of  such  unconformity  was  found  near  Lorica  as  is 
shown  in  the  report  of  Mr.  John  H.  Ruckman,  and  near  San 
Andres  as  noted  on  a  preceding  page. 

As  for  the  definite  assignment  of  the  Poso  series  to  the 
Oligocene  at  the  present  time  there  is  some  reservation.  It 
may  be  in  part  Miocene,  though  there  are  reasons  for  believing 
that  the  larger  part  of  it  is  older.  The  series  as  a  whole  is 
clearly  post-Eocene  as  has  been  said,  and  in  view  of  the  occur- 
rence of  undisputed  Oligocene  in  other  Antillean  regions  it 
should  be  expected  to  occur  here  also  in  commensurate  volume. 

The  general  absence  of  molluscan  fossils,  which  are  abun- 
dant in  the  Miocene  of  north  Colombia,  the  more  varied 
lithology  of  the  Poso  series,  as  contrasted  with  the  known 
Miocene,  the  frequent  occurrence  of  petroleum  or  its  indica- 
tions, not  observed  in  the  Miocene,  and  other  features  that 
could  be  mentioned,  all  suggest  not  only  a  different  but  older 
age  than  the  Miocene  of  either  of  the  groups  that  are  de- 
scribed below. 


The  Miocene  Series 

Regarding  the  occurrence  of  Miocene  deposits  in  Colombia, 
there  is  more  satisfactory  evidence  than  that  regarding  the  Olig- 
ocene. On  the  geologic  map  of  North  America  Willis  shows  later 
Tertiary  deposits  widely  distributed  over  the  northern  parts  of 
South  America,  particularly  in  the  valley  of  the  Orinoco,  about 
Lake  Maracaibo  and  in  the  valleys  of  northern  Colombia,  ex- 
tending far  into  the  interior  of  the  country,  along  the  Magda- 
lena,  the  Cauca,  the  San  Jorge  and  the  Cesar  rivers,  about  the 
Gulf  of  Uraba  and  along  the  west  coast.  Thence  they  extend 
into  other  countries  bordering  the  Caribbean  Sea. 

The  areas  actually  covered  by  Neocene  deposits  in  Colombia 
are  much  smaller  than  that  shown  on  the  map,  and  strictly  are 
confined  to  relatively  narrow  zones  along  the  coasts  and  along 
some  of  the  larger  rivers.  For  example,  marine  deposits  of 
Neocene  age  do  extend  along  the  valley  of  the  Magdalena  in 
more  or  less  continuity  to  the  delta  areas  at  the  mouths  of  the 
Rios  Sogamoso  and  Carare,  where  marine  deposits  give  place 


Vol.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA        g/ 

to  only  partly  marine  in  the  Oponcito  group.  Above  this  the 
Miocene  deposits  are  continuous  but  transitional  in  character 
until  they  connect  with  the  non-marine  deposits  of  the  Barza- 
losa  group  of  the  upper  Magdalena  previously  described. ^° 

A  part  of  the  marine  Miocene  strata  of  northern  Colombia 
has  already  been  described  in  earlier  papers,  though  not  the 
entire  series.  In  fact,  no  complete  statement  of  the  marine 
sequence  or  of  its  distribution  can  be  made  at  present.  As  for 
their  distribution,  the  known  Miocene  deposits  extend  east- 
ward from  the  Gulf  of  Uraba  along  the  Colombian  coast  to 
the  Sierra  Nevada  de  Santa  Marta,  and  beyond  this  range 
they  occur  again  near  Rio  Hacha,  and  according  to  accounts 
they  extend  from  there  southward  into  the  valley  of  the  Rio 
Cesar,  very  possibly  to  its  mouth  where  it  connects  with  the 
Magdalena.  At  any  rate  they  are  believed  to  fill  the  entire 
valley  above  its  mouth. 

Washburn  and  White^^  have  given  a  thick  section  of  Terti- 
ary sediments  as  occurring  in  the  valley  of  the  Rio  Cesar,  a 
large  part  of  which  is  given  a  position  between  the  lower 
Tertiary  and  the  late  Pliocene,  but  as  no  reference  is  made  to 
fossils,  it  is  impossible  to  conjecture  what  portion  of  the  Mi- 
ocene column  is  represented  in  the  section. 

Huntley  and  Mason"  also  give  an  immense  section  of  pre- 
sumably marine  Miocene  strata  (after  Bossier)  as  occurring 
in  southwestern  Colombia  along  the  Pacific  coast.  Some  of 
the  sandy  shales  contain  fossils,  but  there  is  no  attempt  to  in- 
dicate what  part  of  the  Miocene  they  represent,  if,  indeed,  it 
is  known. 

Eastward  from  the  Gulf  of  Uraba  the  marine  Miocene  de- 
posits are  not  quite  continuous,  and  are,  moreover,  involved 
with  older  formations  and  are  known  only  in  part,  as  will  be 
shown  later. 

Along  the  lower  stretches  of  the  Magdalena  north  of 
Mompos  fossiliferous  marine  Miocene  deposits  underlie  most 
of  the  surface,  but  in  turn  are  also  overlaid  by  later  deposits, 
partly  land-laid  and  partly  marine.     From  the  Magdalena  the 

"Anderson,  F.  M.,  Bull.  Geol.  Soc.  Am.,  vol.  38,  1927,  pp.  612,  etc. 

"  Washburn,  C,  and  White,  K.  D.,  Tr.  Am.  Inst.  Min.  Met.  Eng.,  vol.  68, 
1923,   p.    1026. 

"  Huntley,  L.  G.,  and  Mason,  S.,  Tr.  Am.  Inst.  Min.  Met.  Eng.,  vol.  68, 
1923,  p.  1018. 


88  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Miocene  deposits  extend  westward  into  the  valley  of  the  Rio 
San  Jorge,  and  from  there  they  pass  into  the  valley  of  the 
Sinu,  which  they  occupy  in  part.  About  the  lower 
Sinu  valley  they  enter  into  the  composition  of  the  lower  hills 
near  the  coast,  and  possibly  connect  with  the  deposits  along 
the  coast  about  the  Gulf  of  Morrosquillo.  Miocene  deposits 
overlie  the  Poso  series  near  San  Onofre  and  southward  from 
this  village  toward  Tolu  and  the  Bay  of  Cispata.  Along  the 
coast  to  the  southwest  of  Cispata  Bay  they  appear  again  near 
Punta  Piedras,  Monitos,  Bruquelles,  Mangle,  the  Bay  of  Ar- 
boletes  and  farther  toward  the  Gulf  of  Uraba,  and  along  the 
Atrato  river. 

In  all  these  points  beyond  the  Bay  of  Cispata  the  strata 
stand  at  a  high  angle  dipping  toward  the  sea,  and  with  a  strike 
nearly  parallel  with  the  coast  line.  For  the  most  part  they 
appear  to  be  only  sparingly  fossiliferous,  though  enough  fos- 
sils have  been  found  for  the  definite  determination  of  the  mid- 
dle part  of  the  Miocene.  On  the  Ouebrado  de  Murindo,  a 
tributary  of  the  Rio  Canalete,  some  15  miles  from  the  coast, 
fossiliferous  beds  occur,  standing  at  high  angles,  as  will  be 
described  later,  from  which  numerous  molluscan  species  have 
been  obtained. 

In  the  districts  about  the  lower  Magdalena  the  Miocene 
deposits  attain  a  great  development,  and  a  thickness  much  in 
excess  of  that  found  by  the  writer  in  other  parts  of  the  Co- 
lombian coast.  In  a  former  estimate  of  an  incomplete  section 
to  the  west  of  the  river  the  thickness  was  given  as  5,400  feet, 
or  more.  Other  writers  have  given  the  thickness  of  the 
Miocene  series  in  certain  parts  of  the  country  as  near  8,000 
feet,  but  without  detailed  infonnation  as  to  the  strata  or  the 
contained  faunas. 

Later  study  of  the  section  in  the  district  west  of  Barran- 
quilla  necessitates  some  modification  of  the  divisions  formerly 
proposed,  since  the  apparent  thickness  is  somewhat  increased 
by  faulting. 

Briefly,  three  distinct  groups  of  strata  have  been  recognized 
here  as  shown  below,  of  which  the  central  group  constitutes 
at  least  half  the  entire  series  as  known  at  present.  They  are 
approximately,  as  follows: 


Vol.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA         gg 

Galapa  (La  Popa)  group 1650  feet 

Tuberd  group 2650  feet 

Las  Perdices  group 1000  feet 

Total 5300  feet 

Las  Perdices  group.  In  the  earlier  statement^'  referred  to 
above  there  is  a  brief  description  of  some  400  feet  of  strata 
outcropping  near  Las  Perdices;  about  15  miles  west  of  Bar- 
ranquilla,  which  appeared  to  be  of  Miocene  age,  but  which  also 
appeared  to  be  separated  from  the  overlying  Tubera  group  by 
a  disconformity.  No  definite  name  was  proposed  for  these 
beds,  but  in  the  present  paper  the  above  name  is  proposed. 
The  group  as  here  exposed  consists  of  clay  shales,  sandy  shales 
and  hard  cherty,  or  siliceous  beds  and  some  sandstone. 

The  shales  contain  at  this  locality  a  few  species  of  Mollusca, 
scales  of  fishes  and  bone  fragments,  sponge  spicules  and 
numerous  Foraminifera,  as  mentioned  in  the  former  account. 
Samples  of  these  shales  were  examined  by  Dr.  G.  Dallas 
Hanna,  and  his  note  regarding  these  forms  is  here  included 
for  completeness : 

"The  shales  contain  a  very  considerable  number  of  fossils,  the  groups 
being  represented  about  as  follows  in  order  of  abundance:  (1)  Radiolaria; 
(2)  Diatomaceae;  (3)  Foraminifera;  (4)  Sponges;  other  organisms  are  scarce. 
There  has  been  pyritization  to  a  considerable  extent  and  many  of  the  chambers 
of  the  fossils  are  filled  with  iron  sulphide.  A  great  many  of  the  diatoms  have 
been  replaced  entirely  and  internal  casts  of  the  frustules  are  abundant. 
Coscinodiscus  was  the  only  genus  definitely  identified  in  this  group.  Many 
of  the  genera  and  some  of  the  species  of  Radiolaria  are  the  same  as  have  been 
found  in  the  famous  deposit  on  Barbados  Island  and  which  Payne  has  put 
definitely  in  the  Miocene.  Some  of  the  genera  are:  Stylodictya,  Histiaslrum, 
Siylosphcera  and  Eucyrtidium.  Foraminifera  are  scattered  rather  sparingly 
through  the  mass  of  the  material,  the  common  genera  being:  Glohigerina, 
Orbulina,  Lagena,  Truncatulina,  Cassidulina,  Nodosaria,  Anomalina,  Fron- 
dicularia,  Plectofrondicularia  and  Bolovina.  It  is  believed  that  these  organisms 
oflfer  a  means  whereby  a  definite  correlation  can  be  made  with  strata  of  known 
age  elsewhere.  This  preliminary  examination  indicates  that  the  formation 
lies  very  close  to  the  base  of  the  Miocene,  if,  in  fact,  it  is  not  the  lowermost 
part  of  the  sediments  of  that  period." 

A  few  miles  to  the  north  of  this  locality  and  west  of  Puerto 
Colombia,  similar  shales  are  exposed  along  the  sea  cliffs  for  a 
mile  or  more,  with  a  strike  of  nearly  east  to  west,  and  a  dip 

"Anderson,  F.  M.,  Proc.  Calif.  Acad.   Sci.,  vol.   16,   1927,  p.  88. 

March  29,  1929 


90  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

toward  the  south  of  40°  to  60°,  and  are  here  overlaid  by  fos- 
siliferous  sandstones  of  the  succeeding  group,  which  also  dip 
southward.  The  underlying  shales  contain  a  variety  of  micro- 
organisms, among  which  are  Foraminifera,  scales  of  fishes, 
the  following  molluscan  fauna  and  coral : 

Cancellaria,  new  species.  Turris  albida  (Perry) 

Afi/ra  maMry«  Anderson,  new  species  ,  Cassis  {Phalium)  dalli  Anderson, 

Scobinella  moriereiQ)  (Laville)  new  species 

Polinices  prolactea  Anderson,  new  Drillia  eupora  Dall 

species  Dentalium  granadanum  Anderson, 
Psammobia  (Gari  ?)  new  species 

Cyathomorpha  sp. 

While  most  of  the  species  are  new,  and  therefore  not  at 
present  serviceable  for  correlation,  yet  they  are  definitely  of 
Miocene  aspect;  a  few  of  them  indicate  a  low  position  in  this 
series.  From  the  stratigraphic  evidence  they  clearly  belong 
beneath  the  Tubera  group,  and  are  regarded  as  a  northward 
extension  of  the  Las  Perdices  group. 

Some  10  miles  to  the  west  of  Barranquilla,  and  extending 
to  the  southwest,  the  lowest  beds  of  the  Miocene  are  brought 
to  the  surface  along  the  axes  of  a  series  of  anticlinal  folds, 
faulted  in  part,  extending  from  near  Puerto  Colombia  to  the 
vicinity  of  Cienega  de  Oro,  a  total  distance  of  over  100  miles. 
Beds  believed  to  be  Oligocene  are  also  brought  up  beneath  the 
Miocene. 

Near  the  village  of  Usiacuri  the  lowest  beds  exposed  con- 
sist of  clay  shales,  shaley  sandstone,  and  calcareous  layers,  in 
all  some  600  feet  in  thickness  which  constitute  a  distinct  strati- 
graphic  group.  These  strata  are  here  rather  poor  in  molluscan 
remains,  though  microscopic  marine  organisms  have  been 
noticed  in  some  of  them.  From  such  remains  as  have  been 
found  they  are  believed  to  be  Miocene  in  age,  and  in  part 
equivalent  to  those  exposed  along  the  beach  west  of  Puerto 
Colombia,  and  at  Las  Perdices,  or  in  other  words  to  represent 
the  Las  Perdices  group,  as  described  above. 

Near  the  top  of  this  group  at  Usiacuri,  springs  of  sulphur- 
ous water  issue  from  the  strata,  which  give  to  this  village  its 
repute  as  a  health  resort.  The  water  is  bottled  and  sold  in  the 
neighboring  towns  as  a  health  beverage.  Here  the  lower 
group  terminates  above  by  a  lithologic  change  in  the  character 


Vot.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA        gi 

of  the  sediments,  which  become  suddenly  more  sandy,  and  at 
the  same  time  they  also  acquire  a  rich  fauna  of  marine 
Mollusca. 

The  line  of  separation  between  the  Las  Perdices  group  and 
the  succeeding  group  here  is  probably  near  the  springs  of  sul- 
phurous water,  or  immediately  below  the  village,  which  is 
situated  on  the  east  flank  of  the  fold.  No  angular  uncon- 
formity in  the  strata  was  found  here,  though  it  is  suggested  by 
the  lithologic  change,  the  abrupt  appearance  of  the  marine 
Mollusca,  and  by  the  springs  of  sulphurous  water. 

The  thickness  of  the  Las  Perdices  group  is  not  at  present 
known,  though  between  Usiacuri  and  the  axis  of  the  fold  to 
the  west  the  exposed  thickness  of  strata  is  probably  not  less 
than  1,000  feet.  In  other  parts  of  the  country  it  is  believed  to 
be  greater. 

From  a  comparison  of  the  three  localities  thus  far  studied  it 
can  be  said  that  a  disconformity  is  indicated,  and  that  it 
probably  can  be  fully  demonstrated  by  further  work  in  this 
field. 

Olsson  described  a  disconformity  between  the  Uscari  for- 
mation of  Costa  Rica  and  the  overlying  Gatun,^*  and  an  over- 
lap of  the  latter  upon  the  older  rocks  of  the  region.  Similar 
relations  exist  with  regard  to  the  Tubera  group  as  was  shown 
by  Mr.  Ruckman's  account  of  the  district  about  the  lower  Sinu 
valley.  The  stratigraphic  position  of  this  disconformity  in  the 
Colombian  Miocene  seems  to  be  lower  than  the  base  of  the 
Gatun  group  as  found  in  the  Canal  Zone.  However,  this  dis- 
conformity has  not  been  shown  to  exist  in  the  Canal  Zone, 
unless  the  Emperador  limestone  should  prove  to  belong  prop- 
erly to  a  higher  horizon  than  has  usually  been  conceded  for  it. 
Vaughan  has  suggested  that  it  may  possibly  find  a  place 
among  the  equivalents  of  the  Langhian  (Burdigalian)  of 
Europe.'^^  May  it  not  also  be  possible  that  the  Uscari  forma- 
tion of  Olsson  and  the  Las  Perdices  group  of  the  present 
paper,  when  fully  known,  will  find  a  similar  place  in  the  se- 
quence of  Antillean  stratigraphy  ? 

The  Tubera  group.  In  the  earlier  paper  to  which  reference 
has   been   made   the   writer   gave   a   brief   summary   of   the 

"  Olsson,  A.  A.,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  9,  1922,  p.  784.  ^^I 

"Vaughan,  T.   W.,   Bull.   Geol.   Soc.  Am.,  vol.   3S,    1924,  p.   731.  '. 


92  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Colombian  marine  Miocene  deposits  as  found  in  the  vicinity  of 
the  lower  Magdalena  valley.  On  the  basis  of  its  fossil  zones 
it  was  divided  into  horizons,  lettered  respectively  from  M  to  T 
in  ascending  order. 

The  name  Tub  era  group  was  first  suggested  for  this 
sequence  of  strata  in  1926^"^  but  without  any  definite  delimita- 
tion. Later  the  name  was  employed  in  a  more  definite  treat- 
ment/^ and  while  recognizing  the  three  distinct  fossil  ho- 
rizons, namely  M  -  N,  P,  and  R,  the  faunal  contents  of  only  the 
lower,  M  -  N,  was  given,  consisting  of  some  64  species  of  Mol- 
lusca.  A  tentative  correlation  of  this  and  the  succeeding  ho- 
rizons was  suggested,  but  without  elaboration,  since  for  the 
two  upper  horizons  no  faunal  lists  were  given. 

The  sequence  of  strata  embraced  in  the  Tubera  group  has  a 
thickness  of  not  less  than  2,650  feet.  It  consists  for  the  most 
part  of  incoherent  sandstones  and  sandy  shales,  divisible  into 
some  local  lithologic  members,  though  none  that  seems  to  have 
any  great  areal  extent.  No  conspicuous  and  essentially  organic 
members  have  been  discovered. 

The  fossil  horizons  probably  have  greater  geographic  range 
and  stratigraphic  value.  The  group  is  well  represented  about 
Tubera  mountain  and  its  environs,  whence  the  name.  Of  the 
sequence  forming  this  group,  horizon  M  -  N  is,  at  its  type  lo- 
cality, confined  to  the  lower  550  feet.  Horizon  R  falls  within 
the  upper  600  feet,  while  horizon  P  occupies  a  position  near 
the  middle,  and  is  probably  embraced  within  a  stratigraphic 
range  of  300  to  400  feet. 

Between  these  several  horizons  the  beds  are  somewhat  bar- 
ren of  fossils,  in  the  immediate  district  about  Tubera  moun- 
tain, and  in  fact  as  far  as  known  elsewhere  along  the  coast. 

In  its  geographic  distribution  the  Tubera  group  extends 
over  a  wide  region,  and  it  appears  to  represent  the  more  usual 
facies  of  the  Colombian  Miocene,  whereas  the  older  group  has 
been  definitely  detected  only  within  restricted  areas.  Within 
the  limits  of  north  Colombia  this  group  lias  been  recognized 
at  such  distant  points  as  the  Gulf  of  Uraba,  Arboletes  Bay, 
Rio  Canalete,  Lorica,  San  Andres,  Zambrano,  El  Banco,  Tur- 
baco,  Cartagena,  Punta  Pua,  Tubera  mountain,  and  along  the 

"Anderson,  F.  M.,  Bull.  Amer.  Assoc.  Petrol.  Geol.,  vol.   10,  1926,  pp.  387  &  399. 
"Anderson,  F.  M.,  Proc.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  vol.   16,   1927,  pp.  87-90. 


Vol.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA         93 


west  flank  of  the  Sierra  Nevada  de  Santa  Marta.  However, 
it  is  believed  to  extend  much  farther,  as  into  the  valleys  of  the 
Rio  San  Jorge  and  the  Rio  Cesar.  Only  a  few  of  the  locali- 
ties in  which  the  group  occurs  can  be  considered  in  detail  at 
the  present  time. 

Local  occurrences.  Among  the  several  districts  in  which 
the  Tubera  group  has  been  proved  is  that  of  the  upper  drain- 
age of  the  Quebrada  Murindo,  a  tributary  of  the  Rio  Canalete 
draining  the  west  slope  of  the  Las  Palomas  range.  The  district 
lies  some  12  to  15  miles  from  the  coast  and  somewhat  farther 
from  Monteria.  Mr.  K.  D.  White,  who  visited  this  district,  de- 
scribes in  detail  a  sharply  folded  anticline  traversing  it  in  a 
north  to  south  direction,  on  the  opposite  sides  of  which  he 
gives  stratigraphic  sections  respectively  3,000  and  5,000  feet 
in  thickness.  Of  these  B  -  B  is  much  the  less  complete,  since  it 
does  not  reach  the  axis  of  the  fold.  Section  C  -  C  crosses  the 
axis  upon  which  are  found  various  seepages  of  oil,  not  found 
on  the  other. 

Of  the  latter  section  some  2,300  feet  of  the  lower  part  is  not 
fossiliferous.  Fossils  are  found  throughout  section  B  -  B,  but 
through  only  the  upper  part,  2,700  feet,  of  section  C  -  C. 
These  sections  are  respectively  represented  by  the  numbers 
354  and  355,  from  which  were  obtained  the  following  partial 
lists  of  species : 


Loc.  354  (C.  A.  S.) 
Pitaria  tryoniana  (Gabb) 
Cardium  dominicense  Gabb 
Cardium  venuslum  (?)  Gabb 
Chatna  scheibei  Anderson 
Pecien  vaginulus  (?)  (Dall) 
Cyclinella  gatunensis  Dall 
Conus  consobrinus  Sowerby 
Conus  molis  Brown  &  Pilsbry 
Turritella  altilira  Conrad 
Fusinus  henekeni  (Sowerby) 
Terebra  cirra  Dall 
Serpulorbis  sp. 


Loc.  355  (C.  A.  S.) 
Pitaria  cora  (Brown  &  Pilsbry) 
Cardita  scabricostala  Guppy 
Cardium  lingualeonis  (?)  Guppy 
Cyclinella  gatunensis  Dall 
Tellina  cibaoica  (?)  Maury 
Area  trinitaria  Guppy 
Polinices  subclausa  Sowerby 
Oliva  gatunensis  Toula 
Potamides  avus  Brown  &  Pilsbry 
Bullaria  paupercula  Sowerby 
Strombus  proximus  Sowerby 
Strombina  sp. 


Many  other  species  could  be  added  to  these  lists,  but  the 
number  is  perhaps  sufficient.  The  lithologic  character  of  the 
strata  from  which  they  come  is  similar  to  that  of  the  Tubera 


94  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

group,  and  is  in  contrast  with  the  underlying  barren  beds  in 
which  the  seepages  of  oil  occur  along  the  axis  of  the  fold. 

Near  San  Andres  the  Tubera  group  is  represented  by  sun- 
dry localities,  containing  representative  species,  as  the 
following : 

Loc.  302  (C.  A.  S.),  four  miles  Loc.  303  (C.  A.  S.),  three  miles 

south  of  San  Andres  east  of  San  Andres 

CylichneUa  gatunensis  Dall  Chione  walli  Guppy 

Mactrella  elegans  (Sowerby)  Tellina  gatunensis  (Toula) 

Natica  guppy  ana  Toula  Surcula  servata  Conrad 

Architectonica  gatunensis  (?)  Toula  Area  sp. 

Loc.  350  (C.  A.  S.)  Arboletes  Bay 
Tivela  mactroides  (Bom)  Bullaria  paupercula  (Sowerby) 

Cardium  lingualeonis  Guppy  Olivella  indivisa  Guppy 

Cardium  haitense  Sowerby  Potamides  avus  Brown  &  Pilsbry 

Chione  mactropsis  (Conrad)  Bittium  adele  Dall 

At  the  hamlet  Jesus  del  Monte,  between  Carmen  and  Zam- 
brano,  near  the  base  of  the  Miocene  were  obtained : 

Turris  albida  (Perry)  Natica  guppyana  (?)  Toula 

Cancellaria  sp.  Turritella  altilira  (?)  Conrad 

Area  sp.  Glycymeris  sp. 

At  the  village  of  El  Banco  on  the  Rio  Magdalena,  some  170 
miles  above  Barranquilla,  a  zone  of  crystalline  rocks  crosses 
the  course  of  the  stream.  On  the  east  flank  of  this  zone  at  the 
mouth  of  the  Rio  Cesar,  and  immediately  beneath  the  village, 
there  are  soft  yellowish  brown  sandstones  overlaid  by  blue 
clay  shales  forming  a  part  of  a  thicker  series  which  presum- 
ably rests  upon  the  pre-Tertiary  crystalline  rocks,  which 
crosses  the  river  to  the  west.  The  sandstones  have  a  gentle 
dip,  6°  to  8°,  to  the  eastward.  One  stratum  is  largely  com- 
posed of  broken  and  decomposed  marine  shells,  but  beneath 
this  are  standstones  from  which  better  preserved  fossils  may 
be  obtained.  Only  a  few  species  were  collected,  but  a  number 
of  genera  were  recognized  in  these  beds,  including.  Area, 
Glycymeris,  Chione,  Ostrea,  Anomia,  Pecten,  Olivella,  Tur- 
ritella, Terebra,  Phos,  Polinices  and  many  others.  None  of 
the  species  characteristic  of  the  lower  horizon  of  the  Tubera 
group  were  found,  while  nearly  all  of  them  were  such  as  are 
found  abundantly  in  the  higher  beds,  horizon  P  of  this  group. 


Vol.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA        95 

In  view  of  the  occurrence  of  the  older  crystalline  rocks  to 
the  west,  and  the  easterly  dip  of  the  Miocene  beds,  this  occur- 
rence may  be  regarded  as  belonging  to  the  Tertiary  area  of  the 
valley  of  the  Rio  Cesar,  rather  than  to  that  of  the  lower  Magda- 
lena.  The  crystalline  rocks  here  may  be  interpreted  as  form- 
ing a  connecting  link  between  the  pre-Tertiary  area  of  the 
Sierra  Nevada  and  that  of  the  Cordillera  Central,  as  stated 
elsewhere. 

Comparison  of  horizons.  At  most  places  in  Colombia  where 
the  Miocene  beds  have  been  noted  by  other  writers  they  have 
been  indiscriminately  mentioned  as  representing  the  Gatun 
formation  of  the  Canal  Zone,  though  the  definite  basis  for 
this  view  has  not  been  given.  However,  in  truth,  most  of 
the  accessible  exposures  do  represent  horizons  above  that  of 
M  -  N,  the  lowest  part  of  the  Tubera  group.  Whether  this 
fact  is  due  to  overlap  of  the  later  horizons  beyond  the  limits 
of  the  lower,  or  to  other  circumstances  of  deposition  can  not' 
now  be  stated. 

On  the  basis  of  faunal  content  only  the  middle  portion  of 
the  Tubera  group  should  be  regarded  as  the  equivalent  of  the 
Gatun  formation  of  the  Canal  Zone.  The  expansion  of  the  name 
"Gatun"  to  include  all  of  the  Miocene  sequence,  even  where  the 
sequence  is  a  conformable  series,  does  not  appear  to  the  writer 
as  justifiable. 

The  number  of  molluscan  species  obtained  from  the  entire 
group  by  the  writer  has  not  exceeded  165,  though  from  lists 
published  by  Dr.  Pilsbry  and  others  the  total  number  could  be 
considerably  increased.  Of  the  entire  number  obtained  38 
species  are  added  in  the  present  contribution  as  new  species, 
and  doubtless  many  others  will  subsequently  be  found. 

The  stratigraphic  range  of  many  of  these  forms  is  of  course 
not  known  at  present.  Some  of  them  doubtless  range 
throughout  the  Miocene  while  others  are  of  short  stratigraphic 
duration. 

For  the  purpose  of  correlation  a  list  of  86  of  the  better 
known  species  have  been  selected  from  the  total  number  as 
being  most  representative.  This  list  segregates  the  species  as 
to  horizons,  as  far  as  known  at  present.  Little  more  than  a 
tentative  attempt  is  claimed  for  the  segregated  lists  as  they 
here  appear. 


96 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


[Proc.  4th  Ser. 


Species 


Terebra  sulcifera  Sowerby 

Terebra  gatunensis  Toula 

Terebra  cirra  Dall 

Terebra  haitensis  Dall 

Terebra  bipartita  Sowerby 

Conus  sewalli  Maury 

Conus  imitator  Brown  &  Pils 

Conus  molis  Brown  &  Pils 

Conus  recognitus  Guppy 

Conus  planiliratus  Sowerby 

Conus  stenostomus  Sowerby 

Turris  albida  (Perry) 

Drillia  eupora  Dall 

Cancellaria  dariena  Toula 

Cancellaria  guppyi  Gabb 

Cancellaria  cossmanni  Olsson 

Turritella  altilira  Conrad 

Turritella  perattenuata  Heilp 

Turritella  fredeai  Hodson 

Turritella  mimetes  Brown  &  Pils 

Turritella  gatunensis  Conrad 

Turritella  cartagenensis  Brown  &  Pils 

Crucibulum  gatunense  (Toula) 

Architectonica  granulata  (Lamarck) .  , 
Architectonica  quadriseriata  (Sow.).  . 

Natica  guppyana  Toula 

Natica  cuspidata  Guppy 

Polinices  subclausa  Sowerby 

Calliostoma  grabaui  Maury 

Calliostoma  olssoni  Matuy 

Oliva  cylindrica  Sowerby 

OUva  sayana  Ravenel 

Oliva  brevispira  Gabb 

Marginella  ballista  Dall 

Marginella  conformis  Sowerby 

Mitra  dariensis  Brown  &  Pils 

Mitra  longa  Gabb 

Scobinella  morierei  (Laville) 

Fasciolaria  kempi  (Maury) 

Fusinus  henekeni  (Sowerby) 

Murex  domingensis  Sowerby 

Murex  mississippiensis  Conrad 


Tuberd  Group 


M-N 


R 


Other  Regions 


Cer-I  Ga-lTam- 
cado    tun      pa 


Vol,  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA 


97 


Species 


Typhis  siphonifera  Dall 

Distortrix  simillima  (Sowerby) 

Cyprea  henekeni  Sowerby 

Cyprea  gabbiana  Guppy 

Malea  ringens  (Swainson) 

Sconsia  laevigata  (Sowerby) 

Strombina  chiriquiensis  Olsson 

Serpulorbis  papulosa  Guppy 

Serpulorbis  granifera  (Say) 

Petaloconchus  sculpturatus  Lea .  .  . . 

Area  patricia  Sowerby 

Area  macdonaldi  Dall 

Area  actinophora  Dall 

Area  dariensis  Brown  &  Pils 

Area  lloydi  Olsson 

Glyeymeris  jamaieensis  Dall 

Glyeymeris  earbasina  Brown  &  Pils. 

Glyeymeris  lamyi  Dall 

Ostrea  megadon  Hanley 

Pecten  mortoni  Ravenel 

Peeten  demiurgus  Dall 

Peeten  pinulatus  Toula 

Pecten  bowdenensis  Dall 

Spondylus  bostrychites  Guppy 

Crassatelites  densus  Dall 

Venericardia  brassica  Maury 

Cardita  arata  (Conrad) 

Cardita  scabricosta  Guppy 

Echinochama  antequata  Dall 

Cardium  domingense  Gabb 

Cardium  lingualeonis  Guppy 

Cardium  gorgasi  Hanna 

Cardium  serratum  Linnaeus 

Cardium  venustum  Gabb 

Dosinia  delieatissima  Brown  &  Pils. 
Dosinia  acetabulum  (?)  Conrad.  .  .  . 

Clementia  dariena  (Conrad) 

Cyclinella  gatunensis  Dall 

Cyclinella  eyeliea  (Guppy) 

Antigona  caribbeana  Anderson 

Antigona  blandiana  (Guppy) 

Callocardia  gatunensis  Dall 


Tuberd  Group 

Other  Reg 

Cer- 

Ga- 

M-N 

P 

* 

R 

eado 

tun 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 
* 

* 

* 
* 

* 

* 
* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

*? 

* 

* 
* 
* 
* 

* 
* 
* 
* 

* 

* 
* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 
* 
* 
* 

* 

* 
* 

* 
* 

* 

* 
* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

*? 

* 

* 
* 

* 

Tam- 
pa 


98 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


[Phoc.  4th  Seb. 


Tubera  Group 

Other  Regions 

species 

M-N 

* 
* 

* 
* 

* 

* 

* 
* 

* 
* 
* 

* 
* 

* 
* 

R 

Cer- 

cado 

Ga- 

tun 

* 
* 

* 

* 
* 

Tam- 
pa 

Pitaria  circinata  (Bom) 

Pitaria  cercadica  Maury 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

Macrocallista  macula ta  Linnaeus 

* 

Chione  nuciformis  Heilprin 

Chione  mactropsis  (Conrad) 

Chione  latilirata  (Conrad) 

Tellina  dariena  Conrad 

* 

Tellina  gatunensis  (Toula) 

Semele  sardonica  Dall 

* 

Mactrella  elegans  (Sowerby) 

Labiosa  gibbosa  (Gabb) 

Labiosa  gardnerse  Spieker 

Galapa-La  Popa  group.  In  the  table  of  correlations  here  in- 
cluded, above  the  uppermost  horizon  of  the  Tubera  group 
there  is  a  considerable  sequence  of  beds  the  exact  position  of 
which  in  the  column  may  be  subject  to  debate.  On  account  of 
their  apparent  conformity  with  the  Tubera  group  they  are 
here  regarded  as  of  Miocene  age,  though  they  may  be 
younger.  Such  beds  are  found  in  the  neighborhood  of  Galapa 
to  the  south  of  Barranquilla,  and  also  at  the  base  of  La  Popa 
hill  near  Cartagena.  Near  Galapa  they  consist  of  little  con- 
solidated beds  of  calcareous  sandstone,  while  at  La  Popa  hill 
and  about  the  Harbor  of  Cartagena  they  consist  of  well- 
stratified  but  somewhat  incoherent  sandy  shales  and  clays  with 
calcareous  layers  of  marl. 

In  the  former  locality  the  strike  is  generally  N.  20°  E.  and 
the  dip  is  easterly.  The  thickness  is  not  definitely  known, 
though  an  estimate  of  1,650  feet  is  believed  to  be  conservative. 
They  are  rich  in  marine  fossils,  among  which  Pecten  pre- 
dominates although  Doshiia,  Cardium,  and  various  gastropod 
forms  have  been  found. 

The  La  Popa  formation  found  in  the  vicinity  of  Cartagena 
has  an  aggregate  thickness  of  1,000  feet,  or  more,  though  it  is 
not  well  exposed.  The  structural  condition  exhibited  in  these 
deposits  is  at  variance  with  those  of  Galapa,  in  that  the  dis- 


Vol.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA        99 

trict  is  traversed  by  east  to  west  faults  that  produce  scarps  of 
some  prominence,  as  seen  in  the  south  face  of  La  Popa  hill 
itself,  and  in  the  north  face  of  the  hill  of  Cospique  on  the  east 
side  of  the  Harbor. 

In  the  syncline  lying  between  the  Tubera-Piojo  uplift  and 
the  coast  similar  beds  are  found  of  which  the  contained  fossils 
cannot  now  be  given. 

These  beds  do  not  appear  to  cover  the  general  areas  of  the 
older  Miocene,  but  are  local  and  are,  as  far  as  known,  con- 
fined to  districts  near  the  present  coast.  None  have  been  ob- 
served far  inland.  Not  only  are  they  conformable  upon  the 
Tubera  group  in  the  districts  where  they  have  been  observed, 
but  they  participate  in  the  structural  features  of  the  latter. 

From  the  fact  that  they  are  not  coextensive  with  the  Tu- 
bera group,  but  are  local  in  their  occurrence,  it  may  well  be 
sumiised  that  they  do  not  form  a  continuous  series  with  it, 
but  may  be  separated  from  it  by  an  unconformity  the  signifi- 
cance of  which  should  not  be  overlooked.  Possibly  an  uplift 
of  the  land  areas  near  the  close  of  the  Miocene  excluded  the 
sea  from  the  larger  part  of  the  region  previously  covered  by 
it.  For  these  reasons  it  would  be  well  to  reserve  final  judg- 
ment as  to  the  proper  position  of  the  Galapa  group  until  more 
data  are  obtained  than  the  writer  possesses  at  the  present. 

Pliocene  Deposits 

Contrary  to  the  view  expressed  in  the  preceding  paragraphs, 
the  late  Miocene  epoch  has  often  been  regarded  as  one  of  up- 
lift for  the  general  region  of  the  Caribbean.  This  was  at  one 
time  apparently  the  view  of  Dr.  Vaughan,^^^  in  whose  conception 
an  extensive  emergence  of  land  areas  in  late  Miocene  time  was 
followed  by  warping  and  local  submergence  during  the  Pli- 
ocene, concerning  which  he  says  in  part : 

"Subsequent  to  the  Miocene  there  have  been  many  oscillations  of  the 
West  Indian  area,  and  during  perhaps  Pliocene  time  there  was  profound  de- 
formation." 

In  the  same  paper  Dr.  Vaughan  regards  the  Toro  limestone 
of  the  Canal  Zone  as  of  Pliocene  age,  and  with  it  classes 

"a  Vaughan,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  Bull.   103,  1919,  pp.  608-609. 


IQQ  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

also  certain  deposits  of  Limon,  Costa  Rica,  and  others  far  to 
the  east.  Concerning  the  district  about  the  lower  Magdalena 
with  which  the  present  paper  deals,  he  says  (p.  594)  : 

"Mr.  George  C.  Matson  collected  at  Barranquilla,  Colombia,  some  fossils 
that  belong  to  a  fauna  younger  than  that  obtained  around  Usiacuri,  and  may  be 
of  Pliocene  age." 

The  rocks  classed  tentatively  as  Pliocene  by  the  present 
writer  are  abundant  around  Barranquilla  and  the  mouth  of  the 
Magdalena.  A  good  section  is  found  along  the  railroad  be- 
tween Puerto  Colombia  and  Salgar.  The  strata  here  un- 
dulate, but  on  the  whole  dip  10°  eastward  along  the  shore. 
The  following  sequence  is  the  result  of  careful  study  of  the 
beds  exposed  here : 

d.  Upper  coral  limestone 250  feet 

c.  Incoherent  sandstones 350  feet 

b.  Lower  coral  limestone 160  feet 

a.  Sandy  clay  shales 150  feet 


Total  thickness 910  feet 

These  limestones  contain  a  great  variety  of  corals  and  many 
Mollusca  including  Cyprea,  two  species  of  Codakia,  many 
species  of  Pecten,  oysters,  and  various  gastropods.  The  coral 
limestones  resemble  that  in  the  quarries  at  Barranquilla,  and, 
in  fact,  their  connection  is  not  difficult  to  trace  on  the  surface. 
In  these  quarries  which  are  worked  for  lime,  there  is  a  greater 
variety  of  corals  than  on  the  beach,  and  also  of  Mollusca. 
Here  and  in  most  places  the  corals  and  shells  are  largely  re- 
duced to  the  condition  of  soft  marls  in  which  are  some  harder 
layers  and  lenses  of  coral  rock.  These  beds  may  be  followed 
along  the  Galapa  road  for  many  miles,  where  they  are  almost 
always  horizontal  in  attitude.  They  seem  to  have  been  at  one 
time  more  extensive  toward  the  west  but  have  suffered  much 
denudation,  leaving  the  limestone  more  or  less  local  in  its 
present  occurrence. 

Quite  similar  beds  cover  the  top  of  La  Popa  hill  near  Car- 
tagena, but  here  rise  to  an  elevation  of  some  500  feet  above 
the  sea  and  have  an  inclination  of  about  15°  or  more  toward 
the  north.     They  form  here  a  distinct  reef,  75  to  80  feet  in 


Vol.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA      IQl 

thickness,  resting  upon  marly  shale  of  about  equal  thickness 
which  is  underlaid  by  the  sandy  shales  of  the  La  Popa  forma- 
tion. Beds  of  the  same  character  cover  the  top  of  the  hill  of 
Cospique,  and  occur  also  at  Turbaco  at  an  elevation  of  about 
500  feet  above  the  sea.  Corals  and  molluscan  shells  are  abun- 
dant in  all  of  these  points,  and  are  usually  reduced  to  charac- 
teristic marl. 

These  supposed  Pliocene  deposits  with  coralline  reefs  of  the 
sort  here  described  occur  at  intervals  along  the  Colombian 
coast,  apparently  not  always  resting  upon  the  same  horizon  of 
the  Miocene.  Such  beds  are  found  on  the  island  of  Terra 
Bomba,  Isla  de  Baru,  Bayunca,  and  at  points  beyond  the  Bay 
of  Cispata. 

The  general  attitude  of  these  coral  reefs  and  the  associated 
beds  does  not  appear  to  be  harmonious  with  the  underlying 
Miocene.  They  were  not  observed  above  an  altitude  of  500 
feet,  while  the  Miocene  often  rises  to  much  greater  heights. 
The  deposits  appear  to  be  in  some  respects,  and  in  some  places, 
unconformable  upon  the  underlying  Miocene,  though  a  clear 
case  of  unconformity  was  not  found. 

With  regard  to  age  there  are  some  general  stratigraphic 
facts  that  may  be  mentioned.  Elevated  beaches  and  late 
Quaternary  deposits  of  beach  origin  skirt  the  hills  near  sea 
level,  and  Quaternary  gravels  form  old  valley  floors  in  many 
parts  of  the  country  and  along  the  coasts.  Such  deposits  are 
nearly  always  horizontal,  and  clearly  have  no  relation  to  the 
supposed  Pliocene  deposits,  except  to  show  their  distinctly 
more  recent  origin. 

Only  a  few  of  the  fossil  corals  so  abundant  and  varied  in 
these  deposits  have  received  any  attention.  Three  species  only 
have  been  noted  from  the  reef  on  La  Popa  hill.  On  a  visit  to 
Cartagena  in  1898  the  Princess  Theresa  von  Bayern  personally 
went  to  the  summit  of  La  Popa  hill  and  collected  four  speci- 
mens of  coral  from  the  reef  that  caps  the  same.  These  corals 
were  left  at  the  Academy  of  Sciences  at  Munich,  and  were 
later  described  by  Herr  Johanes  Felix,  under  the  following 
names : 

Orhicella  theresiana  Felix 
IsastrcBa  turbinata  Duncan 
Stephanocmnia  fairbanksi  (?)  Vaughan 


102  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Concerning  the  first  of  these  species  Dr.  Vaughan  says  that 
it  is  ''probably  a  synonym  of  Solenastrea  bournoni  M.  Ed- 
wards &  Haime."  FeUx  was  unable  to  reach  any  conclusion 
as  to  age  from  his  study  of  these  corals,  though  he  thought 
they  were  probably  Miocene. 

Correlations 

While  exact  correlations  of  the  Colombian  Tertiary  groups 
and  horizons  with  others  of  the  Caribbean  and  Central  Ameri- 
can regions  can  not  yet  be  made  with  complete  confidence,  a 
tentative  attempt,  based  upon  known  facts  may  be  well  worth 
while. 

On  the  whole  the  Miocene  series  and  groups  seem  to  cor- 
respond fairly  well  with  those  of  Santo  Domingo,  as  for  ex- 
ample the  Yaque  group,  with  the  possible  exception  of  its  low- 
est member,  the  Baitoa  formation,  containing  species,  of 
Orthaiilax  and  associated  forms.  The  fauna  of  the  Las  Per- 
dices  group  is  not  yet  well  known,  but  with  further  search  it 
may  well  prove  to  be  the  equivalent  of  the  Baitoa,  as  suggested 
in  the  accompanying  table.  Horizon  M  -  N  of  the  Tubera 
group  lacks  the  species  that  characterize  the  Baitoa  formation, 
and  that  are  found  in  similar  lower  Miocene  deposits  of  the 
Gulf  Coast  which  have  been  correlated  with  it.  On  the  other 
hand,  a  comparative  study  of  its  fauna  shows  horizon  M  -  N 
of  the  Tubera  group  to  be  more  closely  related  to  the  Cercado 
formation  of  the  Yaque  group  than  to  any  of  the  others,  as 
the  following  statements  will  show. 

Of  the  64  moUuscan  species  thus  far  found  in  this  horizon, 
only  15  appear  in  the  list  from  the  Gatun  formation  given  by 
Brown  &  Pilsbry,  as  enumerated  by  Vaughan. 

Of  the  species  found  in  the  Cercado  formation,  according  to 
Maury,  something  more  than  5  per  cent  are  found  also  in  the 
recent  Antillean  fauna.  Of  the  64  species  of  horizon  M  -  N, 
not  more  than  four  are  also  found  in  the  living  faunas  of  the 
Pacific  and  Caribbean  seas,  and  the  number  may  be  less.  In 
any  case  it  will  not  exceed  7  per  cent  of  recent  species,  and 
this  estimate  is  liberal. 

Horizon  P  of  the  Tubera  group  shows  even  stronger  re- 
semblance to  the  Gatun  fonnation  of  the  Canal  Zone.    Of  the 


Vol.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA      JQS 


a; 

a 

% 

'■+J 

OS 

'c 
o 

o 

c 

_a3 
+3 

Upper 
Langhian 

Lower 
Langhian 

G 

OS 

'c 

03 

'3 
< 

G 
03 

o3 

0 

•n 

o 

OJ 

-go 

^— " 

'£.  ^ 
O   cd 

:=!  c 
•>.2 

o  J3 

o3  ■+-( 
•— > 

4- 

1 

1 

oS  (U 
G  G 

jjnia  UiTilV 

c3 

s 

O 

3 
t 

o 

i  1 

H         pq 

03'-'    OJ 

b 
o 

a: 

o 
o 

is 

C 

o 
o 

1 

is 

c 

0 

0 

vo 

a      >5 

dnojto  ^aaqnx 

o 

e 

o 
Q 
o 

02 

Ow 

2 

c3   G   C         O   0.2   03 

1 
1 

pqwW 

og 

(D    G 
^1 

dnojQ  anbBj^ 

a 

^  S 

03    U3 

03 

c3 

o  c  mO 

CL  3    1/3 

foo 

"d                     ^ 

^  1      1  111 

1    0          0    p-o 
0                  a 

G 
o 

d 

oj 

O 

W5          'O 

o    §^ 

»H  r>-. 

2  0 
^^ 

s  s 

c^         0   0) 

XJ       .G  S 
<a      00 

jaddj^    1        ^IPPTIV        1                J3Ai.oq 

9U90OlX(J 

3    U    9 

D 

0 

I  w 

ausDoSiio 

104 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


[Proc.  4th  Ser. 


86  Species  contained  in  the  foregoing  lists  from  the  Tubera 
group,  37  are  common  to  horizon  P  and  the  Gatun  group,  and 
of  these  24  do  not  appear  in  the  older  beds  of  horizon  M  -  N. 
Among  the  species  not  found  in  horizon  M  -  N,  but  which 
appear  to  characterize  the  next  fossil  horizon  and  the  Gatun 
as  well,  as  found  at  the  Spillway,  are  the  following : 


Malea  ringens  (Swainson) 
Sconsia  Icevigaia  (Sowerby) 
Distortio  simillima  (Sowerby) 
Mitra  dariensis  Brown  &  Pilsbry 
Conus  sewalli  Maury 
Cancellaria  dariana  Toula 
Crucihulum  gatunense  (Toula) 
Turritella  mimetes  Brown  &  Pilsbry 


dementia  dariena  (Conrad) 

Callocardia  gatunensis  Dall 

Area  actinophora  Dall 

Area  dariensis  Brown  &  Pilsbry 

Tellina  dariana  Conrad 

Dosinia  delicatissima  Brown  &  Pils. 

Cardium  domingense  Gabb 

Cardium  serratum  Linnaeus 


To  these  others  could  be  added,  but  are  perhaps  unneces- 
sary. An  indirect  evidence  of  their  equivalency  gives  even 
better  support. 

Although  A.  A.  Olsson^®  appears  to  have  expanded  the 
"Gatun  group"  to  include  beds  both  higher  and  lower  than 
the  strata  found  at  the  Spillway  of  the  Canal,  he  counts  no 
less  than  334  species,  of  which  he  says  about  13  per  cent  are 
identical,  or  closely  related,  to  recent  species.  Of  the  117 
species  found  in  horizon  P,  15  are  represented  in  the  recent 
faunas  on  the  two  sides  of  the  Isthmus,  or  about  12.8  per  cent, 
a  figure  very  close  to  that  of  Olsson. 

Continuing  the  parallel  comparisons,  it  can  perhaps  be 
shown  that  the  equivalents  of  the  Bowden  fauna  are  to  be 
found  in  horizon  R  of  the  Tubera  group,  and  above  it,  though 
this  is  not  apparent  in  the  foregoing  lists. 

The  correlations  suggested  in  the  table  for  the  series  older 
and  younger  than  the  Miocene  are  tentative  only,  and  have 
been  sufficiently  discussed  in  the  preceding  pages,  the  former 
under  the  heading  of  Stratigraphic  relations  of  the  Poso 
series,  and  the  latter  under  other  appropriate  headings,  to 
which  little  can  be  added  here. 


>•  Olsson,  A.  A.,  Bull.  Amer.  Pal.,  vol.  9,  1922,  pp.  183,  188,  etc. 


Vol.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA      JQS 

Description  of  Species 

On  the  following  pages  are  noted  most  of  the  species  that 
have  been  recognized  in  the  marine  Miocene  groups  of  north 
Colombia,  but  without  any  claim  of  supplying  an  exhaustive 
list  of  the  same.  Without  the  aid  of  large  collections  of  ma- 
terial from  these  groups  that  are  available  for  comparison  in 
other  institutions  of  the  country,  much  reliance  has  necessarily 
been  placed  upon  published  figures  and  descriptions  which  pre- 
sumably were  intended  to  be  adequate  for  this  purpose.  Some 
of  the  Miocene  forms  from  the  Carribbean  region  have,  un- 
fortunately, been  illustrated  by  unsatisfactory  figures,  but 
where  this  is  the  case  the  author  of  such  has  little  ground  for 
complaint  if  other  writers  fail  to  recognize  his  species.  In 
many  such  cases  later  writers  have  gratuitously  supplied  bet- 
ter figures,  and  where  this  has  been  done  recourse  has  been 
had  to  them.  Photographic  illustrations  are  thus  available  in 
the  valuable  contributions  of  Miss  Maury,  A.  A.  Olsson, 
W.  P.  Woodring,  Dr.  Pilsbry  and  his  co-workers,  and  by 
others,  so  that  one  need  not  often  go  astray  in  his  determina- 
tions of  the  better  known  forms. 

As  might  have  been  expected  from  the  backward  state  of 
paleontologic  study  in  the  marine  Miocene  of  South  America, 
some  new  species  have  been  brought  to  light,  and  when  the 
material  has  justified  it  these  new  forms  have  been  entered  in 
the  lists  with  proper  description.  In  addition,  a  few  forms 
already  known  from  other  Antillean  regions  have  been  illus- 
trated with,  or  without  description  when  this  has  seemed 
desirable. 

The  order  in  which  the  species  have  been  taken  up  is  almost 
without  regard  to  any  scheme  of  taxonomy,  but  merely  that  of 
a  convenient  arrangement  of  the  forms  noted. 


March  29,  1929 


105  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Peoc.  4th  Ser. 

Gastropoda 

1.  Terebra  sulcifera  Sowerby 

Terebra  sulcifera  Sowerby,  Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  6,  1849,  p.  47; 
Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. — -Guppy,  (part)  Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc. 
Lond.,  vol.  32,  1876,  p.  525,  pi.  29,  fig.  8;  Loc.  as  above. — Maury, 
Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  5,  1917,  p.  186,  pi.  3,  fig.  12;  Loc.  as  above. 

This  species  is  the  largest  of  the  Terebras  found  in  the 
Caribbean  Miocene,  one  incomplete  specimen  of  10  whorls 
measuring  95  mm.  in  length  and  22  mm.  in  width  near  the 
base.  If  complete,  this  specimen  would  have  a  length  of  over 
120  mm.  In  size,  as  well  as  in  the  sculpture  of  the  mature 
shell,  this  form  resembles  T.  petiti  Maury  (not  T.  petitii 
Kiener),  though  the  younger  shells  clearly  have  the  sculpture 
described  by  Maury  for  T.  sulcifera  Sowerby,  and  these  fea- 
tures are  shown  in  the  younger  whorls  of  all  the  examples. 

This  species  was  found  at  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  in  horizons 
M  -  N  and  R,  and  accordingly  at  the  base  and  near  the  top  of 
the  Tubera  group,  and  presumably  its  range  is  throughout  the 
same. 

2.  Terebra  clethra  (  ?)  Maury 

Terebra  clethra  Maury,  Monog.  Foss.  Ter.  Brazil,  vol.  4,  1925,  p.  198-9, 
pi.  10,  fig.  3;  Lower  Miocene,  Rio  Pirabas. 

Maury's  type  of  this  species  was  either  of  a  small  and  rare 
form,  or  it  was  the  earlier  whorls  of  a  larger  species.  The 
figure  is  said  to  have  been  drawn  from  a  cast.  Two  specimens 
found  near  Usiacuri,  Loc.  306,  both  incomplete,  are  65  mm. 
in  length,  if  entire.  In  form  and  ornamentation  they  resemble 
Maury's  type  too  nearly  to  pennit  their  separation  at  present. 


3.    Terebra  gatunensis  Toula 

Terebra  (Oxymeris)  gatunensis  Toula,  Jahrb.  der  K.  K.  Geol.  Reichs.,  Bd.  58, 
1909,  p.  705,  pi.  25,  fig.  14;  Gatun  formation,  Canal  Zone. 

Terebra  gatunensis,  Brown  &  Pilsbry,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol.  63, 
1911,  p.  339,  pi.  22,  fig.  2;  Gatun  formation,  C.  Z.— Maury,  Bull. 
Am.  Pal.  vol.  5,  1917,  pi.  4,  fig.  5;  Cercado  de  Mao,  Santo  Domingo. — 
Olsson,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  9,  1922,  p.  208,  pi.  1,  figs.  4,  5,  6;  Gatun 
stage.  Canal  Zone. 


Vol.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA      JQ? 

This  species  was  found  in  the  day  shale  near  the  top  of 
the  Tubera  group,  horizon  R,  to  the  west  of  the  Tubera 
mountain. 

4.    Terebra  cirra  Dall 

Terebra  (Acus)  bipartita  Sowerby,  variety  cirrus  Dall,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus., 
vol.  18,  No.  1035,  1895,  p.  38.  River  Amina,  Santo  Domingo; 
Miocene. 

Terebra  (Oxymeris)  bipartita  Dall,  Trans,  Wag.  Fr.  Inst.  Sci.,  vol.  3,  1903, 

pi.  59,  figs.  13,  28,  29;  Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. 
Terebra  cirra  Dall,  Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  5,  1917,  p.  189,  pi.  3,  fig.  17; 

Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. 

This  species  has  been  found  at  Loc.  351,  C.  A.  S.,  near 
Punta  Pua,  near  the  middle  of  the  Tubera  group,  and  at  Loc. 
306,  C.  A.  S.,  at  the  eastern  border  of  Usiacuri  village  at 
about  the  same  horizon.  It  has  been  collected  also  at  Loc. 
299,  C.  A.  S.,  two  miles  southwest  of  Baranoa;  Loc.  325  and 
325-A,  C.  A.  S.,  all  representing  horizon  P  of  the  Tubera 
group,  of  the  Colombian  Miocene. 

5.    Terebra  haitensis  Dall 

Terebra  (Hastula)  haitensis  Dall,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.  18,  1895,  p.  35. — 
Dall,  Trans.  Wag.  Fr.  Inst.  Sci.,  vol.  3,  1903,  p.  35,  pi.  59,  fig.  30; 
Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. — Olsson,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  9,  1922, 
p.  207,  pi.  1,  fig.  3;  Gatun  Stage,  Costa  Rica. — Maury,  Bull.  Am. 
Pal.,  vol.  5,  1917,  p.  194,  pi.  4,  fig.  4;  Cercado  de  Mao,  Miocene, 
Santo  Domingo. 

This  species  has  been  obtained  at  Loc.  299,  southwest  of 
Baranoa,  and  at  Loc.  351,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Punta  Pua,  both  near 
the  middle  of  the  Tubera  group  of  the  Colombian  Miocene. 


6.    Terebra  bipartita  Sowerby 

Terebra  bipartita  Sowerby,  Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  6,  1849,  p.  47; 

Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. — Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  5,  1917,  p. 

187,  pi.  3,  fig.  14;  Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. — Olsson,  Bull.  Am.  Pal. 

vol.  9,  1922,  p.  207,  pi.  1,  figs.  1,2;  Miocene,  Costa  Rica. 
Terebra  (Acus)  bipartita  Sowerby,  Dall,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.  18,  1895, 

p.  38;  not  T.  (Oxymeris)  bipartita  (Sow.)  Dall,  1903,  pi.  59,  figs.  13, 

28,  29,  loc.  cit. 


108  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

This  species  has  been  found  at  Loc.  351,  C.  A.  S.,  near 
Punta  Pua,  near  the  middle  of  the  Tubera  group,  20  miles 
north  of  Cartagena. 


7.    Conus  sewalli  Maury 

Conus  sewalli  Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  5,  1917,  p.  201,  pi.  5,  fig.  3;  pi.  6, 
fig.  3;  Cercado  de  Mao,  Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. — Olsson,  Bull. 
Am.  Pal.,  vol.  9,  1922,  p.  220;  Gatun  Stage,  Canal  Zone,  Panama. 

Excellent  examples  of  this  shell  were  obtained  at  the  Spill- 
way of  the  Canal  in  1914;  it  has  since  been  found  at  two  lo- 
calities in  northern  Colombia,  namely,  Loc.  304,  C.  A.  S., 
four  miles  east  of  Santa  Rosa,  and  at  Loc.  351,  C.  A.  S., 
near  Punta  Pua.  Both  are  at  central  horizons  of  the  Tubera 
group. 


8.    Conus  veatchi  Olsson 

Conus  veatchi  Olsson,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  9,  1922,  p.  216,  pi.  2,  figs.  5,  8; 
Gatun  Stage,  Canal  Zone,  Panama. 

Only  a  single  imperfect  example  of  this  species  was  found, 
and  it  was  obtained  at  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  M  -  N,  near 
the  base  of  the  Tubera  group,  at  the  west  foot  of  Tubera 
mountain. 


9.     Conus  imitator  Brown  &  Pilsbry 

Conus  imitator  Brown  &  Pilsbry,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Phila.,  vol.  63,  1911, 
p.  342,  pi.  23,  fig.  4;  Gatim  formation. — Olsson,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol. 
9,  1922,  p.  217,  pi.  2,  fig.  6;  Gatun  Stage,  Canal  Zone,  Miocene, 
Costa  Rica. 

This  species  was  found  at  various  localities  in  the  Colom- 
bian Miocene.  In  many  respects  it  resembles  C.  chipolanus 
Dall,  from  a  low  horizon  of  the  Gulf  Coast.  It  occurs  at  Loc. 
267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  M-N;  Loc.  325-A,  C.  A.  S.,  near 
Cibarco;  Loc.  351,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Punta  Pua;  most  of  these 
are  at  central  horizons  of  the  Tubera  group. 


Vol.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA      J^QQ 

10.    Conus  molis  Brown  &  Pilsbry 

Conus  molis  Brown  &  Pilsbry,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol.  63,  1911, 
p.  343,  pi.  23,  fig.  1;  Miocene,  Canal  Zone. — Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal., 
vol.  5,  1917,  p.  200,  Cercado  de  Mao,  Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. — 
Olsson,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  9,  1922,  p.  214,  pi.  2,  figs.  1,  2;  Miocene, 
Costa  Rica. 

This  species  occurs  quite  abundantly  in  the  Tubera  group 
of  the  Colombian  Miocene,  but  can  not  be  regarded  as  a 
horizon  marker.  It  has  been  obtained  at  Loc.  267,  C.  A,  S., 
horizon  M  -  N ;  horizon  P,  and  horizon  R ;  also  at  Loc.  299, 
near  Baranoa;  Loc.  304,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Santa  Rosa;  and  Loc. 
351,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Punta  Pua.  Its  occurrence  is  therefore  at 
nearly  all  horizons  of  the  Tubera  group. 

11.    Conus  granozonatus  Guppy 

Conus  granozonatus  Guppy,  Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  22,  1866,  p.  287, 
pi.  16,  fig.  5;  Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. — Olsson,  Bull.  Am.  Pal., 
vol.  9,  1922,  p.  222,  pi.  3,  fig.  15;  Gatun  Stage,  Costa  Rica. 

A  single  good  specimen  of  this  species  was  obtained  at  Loc. 
351,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Punta  Pua.  It  is  slightly  larger  and  more 
robust  than  appears  in  either  Guppy's  or  Olsson's  figures, 
although  in  other  respects  the  identification  is  satisfactory. 


12.    Conus  recognitus  Guppy 

Conus  solidus  Sowerby,  Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  6,  1849,  p.  45; 
Miocene,  Santo  Domingo;  not  C.  solidus  Sowerby,  Conch.  lUust., 
1841,  pi.  56,  No.  76.— Guppy,  Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  22, 
1866,  p.  287,  pi.  16,  fig.  1;  Miocene,  Jamaica. 

Comis  recognitus  Guppy,  Proc.  Sci.  Assn.  Trinidad,  1867,  p..  171. — Guppy, 
Geol.  Mag.,  vol.  1,  1874,  p.  409;  new  name  proposed. — Guppy,  Quart. 
Jour.  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  32,  1876,  p.  527.— Dall,  Trans.  Wag.  Fr. 
Inst.  Sci.,  vol.  3,  1903,  p.  1583.— Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  5,  1917, 
p.  209,  pi.  7,  fig.  9;  Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. — Olsson,  Bull.  Am. 
Pal.,  vol.  9,  1922,  p.  218,  pi.  2,  fig.  9;  Miocene,  Costa  Rica.— Pilsbry, 
Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol.  73,  1921,  p.  327,  pi.  19,  fig.  2;  Mio- 
cene, Santo  Domingo. 

This  species  is  one  of  the  most  abundant  in  the  Tubera 
group  of  the  Colombian  Miocene.  Like  C.  molis,  it  is  not 
reg"arded  as  a  horizon  marker,  since  it  is  found  at  various 
levels.     It  has  been  obtained  at  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizons 


110  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Sek. 

P  and  R,  and  at  Loc.  325-A,  and  351,  C  A.  S.,  the  latter  of 
which  is  central  in  the  Tubera  group. 

13.  Conus  planiliratus  Sowerby 

Conus  planiliratus  Sowerby,  Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  6,  1849,  p,  44. 
— GUPPY,  Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  22,  1866,  p.  287,  pi.  16, 
fig.  7;  Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. — Dall,  Trans.  Wag.  Fr.  Inst.  Sci., 
vol.  3,  1903,  p.  1583. 

A  single  specimen  of  C.  planiliratus  was  obtained  at  Loc. 
267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  M  -  N,  near  the  base  of  the  Tubera 
group.  It  has  not  been  found  at  any  other  horizon,  as  far  as 
known. 

14.  Conus  stenostomus  Sowerby 

Conus  stenostomus  Sowerby,  Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  6,  1849,  p.  44; 
Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. — Guppy,  Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc.  Lond., 
vol.  22,  1866,  p.  287,  pi.  16,  fig.  2.— Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  5, 
1917,  p.  203;  Cercado  de  Mao,  Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. — Olsson, 
Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  9,  1922,  p.  214,  Gatun  Stage,  Canal  Zone. 

Only  a  single  good  example  of  this  species  was  obtained  at 
Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  M  -  N,  near  the  base  of  the  Tu- 
bera group,  at  the  west  foot  of  Tubera  mountain.  According 
to  Olsson,  it  occurs  in  the  Gatun  Stage  of  Port  Limon,  and 
Maury  lists  it  from  the  upper  Miocene  of  Spring^^ale,  Trini- 
dad Island. 

15.    Conus  concavitectum  Brown  &  Pilsbry 

Conus  concavitectum  Brown  &  Pilsbry,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol.  63, 
1911,  p.  341,  pi.  23,  figs.  5,6;  Gatun  formation,  Canal  Zone. — Olsson, 
Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  9,  1922,  p.  215;  Gatun  Stage,  Canal  Zone. 

Three  specimens  of  this  species  were  obtained  at  Loc.  267, 
C.  A.  S.,  horizon  P,  on  the  north  slope  of  Tubera  mountain, 
which  horizon  is  believed  to  closely  represent  the  Gatun  ho- 
rizon of  the  Canal  Zone,  Panama. 

16.    Conus  burckhardti  ( ?)  Bose 

Conus  burckhardti  Bose  Bull.  Inst.  Geol.  de  Mex.,  No.  22,  1906,  p.  50,  pi.  5, 
figs.  39,  40.— Olsson,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  9,  1922,  p.  224,  pi.  3,  figs. 
4,  5;  Miocene,  Gatun  Stage,  Panama. 


Vol.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA      \\\ 

A  single  specimen  of  Conns  that  seems  referable  to  the 
Mexican  species  was  obtained  at  Loc.  351,  C.  A.  S.,  near 
Punta  Pua.  In  this  example  the  spire  is  distinctly  different 
from  that  of  Bose's  species  in  having  the  upper  surface  of  the 
whorls  rounded,  or  somewhat  angulated  along  a  median  line, 
thus  forming  a  succession  of  sloping  steps,  rather  than  a 
smooth,  regular  slope.  In  most  respects,  however,  the  shell 
closely  resembles  the  Mexican  form.  A  number  of  well  pre- 
served examples  of  C.  hnrckhardti  was  obtained  at  the  Spill- 
way of  the  Canal  in  1914,  though  none  of  them  show  the 
form  of  spire  noted  in  the  present  example. 

17.  Conus  consobrinus  (?)  Sowerby 

Conus  consobrinus  Sowerby,  Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  6,  1849,  p.  45. 
— GUPPY,  Geol.  Mag.,  vol.  1,  1874,  p.  409,  pi.  17,  fig.  3.— Maury, 
Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  5,  1917,  p.  203,  pi.  6,  figs.  5,  6;  Miocene,  Santo 
Domingo. — Pilsbry,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol.  73,  1921,  p. 
330,  pi.  20,  figs.  7,  7a,  7b;  Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. 

Two  examples  of  a  Conus  found  at  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S., 
horizon  P,  on  the  north  slope  of  Tubera  mountain,  closely  re- 
semble Sowerby's  species,  although  there  are  some  differences 
of  sculpture  in  the  last  whorl.  In  our  examples  the  minute 
beads  on  the  spiral  ribs  are  rounded  instead  of  being  elongated, 
as  in  Sowerby's  form.  The  lines  of  growth  are  arcuate,  and 
in  other  respects  the  characters  are  nearly  identical  with  those 
of  Sowerby's  species. 

18.  Conus  tortuosopunctatus  Toula 

Conus  (Cheliconus)  tortuosopunctatus  Toula,  Jahrb.  der  K.  K.  Geol.  Reichs., 
Wien,  Bd.  61,  1911,  p.  507,  pi.  31,  fig.  21,  b.— Olsson,  Bull.  Am.  Pal,, 
vol.  9,  1922,  p.  226,  pi.  3,  figs.  6,  11;  Gatun  Stage,  Canal  Zone. 

It  would  appear  from  the  figures  given  by  Toula  and  Olsson 
that  the  height  of  spire  in  this  species  is  variable,  as  is  so  often 
the  case.  In  our  examples  the  spire  is  intermediate  in  height 
between  the  extremes  found  in  these  figures.  In  other 
respects  the  identification  is  completely  satisfactory.  These 
samples  come  from  Loc.  351,  C.  A.  S.,  near  the  middle  of  the 
Tubera  group,  probably  near  the  horizon  of  P,  at  Tubera 
mountain. 


2J2  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

19.    Conus  tuberacola  Anderson,  new  species 
Plate  9,  figures  4,  5 

Shell  of  medium  size,  probable  height  of  holotype  (incom- 
plete) 54  mm.,  width  3.4  mm.,  spire  high,  concavely  turrited, 
earlier  whorls  coronated ;  last  two  or  three  whorls  smooth,  but 
slightly  excavated  above;  sides  of  older  specimens  smooth,  in 
younger  shells  the  sides  are  adorned  with  minute  spirally  ar- 
ranged beads,  chiefly  on  the  lower  half  of  the  shell ;  aperture 
narrow.  The  shoulders  of  the  last  whorl  sharp  and  abrupt; 
lines  of  growth  strongly  curved. 

This  shell  resembles  C.  consohrinus  Sow.,  only  in  sculpture, 
but  is  relatively  wider,  has  less  strongly  developed  granula- 
tions on  the  sides.  It  also  differs  from  C.  toroensis  Olsson  in 
relative  width  and  in  form  of  spire. 

Holotype:  No.  4623,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  from  Loc.  267, 
C.  A.  S.,  horizon  M  -  N,  near  base  of  the  Tubera  group,  where 
it  appears  to  belong,  and  where  several  fair-sized  specimens 
were  obtained ;  Miocene  of  Colombia. 


20.    Conus  crenospiratus  Anderson,  new  species 

Plate  9,  figures  6,  7 

Shell  small,  height  of  holotype  17  mm.,  width  10  mm.,  with 
graceful  outline,  low  spire  and  somewhat  rounded  sides;  in 
size,  form  and  sculpture  it  recalls  C.  isomitratus  Dall,  from 
the  Chipola  beds  of  Florida ;  upper  surface  of  the  whorls  flat- 
tened ;  sutures  distinctly  incised,  but  unlike  Ball's  species,  the 
shoulders  of  the  whorls  are  tuberculated,  forming  on  the  inner 
side  of  the  suture  a  wavy,  or  crenulated  line;  body  whorl  or- 
namented by  spiral  lines,  which  become  obsolete  near  the 
shoulder,  but  become  stronger  on  the  lower  third  of  the  whorl ; 
spiral  threads  are  here  flattened,  or  slightly  concave  in  section, 
having  the  appearance  of  being  double. 

Holotype:  No.  4624,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  from  Loc.  351, 
C.  A.  S.,  near  Punta  Pua,  near  the  middle  of  the  Tubera 
group,  Colombia ;  Miocene. 


Vol.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA      \\^ 

21.    Turris  albida  (Perry) 

Pleurotoma  albida  Perry,  Conch.  Expl.,  1811,  pi.  32,  fig.  4.— Dall,  Bull.  Mus. 
Comp.  Zool.,  Harvard  College,  vol.  18,  1889,  pp.  72-73.— Trans. 
Wag.  Fr.  Inst.  Sci.,  vol.  3,  1890,  p.  28,  pi.  4,  fig.  8a.— Brown  &  Pils- 
BRY,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol.  63,  1911,  p.  343;  Miocene, 
Canal  Zone. 

Turris  albida,  Dall,  Bull.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  No.  90,  1915,  p.  38,  pi.  5,  fig.  13; 
pi.  14,  fig.  7;  Orthaulax  pugnax  zone.  Lower  Miocene,  Miss.,  and 
Santo  Domingo.— Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  5,  1917.— Olsson, 
Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  9,  1922,  p.  230,  pi.  4,  figs.  1,  2;  Gatun  Stage,  Canal 
Zone,  Panama. 

This  species  has  been  obtained  at  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S., 
horizon  M  -  N,  at  Loc.  351,  C.  A.  S.,  near  the  middle  of  the 
Tubera  group,  and  at  Loc.  266,  C.  A.  S.,  on  the  Ouebrada 
Juan  de  Acosta,  near  the  top  of  the  Tubera  group.  Its  range 
is,  therefore,  throughout  the  entire  group,  and  it  can  not,  ac- 
cordingly, be  regarded  as  a  horizon  marker. 


22.    Drillia  eupora  Dall 

Drillia  eupora  Dall,  Bull.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  No.  90,  1915,  p.  42,  pi.  5,  fig.  3, 
Tampa  Bay,  Florida. 

Among  the  fossils  collected  from  the  Las  Perdices  shale  one 
mile  west  of  the  pier  at  Puerto  Colombia,  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S., 
horizon  L,  is  an  incomplete  example  of  Drillia  which  includes 
most  of  the  spire.  One  whorl  is  missing,  though  the  axis  it- 
self is  complete.  When  entire,  the  shell  was  composed  of  at 
least  13  whorls,  including  the  nuclear  portion,  forming  an 
elongated,  narrow,  gently  tapering  spire.  The  penultimate 
whorl  has  18  vertical  ribs  of  the  form  described  by  Dr.  Dall, 
crossed  by  revolving  threads,  five  in  number,  and  a  subsutural 
collar  bordered  by  a  carinated  ridge.  The  resemblance  of  this 
shell  to  Dall's  figure,  reinforced  by  his  description,  permits  no 
other  identification.  This  species  does  not  appear  to  have 
been  recognized  before  in  the  Miocene  of  the  Caribbean  bor- 
ders, though  doubtless  subsequent  work  will  reveal  its  presence 
in  other  parts  of  the  region. 


114  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

23.    Cancellaria  karsteni  Anderson,  new  species 

Plate  10,  figures  7,  8,  9 

Shell  of  moderate  size,  biconic  in  outline,  heavy  ribbed  on 
the  last  whorls,  spinose  on  the  shoulders;  height  of  holotype 
33  mm.,  width  of  body  whorl  22  mm,;  spire  high  and  sharp, 
forming  somewhat  more  than  half  height  of  shell;  surface 
marked  by  heavy  vertical  ridges,  of  which  there  are  about  nine 
on  last  whorl ;  these  crossed  by  low  revolving  threads,  with 
occasional  intermediary  lines;  shoulders  of  whorl  armed  with 
strong  spines,  rising  from  the  vertical  ribs,  pointing  upward 
and  outward ;  upper  surface  of  body  whorl  concave,  rising  on 
preceding  whorl  in  a  sort  of  clasping  collar  with  wavy  border; 
aperture  .  somewhat  quadrilateral ;  outer  lip  angulated  near 
shoulder,  and  also  midway  between  shoulder  and  terminus  of 
canal ;  inner  lip  thinly  calloused,  bearing  three  oblique  plica- 
tions ;  umbilicus  closed. 

Holotype:  No.  4630;  paratype:  No,  4631,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad. 
Sci.,  from  Loc.  267  (C.  A.  S.  Coll.),  horizon  P,  at  the  north 
end  of  Tubera  mountain,  Colombia;  Miocene,  It  is  also  found 
at  Loc.  305,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Turbaco,  near  the  middle  of  the 
Tubera  group,  Colombia ;  Miocene. 


24.    Cancellaria  hettneri  Anderson,  new  species 
Plate  10,  figures  5,  6 

Shell  large,  height  of  holotype  42  mm.,  width  28  mm., 
somewhat  biconic  in  outline,  heavily  ribbed  on  the  body  whorl 
with  irregular  ridges  extending  to  the  base;  spire  high,  sub- 
conic;  upper  slope  of  whorl  rising  in  a  collar,  not  quite  clasp- 
ing, but  slightly  channelled  or  flattened  above;  surface  orna- 
mented by  revolving  threads  of  three  orders,  heavy,  inter- 
mediate and  light;  shoulders  of  whorls  showing  low  spines 
directed  outwardly;  aperture  subquadrate,  narrowed  above, 
terminating  below  in  a  straight  canal ;  umbilical  chink  distinct, 
but  closed. 

This  species  is  allied  to  C.  harrtsi  Maury,  but  is  more 
coarsely  sculptured,  larger,  and  more  spinose. 


Vol.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA      H^^ 

Holotype:  No.  4629,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  from  Loc.  267, 
C.  A.  S.,  from  horizon  P,  north  slope  of  Tubera  mountain, 
Colombia;  Miocene.  Two  good  specimens  were  obtained  at 
this  locality. 

25.    Cancellaria  dariena  Toula 

Cancellaria  dariena  Toula,  Jahrb.  der  K.  K.  Geol.  Reichs.,  Bd.  58,  1909,  p.  704, 
pi.  28,  figs.  1,2;  Gatun  formation,  Canal  Zone.— Brown  &  Pilsbry, 
Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol.  63,  1911,  p.  345,  pi.  24,  figs.  1-4.— 
Brown  &  Pilsbry,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol.  69,  1917,  p.  32; 
Gatun  formation,  Canal  Zone.— Olsson,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  9,  1922, 
p.  252,  pi.  6,  fig.  8;  Gatun  Stage,  Costa  Rica. 

This  Species  has  not  been  found  abundantly  in  the  Colom- 
bian Miocene,  but  it  has  been  obtained  at  Loc.  351,  C.  A.  S., 
near  Punta  Pua,  20  miles  north  of  Cartagena,  near  the  middle 
of  the  Tubera  group. 

26.    Cancellaria  scheibei  Anderson,  new  species 
Plate  10,  figures  1,  2,  3,  4 

Shell  large,  robust,  ovate  in  outline,  smooth,  with  low  spire ; 
height  of  holotype  54  mm.,  greatest  width  40  mm. ;  spire  low, 
conical,  sloping  up  from  rounded  shoulders;  suture  distinctly 
channelled;  whorls  about  five,  the  younger  three  obscurely 
cancellated;  aperture  subovate,  narrowed  above,  terminating 
below  in  a  narrow,  slightly  curved  canal ;  outer  lip  sharp,  lirate 
within  near  the  outer  edge ;  inner  lip  strongly  calloused,  bear- 
ing three  plications,  the  upper  two  being  more  widely  sepa- 
rated, with  three  elongated  beads  on  the  pillar  intervening. 

Holotype:  No.  4627,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  from  Loc.  306, 
C.  A.  S.,  from  near  Usiacuri,  Colombia;  paratype:  No.  4628, 
Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  from  Loc.  304,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Santa 
Rosa,  Colombia ;  Miocene. 

This  form  remotely  resembles  C.  IxEvescens  Guppy,  but  is 
larger,  smoother,  more  rounded,  and  has  plications  that  are 
distinctly  different  from  Guppy's  species.  It  is  more  nearly 
related  to  C.  solida  Sowerby,^®  found  living  on  the  Pacific 


"  Sowerby,    J.  de  C,    Proc.    Zool.    Soc.    Lond.,    vol.    2,    1832,    p.    SO. — Sowerby, 
Thes.   Conchy.,  vol.  2,  p.  440,  pi.  92,  fig.  4. 


115  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

coast  from  Panama  to  the  Gulf  of  California.  The  essential 
difference  may  be  one  of  descent,  and  of  senility  in  the  living 
form.  The  earlier  form  is  larger,  more  robust,  has  a  more 
rugose  columella,  with  bead-like  denticles  intervening  between 
the  plaits,  as  already  described. 

This  shell  is  apparently  not  abundant,  but  it  has  been  ob- 
tained at  Loc.  304,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Santa  Rosa;  Loc.  306, 
C.  A.  S.,  near  Usiacuri;  Loc.  325-A,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Cibarco. 
It  has  not  yet  been  found  at  the  lowest  horizon  of  the  Tubera 
group,  though  a  near  ally  does  occur  there. 

27.  Cancellaria  codazzii  Anderson,  new  species 

Plate  14,  figures  4,  5,  6,  7 

Shell  of  medium  size,  height  of  holotype  30  mm.,  width  18 
mm.,  biconic  in  outline,  with  numerous  vertical  ribs  extending 
from  suture  to  base;  spire  high,  with  five  whorls  below  nuclear 
ones;  nuclear  whorls  three,  quite  smooth;  surface  beautifully 
cancellated,  with  revolving  threads  at  nearly  equal  intervals 
crossing  the  numerous  vertical  ribs  in  low,  rounded  bead-like 
nodes;  upper  surface  of  whorls  slightly  concave,  rising  in  a 
collar-like  expansion,  not  clasping;  concave  surface  bearing  a 
few  revolving  threads;  suture  distinctly  channelled;  shoulder 
of  whorl  not  coronate,  but  bearing  a  wavy  cord;  aperture 
ovate,  terminating  in  a  narrow  canal ;  outer  lip  simple,  lirate 
within ;  inner  lip  not  distinctly  calloused,  bearing  three  oblique 
plications  on  the  pillar. 

Holotype:  No.  4645;  paratype:  No.  4646,  Mus.  Cahf.  Acad. 
Sci.,  from  Loc.  325-A,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Cibarco,  Colombia;  Mi- 
ocene, near  the  middle  of  the  Tubera  group. 

This  shell  is  named  in  honor  of  Agostino  Codazzi,  explorer, 
surveyor,  writer,  and  author  of  the  first  authentic  map  of 
Colombia. 

28.  Cancellaria  cibarcola  Anderson,  new  species 

Plate  14,  figures  1,  2,  3 

Shell  of  medium  size,  resembling  in  most  respects  C. 
scheihei,  but  smaller  and  less  rotund.  Its  three  nuclear  whorls 
are  quite  smooth;  its  disposition  toward  a  truly  cancellated 


Voi»  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA      \\y 

sculpture  in  the  young  stages  is  more  pronounced  than  in  the 
preceding,  and  the  spiral  threads  often  show  clearly  on  the 
fifth  whorl  below  the  nuclear  ones.  In  outer  form  it  recalls 
C.  IcEvescens  Guppy,  from  which,  however,  it  is  readily  dis- 
tinguished by  the  arrangement  of  the  plaits  on  the  pillar.  Two 
elongated  denticles  intervene  between  the  upper  and  second 
plait  which  are  widely  separated.  The  internal  lirations  of  the 
outer  lip  extend  deeply  into  the  interior,  and  the  spiral  threads 
become  more  distinct  at  the  base  of  the  body  whorl.  These 
features  serve  to  distinguish  this  species  from  either  of  the 
preceding.  Height  of  holotype  32  mm.,  width  of  body  22 
mm.,  height  of  aperture  25  mm. 

Holotype:  No.  4643;  paratype:  No.  4644,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad. 
Sci.,  from  Loc.  325-A,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Cibarco,  Colombia; 
Miocene. 

This  shell  is  found  at  all  of  the  lower  horizons  of  the  Tu- 
bera  group,  and  is  a  fairly  abundant  form.  It  has  been  ob- 
tained at  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizons  M  -  N,  P  and  R;  Loc. 
299,  304,  325-A,  and  351,  C.  A.  S.,  the  latter  representing  a 
central  horizon  in  the  Tubera  group. 

29.  Cancellaria  cossmanni  Olsson 

Cancellaria  cossmanni  Olsson,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  9,  1922,  p.  253,  pi.  6,  figs.  9, 
1 1 ;  Gatun  Stage,  Costa  Rica. 

This  species  has  not  been  found  abundant  in  Colombia.  A 
single  specimen  was  obtained  at  Loc.  325-A,  near  Cibarco, 
about  the  middle  of  the  Tubera  group.  Its  range  is  not 
known. 

30.  Cancellaria  moorei  ( ?)  Guppy 

Cancellaria  moorei  Guppy,  Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  22,  1866,  p.  289, 
pi.  17,  fig.  7;  Miocene,  Jamaica. 

A  single  specimen  that  seems  referable  to  Guppy's  species 
was  obtained  at  Loc,  306,  C.  A.  S.,  at  the  east  border  of  Usi- 
acuri  village  above  the  middle  of  the  Tubera  group.  In  spite 
of  the  fact  that  this  species  has  not  often  been  recognized  in 
the  faunas  of  the  Caribbean  region  outside  of  the  Bowden 


118  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

beds,  the  resemblance  of  the  sample  from  Loc.  306  to  Guppy's 
original  figure  does  not  permit  of  any  other  determination  at 
present. 


31.    Cancellaria  guppyi  Gabb 

Cancellaria  guppyi  Gabb,  Trans.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  vol.  15,  1873,  p.  236;  Mio- 
cene, Santo  Domingo. — Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  5,  1917,  p.  228, 
pi.  10,  figs.  7,  8;  Cercado  de  Mao,  S.  Domingo. — Pilsbry,  Proc. 
Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol.  73,  1921,  p.  333,  pi.  22,  fig.  7;  Loc.  as 
above. 

In  his  Revision  of  Gabb's  Tertiary  Mollusca  Dr.  Pilsbry 
figures  the  type  (or  a  lectotype)  of  this  species.  The  rotund 
form  and  regularly  cancellated  sculpture  are  its  striking 
characteristics.  A  single  specimen  was  found  at  Loc.  267, 
C.  A.  S.,  horizon  P,  near  the  middle  of  the  Tubera  group. 


32.    Turritella  altilira  Conrad 

Plate  17,  figures  4,  5 

Turritella  altilira  Conrad,  Pac.  R.  R.  Repts.,  vol.  6,  1857,  pt.  2,  p.  72,  pi.  5, 
fig.  19;  Miocene,  Isthmus  of  Panama. — Brown  &  Pilsbry,  Proc. 
Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol.  63,  1911,  p.  358,  pi.  27,  figs.  2,  3;  Gatun 
formation.  Canal  Zone. — Olsson,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  9,  1922,  pp. 
321,  322,  pi.  14,  figs.  4,  8,  9,  14;  Miocene,  Canal  Zone. — Hodson, 
Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  11,  1926,  p.  214,  pi.  26,  figs.  1,  4,  7,  etc.;  pi.  27, 
figs.  2-7;  Miocene,  North  Venezuela. 

This  shell  is  abundant  in  the  Colombian  Miocene.  It  is  in- 
teresting to  note  that  both  Maury^°  and  Olsson"^  regard  T. 
tornata  Guppy,  as  a  varietal  form  of  this  species,  and  that 
Cossmann  admits-"  that  his  T.  guppyi  is  the  equivalent  of  T. 
tornata,  all  of  which  beliefs  seem  to  be  well  founded.  Toula, 
furthermore,^^  regards  his  T.  gabbi  as  being  nearly  related  to 
T".  altilira  and  T.  tornata. 

The  species  occurs  plentifully  at  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon 
M  -  N,  of  the  Tubera  group,  and  in  higher  horizons  of  the 
same.  It  has  been  found  also  at  Loc.  351,  C.  A.  S.,  near 
Punta  Pua,  and  at  Loc.  305,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Turbaco,  and  at 

="  Maury,   C.   J.,   Bull.   Am.   Pal.,  vol.    10,    1925,   pp.   382-383. 
"Olsson,  A.  A.,  Bull.   Am.  Pal.,  vol.  9,   1922,  p.   323. 
"Cossmann,  M.,  Rev.  Grit,  de  Pal.,  1909,  p.  225. 
» Toula,   F.,  Jahrb.  der  K.  K.   Geol.   Reichs.,  Bd.   58,   1909,   p.   69S. 


Vol.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA      \\g 

Loc.   354,   Quebrada   de   Murindo,   a   tributary   of   the   Rio 
Canalete. 

Plesiotype:  No,  4658,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  from  Loc.  267, 
C.  A.  S.,  horizon  M  -  N,  base  of  Tubera  mountain,  Colombia; 
Miocene. 


33.    Turritella  perattenuata  Heilprin 

Turritella  perattenuata  Heilprin,  Trans.  Wag.  Fr.  Inst.  Sci.,  vol.  1,  1887,  p.  88, 
pi.  8,  fig.  13;  Pliocene,  Caloosahatchie  beds,  Florida. — Dall,  Trans. 
Wag.  Fr.  Inst.  Sci.,  vol.  3,  1900,  p.  316,  pi.  16,  figs.  5,  9;  Loc.  as  above; 
— var.  prcBcellens  Pilsbry,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol.  69,  1917, 
p.  36,  pi.  5,  fig.  12;  Miocene,  near  Cartagena. 

This  species  has  not  often  been  Hsted  among  the  forms 
found  in  the  Miocene  of  the  Caribbean  region  but  it  never- 
theless occurs  at  a  number  of  Miocene  horizons  in  Colombia. 
It  has  been  found  abundantly  at  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon 
M  -  N,  of  the  Tubera  group,  at  Loc.  347,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Tur- 
baco,  and  in  the  uppermost  beds  of  the  Miocene  near  Galapa ; 
it  occurs  also  in  the  position  of  horizon  P,  at  Loc.  306, 
C.  A.  S.,  near  Usiacuri.  It  is  therefore  found  at  most  of  the 
fossil  horizons  of  the  Tubera  group. 

34.    Turritella  fredeai  Hodson 

Plate  17,  figure  1 

Turritella  rohusta  Grzyb.  var.  fredeai  Hodson,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  11,  1926, 
p.  13,  pi.  5,  fig.  3;  pi.  6,  fig.  5;  pi.  7,  figs.  1,  6,  7;  Miocene,  Northern 
Venezuela.  Not  T.  robusta  Gabb,  Geol.  Surv.  Calif.,  Pal.  vol.  1,  1864, 
p.  135,  pi.  21,  fig.  94;  Cretaceous  of  California.  Not  T.  {Haustator) 
robusta  Grzyb.,  upper  Zorritos,  Peru. 

Turritella  abrupta  Spkr.,  Anderson,  Proc.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  vol.  16,  1927,  p. 
89;  horizon  M,  Tuberd,  group,  Colombia.  Not  T.  robusta,  var. 
abrupta  Spieker,  Johns  Hopkins  Univ.  publ.,  Geol.  No.  3,  1922,  p.  85, 
pi.  4,  fig.  6;  Zorritos  formation,  northern  Peru. 

Plesiotype:  No.  4175,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  from  Loc.  351, 
C.  A.  S.,  near  Punta  Pua,  20  miles  north  of  harbor  of  Carta- 
gena, Colombia;  Miocene. 

Spieker' s  form  from  northern  Peru  has  been  renamed  by 
Hanna  &  Israelsky^*  as  T.  supraconcava,  as  explained  below. 

"Hanna,  G.  D.  &  Israelsky,  M.,  Proc.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  vol.  14,  1925,  p.  59. 


120  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Pboc.  4th  Ser. 

When  the  writer  listed  the  Colombian  form  as  probably  identi- 
cal with  the  Peruvian  of  Spieker,  Hodson's  recent  paper  had 
not  yet  reached  us.  A  comparison  of  the  Colombian  fonns 
with  Hodson's  figures  clearly  shows  their  identity,  while  his 
illustrations  serve  as  well  to  distinguish  the  northern  form 
from  the  Peruvian.  The  specific  name  "rohusta"  had  already 
been  employed  at  the  date  of  Spieker's  writing,  and  Hodson's 
form  must  take  the  name  of  his  supposed  variety. 

This  species  has  been  found  at  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon 
M  -  N,  the  lowest  horizon  of  the  Tubera  group,  and  at  Loc. 
351,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Punta  Pua,  20  miles  north  of  Cartagena, 
also  in  a  low  horizon.  It  occurs,  however,  in  higher  beds,  as 
at  Galapa,  near  the  top  of  the  Miocene  section. 


35.    Turritella  mimetes  Brown  &  Pilsbry 

Turritella  mimetes  Brown  &  Pilsbry,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol.  63, 
1911,  p.  357,  pi.  27,  fig.  1;  Miocene,  Canal  Zone. — Olsson,  Bull.  Am. 
Pal.,  vol.  9,  1922,  p.  321,  pi.  14,  fig.  5;  Gatun  Stage,  Canal  Zone. 

This  species  is  not  uncommon  in  the  Gatun  group  of  the 
Canal  Zone  where  it  was  obtained  by  the  writer  in  1914.  It 
occurs  also  at  Loc.  325,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Baranoa,  near  the  mid- 
dle of  the  Tubera  group. 


36.    Turritella  gatunensis  Conrad 

Turritella  gatunensis  Conrad,  Pac.  R.  R.  Repts.,  vol.  6,  1857,  pt.  2,  p.  72,  pi.  5, 
fig.  20;  Miocene,  Isthmus  of  Panama. — Toula,  Jahrb.  der  K.  K. 
Geol.  Reichs.,  Bd.  58,  1909,  p.  694;  Miocene,  Canal  Zone. — Brown 
&  Pilsbry,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol.  63,  1911,  p.  358,  pi.  27, 
figs.  4,  5,  9;  occurrence  as  before. — Olsson,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  9, 
1922,  p.  320,  pi.  14,  figs.  12,  13;  Miocene,  Costa  Rica,  etc. 

This  shell  was  obtained  at  the  Spillway  in  considerable 
numbers  by  the  writer  in  1914,  and  has  since  been  found  plen- 
tifully in  the  Tubera  group  of  Colombia.  It  occurs  at  Loc. 
267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizons  P  and  R.  It  has  been  obtained  also 
at  Loc.  351,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Punta  Pua,  20  miles  north  of 
Cartagena,  near  the  middle  of  the  Tubera  group,  and  at  Loc. 

305,  near  Turbaco,  about  central  in  the  group,  and  at  Loc. 

306,  near  Usiacuri,  in  a  position  near  the  middle  of  the  section. 


Vol.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA      ^21 

37.    Turritella  cartagenensis  Brown  &  Pilsbry 

Turritella  cartagenensis  Brown  &  Pilsbry,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol.  69, 
1917,  p.  34,  pi.  5,  fig.  13;  Miocene,  near  Cartagena. — Maury,  Bull. 
Am.  Pal.,  vol.  10.  1925,  p.  385,  pi.  42,  fig.  13;  Miocene,  Trinidad 
Island. 

?  Turritella  bifastigata,  HoDSON,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  11, 1926,  pp.  48-50,  pi.  30, 
figs.  1-6;  Miocene,  northern  Venezuela. 

This  is  one  of  the  most  abundant  forms  of  Turritella  found 
in  the  Tubera  group.  Hodson  has  described  and  figured 
varieties  of  a  Turritella  under  the  name  T.  bifastigata  Nelson, 
from  the  Miocene  of  northern  Venezuela.  The  type  of  Nel- 
son's species  came  from  the  Tertiary  (probably  Miocene)  of 
Peru,  but  was  described  without  any  illustration  whatever. 
Hodson's  figure  (pi.  30,  fig.  1)  is  from  a  lectotype  not  sup- 
plied by  Nelson.  It  should  be  pointed  out,  however,  that  the 
varieties,  supposedly  of  this  Turritella,  as  figured  by  Hodson 
are  such  as  would  include  T.  cartagenensis  Brown  &  Pilsbry, 
which  itself  shows  variations  of  the  same  character. 

This  species  has  been  obtained  from  Loc.  306,  C.  A.  S., 
near  the  village  of  Usiacuri;  Loc.  351,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Punta 
Pua;  Loc.  353,  C.  A.  S..  near  the  Bay  of  Cartagena;  and  Loc. 
325-A,  near  Cibarco.  Its  vertical  range  is  nearly  central  in 
the  Tubera  group. 

38.     Crucibulum  (Dispotaea)  gatunense  (Toula) 

Plate  13,  figures  4,  5,  6 

Captilus  ?  gatunensis  Toula,  Jahrb.  der  K.  K.  Geol.  Reichs.,  Bd.  58,  1909, 
p.  692,  pi.  25,  figs.  1,  2;  Gatun  formation,  Canal  Zone. — Brown  & 
Pilsbry,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol.  63,  1911,  p.  360;  Gatun 
formation,  Canal  Zone. 

Two  good  examples  of  this  hitherto  imperfectly  known 
species  were  obtained  from  the  Spillway  of  the  Canal  in  1914, 
and  are  now  in  the  collections  of  the  California  Academy  of 
Sciences.  The  coiled  apex  is  smooth,  showing  only  faint 
lines  of  growth,  but  two  mm.  below  the  apex  the  shell  becomes 
corrugated,  at  first  by  irregular  squamose  vertical  threads, 
radiating  downward,  interrupted  by  uneven  lines  of  growth. 
These  radial  markings  become  more  irregular  with  growth, 

March  29,  1929 


122  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

forming  a  roughened,  granular,  radially  marked  surface.  The 
outline  of  the  base  is  sub-elliptical,  with  sharp,  faintly  crenu- 
lated  margin.  Toula's  samples  did  not  permit  him  to  see  the 
interior  of  the  shell,  but  in  ours  the  interior  is  clearly  exposed 
in  both  examples.  The  shell  possesses  a  well  formed  internal 
cup,  semilunar  in  outline,  attached  to  the  wall  of  the  shell  on 
about  one-third  of  its  periphery,  or  in  fact,  is  formed  by  the 
wall  of  the  shell  itself.  This  feature  places  it  in  the  sub-genus 
Dispotcea  (Say)  Conrad,  as  has  been  stated  by  Dall. 

Plesiotypes:  Nos.  4639,  4640,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  from 
Loc,  323,  C.  A.  S.,  Gatun  locks  at  Spillway,  Panama ;  Miocene. 

A  somewhat  fragmentary  example  of  this  species  was  found 
at  Loc.  351,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Punta  Pua,  near  the  middle  of  the 
Tubera  group. 


39.     Architectonica  granulata  (Lamarck) 

Solarium  granulatum  Lam.,  An.  s.  Vert.,  vol.  7,  1822,  p.  3. — Dall,  Trans.  Wag. 
Fr.  Inst.  Sci.,  vol.  3,  1892,  p.  329.— Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  5, 
1917,  p.  295,  pi.  23,  fig.  3;  Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. 

Cadran  (=Solarium)  granulatum,  Kiener,  Icon.,  vol.  1,  1873,  p.  4,  pi.  2,  fig.  2. 

Solarium  gatunense  Toula,  Jahrb.  der  K.  K.  Geol.  Reichs.,  Bd.  58,  1909,  p.  693, 
pi.  25,  fig.  3;  Miocene,  Canal  Zone. 

Architectonica  granulata,  Dall, Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.  37,  p.  232;  living, 
Lx)wer  California  to  Panama. — Olsson,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  9,  1922, 
p.  326,  pi.  13,  figs.  10-12;  Miocene,  Canal  Zone,  etc. — Maury,  Bull. 
Am.  Pal,,  vol.  10,  1925,  p.  388,  pi.  40,  fig.  1;  Miocene,  Trinidad  Island. 

This  species  occurs  abundantly  in  the  Tubera  group  of  the 
Colombian  Miocene.  Good  examples  have  been  obtained  at 
the  following  places  in  northern  Colombia : 

Loc.  266,  C.  A.  S.,  Juan  de  Acosta  creek,  near  Puerto 
Colombia;  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  P,  north  slope  of 
Tubera  mountain;  Loc.  299,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Baranoa,  near  the 
middle  of  the  Tubera  group;  Loc.  305,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Tur- 
baco;  and  finally,  Loc.  351,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Punta  Pua,  near  the 
middle  of  the  Tubera  group.  It  thus  appears  that  the  vertical 
range  of  this  species  is  confined  to  the  middle  part  of  the 
Tubera  group. 


Vol.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA      ^23 

40.    Architectonica  quadriseriata  (Sowerby) 

Solarium  quadrisertatum  Sowerby,  Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  6, 
1850,  p.  51,  pi.  10,  figs.  8a,  b,  c. — Guppy,  Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc. 
Lond.,  vol.  22,  1866,  p.  291.— Guppy,  Geol.  Mag.,  vol.  1,  1874,  p.  438; 
Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. — Dall,  Trans.  Wag.  Fr.  Inst.  Sci.,  vol.  3, 
1903,  p.  1585;  Miocene,  Florida. 

Architectonica  quadriseriata,  Gabb,  Trans.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  vol.  15,  1873,  p. 
228.— Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  10,  1925,  p.  389;  Miocene,  Trini- 
dad Island. 

Good  examples  of  this  species  were  obtained  at  the  Spillway 
of  the  Canal  in  1914,  and  it  has  since  been  found  at  Loc.  305, 
C.  A.  S.,  near  Turbaco,  and  at  Loc.  325-A,  C.  A.  S.,  near 
Cibarco,  in  both  places  near  the  middle  of  the  Tubera  group, 
or  at  horizon  P. 


41.    Natica  guppyana  Toula 

Natica  {Stigtnaulax)  guppyana  Toula,  Jahrb.  der  K.  K.  Geol.  Reichs.,  Bd.  58, 
1909,  p.  696,  pi.  25,  fig.6;  Miocene,  Canal  Zone. — Brown&  Pilsbry, 
Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol.  63,  1911,  p.  360.— Olsson,  Bull.  Am. 
Pal.,  vol.  9,  1922,  p.  328,  pi.  13,  figs.  13-15;  Gatun  beds.  Canal  Zone, 
Panama. 

A  large  number  of  samples  of  this  species  was  obtained  at 
the  Spillway  of  the  Canal  in  1914,  and  are  now  in  the  collec- 
tions of  California  Academy  of  Sciences.  Equally  good  speci- 
mens have  since  been  obtained  from  various  localities  in  north- 
ern Colombia,  as  the  following: 

Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  M  -  N,  west  foot  of  Tubera 
mountain;  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  P,  north  slope  of 
Tubera  mountain;  Loc.  325,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Usiacuri  village; 
Loc.  325-A,  near  Cibarco;  and  Loc.  351,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Punta 
Pua. 

In  most  of  these  localities  the  samples  came  from  a  horizon 
near  the  middle  of  the  Tubera  group. 


42.    Natica  cuspidata  Guppy 

Natica  cuspidata  Guppy,  Agr.  Soc.  Trin.  and  Tobago,  Ppr.  No.  454,  1910,  p.  5- 
pi.  2,  fig.  4;  Reprint,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  8,  1921,  p.  162,  pi.  8,  fig.  4; 
Miocene,  Trinidad  I.— Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  10,  1925,  p.  391, 
pi.  40,  figs.  9,  10;  Loc.  as  before. 


124  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Two  examples  of  this  seemingly  rare  shell  were  found  in 
the  lowest  horizon,  M  -  N,  of  the  Tubera  group,  at  Loc.  267, 
C.  A.  S.,  associated  with  many  heavy  shelled  littoral  species. 

43.    Polinices  subclausa  Sowerby 

Natica  subclausa  Sowerby,  Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  6,  1849,  p.  51; 
Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. — Guppy,  Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc.  Lond., 
vol.  22,  1866,  p.  290,  pi.  18,  fig.  8.— Guppy,  Geol.  Mag.,  vol.  1,  1874, 
p.  437.— Guppy,  Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  32,  1876,  p.  519; 
Loc.  as  before. 

Polinices  subclausa,  Dall,  Trans.  Wag.  Fr.  Inst.  Sci.,  vol.  3,  1903,  p.  1585. — 
Brown  &  Pilsbry,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol.  63,  1911,  p. 
360.— Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  5,  1917,  p.  300,  pi.  23,  fig.  14; 
Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. — Olsson,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  9,  1922, 
p.  329,  pi.  13,  figs.  16,  17;  Miocene,  Canal  Zone,  Panama. 

In  1914  the  writer  obtained  a  few  samples  of  this  species 
at  the  Spillway  of  the  Canal.  Since  then  others  have  been 
obtained  at  Loc.  266,  C.  A,  S.,  Arroyo  Juan  de  Acosta,  near 
the  top  of  the  Tubera  group,  and  at  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  hori- 
zon P,  north  slope  of  Tubera  mountain. 

44.    Polinices  stanislas-meunieri  Maury 

Polinices  stanislas-meunieri  Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  5,  1917,  p.  300,  pi. 
23,  figs.  15,  16;  Miocene,  S.  Domingo. — Olsson,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol. 
9,  1922,  p.  329,  pi.  13,  fig.  7;  Gatun  Stage,  Canal  Zone. 

A  large  number  of  samples  of  this  species  has  been  found  in 
the  Tubera  group.     It  occurs  in  the  following  localities : 

Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  P,  north  slope  of  Tubera  moun- 
tain; Loc.  325,  C.  A.  S.,  east  border  of  Usiacuri  village;  Loc. 
325-A,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Cibarco,  and  Loc.  351,  C.  A.  S.,  near 
Punta  Pua. 


45.    Polinices  prolactea  Anderson,  new  species 
Plate  14,  figures  8,  9 

Shell  of  moderate  size,  subglobose,  with  low  spire,  open 
umbilicus,  conspicuous  callus,  highly  polished;  aperture  sub- 
lunar, narrowing  behind  to  a  subacute  angle;  callous  rather 
heavy  on  the  posterior  part  of  the  inner  lip;  narrowing  to  a 


Vol.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA      125 

thin  line  near  the  anterior  part  of  the  aperture ;  surface  marked 
by  Hnes  of  growth,  and  near  the  base  of  the  shell  by  faint 
spiral  striations,  not  always  visible. 

Several  good  examples  of  this  species  were  obtained  at  Loc. 
267,  C.  A.  S.,  in  the  Las  Perdices  beds  below  the  Tubera 
group,  a  mile  west  of  Puerto  Colombia. 

Holotype:  No.  4648,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  from  Loc.  267, 
C.  A.  S.,  horizon  L,  Los  Perdices  group,  Puerto  Colombia; 
Miocene. 

The  nearest  ally  of  this  shell  is  Polinices  lactea  (Guilding), 
now  living  in  the  neighboring  Bay  of  Cartagena.  G.  B. 
Sowerby  has  described  a  similar  near  relative  from  the  coast 
of  Chile  as  Natica  solida.^^ 


46.    Ampullaria  tuberacola  Anderson,  new  species 
Plate  16,  figures  1,  2,  3 

Shell  subovate,  at  least  when  full  grown,  deeply  perforate, 
spire  low  in  mature  shells,  whorls  five  or  six,  shell  thin  and 
with  a  deficiency  of  calcareous  matter ;  umbilicus  open,  funnel- 
form,  angulated  on  the  borders  in  adult  shells ;  suture  distinct 
and  slightly  impressed ;  upper  surface  of  the  whorls  rounded 
and  convex ;  shoulder  of  last  whorl  sharply  rounded,  sides 
sloping  toward  the  narrow  base,  making  the  form  of  the  shell 
somewhat  conical;  height  of  holotype  52  mm.,  greatest  wndth 
48  mm. 

Holotype:  No.  4655;  paratype:  No.  4656,  from  Loc.  267, 
C.  A.  S.,  from  horizon  R,  Tubera  village,  Colombia;  Miocene. 

The  younger  shell  is  more  nearly  sub-globose  and  bears  a 
strong  resemblance  to  A.  (Pomus)  canaliculata  Lam.,  from 
Tropical  America.  Two  examples  of  this  shell  w-ere  found  at 
Tubera  village,  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  associated  w^ith  many 
strictly  marine  forms,  such  as  Conns  recognitus,  Malea 
ringens,  Ficiis  colombiana,  etc.  It  is  quite  probable  that  these 
non-marine  shells  were  brought  into  this  association  by 
streams  from  a  neighboring  shore  to  the  southwest. 

»Gcol.   Observ.  Darwin,  Append,   pt.   2,  p.  612,  pi.   3,  figs.   40,  41. 


126  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

47.    Calliostoma  grabaui  Maury 

Calliostoma  grabaui  Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  5,  1917,  p.  319,  pi.  24,  fig.  19; 
Zone  G,  Rio  Gurabo,  S.  Domingo. 

This  species  has  been  obtained  at  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  hori- 
zons R  and  M  -  N ;  Loc.  306,  near  Usiacuri  village,  and  Loc. 
325,  C.  A.  S.,  lower  in  the  section;  Loc.  351,  C.  A.  S.,  near 
Punta  Pua.  Its  vertical  range  is,  therefore,  almost  through- 
out the  Tubera  group. 


48.    Calliostoma  olssoni  Maury 

Calliostoma  (Eutrochus)  olssoni  Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.  vol.  10,  1925,  p.  399, 
pi.  43,  figs.  6,  14;  Upper  Miocene,  Trinidad  Island. 

This  elegant  little  shell  has  been  obtained  from  various 
localities  in  the  Colombian  Miocene,  as  at  Loc.  266,  C.  A.  S., 
Arroyo  Juan  de  Acosta;  Loc.  299,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Baranoa; 
Loc.  306,  C.  A.  S.,  Usiacuri  village,  etc.  Its  vertical  range  is 
confined  to  the  upper  part  of  the  Tubera  group. 


49.    Calliostoma  tropica  Anderson,  new  species 

Plate  16,  figures  6,  7 

Shell  small,  conical;  height  of  holotype  17  mm.,  width 
15.5  mm.,  finely  beaded,  abruptly  truncate  below;  spire  sharply 
conical,  sloping  evenly  to  the  basal  border  with  which  it  forms 
an  angle  of  about  80  degrees ;  whorls  7  to  8  in  number,  sculp- 
tured with  6  to  8  finely  beaded  threads,  crossed  by  lines  of 
growth ;  sutures  marked  only  by  a  slight  depression  at  the  bor- 
der of  the  preceding  whorl;  base  flattened,  marked  by  8  to  10 
flat  revolving  threads,  also  beaded,  but  wider  than  the  spiral 
threads  on  the  upper  slope;  aperture  ovate  in  outline;  umbili- 
cus closed.  The  species  is  characterized  by  its  high  conical 
spire  and  regular  even  slope,  and  also  by  its  abruptly  flattened 
base  and  finely  beaded  ornamentation.  It  is  closely  related  to 
Calliostoma  derbyi  Maury  from  the  Lower  Miocene  of  Brazil. 

Holotype:  No.  4168,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  from  Loc.  267, 
horizon  M  -  N,  Tubera  mountain,  Colombia;  Miocene. 


Vol.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA      127 

50.    Oliva  cylindrica  Sowerby 

Oliva  cylindrica  Sowerby,  Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  6,  1849,  p.  45; 
Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. — Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  5,  1917, 
p.  67,  pi.  10,  figs.  14,  14a;  Zone  G,  Rio  Gurabo,  Santo  Domingo. — 
PiLSBRY,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol.  73,  1921,  p.  335,  pi.  23, 
figs.  2,  3;  Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. — Olsson,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  9, 
1922,  p.  88,  pi.  7,  fig.  1;  Gatun  Stage. 

Oliva  gatunensis  Toula,  Jahrb.  der  K.  K.  Geol.  Reichs.,  1909,  Bd.  58,  p.  702, 
pi.  25,  fig.  12;  Gatun  formation,  Canal  Zone,  Panama. 

Cossman  seems  to  have  given  the  first  adequate  description 
of  this  species  in  1913  but  it  is  not  at  present  available. 
Maury  has  given  two  good  figures,  upon  which  much  reliance 
is  placed. 

Good  examples  were  obtained  at  Loc.  299,  C.  A.  S.,  three 
miles  southwest  of  Baranoa,  and  at  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  hori- 
zon M  -  N,  near  the  base  of  the  Tubera  group. 


51.    Oliva  sayana  Ravenel 

Oliva  sayana  Ravenel,  Cat.,  1834,  p.  19. — Mazyck,  Nautilus,  vol,  28,  1915, 
p.  139. 

Oliva  sayana  var.  immortua  Brown  &  Pilsbry,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila., 
vol.  69,  1917,  p.  33,  pi.  5,  fig.  6;  Miocene,  near  Cartagena,  Colombia. — 
Olsson,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  9,  1922,  p.  261,  pi.  7,  figs.  6,  7;  Gatun 
Stage,  Costa  Rica. 

This  species  and  variety  were  obtained  at  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S., 
horizon  R,  at  Tubera  village,  near  the  top  of  the  Tubera  group 
of  the  Colombian  Miocene. 


52.    Oliva  brevispira  Gabb 

Oliva  brevispira  Gabb,  Trans.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  vol.  15,  1873,  p.  215;  Miocene. 
Santo  Domingo. — Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  5,  1917,  p.  232,  pi.  10, 
figs.  16,  17;  Loc.  as  above. — Pilsbry,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Phila., 
vol.  73,  1921,  p.  335,  pi.  23,  fig.  4  (Type);  Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. 

This  species  has  been  obtained  at  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  hori- 
zon M  -  N,  of  the  Tubera  group,  and  at  Loc.  325-A,  near 
Cibarco,  about  the  middle  of  the  same  group.  Its  range  is  at 
least  from  the  basal  beds  to  the  middle  of  the  Tubera  group 
of  the  Colombian  Miocene. 


128  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

53.    Oliva  tuberaetisis  Anderson,  new  species 

Plate  17,  figures  2,  3 

Shell  large,  thick,  robust  in  form,  spire  high  and  accumi- 
nate;  height  of  hollotype  87  mm.,  width  37  mm.,  height  of 
aperture  65  mm.,  thickness  of  shell  at  outer  lip  5  mm. ;  suture 
clean  and  incised;  aperture  expanding  gradually  toward  the 
anterior  end,  narrowed  at  the  top  into  a  cleft ;  outer  lip  smooth, 
simple  and  gently  arcuate;  inner  border  of  aperture  slightly 
calloused,  a  little  depressed  near  the  middle,  and  bearing 
oblique  ridges  below. 

Holotype:  No.  4172;  paratype:  No.  4174,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad. 
Sci.,  from  Loc.  267-R  of  Tubera  group;  paratype:  No.  4173, 
Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  from  Loc.  267-C,  C.  A.  S.,  Tubera 
group,  Colombia;  Miocene. 

This  species  resembles  most  nearly  O.  couvana  Maury  from 
the  Springvale  group  of  the  Miocene  of  Trinidad,  but  it  has  a 
larger,  thicker  and  relatively  heavier  shell,  and  more  ovate  out- 
line. The  external  calluses  are  wider,  and  the  plications  are 
more  pronounced,  as  judged  by  Maury's  figures.  Our  species 
differs  from  O.  proavia  Pilsbry  &  Johnson  in  a  somewhat  simi- 
lar manner,  not  forgetting  Maury's  comparison. 

This  shell  is  fairly  abundant  in  horizon  R  of  the  Tubera 
group,  and  it  was  obtained  also  at  horizon  M  -  N,  at  Loc.  267, 
C.  A.  S..  and  very  probably  it  will  be  found  at  intervening 
horizons. 


54.    Marginalia  ballista  Dall 

Marginella  ballista  Dall,  Trans.  Wag.  Fr.  Inst.  Sci.,  vol.  3,  p.  47,  pi.  4,  fig.  6; 
Miocene,  Tampa  Silex  beds,  Florida. 

This  Floridan  species  has  not  before  been  cited  from  the 
Miocene  of  the  Caribbean  region,  although  beds  equivalent  in 
age  and  ecologic  conditions  probably  exist  at  many  points 
therein.  The  form  and  surface  features  of  our  shell  are  too 
nearly  like  those  figured  and  described  by  Dall  to  warrant  any 
other  determination  of  it. 

Dall  has  also  described  a  varietal  form  of  the  same  which  he 
compares  to  M.  incrassata  Nelson,  with  which  our  species  was 


Vol.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA      ^29 

for  a  time  tentatively  identified.  Its  identity  with  the  Floridan 
form  seems  to  be  supported  by  the  possession  of  four  obHque 
plications,  as  well  as  by  the  thickened  outer  lip  and  low  spire. 
A  single  example  of  this  species  was  found  at  Loc.  267, 
C.  A.  S.,  horizon  P,  on  the  north  slope  of  Tubera  mountain, 
in  the  Tubera  group. 


55.    Marginalia  christinelladas  Maury 

Marginella  christinelladae.  Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  5,  1917,  p.  234,  pi.  11, 
fig.  6;  Zone  B,  Miocene,  Rio  Gurabo,  Santo  Domingo. 

More  than  a  dozen  good  examples  of  this  species  were 
obtained  at  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  P,  on  the  north  slope 
of  Tubera  mountain,  and  it  was  also  found  at  horizon  R,  at 
Tubera  village,  and  therefore  at  the  middle  and  near  the  top 
of  the  Tubera  group. 


56.    Marginella  coniformis  Sowerby 

Marginella  coniformis  Sowerby,  Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc,  Lond.,  vol.  6,  1928, 
1849,  p.  42;  Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. — Guppy,  Quart.  Jour.  Geol. 
Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  22,  1866,  p.  288,  pi.  17,  fig.  2;  Miocene,  Trinidad 
Island. — Brown  &  Pilsbry,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol.  63, 
1911,  p.  348,  pi.  24,  fig.  12;  Gatun  formation,  Canal  Zone. — M.^ury, 
Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  5,  1917,  p.  234,  pi.  11,  figs.  5,  5a;  Miocene,  Santo 
Domingo. 

This  species  was  obtained  at  the  Spillway  of  the  Canal  in 
1914,  and  since  then  at  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  P  of  the 
Tubera  group,  on  the  north  slope  of  Tubera  mountain  at  a 
horizon  believed  to  be  the  equivalent  of  the  Gatun  formation. 


57.    Mitra  dariensis  Brown  &  Pilsbry 

Miira  dariensis  Brown  &  Pilsbry,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol.  63,  1911, 
p.  346,  pi.  24,  fig.  9;  Gatun  formation,  Canal  Zone. — Olsson,  Bull. 
Am.  Pal.  vol.  9,  1922,  p.  273,  pi.  6,  fig.  25;  Gatun  Stage,  Canal  Zone. 

Several  good  specimens  of  this  species  were  obtained  at  the 
Spillway  of  the  Canal  in  1914,  and  since  then  it  has  been 
found  at  Loc.  351,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Punta  Pua,  near  the  middle 
of  the  Tubera  group. 


130  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

58.    Mitra  longa  Gabb 

Mitra  longa  Gabb,  Trans.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  vol.  15,  1873,  p.  219.— Brown  & 
PiLSBRY,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol.  63,  1911,  p.  346,  pi.  24, 
fig.  11.— Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  5,  1917,  p.  238,  pi.  11,  figs.  11, 
11a;  Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. — Pilsbry,  Proc.  Acad.  Sci.  Phila., 
vol.  73,  1921,  p.  339,  pi.  24,  fig.  3  (Type);  Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. — 
Olsson,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  9,  1922,  p.  273,  pi.  6,  fig.  10;  Gatun  Stage, 
Canal  Zone. 

Good  examples  of  this  species  were  found  at  Loc.  267, 
C.  A.  S.,  horizon  M  -  N,  and  Loc.  351,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Punta 
Pua,  in  the  latter  case  near  the  middle  of  the  Tubera  group ;  it 
is  believed  to  belong  to  both  of  these  horizons.  It  occurs  at 
Gatun,  according  to  Olsson. 

59.    Mitra  mauryae  Anderson,  new  species 
Plate  8,  figures  4,  5 

Shell  moderate  in  size,  height  of  holotype,  incomplete, 
32  mm.,  width  10  mm.,  somewhat  biconic  in  form;  spire  a 
little  longer  than  the  body  whorl;  suture  slightly  impressed; 
whorls  rounded  above  and  slightly  convex  below  the  shoul- 
ders; body  whorl  obversely  pyriform;  spire  (incomplete)  con- 
sisting of  six  whorls ;  sculpture  cancellated ;  aperture  long  and 
narrow;  canal  long  and  straight;  outer  lip  thin,  not  lirate 
within  columella  bearing  four  plications,  the  larger  above, 
slightly  more  distant  than  the  others ;  surface  ornamented  by 
20  vertical  ribs  on  the  penultimate  whorl,  crossed  by  seven 
spiral  threads,  the  two  forming  a  cancellated  sculpture  very 
similar  to  that  of  M.  syra  Dall.  This  latter  species,  from  the 
Silex  beds  of  Tampa,  Florida,  is  its  nearest  ally,  though  only 
one-half  the  length  of  the  Colombian  fonn,  and  with  a  some- 
what more  uniform  taper  to  the  apex. 

Holotype:  No.  4619,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  from  Loc.  267, 
C.  A.  S.,  horizon  L,  gray  shales  along  the  beach  one  mile 
west  of  Puerto  Colombia;  Miocene. 

This  species  is  known  from  only  a  single  slightly  imperfect 
specimen  obtained  from  the  gray  shales  along  the  beach  a 
mile  west  of  Puerto  Colombia  at  Loc.  267-L,  C.  A.  S.  These 
shales  underlie  the  Tubera  group,  and  probably  form  a  part 
of  the  Las  Perdices  group. 


Vol.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA      131 

60.    Scobinella  morierei  (?)  (Laville) 

Plate  8,  figures  6,  7 

Euchilodon  morierei  (Lav.)  in  Cossmann,  Jour.  Conch.,  vol.  61,  1913,  p.  34, 

pi.  3,  figs.  6,  7. 
Scobinella  morierei,  Olsson,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  9,  1922,  p.  251,  pi.  4,  figs.  3,  4; 

Gatun  Stage,  Canal  Zone. — Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.  vol.  10,  1925, 

p.  345,  pi.  34,  figs.  1,8;  Miocene,  Trinidad  Island. 

A  single  but  beautifully  preserved  example  of  this  interest- 
ing species  was  found  in  the  clay  shales,  underlying  the 
Tubera  group  a  mile  or  more  west  of  Puerto  Colombia,  asso- 
ciated with  Turris  alhida,  Mitra  iimuryce  (n.  sp.),  Phalium 
dalli  (n.  sp.),  Dentalium  granadanitm  (n.  sp.),  and  others. 

This  example  is  larger  and  more  robust  than  the  figures 
given  by  Olsson,  but  otherwise  is  not  easily  distinguished  from 
the  form  found  in  the  Canal  Zone.  The  ratio  of  length  to 
width  is  less,  being  more  nearly  3  :  1  in  greatest  width.  The 
aperture  is  relatively  wider,  and  the  columellar  plications  are 
different,  though  the  difference  seems  hardly  to  be  specific  in 
value.  The  species  has  not  been  found  in  higher  beds  in 
Colombia,  as  far  as  known. 

Plesiofype:  No.  4620,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  from  Loc. 
267-L,  gray  shales  along  the  beach  one  mile  west  of  Puerto 
Colombia;  Miocene. 


61.    Fasciolaria  olssoni  Anderson,  new  species 

Plate  8,  figures  1,  2,  3 

Shell  large,  thick,  robust,  biconic  in  form,  smooth,  showing 
lines  of  growth  and  faint  spiral  markings ;  length  of  holotype 
(without  apex)  79  mm.;  greatest  width  57  mm.;  paratype 
with  six  whorls ;  spire  high,  subconic,  acuminate ;  upper  sur- 
face of  the  whorls  concave,  terminating  above  in  a  clasping 
collar;  suture  distinct  above  the  collar;  shoulder  of  body 
whorl  bearing  five  or  more  rounded  tubercles,  forming  short 
broad  ridges  below,  but  none  above  the  shoulder;  aperture 
oval,  terminating  above  in  an  acute  angle,  below  in  a  narrow 
straight  canal;  inner  margin  of  aperture  evenly  calloused, 
outer   lip   lirate   within,    margin    unknown;    umbilical    chink 


132  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

closed ;  pillar  slightly  twisted,  bearing  three  rounded  plications. 
The  largest  example  of  this  shell,  although  not  complete, 
measures  113  mm.  in  length,  and  71  mm.  in  width.  The 
tubercles  do  not  develop  on  the  shoulders  until  about  the  fifth 
whorl,  and  become  stronger  on  older  shells. 

Holotype:  No.  4617;  paratype:  No.  4618  (C.  A.  S.  type 
coll.),  from  Loc.  267-P,  C.  A.  S.,  Tubera  mountain,  Colombia; 
Miocene. 

The  surface  of  the  older  shells  become  much  pitted  by  wonn 
borings.  This  species  is  possibly  the  one  listed  and  figured  by 
Olsson  as  F.  gorgasiana  (Brown  &  Pilsbry).^® 

This  shell  is  fairly  plentiful  in  the  Tubera  group  of  the 
Colombian  Miocene,  and  has  been  collected  at  Loc.  267, 
C.  A.  S.,  horizons  P  and  R,  and  at  other  points  which  repre- 
sent the  horizon  of  the  Gatun  formation  of  the  Canal  Zone. 


62.    Fasciolaria  kempi  (Maury) 

Siphonalia  kempi  Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  4,  1910,  p.  138,  pi.  5,  fig.  5; 

Chipola  marls,  Florida  Miocene. 
Fasciolaria  kempi  Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  5,  1917,  p.  245,  pi.  12,  fig.  4; 

Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. 

This  shell  is  not  rare  in  the  Tubera  group  of  the  Colombian 
Miocene,  and  has  been  collected  at  Loc.  351,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon 
near  M  -  N,  and  at  Loc.  305,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Turbaco. 

63.    Fusinus  henekeni  (Sowerby) 

Fusus  henekeni  Sowerby,  Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  6,  1849,  p.  49; 
Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. — Guppy,  Geol.  Mag.  Lond.,  vol.  1,  1874, 
p.  439.— Guppy,  Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  32,  1876,  p.  524, 
pi.  28,  fig.  6;  Miocene,  Haiti.— Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  5,  1917 
p.  242,  pi.  12,  fig.  1;  Cercado  de  Mao,  Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. 

Two  examples  of  this  species  were  found  at  the  village  of 
Tubera  in  the  upper  part  of  the  Tubera  group,  Loc.  267, 
C.  A.  S.,  horizon  R.  The  rounded  longitudinal  ribs  are  pro- 
nounced on  every  whorl,  from  the  nuclear  to  the  body  whorl, 
all  of  which  are  crossed  by  the  strong  spiral  cords  and  lines 
described  for  this  species. 

'«  Olsson,  A.  A.— Bull.  Am.  Pal.  vol.  9,  1922,  p.  227,  pi.  8,  fig.  9;  Gatun  Stage, 
Canal  Zone. 


Vol.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA      i;^;^ 

64.    Fusinus  magdalenensis  Anderson,  new  species 
Plate  15,  figures  1,  2,  3 

Shell  large,  height  of  holotype,  incomplete,  110  mm.,  width 
44  mm.,  fusiform,  with  high  spire  and  long  canal;  spire  con- 
sisting of  nine  whorls  below  the  nuclear  stage,  the  earlier  ones 
only  showing  vertical  ribs;  spire  sculptured  by  10  to  15  strong 
revolving  ridges,  of  two  alternating  ranks;  body  whorl  con- 
taining 14  such  ridges,  only  a  few  of  which  are  of  secondary 
rank;  canal  long  and  somewhat  recurved  near  the  terminus; 
pillar  calloused  throughout,  and  ornamented  externally  by 
spiral  threads  and  cords  alternating  as  above;  spiral  cords 
sharply  ridged  at  the  top. 

This  shell  bears  some  resemblance  to  F.  henikeni  (Sow.), 
var.  veatchi  Maury,  but  it  is  larger,  has  fewer  and  coarser 
spiral  cords,  longer  and  more  recurved  canal,  and  a  clearly 
more  calloused  pillar.  It  is  not  unlike  a  large  and  strongly 
marked  species  from  the  Gulf  of  California,  namely,  Fusinus 
diipetitthouarsii  (Kiener),  and  it  may  well  be  a  precursor  of 
the  same. 

Holotype:  No.  4651,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  from  Loc.  267, 
horizon  P,  north  slope  of  Tubera  mountain,  Colombia; 
Miocene. 


65.    Melongena  propatulus  Anderson,  new  species 
Plate  11,  figures  1,  2 

Shell  large,  heavy,  height  of  holotype,  incomplete,  108  mm., 
greatest  width  91  mm.,  spire  low  and  rounded,  body  pyriform 
or  conical  below  the  rounded  shoulder,  almost  spineless,  or 
having  only  few  and  inconspicuous  spines  on  the  shoulder  of 
the  whorl;  holotype  bearing  two  small,  tubercle-like  spines  at 
the  base,  near  aperture ;  whorls  five ;  spire  low  but  acuminate, 
rounded  below  the  three  nuclear  whorls  which  form  the  apex ; 
suture  covered  by  an  elevated  collar;  aperture  ovate,  notched 
behind,  slightly  notched  on  the  shoulder;  outer  lip  showing  a 
disposition  to  form  crenulations ;  inner  lip  broadly  calloused ; 
canal  broad,  as  in  M.  patulns;  pillar  broad,  and  flattened 
below ;  surface  marked  by  strong,  flat  spiral  cords,  crossed  by 


134  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

strong  wavy  lines  of  growth;  spiral  cords  stronger  near  the 
base,  one  or  more  cords  bearing  a  few  small  tubercles. 

This  shell  has  its  closest  ally  in  M.  patulus,  living  on  the 
Pacific  coast  and  in  the  Gulf  of  California.  Careful  com- 
parison has  been  made  with  good  examples  of  this  species  in 
the  collectioBs  of  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences,  and 
with  M.  melongetta  Linn,  from  the  Caribbean  region.  It  dif- 
fers from  both. 

Holotype:  No.  4632,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  from  Loc.  267, 
horizon  R,  Tubera  village,  Colombia;  Miocene;  embedded  in 
sandstone  near  the  top  of  the  Tubera  group. 


66.    Solenosteira  hasletti  Anderson,  new  species 
Plate  16,  figures  7-A,  8 

Shell  not  large,  height  of  holotype  48  mm.,  width  30  mm., 
thickened,  biconic  in  outline,  spiney,  not  nodose ;  spire  pagoda- 
like, with  5  or  6  whorls  more  or  less  concave  above,  the  whorls 
culminating  above  in  a  collar  clasping  the  preceding  one; 
suture  completely  covered;  surface  marked  by  numerous 
revolving  threads ;  on  the  upper  slope  four  or  five  of  these  are 
heavier,  with  interspaces  occupied  by  three  to  five  finer 
threads,  all  of  which,  under  the  lens,  appear  beaded ;  lower 
slope  ornamented  in  the  same  manner,  but  with  more  numer- 
ous heavy  threads;  periphery  of  each  whorl  supporting  about 
seven  strong  spines  that  point  upward  and  outward,  but- 
tressed by  a  low  ridge  beneath  and  above ;  aperture  ovate,  with 
narrow  angle  above  forming  a  notch ;  outer  lip  slightly  angu- 
lated,  somewhat  lirate  within ;  inner  lip  symmetrically  curved ; 
pillar  calloused  near  the  aperture,  recurved  without;  canal 
long  and  slightly  recurved ;  umbilical  area  calloused,  but  show- 
ing a  decided  depression. 

This  shell  is  not  unlike  Solenosteira  alternata  (Nelson) 
from  the  Zorritos  formation  of  Peru,  but  it  is  more  strongly 
sculptured,  and  considerably  more  spinose  in  its  mature  form. 
It  is  found  in  many  parts  of  the  Tubera  group,  and  was 
obtained  at  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  in  horizon  M  -  N,  and  horizon 
P.    It  is  named  in  honor  of  Mr.  Thomas  D.  Haslett. 


Vol.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA      ^35 

Holotype:  No.  4169,  Mus,  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  from  Loc. 
267 — M-N,  Tubera  group,  Colombia;  paratype:  No,  4170, 
C.  A.  S.,  from  Loc.  305,  C.  A.  S.,  Turbaco,  Colombia;  para- 
type: No.  4171,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  from  Loc.  304,  C.  A.  S., 
from  four  miles  east  of  Santa  Rosa,  Colombia,  on  ranch  of 
Mrs.  Gomez;  Miocene. 

67.    Solenosteira  santaerosae  Anderson,  new  species 
Plate  13,  figures  7,  8,  9,  10 

Shell  of  medium  size,  height  of  holotype,  incomplete, 
47  mm.,  width  35  mm.,  subconic  in  form,  spinose,  spiral  sculp- 
ture pronounced;  whorls  five  to  seven  below  the  nucleus; 
upper  slope  of  whorls  broad,  bearing  about  seven  strong  ridges 
extending  to  the  clasping  sutural  collar,  sculptured  by  numer- 
ous revolving  lines;  lower  slope  abrupt  and  concave  down- 
ward, crossed  by  numerous  revolving  lines  or  threads,  among 
which  appear  a  few  stronger  cords  near  the  center  of  the  lower 
surface;  shoulders  set  with  strong  spines,  sloping  downward 
on  the  body  whorl,  but  upward  on  the  younger  whorls ;  suture 
concealed  by  a  clasping  collar ;  pillar  thick  and  short,  reflexed ; 
aperture  ovate,  narrowed  above  and  at  the  canal ;  canal 
reflexed;  umbilicus  large;  general  appearance  of  the  shell 
slouching  and  depressed. 

Holotype:  No.  4641,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  from  Loc.  304, 
C.  A.  S.,  4  miles  east  of  Santa  Rosa;  paratype:  No.  4642,  Mus. 
Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  from  Loc.  305,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  P,  near 
Turbaco,  Colombia;  Miocene. 

This  species  is  not  infrequent  in  the  Tubera  group  of  the 
Colombian  Miocene.  It  has  been  obtained  at  Loc.  299-A, 
C.  A.  S.,  near  the  middle  of  the  group,  at  Loc.  304,  and  at 
Loc.  305,  C.  A.  S.,  lower  down  in  the  group,  though  not  at 
the  lowest  horizon. 

68.    Phos  tuberaensis  Anderson,  new  species 
Plate  9,  figures  1,  2,  3 

Shell  of  medium  size,  or  large;  spire  high,  somewhat  tur- 
rited;  height  of  holotype  50  mm.,  width  of  body  whorl 
26  mm.,  whorls  seven  in  number,  convex,  ornamented  chiefly 


]^36  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Sek. 

by  spiral  lines;  two  nuclear  whorls  smooth;  next  four  whorls 
bearing  low,  rounded  vertical  ribs,  and  about  12  slightly 
raised  spiral  threads;  upper  slope  of  whorls  concave;  shoul- 
ders tuberculated ;  body  whorl  having  10  low  ribs,  crossed  by 
spiral  threads,  heavier  on  base  of  shell;  aperture  oval,  nar- 
rowed above ;  canal  short,  reflexed ;  outer  lip  sharp,  lirate 
within;  pillar  bearing  one  anterior  plication,  not  crusted. 

Holotype:  No.  4621,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  from  Loc.  267, 
C.  A.  S.,  horizon  P,  on  the  north  slope  of  Tubera  mountain, 
Colombia;  paratype:  No.  4622,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  from 
Loc.  305,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Turbaco,  Colombia ;  Miocene. 

This  shell  resembles  Phos  siibsemicostatus  Brown  &  Pilsbry, 
but  it  is  larger,  has  a  more  rugged  sculpture  and  prominent 
tubercles. 

It  is  not  unlikely  that  the  two  species  are  nearly  allied, 
though  they  are  not  identical. 

This  species  is  not  rare  in  the  Tubera  group,  and  the  type 
was  obtained  at  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  P,  on  the  north 
slope  of  Tubera  mountain.  It  has  been  found  also  at  Loc. 
305,  near  Turbaco. 


69.    Phos  turbacoensis  Anderson,  new  species 
Plate  15,  figures  6,  7 

Shell  large,  heavy,  strongly  sculptured ;  spire  high,  acumi- 
nate, heavily  ribbed ;  whorls  nine  in  number,  concave  above, 
with  slightly  elevated  collar;  costate  below  the  shoulder,  hav- 
ing 12  heavy  ribs  which  are  crossed  by  five  or  six  heavy 
revolving  threads  below  the  shoulder ;  shoulder  slightly  tuber- 
culate;  body  whorl  irregularly  ribbed,  and  ornamented  with 
strong  spiral  threads  with  wide  interspaces;  interspaces  some- 
times containing  intermediary  lines;  pillar  short  with  one 
anterior  plication;  aperture  arcuate-ovate;  outer  lip  sharp, 
lirate  within;  pillar  not  calloused;  canal  short,  reflexed;  three 
nuclear  whorls  smooth;  following  six  becoming  gradually 
more  strongly  sculptured;  height  of  holotype  55  mm.,  width  of 
body  whorl  27  mm.,  height  of  aperture  26  mm. 


Vol.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA      \yj 

Holotype:  No.  4654,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  from  Loc.  305, 
C.  A.  S.,  near  the  village  of  Turbaco,  Colombia;  Miocene. 

This  shell  resembles  Phos  veatchi  Olsson,  but  it  is  larger, 
more  strongly  sculptured,  and  has  a  higher  spire. 


70.    Phos  baranoanus  Anderson,  new  species 
Plate  16,  figures  4,  5 

Shell  rather  large,  conico-ovate,  spire  high,  acuminate; 
whorls  nine  in  number,  convex;  suture  distinct,  not  impressed; 
two  nuclear  whorls  smooth;  next  five  whorls  bearing  small 
vertical  ribs  and  four  to  eight  spiral  threads,  producing  a  finely 
cancellated  sculpture ;  last  two  whorls  smooth,  showing  growth 
lines,  but  almost  no  spirals,  except  on  the  base;  aperture 
arcuate-ovate,  narrow  above;  outer  lip  sharp,  lirate  within; 
inner  lip  not  crusted ;  pillar  bearing  a  single  anterior  plication ; 
canal  reflexed.  Height  of  the  holotype  is  51  mm.,  width 
21.5  mm. 

This  shell  is  not  rare  in  the  Tubera  group,  and  has  been 
obtained  at  Loc.  325-A,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Cibarco;  Loc.  299, 
near  Baranoa;  Loc.  325,  near  Usiacuri;  and  at  Loc.  267, 
C.  A.  S.,  horizon  P,  on  the  north  slope  of  Tubera  mountain. 

Holotype:  No.  4657,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  from  Loc.  325-A, 
C.  A.  S.,  horizon  P,  on  the  north  slope  of  Tubera  mountain, 
Colombia;  paratype:  No.  4657-A,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  from 
Loc.  299,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Plott's  well  S.  W.  of  Baranoa,  Colom- 
bia; Miocene. 


71.    Murex  domingensis  Sowerby 

Murex  domingensis  Sowerby,  Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  6,  1849?  p. 
49,  pi.  10,  fig.  5;  Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. — Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal., 
vol.  5,  1917,  p.  265,  pi.  16,  figs.  3,  4,  5,  6;  Cercado  de  Mao,  Miocene, 
Santo  Domingo. 

A  single  specimen  of  this  shell  was  found  at  Loc.  267, 
C.  A.  S.,  horizon  P,  on  the  north  slope  of  Tubera  mountain, 
near  the  middle  of  the  Tubera  group. 

March  29,  1929 


138  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  See. 

72,    Murex  mississippiensis  Conrad 

Murex  mississippiensis  Conrad,  Jour.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol.  1,  1848, 
p.  116,  pi.  11,  fig.  30.— Dall,  Trans.  Wag.  Fr.  Inst.  Sci.,  vol.  3,  1890, 
p.  130.— Dall,  Bull.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  No.  90,  1915,  p.  73,  pi.  5,  fig. 
10;  Tampa  Silex  beds,  Miocene,  Florida,  etc. 

A  single  example  of  this  shell  was  obtained  at  Loc.  351, 
C.  A.  S.,  near  Punta  Pua,  some  20  miles  north  of  Cartagena, 
in  the  lower  part  of  the  Tubera  group. 

73.    Typhis  siphonifera  Dall 

Plate  9,  figure  8 

Typhis  siphonifera  Dall,  Bull.,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  No.  90,  1915,  p.  77,  pi.  13,  fig. 
9;  Tampa  Silex  beds,  Tampa,  Florida. 

Typhis  lingulifera  Dall,  var.  coslaricensis  (?)  Olsson,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  9, 
1922,  p.  304,  pi.  10,  figs.  22,  29;  Miocene,  Costa  Rica. 

A  single  example  of  this  interesting  species  was  found  at 
Loc.  325-A,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Cibarco,  a  few  miles  north  of 
Usiacuri,  and  near  the  middle  of  the  Tubera  group,  A  careful 
comparison  of  this  well  preserved  specimen  with  Ball's  figure 
and  description  leaves  no  room  for  doubt  as  to  its  determina- 
tion, although  the  spire  is  slightly  higher  in  our  specimen.  In 
this  example  the  spire  consists  of  seven  whorls,  including  the 
two  that  form  the  nucleus.  The  specimen  bears  some  resem- 
blance to  T.  linguifera  Dall,  but  the  latter  has  long  and  in- 
curved spines  where  the  varices  meet  the  shoulder  of  the 
whorl,  giving  it  a  decidedly  spiney  appearance.  The  tubes 
arising  from  the  shoulder  in  the  interspaces  between  the 
spines  form  a  distinguishing  mark. 

Plesiotype:  No.  4625,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  from  Loc. 
325-A,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Cibarco,  Colombia;  Miocene, 


74,    Distortrix  simillima  (Sowerby) 

Triton  simillima  Sowerby,  Quart,  Jour,  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  6,  1849,  p.  48; 

Miocene,  Island  of  Haiti. 

Persona  simillima,  Guppy,  Quart.  Joiu".  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  22,  1866,  p. 
288,  pi.  17,  fig.  13;  Miocene,  Jamaica. 


Vol.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA      139 

Distortio  (Distortrix,  Persona)  gatunensis  Toula,  Jahrb.  d.  K.  K.  Geol.  Reichs., 
Bd.  58,  1909,  p.  700,  pi.  25,  fig.  10;  Gatun  formation,  Canal  Zone.— 
Brown  &  Pilsbry,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol.  63,  1911,  p. 
356,  pi.  26,  fig.  8;  Gatun  formation.  Canal  Zone. 

Distortrix  simillima,  Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  5,  1917,  p.  271,  pi.  17,  figs. 
4,  5;  Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. — Olsson,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  9,  1922, 
p.  305;  Gatun  Stage,  Canal  Zone. — Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  10, 
1925,  p.  368;  Miocene,  Trinidad  Island. 

A  good  number  of  examples  of  this  shell  was  obtained  at 
the  Spillway  of  the  Canal  in  1914,  and  since  then  it  has  been 
collected  at  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizons  P  and  R,  and  later  at 
Loc.  325-A,  near  Cibarco,  all  of  which  represent  a  horizon 
near  the  middle,  or  in  the  upper  part  of  the  Tubera  group  of 
the  Colombian  Miocene.  It  has  not  been  found  in  the  lowest 
horizon  of  the  same. 


75,    Cypraea  henekeni  Sowerby 

Cyprcea  henekeni  Sowerby,  Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  6,  1849,  p.  45, 
pi.  9,  fig.  3;  Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. — Gabb,  Am.  Phil.  Soc.  Trans., 
vol.  15,  1873,  p.  235.— GUPPY,  Geol.  Mag.  Lond.,  vol.  1,  1874,  p.  440. 
— GuppY,  Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  32,  1876.  p.  528. — 
Brown  &  Pilsbry,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol.  63,  1911,  p. 
356.— Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  5,  1917,  p.  278,  pi.  19,  fig.  4; 
Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. 

Two  good  examples  of  this  species  were  obtained  at  Loc. 
267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  M  -  N,  at  the  west  base  of  Tubera 
mountain,  in  the  lower  part  of  the  Tubera  group,  and  it  has 
not  yet  been  found  higher  in  the  group. 


76.    Cypraea  (Pustularia)  gabbiana  Guppy 

Plate  15,  figures  4,  5 

Pustularia  nucleus,  Gabb,  Trans.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  vol.  15,  1873,  p.  236.  (Not 
of  Linnaeus). 

Cyprcea  pustulata,  Guppy,  Geol.  Mag.  Lond.,  vol.  1,  1874,  p.  440.  (Not  of 
Lamarck). 

Cyprcea  gabbiana  Guppy,  Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  32,  1876,  p.  528, 
pi.  29,  fig.  10;  Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. — Dall,  Trans.  Wag.  Fr. 
Inst.  Sci.,  vol.  3,  1890,  p.  165, 

Cyprcea  {Pustularia)  gabbiana,  Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol,  5,  1917,  p.  280, 
pi.  19,  fig.  12;  Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. 


140  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

A  sing-le  well  preserved  example  of  this  species  was  obtained 
at  Loc.  351,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Punta  Pua,  near  the  middle  of  the 
Tubera  group.  The  species  is  doubtless  related  to  C.  pustularia 
Lam.,  found  in  the  Gulf  of  California,  though  it  is  narrower, 
and  has  more  numerous  transverse  bars  upon  the  bucal 
surface. 

Plesiotype:  No.  4653,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  from  Loc.  351, 
C.  A.  S.,  horizon  P,  near  Punta  Pua,  Colombia;  Miocene 


77.    Ovula  (Neosimnia)  puana  Anderson,  new  species 

Plate  9,  figures  9,  10 

Shell  small,  length  of  holotype,  broken,  20  mm.,  width 
10  mm.,  biconic,  smooth,  bearing  a  subcentral,  angular  hump, 
but  little  elevated;  aperture  narrow,  outer  lip  apparently  sim- 
ple, inner  lip  smooth  and  polished. 

Holotype:  No.  4626,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  from  Loc.  351, 
C.  A.  S.,  near  Punta  Pua,  Colombia,  near  the  middle  of  the 
Tubera  group ;  Miocene. 

This  species  is  nearly  related  to  Ovula  emarginata  Sowerby, 
from  the  Bay  of  Panama,  but  it  differs  in  the  elevation  of  the 
transverse  hump. 

Only  a  single  specimen  of  this  shell  was  obtained  at  Loc. 
351,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Punta  Pua,  near  the  middle  of  the  Tubera 
group.  It  is  herein  included  only  for  the  purpose  of  making 
the  record  as  complete  as  our  material  will  permit. 

78.    Malea  ringens  (Swainson) 

Plate  12,  figtires  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6 

Cassis  ringens  Swainson,  Blith.  Catal.  1822,  App.  p.  4. — Sowerby,  Tankerv. 

Catal.,  1825,  App.  21. 
Dolium  ringens  (Swains.)  Reeve,  Conch.  Icon.,  vol.  5,  1849,  pi.  4,  fig.  5; 

living,  Payta,  Peru. 
Malea  ringens  (Swains.)  Conrad,  Pac.  R.  R.  Repts.,  vol.  6,  1855,  pt.  2,  p.  72, 

pi.  5,  fig.  22;  Miocene,  Gatun,  Panama. 

This  species  has  not  recently  been  listed  from  the  Miocene 
of  the  Caribbean  region,  although  Conrad  reported  it  from 


Vol.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA      ]^41 

Panama  Miocene  beds  as  early  as  1855.  It  was  obtained  by 
the  writer  at  the  Spillway  of  the  Canal  in  1914,  and  since  then 
at  a  number  of  points  in  the  Tubera  group  of  the  Colombian 
Miocene.  The  identity  of  the  fossil  Colombian  species  with 
the  living  form  from  the  Gulf  of  California  is  shown  in  the 
illustrations  presented  herein.  It  differs  from  the  more  com- 
mon form,  Malea  camura  Guppy,  in  having  a  higher  spire, 
narrower  and  flatter  revolving  ribs,  as  is  illustrated  in  Maury's 
figure  of  the  latter,  and  a  longer  canal.  The  outer  lip  is  not 
preserved  in  most  of  our  fossil  examples,  but  it  appears  to  be 
represented  in  Toula's  figure  (pi.  30,  fig.  7),^^  which  agrees 
with  some  of  our  material  from  Gatun.  In  the  Colombian 
Miocene  it  was  obtained  at  the  following  localities : 

Loc.  267,  C,  A.  S.,  horizon  P,  north  slope  of  Tubera  moun- 
tain; Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  R,  Tubera  village,  near  top 
of  group;  Loc.  299,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Baranoa,  near  middle  of 
the  group;  Loc.  305,  C.  A.  S.,  southeast  of  Turbaco,  Depart, 
de  BoHvar;  Loc.  351,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Punta  Pua,  near  the  mid- 
dle of  the  group. 

Its  range  is,  therefore,  through  the  upper  part  of  the 
Tubera  group  of  the  Colombian  Miocene. 

Plesiotype:  No.  4633,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  recent  shell 
from  Bay  of  Panama;  plesiotype:  No.  4634,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad. 
Sci.,  from  Loc.  267,  C.  A,  S.,  horizon  P,  Tubera  mountain ; 
plesiotype:  No.  4635,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  from  Loc.  299, 
C.  A.  S.,  horizon  P,  near  Plott's  well,  S.  W.  of  Baranoa, 
Colombia ;  Miocene. 


79.    Cassis  (Phalium)  dalli  Anderson,  new  species 
Plate  14,  figures  10,  11,  12,  13 

Shell  small,  height  of  holotype,  young  shell,  13  mm.,  width  11 
mm.,  globose,  coronated,  with  moderate  or  low  spire ;  shell  orna- 
mented by  fine  spiral  sculpture  covering  the  entire  body, 
crossed  by  lines  of  growth;  aperture  lunate,  outer  lip  thin  on 
the  two  examples  found ;  canal  short  and  recurved.  The  spire 
of  this  species  consists  of  two  smooth  nuclear  whorls,  followed 
by  three  rapidly  expanding  whorls  which  are  tabular  above, 

='Toula,  F.,  Jahrb.  d.  K.  K.  Geol.   Reichs.,  Bd.  61,   1911,  p.   SOO. 


142  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

angulated  on  the  shoulder  and  convexly  rounded  below.  The 
angles  of  the  shoulder  bear  12  to  13  flattened  spines,  elongated 
laterally,  forming  a  distinct  corona.  This  shell  bears  a  certain 
resemblance  to  P.  moniliferum  (Guppy),  but  has  a  much  finer 
sculpture,  only  a  single  row  of  tubercles,  a  lower  spire,  and  is 
of  smaller  size. 

Holotype:  No.  4649;  paratype:  No.  4650,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad. 
Sci.,  from  Loc.  267-L,  Las  Perdices  group  underlying  the  Tu- 
bera  group  a  mile  or  more  west  of  the  Pier  at  Puerto 
Colombia;  Miocene. 

This  species  is  represented  by  two  examples  from  Loc.  267, 
C.  A.  S.,  horizon  L,  the  gray  shales  of  the  Las  Perdices  group 
underlying  the  Tubera  group  a  mile  or  more  west  of  the  pier 
at  Puerto  Colombia.  It  has  not  been  found  at  any  higher 
horizon. 

80.    Cassis  (Phalium)  moniliferum  Guppy 

Cassis  moniUfera  Guppy,  Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  22,  1866,  p.  287, 
pi.  17,  fig.  8;  Miocene,  Jamaica. 

Phalium  moniliferum  Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  5,  1917,  p.  274,  pis.  18, 
figs.  4,  5;  19,  fig.  1.— Olsson,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  9,  1922,  p.  307, 
pi.  12,  fig.  11;  Miocene. 

This  species  was  obtained  at  the  Spillway  of  the  Canal  in 
1914,  but  has  not  yet  been  certainly  recognized  in  the  Miocene 
of  Colombia. 

81.    Sconsia  laevigata  (Sowerby) 

Cassidaria  Icevigaia  Sowerby,  Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  6,  1849, 
p.  47,  pi.  10.  fig.  2. 

Cassidaria  sublcevigata  Guppy,  Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  22,  1866, 
p.  287,  pi.  27,  fig.  9. 

Cassidaria  laevigata,  Guppy,  Geol.  Mag.  Lond.,  vol.  1,  1874,  p.  439. — Quart. 
Jour.  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  32,  1876,  p.  525. 

Sconsia  Iczvigata,  Brown  &  Pilsbry,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol.  63,  1911, 
p.  356.— Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  5,  1917,  p.  275,  pi.  19,  fig.  2; 
Cercado  de  Mao,  Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. — Olsson,  Bull.  Am. 
Pal.,  vol.  9,  1922,  p.  308. 

This  species  was  obtained  at  the  Spillway  of  the  Canal  in 
1914,  and  since  then  it  has  been  collected  at  Loc.  267,  C.  A,  S., 


Vol.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA      ^43 

horizon  M  -  N,  and  at  Loc.  351,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Punta  Pua, 
in  the  latter  case  from  near  the  middle  of  the  Tubera  group 
of  the  Colombian  Miocene.  It  has  not  been  found  at  any 
higher  horizon,  as  far  as  known. 

82.    Ficus  colombiana  Anderson,  new  species 
Plate  13,  figures  1,  2 

Shell  medium  or  large,  pyriform,  graceful  in  outline,  sculp- 
ture decussated,  suboval;  height  of  holotype  41.5  mm.,  width 
29  mm.,  height  of  paratype  (incomplete)  59  mm.,  width 
42  mm. ;  spire  low,  even  in  young  shells ;  upper  slope  gentle, 
curving  gracefully  to  the  sides;  nuclear  whorls  smooth;  sculp- 
ture consisting  of  spiral  cords  widely  spaced,  with  four  or  five 
intermediary  lines,  the  central  of  which  is  stronger  than  the 
others ;  aperture  wide,  suboval ;  pillar  slightly  curved. 

Holotype:  No.  4636;  paratype:  No.  4637,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad. 
Sci.,  from  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  P,  Tubera  mountain, 
Colombia;  Miocene. 

The  nearest  ally  of  this  species  is  Picas  decussata  (Wood) 
from  the  Bay  of  Panama,  Magdalena  Bay  and  the  Gulf  of 
California.  The  principal  difference  in  these  species  seems  to 
be  in  the  general  outline  and  sculpture.  The  fossil  species  is 
more  robust,  has  a  shorter  pillar  and  canal,  and  a  much 
coarser  sculpture.  It  differs  from  F.  carhasea  (Guppy),  in 
its  more  rounded  outline  as  well  as  in  sculpture. 

This  species  is  represented  by  four  good  examples  from 
Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  two  of  which  came  from  horizon  P,  and 
two  from  horizon  R,  and  accordingly  from  the  middle  and 
upper  part  of  the  Tubera  group.  Other  examples  have  been 
found  at  other  localities  in  the  middle  part  of  the  same  group. 

83.    Strombina  chiriquiensis  Olsson 

StromUna  chiriquiensis  Olsson,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  9,  1922,  p.  302,  pi.  10, 
figs.  14,  24;  Miocene,  Costa  Rica. 

This  species  was  found  abundantly  at  Loc.  325-A,  C.  A.  S., 
near  Cibarco,  near  the  middle  of  the  Tubera  group  of  the 
Colombian  Miocene. 


144  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

84.    Dentalium  granadanum  Anderson,  new  species 

Plate  13,  figure  3 

Shell  large,  subcircular  in  section,  gently  curved,  tapering 
very  gradually;  both  ends  complete  when  found,  but  sub- 
sequently broken;  surface  sculptured  by  24  rounded  but  irregu- 
lar longitudinal  ribs,  with  no  intermediate  lines,  the  ribs  con- 
tinuing to  the  basal  end  of  the  shell ;  length  of  incomplete  holo- 
type  not  less  than  55  mm.;  greatest  width  11  mm.  When 
complete  this  shell  was  not  less  than  100  mm.  in  length.  Its 
nearest  ally  seems  to  be  one  from  Costa  Rica  described  by 
Olsson  as  D.  uscarianum,  coming  from  the  Uscari  stage  of  the 
Miocene.  Its  resemblance,  however,  to  D.  mississippiensis 
Conrad"**  should  be  pointed  out  also. 

Holotype:  No.  4638,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  from  Log.  267, 
C.  A.  S.,  horizon  L,  Las  Perdices  group,  Puerto  Colombia; 
Miocene. 

A  single  example  was  obtained  from  the  gray  shales  of  the 
Las  Perdices  group  below  the  Tubera  group,  a  mile  west  of 
Puerto  Colombia. 


85.    Serpulorbis  papulosa  (Guppy) 

Vermetus  papulosa  Guppy,  Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  22,  1866,  p.  292, 
pi.  17,  fig.  3;  Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. — Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc. 
Lond.,  vol.  32,  1876,  p.  519;  occurrence  as  above. 

Serpulorbis  papulosa  (Guppy)  Dall,  Trans.  Wag.  Fr.  Inst.  Sci.,  vol.  3,  1903, 
p.  1585.— Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  5,  1917,  p.  291,  pi.  22,  fig.  10; 
Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. — Olsson,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  9,  1922,  p. 
317,  pi.  12,  fig.  1;  Gatun  Stage,  Costa  Rica. — Pilsbry,  Proc.  Acad. 
Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol.  73,  1921,  p.  376,  as  above. — Maury,  Bull.  Am. 
Pal.,  vol.  10,  1925,  p.  377,  etc.;  Springvale horizon,  Miocene,  Trinidad 
Island. 

Examples  of  this  species  have  been  obtained  at  Loc.  267, 
C.  A.  S.,  horizon  M  -  N,  and  at  Loc.  351,  C.  A.  S.,  near 
Punta  Pua,  in  the  latter  case  from  near  the  middle  of  the 
Tubera  group  of  the  Colombian  Miocene. 

«Jour.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol.   1,  1848,  p.   112,  pi.   11,  fig.   1. 


Vol.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA      ^45 

86.    Serpulorbis  granifera  (Say) 

Serpula  granifera  Say,  Jour.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol.  4,  1824,  p.  154,  pi.  8, 
fig.  4.— Reprint,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  1,  1896,  p.  330,  pi.  8,  fig.  4; 
Miocene,  Maryland. 

Vermelus  granifera,  Martin,  Md.  Geol.  Surv.,  1904,  p.  232,  pi.  54,  figs.  14,  15. 

Serpulorbis  granifera,  Dall,  Trans.  Wag.  Fr.  Inst.  Sci.,  vol.  3,  1892,  p.  303. — 
Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  5,  1917,  p.  291,  pi.  22.  fig.  9;  Miocene, 
Santo  Domingo. 

Examples  of  this  species  were  obtained  at  Loc.  351,  C.  A.  S., 
near  Punta  Pua,  20  miles  north  of  Cartagena,  near  the  mid- 
dle of  the  Tubera  group. 


87.    Petaloconchus  sculpturatus  H.  C.  Lea 

Petaloconchus  sculpturatus  Lea,  Trans.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  vol.  9,  1845,  p.  233, 
pi.  34,  fig.  3. 

Petaloconchus  domingensis  Sowerby,  Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  6, 
1849,  p.  51,  pi.  10,  figs.  8,  a,  b,  c. — Brown  &  Pilsbry,  Proc.  Acad. 
Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol.  63,  1911,  p.  359;  Gatun  formation.  Canal  Zone. 

Petaloconchus  sculpturatus,  Gabb,  Trans.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  vol.  25,  1875,  p.  240; 
Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. — Guppy,  Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc.  Lond., 
vol.  32,  1876,  p.  519. 

Vermetus  {Petaloconchus)  sculpturatus,  Dall,  Trans.  Wag.  Fr.  Inst.  Sci.,  vol. 
3,  1892,  p.  305.— Pilsbry,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol.  73,  1921, 
p.  377;  Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. 

Petaloconchus  sculpturatus,  Olsson,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  9,  1922,  p.  318,  pi.  14, 
figs.  10,  15;  Miocene,  Canal  Zone. — Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  10, 
1925,  p.  378,  pi.  41,  figs.  2,  4,  7;  Miocene,  Trinidad  Island. 

This  species  occurs  frequently  in  the  Tubera  group  of  the 
Colombian  Miocene.  It  has  been  obtained  at  Loc.  267, 
C.  A.  S.,  horizon  M  -  N,  and  Loc,  351,  C.  A.  S.,  near  the 
middle  of  the  group,  and  at  Loc.  325-A,  also  near  the  middle 
of  the  group.  It  occurs  at  higher  horizons  as  well,  at  other 
localities. 


146  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Pelecypoda 

88.  Yoldia  pisciformis  Brown  &  Pilsbry 

Yoldia  pisciformis  Brown  &  Pilsbry,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Phila.,  vol.  17, 
1917,  p.  38,  pi.  6,  fig.  3;  near  Cartagena,  Colombia. 

This  species  is  abundant  about  Tubera  mountain  in  the  mid- 
dle part  of  the  Tubera  group,  as  at  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  hori- 
zons P  and  R,  Tubera  group,  and  it  has  also  been  found  at 
Loc.  304,  C.  A.  S.,  four  miles  east  of  Santa  Rosa,  near  the 
Colombian  coast. 

89.  Area  (Scapharca)  patricia  Sowerby 

Area  Patricia  Sowerby,  Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  6,  1850,  p.  52; 
Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. — Woodring,  Science,  vol.  62,  1925,  pp. 
518,  519. 

Although  Gabb  was  very  confident  that  he  had  found  and 
identified  Sowerby 's  species,  Area  patricia  with  the  living 
Area  girandis  Brod.  &  Sowerby,  it  appears  that  his  confidence 
was  not  well  grounded  in  fact.  W.  P.  Woodring  has  sum- 
marized the  matter  pertaining  to  the  former  species,  including 
under  it  the  following  as  synonymous : 

Area  (Anadara)  grandis  (Brod.  &  Sow.),  Gabb,  1873. 
Seapharca  (Argina)  tolepia  Dall,  1898. 
Scapharca  arthurpennelli  Maury,  1917. 
Area  {Argina)  tolepia  (Dall),  Pilsbry,  1922,  etc. 

This  species  has  been  found  in  the  Tubera  group  of  the 
Colombian  Miocene  at  three  different  localities,  and  in  fact 
seems  to  be  quite  common.  In  all  of  the  examples  the  ribs 
number  about  30,  are  slightly  nodose,  and  the  shell  has  the 
form  and  hinge  characters  described  by  Dall  for  his  Seapharca 
tolepia.  It  occurs  abundantly  at  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  in  hori- 
zons M  -  N,  and  P,  Tubera  mountain;  Loc.  305,  C.  A.  S., 
near  Turbaco;  and  at  Loc.  265,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Punta  Paralillas, 
north  of  Monitos,  on  the  Colombian  coast.  At  the  last  point 
it  was  almost  the  only  fossil  found,  but  was  sufficient  to  con- 
firm the  Miocene  age  of  the  strata,  determined  as  such  on 
other  grounds. 


Vol.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA      \^y 

90.    Area  (Noetia)  macdonaldi  Dall 

Area  (Noetia)  macdonaldi  Dall,  Smiths.  Misc.  Coll.,  vol.  59,  1912,  p.  9. — 
Olsson,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  9,  1922,  p.  366,  pi.  25,  figs.  4-7;  Miocene, 
Costa  Rica. 

According  to  Dall  this  species  is  nearly  related  to  Area 
trinitaria  Guppy,  from  the  Miocene  of  Trinidad  Island. 
Examples  of  it  were  found  at  Loc.  323,  C.  A.  S.,  at  the  Spill- 
way of  the  Canal  in  1914,  and  subsequently  at  Loc.  267, 
C.  A.  S.,  horizons  M  -  N,  and  P,  of  the  Tubera  group,  Tubera 
mountain,  and  at  Loc.  299,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Baranoa,  Colombia. 
It  is  one  of  the  abundant  forms  of  this  group. 

91.    Area  (Scapharca)  actinophora  Dall 

Area  {Scapharca)  actinohpora  Dall,  Trans.  Wag.  Fr.  Inst.  Sci.,  vol.  3,  1898, 
p.  647,  pi.  2>i,  fig.  26;  Monkey  Hill,  Canal  Zone. 

This  species  was  collected  at  the  Spillway  of  the  Canal  in 
1914,  and  subsequently  at  two  separate  localities  in  the  Colom- 
bian Miocene,  as  at  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  P,  Tubera 
group,  and  at  Loc.  351,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Punta  Pua,  some  20 
miles  north  of  Cartagena.  At  the  latter  locality  three  or  four 
good  examples  were  obtained  which  agree  in  all  essentials  with 
those  of  the  Gatun  formation. 

92.    Area  (Scapharca)  dariensis  Brown  &  Pilsbry 

Area  {Scapharca)  dariensis  Brown  &  Pilsbry,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila., 
vol.  63,  1911,  p.  362,  pi.  22,  fig.  10;  Gatun  formation.  Canal  Zone. 

This  species  was  found  abundantly  at  the  Spillway  of  the 
Canal  in  1914,  Loc.  323,  C.  A.  S.,  and  has  since  been  found  at 
Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  P,  on  the  north  slope  of  Tubera 
mountain,  in  the  middle  of  the  Tubera  group.  It  appears  to 
belong  to  the  group  of  Area  (Scaph.)  ineqnilatcralis  (Guppy) 
from  the  Miocene  of  Trinidad. 

93.    Area  (Area)  oeeidentalis  Philippi 

Area  {Area)  oeeidentalis  Philippi,  Abbild.  und  Beschreib.,  vol.  3,  1847,  p.  29, 
pi.  4,  figs.  4,  a,  b;  living,  Caribbean  Sea. — Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal., 
vol.  5,  1917,  p.  327,  pi.  29,  fig.  3;  Zone  H,  Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. — 
Olsson,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  9,  1922,  p.  353,  pi.  22,  fig.  1;  Miocene, 
Costa  Rica.— WooDRiNG,  Mioc.  Moll.  Bowden,  Jamaica,  Carnegie 
Inst.  Publ.  No.  1925,  p.  29,  pi.  2,  figs.  8,  9;  Bowden  beds,  Jamaica. 


248  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

This  species  has  been  obtained  abundantly  in  the  Bay  of 
Cartagena  and  has  been  collected  from  the  Miocene  beds  of 
Loc.  351,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Punta  Pua,  20  miles  north  of  Carta- 
gena. It  is  a  variable  form  and  it  would  be  surprising  if  it 
did  not  persist  from  the  lower  Miocene  into  the  living  fauna. 

94.    Area  (Anadara)  usiacurii  Anderson,  new  species 
Plate  19,  figure  6;  plate  20,  figure  6;  plate  21,  figure  4 

Area  grandis  Brod.  &  Sow.,  Pilsbry  (in  part),  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila., 
vol.  73,  1921,  p.  404;  Miocene,  near  Cartagena,  Colombia. 

Area  grandis  ?  waringi  F.  &  H.  K.  Hodson,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  13,  1927,  p.  7, 
pi.  7,  figs.  1,  4;  Miocene,  N.  Venezuela. 

Shell  large,  solid  and  heavy;  nearly  equivalve;  length  of 
holotype  105  mm.,  height  103  mm.,  thickness  of  valve  from 
hinge  plane  to  back  50  mm. ;  radial  ribs  27  in  number,  slightly 
flattened,  heavy,  beaded  on  the  anterior  surface,  and  less 
strongly  so  elsewhere ;  intercostal  spaces  nearly  equal  in  width 
to  the  ribs,  marked  by  strong  lines  of  growth;  cardinal  area 
broad,  forming  a  nearly  symmetrical  triangle  crossed  by  four 
to  six  grooves  in  fully  grown  specimens,  sloping  to  the  outer 
angles  of  the  area,  but  not  quite  meeting  on  the  median  line ; 
hinge  heavy,  set  with  about  48-58  thin,  close-set,  often  branch- 
ing teeth,  which  in  the  center  are  vertical,  but  toward  the  ends 
curve  outwardly  and  are  often  broken  by  an  oblique  line; 
margin  of  shell  strongly  denticulate  within,  showing  about  23 
broad  denticulations. 

Holotype:  No.  4158,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  from  Loc.  306, 
C.  A.  S.,  at  the  northeast  border  of  the  village  of  Usiacuri, 
Colombia;  paratype:  No.  4159,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  from 
Loc.  267  M  -  N,  C.  A.  S.,  Tubera  group,  Colombia;  Miocene. 

This  species  is  even  more  nearly  related  to  Area  grandis 
Brod.  &  Sow.  than  is  the  form  figured  by  Pilsbry  as  such,  and 
by  Maury  as  Area  patrieia  Sowerby^®  for  which  the  name 
Area  patriareha  is  here  proposed.  A  comparison  of  the  hinges 
and  cardinal  areas  clearly  shows  several  marked  differences. 
The  branching  of  the  cardinal  teeth  near  the  ends  of  the  hinge 
in  the  Colombian  species  is  a  distinctive  mark.     Although  Dr. 

28  Bull.  Am.  Pal.  vol.  5,  p.  337,  pi.  27,  fig.  1. 


Vol.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA      ^49 

Pilsbry  had  in  his  collection  nine  specimens  from  the  Colom- 
bian coast  (p.  404)  he  seems  not  to  have  noted  the  points  in 
which  they  doubtless  differ  from  the  Dominican  species  or 
from  the  form  living  at  Panama  and  other  Pacific  points. 

This  species  is  found  in  many  parts  of  the  Colombian 
marine  Miocene  associated  with  other  purely  marine  forms. 
The  holotype  was  obtained  from  Loc.  306,  at  the  northeast 
border  of  the  village  of  Usiacuri,  more  than  1,000  feet  above 
the  base  of  the  group,  where  it  is  very  abundant.  The  para- 
type  comes  from  the  uppermost  part  of  horizon  M  -  N  of  the 
Tubera  group,  though  it  is  abundant  in  higher  horizons,  as 
P  and  Q,  and  in  still  higher  beds  near  the  village  of  Usiacuri. 

95.    Area  (Anadara)  patriarcha  Anderson,  new  name 

Area  grandis  Brod.  &  Sow.,  Gabb,  Trans.  Amer.  Phil.  Soc,  vol.  15,  1873,  p. 
253  (in  part);  Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. 

Area  grandis  Brod.  &  Sow.,  Pilsbry,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol.  73, 
1922,  p.  404,  pi.  40,  fig.  1;  Miocene,  Santo  Domingo.  Not  Area 
grandis  Brod.  &  Sow.;  living,  Bay  of  Panama,  etc. 

Area  patricia  Sowerby,  Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  5,  1917,  p.  337,  pi.  27, 
fig.  1 ;  Caimito,  Rio  Cana,  Santo  Domingo. 

This  species  has  not  yet  been  correctly  reported  from 
Colombia,  although  it  appears  to  be  quite  abundant  in  the 
Miocene  of  Santo  Domingo.  As  shown  by  the  figure  supplied 
by  Maury  the  cardinal  teeth  are  not  numerous,  and  are  cor- 
respondingly very  coarse.  It  lacks  many  of  the  details  of  fonn 
and  dentition  given  for  Area  grandis  Brod.  &  Sow.,  and  for 
Area  (Anadara)  iisiaeurii  Anderson. 

96.    Area  (Seapharea)  auriculata  Lamarck 

Area  auriculata  Lam.,  An.  s.  Vert.,  vol.  6,  1819,  p.  43;  living  fauna. — Dall, 
Trans.  Wag.  Fr.  Inst.  Sci.,  vol.  3,  1898,  p.  647;  Miocene,  Bowden, 
Jamaica.— M.\ury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  5,  1917,  p.  339,  pi.  28,  fig.  3; 
Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. — Olsson,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  9,  1922,  p. 
362,  pi.  22,  fig.  3;  Miocene,  Costa  Rica. — Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal., 
vol.  10,  1925,  p.  201,  pi.  4,  fig.  2;  Miocene,  Trinidad  Island. 

This  species  has  been  found  living  in  the  Bay  of  Cartagena, 
and  fossil  in  the  Tubera  group  of  the  Colombian  Miocene,  as 
at  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  M  -  N,  the  lowest  member  of 


J50  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

the  group.  A  careful  comparison  of  the  fossil  and  living 
examples  shows  the  fossil  form  well  within  the  range  of  vari- 
ation in  the  living  shells. 


97.  Area  (Scapharca?)  veatchi  Olsson 

Area  veatchi  Olsson,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  9,  1922,  p.  361,  pi.  23,  figs.    1-3; 
Gatun  Stage,  Miocene,  Costa  Rica. 

This  species  has  been  obtained  from  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S., 
horizon  M  -  N  of  the  Tubera  group  of  the  Colombian  Mio- 
cene. The  species  appears  to  be  nearly  related  to,  though  not 
identical  with  Area  patricia  Sowerby,  as  understood  in  this 
paper. 


98.    Area  (Scapharea)  medioamerieana  (Olsson) 

Area  medioamerieana  Olsson,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  9,  1922,  p.  360,  pi.  23,  figs. 
4-6;  Miocene,  Costa  Rica. 

Olsson  has  described  this  species  as  a  variety  of  Area 
golfoyaqnensis  Maury,  but  the  specific  differences  seem  so  evi- 
dent, both  as  to  form  and  ornamentation,  that  it  should  be 
regarded  as  distinct.  The  species  seems  more  closely  related 
to  Area  actinophora  Dall,  while  Maury's  species  seems  to  be 
nearer  to  Area  dariensis  Brown  &  Pilsbry. 


99.    Area  (Scapharca)  inequilateralis  Guppy 

Area  inequilateralis  Guppy,  Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  22,  p.  293,  pi. 
18,  figs.  2,  a,  b;  Miocene,  Jamaica. 

Barhatia  (Diluvarea)  inequalateralis  Woodring,  Mioc.  Moll.  Bowden,  Jam., 
Carnegie  Inst.  Publ.  No.  366,  1925,  p.  45,  pi.  5,  figs.  1-3;  Miocene, 
Jamaica. 

This  species  has  been  obtained  from  Loc.  351,  C.  A.  S.,  near 
Punta  Pua,  20  miles  north  of  Cartagena,  from  near  the  middle 
of  the  Tubera  group,  and  from  Loc.  299-A,  C.  A.  S.,  between 
Cibarco  and  Chorrera,  Tubera  group,  Colombian  Miocene. 


Vol.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA      15I 

100.    Area  cacica  Olsson 

Area  cacica  Olsson,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  9,  1922,  p.  362,  pi,  24,  fig.  1;  Miocene, 
Costa  Rica. 

This  species  occurs  at  Loc.  299,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Baranoa, 
Colombia,  in  the  central  part  of  the  Tiibera  group,  Colombian 
Miocene. 

101.    Area  (Scapharca)  hispaniolana  Maury 

Area  (Scapharca)  hispaniolana  Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  5,  1917,  p.  340, 
pi.  30,  figs.  9,  10;  Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. 

A  single  specimen  of  this  species  was  obtained  from  each  of 
the  following  localities :  Loc.  304,  C.  A.  S.,  four  miles  east  of 
Santa  Rosa;  Loc.  306,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Usiacuri;  and  Loc.  351, 
C.  A.  S.,  near  Punta  Pua,  20  miles  north  of  Cartagena, 
Colombia ;  all  of  them  in  the  central  part  of  the  Tubera  group 
of  the  Miocene. 

102.    Area  pittieri  Dall 

Area  pittieri  Dall,  Smiths.  Misc.  Coll.,  vol.  59,  1912,  pt.  2,  p.  9;  Miocene, 
Costa  Rica.— Olsson,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  9,  1922,  p.  364,  pi.  24, 
figs.  2-6;  Gatun  Stage,  Miocene,  Costa  Rica. 

This  species  has  been  obtained  at  Loc.  305,  C.  A.  S.,  near 
Turbaco;  Loc.  349,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Galapa;  and  Loc.  351, 
C.  A.  S.,  near  Punta  Pua,  20  miles  north  of  Cartagena.  The 
first  two  occurrences  are  at  points  low  in  the  Tubera  group, 
though  the  last  is  probably  near  the  top. 

103.    Area  (Seapharea)  lloydi  Olsson 

Area  {Scapharca)  lloydi  Olsson,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  9,  1922,  p.  364,  pi.  24 
figs.  10-12;  Gatun  Stage,  Miocene,  Costa  Rica. 

This  Species  was  obtained  at  Loc.  323,  C.  A.  S.,  at  the  Spill- 
way of  the  Canal,  in  1914;  and  since  then  at  Loc.  267, 
C.  A.  S.,  horizon  P;  and  Loc.  306,  C.  A.  S.,  Usiacuri;  and 
also  at  Loc.  351,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Punta  Pua,  20  miles  north  of 
Cartagena;  all  from  the  central  part  of  the  Tubera  group. 


152  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Seb. 

104.    Glycymeris  jamaicensis  Dall 

Glycymeris  jamaicensis  Dall,  Trans.  Wag.  Fr.  Inst.  Sci.,  vol.  3,  1898,  p.  608. — 
WooDRiNG,  Carnegie  Inst.  Wash.,  Publ.  No.  366,  1925,  p.  24,  pi.  2, 
figs.  1-3;  Miocene,  Bowden,  Jamaica. 

This  species  has  been  found  abundantly  at  Loc.  267, 
C.  A.  S.,  horizon  M  -  N,  and  at  Loc.  351,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon 
P,  both  of  the  Tubera  group  of  the  Colombian  Miocene. 


105.    Glycymeris  carbasina  (?)  Brown  &  Pilsbry 

Glycymeris  carbasina  Brown  &  Pilsbry,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol.  63, 
1911,  p.  363,  pi.  28,  fig.  9;  Gatun  formation.  Canal  Zone. 

This  species  has  been  doubtfully  identified  among  the  forms 
found  in  the  lowest  horizon  of  the  Tubera  group.  It  appears 
to  be  related  to  the  preceding  from  the  Bowden  beds  of 
Jamaica. 

106.    Glycymeris  lloydsmithi  Brown  &  Pilsbry 

Glycymeris  lloydsmithi  Brown  &  Pilsbry,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol. 
69,  1917,  p.  39,  pi.  6,  fig.  6;  Miocene,  near  Cartagena,  Colombia. 

Several  good  examples  of  this  species  were  obtained  from 
Loc.  351,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Punta  Pua,  20  miles  north  of  Carta- 
gena, near  the  middle  of  the  Tubera  group  of  the  Colombian 
Miocene. 

107.    Glycymeris  lamyi  Dall 

Plate  22,  figures  7,  8 

Glycymeris  lamyi  D.\ll,  Bull.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  No.  90,  1915,  p.  122,  pi.  20, 
figs.  11,  13;  Tampa  Silex  beds,  Tampa  Bay,  Fla.,  Lower  Miocene. 

Glycymeris  canalis,  Olsson  (in  part,  not  Brown  &  Pilsbry),  Bull.  Am.  Pal. 
vol.  9,  1922,  p.  349,  pi.  18,  figs.  4,  5;  Miocene,  Costa  Rica. 

Plesiotype:  No.  4670,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  from  Loc. 
325-A,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Cibarco,  Colombia;  Miocene. 

Dall's  description  and  figures  are  sufficiently  clear  to  enable 
one  to  recognize  the  species  with  considerable  confidence.  He 
seems  to  have  had,  however,  only  the  young  or  immature 
shells  upon  which  to  base  his  description.  His  figures  are 
almost  twice  natural  size. 


Vol.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA      J 53 

With  further  growth  the  number  of  primary  ribs  increases, 
and  at  the  same  time  riblets  appear  on  some  of  them.  Super- 
ficially this  species  resembles  G.  trilobicosta  Brown  &:  Pilsbry, 
but  it  is  not  only  larger,  but  has  a  narrower,  less  expanded 
outline  near  the  beaks,  and  intermediary  riblets  which  are 
lacking  in  G.  trilobicosta. 

Several  good  examples  of  this  species  were  obtained  at  Loc. 
351,  C.  A.  S.,  and  at  Loc.  325,  C.  A.  S.,  all  in  the  central  part 
of  the  Tubera  group  of  the  Colombian  Miocene. 

108.    Glycymeris  usiacurii  Anderson,  new  species 

Plate  22,  figures  3,  4 

Shell  small,  sub-circular,  moderately  inflated;  beaks  small, 
median,  a  little  prominent;  primary  ribs  15  in  number, 
rounded,  widest  in  the  central  part  of  the  shell,  separated  by 
a  groove  containing  a  single  intermediary  riblet;  ligamental 
area  small,  almost  obsolete ;  line  of  the  cardinal  teeth  rounded, 
not  angular,  set  with  eight  teeth  on  each  side  of  the  median 
line,  with  a  few  rudimentary  teeth  near  the  middle;  height  of 
holotype  24  mm.,  length  24  mm.,  depth  of  single  valve  7  mm. 

This  species  outwardly  resembles  G.  canalis  Brown  &  Pils- 
bry, but  unlike  it  has  intermediary  riblets,  and  not  so  many 
cardinal  teeth  in  the  hinge. 

This  form  has  been  found  plentifully  at  Loc.  325,  C.  A.  S., 
a  mile  east  of  the  village  of  Usiacuri,  and  nearly  2,000  feet 
above  the  base  of  the  Tubera  group,  of  the  Colombian 
Miocene. 

Holotype:  No.  4668,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  from  Loc.  325, 
C.  A.  S.,  horizon  P,  near  the  village  of  Usiacuri,  Colombia; 
Miocene. 

109.    Ostrea  haitensis  Sowerby 

Ostrea  haitensis  Sow.,  Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  6,  1850,  p.  53. — 
Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  5,  1917,  p.  346,  pi.  31,  figs.  1,  2;  Zone  D, 
Gurabo,  Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. — Hodson,  P.,  Bull.  Am.  Pal., 
vol.  13,  1927,  p.  21,  pi.  10,  fig.  7,  pi.  11,  fig.  4,  and  pi.  12,  fig.  4; 
Oligocene-Miocene,  State  of  Falcon,  western  Venezuela. 

Ostrea  vespertina  (?),  Jordan  &  Hertlein  (not  Conrad),  Proc.  Calif.  Acad. 

Sci.,  vol.  15,  1926,  p.  428;  California  Pliocene. 

March  29,  1929 


154  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Sowerby's  species  has  some  marked  features  of  resemblance 
to  O.  vespertina  Conrad  (=0.  veatchi  Gabb)  from  the  upper 
Tertiary  of  the  CaHfornia  coast,  though  identity  is  not 
claimed.  Ostrca  gatunensis  Brown  &  Pilsbry,  and  O.  costari- 
censis  Olsson  apparently  belong  to  the  same  group,  and  at 
least  may  be  regarded  as  analogous,  if  not  identical  forms. 

Ostrea  haitensis  has  been  found  at  Loc.  266,  C.  A.  S.,  San 
Juan  Acosta  Creek,  horizon  R,  and  Loc.  351,  C.  A.  S.,  near 
Punta  Pua. 


110.    Ostrea  megadon  Hanley 

Ostrea  megadon  Hanley,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  Lond.,  1845,  p.  106;  living,  west  coast 
of  Peru.— Dall,  Trans.  Wag.  Fr.  Inst.  Sci.,  vol.  3,  1898,  p.  1586; 
Miocene,  Santo  Domingo,  and  Jamaica. — Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal., 
Yol.  5,  1917,  p.  347,  pi.  34,  fig.  3;  Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. 

Ostrea  cerrosensis  Gabb,  Geol.  Surv.  Calif.,  Pal.  vol.  2,  1869,  p.  35,  pi.  11,  fig. 
61;  Cedros  Island,  Pliocene. 

This  species  was  found  abundantly  at  Loc.  299,  C.  A.  S., 
west  of  Usiacuri ;  Loc.  306,  C.  A.  S.,  three  miles  south  of 
Baranoa;  Loc.  347,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Turbaco;  all  of  which  are 
below  the  middle  of  the  Tubera  group  of  the  Colombian 
Miocene. 

In  this  group  of  oysters  should  probably  also  be  included 
Ostrea  messor  Maury  from  the  Miocene  of  Trinidad.^" 

It  is  worthy  of  note  that  O.  megadon,  O.  haitensis,  and 
O.  vespertina  should  be  so  often  found  associated  in  the  same 
beds.  The  two  former  are  found  together  in  the  lower  Mio- 
cene of  north  Colombia,  the  first  and  last  are  found  in  the 
Pliocene  beds  of  the  California  coast.  Ostrea  vespertina 
(=  0.  veatchi  Gabb)  occurs  in  the  Pliocene  of  Cedros  Island 
and  in  contemporaneous  beds  in  the  Imperial  valley,  Cali- 
fornia, and  is  reported  as  still  living  in  the  Gulf  of  California. 
Ostrea  megadon  occurs  with  the  preceding  on  Cedros  Island 
and  in  Pliocene  beds  of  Ventura  county,  and  is  found  living  at 
Turtle  Bay,  Lower  California. 

»«  Bull.  Am.  Pal.  vol.   10,  1925,  p.  233,  pi.  10,  figs.  3,  4. 


Vol.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA       155 

111.    Pecten  (Amusium)  mortoni  Ravenel 

Pecten  mortoni  Ravenel,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Phila.,  vol.  2,  1844,  p.  96; 
Miocene,  South  Carolina. — Tuomey  &  Holmes,  Pliocene  Foss,  S. 
Carolina,  1857,  p.  27,  pi.  9,  figs.  1,  2;  pi.  10,  figs.  1,  2. 

Pecten  {Amusium)  mortoni,  Clark  et  al.,  Maryland  Geol.  Surv.,  1904,  p.  372, 
pi.  99,  fig.  1;  Miocene,  Maryland. 

Brown  &  Pilsbry  have  described  two  species  of  Amusium 
from  the  Gatun  formation  of  the  Canal  Zone,  either  one,  or 
both  of  which  may  represent  this  species.  The  differences 
pointed  out  by  these  authors  between  P.  mortoni  Rav.,  and 
P.  (Amusium)  lima  Brown  &  Pilsbry  seem  unimportant. 
Examples  obtained  from  the  Spillway  of  the  Canal,  1914,  and 
afterward  from  the  Tubera  group,  horizon  M  -  N,  are  very 
similar,  though  the  Colombian  forms  agree  better  with  the 
characters  of  P.  mortoni  than  do  those  from  Gatun.  In  our 
specimens  the  ears  are  not  depressed  below  the  plane  of  the 
valve.  The  external  surface  is  smooth,  or  marked  only  by 
faint  lines  of  growth,  the  diameter  of  the  largest  example  is 
143  mm.,  though  larger  specimens  were  seen.  The  angle  of 
divergence  in  the  dorso-lateral  lines  is  near  123°-125°,  vary- 
ing a  little,  as  may  be  expected.  The  concentric  growth  lines 
nearly  describe  a  circle,  and  the  number  of  pairs  of  internal 
ribs  is  22  to  24.  The  species  is  not  rare  in  the  Tubera  group 
of  Colombia.  The  best  examples  were  found  at  Loc.  267,. 
C.  A.  S.,  horizon  M  -  N,  near  the  base  of  the  Tubera  group. 
It  occurs  also  at  Loc.  351,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Punta  Pua,  20  miles 
north  of  Cartagena. 


112.    Pecten  (Plagioctenium)  demiurgus  Dall 

Pecten  comparilis  Guppy,  Geol.  Mag.,  vol.  1,  1874.  (Not  Tuomey  &  Holmes, 
1855). 

Pecten  {Plagioctenium)  demiurgus  Dall,  Trans.  Wag.  Fr.  Inst.  Sci.,  vol.  3, 
1898,  p.  718,  pi.  26,  fig.  3.— Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  10,  1925, 
p.  237,  pi.  14,  fig.  5;  pi.  16,  fig.  6;  Miocene,  Trinidad  Island. 

According  to  Maury,  the  shell,  when  full  grown,  sometimes 
measures  as  much  as  75  mm,  in  altitude,  and  a  little  more  in 
width.  Ours  are  not  so  large,  though  larger  examples  were 
seen  at  the  locality  from  which  they  came.  It  is  abundant  at 
Loc.   267,   C.   A.    S.,   horizon  M  -  N,   near  the  base  of  the 


156  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Tubera  group.  The  gravelly  beds  of  this  horizon  did  not 
permit  the  extraction  of  the  larger  specimens.  The  propor- 
tions maintain  in  all  of  them. 


113.    Pecten  pinulatus  Toula 

Pecten  pinulatus  Toula,  Jahrb.  der  K.  K.  Geol.  Reichs.,  vol.  61,  1911,  p.  491 
pi.  30,  fig.  3;  Miocene,  Canal  Zone. 

According  to  Toula's  description  and  statement,  the  shell 
resembles  that  of  Pecten  cactaceus  Dall,  from  the  younger 
Tertiary  of  Tehuantepec.  Our  examples  show  a  decided 
resemblance  to  Ball's  species  in  surface  ornamentation, 
although  they  are  not  so  large. 

Two  good  examples  were  obtained  from  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S., 
horizon  M  -  N,  where  it  is  not  rare  in  the  gravelly  beds  with 
the  preceding. 


114.    Pecten  atlanticola  Anderson,  new  species 
Plate  19,  figures  3,  7 

Shell  small,  nearly  circular,  or  slightly  oblique,  appressed, 
left  valve  a  little  more  convex  than  the  right ;  ears  long,  sub- 
equal,  the  anterior  right  ear  bearing  six  radial  riblets,  the 
others  mostly  smooth;  radial  ribs  on  the  body  of  the  shell  13 
in  number,  rounded,  with  interspaces  of  nearly  the  same  width 
as  the  ribs;  ribs  and  interspaces  crossed  by  distinct  lines  of 
growth;  altitude  of  holotype  36  mm.,  length  40  mm.,  thickness 
10.5  mm. 

Holotype:  No.  4661 ;  paratype:  No.  4661-A,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad. 
Sci.,  from  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  P,  north  slope  of  Tubera 
mountain,  Colombia;  Miocene. 

There  is  a  strong  resemblance,  and  evident  relationship 
between  this  species  and  P.  prcevalidus  Jordan  &  Hertlein,^^ 
from  the  Pliocene  of  Turtle  Bay,  Lower  California. 

Several  good  specimens  of  this  species  were  obtained  at  Loc. 
267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  P,  north  slope  of  Tubera  mountain.  As 
far  as  known  this   species  belongs  near  the  middle  of  the 


*>  Proc.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  vol.  15,  1926,  p.  435,  pi.  29,  figs.  2,  3. 


Vol.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA      \c^y 

Tubera  group  of  the  Colombian  Miocene,  therefore  near  the 
Gatim  horizon. 


115.    Pecten  (Euvola)  bowdenensis  Dall 

Pecten  {Euvola)  bowdenensis  Dall,  Trans.  Wag.  Fr.  Inst.  Sci.,  vol.  3,  1898,  p. 
713,  pi.  29,  fig.  1.— (?)  BosE,  Bol.  Inst.  Geol.  Mex.,  No.  22, 1906,  p.  27, 
pi.  1,  figs.  8,  10. — WoODRiNG,  Carnegie  Inst.  Wash.,  Publ.  No.  266, 
1925,  p.  63,  pi.  7,  figs.  8,  9;  Miocene,  Bowden  beds,  Jamaica. 

A  single  example  of  this  shell  was  obtained  from  Loc.  267, 
C.  A.  S.,  horizon  P,  on  the  north  slope  of  Tubera  mountain, 
from  beds  believed  to  be  equivalent  to  the  Gatun  formation  of 
the  Canal  Zone. 


116.    Pecten  macloskeyi  Anderson,  new  species 
Plate  19,  figures  4,  5 

Shell  small,  height  of  holotype  25.5  mm.,  length  24  mm., 
basal  part  circular,  equivalve,  beaks  high,  the  borders  forming 
an  angle  below  90  degrees;  ears  long,  the  anterior  right  ear 
bearing  four  corrugated  riblets,  the  others  nearly  smooth ;  sur- 
face ornamented  by  about  12  low,  smoothly  rounded  ribs,  with 
interspaces  narrower  than  the  ribs ;  ribs  on  left  valve  very  low, 
though  not  absent;  all  ribs  more  distinct  on  the  younger  shells. 

Holotype:  No.  4662;  paratype:  No.  4663,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad. 
Sci.,  from  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  north  slope  of  Tubera  mountain, 
Colombia;  Miocene. 

This  species  is  distinguishable  from  P.  atlanticola  by  its 
smaller  size,  lower,  more  rounded  ribs,  narrower  umbonal 
angle,  and  less  circular  outline. 

Several  good  examples  of  this  shell  were  obtained  at  Loc. 
267,  C.  A.  S.,  associated  with  P.  atlanticola,  from  which  it  is 
readily  separated.  As  far  as  known  both  mark  the  middle  of 
the  Tubera  group  of  the  Colombian  Miocene.  It  is  named  in 
honor  of  Mr.  Downs  McCloskey,  whose  active  interest  aided 
much  in  the  study  of  the  section  and  in  the  collections. 


158  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Seb. 

117,    Spondylus  bostrychites  Guppy 

Spondylus  bifrons  Sowerby,  Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  6,  1850  (not 
of  GoLDF.  1835);  Miocene,  S.  Domingo. 

Spondylus  bostrychites  Guppy,  Proc.  Sci.  Soc.  Trinidad,  1867,  p.  176. — Gabb, 
Trans.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  vol.  15,  1873,  p.  257.— Dall,  Trans.  Wag. 
Fr.  Inst.  Sci.,  vol.  3,  1898,  p.  758;  1903,  p.  1586.— Bull.  U.  S.  Nat. 
Mus.,  No.  90,  1915,  p.  124,  pi.  19,  fig.  4;  Silex  beds,  Fla.— Maury, 
Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  5,  1917,  p.  354.— Pilsbry,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 
Phila.,  vol.  73,  1921,  p.  413;  Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. 

A  number  of  examples  of  this  species  were  obtained  at  Loc. 
267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  M  -  N,  along  with  many  other  heavy 
shelled  littoral  forms,  as  shown  elsewhere. 


118.    Spondylus  gumanomocon  Brown  &  Pilsbry 

Spondylus  americanus  Gabb,  Trans.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  vol.  15,  1873,  p.  257  (not 
of  Lamarck);  Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. 

Spondylus  gumanomocon  Brown  &  Pilsbry,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol. 
64,  1912,  p.  514.— Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  5,  1917,  p.  355.— 
Pilsbry,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol.  73,  1921,  p.  413,  pi.  43, 
figs.  4,  5;  Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. — Olsson,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  9, 
1922,  p.  379,  pi.  21,  fig.  1;  Miocene,  Costa  Rica. 

Several  examples  of  a  Spondylus  corresponding"  very  closely 
to  this  form  were  obtained  at  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon 
M  -  N,  near  the  base  of  the  Tubera  group.  They  were  associ- 
ated with  the  preceding  form  and  other  littoral  species.  The 
probability  of  their  identity  with  the  above  species  is  very 
great. 


119,    Anomia  mamillaris  Anderson,  new  species 

Plate  16,  figures  9,  10 

Shell  small,  thin,  smooth,  translucent,  circular  in  outline, 
convex;  surface  undulating,  showing  lines  of  growth,  scaly 
near  the  umbones;  umbone  prominent,  not  quite  central,  inclin- 
ing forward;  height  of  holotype  22  mm.,  length  23  mm., 
depth  of  single  valve  8  mm, 

Holotype:  No,  4165;  paratypes:  No,  4166  and  4167,  Mus, 
Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  from  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  from  horizon  M  -  N, 
Tubera  group,  Colombia;  Miocene. 


Vol.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA      159 

Several  g^ood  examples  of  this  shell  were  obtained  at  Loc. 
267,  C.  A.  S.,  in  the  lowest  horizon  M  -  N,  of  the  Tubera 
group. 


120.    Crassatellites  berryi  Spieker 

Crassatellites  berryi  Spieker,  Johns  Hopkins  Univ.  Publ.  Geol.,  No.  3,  1922, 
p.  131,  pi.  7,  figs.  9,  10;  Lower  Zorritos,  Peru. 

This  species  is  abundant  at  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  R, 
Tubera  village,  north  Colombia.  As  far  as  known  it  belongs 
only  to  this  horizon,  though  its  place  in  the  Miocene  of  Peru 
is  somewhat  lower. 


121.    Crassatellites  (Scambula)  densus  Dall 

Crassatellites  (Scambula)  densus  Dall,  Trans.  Wag.  Fr.  Inst.  Sci.,  vol.  3,  1903, 
p.  1472,  pi.  39,  figs.  9-12;  Oak  Grove,  Florida. 

This  Species  was  found  plentifully  in  the  lowest  horizon 
M  -  N,  of  the  Tubera  group  at  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  near  the 
western  foot  of  Tubera  mountain,  and  at  Loc.  351,  C.  A.  S., 
near  Punta  Pua,  20  miles  north  of  Cartagena. 


122.    Venericardia  brassica  Maury 

Venericardia  lerryi,  var.  brassica  Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  10,  1925,  p.  323, 
pi.  30,  fig.  5;  Miocene,  Trinidad. 

•  Miss  Maury  has  described  this  species  as  a  variety  of  V. 
terryi  Olsson,  from  the  Miocene  of  Costa  Rica,  which  it  some- 
what resembles. 

In  view  of  its  larger  size,  more  prominent  ribs,  exceeding 
those  of  the  Costa  Rican  species,  our  samples  are  regarded  as 
distinct  from  the  latter,  though  identical  with  the  Trinidad 
species.  Three  well-preserved  specimens  were  found  at  Loc. 
267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  M  -  N,  of  the  Tubera  group,  Colom- 
bian Miocene. 


150  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

123.    Venericardia  trinidadensis  Maury 

Venericardia  trinidadensis  Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  10,  1925,  p.  323,  pi.  30 
fig.  6;  Miocene,  Trinidad  Island. 

A  single  valve  of  a  venericard  identifiable  with  the  above 
was  obtained  at  Loc.  305,  near  Turbaco,  from  a  central  hori- 
zon in  the  Tubera  group.    Its  range  is  not  known. 


124.    Cardita  (Carditamera)  arata  (Conrad) 

Plate  20,  figures  4,  5 

Cypricardia  arata  Conrad,  Foss.  Sh.  Ter.  Form.,  1832,  p.  20,  pi.  5,  fig.  1; 
Miocene,  North  Carolina,  etc. 

Cardita  {Carditamera)  arata,  Dall,  Trans.  Wag.  Fr.  Inst.  Sci.,  vol.  3,  1903, 
p.  1413.— Maury,  Monog.  Serv.  Geol.  e  Min.  Brazil,  1925,  p.  271, 
pi.  15,  fig.  15;  Miocene,  Para,  Brazil. 

The  shell  is  of  moderate  size,  length  31  mm.,  height  18  mm., 
thickness  16  mm.;  elongated  subquadrate,  rounded  before,  and 
somewhat  truncated  behind;  beaks  near  anterior  end  but  not 
terminal,  strongly  incurved  and  proximate ;  dorsal  margin 
straight,  ventral  margin  slightly  arcuate;  ribs  15  m  number, 
with  a  tendency  to  become  scaly,  or  even  beaded,  showing 
wavy  lines  of  growth. 

Plesiotype:  No.  4164,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  from  Loc.  267-B, 
C.  A.  S.,  horizon  M  -  N,  Tubera  group,  Colombia;  Miocene. 

This  description  is  here  introduced  in  support  of  the  identi- 
fication of  Conrad's  species  in  the  Miocene  of  north  Colombia. 
Maury  has  stated  that  the  species  is  found  in  the  Chipola 
marls,  associated  with  C.  vaughani  Dall,  and  in  the  lower  Mio- 
cene of  Para,  Brazil,  there  is  a  very  similar  form.  C.  arata  is 
said  to  be  a  widely  distributed  and  abundant  form,  to  which 
C.  floridana  Conrad,  from  the  Pliocene  of  Florida  is  regarded 
as  a  successor. 

Several  examples  of  this  species  were  found  at  Loc.  267, 
C.  A.  S.,  horizon  M  -  N,  of  the  Tubera  group  of  the  Colom- 
bian Miocene.  A  comparison  with  samples  of  Conrad's  species 
from  Florida  shows  the  only  essential  difference  to  be  in  the 
slightly  more  beaded  ornamentation  of  the  ribs  in  the  more 
recent  form. 


Vol.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA      \(y\ 

125.    Cardita  (Glans)  scabricostata  Guppy 

Cardita  scabricostata  Guppy,  Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  22,  1866,  p. 

293,  pi.  18,  fig.  10;  Miocene,  Jamaica. 
Venericardia  scabricostata,  Dall  (part),  Trans.  Wag.  Fr.  Inst.  Sci.,  vol.  3, 1903, 

p.  1428.— Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  5,  1917,  p.  362,  pi.  iZ,  fig.  1; 

Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. — Woodring,  Carnegie  Inst.  Wash.,  Publ. 

No.  266,  1925,  p.  99,  pi.  12,  figs.  7-9;  Miocene,  Jamaica. 

Although  Dr.  Woodring  does  not  include  Maury's  form  as 
coming  within  the  range  of  Guppy's  species,  it  appears  that  it 
should  not  be  regarded  as  a  distinct  form,  and  that  it  should 
have  at  least  a  varietal  rank  there.  We  have  several  good 
examples  from  five  different  localities,  all  of  which  approach 
the  form  figured  by  Maury,  more  nearly  than  that  of 
Woodring.  It  occurs  at  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizons  M  -  N, 
P,  and  R,  Tubera  mountain ;  Loc.  306,  near  Usiacuri ;  Loc. 
355,  Murindo  creek;  and  it  was  obtained  at  Loc.  323,  C.  A.  S., 
at  the  Spillway  of  the  Canal  in  1914. 


126.    Echinochama  antiquata  Dall 

Chama  arcinella,  Guppy,  Geol.  Mag.,  vol.  1,  1874,  p.  450  (not  of  Linnaeus); 

Miocene,  Bowden,  Jamaica,  and  Santo  Domingo. 
Echinochama  antiquata  Dall,  Trans.   Wag.  Fr.   Inst.   Sci.,  vol.  3     1903,   p. 

1404,  pi.  54,  fig.  9.— Olsson,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  9,  1922,  p.  390, 

pi.  28,  fig.  8;  Miocene,  Costa  Rica. 

This  species  occurs  abundantly  at  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  hori- 
zon M  -  N,  near  the  base  of  the  Tubera  group,  and  at  Loc. 
351,  C.  A.  S.,  in  the  middle  part  of  the  group,  near  Punta 
Pua,  20  miles  north  of  Cartagena. 


127.    Chama  scheibei  Anderson,   new  species 

Plate  22,  figures  1,  2 

Shell  of  moderate  size,  very  inequal  valves;  height  of  holo- 
type  43  mm.,  length  37  mm.;  left  valve  inflated,  right  valve 
nearly  flat ;  left  valve  with  strongly  recurved  beak,  right  valve 
with  smaller  beak,  less  recurved ;  surface  bearing  only  obsolete 
spines,  if  any,  and  only  on  the  posterior  part  of  left  valve ; 
right  valve  ornamented  with  wavy  lamellae  following  lines  of 
growth;  anterior  part  and  umbone  of  left  valve  somewhat 


1^2  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  See. 

beaded.  A  faint  depression  extends  from  the  beak  near  and 
parallel  to  the  anterior  margin. 

A  number  of  samples  of  this  species  were  found  at  Loc.  267, 
C.  A.  S.,  horizon  M  -  N,  near  the  base  of  the  Tubera  group, 
Colombian  Miocene. 

Named  in  honor  of  the  late  Dr.  Robert  Scheibe  of  the 
Comicion  Cientifica  Nacional,  Bogota. 

Holotype:  No.  4667,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  from  Loc.  267-B, 
C.  A.  S.,  horizon  M  -  N,  Tubera  mountain,  Colombia ; 
Miocene. 

128.    Thyasira  bisecta  ( ?)  (Conrad) 

Plate  21,  figure  1 

Venus  bisecta  Conrad,  Geol.  U.  S.  Expl.  Expd.,  1849,  p.  724,  pi.  17,  figs.  10, 

10a;  Miocene,  Astoria,  Oregon. 
Cyprina  bisecta  Conrad,  Am.  Jour.  Conch.,  vol.  1,  1865,  p.  153;  locality  as 

above. 
Cryptodon  bisecta,  Dall,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.  17,  1895,  p.  713,  pi.  26. 

figs.  2,  5;  living,  Alaskan  coast  and  southward. 
Thyasira  bisecta,  Dall,  Prof.  Ppr.  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  No.  59,  1909,  p.  118; 

Miocene,  Astoria,  Oregon. 

According  to  Dall  this  species  is  found  living  on  the 
Alaskan  coast,  in  Puget  Sound,  and  occurs  in  the  Miocene  of 
Oregon  and  perhaps  of  California.  As  no  reference  to  its 
occurrence  in  the  Caribbean  region  has  been  found,  it  seems 
well  to  record  it  here,  even  though  doubtfully  recognized. 
The  species  was  found  by  K.  D.  White  at  Loc.  350,  C.  A.  S., 
near  Arboletes  Bay  in  the  upper  Miocene  beds  of  the  Colom- 
bian coast. 

Plesioiype:  No.  4664,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  from  loc.  350, 
C.  A.  S.,  Canalete  Point,  north  coast  of  Colombia;  Miocene. 

129.    Diplodonta  woodringi  Anderson,  new  species 
Plate  22,  figures  5,  6, 

Shell  small,  circular  in  outline,  suborbicular,  moderately 
inflated  in  the  umbonal  area ;  anterior  end  more  abruptly  slop- 
ing than  the  rounded  posterior;  height  of  holotype  26  mm., 


Vol.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA      ^53 

length  25  mm.,  thickness   18  mm. ;  beaks  somewhat  central, 
recurved,  prominent ;  lunule  only  faintly  marked. 

Holotype:  No.  4669,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  from  Loc. 
325-A,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Cibarco,  Colombia;  Tubera  group, 
Miocene. 

Two  or  three  samples  of  this  species  were  obtained,  one 
from  Loc.  325,  C.  A.  S.,  and  the  other,  the  holotype,  from 
Loc.  325-A,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Cibarco,  about  horizon  P  of  the 
Tubera  group,  not  common. 

This  species  is  named  in  honor  of  Wendell  P.  Woodring, 
whose  work  in  the  Caribbean  Miocene  and  later  formations  is 
deserving  of  highest  praise. 


130.    Erycina  turbacoensis  Anderson,  new  species 
Plate  22,  figures  9,  10 

Shell  large,  oval,  depressed;  length  of  holotype  (incom- 
plete) 46  mm.,  height  35  mm.,  thickness  12  mm.;  length  of 
paratype  (cast)  59  mm.,  height  45  mm.;  beaks  subcentral,  a 
little  nearer  the  posterior  end,  low,  curved  forward;  lunular 
area  small,  impressed ;  anterior  dorsal  margin  nearly  straight, 
anterior  end  produced,  posterior  shorter,  rounded ;  surface 
smooth,  ornamented  only  by  indistinct  lines  of  growth.  The 
hinge  on  the  right  valve  of  paratype  is  distinct,  showing  nor- 
mal character  of  Erycina. 

In  form  and  general  characters  this  species  resembles 
Erycina  fabulina  Dall,  from  the  Oak  Grove  Miocene,  but  it  is 
many  times  larger.  The  figure  of  Semele  sayi  Toula^^  resem- 
bles this  species  somewhat,  but  seems  to  have  a  more  decided 
concentric  sculpture. 

This  species  was  found  at  Loc.  305,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Turbaco, 
Colombia,  in  the  lower  part  of  the  Tubera  group. 

Holotype:  No.  4671 ;  paratype:  No.  4672,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad. 
Sci.,  from  Loc.  305,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Turbaco,  Colombia,  in  the 
lower  part  of  the  Tubera  group ;  Miocene. 

•2Jahrb.  der  K.  K.  Geol.  Reichs.,  1909,  Bd.  58,  pi.  28. 


154  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

131.    Cardium  (Trachycardium)  dominicense  Gabb 

Cardium  (Trachycardium)  dominicense  Gabb,  Trans.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  vol.  15, 
1873,  p.  250.— Gabb,  Jour.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol.  8,  1874,  p. 
344;  Miocene,  Costa  Rica. — Pilsbry  &  Brown,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat. 
Sci.  Phila.,  vol.  63,  1911,  p.  367;  Gatun  formation.  Canal  Zone. — 
Pilsbry,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol.  73,  1921,  p.  421,  pi.  25, 
figs.  8,  9;  Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. 

A  single  good  example  of  this  shell  was  found  by  K.  D. 
White  in  the  Miocene  beds  of  the  Rio  Canalete,  near  the 
mouth  of  the  Quebrada  Murindo,  in  the  district  of  Arboletes 
Bay,  Colombia. 


132.    Cardium  (Trachycardium)  puebloense  Anderson, 

new  species 

Plate  19,  figures  1,  2 

Shell  of  medium  size,  subquadrate,  thick,  equilateral,  surface 
somewhat  enamelled;  length  of  holotype  40  mm.,  height 
44  mm.,  thickness  36  mm. ;  umbones  high  and  prominent,  only 
slightly  angulated  behind ;  ribs  30  to  34  in  number,  nearly 
smooth,  though  showing  lines  of  growth;  margins  smooth, 
denticulate  within,  the  posterior  margin  slightly  serrate.  A 
peculiarity  of  the  sculpture  is  the  linear  division  of  the  rounded 
ribs,  separated  by  V-shaped  interspaces;  the  anterior  18  or  20 
ribs  are  sometimes  divided  longitudinally  by  an  elevated 
thread,  the  posterior  12  or  14  are  so  divided  by  a  groove  of 
equal  strength ;  in  either  case  the  ribs  are  marked  by  V-shaped 
incremental  lines.  These  lines  are  apparent  even  on  very 
young  shells.  This  species  appears  to  be  related  to  C.  linguu- 
leonis  of  the  Jamaican  Miocene,  as  illustrated  by  Woodring. 

Holotype:  No.  4660,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  from  Loc.  267, 
C.  A.  S.,  horizon  R,  at  the  village  of  Tubera,  Colombia; 
Miocene. 

The  holotype  was  found  at  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  R, 
at  the  village  of  Tubera. 


Vol.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA       I55 

133.    Cardium  (Trachycardium)  lingualeonis  Guppy 

Cardium  lingualeonis  Guppy,  Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  22,  1866, 
p.  293,  pi.  18,  fig.  7;  Miocene,  Jamaica. — Guppy,  Geol.  Mag.,  vol. 
1,  1874,  p.  422;  (Not  Guppy,  vol.  32,  1876,  p.  531). 

Cardium  {Trachycardium)  lingualeonis,  Dall,  Trans.  Wag.  Fr.  Inst.  Sci.,  vol. 
3,  1900,  p.  1084;  Miocene,  Chipola  river,  Florida. — Woodring, 
Carnegie  Inst.  Wash.,  Publ.  No.  366,  1925,  p.  136,  pi.  18,  figs.  12,  13; 
Miocene,  Bowden,  Jamaica. 

This  species  occurs  abundantly  in  the  Tubera  group,  having 
been  obtained  at  the  following  places :  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S., 
horizon  M  -  N;  Loc.  351,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Punta  Pua,  20  miles 
north  of  Cartagena ;  in  the  latter  of  these  places  it  occurs  near 
the  middle  of  the  Tubera  group. 

134.    Cardium  (Laevicardium)  gorgasi  Hanna 

Cardium  {Lcevicardium)  dalli  TouLA,  Jahrb.  der  K.  K.  Geol.  Reichs.,  Bd.  58, 
1908,  p.  722,  pi.  27,  fig.  6;  Gatun  formation,  Miocene. — Brown  & 
Pilsbry,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol.  63,  1911,  p.  367;  (not 
C.  dalli  Heilprin,  1887). 

Cardium  gorgasi  Hanna,  Proc.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  vol.  13,  1924,  p.  160;  new 
name  proposed  for  the  species. 

Two  examples  of  this  species,  measuring  respectively 
53  mm.  and  45  mm.  in  height,  were  obtained  at  Loc.  267, 
C.  A.  S.,  horizon  M  -  N,  near  the  base  of  Tubera  group,  and 
another  from  Loc.  266,  C.  A.  S.,  near  the  top  of  the  same 
group.  It  differs  from  C.  ( Lcevicardiuni)  serratum  Linnaeus 
in  both  form  and  ornamentation,  is  larger  and  a  thinner  form 
in  which  radial  ribbing  is  present,  though  not  prominent; 
while  in  the  living  form  the  radial  markings  are  faint.  In 
the  fossil  form  the  dorsal  margin  is  elevated  into  a  sharp 
ridge,  slightly  arched  near  the  hinge,  and  the  posterior  end  is 
produced  and  narrowed,  while  the  living  form  is  here  dis- 
tinctly rounded. 

135.    Cardium  (Laevicardium)  serratum  Linnseus 

Cardium  serratum  LiNN^us,  Syst.  Nat.  1758,  ed.  19,  p.  680. 

Cardium  (LcBvi cardium)  serratum,  Dall,  Trans.  Wag.  Fr.  Inst.  Sci.,  vol.  3, 1900, 
p.  1110;  Miocene,  Bowden,  Jamaica. — Brown  &  Pilsbry,  Proc. 
Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol.  63,  1911,  p.  367;  Gatun  formation. 
Canal  Zone. — Woodring,  Carnegie  Inst.  Wash.,  Publ.  No.  366, 
1925,  p.  145,  pi.  19,  figs.  14  to  16;  Bowden,  Jamaica. 


156  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

This  species  has  been  found  at  Loc.  305,  C.  A.  S.,  near 
Turbaco,  and  at  Loc.  351,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Punta  Pua,  20  miles 
north  of  Cartagena,  north  coast  of  Colombia,  near  middle  of 
the  Tubera  group.  The  species  is  still  living  in  the  Caribbean 
waters,  and  was  collected  in  the  Bay  of  Cartagena  and  neigh- 
boring points  in  1914. 

136.  Cardium  (Laevicardium)  venustum  Gabb 

Cardium  venustum  Gabb,  Trans.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  vol.  15,  1873,  p.  251;  Miocene, 
Santo  Domingo. — Maury,  Bull.  Am,  Pal.,  vol.  5,  1917,  p.  213,  pi. 
36,  fig.  9;  as  above. — Pilsbry,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  vol.  73,  1921, 
p.  421,  pi.  25,  figs.  2,  7;  Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. 

A  good  example  of  this  shell  was  obtained  at  Loc.  351, 
C.  A.  S.,  near  Punta  Pua,  20  miles  north  of  Cartagena,  near 
the  middle  of  the  Tubera  group. 

137.  Dosinia  delicatissima  Brown  &  Pilsbry 

Dosinia  delicatissima  Brown  &  Pilsbry,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol.  64, 
1912,  p.  516,  pi.  26,  fig.  1;  Miocene,  Gatun  formation. 

Dosinia  (Artemis)  acetabulum  (Conrad),  Toula  (?),  Jahrb.  der  K.  K.  Geol. 
Reichs.,  Bd.  58,  1908,  p.  727,  pi.  27,  figs.  8,  8a. 

Examples  of  this  species  were  obtained  at  the  Spillway  of 
the  Canal  in  1914,  and  subsequently  at  Loc.  351,  C.  A.  S.,  near 
Punta  Pua,  20  miles  north  of  Cartagena.  They  are  indis- 
tinguishable, and  seem  to  conform  satisfactorily  to  the  figure 
and  description  of  the  species  given  by  Brown  &  Pilsbry. 

138.    Dosinia  (Artemis)  acetabulum  (?)   (Conrad) 

Artemis  acetabulum  Conrad,  Foss.  Sh.  Tert.  Format.,  1833,  p.  20,  pi.  6,  fig.  1; 

Miocene,  Maryland. 
Dosinia  acetabulum  Conrad,  Foss.  Med.  Tert.,  1838,  p.  29,  pi.  16,  fig.  1. — 

Whitf.,  Monog.  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  No.  24,  1894,  p.  73,  pi.  13,  fig.  2.— 

Olsson,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  9,  1922,  p.  403;  Miocene,  Costa  Rica. 
Dosinia    {Artemis)   acetabulum    (Conrad),   Toula,   Jahrb.   der  K.  K.  Geol. 

Reichs.,  Bd.  58,  1908,  p.  727,  pi.  27,  figs.  8,  8a;  Gatun  formation, 

Canal  Zone,  Panama. 

A  fossil  Species  probably  referable  to  the  above  was  obtained 
at  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  P,  near  the  middle  of  the 
Tubera  group  of  the  Colombian  Miocene. 


Vol.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA      ^57 

139.    Clementia  (Clementia)  dariena  (Conrad) 

Meretrix  dariena  Conrad,  House  Doc.  129,  1855,  p.  18;  Miocene,  Isthmus  of 

Panama. — Pac.  R.  R.  Repts.,  vol.  5,   1856,  p.  328,  pi.  6,  fig.  55; 

occurrence  as  above. 
Clementia  dariena,  Gabb,  Jour.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol.  8,  1881,  p.  344,  pi. 

44,  figs.   16,   16a;  Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. — Dall,  Trans.  Wag. 

Fr.  Inst.  Sci.,  vol.  3,  1903,  p.  1235,  Sapote,  Costa  Rica. — Toula, 

Jahrb.  der  K.  K.  Geol.  Reichs.,  vol.  58,  1908,  pp.  725-727,  pi.  27,  figs. 

9,  10;  Gattm  formation,  Canal  Zone. — Brown  &  Pilsbry,  Proc.  Acad. 

Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol.  63,  1911,  p.  371,  pi.  28,  fig.  1.— Olsson,  Bull. 

Am.  Pal.,  vol.  9,  1922,  p.  404;  Miocene,  Costa  Rica. — Woodring, 

Prof.  Ppr.  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  No.  147-C,  p.  34. 

Good  examples  of  this  species  were  obtained  at  the  Spillway 
of  the  Canal  in  1914  and  it  has  since  been  collected  at  many 
localities  in  north  Colombia,  as  at  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizons 
M-N  and  P;  Loc.  305,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Turbaco;  Loc.  302, 
C.  A.  S.,  four  miles  south  of  San  Andres;  Loc.  351,  C.  A.  S., 
near  Punta  Pua,  20  miles  north  of  Cartagena. 


140.    Cyclinella  gatunensis  Dall 

Cyclinella  gatunensis  Dall,  Trans.  Wag.  Fr.  Inst.  Sci.,  vol.  3,  1903,  p.  1285, 
pi.  52,  fig.  18;  Miocene,  Gatun,  Panama. 

Several  good  samples  of  this  species  were  obtained  from 
Loc.  323,  C.  A.  S.,  at  the  Spillway  of  the  Canal  in  1914,  and 
it  has  since  been  found  at  various  places  in  north  Colombia. 
It  occurs  at  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  R,  Tubera  village; 
Loc.  302,  C.  A.  S.,  four  miles  south  of  San  Andres,  Dept.  of 
Bolivar;  upper  horizon  of  the  Miocene.  As  it  has  not  hitherto 
been  reported  outside  of  the  type  locality  its  discovery  in  the 
Tubera  group  is  interesting. 


141.    Cyclinella  cyclica  domingensis  Pilsbry  &  Johnson 

Dosinia  cyclica  Guppy,  Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  22,  1866,  p.  582, 
pi.  26,  figs.  15a,  b;  Miocene,  Trinidad. — Dall,  Trans.  Wag.  Fr. 
Inst.  Sci.,  vol.  3,  1903,  p.  1285;  probably  Santo  Domingo  Miocene. 

Cyclinella  cyclica  domingensis  Pilsbry  &  Johnson,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci., 
Phila.,  vol.  69,  1917,  p.  200;  Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. — Pilsbry, 
Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol.  73,  1921,  p.  424,  pi.  47,  fig.  3;  as 
above. 


158  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Phoc.  4th  Ser. 

Three  examples  of  this  species  were  obtained  at  Loc.  351, 
C.  A.  S.,  near  Punta  Pua,  20  miles  north  of  Cartagena,  near 
the  middle  of  the  Tubera  group,  Colombian  Miocene. 

142.    Antigona  (Ventricola)  blandiana  (Guppy) 

Venus  blandiana  Guppy,  Proc.  Sci.  Soc.  Trinidad,  vol.  3,  1873,  pp.  85-86, 
pi.  2,  fig.  8.— Geol.  Mag.,  vol.  1,  1874,  p.  436,  pi.  17,  fig.  8;  Mio- 
cene, Trinidad. 

Antigona  {Ventricola)  blandiana,  Woodring,  Carnegie  Inst.  Wash.,  Publ. 
No.  366,  1925,  p.  157,  pi.  21,  figs.  5-9;  Miocene,  Bowden,  Jamaica. 

This  species  has  been  found  in  the  Tubera  group  at  Loc. 
267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizons  M-N  and  P,  and  at  Loc.  351, 
C.  A.  S.,  near  Punta  Pua,  north  of  Cartagena.  The  species  is 
closely  related  to  Antigona  fordi  Yates,^^  now  living  on  the 
Pacific  coast  from  Monterey  Bay  to  Panama  (Dall). 

143.    Antigona  caribbeana  Anderson 

Antigona  caribbeana  Anderson,  Free.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  vol.  16,  1927,  p.  90, 
pis.  2  and  3;  Loc.  267,  Horizon  M  -  N,  Tuberd  group  of  Colombian 
Miocene. 

This  is  perhaps  the  largest  representative  of  the  genus  yet 
found  in  the  Caribbean  Tertiary  deposits.  It  has  commonly 
been  regarded  as  the  Miocene  form  of  Antigona  tnulticosta 
(Sowerby),  but  upon  a  careful  comparison  it  can  be  easily  dis- 
tinguished by  various  characters,  among  which  are  the  crenu- 
lations  on  the  inner  margin  of  the  shell.  It  occurs  plentifully 
in  the  basal  beds  of  the  Tubera  group. 

144.    Callocardia  (Agriopoma)  gatunensis  Dall 

Callocardia  {Agriopoma)  gatunensis  Dall,  Trans.  Wag.  Fr.  Inst.  Sci.,  vol.  3, 
1903,  p.  1260,  pi.  54,  figs.  1,  15;  Gatun  formation,  Panama. — Brown 
&  PiLSBRY,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol.  63,  1911,  p.  370;  occur- 
rence as  above. — Olsson,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  9,  1922,  p.  407,  pi. 
32,  fig.  1;  Miocene,  Costa  Rica. — M.\ury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  10, 
1925,  p.  298,  pi.  27,  figs.  5,  7;  Miocene,  Trinidad  Island. 

This  species  has  been  obtained  at  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  hori- 
zon P,  on  the  north  slope  of  Tubera  mountain,  and  at  Loc. 

«  Yates,  Santa  Barbara  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.  Bull.  2,  p.  46. 


Vol.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA      I59 

351,  C.  A,  S.,  near  Punta  Pua,  20  miles  north  of  Cartagena. 
It  occurs,  therefore,  near  the  middle  of  the  Tubera  group. 


145.    Pitaria  (Lamelliconcha)  circinata  (Born) 

Venus  circinata  Born,  Test.  Mus.  Caes.  Vind.,  1778,  p.  61,  pi.  4,  fig.  8;  living  in 
Caribbean  waters. 

Chione  circinata,  Gabb,  Trans.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  vol.  15,  1873,  p.  250;  Miocene, 
Santo  Domingo. 

Pitaria  (Lamelliconcha)  circinata,  Dall,  Trans.  Wag.  Fr.  Inst.  Sci.,  vol.  3,  1903, 
p.  1269;  Gatun  formation;  Cumana,  Venezuela,  etc. — Maury,  Bull. 
Am.  Pal.,  vol.  5,  1917,  p.  379,  pi.  37,  fig.  1;  Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. 
—Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  10,  1925,  p.  301,  pi.  27,  figs.  12,  13;  Mio- 
cene, Trinidad  Island. 

Pilar  circinata,  Brown  &  Pilsbry,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol.  63,  1911, 
p.  370;  Gatun  formation.  Canal  Zone. 

Pitaria  circinata,  Olsson,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  9,  1922,  p.  408,  pi.  31,  figs.  3,  9; 
Miocene,  Costa  Rica. 

Numerous  examples  of  this  species  were  obtained  from  the 
Bay  of  Cartagena  in  1914,  and  it  has  since  been  collected  at 
Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  R,  at  Tubera  village,  and  from 
Pliocene  beds  on  the  Caribbean  coast  of  Colombia. 


146.    Pitaria  cercadica  Maury 

Pitaria  cercadica  Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  5,  1917,  p.  380,  pi.  37,  fig.  10; 
Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. 

This  species  has  been  obtained  at  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  hori- 
zon M  -  N,  and  horizon  R,  of  the  Tubera  group,  and  should  be 
found  also  in  intervening  strata.  It  is  believed  to  be  closely 
related  to  Pitaria  alhida  Gray  (  ?),  now  living  in  the  Bay  of 
Cartagena. 


147.    Pitaria  acutecostata  (Gabb) 

Callista  acutecostata  Gabb,  Trans.  Am.  Phil.  Soc,  vol.  15,  1873,  p.  250,  Miocene. 

Pitaria  acuticostata,  Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  5,  1917,  p.  380,  pi.  37,  fig.  2; 
Miocene,  Santo  Domingo. 

Pilar   (Lamelliconcha)  acuticostatus  Pilsbry,   Proc.  Acad.  Nat.   Sci.   Phila., 

vol.  73,  1921,  p.  422,  pi.  47,  fig.  10;  occurrence  as  above. 

March  29,  1929 


170  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

This  species  is  found  at  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  R, 
Tubera  villag-e.  In  size  and  form  it  approaches  very  near  to 
P.  affinis  Sowerby,  now  living  in  neighboring  waters. 

148.    Tivela  mactroides  (Born) 

Venus  mactroides  Born,  Test.  Mus.  Caes.  Vind.,  1778. 

Cytherea  mactroides,  Reeve,  Conch.  Icon.,  1863,  pi.  5,  figs.  18,  a,  b,  c;  living 
fauna,  Caribbean  region. 

Tivela  mactroides,  Dall,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.  26,  1902,  p.  367;  occur- 
rence as  above. — Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  10,  1925,  p.  295,  pi. 
26,  fig.  8;  pi.  27,  fig.  3;  Miocene,  Trinidad. 

Numerous  examples  of  this  shell  were  obtained  from  the 
Bay  of  Cartagena  and  near  by  points  in  1914,  and  it  has  since 
been  found  fossil  at  Loc.  325-A,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Cibarco,  a 
little  above  the  middle  of  the  Tubera  group.  Comparison 
with  the  living  form  shows  no  essential  difference  in  the  fossil. 

149.    Macrocallista  (Chionella)  maculata  (Linnaeus) 

Venus  maculata  Linn^us,  Syst.  Nat.  1758,  ed.  10,  p.  680;  living. 
Macrocallista  (Chionella)  maculata,  Dall,  Trans.  Wag.  Fr.  Inst.  Sci.,  vol.  3, 

1903,  p.  1256;  Chipola  beds,  Florida. — Olsson,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol. 

9,  1922,  p.  406,  pi.  31,  figs.  6,  7;  Miocene,  Costa  Rica. — Maury, 

Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  10,  1925,  p.  279,  pi.  25,  figs.  1,  4,  5;  upper  Miocene, 

Trinidad. 

This  species  is  found  living  in  the  Bay  of  Cartagena,  and 
other  Caribbean  waters,  and  was  found  fossil  at  Loc.  267, 
C.  A.  S.,  horizon  M  -  N,  and  at  Loc.  351,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Punta 
Pua,  20  miles  north  of  Cartagena,  in  the  lower  and  central 
parts  of  the  Tubera  group. 

150.    Chione  (Chamelea)  nuciformis  (Heilprin) 

Cytherea  nuciformis  Heilprin,  Trans.  Wag.  Fr.  Inst.  Sci.,  vol.  1,  1887,  p.  116, 
pi.  16,  fig.  61;  Pliocene,  Florida. 

Chione  (Chamelea)  nuciformis,  Dall,  Trans.  Wag.  Fr.  Inst.  Sci.,  vol.  3,  1903, 
p.  1300;  Miocene,  Tampa  Bay,  Florida. 

This  species  has  been  obtained  at  Loc.  351,  C.  A.  S.,  near 
Punta  Pua,  20  miles  north  of  Cartagena,  near  the  middle  of 
the  Tubera  group  of  the  Colombian  Miocene. 


Vol.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA      \y\ 

151.    Chi  one  (Chione)  walli  Guppy 

Venus  walli  Guppy,  Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  22,  1866,  p.  581,  pi. 
26,  fig.  16;  Miocene,  Trinidad. — Dall,  Trans.  Wag.  Fr.  Inst.  Sci., 
vol.  3,  1903,  pp.  1291,  1587;  Miocene,  Trinidad,  Bowden,  Jamaica. — 
Spieker,  Pal.  Zorritos  Format.,  Johns  Hopkins  Univ.  Publ.,  Geol., 
No.  3,  pp.  151,  154;  Miocene,  Peru. 

Chione  {Chione)  walli,  Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  10,  1925,  p.  311,  pi.  28, 
figs.  2,  11,  15;  Miocene,  Trinidad. 

A  species  of  Chione,  probably  referable  to  the  above,  was 
found  at  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizons  M  -  N  and  R  of  the 
Tubera  group.  Its  occurrence  at  both  the  bottom  and  top  of 
the  group  makes  it  hkely  that  it  will  be  found  also  at  inter- 
vening horizons. 


152.    Chione  (Lirophora)  mactropsis  (Conrad) 

Gratelupia  (?)  mactropsis  Conrad,  House  Doc.  129,  1855,  p.  18;  Isthmus  of 
Panama. — Pac.  R.  R.  Repts.,  vol.  5,  1856,  p.  328,  pi.  6,  fig.  54; 
Miocene,  Isthmus  of  Panama. 

Chione  (Lirophora)  mactropsis,  Dall,  Trans.  Wag.  Fr.  Inst.  Sci.,  vol.  3,  1903, 
p.  1294;  Gatun  formation,  Panama. 

Chione  mactropsis,  Olsson,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  9,  1922,  p.  417,  pi.  30,  figs.  7,  8; 
Gatun  formation,  Canal  Zone. 

This  species  occurs  abundantly  in  the  Miocene  at  Gatun, 
and  at  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  M  -  N,  Tubera  group,  and 
at  Loc.  351,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Punta  Pua,  20  miles  north  of 
Cartagena. 


153.    Chione  (Lirophora)  latilirata  (Conrad) 

Venus  latilirata  Conrad,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol.  1,  1841,  p.  28. — 
Conrad,  Foss.  Sh.  Med.  Tert.,  1845,  p.  68,  pi.  38,  fig.  3;  Miocene. 

Chione  (Lirophora)  latilirata.  Meek,  Checkl.  Mio.  Foss.  Am.,  1864,  pp.  9,  30. — 
Dall,  Trans.  Wag.  Fr.  Inst.  Sci.,  vol.  3,  1903,  p.  1298,  pi.  42,  fig.  3; 
Miocene. 

Chione  (Lirophora)  cartagenensis  F.  &  H.  K.  Hodson,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  13, 
p.  63,  pi.  31,  fig.  4;  pi.  35,  fig.  6;  Miocene,  Colombia. 

This  species  occurs  at  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  M  -  N  of 
the  Tubera  group,  and  at  Loc.  351,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Punta  Pua, 
20  miles  north  of  Cartagena. 


172  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

154.    Chione  atlanticana  Anderson,  new  species 
Plate  23,  figures  5,  6 

Shell  of  moderate  size,  subtriangular  in  outline;  length  of 
holotype  61  mm.,  height  51  mm.,  thickness  41  mm.;  dorsal 
margin  nearly  straight,  ventral  margin  broadly  rounded, 
posterior  angulated;  beaks  prominent;  anterior  slope  short, 
projecting,  forming  angle  with  the  ventral  border;  surface 
ornamented  by  raised  concentric  lamellae,  fluted  on  the  ventral 
side  as  in  Chione  guppyana  Gabb,  as  described  by  Pilsbry.^* 

The  lunule  is  relatively  large  and  bordered  by  a  sharply 
defined  groove;  escutcheon  moderately  wide,  bordered  by 
ridges ;  inner  border  of  shell  finely  crenulated. 

Holotype:  No.  4676,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  from  Loc.  267, 
C.  A.  S.,  horizon  P,  Tubera  mountain,  Colombia;  Miocene. 

This  species  is  nearly  related  to  Chione  guppyana,  but  it 
differs  from  Gabb's  species  in  being  more  nearly  triangular  in 
outline,  straighter  on  the  dorsal  border,  more  prominent  in 
front,  and  in  lacking  concentric  lamellae  along  the  ventral 
margin. 

This  species  has  been  obtained  at  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  hori- 
zon P,  where  it  was  associated  with  Pilar ia  circinata,  Anti- 
gona  caribbeana,  and  dementia  dariena. 

155.    Tellina  costaricana  Olsson 

Tellina  costaricana  Olsson,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  9,  1922,  p.  423,  pi.  26,  figs. 
6,  9;  Gatun  Stage,  Costa  Rica. 

This  species  is  abundant  at  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizons  P 
and  R,  and  also  in  the  basal  horizon  M  -  N,  of  the  Tubera 
group  of  the  Colombian  Miocene. 

156.    Tellina  dariena  Conrad 

Tellina  dariena  Conrad,  House  Doc,  129,  1855,  p,  18. — Conrad,  Pac.  R.  R. 
Repts.,  vol.  5,  1856,  p.  328,  pi.  6,  fig.  53;  Isthmus  of  Darien,  Mio- 
cene.— Gabb,  Jour.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol.  8,  1881,  p.  343,  pi. 
44,  fig.  13. — Brown  &  Pilsbry,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol,  63, 
1911,  p.  368.— Olsson,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  9,  1922,  p.  424,  pi.  26, 
fig.  3;  Gatun,  Canal  Zone. 

»*Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  vol.  73,  1921,  p.  423. 


Vol.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA      l^-^ 

Tellina  rowlandi  Toula,  Jahrb.  der  K.  K.  Geol.  Reichs.,  Bd.  58,  1908,  p.  728, 
pi.  28,  fig.  11;  Gatun,  Canal  Zone. 

This  species  has  been  found  at  Loc.  304,  C.  A.  S.,  near 
Santa  Rosa,  and  at  Loc.  351,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Piinta  Pua,  20 
miles  north  of  Cartagena. 


157.    Tellina  gatunensis  (Toula) 

Macoma  {Tellina)  gatunensis  Toula,  Jahrb.  der  K.  K.  Geol.  Reichs.,  Bd.  58, 
1908,  p.  729,  text  figure  10,  a;  Gatun,  Canal  Zone. 

Tellina  gatunensis.  Brown  &  Pilsbry,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol.  63, 
1911,  p.  368;  Gatun  formation.  Canal  Zone. 

Macoma  gatunensis,  Olsson,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  9,  1922,  p.  429;  Gatun  Stage, 
Costa  Rica. 

Several  good  examples  of  this  species  have  been  obtained 
from  various  localities  in  north  Colombia,  as  at  Loc.  267, 
C.  A.  S.,  horizons  M-N  and  P;  Loc.  303,  C.  A.  S.,  about 
three  miles  north  of  San  Andres,  Dept.  of  Bolivar,  etc.  One 
of  these  examples  exposes  the  hinge  clearly,  showing  that  it  is 
a  typical  Tellina  of  the  group  T.  radiata  Linnaeus,  found  in  the 
West  Indies.  The  occurrence  of  this  species  with  many  others 
of  the  Tubera  group  at  San  Andres  is  to  be  specially  noted. 


158.    Tellina  (Eurytellina)  aequiterminata  (?) 
Brown  &  Pilsbry 

Plate  23,  figure  4 

Tellina  cBquiterminata  Brown  &  Pilsbry,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol. 
64,  1912,  p.  517,  pi.  26,  fig.  5;  Gatun  formation,  Canal  Zone. 

A  rather  large  Tellina  was  found  at  Loc.  304,  C.  A.  S., 
four  miles  east  of  Santa  Rosa,  which  in  outline  and  general 
characters  conforms  to  the  above  species,  though  in  size  it 
agrees  more  nearly  with  T.  radiata  Linnaeus.  The  left  valve 
is  somewhat  more  concave  in  longisection  than  in  T.  radiata, 
and  the  sculpture  is  different.  The  surface  is  marked  by  undu- 
lations and  finer  concentric  lines,  which  at  the  posterior  end 
become  lamellar.  The  growth  lines  form  an  obtuse  angle  on 
crossing  the  posterior  angle  of  the  shell.  Approximate  length 
60  mm.,  height  35  mm.,  thickness  11  mm. 


174  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Plesiotype:  No.  4675,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad,  Sci.,  from  Loc.  304, 
C.  A.  S.,  horizon  P,  four  miles  east  of  Santa  Rosa,  Colombia ; 
Miocene. 


159.    Tellina  (Eurytellina)  aequicincta  Spieker 

Tellina  (Eurytellina)  cequicincta  Spieker,  Paleont.  Zorritos  Form.,  Peru; 
Johns  Hopkins  Univ.  Publ.  Geol.,  No.  3,  1922,  p.  158,  pi.  10,  fig.  3; 
Zorritos  group,  Miocene,  Peru. 

Two  specimens  of  a  Tellina  were  obtained  at  the  village  of 
Tubera,  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  R,  which  seem  to  be  refer- 
able to  this  species.  In  form  and  sculpture  the  resemblance  is 
striking,  and  there  appears  to  be  no  reason  for  doubting  their 
identity. 


160.    Tellina  (Eurytellina)  cibaoica  (?)  Maury 

Tellina  {Eurytellina)  cibaoica  Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  5,  1917,  p.  387.  pi. 
38,  fig.  10;  Zone  H,  Rio  Cana,  Santo  Domingo. 

A  single  specimen  of  Tellina  was  found  at  Loc.  304, 
C.  A.  S.,  east  of  Santa  Rosa,  that  conforms  to  Maury's 
description  and  figure  of  this  Dominican  form.  It  seems  to  be 
related  to  Tellina  striata  Chemnitz,  from  the  West  Indian 
province. 


161.    Tellina  protolyra  Anderson,  new  species 
Plate  21,  figures  2,  3 

Shell  small,  height  of  holotype  25  mm.,  length  34  mm., 
thickness  12  mm.,  partly  elliptical,  truncated  behind,  rounded 
in  front,  more  broadly  rounded  on  the  ventral  margin ;  peaks 
posterior  to  a  central  position,  high,  pointing  forward, 
excavated  in  front  forming  a  sort  of  lunule-like  depression; 
inequivalve,  the  right  valve  being  flatter  and  slightly  concave 
in  advance  of  the  umbonal  angle;  posterior  dorsal  margin 
nearly  straight,  formed  by  a  narrow  carina-like  ridge  on 
either  side,  giving  the  posterior  dorsal  slope  a  groove-like 
character;  surface  ornamented  by  acute,  elevated,  concentric 
threads    with    relatively    wide,    concavely    open    interspaces, 


Vol.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA      J 75 

almost  smooth,  or  faintly  striated,  and  evenly  spaced   from 
beak  to  ventral  margin. 

This  species  is  clearly  related  to  Tellina  lyra  Hanley  which 
is  found  living  at  Tumbez,  Peru,  which  is  probably  a  successor 
to  our  species.  The  examples  of  this  species  were  all  found  at 
Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  M  -  N,  of  the  Tubera  group  of  the 
Colombian  Miocene. 

Holotype:  No.  4163,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  from  Loc.  267-B, 
C.  A.  S.,  horizon  M  -  N,  of  the  Tubera  group,  Colombia; 
Miocene. 

162,    Semele  claytoni  ( ?)  Maury 

Semele  claytoni  Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  5,  1917,  p.  391,  pi.  35,  fig.  9; 
Miocene,  Cercado  de  Mao,  Santo  Domingo. 

A  single  specimen  of  Semele  that  seems  referable  to  this 
Dominican  species  was  found  at  Loc.  351,  C.  A.  S.,  near 
Punta  Pua,  Colombia. 

163.    Semele  sardonica  Dall 

Semele  sardonica  Dall,  Bull.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  No.  90,  p.  154,  pi.  20,  figs.  4 
and  7;  Miocene,  Tampa  Bay,  Florida. 

A  single  well  preserved  valve  of  a  Semele  was  obtained  at 
Loc.  351,  C.  A.  S..  near  Punta  Pua,  Colombia,  that  is  identi- 
fiable with  Ball's  species  from  the  lower  Miocene  of  Florida. 

164.    Psammosolen  sancti-dominici  Maury 

Psammosolen  sancti-dominici  Maury,  Bull.  Am.  Pal.,  vol.  5,  1917,  p.  392,  pi. 
37,  fig.  13;  Miocene,  Cercado  de  Mao,  Santo  Domingo. 

A  single  determinable  specimen  of  Psammosolen  was 
obtained  at  Loc.  351,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Punta  Pua,  that  seems  to 
be  referable  to  Maury's  Dominican  species. 

165.    Mactra  (Mulinia  ?)  atlanticola  Anderson,  new  species 

Plate  20,  figures  1,2,  3 

Shell  of  moderate  size,  length  of  holotype  50  mm., 
height  43  mm.,  thickness  33  mm. ;  robust,  ventricose,  smooth. 


J76  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

ornamented  only  by  concentric  growth  lines;  beaks  rather 
high,  nearly  central  or  a  little  in  advance  of  central,  curved 
slightly  forward ;  anterior  and  posterior  slopes  straight, 
anterior  end  broadly  rounded,  posterior  end  more  narrowly 
rounded;  lunular  area  flattened,  or  somewhat  concave  under 
the  beaks ;  shell  not  gaping  behind,  not  angulated,  but  for  the 
most  part  regularly  rounded. 

Holotype:  No.  4161 ;  paratype:  No.  4162,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad. 
Sci.,  from  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  M  -  N,  of  the  Tubera 
group,  at  the  west  end  of  Tubera  mountain,  Colombia; 
Miocene. 

The  nearest  known  related  species  is  Mulinia  densata  Con- 
rad, in  the  upper  Miocene  of  California,  although  it  has  a 
heavier  and  more  solid  shell  than  the  Colombian  examples 
here  described. 

Several  good  specimens  of  this  species  were  found  at  Loc. 
267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  M  -  N,  of  the  Tubera  group,  at  the 
west  foot  of  Tubera  mountain.  There  is  an  outward  resem- 
blance to  other  Caribbean  forms,  but  the  hinge  reveals  its  gen- 
eric class. 


166.    Mactrella  (Harvella)  elegans  (Sowerby) 

Plate  21,  figures  5,  6 

Mactra  elegans  Sowerby,  Tank'v.  Catal.  Append.  (116),  p.  ii,  pi.  (i),  fig.  3; 
living  at  Panama  and  Pacific  points. — Carpenter,  Rept.  Brit.  Ass'n. 
Adv.  Sci.,  1857,  pp.  174,  227;  living  at  Panama  and  other  points. 

Harvella  pacifica  Conrad,  Amer.  Jour.  Conch.,  vol.  3,  1867,  p.  192;  vol.  5,  p. 

108,  pi.  12,  fig.  2;  living  at  Panama. 
Mactrella  {Harvella)  elegans,  Dall,  Nautilus,  vol.  8,  1894. 

Conrad  described  H.  pacifica  as  living  at  Panama,  and 
attempted  to  distinguish  his  supposed  new  form  from 
H.  elegants  (Sowerby)  to  which  he  refers  as  a  Floridan 
species.  Dall  discredits  Conrad's  name,  on  the  ground  of  lack- 
ing sufficient  basis,  at  least  until  further  evidence  was  found. 
Although  Sowerby's  original  description  has  not  been  seen,  in 
view  of  the  known  variability  in  such  forms,  it  appears 
unlikely  that  Conrad's  discrimination  is  sound.  Two  species 
so  similar  are  not  likely  to  occur  together. 


Vol.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA      YJJ 

A  comparison  of  the  fossil  species  with  representatives  of 
the  living  form  does  not  permit  of  any  distinction  that  can  be 
maintained  in  either  form,  size  or  sculpture. 

A  number  of  good  samples  of  this  species  was  found  at  Log. 
267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  M  -  N,  of  the  Tubera  group,  at  the  west 
foot  of  Tubera  mountain. 

Plesiotypes:  Nos.  4665  and  4666,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  from 
Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  M  -  N,  of  the  Tubera  group,  at  the 
west  foot  of  Tubera  mountain,  Colombia;  Miocene. 

167.    Labiosa  (Raeta)  gibbosa  (Gabb) 

RcEta  gibbosa  Gabb,  Amer.  Jour.  Conch.,  vol.  5,  1870,  p.  30;  Miocene,  Peru. — • 
Gabb,  Jour.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol.  8,   1874,  p.  264,  pi.  35,' 
figs.  8,  8a. 

Two  well  preserved  samples  of  this  species  were  obtained  at 
Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  R,  Tubera  village,  near  the  top  of 
the  Tubera  group,  and  three  of  the  same  form  were  found  at 
Loc.  351,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Punta  Pua,  some  20  miles  north  of 
Cartagena.  In  referring  these  to  Gabb's  Peruvian  species  iden- 
tification is  based  entirely  upon  his  description  and  figures,  as 
no  comparative  material  was  available  from  his  locality. 

168.    Labiosa  (Raeta)  gardnerae  Spieker 

Labiosa  (Rceta)  gardnerce  Spieker,  Johns  Hopkins  Univ.  Publ.  Geol.,  No.  3, 
1922,  p.  168,  pi.  10,  fig.  10;  upper  part  of  Zorritos,  Miocene,  Peru. 

A  number  of  samples  of  this  species  was  obtained  from  dif- 
ferent parts  of  the  Tubera  group  at  the  following  points : 

Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  R,  Tubera  group;  Loc.  299, 
C.  A.  S.,  central  part  of  the  Tubera  group;  Loc.  325,  C.  A.  S., 
central  part  of  the  Tubera  group;  Loc.  325-A,  C.  A.  S.,  mid- 
dle part  of  the  Tubera  group. 

The  species  seems,  therefore,  to  range  from  the  central  to 
the  upper  part  of  the  Tubera  group. 

169.    Labiosa  (Raeta)  hasletti  Anderson,  new  species 

Plate  23,  figures  2,  3 

Shell  large,  inflated  in  front,  somewhat  produced  and  nar- 
row behind;  height  of  holotype  47  mm.,  length,  incomplete, 


J 78  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

61  mm.,  thickness  39  mm.;  test  thin,  somewhat  nacreous; 
beaks  a  little  in  advance  of  central,  prominent  and  rather 
heavy;  posterior  slope  slightly  concave;  shell  thickest  a  little 
in  advance  and  above  the  median  plane;  umbonal  ridges 
inclined  forward ;  surface  marked  by  strong  concentric  ridges, 
some  of  which  are  not  continuous. 

This  species  is  related  to  L.  (Rceta)  gibbosa,  but  is  thicker, 
less  produced  in  front  and  relatively  more  produced  behind. 
It  has  not  the  straight  posterior  slope  of  Gabb's  species. 

This  species  is  abundant  at  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  in  horizon 
P,  on  the  north  slope  of  Tubera  mountain.  It  has  been  named 
in  honor  of  Mr.  Thomas  D.  Haslett,  by  whose  courtesy  and 
aid  the  investigation  of  this  district  was  greatly  facilitated. 

Holotype:  No.  4674,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  from  Loc.  267, 
C.  A.  S.,  horizon  P,  Tubera  mountain,  Colombia;  Miocene. 

170.    Periploma  caribana  Anderson,  new  species 

Plate  23,  figvire  1 

Shell  sub-nacreous,  large,  compressed,  nearly  circular  in 
outline,  and  nearly  equivalve;  beaks  relatively  small,  umbones 
not  prominent,  sub-central,  crossed  by  an  acute  transverse 
ridge  extending  downward  from  the  beaks;  anterior  end 
short,  broadly  rounded,  quite  closed ;  posterior  slope  straight 
at  first,  then  rounded,  narrower  than  in  front ;  surface  marked 
by  undulating  concentric  ridges  and  lines  of  growth,  the 
former  stronger  near  the  ventral  margins;  hinge  not  well 
known;  height  of  holotype  61  mm.,  length  71  mm.,  thickness 
27  mm. 

This  shell  is  apparently  rare,  though  three  specimens  were 
found  in  the  upper  part  of  the  Tubera  group.  Its  nearest  rela- 
tive is  probably  Periploma  peralta  (Conrad)  from  the  St. 
Mary's  formation  at  Cave  Point,  Maryland.  Its  distinctness 
from  this  species  is  very  evident  upon  a  careful  comparison 
and  study  of  Conrad's  description  and  figure. 

The  three  samples  obtained  were  found  at  Loc.  267, 
C.  A.  S.,  at  horizon  R,  Tubera  village. 

Holotype:  No.  4673,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  from  Loc.  267, 
C.  A.  S.,  horizon  R,  Tubera  village,  Colombia ;  Miocene. 


Vol.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA      \yg 


FORAMINIFERA 

From  the  lowest  horizon,  M  -  N,  of  the  Tubera  group  a 
number  of  micro-organisms  were  obtained  from  the  matrix  of 
the  larger  mollusks  which  were  submitted  for  determination 
to  Mr.  C.  C.  Church.  His  notes  regarding  these  forms  are  as 
follows : 

"The  few  Foraminifera  obtained  from  this  material  are,  for  the  most  part, 
so  poorly  preserved  that  specific  determination  is  practically  impossible, 
although  genera  can  be  distinguished  easily,  and  in  the  case  of  the  large,  well 
preserved  Amphistegina  the  specific  characters  are  quite  clear. 

"171.    Amphistegina  lessoni  D'Orbigny 

"This  species  is  known  from  the  Tertiary  to  the  Recent  and  is  a  common 
form  in  the  Miocene  and  Pliocene  of  the  Atlantic  coastal  plain  of  the  United 
States.  It  is  known  to  exist  at  the  present  time  in  the  tropical  areas  of  the  At- 
lantic, Pacific  and  Indian  oceans,  and  is  commonest  in  water  of  less  than  30 
fathoms  in  depth,  but  it  also  occurs  at  greater  depths. 

"The  species  is  highly  variable  in  form,  and  ranges  from  a  thin  complanate 
disc  to  a  subspherical  test.  In  the  younger  and  smaller  individuals  the  um- 
biUcal  area  is  a  pronounced  boss  of  clear  shell  material. 

"In  the  larger  and  flattened  forms  the  umbilicus  is  not  so  prominent.  The 
largest  form  noted  is  more  than  one  millimeter  wide  and  very  thin.  The 
material  associated  with  the  Foraminifera  shows  every  indication  of  having 
been  deposited  in  shallow  water. 

"172.    Qulnqueloculina  auberiana  (?)  D'Orbigny 

"There  is  not  much  doubt  that  this  form  belongs  to  the  species  here 
assigned,  but  the  fact  that  there  are  no  very  complete,  or  well  preserved  speci- 
mens makes  it  necessary  to  indicate  a  possible  error. 

"173.    Lituotuba  lituiformis  (?)  (H.  B.  Brady) 

' '  This  genus  is  represented  by  a  single  individual  which  is  not  very  well  pre- 
served. The  name  of  the  genus  is  after  Cushman's  latest  classification,  but  it 
is  best  known  as  Trochammina  Parker  &  Jones." 

Besides  the  Foraminifera  listed  above  there  are  a  few  other 
microscopic  forms  which  deserve  some  mention.  Among  these 
are  three  species,  and  perhaps  as  many  genera,  of  Ostracoda; 
also  several  small  or  embrvonic  forms  of  bivalves  and 
gastropods. 


180 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


[Proc.  4th  Ser. 


California  Academy  of  Sciences  Localities 

Following  is  a  brief  description  of  the  fossil  localities 
referred  to  in  the  preceding  text,  notes,  tables,  etc.,  and  are  of 
record  in  the  Museum  of  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences: 


Locality  265  (C.A.S.). 
LocaUty  266  (C.A.S.). 
Locality  266-A(C.A.S.). 

Locality  267  (C.A.S.). 

Locality  296  (C.A.S.). 

Locality  297  (C.A.S.). 
Locality  298  (C.A.S.). 
Locality  299  (C.A.S.). 

Locality  302  (C.A.S.). 

Locality  303  (C.A.S.). 

LocaHty  304  (C.A.S.). 

LocaHty  305  (C.A.S.). 

Locality  306  (C.A.S.). 

Locality  323  (C.A.S.). 
Locality  325-A  (C.A.S 

Locality  325-B  (C.A.S 
Locality  347  (C.A.S.). 
LocaHty  348  (C.A.S.). 


Punta  Piedras,  three  miles  south  of  Paso  Nuevo,  De- 
partment of  Bolivar,  Colombia;  marine  Miocene. 
Quebrada  San  Juan  de  Acosta,  near  Puerto  Colombia, 

Department  of  Atlantico,  Colombia;  marine  Miocene. 
Falls  in  small  creek,    two    miles    west    of    Tuber  a 

mountain.     Department    of    Atlantico,     Colombia; 

marine  Miocene. 
Tubera  mountain,  Dept.  of  Atlantico,  Colombia; 

M  -  N,  1.5  miles  west  of  Tuber d.  village; 

P,  1  mile  west  of  Tubera  village; 

R,  Tuberd.  village,  near  summit  of  the  mountain. 
East  border  of  Usiacuri  village,  Dept.  of  Atlantico, 

Colombia;  2000  feet  above  the  base  of  the  Tuberd 

group. 
Three  miles  west  of  Barranquilla,  Colombia;  coralline 

limestone,  Pliocene. 
One  mile  east  of  Usiacuri  village,  Dept.  of  Atlantico, 

Colombia;  top  of  Tuberd  group,  Miocene. 
Three  miles  southwest  of  Baranoa,  Dept.  of  Atlantico, 

Colombia;  west  flank  of  the  Usiacuri  anticline,  near 

well  of  Wm.  Plotts;  Miocene. 
Ranch  of  Sr.  Banda,  four  miles  south  of  San  Andres, 

Dept.  of  Bolivar,  Colombia;  Tuberd  group,  Miocene. 
Two  miles  east  of  San  Andres,   Dept.   of  Bolivar, 

Colombia;  Miocene. 
Four  miles  east  of  Santa  Rosa,  Ranch  of  Sra.  Gomez, 

Dept.  of  Bolivar,  Colombia;  Tuberd  group,  Miocene. 
Near  Turbaco,  16  miles  east  of  Cartagena,  Dept.  of 

Bolivar,  Colombia;  Tubera  group,  Miocene. 
Usiaciu-i  village,  Dept.  of  Atlantico,  Colombia;  middle 

of  Tuberd  group,  Miocene. 
Gatun  Locks,  Gatun,  Canal  Zone,  Panama,  Miocene. 
). Between  Chorrera  and  Cibarco,  Dept.  of  Atlantico, 

Colombia;  near  middle  of  Tubera  group,  on  west 

flank  of  Usiacuri  anticline,  Miocene. 
).East  of  Usiacuri  village    (same  as  Loc.   306),   Dept. 

of  Atlantico,  Colombia,  Miocene. 
La   Popa   Hill,   near   Cartagena,    Colombia;   top   of 

Miocene. 
Village   of    Turbaco,    Dept.    of    Bolivar,    Colombia, 

Pliocene. 


Vol.  XVIII]      ANDERSON— MARINE  MIOCENE  OF  NORTH  COLOMBIA      \^\ 


Locality  349  (C.A.S.). 

Locality  350  (C.A.S.). 

Locality  351  (C.A.S.). 

Locality  353  (C.A.S.). 
Locality  354  (C.A.S.). 

Locality  355  (C.A.S.). 

•      Locality  356  (C.A.S.). 

LocaHty  357  (C.A.S.). 


From  four  to  five  rhiles  southwest  of  Barranquilla 

Colombia;  top  of  the  Miocene. 
Arboletes  Bay,   Dept.  of  Bolivar,  Colombia;  upper 

Miocene. 
Near  Punta  Pua,  20  miles  north  of  Cartagena,  Dept. 

of  Bolivar,  Colombia;  Tuberd  group,  Miocene. 
Near  Cospique  Hill,  Cartagena  harbor,  Colombia. 
Quebrada  de  Murindo,  above  Pedro  de  Claver,  Dept. 

of  Bolivar,  Colombia;  Tuberd  group,  Miocene. 
Quebrada  de  Murindo,  30  miles  west  of  Monteria, 

Dept.  of  BoUvar,  Colombia;  Tubera  group,  Miocene. 
Pedro  de  Claver,  Quebrada  de  Murindo,  30  miles  west 

of  Monteria,  Dept.  of  BoHvar,  Colombia,  Miocene. 
Emory  Wood  Company's  camp,  Rio  Canalete,  west  of 

Monteria,  Dept.  of  Bolivar,  Colombia;  Miocene. 


182 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Seb, 


Plate  8 

Fig.  1.  Fasciolaria  olssoni  Anderson,  new  species.  Holotype  No.  4617 
(C.  A.  S.  type  coll.),  Loc.  267  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  P,  Tuberd  group; 
Tuberd  mountain;  p.  131. 

Figs.  2,  3.  Fasciolaria  olssoni  Anderson,  new  species.  Paratype  No.  4618 
(C.  A.  S.  type  coll.),  front  and  rear  views;  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S., 
horizon  R,  Tuberd  group,  Tuberd  village;  p.  131. 

Figs.  4,  5.  Mitra  maurycs  Anderson,  new  species.  Holotype  No.  4619 
(C.  A.  S.  type  coll.),  front  and  rear  views;  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S., 
horizon  L,  Las  Perdices  group,  one  mile  west  of  Puerto  Co- 
lombia; p.  130. 

Figs.  6,  7.  Scohinella  morierei  (?)  (Laville).  Plesiotype  No.  4620  (C.  A.  S. 
type  coll.),  front  and  rear  views,  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  L, 
Las  Perdices  group,  one  mile  west  of  Puerto  Colombia;  p.  131. 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XVIII,  No.  4 


[ANDERSCN  ]  Plate  8 


March  29.  1929 


184  CALIFORNIA   ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Skr. 


Plate  9 

Figs.  1,  2.  Phos  tuberainsis  Anderson,  new  species.  Holotype  No.  4521 
(C.  A.  vS.  type  coll.),  rear  and  front  views;  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S., 
horizon  P,  Tubera  group,  north  slope  of  Tubera  mountain;  p.  135. 

Fig.  3.  Phos  tubemensis  Anderson,  new  species.  Paratype  No.  4622  (C.  A.  S. 
type  coll.),  Loc.  305,  C.  A.  vS.,  near  Turbaco,  14  miles  east  of 
Cartagena;  p.  135. 

Figs.  4,  5.  Conns  tuberacola  Anderson,  new  species.  Holotype  No.  4623 
(C.  A.  S.  type  coll.),  front  and  top  views;  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S., 
horizon  M  -  N,  Tubera  group,  west  foot  of  Tubera  mountain; 
p.  112. 

Figs.  6,  7.  Conns  crenospiratns  Anderson,  new  species.  Holotype  No.  4624 
(C.  A.  S.  type  coll.),  front  and  top  views,  X2;  Loc.  351,  C.  A.  S., 
horizon  P,  Tubera  group,  near  Punta  Pua,  20  miles  north  of 
Cartagena;  p.  112. 

Fig.  8.  Typhis  siphonifera  Dall.  Plesiotype  No.  4625  (C.  A.  S.  type  coll.), 
X2;  Loc.  325-A,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  P,  Tubera  group,  near  Cibarco, 
a  few  miles  north  of  Usiacuri,  Colombia;  p.  138. 

Figs.  9,  10.  Ovula  {Neosimnia)  piiana  Anderson,  new  species.  Holotype  No. 
4626  (C.  A.  S.  type  coll.),  front  and  rear  views,  X2;  Loc.  351, 
C.  A.  S.,  horizon  P,  Tubera  group,  near  Punta  Pua,  north  of 
Cartagena;  p.  140. 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XVIII,  No.  4 


[ANDERSON]  Plate  9 


18(3  CALIFORNIA   ACADEMY  OF  SCIEXCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 


Plate  10 

Figs.  1,  2.  Caiiccllaria  scheibei  Anderson,  new  species.  Holotype  No.  4627 
(C.  A.  S.  type  coll.),  front  and  rear  views;  Loc.  306,  C.  A.  .S., 
horizon  P,  Tubera  group,  near  Usiacuri  village:  p.  114. 

Figs.  3,  4.  Cancellaria  scheibei  Anderson,  new  species.  Paratype  No.  4528 
(C.  A.  S.  type  coll.);  3,  front  view,  4,  slightly  rotated  to  show 
plaits;  Loc.  304,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  P.  Tubera  group,  near  vSanta 
Rosa;  p.  114. 

Figs.  5,  6.  Cancellaria  hetineri  Anderson,  new  species.  Holotype  No.  4629 
(C.  A.  S.  type  coll.),  rear  and  front  views;  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S., 
horizon  P,  Tubera  group,  north  slope  of  Tubera  mountain:  p.  114. 

Figs.  7,  8.  Cancellaria  karsteni  Anderson,  new  species.  Holotype  No.  463:) 
(C.  A.  S.  type  coll.),  rear  and  front  views;  Loc.  305,  C.  A.  S., 
horizon  P,  Tubera  group,  near  Turbaco,  14  miles  east  of  Carta- 
gena; p.  114. 

Fig.  9.  Cancellaria  karsteni  Anderson,  new  species.  Paratj-pe  No.  4531 
(C.  A.  S.  type  coll.),  view  showing  columellar  plaits;  Loc.  267, 
C.  A.  S.,  horizon  P,  Tubera  group,  Tubera  mountain;  p.   114. 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XVIII,  No.  4 


ANDERSON  J  Plate  10 


](^i^  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 


Plate  11 

Figs.  1,  2.  Melongena  propatuliis  Anderson,  new  species.  Holotype  No. 
4632  (C.  A.  S.  type  coll.),  rear  and  front  views;  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S., 
horizon  R,  Tubera  group,  Tubera  village;  p.  133. 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XVill,  No.  4 


ANDERSON]  Plate  11 


J90  CALIFORNIA   ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  I  Proc.  4th  Skr. 


Plate  12 

Figs.  1,  2.  Malea  ringens  (Swainson).  Plesiotype  No.  4633  (C.  A.  S.  type 
coll.),  rear  and  front  views  of  mature  shell,  Bay  of  Panama, 
Hemphill  collection;  recent;  p.  140. 

F'gs.  3,  4.  Malea  ringens  (Swainson).  Plesiotype  No.  4634  (C.  A.  S.  type 
coll.),  front  and  side  views  of  mature  shell,  outer  Hp  missing; 
Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  P,  Tubera  group,  north  slope  of 
Tubera  n:ountain;  p.  140. 

Figs.  5,  6.  Malea  ringens  (Swainson).  Plesiotype  No.  4635  (C.  A.  S.  type 
coll.),  rear  and  front  views  of  younger  shell;  Loc.  299,  C.  A.  S., 
near  Plotts'  well,  southwest  of  Baranoa,  Colombia:  p.  140. 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XVIII,  No.  4 


ANDERSON]  Plate  12 


^-im 


192  CALIFORXIA   ACADEMY  OF  SCIEXCES  [Proc.  4th  Skk. 


Plate  13 

Fig.  1.  Ficus  iPyriila)  colombiana  Anderson,  new  species.  Holotype  No.  4636 
(C.  A.  S.  type  coll.),  aperture  view;  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon 
P,  Tubcra  grcup,  north  slope  of  Tuhera  mountain;  p.  143. 

Fig.  2.  Ficus  (Fyrula)  cclombiana  Anderson,  new  species.  Paratvpe  Xo. 
4637  (C.  A.  S.  type  coll.),  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  R,  Tul^era 
grcup,  Tuhera  village;  p.  143. 

Fig.  3.  Dentuliuni  gramiduuum  Anderson,  new  species.  Holotype  Xo.  4638 
(C.  A.  S.  type  coll.),  broken  shell,  parts  joined  with  clay,  outer 
layer  of  shell  missing  in  part;  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  L,  Las 
Perdices  group,  west  of  Puerto  Colombia;  p.  144. 

Figs.  4,  5.  Criicilvlum  (Dispotcea)  gatunen^e  (Toula).  Plesiotype  Xo.  4630 
(C.  A.  S.  type  coll.);  4,  side  view  showing  granular  surface,  X2; 
5,  interior  showing  cup,  X2 :  Loc.  323,  C.  A.  S.,  Spillway  of  Gatun 
Locks,  Canal  Zone;  p.  121. 

Fig.  6.  Crucibulum  (Disfotcea)  gatunen^e  (Toula).  Plesiotype  Xo.  4640  (C. 
A.  S.  type  coll.),  side  view  of  smaller  shell,  X2;  Loc.  3ili,  as  above; 
p.  121. 

Figs.  7,  8.    Solenosteira    santceracF    Anderson,    new    species.      Holotype    Xo. 

4641  (C.  A.  S.  type  coll.),  rear  and  front  views;  Loc.  304.  C.  A.  S., 
horizon  P,  Tubera  group,  four  miles  east  of  Santa  Rosa.  Co- 
lombia; p.  135. 

Figs.  9,  10.    Solenosteira   santcerosce  Anderson,   new   species.      Paratype    No. 

4642  (C.  A.  S.  type  coll.),  rear  and  front  views;  Loc.  305,  C.  A.  S., 
horizon  P,  Tuljcra  group;  p.  135. 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XVIII,  No.  4 


[ANDERSON  |  Plate  13 


]^94  CALIFORXIA   ACADEMY  OF  SCIEXCES  [Proc.  4th  Skr. 


Plate  14 

Figs.  1,  2.  Cancellaria  cibarcola  Anderson,  new  species.  Holotype  Xo.  4643 
(C.  A.  S.  type  coll.);  1,  front  view;  2,  rotated  to  show  columellar 
plaits;  Loc.  325-A,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  P,  near  Cibarco,  Tnbera 
group;  p.  1 16. 

Fig.  3.  Cancellaria  cibarcola  Anderson,  new  species.  Paratype  No.  4644 
(C.  A.  S.  type  colh),  rear  view  of  smaller  shell;  Loc.  325-A,  as 
above;  p.  116. 

Figs.  4,  5.  Cancellaria  codazzii  Anderson,  new  species.  Holotype  Xo.  4645 
(C.  A.  S.  type  coll.),  rear  and  front  views;  Loc.  325-A,  C.  A.  S., 
horizon  P,  Tubera  group,  near  Cibarco,  north  of  Usiacuri 
village;  p.  116. 

Fig.  6.  Cancellaria  codazzii  Anderson,  new  species.  Paratype  Xo.  4646 
(C.  A.  S.  type  coll.),  broken  shell  showing  columellar  plaits; 
Loc.  325-A;  p.  116. 

Fig.  7.  Cancellaria  codazzii  Anderson,  new  species.  Paratype  Xo.  4647 
(C.  A.  S.  type  coll.),  young  shell,  X2;  Loc.  325-A,  as  above; 
p.  116. 

Fig^-.  8,  9.  Polinices  prolactea  Anderson,  new  species.  Holotype  Xo.  4648 
(C.  A.  S.  type  coll.),  rear  and  front  views;  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S., 
horizon  L,  Las  Perdices  group,  west  of  Puerto  Colombia;  p.  124. 

Figs.  10,  11.     Cassis  (Phuliuni)  dalli  Anderson,  new  species.     Holotype  Xo. 

4649  (C.  A.  S.  type  coll.),  rear  and  front  views,  X2;  Loc.  267, 
C.  A.  S.,  horizon  L,  Las  Perdices  group,  west  of  Puerto  Colombia; 
p.  141. 

Figr.  12,  13.     Cassis  (Phalium)  dalli  Anderson,  new  species.     Paratype  No. 

4650  (C.  A.  S.  type  coll.),  rear  and  front  views,  X2;  Loc.  267, 
C.  A.  S.,  horizon  L,  Las  Perdices  group,  as  above;  p.  141. 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XVIIl,  No.  4 


ANDERSON!  Plate  14 


196  CALIFORNIA   ACADEMY  OF  SCIEXCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 


Plate  15 

Figs.  1,  2.     Fusiniis   magdalenensis   Anderson,    new   species.      Holotype    No 
4651   (C.  A.  S.  type  coll.),  front  and  rear  views  of  incomplete 
shell;  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  P,  Tubera  group,  Tubera  moun- 
tain; p.  133. 

Fig.  3.  Fusiniis  magdalenensis  Anderson.  Paratype  No.  4652  (C.  A.  vS.  type 
coll.),  fragment  showing  character  of  long  canal;  Loc.  267, 
C.  A.  S.,  as  above;  p.  133. 

Figs.  4,  5.  Cyprcea  {Pustularia)  gabbiana  Guppy.  Plesiotype  No.  4653 
(C.  A.  S.  type  coll.),  upper  and  basal  views,  X2;  Loc.  351, 
C.  A.  S.,  horizon  P,  Tubera  group,  near  Punta  Pua,  north  of 
Cartagena,  Colombia;  p.  139. 

Figs.  6,  7.  Phos  turbacocnsis  Anderson,  new  species.  Holotype  No.  4654 
(C.  A.  S.  type  coll.),  front  and  rear  views;  Loc.  305,  C.  A.  S., 
horizon  P,  Tubera  group,  near  Turbaco,  14  miles  east  of  Carta- 
gena; p.  136. 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCl.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XVIII,  No.  4 


[ANDERSON]  Plate  15 


298  CALIFORNIA   ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc. -Ith  Ser. 


Plate  16 

Figs.  1,  2.  Ampullaria  tiibcracola  Anderson,  new  species.  Holotype  No. 
4655  (C.  A.  S.  type  coll.),  front  and  basal  views  of  mature  shell; 
Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S..  horizon  R,  Tubera  group,  Tubera  village; 
p.  125. 

Fig.  3  Ami  uUaria  tuheracola  Anderson,  new  species.  Paratype,  No.  4656 
(C.  A.  S.  type  coll.),  rear  view  of  young  shell;  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S., 
as  above;  p.  125. 

Fig.  4.  Phns  baranoaiiiis  Anderson,  new  species.  Holotype  No.  4657  (C.  A.  S. 
type  coll.),  front  view;  Loc.  299,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  P,  Tubera 
group,  near  Plotts'  well,  southwest  of  Baranoa,  Colombia;  p.  \?>1 . 

Fig.  5.  Phos  haranoanus  Anderson,  new  species.  Paratype  No.  4657a  (C.  A. 
vS.  type  coll.),  aperture  view  showing  lirate  interior;  Loc.  299, 
C.  A.  S.,  as  above;  p.  137. 

Figs.  6,  7.  Cnllioitoma  trof.ica  Anderson,  new  species.  Holotype  No.  4168 
(C.  A.  S.  type  coll.),  side  and  basal  views;  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S., 
horizon  M-  N,  Tubera  group,  west  foot  of  Tubera  mountain;  p.  126. 

Figs.  7- A,  8.  Solenosteira  hasletti  Anderson.  Holotype  No.  4169  (C.  A.  S.  type 
coll.),  rear  and  front  views;  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  M-  N, 
Tubera  group,  west  foot  of  Tubera  mountain;  p.  134. 

Fig.  9.  Anomia  mamillaris  Anderson.  Holotype  No.  4165  (C.  A.  S.  type 
coll.),  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  vS.,  horizon  M-N,  Tubera  group,  as  above; 
p.  158. 

Fig.  10.  Anomia  mamillaris  Anderson.  Paratype  No.  4167  (C.  A.  S.  type 
coll.),  Loc.  as  above;  p.  158. 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XVlll,  No.  4 


[ANDERSON]   Plate  16 


March  29,   1929 


200  CAUFORXIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Pkoc.  4th  Ser. 


Plate  17 

Fig.  1.  Tiirritdla  fredeai  Hodson.  Plesiotype  4175  (C.  A.  vS.  type  coll.), 
example  from  Ijasal  beds  of  Tubera  group  near  Punta  Pua,  20 
miles  north  of  Cartagena;  p.  110. 

Figs.  2.  3.  Oliva  tuheraensis  Anderson.  Holotype  No.  4-172  (C.  A.  S.  type  coll.), 
front  and  rear  views;  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  R,  Tubera 
group,  Tubera  village;  p.  128. 

Fig.  4.  Tiirritella  altilira  Conrad.  Plesiotype  No.  4658  (C.  A.  S.  type  coll.), 
Loc.  267,  C.  A.  vS.,  horizon  M  -  N,  Tubera  group,  west  foot  of 
Tubera  mountain;  p.  118. 

Fig.  5.  Turritella  altilira  Conrad.  Plesiotype  No.  4659  (C.  A.  S.  type  coll.), 
Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  M  -  N,  as  above;  p.  118. 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XVIII,  No.  4 


ANDERSON  1  Plate   17 


202  CALIFORNIA   ACADEMY  OF  SCIEXCBS  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 


Plate  18 

Figs.  1,  2.  Area  {Anadara)  grandis  Broderip  &  Sowerby.  Plesiotype  No. 
4160  (C.  A.  S.  type  coll.),  interior  and  exterior  views  of  right 
valve.  Example  from  Bay  of  Panama,  F.  M.  Anderson,  col- 
lector. 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XVIII,  No,  4 


ANCEKSONl   Plate  18 


204  C.4LIF0RXIA   ACADEMY  OF  SCIEXCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 


Plate  19 

Figs.  1,  2.  Cardium  {Trachycardium)  pueblcense  Anderson,  new  species. 
Holotype  No.  4660  (C.  A.  S.  type  coll.),  left  side  and  front  views; 
Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  R,  Tubera  group,  Tubeia  village; 
p.  164. 

Fig.  3.  Pecten  atlanlicola  Anderson,  new  species.  Holotype  No.  4661  (C.  A. 
S.  type  coll.),  right  valve;  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  P,  Tubera 
group,  north  slope  of  Tubera  mountain.  Department  of  At- 
lantico;  p.  156. 

Fig.  4.  Pecten  macloskeyi  Anderson,  new  species.  Holotype  No.  4662  (C.  A. 
S.  type  coll.),  right  valve;  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  P,  Tubera 
group,  north  slope  of  Tubera  mountain;  p.  157. 

Fig.  5.  Pecten  macloskeyi  Anderson,  new  species.  Paratype  No.  4663  (C.  A. 
S.  type  coll.),  left  valve  of  small  shell;  Loc.  as  above;  p.  157. 

Fig.  6.  Area  (Anadara)  Msiaciirii  Anderson.  Holotype  No.  4158  (C.  A.  S. 
type  coll.),  interior  of  left  valve;  Loc.  306,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  P, 
Tubera  group,  near  Usiacuri  village;  p.  148. 

Fig.  7.  Pecten  atlanticola  Anderson,  new  species.  Paratype  No.  4661a  (C. 
A.  S.  type  coll.),  left  valve;  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  P,  as 
above;  p.  156. 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series.  Vol.  XVIIl,  No.  4 


[ANDERSON]     Plate  19 


206  CALIFOKXIA   ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Peoc.  4th  Skr. 


Plate  20 

Figs.  1,  2.  Mactrn  [Afulhna?)  atlanticola  Anderson,  new  species.  Holotype 
No.  4161  (C  A.  S.  type  coll.),  side  and  anterior  views;  Loc. 
267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon,  M  -  X,  Tuberd  group,  west  foot  of 
Tubera  mountain;  p.  175. 

Fig.  3.  Mactra  {Mulinial)  atlanticola  Anderson.  Paratype  No.  4162 
(C.  A.  S.  type  coll.),  interior  view,  showing  hinge  parts  in  right 
valve;  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  P,  as  above;  p.  175. 

Figs.  4.  5.  Cardila  iCardilamera)  arala  (Conrad).  Plesiotype  No.  4164 
(C.  A.  S.  type  coll.),  exterior  and  interior  views  of  left  valve; 
Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  M  -  N,  Tubera  grouj:),  west  foot  of 
Tubera  mountain;  p.  160. 

Fig.  6.  Area  {Anadara)  usiacurii  Anderson.  Holotype  No.  4158  (C.  A.  S. 
type  coll.),  exterior  of  left  valve;  Loc.  306,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  P, 
Tubera  group,  near  village  of  Usiacuri;  p.  148. 


PROC   CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XVlll,  No.  4 


[ANDERSON]   Plate  20 


208  CALIFORNIA   ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 


Plate  21 

Fig.  1.  Thyasira  bisecta  (?)  (Conrad).  Plesiotype  No.  4664  (C.  A.  S.  type 
coll.),  cast,  left  valve;  Loc.  350,  C.  A.  S.,  near  Arboletes  Bay 
upper  beds  of  the  Tubera  group;  p.  162. 

Figs.  2,  ?>.  TeUina  f^rotolyra  Anderson,  new  species.  Holotype  No.  4163 
(C.  A.  S.  type  coll.),  side  and  top  views;  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S., 
horizon  M  -  N,  Tubera  group,  west  foot  of  Tubera  mountain; 
p.  174. 

Fig.  4.  Area  (Anadara)  iisiaciirii  Anderson.  Paratype  No.  4159  (C.  A.  S. 
type  coll.),  interior  of  left  valve,  showing  crowding  of  cardinal 
teeth;  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S:,  upper  part  of  horizon  M  -  N,  Tubera 
group,  west  foot  of  Tubera  mountain;  p.  148. 

Fig.  5.  Mactrella  (Harvella)  elegans  (vSowerby).  Plesiotype  No.  4665  (C.  A. 
S.  type  coll.),  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  M  -  N,  Tubera  group, 
west  foot  of  Tubera  mountain;  p.  176. 

Fig.  6.  Mactrella  (Harvella)  elegans  (Sowerby).  Plesiotype  No.  4666  (C.  A. 
S.  type  coll.),  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S.,  as  above,  showing  hinge  left 
valve;  p.  176. 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XVIII,  No.  4 


[ANDERSON]   Plate  21 


210  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4tii  Skr. 


Plate  22 

Figs.  1,  2.  Chama  scheibei  Anderson,  new  species.  Holutype,  No.  4667 
(C.  A.  S.  type  coll.),  exterior  of  left  and  right  valves;  Loc.  267, 
C.  A.  S.,  horizon  M  -  N,  Tubera  group,  west  foot  of  Tubera 
mountain;  p.  161. 

Figs.  3,  4.  Clycymeris  usiacurii  Anderson,  new  species.  Holotypc  No.  4668 
(C.  A.  wS.  type  coll.),  external  and  internal  views  of  left  valve; 
Loc.  325,  C.  A.  vS.,  horizon  P,  Tubera  group,  east  of  Usiacuri 
village;  p.  153. 

Figs.  5,  6.  Diplodonta  woodringi  Anderson,  new  species.  Holotyjjc  No.  4669 
(C.  A.  S.  type  coll.),  side  and  top  views;  Loc.  325-A,  C.  A.  S., 
horizon  P,  Tubera  group,  near  Cibarco;  p.  162. 

Figs.  7,  8.  Clycymeris  lamyi  Dall.  Plesiotype  No.  4670  (C.  A.  S.  type  coll.), 
external  and  internal  views;  Loc.  325-A,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  P. 
Tubera  group,  near  Cibarco,  Colombia;  p.  152. 

Fig.  9.  Erycina  tnrbacoensis  Anderson,  new  species.  Holotypc  No.  4671 
(C.  A.  S.  type  coll.),  Loc.  305,  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  P,  Tubera  grouj), 
near  Turbaco,  13  miles  east  of  Cartagena;  p.  163. 

Fig.  10.  Erycina  tnrbacoensis  Anderson,  new  species.  Paratype  No.  4672 
(C.  A.  S.  type  coll.),  Loc.  305,  C.  A.  S.,  as  above;  p.  163. 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XVIII,  No.  4 


ANDERSON]  Plate  22 


212  CALIFORXIA   ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Skr. 


Plate  23 

Fig.  1.  Periploma  caribana  Anderson,  new  species.  Holotype  No.  4673 
(C.  A.  S.  type  coll.),  exterior  view  of  left  valve;  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S., 
horizon  R,  Tubera  group,  Tubera  village;  p.  178. 

Figs.  2,  3.    Labiosa    (RcEta)    hasletti  Anderson,   new   species.      Holotype   \o. 

4674  (C.  A.  S.  type  coll.),  top  and  side  views;  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S., 
horizon  P,  Tulsera  group,  north  slope  of  Tubera  mountain;  p.  177. 

Fig.  4.     Tellitia  (Eurytellina)  cequiterminata  Brown  &  Pilsbry.     Plesiotype  Xo. 

4675  (C.  A.  S.  type  coll.),  Loc.  304.  C.  A.  S.,  horizon  P,  Tubera 
group,  four  miles  east  of  Santa  Rosa,  12  miles  north  of  Carta- 
gena; p.  173. 

Figs.  5.  6.  Chione  atlanticana  Anderson,  new  species.  Holotype  No.  4676 
(C.  A.  S.  type  coll.),  side  and  anterior  views;  Loc.  267,  C.  A.  S., 
horizon  P,  Tubera  group,  north  slope  of  Tubera  mountain;  p.  172. 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XVIII,  No.  4 


lANDERSON]  Plate  23 


PROCEEDINGS 

OF  THE 

CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 

Fourth  Series 

Vol.  XVIII,  No.  5,  p.  215,  plate  24  April  5,  1929 


V 
A  NEW  PECTEN  FROM  THE  SAN  DIEGO  PLIOCENE 

BY 

LEO  GEORGE  HERTLEIN 

Pecten  (Plagioctenium)  ericellus  Hertlein,  new  species 

Plate  24,  figures  10,  11 

Shell  small,  moderately  convex;  hinge  line  straight.  Right 
valve  ornamented  by  about  22  subrounded,  fairly  low  radiat- 
ing ribs  which  are  separated  by  narrower  interspaces;  two 
tiny  midribs  are  present  along  the  base  of  the  sides  of  the 
major  ribs;  ribs  and  interspaces  crossed  by  concentric  lines  of 
growth ;  anterior  and  posterior  margins  ornamented  by  con- 
centric lines  of  growth;  ventral  margin  rounded;  ears  unequal, 
the  anterior  with  a  well-defined  byssal  notch,  and  sculpture  of 
about  five  or  six  radiating  riblets  crossed  by  incremental  lines ; 
the  posterior  ear  sculptured  by  about  four  or  five  radiating  rib- 
lets  crossed  by  lines  of  growth,  no  notch  present.  Altitude 
28  mm. ;  longitude  29. 1  mm. ;  diameter  of  right  valve  approxi- 
mately 7.5  mm. ;  apical  angle  in  right  valve  approximately  94°. 

Holotype:  No.  2998,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  from  Loc.  1132 
(C.  A,  S.),  Pacific  Beach,  San  Diego,  California,  C.  H.  Stern- 
berg collector;  San  Diego,  Pliocene. 

This  interesting  little  species  differs  from  P.  invalidiis 
Hanna,  and  P.  circularis  Sowerby,  in  its  numerous  low,  more 
rounded,  narrower  ribs  and  in  the  possession  of  fine  secondary 
ribs  along  the  base  of  the  sides  of  the  major  ribs. 

This  species  is  named  for  the  late  Eric  Knight  Jordan. 

April  5,   1929 


PROCEEDINGS 

OF  THE 

CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 

Fourth  Series 

Vol.  XVIII,  No.  6,  pp.  217,  218,  plate  24  April  5,  1929 


VI 

A  NEW  SPECIES  OF  LAND  SNAIL  FROM 
KERN  COUNTY,  CALIFORNIA 

BY 

G.  DALLAS  HANNA 

Helminthoglypta  berryi  Hanna,  new  species 

Plate  24,  figures  7,  8,  9 

Shell  of  medium  size,  globose,  composed  of  5 3^  well- 
rounded  whorls;  suture  deep;  umbilicus  completely  closed  in 
the  holotype,  almost  closed  in  the  paratype;  white  or  pale 
brown,  bandless  (in  all  specimens  seen)  ;  upper  portion  of 
whorls  sculptured  with  irregular  growth  ridges,  almost  ribs ; 
lower  portion  of  body  whorl  with  a  series  of  malleations, 
becoming  pits  in  some  cases;  these  pits  roughly  arranged  in 
spiral  order  and  almost  obliterate  the  growth  lines  near  the 
margin  of  the  shell;  the  line  of  demarcation  between  the 
series  of  growth  ridges  above  and  the  malleations  below  is 
very  sharp  and  is  approximately  in  the  position  of  the  color 
band  as  usually  developed  in  this  genus;  aperture  large  and 
capacious;  outer  lip  moderately  reflected;  terminations  of 
peristome  connected  by  a  wash  of  callus  over  the  body  whorl. 
Diameter  (holotype)  22.5  mm.,  height  21  mm.;  diameter 
(paratype  1493)  23  mm.,  height  21  mm. 

Holotype:  No.  1492;  paratypes:  Nos.  1493,  1494,  Mus.  Calif. 
Acad.  Sci.,  collected  by  G.  D.  Hanna  eight  miles  northeast  of 
Bakersfield,  Kern  County,  California. 


.^v^ 


218  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Pkoc.  4th  Ser. 

The  first  known  specimens  of  this  remarkable  species  were 
found  in  1926  in  the  S.  W.  >4  Sec.  32,  T.  27  S.,  R.  29  E., 
M.  D.  M.,  about  two  miles  north  of  Poso  Creek  and  five  miles 
east  of  the  mouth  of  Granite  Creek.  These  were  somewhat 
imperfect  and  seemed  so  unusual  in  character  and  habitat  that 
better  material  was  awaited  for  description.  This  was  found 
in  1927,  1^  miles  southeast  of  the  top  of  Round  Mountain, 
Sec.  30,  T.  28  S.,  R.  29  E.,  M.  D.  M.,  about  three-fourths 
mile  north  of  Kern  River  and  four  miles  east  of  Oil  City ;  this 
is  the  type  locality.  Specimens  were  also  found  further  east 
on  Sec.  34,  T.  28  S.,  R.  29  E.,  M.  D.  M.,  and  fragments  were 
seen  scattered  in  other  places.  It  is  evident  that  the  species  is 
fairly  widely  distributed  in  this  district. 

All  of  the  shells  found  were  dead,^  but  the  one  made  the 
holotype  has  the  epidermis  and  the  pale  brown  color 
preserved.  All  were  found  on  the  slopes  of  dry,  barren,  ashy 
hills,  usually,  but  not  always,  on  northern  slopes.  No  rock 
outcrops  occur  near  where  the  shells  were  found,  but  invari- 
ably they  were  in  torn  up  earth  where  cattle  had  trampled 
during  wet  weather.  This  peculiar  habitat,  with  the  pale  color 
and  absence  of  a  band,  leads  to  the  supposition  that  the  animal 
is  a  burrowing  form.  After  having  collected  snails  rather 
extensively  in  the  forests  and  among  the  rocks  of  California, 
I  was  most  astonished  to  find  this  one  on  soft,  powdery,  ashy 
hills. 

The  shape  is  suggestive  of  the  shell  found  near  Monterey 
called  calif ornicnsis,  but  in  other  characters  there  is  little 
resemblance. 

The  species  is  named  for  Dr.  S.  Stillman  Berry  in  recogni- 
tion of  his  extensive  studies  of  west  American  land  shells. 

^  Since  this  was  written  Dr.  Berry  has  collected  living  specimens  of  what  appears 
to  be  the  same  species  in  the  Kern  River  oil  field  and  the  characters  as  outlined  are 
confirmed  in  most  respects;  the  living  shell  seems  thinner  than  the  dead  ones  upon 
which  the  description  was  based.  The  habitat  is  definitely  proved  not  always  to  be 
the  ashy  hills  as  at  first  supposed. 


PROCEEDINGS 

OF  THE 

CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 

Fourth  Series 

Vol.  XVIII,  No.  7,  pp.  219,  220,  plate  24  April  5,  1929 


VII 

A  NEW  SPECIES  OF  LAND  SNAIL  FROM 
COAHUILA,  MEXICO 

BY 

G.  DALLAS  HANNA  and  LEO  GEORGE  HERTLEIN 

In  the  autumn  of  1926  several  species  of  land  shells  from 
central,  southern  Coahuila,  Mexico,  were  added  to  the  collec- 
tions of  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences.  One  species  of 
Holospira  appears  to  be  undescribed.  The  specimens  were 
collected  about  16  kilometers  north  of  Ramos  Arizpe  on  the 
road  to  Paredon,  Coahuila,  Mexico. 

Holospira  aguerreverei  Hanna  &  Hertlein,  new  species 

Plate  24,  figures  5,  6 

Shell  white,  composed  of  13.5  whorls,  the  earliest  2.5 
smooth,  the  succeeding  three  rather  indistinctly  ribbed ;  those 
following  and  constituting  the  body  of  the  shell  with  only 
faint  growth  lines,  almost  glossy;  the  greatest  diameter  is  at 
the  fourth  and  fifth  whorls  from  the  last,  thus  producing  a 
spindle-shaped  shell ;  last  whorl  with  about  19  costse ;  the  number 
is  rather  indefinite  because  close  behind  the  apertural  expansion 
the  ribs  decrease  in  size  and  are  close  together;  some  of  the 
later  ribs  are  slightly  sinuous  below  due  to  the  constricted 
basal  cord;  imperforate;  aperture  projecting  slightly  beyond 
last  whorl,  roundly  triangular  in  form,  without  lamellae;  lip 
expanded  uniformly,  brilliant,  glossy  white;  between  the  lip 


220  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  See. 

and  the  umbibial  region,  the  ribs  continuing  from  the  outside 
are  much  finer  and  somewhat  indistinct  close  to  the  lip ;  sutures 
deeply  impressed  in  the  embryonic  portion  constituting  the  first 
five  whorls,  elsewhere  the  whorls  are  much  flattened;  the 
upper  and  outer  part  of  the  free  portion  of  the  last  whorl  is 
very  sharply  angulated  between  the  lip  and  the  shell ;  the  basal 
portion  becomes  a  cord  through  the  presence  on  both  sides  of 
a  depression. 

Measurements 
Length  Diameter 

21.7  mm.  6.0  mm.  Holotype,  No.  2848  (C.  A.  S.) 

23.3  mm.  6.1  mm.  Paratype,  No.  2849  (C.  A.  S.) 

22.5  mm.  6.4  mm.  Paratype,  No.  2850  (C.  A.  S.) 

20.5  mm.  6.1  mm.  Paratype,  No.  2851  (C.  A.  S.) 

Holotype:  No.  2848;  paratypes:  Nos.  2849-2853,  Mus.  Calif. 
Acad.  Sci.,  from  16  kilometers  north  of  Ramos  Arizpe, 
Coahuila,  Mexico;  Santiago  E.  Aguerrevere,  collector. 

The  species  apparently  comes  closest  to  H.  semisculpta 
Stearns,^  from  San  Carlos,  Chihuahua,  but  the  last  whorls  are 
not  so  constricted  as  in  that  species.  H.  mesolia  Pilsbry,^  from 
Terrell  County,  Texas,  appears  to  belong  to  the  same  group  of 
species  but  is  even  more  constricted  toward  the  base  than 
seuiisciilpta.  H.  pasonis  Dall^  is  another  similar  but  much 
more  coarsely-ribbed  species  basally  and  lacks  the  basal  keel. 
H.  coahuilensis  (Binney)*  from  "Cienga  Grande," 
Coahuila,  which  might  be  expected  to  be  closest  to  the  shell  here 
described,  is  a  much  larger  species,  being  29  mm.  long,  lacks 
the  basal  keel  and  has  only  about  10  ribs  on  the  last  whorl, 
according  to  Pilsbry.^ 

The  species  is  named  for  Mr.  Santiago  E.  Aguerrevere  who 
made  the  collection. 

»  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Vol.  13,  1890,  p.  208,  pi.  IS,  figs.  1,  4. 

2  Nautilus,  Vol.  26,  1912,  p.  89. 

»  Nautilus,  Vol.  8,  1895,  p.  112. 

*Amer.  Journ.  Conch.,  Vol.  1,  1865,  p.  SO,  pi.  7,  figs.  4,  5. 

»  Man.  Conch.,  Vol.  15,  sen  2,  1903,  p.  92. 


\o 


PROCEEDINGS 

OF  THE 

CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 

Fourth  Series 

Vol.  XVIII,  No.  8,  pp.  221-227,  plate  24  April  5,  1929 


VIII 
SOME  NOTES  ON  OREOHELIX 

BY 

JUNIUS  HENDERSON 

Oreohelix  peripherica  castanea  (Hemphill)  has  long  been  a 
puzzle  to  me.  A  great  deal  of  material  from  Mr.  Hemphill 
in  many  public  and  private  collections,  labelled  castanea,  or 
rather  castaneus,  bears  no  resemblance  to  the  form  that  he 
originally  designated  by  that  name.  For  example,  there  are 
in  the  University  of  Colorado  Museum  seven  such  lots  from 
the  Hemphill  collection.  The  specimens  from  White  Bird, 
Idaho,  labelled  castaneus,  are  just  like  some  that  are  labelled 
hicolor,  while  two  others  from  the  same  place,  labelled  castct- 
neus,  show  some  indications  of  the  variegated  colors  of  vari- 
abilis, but  are  more  depressed  and  differ  in  sculpture  and  some 
other  characters.  White  Bird  is  a  locality  where  some  exten- 
sive and  intensive  collecting  should  be  done  and  the  material 
from  each  station  studied  as  a  whole,  before  being  divided  into 
varieties,  in  order  to  comprehend  the  real  significance  of 
Hemphill's  "varieties." 

I  have  always  considered  castanea  a  very  slightly  differ- 
entiated color  form,  almost  an  exact  synonym  of  Oreohelix 
peripherica  albofasciata  (Hemphill)^  and  still  do,  but  that  does 
not  dispose  of  the  whole  problem.     Henry  Hemphill,  in  his 

» See  Henderson  and  Daniels.  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Phila.,  LXVIII,  330-334, 
1916.  Henderson,  Univ.  Colo.  Studies,  XIII,  116-117,  1924.  Pilsbry,  Proc.  Acad. 
Nat.  Sci..  Phila..  LXVIII.  343-357,  1916. 


222  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

notes  published  by  Binney,^  gives  an  account  of  an  interesting 
and  variable  fauna  of  snails  which  Binney  called  Patula,  but 
now  called  Oreohelix,  at  the  locality  where  the  Bear  River 
breaks  through  the  low  range  of  mountains  south  of  Cache 
Junction,  Utah,  into  the  Salt  Lake  Valley.  Among  other 
things,  he  says  that  at  the  foot  of  a  cliff  he  "found  a  colony 
of  the  ribbed  variety  castaneus.  This  spot  is  continually 
shaded,  the  sun  never  shining  on  it.  Most  of  this  colony  are 
faintly  marked  with  the  broad  white  band  of  albofasciata,  but 
a  few  are  plain  chestnut-colored."  This  is  plainly  the  type 
locality  of  castanea  and  the  vicinity  is  also  the  type  locality  of 
typical  albofasciata  and  several  other  varieties  of  peripherica. 
On  page  32,  Binney  gives  the  localities  for  castanea  as  fol- 
lows:  "Box  Elder  County,  Utah;  also  Celilo,  15  miles  from 
The  Dalles,  Oregon.  (Hemphill.)"  In  a  footnote  he  says  of 
the  Celilo  colony:  "Probably  a  colony  brought  down  by  the 
Columbia.  It  was  not  found  on  a  subsequent  visit."  Whence 
was  it  brought  by  the  Columbia?  Surely  not  from  the  Box 
Elder  County  locality,  which  is  the  type  locality  of  castanea, 
for  that  is  not  in  the  Columbia  drainage  and  has  not  been 
except  when,  during  the  greatest  Pleistocene  expansion  of 
ancient  Lake  Bonneville,  it  established  an  outlet  at  the  north- 
ern end  of  the  basin.  Furthermore,  the  Celilo  colony  is  not 
the  same  thing  at  all  as  that  called  castaneus  by  Hemphill  in 
his  note. 

On  Plate  2,  figures  11  and  14,  Binney  shows  castanea  as  a 
rather  dark,  strongly-ribbed  form,  one  figure  being  quite  high- 
spired,  as  in  typical  albofasciata,  the  other  being  depressed,  but 
such  difference  in  elevation  is  often  seen  in  colonies  of  Oreohelix. 
It  seems  perfectly  clear  that  the  Utah  material  first  mentioned  by 
Hemphill  and  figured  by  Binney  in  his  figure  14,  if  not  figure 
11,  must  be  considered  the  typical  form — the  real  castanea — 
and  figure  14  the  type  figure.  It  seems  also  perfectly  clear  that 
this  is  merely  a  variable  melanistic  form  of  albofasciata,  in 
which  the  broad,  white  peripheral  band  is  more  or  less 
obscured  by  a  wash  of  brown,  a  phenomenon  not  at  all  uncom- 
mon in  Oreohelix,  especially  in  0.  depressa.  All  of  the 
material  assignable  to  peripherica  or  any  of  its  varieties  that 

^  Binney,  2nd  Supplement  to  5th  Vol.  Terr.  Air-breathing  Moll.  U.  S.  and  adjacent 
territories,  p.  31,  1886. 


Vol.  XVIII]  HENDERSON— NOTES  ON  OREOHELIX  223 

I  have  seen  in  collections,  or  found  myself,  have  been  from 
the  Salt  Lake  Valley  and  its  tributaries. 

Binney  and  Hemphill  called  all  snails  now  placed  in  the 
genus  Oreohelix  varieties  of  Helix  (or  Patula)  strigosa,  even 
such  very  diverse  things  as  haydeni  and  cooperi.  In  the  Uni- 
versity of  Colorado  Museum  three  examples  (No.  7140)  from 
the  Hemphill  collection  are  labelled  "//.  strigosa  v.  castaneus, 
Utah."  Two  of  them  are  almost  typical  albofasciata,  but  the 
other  has  the  peripheral  band  somewhat  obscured  and  may  be 
considered  castanea.  In  what  Hemphill  considered  his  "Main 
Collection,"  now  in  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences,  of  lot 
No.  7589,  bearing  a  similar  label,  there  are  five  specimens,  all 
quite  dark,  the  peripheral  band  showing  but  dimly,  hence  typi- 
cal castanea.  Lot  No.  7590,  four  specimens,  bearing  a  similar 
label  with  the  additional  words  "paler — longer,"  are  light, 
uniform  brown.  I  have  selected  the  best  example  of  No.  7589 
in  the  Academy  collection  as  a  lectotype,  which  has  been 
assigned  the  number  2986  in  the  type  collection  (C.  A.  S.). 
It  is  fully  adult  and  has  five  whorls.  Its  size,  form  and  sculp- 
ture are  well  represented  by  Binney 's  figure  14;  figure  1 
accompanying  the  present  paper  is  from  a  photograph  of  it  by 
the  author;  diameter  15.5,  altitude  13  mm.  In  the  University 
of  Colorado  Museum  there  are  two  specimens  of  this  form  that 
I  found  near  the  tunnel  at  Wheelon,  Utah,  very  close  to  the 
northern  boundary  of  Box  Elder  County,  and  certainly  but  a 
very  short  distance  from  the  type  locality  of  castanea. 

The  Oregon  material  presents  greater  difficulty.  In  order 
fully  to  understand  the  Hemphill  material  scattered  through 
many  collections,  one  must  remember  that  he  had  a  habit  of 
dividing  the  specimens  from  a  given  colony  into  "varieties," 
based  mostly  upon  slight  differences  in  color  or  elevation  of 
spire,  often  well  marked  in  typical  examples  but  grading  com- 
pletely into  one  another,  and  the  division  of  his  material  was 
not  always  made  altogether  consistently.  Furthermore,  he 
was  very  careless  about  his  locality  labels,  left  many  of  them 
very  vague,  and  did  not  give  the  locality  in  the  same  language 
in  the  different  "varieties"  from  the  same  colony. 

Thus  his  Oreohelix  material  from  Oregon  probably  all  came 
from  the  single  colony  at  Celilo,  as  I  concluded  from  an 
examination  of  the  material  itself,  though  some  of  it  is  labelled 


224  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

merely  "eastern  Oregon,"  and  Celilo  is  not  in  eastern  Oregon,, 
except  in  the  loose  sense  in  which  the  term  "eastern"  is  often 
used  to  distinguish  the  more  arid  portions  of  Washington  and 
Oregon  from  the  moist  belt  of  the  western  portions  of  the 
states.  Celilo  is  on  the  northern  boundary  of  Oregon  west  of 
the  middle  north-south  line.  To  reinforce  the  conclusion 
drawn  from  an  examination  of  the  material,  we  have  the  fact 
that  Hemphill  and  Binney  mention  no  other  Oregon  locality 
for  this  genus  than  Celilo,  and  the  further  fact  that  in  three  of 
five  lots  examined  the  locality  is  given  as  "eastern  Oregon, 
near  Celilo."  California  Academy  of  Sciences'  Nos.  7681 
and  7684  are  labelled  Helix  strigosa  var.  cooperi,  while  Nos. 
7587  and  7588  are  labelled  Helix  strigosa  var.  castaneus,  yet  I 
am  rather  confident  that  these  all  came  from  one  variable 
colony,  such  as  are  not  uncommon  with  the  genus  Oreohelix, 
and  I  am  equally  confident  that  they  have  nothing  to  do  with 
either  cooperi  or  the  form  that  he  called  castaneus  from  the 
type  locality  in  Utah.  No.  7587  carries  the  additional  words 
"elevated,  smooth,"  while  No.  7588  reads  "depressed,  smooth, 
one  reversed."  University  of  Colorado  Museum  No.  7142, 
from  the  Hemphill  collection,  is  labelled  "Helix  alternata  Say 
var.  castaneus  Hemphill,  eastern  Oregon."  I  believe  this  lot  is 
also  from  Celilo.  I  cannot  identify  any  of  this  Oregon  ma- 
terial with  any  described  species  and  am  therefore  naming  and 
describing  it  as  new. 


Oreohelix  variabilis  Henderson,  new  species 

Plate  24,  figures  2,  3,  4 

Shell  rather  elevated,  solid,  whitish,  variegated  with  small, 
irregular,  very  light-brown  blotches;  whorls  5^,  fairly  con- 
vex, bluntly  angled  at  the  periphery,  the  angulation  continuing 
at  least  to  beginning  of  last  whorl,  but  not  to  the  aperture: 
transverse  sculpture  rather  coarse,  irregular  striae,  about  as  in 
cooperi  and  depressa,  crossed  by  very  fine,  obscure,  irregular, 
incised,  spiral  lines.  Under  a  lens  of  good  power  the  whole 
surface  of  the  last  whorl  appears  rough  and  coarse.  The  last 
whorl  turns  more  decidedly  downward  toward  the  aperture 
than  in  most  species  of  Oreohelix,  the  ends  of  the  peristome 


N'OL.  XVIII]  HENDERSON— NOTES  ON   OREOHELIX  225 

coming  rather  close  together  and  being  connected  by  a  very 
thick  callus,  thus  forming  an  almost  continuous  peristome. 
This  feature  is  not  entirely  accidental,  as  it  is  as  well  developed 
in  several  other  specimens,  though  on  others  the  callus  is  thin- 
ner and  the  downward  turn  of  the  whorl  not  quite  so  pro- 
nounced. The  aperture  is  very  oblique,  somewhat  wider  than 
high,  the  abrupt  downward  turn  at  the  base  giving  the  ap- 
pearance of  a  strong  rib  within,  parallel  with  the  lip.  Diame- 
ter 22  mm.;  altitude  16  mm.  The  smallest  example  in  this  lot 
of  12  specimens  has  a  diameter  of  15  mm.,  altitude  11  mm. 

Holotype:  No.  2987;  paratypes:  Nos.  2988,  2989,  Mus.  Calif. 
Acad.  Sci.,  from  Celilo,  Oregon.     Henry  Hemphill  collector. 

Some  examples  of  this  lot  exhibit  a  few  faint,  narrow, 
spiral  color  bands  both  above  and  below  the  periphery.  Four 
specimens  of  the  five  in  lot  No.  7681  exhibit  one  strong  brown 
band  just  below  the  periphery,  a  broad  band  just  below  the 
suture,  the  two  separated  by  a  whitish  band,  with  traces  of 
finer  bands  on  the  base.  The  fifth  example  is  coarsely  ribbed, 
with  broad,  blackish  bands,  and  does  not  seem  to  belong  with 
the  rest  at  all.  It  is  not  unlikely  that  it  belongs  with  the  Utah 
material  and  was  mixed  with  this  lot  before  the  material  was 
numbered.  I  have  found  much  evidence  of  such  mixtures  in 
Hemphiirs  collections.  Lot  No.  7587  consists  of  five  slightly 
more  elevated  shells,  each  pretty  well  covered  with  a  reddish- 
brown  wash,  but  on  the  base  showing  the  characteristic  color- 
ing of  this  species  and  being  in  other  ways  unlike  castanea. 
The  same  is  true  of  the  five  examples  in  lot  No.  7588,  but  they 
are  rather  depressed  and  one  of  them  is  reversed.  The  five 
specimens  in  lot  No.  7142,  University  of  Colorado  Museum, 
are  similar  to  No.  7587,  but  average  a  little  smaller. 

In  the  more  elevated  examples  of  variahilis  the  spire  is  dis- 
tinctly more  straightly  conical  than  in  elevated  forms  of 
cooperi  or  peripherica  (-\- castanea,  etc.),  which  tend  more 
toward  a  dome-like  outline.  Dr.  Henry  A.  Pilsbry  writes  me 
that  he  has  found  in  the  Hemphill  material  in  the  Academy  of 
Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia  two  topotypic  specimens  of 
O.  variabilis  which  long  ago  had  been  placed  with  their  large 
collection  of  cooperi  and  hence  overlooked. 


226  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 


Plate  24 

Fig.  1.  Oreohelix  peripherica  alhofasciata,  color  form  castanea  (Hemphill)' 
diameter,  15.5  mm.;  lectotype  No.  2986  (C.  A.  S.  type  coll.), 
from  Box  Elder  Co.,  Utah;  p.  221. 

Fig.  2.    Oreohelix  variabilis  Henderson,  new  species;  diameter,  22  mm.;  holo 
type  No.  2987  (C.  A.  S.  type  coU.),  from  near  Celilo,  Oregon' 
p.  224. 

Fig.  3.  Oreohelix  variabilis  Henderson,  new  species;  diameter,  20.1  mm.; 
para  type  No.  2988  (C.  A.  S.  type  coll.),  from  near  Celilo, 
Oregon;  p.  224. 

Fig.  4.  Oreohelix  variabilis  Henderson,  new  species;  diameter,  19.4  mm.; 
paratype  No.  2989  (C.  A.  S.  type  coll.),  from  near  Celilo, 
Oregon;  p.  224. 

Fig.  5.  Holospira  aguerreverei  Hanna  &  Hertlein,  new  species;  true  length 
21.7  mm.,  diameter  6.0  mm.;  holotype  No.  2848  (C.  A.  S.  type 
coll.),  from  16  kilometers  north  of  Ramos  Arizpe,  Coahuila, 
Mexico;  p.  219. 

Fig.  6.  Holospira  aguerreverei  Hanna  &  Hertlein,  new  species;  side  view  of 
specimen  shown  in  fig.  5;  p.  219. 

Figs.  7,  8,  9.  Helminthoglypta  berryi  Hanna,  new  species;  diameter,  22.5  mm.  J 
holotype  No.  1492  (C.  A.  S.  type  coll.),  from  eight  miles  north- 
east of  Bakersfield,  Kem  County,  California;  p.  217. 

Figs.  10,  11.  Pecten  {Plagiodenium)  ericellus  Hertlein,  new  species;  altitude, 
28  mm.;  holotype  No.  2998  (C.  A.  S.  type  coll.),  from  locality 
1132  (C.  A.  S.),  Pacific  Beach,  San  Diego,  CaUfomia.  PUo- 
cene;  p.  215. 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XVIII,  Nos.  5,  6,  7,  8 

fHERTLEIN,  HANNA,  HANNA&  HERTLEIN,  HENDERSON]  Plate  24 


8 


PROCEEDINGS 

OF   THE  ^ 

CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 

Fourth  Series 

Vol.  XVIII,  No.  9,  pp.  229-243,  plates  25,  26  April  5,  1929 


IX 

NOTES  ON  THE  NORTHERN  ELEPHANT  SEAL 

BY 

M.  E.  McLELLAN  DAVIDSON 
Assistant  Curator,  Department  of  Ornithology  and  Mammalogy 

After  passing  through  various  nomenclatural  vicissitudes, 
the  elephant  seal  of  southern  waters  had  apparently  arrived  at 
a  certain  permanence  in  Macrorhinus  leoninus  until  the 
appearance,  in  1909,  of  Lydekker's  paper  "On  the  Skull- 
Characters  in  the  Southern  Sea-Elephant."^  Basing  his 
studies  on  the  skulls  of  two  males  from  Macquarie  Island,  a 
male  from  Chatham  Island,  a  female  from  the  "Antarctic 
Seas,"  a  male  from  the  Crozet  group,  and  an  old  male  from 
the  Falklands.  Lydekker  reached  the  conclusion  that  the  dif- 
ferences found  in  the  palatal  regions  of  these  specimens  war- 
ranted the  recognition  of  the  following  species  and  subspecies : 
Macrorhinus  leoninus  typicus  [=M.  I.  leoninus]  (Juan  Fer- 
nandez) ;  M.  I.  falclandicus  (Falkland  Islands),  perhaps 
inseparable  from  the  typical  race;  M.  I.  uiacquariensis  (Mac- 
quarie and  PChatham  islands)  ;  and  M.  crosetensis  (Crozet 
and  PKerguelen  and  Heard  islands). 

In  this  paper  no  attempt  was  made  to  discuss  the  cranial 
features  of  the  Northern  Elephant  Seal,  but  Lydekker  noted 
that  the  characters  exhibited  by  the  palatines  of  a  skull  of  that 
form  were  sufficient  for  its  recognition  as  a  distinct  species. 
In  an  appended  note,  resulting  from  a  communication  from 

»  p.    Z.    S.    1909,   pp.   600-606. 

April   5,   19J9 


230  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Rothschild,  it  was  remarked  that  should  the  northern  species 
prove  to  be  identical  with  that  from  Juan  Fernandez  and 
Chile,  the  specific  name  leoniiiiis  should  be  reserved  for  the 
animals  of  that  region,  and  the  elephant  seals  from  the  Falk- 
lands,  and  from  Macquarie  and  Chatham  islands  should  be 
known  respectively  as  M.  falclandicus  falclandicus  and 
M.  f.  macquariensis.  The  reason  for  this  division  is  obscure 
in  view  of  the  statement  that  the  Falkland  Island  race  was 
perhaps  inseparable  from  the  typical  leoninus. 

Lydekker's  paper  proved  but  the  prodrome  of  one  by  Lonn- 
berg.^  While  recognizing  the  probability  of  a  widely  distrib- 
uted species  being  separable  into  geographic  races,  Lonnberg 
found  himself  unable  to  accept  Lydekker's  conclusions.  The 
characters  upon  which  the  latter's  species  and  subspecies  were 
founded  (with  the  exception  of  the  breadth  of  palate  in  the 
Crozet  example),  all  fell  within  the  range  of  variation  exhib- 
ited by  the  series  (seven  adult  and  semi-adult  males,  three 
young  males,  and  one  adult  female)  from  South  Georgia 
examined  by  Lonnberg. 

With  a  series  of  five  males  and  four  females  from  Guada- 
lupe Island,  one  male  from  the  Falklands,  two  or  three  from 
Macquarie,  and  two  or  three  from  Crozet  Island  at  his  dis- 
posal, Rothschild^  continued  the  discussion.  Although  the 
promised  article,  giving  the  constant  characters  by  which  the 
various  subspecies  might  be  recognized,  has  not  yet  appeared, 
Rothschild  confessed  his  faith  in  the  validity  of  Mirounga 
leonina  leonina  (coasts  of  California  and  adjacent  islands, 
wintering  on  Chilean  coasts),  M.  I.  patagonica  (Falkland 
Islands,  South  Georgia,  and  ?South  Shetlands),  M.  I.  kergue- 
leiisis  =  M.  I.  crosettensis  [.yfc]  (Herd,  Kerguelen,  Crozet 
islands,  etc.),  M.  I.  peronii  (islands  of  Bass  Straits),  and 
M.  I.  macqiiarieitsis  (Macquarie  Islands). 

Apparently  Rothschild  was  governed  largely  in  his  decision 
as  to  the  unity  of  the  species  by  a  report  from  Harris  "that  he 
must  reach  the  island  [Guadalupe]  before  the  middle  of  May 
or  the  Sea  Elephants  would  have  migrated  to  the  south." 
Rothschild  states  that  he  "looked  up  the  matter,  and  .  ,  . 
found  that,  although  a  few  stray  individuals  might  formerly 

2  p.  Z.   S.   1910,  pp.   580-588. 

3  Nov.  Zool.,  XVII,  pp.  445-446. 


Vol.  XVIII]  DAVIDSON— NORTHERN  ELEPHANT  SEAL  231 

have  led  a  pelagic  life  north  of  the  Equator,  the  bulk  of  the 
Northern  Sea  Elephants  migrated  in  the  hot  weather  to  the 
Chilean  coast  and  the  islands  near  (Juan  Fernandez,  Masa- 
fuera,  etc.),"  but  the  sources  of  his  information  are  not 
revealed. 

That  rookeries  are  more  or  less  completely  deserted  sub- 
sequent to  the  breeding  season  is  hardly  sufficient  for  the 
determination  of  a  migration  in  any  particular  direction. 
Breeding  grounds  in  the  southern  hemisphere  (Kerguelen, 
South  Georgia,  and  Macquarie,  etc.)  are  similarly  vacated 
after  the  season  of  reproduction,  and  the  fact  that  elephant 
seals  have  been  found  in  the  Antarctic  pack  ice  (65°  08'  S.)* 
and  at  Cape  Royds  {77°  40'  S.)°  in  January  is  evidence  of  a 
movement  away  from,  rather  than  across,  the  equator. 

Moreover,  the  information  furnished  by  Harris  was  inac- 
curate. Scammon®  found  several  cows  and  their  young,  the 
latter  apparently  but  a  few  days  old,  on  Santa  Barbara  Island 
in  June,  1852.  Townsend^  reports  finding  a  pup  three  weeks 
old  on  Guadalupe  Island,  October  9,  1883;  and  the  new-born 
young  he  met  with  on  the  Lower  Californian  islands  in 
1883-84  were  dropped  at  various  times  between  November  1 
and  February  1.  In  1911,  he  saw  a  dozen  or  more  females 
with  very  young  pups  on  March  5  at  Guadalupe  Island.  In 
the  Academy's  collection  are  skull  and  skeleton  of  a  pup  a  few 
weeks  old  taken  on  Guadalupe  Island,  May  8,  1914. 

Reports  from  recent  expeditions  visiting  Guadalupe  Island 
during  the  summer  months  indicate  the  presence  of  a  consid- 
erable herd  at  that  season.  The  Tecate  Expedition^  reported 
the  presence  of  264  adult  animals,  July  12,  1922,  and  300  four 
days  later.  Mexican  officials  visiting  the  island  in  early  Sep- 
tember of  the  same  year  found  150  females  and  an  equal  num- 
ber of  pups  about  30  inches  in  length.^  In  1923,  366^"  were 
counted  on  July  16,  and  on  August  30  of  the  succeeding  year 

'Wilkes,  C,  Nar.  U.  S.  Expl.  Exped,,  II,  p.  291. 

"Wilson,  E.  A.,  Geog.  Jour.,  XXV,  p.  393;  Nat.  Antarctic  Exped.,  N.  H.,  Zool., 
II,  p.  S3. 

"Marine  Mammals  of  the  North-western  Coast  of  North  America,  p.   118. 

'Proc.  U.   S.  Nat.  Mus.,  VIII,  p.  93;  Bull.  Am.   Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXXV,  p.  407. 

«Hanna,  Proc.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  4th  Ser.,  XIV,  p.  229;  Anthony,  Jour.  Mam.,  V, 
p.   146;  Proc.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  4th  Sen,  XIV,  pp.  310,  313. 

»  Anthony,  Proc.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  4th  Ser.,  XIV,  p.  313. 

"Huey,  Science,  n.  s.,  LXI,  p.  406;  Anthony,  Jour.  Mam.,  V,  p.  148. 


232  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

124"  occupied  the  beach.  A  total  of  465  animals  was  found 
on  the  island  on  June  23,  1926/^ 

This  evidence  of  an  extended  breeding  season  and  the  pres- 
ence of  a  considerable  herd  of  elephant  seals  in  North  Ameri- 
can waters  during  all  seasons  seem  to  militate  against  the  view 
of  a  migration  of  these  animals  to  Juan  Fernandez,  especially 
as  Anson^^  found  elephant  seals  with  young  on  that  island  dur- 
ing his  stay,  from  June  10  to  September  19.  It  is  stated  that 
the  young  were  born  during  the  "winter." 

With  a  view  to  aiding  in  the  determination  of  the  status  of 
the  elephant  seals  of  the  north  Pacific,  the  Academy's  series 
of  specimens  has  been  examined.  These  examples  apparently 
but  inadequately  represent  the  Guadalupe  animals,  skulls  of 
greater  length,  two  feet  (605  mm.)^*  and  556  mm.,^^  having 
been  known.  It  has  been  deemed  advisable,  however,  to  place 
the  measurements  on  record,  together  with  notes  on  structural 
characters. 

In  order  to  facilitate  comparisons  with  previously  published 
figures,  percentages  of  basal  length  of  skulls,  in  addition  to  the 
actual  measurements,  have  been  given  in  the  appended  table. 
The  incomplete  skulls  appear  to  be  those  of  adult  males.  The 
open  pulp  cavities  of  the  canines  and  the  condition  of  the 
sutures  in  the  largest  complete  skull  bear  witness  to  the  ani- 
mal's immaturity,  and  even  the  skulls  of  the  somewhat  older 
females  show  that  the  possibilities  of  additional  growth  had 
not  been  exhausted. 

Through  the  courtesy  of  Dr.  Charles  Anderson,  Director  of 
the  Australian  Museum,  Sydney,  and  Mr.  George  P.  Engel- 
hardt,  Curator  of  the  Department  of  Natural  Sciences, 
Brooklyn  Museum,  Brooklyn,  an  examination  of  the  skulls  of 
two  adult  males  from  Macquarie  Island  and  one  adult  male 
from  South  Georgia  has  been  made  possible.  The  measure- 
ments of  these  specimens  are  given  below. 

In  basal  length  the  complete  skulls  of  the  males  in  the 
Academy's  collection  fall  considerably   short  of  those   from 

"  Huey,  Science,  n.  s.,  LXI,  p.  406. 

"Huey,  Jour.  Mam.,  VII,  p.  160. 

^*Cf.  Thomas,  Jour.  Voy.  to  the  South  Seas  in  1740-44,  p.  40. 

^'Townsend,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  VIII,  p.  93. 

"Huey,  Jour.  Mam.,  V,  p.  241. 


Vol.  XVIII] 


DAVIDSON— NORTHERN  ELEPHANT  SEAL 


233 


O       OfO       OO       »or^       C 

>     00      0     •*      0     «o         c 

>        10              10        -*        10        Ov        C 

>      »o  1 

00 

O       O  fs       Ooo       »^  »H       O-^OOtOOO            OOv            i^CN«-»0\Or^| 

<r)      OO     T^  o     ■— <  (N      ov^i^oot^tofo         voo\         oi^^O'-^'- 

<         CN 

1—1 

CN        t^  t—        Ov  •^        »^  ro 

COi-IOOfO                lOO                vOCNCN'rtTj'eNi 

(A 

p<)      1-1 

1— ( 

, 

u 

O       O  >0       OO       to  ■^        OChOfOOoo             Oro             i0v000>0 

i 

O         O -i*         O  On        t^  ■*         Ot^lO00'*'t~               0»0               l^roiiOC^t^ 

▼-H 

00      00  vo      00  fo      OS  o      ON»rioot---*oo          (noo           ost^ 

CO        CO        Ov 

1-1 

CS        ^\0        ■*•<*        O\ro        r-H 

10         1-1         0>         C^ 

Ov        10             00        c- 

«*       1-1       rj* 

t*5        tN 

1—) 

1—1 

O        O^O        0-* 

Oi-<       0       - 

10        vo        0        t-- 

0         CN 

0     •<* 

0      «o      0 

O       iOt~        O  •*        O  \0        O       »0       CN       t^       o       ■<* 

0         OC 

vo        0 

10        t-- 

«o 

ro        ■*  O        tNOC 

1-1  00        PO        \c 

VO        OC 

r-       1-- 

0       ci- 

^-<       u- 

1—*        ▼- 

vo 

lO       '-I  >o       l^  •^ 

Ocs 

CN 

vO        1- 

Ov         C^ 

Ov       \r 

OV            CN 

"t        1- 

»o 

<r)      fN 

— H 

^H 

1—1 

O        OO        0>0       uoio        o        "- 

0          CN 

0         •^ 

0       0 

0            't 

0        t- 

On 

O       OO       or- 

CNTt 

0         u- 

10      "* 

0         t- 

0        CO 

CN         00 

0     c 

vo        OvOC 

0  "" 

\0  1- 

t^        u- 

CN         C 

rl*         C 

tJI         c- 

10      I~- 

0        CO 

«-( 

O       OvC 

TjHrt 

0.  c<- 

1—1 

vo         Cv 

Ov        CO 

Ov        vc 

00         CN 

rti         »H 

f<- 

CN 

i-H 

*H 

c 

o\c 

>oc 

0     0 

0         CN 

0        OC 

0            "* 

0     0 

0         0 

IT' 

0 

00 

c 

Oi- 

t-»  cs 

0     ^ 

0       C 

«0        CO 

0         OC 

10        tJh 

10        Tj< 

CN 

to 

r- 

oo 

1-1  CN 

>0       r- 

VO       0 

00         OC 

10     '^ 

IT)           0 

VO        CO 

^H 

00 

^ 

^vc 

1-1  r<^ 

CN 

vo         »- 

Ov        cv 

CN         VC 

0       CO 

^        1- 

"^ 

CO 

fr. 

CN 

1—1 

CN 

1— t 

c 

Orf 

0  c: 

0  CO 

0         -^ 

0         00 

0        0 

0        Ov 

10        CO 

0        1- 

Q 

to 

0\ 

c 

000 

CO^ 

0           iH 

0      0 

10         CN 

10        10 

r-       0 

0        0 

0 

t^ 

u^ 

r-cc 

Tt<CN 

t^   -H 

r—       0> 

«o      C 

VO         VO 

CO        CN 

0\         CN 

t^        rj< 

10 

t^ 

tn 

c 

t^  m: 

1-1  10 

CN  CO 

CO 

00         C^ 

0         Cv 

10           v£ 

CN         CO 

10         1- 

VC 

■* 

"* 

cs 

CN 

1-H 

1^ 

CN 

1-H 

O  f 

0^ 

0  t^ 

0        0 

0       vo 

0         ^ 

0     c 

10      0 

0         vo 

c 

0 

OO 

OOC 

IDi* 

10        t- 

10       «/~ 

0         t- 

0     c 

CN         T^ 

10         0 

c 

to 

r- 

OS  J~- 

00  — 

00  1- 

UO        ir- 

0      C 

Ov         •^ 

Tt<       c 

i-H         CN 

1^        CO 

CN 

00 

1— t 

^ 

OsvC 

CN  l/~ 

co  CO 

CN 

Ov         Cv 

0       cv 

vO        vO 

'^         CO 

«0        1-1 

t-^ 

to 

't 

CN 

CN 

1^ 

1— t 

CN 

1—1 

o 

0 

0 

0 

00 

o 

0 

0 

(N) 

<5 

1— ( 

t^ 

0 

00 

■* 

CN 

CO 

00 

vo 

^ 

0 

0 

0 

f^ 

o 

0 

0 

0 

i-H 

0\ 

1— ( 

00 

00 

tH 

CO 

CO 

1— ( 

Ov 
CN 

r— 

- 

a 

c 

13 

"«■ 

"« 

1 

53 

of 

li 

oj 
J3 

0   0 
03   rt 

03 

8 

to 

s 

<-5 

0 
u 

0 

■  a 

c 

) 

bi 
C 

1 

) 

1 

) 

•3 

0 
0 

G 

11 

o3   cS 

0 
0 
0 

c 

0 

0)  c 

n      ^ 

0^ 
ao 

^-4 
0 

0 

0 

a 

c 
c 

c 

0 

<u  <u 

maxillaries  in  pa' 
maxillaries  in  pal 
sal  lene'th 

•r-i 

ba 

iJH  0. 

id  fli  aj  '-' 

4: 

4- 

-t- 

c 
c 

01 

0! 

c 
c 

+-1 

srpalatine  sutur 
erpalatine  sutur 

0        § 
"o 

in 

8 

+-> 

3 

0 
u 
_o 

0 

a, 

03 

w  c 
0  C 

11  on  a  level  wit 
maxillary  sutur 
[  on  level  with  th 
larv  suture  in  0  / 

C 

1 
+-> 

'a 

0 
VM 

0 

+J  +- 
oj  c: 

S  E 
0  c 

0  c 

0       C3  c 

^  as 

ngth  of  int 

ngth  of  int 

lenp+.h .  .  . 

ngth  of  pre 

ngth  of  pre 

0/0  of  ha 

0  0 

oo| 
TJ'd 

idth  of  skul 
externus. 
idth  of  sku] 

idth  of  sku 
terior  pre 

idth  of  skul 
oremaxil 

;ast  frontal 
;ast  frontal 
length. . 

c 

0     c 

:S 

bj 

c 

0) 

'  1 

0 

PC 

> 

->  > 

-,       a. 

1- 

^ 

^ 

^ 

^ 

0) 

^ 

^ 

^ 

^ 

^ 

^ 

t— 

^ 

U 

1 

234 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


[Proc.  4t5  Ser. 


OCN 

OCN 

O  <M 

o«o 

Ot- 

oo 

Oto 

00 

OfO 

0 

0 

o 

0\0 

oo 

O^ 

Ot^ 

lO-rh 

OCO 

00 

0     "* 

to  t^ 

to 

0 

tS 

«o 

IM«0 

rO»0 

00  O 

do 

Tji  cs 

O  lO 

OfW 

to      to 

00 't 

vd 

to 

% 

vO 

lO  t^ 

oin 

vOfO 

lO'-i 

O  <M 

CM  CN 

OnvO 

>0        CO 

vO^ 

OS 

to 

Tj* 

CJ 

Oi 

^-H 

^— 4 

v—i 

(M 

*— 4 

-1 

1— 1 

cr' 

o 

OfO 

OO 

OfS 

OOv 

O  y-< 

Ort< 

Ot^ 

0       tri 

OpO 

0 

0 

rt 

o 

Ot- 

O  cs 

OtJ. 

OOO 

O  CN 

UO  00 

0  to 

0          •rM 

10  t^ 

0 

to 

S 

in 

iri-*' 

core 

foo 

t-~  0\ 

lO-*' 

00  (M 

\0  t^ 

t^      to 

OvO 

to 

00 

t^ 

lO  t-« 

lO  lO 

t~-  ro 

"* 

^  (>q 

OCN 

r—  to 

0         fO 

t^  »-H 

o\ 

to 

■^ 

fO 

es 

*— ( 

»-H 

^— t 

cs 

^—4 

o 

0-* 

o-* 

OiO 

OOv 

OOn 

O  CN 

00 

0         00 

Oro 

0 

0 

o 

O'* 

Orf 

OvO 

OOO 

O^O 

too 

0  t^ 

0         00 

00 

0 

0 

l| 

1/5 

^lO 

O  lO 

"T* 

lod 

<no 

vO  r- 

Pvl  fO 

»H           »H 

^'vO 

<>J 

00 

o 

00  t^ 

00  lO 

t^  PO 

lO  ^ 

O  r-j 

rriCN 

cs  \o 

VO           CO 

00  '-I 

0 

to 

to 

CO 

fS 

t-H 

T-H 

T-l 

fO 

»-H 

J3 

b40 
C 

t— 4 

03 

0         • 

Cll 

<U  C 

01 
a 

s-s 

Xi 

-^  1-1 

-4- 

b 
P 

3 

0 

S5 

^ 

0 

:3b 

^  cd 

CT 

_g 

X=2 

c/ 

nJ.'g 

10    "o 

a  3 

ex  aj 

<*- 

S  8 

c 

b 

0 

c 
•  c 

-■ 

+- 

b 

0          ■      • 

X 

■4- 
b 

3 

a. 

)  a 

a 

a)  .y 

8^ 

e 
^ 

•4- 

X 

-4- 

CI 

!     11 

a  a 

e-a) 

.  0 

5 

0 

i] 

.^ 

a)  a 

:  c 

!      SS 

"1 

a)  3 

:t 

) 

:^ 

1 

■  c 

)     .c.c 

c 

)     -So 

.^ 

) 

•  (/ 

•  a 
■  <+. 

:  c 

■  a 
■.X 

■  «♦■ 
.  C 

4 

! 

: 
) 

4 
) 

•  u 

5      5 

i'l 

>   -4- 

1  :: 

>        n!  It 

^            t/3    0 

I4 

4         tf 

4       a 
7      "> 

•  c 

1  w 

)  a 

rior  edge 
rior  edge 

"aS  ^^ 

•     ^ 

'■  c 

r 

4 

4 

4 

i 

J/ 

i 

:  c 

) 

.  c 

) 

;  C 

,       oj  a 

1       a)  a 

>      -dT: 

3          4)    OJ 

>  a> 

■           (/i    ^ 

03 

;  C 

4 
4 
4 

;  c 
■  e 

r 

1 

1     ,2^ 

3  rt  ^ 

3     6  £ 

4  (4-1  U- 

3       cj  a 

1         +->  +J 

<      0  0 
'      04a, 

:    -5^ 

4 
> 

:     c3 

^ 

t 

0      .y.5: 

3       0)  a 
I       -(->  +■ 

;  as 

i       a 

)  a 

>    -4- 

5       'rt'ci 

J    +->  +■ 

3         C    C 

5            CTl    C 

3       +->  +■ 
.      0  c 

1       -IJ  -tJ 
3        Pl  3 

>            03    05 

:    Ti 

:       'rt'a 

;     +->  +- 

1              >4- 

4  73 

J 

)       a  a 

i  ^1 

i            -l->    -4- 

3       ^X 

5      oc 

4        X-£ 

4            -4->   -4- 

J             O     C 

*            -4-»    +■ 

5            V4_4  <♦■ 
4               0     C 

3       ,c!X 

>        0  0 

0    0    ^ 

4            H-4  '♦■ 

+3    +. 

1                C 

'        X 

>       <u 

u 

i       o  c 

1         60G 

5          M  6 

J3        bfl  6 

f       ^T 

3       ^3^3 

-4->    +J  •— 

ldT3 

0)    0 

ClJ    « 

1        b 
1       c 

:  i 

n 
PC 

> 

•^      a 

J     >- 

)  a 

3      ^ 

:^ 

;     4 

>  a 

)       a 
3      ^ 

)  a 

3h. 

i            ^ 

■■^ 

;  ■^-' 

:^ 

b" 

:^ 

a    ' 
1— 

;^ 

)       a 

i    c 

) 

Vol.  XVIII]  DAVIDSON— NORTHERN  ELEPHANT  SEAL  235 

South  Georgia  and  Macquarie  Island,  but  it  must  be  borne  in 
mind  that  all  save  one  were  from  young  animals.  From  the 
zygomatic  breadth  of  the  two  incomplete  skulls  it  may  be 
assumed  that  their  length  would  be  nearly  equal  to  the  largest 
South  Georgia  ones,  and  the  previously  mentioned  skulls 
measured  by  Townsend  and  Huey  exceed  in  this  dimension. 
It  may  be  noted  that  the  crania  of  two  adult  females  from 
Guadalupe  surpass  by  60  and  35  mm.  Lonnberg's  South 
Georgia  example. 

In  the  South  Georgia  specimens  as  well  as  in  the  Guadalupe 
ones  the  greatest  relative  zygomatic  width  occurred  in  quite 
young  animals.  It  is,  therefore,  of  significance  that  while  the 
zygomatic  breadth  of  only  one  adult  or  semi-adult  from  South 
Georgia  fell  below  70  per  cent  of  the  basal  length,  only  one 
(an  immature  female)  from  Guadalupe  Island  had  a  zygo- 
matic breadth  of  more  than  70  per  cent. 

Six  of  Lonnberg's  series  have  the  relative  width  of  skull  at 
the  posterior  edge  of  the  meatus  auditorius  externns  more  than 
64.84  per  cent,  the  highest  attained  by  all  but  one  young  from 
Guadalupe.  Specimens  from  South  Georgia  and  Macquarie 
Island,  measured  by  the  author,  and  Turner's  Heard  Island 
skulls  are  63.76,  57.57,  63.65,  64.4,  and  61.2,  however. 

The  length  of  palate  in  the  Guadalupe  elephant  seals  varied 
in  relation  to  the  basal  length  from  40.80  (young)  to  52.83 
per  cent.  Even  the  smallest  of  Lonnberg's  series  did  not  fall 
below  45.0  per  cent,  and  three  exceeded  52.83  per  cent.  The 
Macquarie  Island  animals  measured  by  the  writer  proved  to 
have  a  relative  palatal  length  of  53.26  and  56.02,  but  the  one 
measured  by  Lydekker  was  52.7  per  cent. 

The  width  of  palate  in  Lonnberg's  series  varies  from  37.1 
to  32.2  per  cent  of  basal  length,  and  the  same  measurement  in 
the  Guadalupe  specimens  is  from  32.2  to  28.61  per  cent. 
Skulls  measured  by  Lydekker  had  a  palatal  breadth  varying 
from  35  to  39.3  per  cent,  and  36.12  and  36.42  are  the  per- 
centages of  the  Macquarie  Island  skulls  given  in  the  table 
above. 

It  might  have  been  supposed  that  the  width  of  skull  at  the 
level  of  the  upper  posterior  premaxillary  suture  might  bear 


236  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

close  relationship  to  the  palatal  breadth,  but  this  did  not  mani- 
fest itself  in  the  measurements.  The  variations  in  that  dimen- 
sion in  the  Guadalupe  examples  easily  fall  within  the  limits  of 
those  of  the  southern  seals. 

In  the  case  of  the  least  frontal  width  of  skull,  a  decided 
difference  between  the  northern  and  southern  animals  is  evi- 
dent. That  measurement  in  South  Georgia  and  Macquarie 
skulls  ranges  from  20.5  to  14.73  per  cent  of  the  basal  length, 
with  the  exception  of  one  of  12.2  per  cent,  and  from  15.1  to 
13.6  in  Heard  Island  examples.  The  percentage  in  Guadalupe 
ones  is  from  14.07  to  11.75. 

It  is  unfortunate  that  the  proportionate  measurements  of 
the  two  larger  incomplete  Guadalupe  Island  skulls  are  not 
available  for  comparison,  as  they  might  have  made  it  possible 
to  attain  a  fairer  estimate  of  the  northern  elephant  seal.  The 
comparisons  would  also  be  of  greater  value  were  it  known  how 
nearly  similar  in  age  were  the  animals  whose  skulls  were  the 
source  of  the  figures.  From  a  study  of  the  measurements  pre- 
sented in  these  tables,  however,  and  those  recorded  by  Lydek- 
ker  and  Lonnberg,  it  would  appear  that,  although  many  of  its 
cranial  dimensions  fall  within  the  range  of  variation  exhibited 
by  the  elephant  seal  of  the  southern  oceans,  the  Guadalupe 
animal  possesses  a  relatively  narrower  skull.  Whether 
degeneration,  due  to  the  near  approach  of  the  northern  race  to 
extinction,  is  a  factor  involved  in  the  reduction  in  breadth  is 
a  debatable  point. 

The  extent  of  variability  manifested  in  the  form  of  the 
skull  and  its  component  parts  makes  any  decision  based  upon 
a  limited  series  of  slight  value.  One  character  believed  to  be 
sufficiently  constant  to  separate  the  northern  from  the  south- 
ern animals  was  discovered.  In  Guadalupe  Island  examples, 
it  was  found  that  in  the  dorsal  aspect  the  premaxillae  as  they 
extend  backward  also  expand  laterally,  the  lateral  outline  being 
distinctly  convex  in  its  basal  half.  The  southern  specimens 
examined  all  appear  to  have  the  lateral  margins  of  the  pre- 
maxillae  parallel. 

It  would  seem,  therefore,  that  there  is  sufficient  justification 
for  regarding  the  northern  elephant  seal  as  a  separate  species, 
Macrorhinus  angustirostris. 


Vol.  XVIII] 


DAVIDSON— NORTHERN  ELEPHANT  SEAL 


237 


In  the  examination  of  the  Academy's  series  of  specimens 
certain  other  skeletal  and  anatomical  characters  have  been 
noted  which  seem  of  sufficient  value  to  record.  Although  it  is 
not  so  pronounced  a  feature  as  in  the  South  Georgia  and 
Macquarie  Island  skulls,  the  premaxillary  tubercle  is  present  in 
all  the  Guadalupe  specimens.  In  this  latter  series  the  meseth- 
moid  has  never  been  seen  to  reach  the  upper  surface  of  the 
skull  as  it  does  in  the  southern  specimens.  The  pterygoid 
processes  of  the  Academy's  specimens  are  inclined  to  be  small 
and  rather  slender.  The  skull  of  one  of  the  females  (No. 
1137)  has  both  palatines  divided  into  two  parts  by  a  suture. 
In  the  skull  of  the  male  pup  (No.  961),  probably  only  a  few 
weeks  old,  is  seen  indications  of  the  cranial  element  found  by 
Cleland^®  in  Cystophora  cristata  and  other  Pinnipedia,  and 
believed  by  him  to  correspond  to  the  paroccipital  of  Owen  in 
osseous  fishes. 

There  is  great  individual  variation  in  the  dentition  of  the 
Academy's  Guadalupe  series,  its  extent  being  evident  in  the 
following  formulae: 


2  —  2 


C. 


2  —  2 


I. 


1  —  1 


2  —  2 


2  —  2 


I. 


2-2 


C. 


—  1 


—  1 


—  1 


—  1 


P.M. 

4 

— 

4 

4 

— 

3 

P.M. 

4 

— 

4 

4 

— 

4 

P.M 

4 

— 

4 

4 

— 

4 

P.M 

4 

— 

4 

4 

— 

4 

P.M 

4 

— 

4 

4 

— 

4 

T)  A/r 

4 

— 

4 

0  —  0    re.  A.  s. 

M. ;   ]  No.  962 

—  0     [female 


1 

-;     P.M. , 

1 


1 


M. 


M. 


M. 


M, 


1     fC.  A.  S. 
-;   ]No.  1139 


—  0     I  male 


1      fC.  A.  S. 

-;     Nos.  1136  and  879 


—  0     [males 

—  1      fC.  A.  S. 
j  Nos.  963  and  961  (pup) 


—  1      [males 

—  1      fC.  A.  S. 
■^No.  1137 


—  2     [female 


—  1 


M.- 


—  1 


4  —  4 


2  —  2 


rc.  A.  S. 

No.  1138 
young  female 


«  Rept.  Brit.  A.  A.  S.,  1902,  pp.  646-647. 


238  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

The  vertebral  formula  of  the  Guadalupe  specimens  appears 
to  be:  cervical,  7;  dorsal,  15;  lumbar,  5;  sacral,  3;  caudal,  9. 
The  absence  of  a  tenth  caudal  vertebra  may,  however,  be  due 
to  mischance  in  the  preparation  of  the  skeleton.  In  compari- 
son with  corresponding  parts  figured  by  Turner^'^  the  spinous 
process  of  the  cervical  vertebrae  is  much  elevated.  This 
character  is  evident  even  in  the  vertebrae  of  a  pup.  The 
hypapophysial  tubercle  of  the  atlas  is  well  developed,  and  the 
lateral  laminae  are  considerably  depressed  apically,  giving  the 
low^r  margin  of  that  vertebra  a  very  sinuous  outline.  The 
breadth  of  the  anterior  articular  surfaces  of  the  axis  appears 
to  be  proportionately  small.  The  spinous  process  of  the  atlas 
of  Nos.  1139,  male,  and  1137,  female,  resembles  that  figured 
by  Turner,  but  this  process  in  the  other  males  is  decidedly 
broader.  The  centrum  of  the  third  cervical  is  more  nearly 
oval  or  elliptical  oval.  In  the  seventh  vertebra,  the  transverse 
processes  are  not  depressed  apically  as  are  they  in  Turner's 
example.  In  no  case  would  a  straight  line  drawn  between 
their  lowest  apices  touch  the  lower  margin  of  the  centrum. 

On  the  ventral  surface  of  only  the  anterior  and  posterior 
dorsal  vertebrae  is  evidence  of  a  keel  discovered.  The  bodies 
of  the  lumbar  vertebrae  are  slightly  flattened,  or,  in  some 
instances,  double  keeled  so  that  a  ventral  groove  is  formed. 

In  No.  1136,  male,  the  epiphyses  of  the  first  and  second, 
and  the  second  and  third  sacrals  are  anchylosed  to  one  another, 
but  not  to  the  centra.  In  No.  1137,  female,  the  three  sacral 
vertebrae  and  anchylosed,  and  in  No.  962,  female,  four  verte- 
brae in  the  sacral  region  are  fused. 

In  the  Academy's  series  the  first  and  second  caudal  vertebrae 
are  possessed  of  a  neural  arch.  One  specimen  has  the  arch 
present  in  three,  and  another  specimen  has  the  laminae  of  the 
third  caudal  nearly  united  to  form  an  arch,  and  the  fourth  is 
very  deeply  grooved. 

The  scapulae  of  the  Guadalupe  seals  exhibit  considerable 
variation  in  form,  which  is  made  evident  in  the  following 
table : 

"  Voy.  Challenger,  Zoology,  XXVI,  Seals,  pis.  II-IV. 


Vol.  XVIII] 


DAVIDSON— NORTHERN  ELEPHANT  SEAL 


239 


Greatest 

Greatest 

Percentage  of 

Sex 

depth 

width 

width  in  depth 

Females 

115.00 

122.00 

106.08 

207.00 

192.00 

92.75 

205.00 

205.00 

100.00 

Males 

180.00 

173.00 

96.11 

195.00 

210.00 

107.69 

250.00 

265.00 

106.00 

235.00 

240.00 

102.12 

The  skins  in  the  Academy  collection  were  examined  and  a 
count  of  the  vibrissae  made.  The  arrangement  of  the  brow 
bristles  differs,  but  there  are  usually  eight  to  ten  in  the  group. 
A  single  bristle  is  found  on  each  side  of  the  median  line  of  the 
head  about  halfway  between  the  nostril  and  eye.  The  mys- 
tacial  bristles  are  arranged  in  seven  rows,  the  total  number 
varying  from  46  to  49.  In  this  regard  there  seemed  to  be 
such  a  marked  difference  between  these  numbers  and  those 
given  by  Allen^"  that  the  result  was  verified  by  count  of  the 
papillae  on  the  under  surface  of  the  hide.  It  appears  that  the 
number  of  maxillary  bristles  of  the  Guadalupe  Island  animals 
is  considerably  greater  than  that  of  the  South  Georgia  ones. 
Murphy^*^  found  that  his  specimens  exhibited  39  maxillary 
bristles  on  each  side. 

I  am  pleased  to  acknowledge  indebtedness  to  Dr.  G.  Dallas 
Hanna,  Curator,  Department  of  Paleontology,  and  Mr.  Joseph 
Mailliard,  Curator  Emeritus,  Department  of  Ornithology  and 
Mammalogy,  for  the  photographs  used  in  illustrating  this 
paper. 


"U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Misc.  Pub.,  XII,  p.  743. 
"  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXXIII,  p.  76. 


240  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 


Plate  25 

Fig.  1.    Northern  Elephant  Seal,  male.    Guadalupe  Island,  Mexico,  July  12, 
1922.    Photograph  by  G.  Dallas  Hanna. 

Fig.  2.    Northern  Elephant  Seal,  male.    Guadalupe  Island,  Mexico,  July  12, 
1922.    Photograph  by  G.  Dallas  Hanna. 


PROG.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI..  4th  Series,  Vol.  XVIII,  No.  9  [  DAVIDSON  ]  Plate  25 


FiQ.l 


Fiq.Z 


2^2  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 


Plate  26 

Fig.  1.    Anterior  surface  of  atlas  of  Macrorhinus  angustirostris.     Photograph 
by  Joseph  MailHard. 

Fig.  2.    Anterior  surface  of  axis  of  Macrorhinus  augusiirostris.    Photograpli  In- 
Joseph  MailHard. 

Fig.  3.    Anterior  surface  of  third  cer\-ical  vertebra  of  Macrorhinus  angustiros- 
Iris.    Photograph  by  Joseph  Mailliard. 

Fig.  4.    Anteiior  surface  of  seventh  cervical  vertebra  of  Macrorhinus  angustir- 
oslris.    Photograph  by  Joseph  Mailliard. 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XVIII,  No.  9 


DAVIDSON]  Plate  26 


Fiq.l 


Fiq.2 


Fig.3 


Fig.4 


PROCEEDINGS  /f 

OF  THE 

CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 

Fourth  Series 

Vol.  XVIII,  No.  10,  pp.  245-260  April  5,  1929 


ON     A     SMALL     COLLECTION     OF     BIRDS     FROM 

TORRES  STRAIT  ISLANDS,  AND  FROM  GUA- 

DALCANAR  ISLAND,  SOLOMON  GROUP 

BY 

M.  E.  McLELLAN  DAVIDSON 
Assistant  Curator,  Department  of  Ornithology  and  Mammalogy 

In  the  years  1920  and  1921,  Mr.  J.  August  Kusche  visited 
Australia  and  the  Papuan  region  for  the  purpose  of  assembhng 
general  natural  history  collections.  Among  the  specimens  he 
secured  was  a  small  number  of  birds  from  Prince  of  Wales 
and  Thursday  islands,  Australia,  and  Guadalcanar  Island. 
Solomon  Group.  These  skins,  now  in  the  museum  of  the 
California  Academy  of  Sciences,  form  the  basis  of  the  present 
paper. 

None  of  the  localities  visited  was  an  ornithological  terra 
incognita.  Torres  Strait  islands  have  been  worked  on  sev- 
eral occasions  by  collectors.  The  bird  life  of  certain  of  the 
islands  has  been  quite  thoroughly  investigated,  others  still 
present  opportunities  for  the  study  of  their  native  fauna,  and 
all  are  interesting  because  their  position  renders  them  suitable 
as  observatories  in  the  study  of  the  migratory  movements  of 
Australian  and  Papuan  birds.  Both  Prince  of  Wales  and 
Thursday  islands  have  already  been  ornithologically  explored, 
but,  despite  this  fact,  the  present  assemblage  of  specimens 
includes  species  apparently  not  previously  reported  from 
Prince  of  Wales  Island. 

AprU  S,  1929 


246  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Prince  of  Wales  Island  (10°  40'  S.,  142°  10'  E.)  is  the 
largest  of  the  islands  of  the  group  bearing  that  name.  It  is 
about  14  miles  from  the  mainland,  and  covers  an  area  of  nearly 
12  square  miles.  Thursday  Island  (10°  40'  S.,  142°  20'  E.) 
lies  to  the  northward,  and  is  only  about  900  acres  in  extent. 
All  the  islands  of  the  group  are  hilly,  and  on  them  are  peaks 
which  rise  to  an  elevation  of  nearly  700  feet.  In  former  days, 
Prince  of  Wales  Island  supported  a  native  population  of  about 
500  persons,  but  at  the  present  time  the  numbers  are  greatly 
reduced.  The  desultory  mining  operations  carried  on  there 
have  resulted  in  no  extensive  settlement  as  there  is  on  Thurs- 
day Island,  where  Port  Kennedy  has  become  the  metropolis 
of  the  Torres  Strait  pearl  fisheries. 

Lying  ofif  the  eastern  coast  of  New  Guinea  is  the  Solomon 
Group,  of  which  Guadalcanar  Island  (9°  30'  S.,  165°  E.)  is 
one  of  the  largest  and  best  known.  This  island  is  about  82 
miles  long,  and  averages  a  breadth  of  25  miles.  Lofty  forest- 
clad  mountains  rise  in  the  eastern  and  southern  portions,  Mt. 
Lammas  attaining  an  elevation  of  8005  feet.  The  descent  of 
these  mountains  to  the  sea  is  abrupt  on  the  east  and  south,  but 
to  the  north  extend  rolling  prairies  covered  with  high  grass. 
From  May  to  November  the  island  is  swept  by  the  southeast 
trade  wind,  and  during  the  period  from  December  until  April 
the  inequitable  northwest  monsoon  makes  itself  felt.  These 
moisture-laden  winds  result  in  a  coastal  rainfall  of  100  to  150 
inches  a  year,  and  a  precipitation  in  the  mountains  that  is  said 
to  be  between  400  and  500  inches  annually.  Several  navigable 
rivers,  flowing  northward,  aid  in  carrying  off  the  surplus 
water. 

In  spite  of  the  reputed  ferocity  of  the  natives,  the  Solomon 
Islands  have  received  due  attention  from  naturalists,  and  the 
labors  of  nineteeth  century  pioneers  blazed  a  trail  for  more 
finished  work  on  the  part  of  their  successors.  In  the  20th 
century.  Lord  Rothschild's  interest  in  the  Papuan  islands  has 
resulted  in  the  amassing  of  excellent  collections  of  birds  from 
the  Solomon  Islands  in  Tring  Museum,  and  his  studies,  and 
those  of  Hartert,  have  aided  greatly  in  giving  us  a  compre- 
hensive knowledge  of  their  avifauna.  Nevertheless,  there 
remain  to  be  learned  many  facts  in  variation,  distribution,  and 
migration.     It  is,  therefore,  to  be  regretted  that  the  collection 


Vol.  XVIII]        DAVIDSON— BIRDS  FROM  TORRES  STRAIT  ISLANDS       247 

here  under  consideration  lacks  detailed  information  regarding 
the  localities  in  which  the  collecting  was  done.  But  facts 
obtained  from  the  specimens  themselves  seem  worthy  of 
presentation. 

In  its  entirety,  Mr.  Kusche's  collection  comprised  138  bird 
skins,  representing  56  species  and  subspecies.  From  July  20 
to  August  18,  inclusive,  1920,  examples  of  27  species  were 
taken  on  Prince  of  Wales  Island ;  during  five  days  of  Septem- 
ber (7  to  11,  inclusive),  specimens  of  eight  species  were 
secured  on  Thursday  Island;  and  between  November  26,  1920, 
and  January  30,  1921,  representatives  of  25  species  were 
added  to  the  collection  on  Guadalcanar  Island.  Ten  Mega- 
podins  eggs  were  obtained  on  Savo  Island,  off  Guadalcanar 
Island,  on  February  18,  1921. 

List  of  Species 
1.    Megapodius  reinwardt  brenchleyi  Gray 

Nos.  2996-3005:    eggs,  February  18;  Savo  Island. 

The  incubation  of  one  of  these  eggs  had  begun,  the  remain- 
der were  fresh.  The  ground  color  of  these  eggs  varies  from 
almost  pure  white  to  light  buff  (Ridgway).  The  overlying 
color  ranges  from  pinkish  buff,  through  a  pale  Isabella,  to 
avellaneous.  Oates^  gives  2.8  (71.2  mm.)  and  3.05 
(77.5  mm.)  inches  in  length,  and  1.75  (44.5  mm.)  and  1.9 
(48.2  mm.)  inches  in  breadth  as  the  extreme  measurements 
of  his  series.  The  extremes  exhibited  by  the  Academy's 
series  are:  73.7  mm.  and  81.0  mm.  in  length,  and  45.2  mm. 
and  49.1  mm.  in  breadth. 

2.    Ptilinopus  regina  Swainson 

Nos.  24410-11:  female,  August  16;  male,  August  17; 
Prince  of  Wales  Island. 

Both  birds  are  in  fresh  plumage.  The  coloration  of  No. 
24410,  female,  is  very  intense  for  one  of  that  sex.  On  the 
under  tail-coverts  of  this  example,  a  bar  of  orange-red  inter- 
venes between  the  narrow  yellow  tip  of  the  feather  and  a 

>Cat.  Birds*  Eggs  Brit.  Mus.,  I,  1901,  p.  16. 


248  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Pkoc.  4th  Ser. 

central  band  of  magenta.  The  presence  of  this  last  color  is 
apparently  unusual,  and  it  is  not  mentioned  in  the  descriptions 
of  the  species  given  by  Salvadori^  or  Mathews.^ 

3.    Ptilinopus  superbus  (Temminck) 

No.  23312:  male,  August  16,  1920;  Prince  of  Wales 
Island. 

Fresh  plumage  has  just  been  assumed.  "Eyes  red-brown. 
Legs  and  feet  blood-red.     Call,  a  low  iiuiii"  (Kusche). 


4.    Jotreron  viridis  lewisi  (Ramsay) 

No.  22425:    female,  January  18;  Guadalcanar  Island. 

"Bill  orange-yellow.  Legs  and  feet  crimson"  (Kusche). 
The  feathers  of  the  forehead  and  chin  are  gray  tipped  with 
green.* 

5.    Megaloprepia  magnifica  assimilis  (Gould) 

Nos.  24407-08:  male,  August  18;  female,  August  17; 
Prince  of  Wales  Island.  No,  24409:  male,  September  10; 
Thursday  Island. 

The  specimens  at  hand  differ  from  the  Megaloprepia  assimi- 
lis [=M.  m.  keri  Mathews)  figured  by  Mathews^  in  having 
the  fresh  feathers  of  the  upper  parts  a  more  golden  green  with 
bronze  reflections.  The  breast  feathers  are  apically  Indian 
purple  (Ridgway),  and  a  subterminal  band  of  dark  madder 
violet  (Ridgway)  intervenes  between  that  color  and  the  suc- 
ceeding green  area.  The  measurements  (in  millimeters)  of 
the  series  at  hand  are  as  follows:  Culmen,  15.5,  14.5,  16.5; 
wing,  180.0,  181.0,  183.0;  tail,  148.0,  156.0,  145.0;  tarsus, 
23.5,  22.0,  22.5.  In  size  these  birds  appear  to  approach 
M.  m.  poliura,  but  differ  from  individuals  of  that  race  in 
having  the  under  tail-coverts  washed  with  gamboge. 

»  Cat.  Birds  Brit.  Mus.,  XXI,  1893,  p.  95. 
»B.  Austr.,  I,  1910-11,  pp.  lOS,  107. 

*C/.  Salvadori,  Cat.  Birds  Brit.  Mus.,  XXI,  1893,  p.   153;  Hartert,  Nov.  Zool.,  II, 
1895,  p.  63,  footnote;  and  Rothschild  &  Hartert,  Nov.  Zool.,  VIII,  1901,  p.   109. 
"  B.  Austr.,  I,  pi.  26. 


Vol.  XVIII]        DAVIDSON— BIRDS  FROM  TORRES  STRAIT  ISLANDS       £49 

According  to  a  note  on  the  label,  the  oviduct  of  the  female 
contained  two  ova. 


6.    Globicera  rufigula  (Salvadori) 

No.  24424 :    male,  December  3 ;  Guadalcanar  Island. 
A  moult,  involving-  contour  plumage  as  well  as  remiges  and 
rectrices,  is  nearly  complete. 


7.    Chrysauchoena  humeralis  humeralis  (Temminck) 
No.  24414:    female,  July  28;  Prince  of  Wales  Island. 

8.    Geopelia  placida  placida  Gould 
No.  24413:    male,  August  3;  Prince  of  Wales  Island. 

9.    Caloenas  nicobarica  nicobarica  Linnaeus 

Nos.  24445-48:  females,  January  2  and  9;  males,  January 
17  and  27;  Guadalcanar  Island. 

10.    Porphyrio  indicus  neobritannicus  Meyer 

No.  24422 :    male,  December  2 ;  Guadalcanar  Island. 

In  the  specimen  under  examination  the  foreneck  and  breast 
are  greenish  cobalt,  in  distinct  contrast  to  the  remainder  of 
the  under  parts.  The  thighs  and  abdomen  are  concolor.  For 
birds  exhibiting  these  characters,  Hartert**  has  presented  cogent 
arguments  for  the  use  of  the  specific  name  indicus  Horsfield, 
rather  than  calvus  Vieillot.  But,  unless  it  proves  that  repre- 
sentatives of  two  species  of  Porphyrio  are  resident  in  the 
Solomon  Islands,  it  will  be  necessary  to  regard  neobritannicus 
as  a  race  of  indicus,  not  of  melanotus.'' 

•Nov.  Zool.,  XXXI,  1924,  pp.  lOS-106. 

^  Cf.  Hartert,  Nov.  Zool.,  XXXI,  1924,  p.  108;  Mathews,  Syst.  Av.  Austr.,  1927, 
p.  101. 


250  CALIFORNIA  ACADEl^y  QF  SCIENCES  [P»oc.  4th  Sek. 

11.    Pluvialis  dominicus  fulvus  (Gmelin) 

No.  24442  :    female,  January  1 1 ;  Guadalcanar  Island. 
The  remiges  are  only  slightly  worn,  but  the  remainder  of 
the  plumage  is  much  abraded. 


12.    Actitis  hypoleucus  (Linnaeus) 

No.  24894:    female,  August  17;  Prince  of  Wales  Island. 
This  is  a  bird  in  worn  garb. 


13.    Orthorhamphus  magnirostris  neglectus  (Mathews) 
No.  24423:    male,  January  17;  Guadalcanar  Island. 

14.    Demigretta  sacra  novaeguineae  (Gmelin) 

Nos.  24416-17:  male,  January  12;  female,  January  30; 
Guadalcanar  Island.    No.  24418:    specimen  without  data. 

The  subspecific  name  has  been  but  tentatively  applied  to 
these  specimens.  The  female  is  almost  pure  white.  A  few 
dark  streaks  appear  in  the  contour  plumage,  and  dark  tips  are 
in  evidence  on  some  of  the  remiges  and  rectrices.  The  plum- 
age of  the  male  is  devoid  of  white,  and  the  dataless  example 
has  a  white  line  on  the  throat.  The  specimens  yield  the 
following  measurements  (in  millimeters)  :  Culmen,  86.0, 
85.0,  85.0;  wing,  295.0,  265.0  (worn),  — ;  tail,  98.5,  90.0, 
— ;  tarsus,  75.7,  70.5,  74.0.  In  size  these  specimens  approach 
a  female  collected  at  Apia,  Samoa,  which  measures :  Culmen, 
84.5;  wing,  265.0  (worn)  ;  tail,  94.0;  tarsus,  70.0. 

15.    Nycticorax  caledonicus  hilli  Mathews 

No.  24415  :    male,  September  9;  Thursday  Island. 

This  bird  appears  to  be  much  paler  than  that  figured  by 
Mathews.®  The  mantle  is  fawn,  but  approaches  mars  brown 
(Ridgway)  on  the  interscapulars. 

»  B.  Austr.,  in,  pi.  193. 


Vol.  XVIII]        DAVIDSON— BIRDS  FROM  TORRES  STRAIT  ISLANDS       251 

16.    Anas  superciliosa  pelewensis  Hartlaub  &  Finsch 
No.  2442 1 :    male,  November  26 ;  Guadalcanar  Island. 

17.    Leucospiza  hiogaster  pulchella  (Ramsay) 

Nos.  24405-06,  24436-38:  immature  males,  December  26 
and  30;  adult  male,  January  18;  immature  female,  January  5; 
adult  female,  January  23 ;  Guadalcanar  Island. 

The  adult  female  is  in  greatly  worn  dress. 

18.    Haliastur  indus  ambiguus  Briiggemann 

Nos.  24419-20:  female,  December  22;  male,  December  23; 
Guadalcanar  Island. 

"Iris  brown.  Bill  ochre.  Legs  yellow.  The  stomach  of 
the  male  contained  a  bird"  (Kusche), 

19.    Eos  grayi  Mathews  &  Iredale 

Nos.  24364-68 :  males,  December  4  and  28,  and  January  8 ; 
female,  January  8 ;  Guadalcanar  Island. 

A  moult  which  involves  all  the  feather  tracts  is  in  evidence 
in  these  examples. 

20.    Trichoglossus  haematodus  aberrans  Reichenow 

Nos.  24361-63:  female,  December  4;  males,  December  4 
and  January  8;  Guadalcanar  Island. 

These  specimens  have  the  occiput  purplish  brown  and  the 
throat  purple.  In  two  individuals  the  unspotted  dark  green 
area  of  the  central  abdomen  is  quite  evident.  The  plumage  in 
every  case  is  much  worn,  but  feather  renewal  has  begun  on 
the  forehead,  crown,  and  flight  feathers. 

21.    Kakatoe  galerita  fitzroyi  (Mathews) 

Nos.  24371-73  :  female,  August  7;  males,  August  8;  Prince 
of  Wales  Island. 

The  auriculars  of  these  examples  are  strongly  tinged  with 
yellow,  in  this  respect  differing  from  the  type  of  fitzroyi  as 


252  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

described  by  Mathews."  The  measurements  (in  milUmeters) 
of  the  series  are:  Cuhnen,  37,0,  37.2,  42,0;  wing,  305.0, 
298.0,  316.0;  tail,  159.0,  164.0,  175.0;  tarsus,  24,0,  24.5,  25.0. 


22.    Ducorpsius  ducorpsii  Pucheran 

Nos.  24369-70 :  female,  January  5 ;  male,  January  6 ; 
Guadalcanar  Island. 

The  basal  reddish  orange  of  the  feathers  of  the  lores,  sides 
of  head,  nape,  throat,  breast,  flanks,  and  upper  tail-coverts  is 
quite  conspicuous  in  the  case  of  the  male.  The  presence  of 
this  color  is  mentioned  by  Finsch,^°  but  it  is  ordinarily  dis- 
regarded in  descriptions  of  this  species. 


23.    Lorius  roratus  solomonensis  (Rothschild  &  Hartert) 

No.  24360 :    female,  January  22 ;  Guadalcanar  Island. 

The  contour  plumage  has  been  recently  assumed,  but  all 
but  one  rectrix  and  the  outer  primaries  have  still  to  be 
replaced. 


24.  Megapodargus  papuensis  baileyi  (Mathews) 
No.  24316:    male,  July  28;  Prince  of  Wales  Island. 

25.  Eurystomus  orientalis  solomonensis  Sharpe 

Nos.  24312-15:  males,  December  20  and  21;  female, 
December  22 ;  Guadalcanar  Island. 

A  white  patch  is  present  on  the  chin  of  each  of  the  speci- 
mens,   "Iris  ruby  red.    Bill  and  legs  vermilion"  (Kusche). 

26,    Dacelo  leachii  kempi  Mathews 

Nos.  24303-08:  adult  male,  August  4;  males  [adult 
females],  July  27;  females  [immature  males],  July  29  and 
August  4 ;  Prince  of  Wales  Island, 

»Nov.  Zool.,  XVIII,  1911,  p.  264. 
"Papag.,  I,  1867,  p.  312. 


Vol.  XVIII]        DAVIDSON— BIRDS  FROM  TORRES  STRAIT  ISLANDS       253 

An  immature  male  (labeled  "female")  taken  on  August  4, 
has  the  tail  basally  dark  blue,  and  only  slight  indications  of 
brown  are  present  on  the  outer  webs  of  the  lateral  rectrices.  A 
somewhat  younger  male,  labeled  "female,"  has  the  proxinal 
two-thirds  of  the  tail  dark  blue,  and  the  distal  portion  brown 
banded  with  blue.  The  rectrices  of  this  specimen  are  quite 
narrow,  the  central  ones  measuring  six  and  the  lateral  ones 
four  millimeters  less  than  the  corresponding  feathers  of  the 
adult  bird.  Two  birds  taken  on  July  27  are  marked  as 
"males" ;  but,  although  they  appear  to  be  older  than  the  imma- 
ture male  dated  July  29,  there  is  no  indication  of  an  advance 
into  the  plumage  of  the  adult  male,  the  tails  being  brown  to 
the  base. 

In  these  examples  the  white  of  the  throat  merges  into  light 
cream  buff  (Ridgway)  on  the  breast  and  abdomen.  The 
amount  of  dark  vermiculation  on  the  under  surface  is  vari- 
able. One  adult  female  is  very  heavily  marked,  but  the  lower 
parts  of  the  adult  male  are  very  faintly  lined. 


27.    Lazulena  macleayii  macleayii  (Jardine  &  Selby) 
No.  24310:    female,  July  29;  Prince  of  Wales  Island. 

28.    Sauropatis  sancta  confusa  (Mathews) 

No.  24309:  female,  August  4;  Prince  of  Wales  Island. 
No.  24308 :    male,  September  7 ;  Thursday  Island. 

The  female  (apparently  immature)  has  feather  renewal  in 
progress  on  the  occiput,  cervix,  and  entire  under  parts. 

29.    Sauropatis  chloris  alberti  Rothschild  &  Hartert 

No.  24311 :    female,  December  4;  Guadalcanar  Island. 

This  individual  has  the  pale  occipital  spot,  said  to  charac- 
terize alberti,^^  but  there  is  evidence  of  the  very  narrow  super- 
ciliary line  to  be  found  in  "perplexa"  (=  Sauropatis  chloris 
solomonis)}^ 

"  Rothschild  &  Hartert,  Nov.  Zool.,  XV,  1908,  p.  361. 
"  Rothschild  &  Hartert,  Nov.  Zool.,  XV,  1908,  p.  361. 

April  5,  1929 


254  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

30.    Rhytoceros  plicatus  mendanae  Hartert 

Nos.  24431-35:  male  [not  sexed],  December  3;  male, 
December  25;  males  [females],  January  3  and  17;  female 
[immature  male],  December  25;  Guadalcanar  Island. 

Two  black-headed  individuals  collected  on  January  3  and  17 
are  clearly  females,  although  they  are  labeled  "males."  An 
immature  bird,  with  an  ochraceous-tawny  head,  is  marked 
"female."  This  example  is  just  acquiring  adult  plumage,  and 
new  feathers  are  appearing  in  the  contour  plumage  of  the 
other  birds.  "Iris  yellowish  brown.  Base  of  bill  dull  crimson. 
Skin  below  bill  light  blue"  (Kusche). 


31.    Cosmaerops  ornatus  ornatus  (Latham) 

Nos.  24339-44:  males,  July  25  and  30,  August  2  and  14; 
female,  August  4 ;  Prince  of  Wales  Island. 

A  male  taken  on  August  14  is  undergoing  extensive  replace- 
ment of  the  body  feathers.  The  remainder  of  the  specimens 
appear  to  be  in  unworn  garb.  A  few  undeveloped  feathers  are 
in  evidence  on  chin  and  throat. 


32.    Lamprococcyx  russatus  (Gould) 

Nos.  24355-56:  males,  July  25  and  29;  Prince  of  Wales 
Island. 

According  to  the  collector,  the  iris  of  the  bird  taken  on  July 
25  was  red,  that  of  the  one  secured  on  July  29,  dark  brown. 
The  assumption  of  new  plumage  is  just  begun  on  the  head  and 
throat. 


33.    Polophilus  phasianinus  melanurus  (Gould) 

No.  24322  :    male,  July  27 ;  Prince  of  Wales  Island. 

This  is  an  individual  in  striped  plumage.  "Iris  black. 
Upper  mandible  straw  yellow,  lower  mandible  white.  Legs 
and  feet  blue-gray"  (Kusche). 


VpL.  XVIII]        DAVIDSON— BIRDS  FROM  TORRES  STRAIT  ISLANDS        255 

34.    Nesocentor  milo  milo  (Gould) 

Nos.  24426-30:  males,  December  21,  January  10  and  11; 
females,  January  2  and  12;  Guadalcanar  Island. 

Fresh  flight  feathers  are  being  acquired  by  one  of  the  males 
and  one  female.  A  male  in  its  first  contour  plumage  has  a  few 
pin  feathers  still  present  on  the  rump  and  abdomen. 

35.    Kempia  flavigaster  terraereginae  (Mathews) 
No.  24452:    male,  August  10;  Prince  of  Wales  Island. 

36.  Pachycephala  astrolabi  Bonaparte 

Nos.  24337-38,  24455 :  males  and  immature  female, 
November  30;  Guadalcanar  Island. 

The  immature  female  has  the  upper  surface,  including  the 
tail,  bright  yellowish  olive,  the  head  and  interscapulars  being 
strongly  washed  and  pied  with  kaiser  brown.  There  are  faint 
indications  of  a  yellow  cervical  collar.  The  inner  webs  of  the 
lateral  rectrices  are  narrowly  margined  with  pale  cinnamon 
buff.  Externally  the  wing  is  kaiser  brown,  and  the  throat, 
forebreast,  and  auriculars  are  washed  with  the  same  shade. 
The  under  tail-coverts  are  lemon  yellow,  which,  also,  suf- 
fuses the  lower  breast  and  abdomen.  The  lower  surface  is 
obsoletely  streaked  by  the  dusky  shaft  stripes  of  the  feathers. 

37.  Leucocirca  leucophrys  (Latham) 
No.  24451 :    male,  January  7;  Guadalcanar  Island. 

38.    Mastersornis  rubecula  yorki  (Mathews) 

No.  24391 :    male,  August  10;  Prince  of  Wales  Island. 

This  individual  is  an  immature  bird  in  the  garb  of  a  female. 
The  plumage  is  greatly  worn,  and  no  fresh  feathers  are  in 
evidence. 


256  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Sep.. 

39.    Graucalus  novaehollandiae  connectens  (Mathews) 

Nos.  24329-31:  male,  July  30;  females,  August  1  and  2; 
Prince  of  Wales  Island.  No.  24332 :  female,  September  7 ; 
Thursday  Island, 

The  black  is  wanting  from  the  forehead  of  the  male,  and  the 
throats  of  all  the  examples  are  freckled.  The  plumage  in 
every  case  is  greatly  abraded,  but  new  rectrices  being  devel- 
oped by  the  female  taken  on  September  7  are  the  only  evi- 
dence of  feather  replacement.  In  view  of  Campbell's^^  record 
of  an  unusual  specimen  from  the  Torres  Strait  islands,  the 
measurements  of  this  series  may  be  of  interest.  Culmen,  26.5, 
26.0,  26.0,  28.0;  wing,  190.0.  192.0,  192.0,  193.0,  189.0;  tail, 
130.0,  143.5,  135.0,  138.0;  tarsus,  28.0,  30.0,  28.5,  28.0. 


40.    Graucalus  hypoleucus  stalked  (Mathews) 

Nos.  24333-36 :  males,  July  27  and  August  1 ;  females, 
July  27  and  29 ;  Prince  of  Wales  Island. 

The  characters  of  hypoleucus,  rather  than  those  of 
papueyisis,^*  appear  to  be  exhibited  by  this  series.  In  every 
case  the  throat  is  white,  and  the  secondaries  exhibit  distinct 
white  margins.  A  plumage  renewal,  which  has  already 
affected  the  secondaries,  lateral  rectrices,  and  throats  of  three 
of  the  specimens,  is  in  progress. 

41.    Karua  leucomela  yorki  (Mathews) 

Nos.  24357-59,  24392:  female  [male],  July  29;  females, 
August  2,  3,  and  14 ;  Prince  of  Wales  Island. 

A  specimen  taken  on  July  29  wears  the  dress  of  the  male 
although  it  is  marked  "female"  by  the  collector.  The  under 
tail-coverts  appear  to  be  rather  pale  in  this  series,  but  the  ver- 
miculations  on  the  under  surface  of  the  females  are  quite  pro- 
nounced. The  inner  secondaries  have  been  recently  acquired 
in  all  the  examples,  and  a  few  pin  feathers  are  present  on  the 
throat  of  the  female  taken  on  August  2. 

"Emu,  XX,  1920-21,  p.  61. 

"CA  Hartert,  Nov.  Zoo!.,  XII,  1905,  p.  224;  Ogilvie-Grant,  Ibis,  1915,  Jubilee 
Suppl.,  No.  2,  p.  128;  Campbell,  Emu,  XX,  1920-21,  p.  61;  and  Mathews,  B.  Austr., 
IX,  1921-22,  p.  126. 


Vol.  XVIII]        DAVIDSON— BIRDS  FROM  TORRES  STRAIT  ISLANDS       257 

42.    Edoliisoma  erythropygium  erythropygium  Sharpe 

No.  24456:  male  [female],  December  31;  Guadalcanar 
Island. 

This  specimen,  in  newly  acquired  contour  plumage,  although 
marked  "male,"  seems  to  possess  the  characters  ascribed  to  the 
adult  female  of  this  species. 

43.  Sphecotheres  flaviventris  flaviventris  Gould 

Nos.  24345-51,  24353:  males,  August  15,  16,  17,  and  18; 
female  [immature  male],  August  16;  Prince  of  Wales  Island. 
No.  24352:    male,  September  9;  Thursday  Island. 

The  immature  (marked  "female")  is  just  passing  into  the 
plumage  of  the  adult  male.  A  moult  involving  all  the  feather 
tracts  is  well  advanced  in  two  instances ;  in  others,  the  renewal 
of  the  plumage  has  only  barely  begun. 

44.  Artamus  leucorhynchus  leucopygialis  Gould 

No.  24354 :    male,  July  25  ;  Prince  of  Wales  Island.  ' 

45.    Caleya  megarhyncha  griseata  (Mathews) 

Nos.  24453-54 :  male,  September  7 ;  female,  September  9 ; 
Thursday  Island. 

46.    Microchelidon  hirundinacea  yorki  (Mathews) 

Nos.  24381-82:  males,  August  12  and  17;  Prince  of  Wales 
Island. 

Both  individuals  are  possessed  of  the  short  tail  supposed  to 
characterize  this  race.  This  feature  measures  26.5  and 
26.2  mm.  in  the  specimens  in  hand.  Mathews^^  gives  28.0  mm. 
as  the  tail  length  of  the  type  of  this  subspecies  and  32.0  mm. 
for  hirundinacea. 

"Nov.  Zool.,  XVIII,  1911,  p.  387. 


'^.^ 


258  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ses. 

47.    Cyrtostomus  frenatus  australis  (Gould) 

Nos.  24374-79:  males,  July  25,  26,  and  29;  female,  July 
25 ;  Prince  of  Wales  Island. 

The  adult  males  of  this  series  have  the  breast  and  abdomen 
light  cadmium  (Ridgway)  rather  than  lemon  yellow  as  has 
macgillivrayi.  The  bills  measure  20  and  21  mm.  An  imma- 
ture male,  collected  on  July  26,  has  metallic  feathers  appear- 
ing on  the  throat.  The  renewal  of  the  body  plumage  of  the 
remainder  of  the  specimens  is  well  advanced. 


48.    Cyrtostomus  frenatus  flavigastra  (Gould) 

No.  24380 :    male,  January  7 ;  Guadalcanar  Island. 

This  example  is  an  immature  individual.  A  renewal  of  the 
flight  feathers,  as  well  as  of  the  contour  plumage,  is  in 
progress. 


49.    Myzomela  erythrocephala  kempi  Mathews 
Nos.  24320-21 :    males,  September  11 ;  Thursday  Island. 

50.    Melomyza  obscura  munna  (Mathews) 

Nos.  24317-19:  females,  July  26  and  27,  and  August  9; 
Prince  of  Wales  Island. 

The  measurements  of  this  series  (in  millimeters)  are: 
Culmen,  19.0,  18.5,  18.5;  wing,  68.0,  70.5,  68.0;  tail,  52.0, 
55.0,  54.0;  tarsus,  18.5,  18.1,  18.0.  For  a  female  from  Cape 
York,  Mathews^^  gives  the  following  measurements :  Culmen, 
15.0;  wing,  60.0;  tail,  45.0;  tarsus,  18.0.  The  type  of  apsleyi, 
a  male,  from  Melville  Island  measures:  Culmen,  18.0;  wing, 
72.0;  tail,  55 ;  tarsus,  19.0.  It  would  seem,  therefore,  that  the 
birds  from  Prince  of  Wales  Island  approach  more  nearly  in 
size  those  from  Melville  Island  than  they  do  those  from  the 
adjacent  mainland. 

The  feather  replacement  of  the  specimen  taken  on  August  9 
is  nearly  complete,  and  it  is  well  under  way  in  the  other 
individuals. 

"B.  Austr.,  XI,  1923-24,  p.  331. 


Vol.  XVIII]        DAVIDSON— BIRDS  FROM  TORRES  STRAIT  ISLANDS       259 

51.    Dorothina  lewinii  ivi  (Mathews) 

Nos.  24439-41 :  males,  August  10  and  18;  female,  August 
12;  Prince  of  Wales  Island. 

52.    Neophilemon  orientalis  yorki  (Mathews) 

Nos.  24323-28 :  males,  July  24,  26,  and  27 ;  females,  July 
20  and  August  1 ;  Prince  of  Wales  Island. 

The  collector  has  indicated  that  in  two  females  the  irides 
were  "blood-red,"  and  in  one  male  that  they  were  "gray." 

53.    Mimeta  sagittata  subaffinis  (Mathews) 

Nos.  24393-95  :  male,  July  26;  females,  August  10  and  13 ; 
Prince  of  Wales  Island. 

The  extent  of  the  white  on  the  rectrices  of  these  examples 
varies  considerably.  The  measurements  yielded  are :  Culmen, 
30.0,  30.0,  31.5;  wing,  145.0,  142.0,  144.0;  tail,  107.0,  104.0. 
103.0;  tarsus,  25.0,  22.5,  24.5. 

54.    Neomimeta  flavocincta  kingi  (Mathews) 

Nos.  24396-97:  male  and  female,  September  10;  Thursday 
Island. 

The  contour  plumage  of  both  specimens  is  fresh,  but  the 
replacement  of  flight  feathers  has  only  commenced. 

55.    Acridotheres  tristis  tristis  (Linnaeus) 
No.  24402 :    male,  December  7 ;  Guadalcanar  Island. 

56.    Lamprocorax  cantoroides  cantoroides  (Gray) 

No.  24443 :  male,  November  30 ;  Guadalcanar  Island. 
"Iris  orange"  (Kusche). 


260  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4ih  Ser. 

57.    Metallopsar  metallicus  nitidus  (Gray) 

No.  24444:  immature  male,  November  30;  Guadalcanar 
Island. 

A  single  individual,  in  its  first  contour  feathers,  appears  to 
belong  under  this  head.  The  pileum  is  dark  brown  slightly 
glossed  with  purple.  The  dark  brown  feathers  of  the  cervix 
are  margined  with  a  paler  shade,  producing  an  ill-defined, 
striped  collar.  The  throat  is  narrowly,  and  the  remainder  of 
the  under  surface  broadly,  streaked  with  blackish  brown  on  a 
white  or  buffy  white  ground.    The  flanks  are  dark  brown. 


PROCEEDINGS 

OF  THE  /  Cfcj  ' 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  \^^ 


/> 


Fourth  Series  x^^ 

Vol.  XVIII,  No.  11,  pp.  261-265  April  5,  1929 


XI 

THE  GENERIC  RELATIONSHIPS  AND  NOMENCLA- 
TURE OF  THE  CALIFORNIA  SARDINE 

BY 

CARL  L.  HUBBS 
Museum  of  Zoology,  University  of  Michigan 

Confusion  has  long  obtained  and  still  prevails  regarding  the 
generic  relationships  and  nomenclature  of  the  California  sar- 
dine. The  earlier  history  involved  is  of  no  distinct  pertinence 
to  the  present  discussion,  and  will  not  now  be  recounted.  We 
shall  pick  up  the  story  with  Regan's  1916  contribution.^  In 
that  paper,  Regan  referred  the  California  sardine,  as  well  as 
the  related  or  identical  species  of  Chile,  Japan,  Australia  and 
South  Africa,  to  the  European  genus  Sardlna. 

Shortly  thereafter,  Jordan,"  apparently  on  the  advice  of 
Scale,  synonymized  Sardina  Antipa,  1906,  with  Sardinia  Poey, 
1858.  He  did  so  because  Scale  had  located,  in  the  collections 
of  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  a  specimen  thought 
to  be  the  type  of  Poey's  species,  Sardinia  pseudo-hispanica, 
and  showing  the  generic  characters  assigned  by  Regan  to 
Sardina. 

More  recently,  Thompson"  pointed  out  a  number  of 
trenchant  characters,  more  or  less  overlooked  before,  which 

^Ann.  and  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  Ser.  8,  18,  1916,  11. 

2  Copeia,  56,  1918,  46  (see  also.  The  Genera  of  Fishes,  Stanford  Univ.  Publ.,  Univ. 

Sen,  pt.  3,   1919,  299,  and  pt.  4,   1920,   512). 

=  Fish  and  Game  Comm.   Calif.,  Fish  Bull.,  No.   11,   1926,  8-17. 

April  S,   1929 


262  CALIFORNIA   ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

serve  to  distinguish  the  sardines  of  California  and  Chile  from 
those  of  Europe.  The  differences  which  he  noted  are  as  fol- 
lows :  ( 1 )  in  the  American  species  there  is  usually  a  row  of 
dark  blotches  behind  the  head,  typically  not  apparent  in  the 
European;  (2)  the  scales,  as  Regan  had  already  observed,  are 
arranged  in  a  very  different  and  in  a  regular  order,  each  alter- 
nate row  not  being  nearly  overlapped  by  the  one  in  front  (the 
apparent  number  of  rows,  therefore,  is  equal  to,  instead  of 
being  about  half  as  numerous  as,  the  true  number)  ;  (3)  the 
ventral  scutes  are  weaker  and  less  keeled,  and  have  less 
expanded  bases;  (4)  the  gillrakers  on  the  lower  limb,  unlike 
those  of  the  European  sardine,  become  gradually  and  mark- 
edly shortened  toward  the  angle  of  the  arch,  and  they  differ 
markedly  in  number  at  comparable  sizes ;  (5)  the  interopercle  is 
more  expanded  and  widely  exposed  behind  the  preopercle;  and 
(6)  the  opercular  ridges  (and  preopercular  edge)  are  strongly 
oblique  instead  of  being  nearly  vertical.  All  of  these  points  I 
have  completely  verified.  Other  differences,  pointed  out  by 
Thompson,  involving  the  proportionate  sizes  of  the  parts  or 
the  position  of  the  fins,  appear  less  trenchant  and  need  not  be 
now  considered. 

One  point  not  specified  by  Thompson,  nor  by  Regan,  is  that 
the  gillrakers  of  the  upper  limb  fold  down  over  those  of  the 
lower  limb  near  the  angle,  whereas  they  do  not  do  so  in  the 
European  species.  This  very  character  Regan*  elsewhere  used 
in  the  primary  separation  of  the  genera  of  one  division  of  the 
family. 

Another  difference  in  gillraker  structure,  equally  trenchant, 
has  just  been  discovered  by  Dr.  Henry  B.  Bigelow,  who  has 
kindly  allowed  me  permission  to  announce  the  interesting  dis- 
covery. In  the  European  sardines  ( pilchardus  and  sardina) 
we  find  that  the  minute  processes  on  the  gillrakers  are  simple, 
slightly-bent,  sharply  pointed  spines,  about  one-third  as  long 
as  the  width  of  the  gillrakers  and  spaced  about  three  in  a  dis- 
tance equal  to  this  width.  In  the  Californian  species,  and  I 
find  this  equally  true  of  the  Chilean,  Japanese  and  Australian 
fonns,  these  processes  are  complex,  for  they  are  composed  of 
a  flask-shaped  base  or  stalk  and  a  distinct,  fimbriate,  grooved, 
leaf-like   terminal   element.      The  processes   are   nearly   half, 

■•Ann.  and  Mag.   Nat.  Hist.,   Ser.  8,   19,   1917,   297-298. 


\-0L.  XVIII]  HUBBS— CALIFORNIA   SARDINE  263 

sometimes  more  than  half,  as  long  as  the  gillrakers  are  wide, 
and  are  more  crowded,  as  about  five  occur  in  a  space  equal  to 
this  width.  The  appearance  of  the  gillrakers  of  Californian 
and  European  sardines,  under  a  microscope,  is  strikingly 
unlike.  The  complex  structure  and  greater  length  and  crowd- 
ing of  these  gillraker  processes,  as  well  as  the  longer  and  more 
numerous  gillrakers,  and  their  overfolding  in  the  Californian 
and  related  sardines,  provide  a  straining  apparatus  much  finer 
than  that  possessed  by  the  European  species.  This  may  per- 
haps be  correlated  with  their  living  in  seas  in  which  diatoms 
are  relatively  more  abundant,  and  crustaceans  scarcer,  than 
in  European  waters. 

Even  without  recourse  to  the  "splitting"  tendencies  of  the 
day,  it  appears  necessary  to  divorce  generically  the  Californian 
and  European  sardines.  Their  differences,  particularly  in 
scale  arrangement  and  in  gillraker  structure,  are  too  funda- 
mental and  too  trenchant  to  permit  of  their  continued  alloca- 
tion in  a  single  genus.  The  question  of  their  immediate  com- 
mon origin  is  even  thrown  open  to  some  doubt. 

The  generic  separation  of  the  Californian  and  European 
sardines  reopens  of  course  the  problem  of  the  proper  generic 
name  for  each.  It  is  necessary  first  to  consider  Poey's  Sar- 
dinia pseudo-hispanica.  The  specimen  so  labelled  in  the  Mu- 
seum of  Comparative  Zoology,  and  stated  to  be  Poey's  type  in 
Jordan's  note,  I  have  fortunately  been  able  to  reexamine.  It 
certainly  is  not  the  type,  for  it  is  decidedly  smaller  than  the 
one  specimen  described  by  Poey.  Furthermore,  it  is  not  even 
conspecific,  for  it  has  51  vertebrae,  including  the  hypural, 
whereas  Poey  gives  46  as  the  number  for  pseudo-hispanica. 
In  other  respects,  for  instance,  the  lower  number  of  dorsal 
rays,  this  alleged  type  fails  to  meet  Poey's  description.  The 
specimen  is  probably  a  mislabelled  example  of  the  California 
sardine;  at  least  it  belongs  to  the  same  genus,  for  it  agrees 
with  it  in  every  one  of  the  characters  listed  above  as  dis- 
tinguishing the  Californian  from  the  European  species.  A 
main  reason  for  thinking  that  the  specimen  in  question  did  not 
even  come  from  Cuba  is  that  there  appears  to  be  no  other 
indication  whatever  of  the  occurrence  of  a  sardine  of  either 
the  Californian  or  the  European  type  anywhere  in  the  western 
Atlantic. 


264  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

It  is  clear  from  Poey's  description  that  his  Sardinia  pseudo- 
hispanica  is  not  closely  related  to  either  the  Californian  or 
European  sardine.  There  is  very  good  reason  to  believe  that 
he  had  the  common  West  Indian  species,  Sardinella  anchozna 
Cuvier  &  Valenciennes,  1847,  which  in  turn  is  thought  by 
Regan"'  to  be  identical  with  the  European  Sardinella  aurita 
Cuvier  &  Valenciennes,  the  type-species  of  Sardinella.  We 
find,  for  instance,  that  the  number  of  vertebrae  in  anchovia  is 
46,  just  as  in  Poey's  type  of  pseiido-hispanica.  Jordan  and 
Evermann's®  Clupanodon  pseudohispaiiicus  is  apparently  the 
same  species  as  their  Sardinella  anchovia. 

It  is  therefore  impossible  to  refer  either  the  Californian  or 
the  European  sardine  to  the  genus  Sardinia  Poey,  1858.  That 
name  should,  I  think,  be  synonymized  with  Sardinella  Cuvier 
&  Valenciennes,  1847. 

The  generic  name  Sardina  Antipa,  1906,  therefore  becomes 
available  for  the  European  species,  which  with  Regan  we  may 
call  Sardina  pilchardiis  (Walbaum).  No  generic  name,  how- 
ever, appears  to  be  available  for  the  California  sardine.  I 
now  supply  this  obvious  need : 

Sardinops  Hubbs,  new  genus 
Type-species,  Maletta  ccerulea  Girard,  1854. 

Diagnosis.  Clupeidse  with  the  upper  jaw  not  notably 
notched  on  the  mid-line ;  the  gillrakers  of  the  upper  limb  folded 
over  those  of  the  lower  limb,  which  become  markedly  and 
progressively  shortened  toward  the  angle;  carina  of  glosso- 
hyal  not  denticulate;^  no  bilobed  dermal  flap  on  shoulder- 
girdle;  opercle  with  strong  and  markedly  oblique  ridges;  pre- 
opercular  edge  strongly  sloping;  interopercle  widely  exposed 
behind  preopercle ;  scale-rows  regularly  spaced,  the  lateral 
scales  all  with  subequal  exposed  areas;  radii  on  the  scales 
nearly  vertical,  and  paired  on  each  side  of  median  line;  keels 
on  ventral  scutes  weak;  last  two  rays  of  dorsal  and  anal  fins 
somewhat  enlarged ;  a  row  of  dark  spots  typically  developed 
on  upper  sides  behind  head. 

=Ann.  and  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  Ser.  8,  19,   1917,  378. 
'Bull.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  47,  pt.   1,  1896,  423  and  429. 
'See  Chabanaud,  Bull.  Soc.  Zool.  Fr.,  SI,   1926,   156-163. 


Vol.  XVIII]  HUBBS—CALIFORNIA   SARDINE  265 

Examples  of  the  pilchards  or  sardines  of  Chile,  Japan  and 
Australia  all  agree  fully  with  this  generic  diagnosis,  and  are 
clearly  congeneric  with  Sardinops  ccsriilea  (Girard),  as  prob- 
ably is  also  the  South  African  species  ocellata,  which  is  known 
to  share  most  of  the  characters  listed  above  in  common  with 
ccendea.  It  is,  in  fact,  not  clear  whether  the  species  of  these 
various  regions  are  different  from  one  another.  Pending  a 
much  needed  critical  comparison  of  good  material  from  all 
these  localities,  I  merely  list  the  species  as  usually  recognized : 

1.  Sardinops  ccerulea  (Girard),  1854.    Californian. 

2.  Sardinops  sagax  (Jenyns),  1842.    Chilean. 

3.  Sardinops  melanosticta  (Temminck  &  Schlegel),  1846.  Japanese. 

4.  Sardinops  neopilchardtis  (Steindachner),  1879.    Australian. 

5.  Sardinops  ocellata  (Pappe),  1853.    South  African. 

The  distinctness  of  Sardinops  cccrulea  is  particularly  doubt- 
ful, especially  since  Thompson  (I.  c.)  was  unable  to  diflferen- 
tiate  it  specifically  from  5.  sagax. 


PROCEEDINGS 

OF  THE 

CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 

Fourth  Series 
Vol.  XVIII,  No.  12,  pp.  267-383,  plates  27-32, 7  text  figures        April  26, 1929 


XII 

THE  FAUNAL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA: 
A  STUDY  IN  ANIMAL  DISTRIBUTION 

BY 

HARRY  S.  SWARTH 
Curator,  Department  of  Ornithology  and  Mammalogy 

Introduction 

During  the  summer  of  1927  the  Department  of  Orni- 
thology and  Mammalogy  of  the  California  Academy  of 
Sciences  conducted  three  field  trips  to  southeastern  Ari- 
zona. The  region  visited  comprised  the  lowlands  surround- 
ing the  Santa  Rita  Mountains,  from  30  to  60  miles  south- 
east of  Tucson  and  a  short  distance  north  of  the  United 
States-Mexico  boundary  line.  Personnel  and  itineraries 
of  the  three  parties  were  as  follows:  H.  S.  Swarth  and 
Joseph  MaiUiard,  with  Raymond  Gilmore  as  assistant,  left 
San  Francisco  by  automobile  on  May  6,  arriving  at  Pata- 
gonia, Santa  Cruz  County,  Arizona,  on  May  10.  There 
we  were  joined  by  David  M.  Gorsuch,  who  remained  with 
us  throughout  our  stay,  as  a  volunteer  aid.  With  Patagonia 
as  a  center,  collecting  was  carried  on  along  the  eastern  base 
of  the  Santa  Rita  Mountains  and  some  distance  to  the  east- 
ward, from  May  10  to  June  2.  Camp  was  then  shifted  to 
the  western  base  of  the  Santa  Ritas,  near  the  Florida 
Ranger  Station,  at  the  mouth  of  Stone  Cabin  Canon,  where 
we  remained  from  June  2  to  21.  Return  to  San  Francisco 
was  accomplished  on  June  25. 

April  26,  1929 


268  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Sek. 

Joseph  Mailliard,  with  Floyd  C.  Rankin  as  assistant,  left 
San  Francisco  by  automobile  on  August  23  and  arrived  at 
Patagonia  on  August  27.  They  left  Patagonia  on  October 
13,  reaching  home  on  October  17.  Miss  Mary  E.  McLellan, 
travelling  by  train  from  San  Francisco  to  Tucson,  collected 
in  Madera  Canon,  on  the  west  side  of  the  Santa  Rita  Moun- 
tains, September  3  to  October  13.  Mr.  Sam  Davidson  was 
a  volunteer  aid  in  collecting  mammals  during  part  of  that 
time.  Specimens  collected  upon  all  three  trips  include  1127 
birds  and  423  mammals. 

For  necessary  permits  to  carry  on  the  collecting  of  the 
above  mentioned  material  we  were  indebted  to  the  courtesy 
of  the  Arizona  Fish  and  Game  Department,  through  Mr. 
D.  E.  Pettis,  State  Game  Warden.  We  are  also  under  great 
obligations  to  Mr.  Marshall  Ashburn  for  permission  to 
camp  upon  and  to  hunt  over  the  extensive  Ashburn  Ranch 
(formerly  the  Pennsylvania  Ranch)  in  the  Sonoita  Valley. 

In  pursuing  the  study  of  this  collection  I  have  found  it 
necessary  to  call  upon  various  institutions  and  individuals 
for  the  loan  of  specimens  and  for  information,  all  of  which 
was  most  generously  granted.  I  am  under  obligations  for 
such  help  to  Dr.  Alexander  Wetmore,  Assistant  Secretary  of 
the  Smithsonian  Institution,  who  authorized  the  loan  to  me 
of  numerous  specimens  from  the  collection  of  the  United 
States  National  Museum,  including  the  type  of  Agelaius 
phceniceus  sonoriensis;  to  Dr.  Charles  W.  Richmond  for  ad- 
vice upon  various  subjects  and  for  specific  information  re- 
garding the  above  mentioned  type  specimen;  and  to  Mr. 
Gerrit  S.  Miller,  Jr.,  for  identification  of  the  specimens  of 
Myotis  we  collected.  To  Mr.  Paul  G.  Redington,  Chief  of 
the  Bureau  of  Biological  Survey,  I  am  indebted  for  the  loan 
of  specimens  and  for  permission  to  use  unpublished  data 
from  the  files  of  the  Survey  bearing  upon  the  distribution  of 
certain  species  of  Citellus  and  Ammospermophilus  in  Ari- 
zona; and  to  Major  E.  A.  Goldman,  of  the  same  Bureau,  I 
am  indebted  for  the  identification  of  specimens  of  Perogna- 
thus,  Dipodomys,  and  Sigmodon,  and  for  information  re- 
garding other  species.  From  the  Museum  of  Vertebrate 
Zoology  of  the  University  of  California,  through  Dr.  J. 
Grinnell,  Director,  I  received  the  loan  of  specimens  when- 
ever they  were  desired,  and  facilities  for  working  at  the 


Vol.  XVIII]         SWARTH—FAUNAL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA  269 

Museum  whenever  I  chose  to  do  so.  From  the  Museum  of 
Comparative  Zoology,  through  Mr.  Outram  Bangs,  I  was 
permitted  to  borrow  a  series  of  skins  of  Sayornis  nigricans. 
From  the  Field  Museum  of  Natural  History,  and  from  the 
Museum  of  Leland  Stanford,  Jr.,  University,  I  also  received 
the  loan  of  specimens.  From  Dr.  L.  B.  Bishop  I  received 
the  loan  of  specimens,  including  an  important  series  of 
Agelaius,  and  data  upon  many  Arizona-taken  bird  skins  in 
his  collection.  The  half-tones  illustrating  this  report  are 
all  from  photographs  taken  by  Mr.  Joseph  Mailliard.  Mrs. 
Mary  McLellan  Davidson,  Assistant  Curator  of  the  De- 
partment of  Ornithology  in  this  institution,  drew  the  distri- 
bution maps  and  rendered  important  help  also  in  other 
ways. 

In  the  following  accounts  of  the  species  of  birds  and  mam- 
mals collected  I  have  for  the  most  part  limited  my  remarks 
to  statements  bearing  upon  distribution.  Facts  pertaining 
to  nesting  or  other  activities  have  been  omitted  in  most 
cases  where  the  species  concerned  is  more  or  less  well  known. 
They  have  been  included  in  a  few  cases  where  it  seemed 
worth  while,  and,  also,  data  pertaining  to  migration  and 
molt  in  birds  have  been  briefly  presented,  in  the  belief  that 
these  facts  were  worth  placing  upon  record. 

The  Region  Visited  and  the  Problem  Involved 

Our  field  work  in  southeastern  Arizona  was  primarily  for 
the  purpose  of  studying  the  local  distribution  of  animal  life 
in  the  section  visited,  which  comprised  the  lowlands  sur- 
rounding the  Santa  Rita  Mountains.  Years  ago  the  writer 
had  collected  birds  extensively  and  mammals  in  lesser  num- 
bers in  that  general  region,  and  he  had  been  struck  by  cer- 
tain outstanding  features  in  the  delimitation  of  species 
there.  The  opportunity  now  presented  itself  of  acquiring 
further  data  on  the  subject,  and  field  work  was  pushed  ac- 
cordingly with  the  object  of  gathering  specimens  and  infor- 
mation that  would  bear  upon  the  distribution  of  lowland 
forms.  The  several  mountain  ranges  of  southern  Arizona 
rise  much  like  islands  from  a  surrounding  sea  of  plains. 
Their  bird  and  mammal  faunas  are  peculiar  and  are  sharply 
differentiated  from  those  of  the  surrounding  lowlands,  but 


270 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


[  Pboc.  4th  Sbb. 


Fig.  A.  Map  of  southern  Arizona,  showing  region  studied  and  localities 
visited  by  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences  expeditions  of  1927.  Broken 
lines  indicate  approximate  boundaries  of  Western  Desert  Area  and  Eastern 
Plains  Area. 


they  are  quite  well  known  and  in  any  event  have  no  bearing 
upon  the  peculiar  differentiation  of  faunas  that  distin- 
guishes different  lowland  areas.  So,  while  the  Santa  Rita 
Mountains,  as  a  conspicuous  boundary  line  between  two 
lowland  differentiation  areas,  formed  a  center  for  our  field 
work,  and  were  even,  perforce  (through  lack  of  camping  fa- 
cilities elsewhere),  the  site  of  our  base  camps  for  work  on 
their  west  side,  little  attention  was  paid  to  the  typically 
high  zone  species  of  birds  and  mammals,  and  only  one  or 
two  brief  trips  were  made  to  high  altitudes. 

In  southern  Arizona,  from  the  Colorado  River  on  the 
west,  east  to  the  Santa  Rita  Mountains,  the  general  appear- 
ance of  the  lowlands  is  everywhere  about  the  same.  Except 
for  limited  areas  along  the  river  bottoms  it  is  desert  of  the 
most  arid  type,  covered  with  a  fairly  dense  growth  of  desert 
plants,  a  chaparral  composed  of  many  different  shrubs, 
bushes  and  cactuses.  This  chaparral,  as  in  desert  regions 
elsewhere,  is  in  the  shape  of  isolated  clumps  of  vegetation  of 


Vol.  XVIII 1        SWARTH—FAVNAL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA 


271 


Fig.  B.  Map  showing  distribution  in  southern  Arizona  oiLophortyx  gambelii 
gainbelii  and  Callipepla  squamata  pallida.  Symbols  indicate  published  record 
stations;  broken  line  indicates  approximate  northern  and  southeastern  boun- 
daries of  L.  g.  gambelii;  solid  line  indicates  approximate  northern  and  western 
boundary  of  C.  s.  pallida. 


greater  or  less  extent,  separated  by  areas  of  bare  ground. 
Cactus  of  several  species  are  important  plants,  there  being 
thickets  of  low-grovi^ing  cholla  almost  everywhere,  and  in 
places  scattered  individuals  or  extensive  "forests"  of  the  tall 
and  conspicuous  giant  cactus.  The  cactus  plants  are  an  im- 
portant factor  in  the  economics  of  birds  and  mammals,  so 
much  so  that  the  very  existence  of  several  bird  species  in  a 
region  is  dependent  upon  the  presence  of  the  giant  cactus. 
The  few  river  beds  are  marked  by  rows  of  tall  cottonwoods, 
with  a  lesser  growth  of  willows  and  arrow- weed,  the  latter 
sometimes  forming  dense  jungles  of  considerable  extent. 
Mesquite,  catclaw,  ocotilla  and  the  creosote  bush  are  all 
present  in  abundance,  and  each  occurs  in  almost  pure  stands 
over  large  areas,  and  there  are  many  other  species  of  trees 
and  bushes  that  enter  into  the  composition  of  the  plant 
covering  of  this  area.  It  is  desert,  but  well  covered  with 
shrubby  or  tree-like  vegetation.  There  is  relatively  little 
grass  anywhere. 


272 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


[  Pnoc.  4th  Ser. 


..<:^s  \ 


VV''ii,' 


'^■ 


%: 


t'. 


RN  DESERT  AREA  Wl 


^\ 


1  .«v--"\ 


X^ 


,0 


^ 


n 


O         Corvus  cryptoleucns 
+        Colaptes  c.  mearnsi 


I'H, 


CiujUi 


Fig.  C.  Map  showing  distribution  in  southern  Aiizona  of  Colaptes  chrysoides 
mearnsi  and  Corvus  cryptoleucns.  S>Tnbols  indicate  published  record  stations; 
broken  line  indicates  approximate  northern  and  eastern  boundaries  of  Colaptes 
c.  mearnsi;  solid  line  indicates  approximate  northern  and  western  limits  of 
Corims  cryptoleucus. 


East  of  the  Santa  Rita  Mountains  is  an  entirely  different 
sort  of  region,  and  the  transition  from  one  to  the  other  is 
abrupt.  Desert  chaparral  is  there  replaced  by  grassy  plains. 
In  some  rocky  foothill  sections  there  may  be  found  small 
tracts  of  "brush"  or  a  few  scattered  cholla  cactuses,  and  in 
places  there  are  extensive  stands  of  creosote,  but  for  the 
most  part  there  are  illimitable  stretches  of  rolling  hills  or 
gently  sloping  plains  covered  with  grass  and  with  almost 
nothing  else.  In  some  low-lying  swales  the  shorter  prairie 
("grama")  grass  is  replaced  by  growths  of  "sacaton,"  a 
coarse  bunch  grass  eight  or  ten  feet  high.  In  parts  of  the 
foothill  country  tree  yuccas  form  the  most  conspicuous 
plant  growth,  and  there  are  places  on  the  grassy  plains 
where  small  mesquites  cover  many  miles,  spaced  so  regu- 
larly and  so  uniformly  of  a  size  as  to  give  the  impression  of 
a  young  peach  orchard. 

In  the  western  desert  area  the  elevation  of  the  lowlands 


Vol,.  XVIII]        SWARTH—FAVNAL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA 


273 


rises  from  a  little  less  than  100  feet  above  sea  level  on  the 
lower  Colorado  River  to  nearly  4,000  feet  at  the  vv^estern 
base  of  the  Santa  Rita  Mountains.  On  the  eastern  grassy 
plains  the  average  elevation  is  probably  between  4,200  and 
5,000  feet.  From  the  south-central  portion  of  Arizona 
southward  and  westward  and  along  the  western  border  the 
summers  are  long  and  intensely  hot,  while  the  winters  are 
mild.  In  the  southeast  the  heat  of  summer  is  not  so  intense 
and  the  winters  are  somewhat  colder.  The  annual  mean 
temperature  at  Tucson  is  68°  Fahrenheit,  at  Fort  Hua- 
chuca,  61°. 

Table  op  Temperatures  in  the  Western  Desert  Region  (at  Tccson)  and  in  the  Eastern 

Plains  Region  (at  Fort  Huachuca) 


WINTER 

SPRING 

SUMMER 

FALL 

Mini- 
mum 

Maxi- 
mum 

Mean 

Mini- 
mum 

Maxi- 
mum 

Mean 

Mini- 
mum 

Maxi- 
mum 

Mean 

Mini- 
mum 

Maxi- 
mum 

Mean 

Tucson 

op 

10 
0 

op 

90 

79 

op 

52 
4.5 

op 
22 
16 

op 

106 

97 

op 

66 
60 

op 

40 

37 

op 
112 
104 

op 

85 

77 

op 

21 
15 

op 

107 
99 

op 
70 

Fort  Huachuca. . 

63 

There  is  considerable  difference  in  the  rainfall  and  hum- 
idity of  the  two  regions.  The  valley  of  the  Colorado  in 
southwestern  Arizona,  with  an  annual  rainfall  of  less  than 
three  inches,  represents  the  extreme  conditions  as  to  aridity 
in  the  United  States.  Such  conditions  prevail  along  the 
southern  boundary  of  Arizona  eastward  over  most  of  Pima 
County,  but  in  the  eastern  portion  of  that  county,  as  the 
higher  mountains  are  approached,  the  precipitation  in- 
creases, the  average  annual  rainfall  at  Tucson  being  9.8 
inches.  Farther  east  it  becomes  still  higher,  being  16.2 
inches  at  Fort  Huachuca.* 

It  is  thus  seen  that  the  two  sections  of  southern  Arizona 
that  are  contrasted  in  the  present  study  (the  boundary  line 
between  indicated  by  the  Santa  Rita  Mountains)  present  cer- 
tain slight  differences  of  altitude,  of  temperature,  and  of 
rainfall,  that  are  correlated  with  different  types  of  vegeta- 


*The  meteorologic  data  cited  is  taken  from  Climatology  of  the  United  States,  by  A.  .1.  Henry 
(U.  S.  Dept.  Agric,  Weather  Bureau,  Bull.  2,  1906), in  which  publication  see  also  plate  XXVl, 
showing  normal  annual  precipitation  in  the  United  States. 


274 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


[  Phoc.  4th  Ser. 


o 

+ 


Otocoris  a.  adusta 
Myiarchus  t.  magister 


*'  "■'-■ 


Fig.  D.  Map  showing  distribution  in  southern  Arizona  of  Myiarchus  lyran- 
nulus  magister  and  Otocoris  alpestris  adusta.  Symbols  indicate  published  record 
stations ;  broken  line  indicates  approximate  northern  and  eastern  boundaries  of 
Myiarchus  t.  magister;  solid  line  indicates  approximate  boundaries  of  Otocoris 
a.  adusta. 


tion  and  with  well  marked  differences  in  the  faunas  of  the 
two  regions.  To  define  the  two  as  occupying  different  life 
zones,  the  western  Lower  Sonoran,  the  eastern  Upper 
Sonoran,  does  not  seem  satisfactory.  The  western  section 
is,  of  course,  emphatically  Lower  Sonoran  in  every  respect. 
The  eastern  section  is  slightly  higher  altitudinally,  of  slight- 
ly greater  rainfall,  and  of  slightly  lower  temperature,  and 
may  be  conceded  to  present  some  Upper  Sonoran  aspects. 
At  the  same  time,  wherever  the  eastern  grassy  plains  are 
invaded  bj^  limited  growths  of  shrubs,  bushes,  or  trees,  these 
are  in  most  cases  Lower  Sonoran  desert  species,  such  as 
mesquite,  cholla  cactus,  ocotilla,  etc.  In  the  mountains  of 
this  section  the  foothill  regions  immediately  above  the 
plains  possess  characteristic  Upper  Sonoran  assemblages 
of  plants  and  animals  which  do  not  descend  any  lower.  In 
some  parts  of  the  plains  there  are  limited  numbers  of  charac- 
teristic Lower  Sonoran  desert  birds  (Scaled  Quail,  White- 


Vol.  XVIIII         SWARTH—FAU.^AL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA 


275 


o 


C^  c.. 


p. 


"^5 


5^ 


WEST 


DESERT  AREaVU\ 


'X  ''•■ 


^■ 


r 


^^ 


.* 


-.■^ 


tl 


X\«^£V 


'IT 


% 

^^^S^^^"^^^ 


.0 


W 


'S^' 


Citelhis  t.  neglectvis 
Citellus  s.  caneseens 


•ii, 


^-EASTERN  PLAINS  AREA 


Fig.  E.  Map  showing  distribution  in  southern  Arizona  of  Citellus  terelicaudus 
neglectus  and  C.  spilosoma  caneseens.  Symbols  indicate  record  stations,  mostly 
from  hitherto  unpublished  data  supplied  by  the  United  States  Bureau  of  Bio- 
logical Survey. 


winged  Dove,  Phainopepla,  Vermilion  Flycatcher,  and 
others)  and  mammals  (species  of  Peromyscus,  Onychomys, 
Lepus,  and  others)  associated  with  such  species  as  the 
Prong-horn,  Prairie  Dog,  Horned  Lark,  and  others,  that 
occur  elsewhere  in  Upper  Sonoran  and  higher. 

The  two  sections,  on  the  whole,  do  not  seem  to  me  to  show 
differences  of  life  zones  in  their  contrasting  characteristics, 
but  to  be  comparable  rather  to  the  "faunal  areas"  described 
by  Grinnell  (1915,  pp.  9-12)  in  his  treatment  of  the  distri- 
bution of  birds  in  California.  The  extreme  southeastern 
corner  of  Arizona  appears  to  be  definable  as  a  faunal  area 
distinct  from  the  regions  to  the  westward  and  to  the  north- 
ward. The  western  boundary  of  this  faunal  area  is  the  sub- 
ject of  the  present  study.  Of  the  boundary  line  elsewhere 
I  can  speak  with  less  assurance,  but  on  the  northwest  the 
Santa  Catalina  Mountains  may  perhaps  mark  the  dividing 
line.  Of  the  extent  of  this  faunal  area  eastward  into  or 
through  southern  New  Mexico,  and  southward  into  Mexico 


276 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


I  Proc.  4th  Sbr. 


Fig.  F.  Map  showing  distribution  in  southern  Arizona  of  Ammospermophilus 
harrisii.  Symbols  indicate  record  stations,  mostly  from  hitherto  unpublished 
data  supplied  by  the  United  States  Bureau  of  Biological  Survey. 


I  know  nothing,  but  my  impression  is  that  the  faunal  area 
I  am  describing  in  the  southeastern  corner  of  Arizona,  forms 
the  northwestern  portion  of  a  much  more  extensive  area 
over  the  regions  mentioned. 

Aside  from  Mearns'  (1907)  divisions  along  the  United 
States-Mexico  boundary  hue,  there  has  been  no  previous 
attempt  to  indicate  in  Arizona  any  faunal  divisions  other 
than  life  zones,  but  it  seems  feasible  now  to  outline,  though 
in  loose  terms  and  with  rather  indefinite  boundaries,  at 
least  five  faunal  areas  into  which  the  state  can  be  divided. 
The  Western  Desert  Area  and  the  Eastern  Plains  Area, 
with  which  this  paper  is  mainly  concerned,  are  capable  of 
fairly  exact  definition,  and  the  boundary  between  these  two 
can  be  closely  indicated.  To  the  northward  of  these  areas 
is  the  Central  Plateau  Area,  with  the  Mogollon  Plateau  as  a 
center  and  extending  diagonally  nearly  across  the  state, 
from  the  Grand  Caiion  at  the  northwest,  to  the  White 
Mountains  at  the  southeast.  In  extreme  northeastern  Ari- 
zona, centering  about  the  Painted  Desert  and  the  Little 


Vol.  XVIII]         SWARTH—FAUNAL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA 


277 


Fig.  G.  Map  showing  approximate  boundaries  of  habitat  of  Lepus  alleni 
alleni  in  Arizona.    Symbols  indicate  known  stations  of  occurrence. 


Colorado  River,  is  what  may  be  designated  as  the  North- 
eastern Desert  Area.  In  the  northwest,  north  of  the  Colo- 
rado River,  is  a  region  concerning  which  I  have  no  first 
hand  knowledge,  but  which  presumably  is  faunally  related 
to  the  Great  Basin. 

The  boundary  line  I  have  indicated  between  the  Western 
Desert  Area  and  the  Eastern  Plains  Area  does  not  accord 
with  that  described  by  Mearns  (1907,  pp.  73-74,  pi.  II)  in 
his  study  of  the  mammals  of  the  Mexican  boundary.  I  can 
not  appreciate  any  reason  for  the  dividing  line  he  draws 
across  the  desert  midway  between  Tucson  and  Yuma,  with 
the  "Western  Desert  Tract"  to  the  westward,  the  "Ele- 
vated Central  Tract"  to  the  eastward.  Neither  is  there 
any  general  division  of  forms  in  mammals,  birds  or  plants 
along  that  line,  nor  is  there  any  marked  change  in  altitude 
or  climate.  The  same  species  and  subspecies  of  mammals 
and  birds,  with  few  exceptions,  and  the  same  sorts  of  vege- 
tation range  from  the  Colorado  River  eastward  to  the  west 
base  of  the  Santa  Ritas.  Grinnell  (1914)  has  shown  how 
potent  a  barrier  the  Colorado  River  is  as  regards  the  mam- 


278  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  I Proc.  4th  Seb- 

mals  of  the  deserts  on  either  side.  In  the  bottom  lands  the 
same  species  of  birds  and  mammals  occupy  both  sides  of  the 
stream,  forming  a  characteristic  river-bottom  fauna;  this 
fauna  as  a  whole  is  distinctly  that  of  the  Arizona  valleys  to 
the  eastward.  My  conception  of  the  deserts  of  southwestern 
Arizona  are  as  comprising  one  faunal  area,  extending  from, 
and  including,  the  bottom  lands  of  the  west  bank  of  the 
Colorado  River  east  to  the  western  base  of  the  Santa  Rita 
Mountains.  The  northern  boundary  of  this  desert  area 
may  be  very  roughly  indicated  as  extending  from  the  vi- 
cinity of  Fort  Mohave  on  the  Colorado  River,  in  a  south- 
easterly direction  toward  Phoenix  and  Tucson,  following 
the  bases  of  the  mountains  northeast  of  those  cities. 

Faunal  conditions  at  the  western  boundary  of  this  area, 
along  the  Colorado  River,  are  presented  by  Grinnell  (1914) 
in  fullest  detail.  It  has  been  my  aim  in  the  present  paper 
to  give  as  exact  a  statement  as  circumstances  permit  of 
conditions  at  the  eastern  border  of  this  faunal  area.  Con- 
siderably more  collecting  of  small  mammals  is  necessary, 
however,  for  the  filling  out  of  details. 

There  are  certain  conspicuous  diurnal  mammals  whose 
restriction  to  one  or  the  other  of  the  two  areas  here  consid- 
ered is  apparent  to  even  rather  casual  observation.  Fore- 
most of  these  is  Lepus  alleni,  as  detailed  beyond.  The  re- 
striction of  this  species  east  and  west  within  the  wider  habi- 
tat of  Lepus  calif  ornicus  is  one  of  the  most  peculiar  delimita- 
tions among  North  American  animals.  In  former  years  the 
Prairie  Dog  {Cynomys  ludovicianus  arizonensis)  was  abun- 
dant in  southeastern  Arizona.  Whether  or  not  it  has  sur- 
vived persecution  by  governmental  rodent  control  activities 
I  do  not  know,  but  until  at  least  1907  there  were  large 
numbers  on  the  plains  between  the  Huachuca  Mountains 
and  Bisbee,  and  a  small  and  singularly  isolated  colony  some 
30  miles  farther  north,  between  Fort  Huachuca  and  Fair- 
bank.  It  is  a  curious  fact  that  the  species  did  not  extend 
farther  north  and  west  over  apparently  suitable  ground. 
Whether  or  not  it  ever  reached  as  far  west  as  the  Santa  Rita 
Mountains  I  do  not  know;  it  probably  never  went  beyond. 

The  Prong-horn  (Antilocapra  americana)  was  fairly  nu- 
merous in  southeastern  Arizona  in  years  past.  Upon  my 
first  visit  to  the  region,  in  1896,  there  were  still  herds  of 


Vol.  XVIII]         SWARTH—FAUNAL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA  279 

15  or  20  to  be  found  in  the  San  Pedro  Valley,  and  single  ani- 
mals or  two  or  three  together  were  seen  by  me  near  the 
Huachucas  and  near  the  east  base  of  the  Santa  Ritas  as  late 
as  1902  and  1903.  In  1907  I  was  told  by  cattlemen  that 
none  remained  in  that  section.  The  species  occurred  also 
in  places  west  of  the  Santa  Ritas,  and  may  still  do  so  here 
and  there,  but  I  do  not  believe  ever  in  such  numbers  as  on 
the  plains  to  the  eastward. 

The  small  ground  squirrels,  Ammos'permophiliis  and  Citel- 
lus,  afford  good  examples  of  delimitation  of  range,  and  re- 
placement of  one  species  by  another  in  the  two  regions.  Of 
the  smaller  nocturnal  mammals  too  little  is  known  to  com- 
pile any  long  or  exact  list  of  species  confined  to  one  section 
or  the  other.  The  pocket  gopher  (Thomomys) ,  prone  as  this 
genus  is  to  become  differentiated  into  local  forms,  apparent- 
ly is  not  to  be  divided  in  the  two  regions  here  considered. 
Over  most  of  the  country  no  gophers  occur,  being  entirely 
absent  from  the  hard,  dry  uplands,  distribution  taking 
place  along  riparian  surroundings  of  the  river  beds.  So 
division  of  races  of  Thomomys  in  this  section  is  apparently 
entirely  altitudinal. 

Among  birds  there  are  many  striking  replacements  of 
species  or  subspecies  in  the  two  regions.  Some  of  the  most 
conspicuous  are  the  Gambel  Quail  and  Scaled  Quail,  and 
Western  Meadowlark  and  Texas  Meadowlark.  Some  less 
noticeable  replacements  are  found  in  subspecies  of  the  Red- 
winged  Blackbird,  Cliff  Swallow,  and  Curve-billed  Thrasher. 
It  will  be  noted  that  although  the  Western  Raven  is  com- 
mon in  the  Lower  Sonoran  zone  of  southeastern  California 
and  southwestern  Arizona,  it  is  rare  and  mostly  an  Upper 
Sonoran  species  in  southeastern  Arizona,  being  replaced  on 
the  Lower  Sonoran  plains  of  that  region  by  the  White- 
necked  Raven. 

There  is  a  longer  list  of  bird  species  from  southwestern 
Arizona  than  from  the  southeast,  the  varied  vegetation  of 
the  southwest  affording  congenial  surroundings  to  many 
that  do  not  occur  on  the  grassy  plains.  On  the  other  hand, 
there  are  certain  conspicuous  bird  species  of  the  southeast- 
ern plains  that  are  pretty  closely  confined  to  that  region, 
such  as  the  Swainson  Hawk,  Scorched  Horned  Lark,  and 
White-necked  Raven.     There  are  in  the  southeast  some 


280  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  1  Phoc.  4th  Seb. 

Upper  Sonoran  species  characteristic  of  the  region  that  oc- 
casionally descend  as  far  as  the  upper  edge  of  the  plains, 
and  that  form  one  of  the  several  factors  tending  to  give  an 
Upper  Sonoran  aspect  to  the  lowlands.  Some  of  these  are 
the  Western  Nighthawk,  Western  Yellow-wing  Sparrow, 
and  the  Azure  Bluebird.  The  last  mentioned  species  was 
not  encountered  by  us,  but  information  recently  received  by 
me  from  Dr.  L.  B.  Bishop,  and  from  Mr.  Edward  C.  Jacot, 
of  Prescott,  Arizona,  justifies  its  inclusion  in  my  statement. 

The  accompanying  lists  of  mammals  and  birds  may  serve 
to  convey  an  idea  of  the  two  contrasting  faunas.  It  must 
be  borne  in  mind,  though,  that  these  are  not  hard  and  fast 
divisions  and  that  in  many  cases  species  mainly  confined  to 
one  of  the  two  regions  may  extend  more  or  less  into  the  other 
territory.  This  is  especially  true  of  certain  birds  of  the 
river  bottoms,  which,  occurring  in  greatest  abundance  in 
southwestern  Arizona,  penetrate  in  lesser  numbers  along 
the  more  sparsely  brush-margined  streams  of  the  southeast. 
This  applies  to  such  species  as  Song  Sparrow,  Pyrrhuloxia, 
Least  Vireo,  and  Yellow  Warbler.  The  same  is  true  of 
certain  species  of  the  chaparral  of  the  mesa. 

A  striking  feature  of  our  findings  along  the  dividing  line 
between  the  two  opposed  faunal  areas  is  the  manner  in 
which  many  species  from  either  side  extend  short  distances 
beyond  the  normal  boundary.  As  a  basis  for  our  work  the 
Santa  Rita  Mountains  were  a  convenient  line  of  demarca- 
tion, and  forming  as  they  do  a  colossal  wall  across  the  plains, 
they  might  easily  be  supposed  to  be  a  barrier  in  fact  as  they 
are  in  appearance.  Again  and  again,  though,  we  found 
western  species  ranging  clear  around  the  mountains  in  a 
ribbon-like  habitat  below  the  eastern  foothills,  and,  con- 
versely, eastern  species  extending  around  to  the  western 
base  of  the  range.  The  Allen  Jack  Rabbit,  in  small  num- 
bers, occurs  eastward  as  far  as  Sonoita  and  Patagonia,  but 
at  that  point  finds  some  insuperable  obstacle  to  its  farther 
extension  over  the  open  plains  beyond,  an  obstacle  that  has 
no  existence  for  the  more  widely  spread  Black-tailed  Jack 
Rabbit.  The  Scaled  Quail  ranges  westward  around  the 
mountainous  wall,  to  be  stopped  below  the  western  foothills 
by  some  impalpable  barrier  that  absolutely  forbids  farther 
progress.     So,  at  any  point  around  the  base  of  the  moun- 


Vol.  XVIII 1         SWARTH—FAUNAL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA  281 

tains  one  may  find  in  greater  or  less  abundance  an  infiltra- 
tion of  species  that  properly  belong  on  the  opposite  side, 
with  assurance  that  within  a  short  distance  east  or  west,  as 
the  case  may  be,  those  species  will  be  found  to  disappear. 

The  elucidation  of  this  feature  in  the  distribution  of  spe- 
cies along  this  boundary  line  entails  in  the  case  of  many  of 
the  small  nocturnal  mammals  more  extensive  trapping 
than  we  were  able  to  accomplish.  With  such  an  animal  as 
Dipodomys  spectahilis  the  conspicuous  mounds  and  burrows 
are  sufficient  to  advertise  its  presence,  but  with  many  others 
it  is  not  usually  safe  to  generalize  as  to  their  status  in  either 
of  the  faunal  areas  upon  the  basis  of  a  limited  number  of 
specimens  from  a  few  localities.  With  diurnal  mammals 
and  birds  the  facts  are  more  readily  apparent. 

Another  interesting  aspect  of  distribution  in  this  part  of 
Arizona  is  found  in  the  manner  of  occurrence  of  certain  mi- 
gratory birds.  The  McCown  Longspur,  Chestnut-collared 
Longspur,  and  Baird  Sparrow  are  all  common  migrants  on 
the  eastern  grass-lands,  but  they  do  not  occur  on  the  west- 
ern deserts.  The  Lark  Bunting,  however,  which  might  be 
expected  to  adhere  as  closely  to  the  open  prairie,  is  far  more 
abundant  in  western  Arizona. 

There  are  certain  bird  species  that  have  almost  or  en- 
tirely disappeared  from  Arizona  in  recent  years,  exact  infor- 
mation regarding  which  would  be  of  great  value  and  inter- 
est in  this  connection.  I  refer  to  the  Masked  Bob-white 
(Colinus  ridgwayi),  the  Rufous-winged  Sparrow  {Aimophila 
carpdlis),  and  the  Botteri  Sparrow  (Peuccea  hotterii).  In  all 
likelihood  these  three  birds  were  mainly  inhabitants  of 
grasslands,  and  there  seems  little  reason  to  doubt  that  their 
disappearance  was  due  entirely  to  the  overstocking  of  the 
ranges  with  cattle.  When  years  of  drought  came  every 
vestige  of  their  natural  cover  was  destroyed.  This  explana- 
tion has  been  advanced  by  Brown  (1904)  to  account  for 
the  disappearance  of  the  Bob-white,  and  it  probably  ex- 
plains also  the  nearly  complete  extinction  locally  of  the  two 
species  of  sparrows.  The  Cassin  Sparrow,  with  similar 
habitat  predilections,  is  migratory,  if,  in  fact,  it  breeds  in 
this  region  at  all.  So  it  survives  in  Arizona  and  is  to  be 
found,  we  may  assume,  in  the  same  sort  of  surroundings 
that  were  formerly  shared  with  its  vanished  relatives. 


282 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


(Pboc.  4th  Seb. 


The  delimitation  of  the  ranges  of  species,  east  or  west,  as 
described  in  this  paper,  must  be  understood  to  apply  to  a 
relatively  narrow  area  bordering  the  Arizona-Mexico  boun- 
dary line.  Thus,  certain  of  the  birds  here  ascribed  to  a 
western  habitat  are  known  to  occur  farther  east  into  New 
Mexico  and  Texas,  but  this  eastern  extension  of  range 
occurs  either  north  or  south  of  the  region  here  under  dis- 
cussion. 


Western  Desert  Area 

Lophortyx  g.  gambelii 
Melopelia  a.  trudeaui 
Scardafella  inca 

Asturina  plagiata 
Micropallas  w.  whitneyi 
Dryobates  s.  cactophilus 
Colapies  c.  meamsi 
Myiarchus  t.  magister 

Corvus  c.  sinuatus 
Agelaius  p.  sonoriensis 
Sturnella  neglecta 


Melospiza  m.  saltonis 
Cardinalis  c.  superbus 
Pyrrhuloxia  s.  sinuata 
Guiraca  c.  interfusa 
Piranga  r.  cooperi 
Petrochelidon  I.  lunifrons 
Vireo  b.  arizonse 
Vermivora  luciae 
Dendroica  a.  sonwana 
Toxostoma  c.  pahneri 
Toxostoma  bendirei 
Polioptila  ni.  melanura 


Birds 

Eastern  Plains  Area 
Colinus  ridgwayi 
Callipepla  s.  pallida 


Buteo  swainsoni 


Otocoris  a.  adnata 
Corvus  cryptoleucus 
Agelaius  p.  nevadensis 
Sturnella  m.  hoopesi 
Ammodramus  s.  bimaculalus 
Peucasa  botterii 
Aimophila  carpalis 


Petrochelidon  I.  melanogastra 


Toxostoma  c.  curviroslre 


Vol.  XVIII 1        SWARTH—FAVNAL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA 


283 


Western  Desert  Area 

My  Otis  c.  pallidus 
Citellus  t.  neglectus 
Ammospermophilus  harrisi 

Thomomys  f.  toltecus 
Perognathus  amplus 
Perognathus  h.  baileyi 
Perognathus  p.  pricei 
Dipodomys  s.  spectdbilis 
Dipodomys  m.  merriami 

Onychomys  t.  torridus 
Reithrodontomys  m.  megalotis 
Peromyscus  e.  eremiais 
Peromyscus  m.  sonoriensis 

Sigmodon  h.  cienegx 
Neoloma  a.  albigula 
Lepus  a.  alleni 
Lepiis  c.  eremicus 
Sylvilagus  a.  arizonse 


Mammals 

Eastern  Plains  Area 

Myotis  c.  californicus 
Citellus  s.  canescens 

Cynomys  I.  arizonensis 
Thonwmys  f.  toltecus 

Perognathus  p.  pricei 

Dipodomys  m.  olivaceus 
Dipodomys  o.  ordii 
Onychomys  t.  torridus 
Reithrodontomys  m.  megalotis 
Peromyscus  e.  eremicus 
Peromyscus  m.  sonoriensis 
Peromyscus  I.  arizonx 
Sigmodon  h.  cienegx 
Neotoma  a.  albigula 

Lepus  c.  eremicus 
Sylvilagus  a.  arizonx 


April  26,  1929 


284 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


I  Pboc.  4th  Seb. 


Check-List  of  the  Birds 


1.  Chlidonias  nigra  surinamensia  (Gmelin)  53. 

2.  Netlion  carolinense  (Gmelin) 

3.  Querquedula  cyanoptera  (Vieillot)  54. 

4.  Dafila  acuta  tzitzihoa  (Vieillot)  55. 

5.  Ardea  herodias  tregamai  Court  56. 

6.  Butorides  virescens  anthonyi  (Mearns)  57. 

7.  Rallus  virginianus  Linnseus  58. 

8.  PoTzana  Carolina  (Linnseus)  59. 

9.  Fulica  americana  Gmelin 

10.  Gallinago  delicata  (Ord)  60 

11.  Pisobia  minulilla  (Vieillot)  61. 

12.  Tringa  solitaria  Wilson  62. 

13.  Aclitis  macularia  (Linnaeus)  63. 

14.  Oxyechics  vociferus  tociferus  (Linnseus)  64. 

15.  Callipepla  squamata  pallida  Brewster 

16.  Lophortyx  gambelii  gambelii  Gambel  65. 

17.  Cyrtiinyx  montezumx  mearnsi  Nelson  66. 

18.  Columba  fasciata  fasciata  Say  67. 

19.  Zenaidura  macroura  marginella  68. 

(Woodhouse)  69. 

20.  Melopelia  asiatica  trudeaui  (Audubon)  70. 

21.  Chxmepelia  passerina  pallesceris  Baird  71. 

22.  Scarda/ella  in.ca  (Lesson)  72. 

23.  Catharies  aura  septentrionalis  Wied  73. 

24.  Accipiter  celox  (Wilson)  74. 

25.  Accipiter  cooperii  (Bonaparte)  75. 

26.  Parabuteo  unicinctus  harrisi  (Aadubon)  76. 

27.  Buteo  borealis  calurus  Cassin  77. 

28.  Buteo  swainso7ii  Bonaparte  78. 

29.  Asturina  plagiata  Schlegel  79. 

30.  Aquila  chrysaetos  (Linnaeus)  80. 

31.  Cerchneis  sparveria  pkalsena  (Lesson)  81. 

32.  Polyborus  cheriway  (Jacquin)  82. 

33.  Asio  wilsonianus  (Lesson)  83. 

34.  Otus  asio  eineraceus  (Ridgway)  84. 

35.  Bubo  virginianus  pallescens  Stone  85. 

36.  Speotyto  cunicularia  hypogsea  (Bona- 

parte) 86. 

37.  Micropallas  whitneyi  whiineyi  (J.  G.  87. 

Cooper)  88. 

38.  Geococcyx  californianus  (Lesson)  89. 

39.  Coccyzus  americanus  occidentalis 

Ridgway  90. 

40.  Ceryle  alcyon  caurina  Grinnell  91. 

41.  Dryobates  scalaris  cactophilus  Oberholser  92. 

42.  Dryobates  arizonx  arizonse  (Hargitt)  93. 

43.  Sphyrapicus  varius  nuchalis  Baird 

44.  Melanerpes  formicivorus  aculeatus  94. 

Mearns  95. 

45.  Centurus  uropygialis  uropygialis  Baird 

46.  Colaptea  cafer  collaris  Vigors  96. 

47.  Colaptes  chrysoides  mearnsi  Ridgway  97, 

48.  Phalxnoptilus  nuttallii  nuttallii  98, 

(Audubon)  99, 

49.  Chordeiles  virginianus  henryi  Cassin  100, 

50.  Chordeiles  acutipennis  texensis  Lawrence        101, 

51.  Aero7iautes  saxatalis  (Woodhouse)  102, 

52.  Eugenes  fulgent  (Swainson)  103, 


Archilochus  alexandri  (Bourcier  &  Mul- 

sant) 
Calypte  costse  (Bourcier) 
Cynanthus  latirostris  Swainson 
Tyranrnis  verticalis  Say 
Tyrannus  vociferans  Swainson 
Myiarchus  tyrannulus  magister  Ridgway 
Myiarchus  cineraacens  cinerascens 

(Lawrence) 
Myiarchus  tuberculifer  olivascens  Ridgway 
Sayornis  sayus  sayus  (Bonaparte) 
Sayornis  nigricans  nigricans  (Swainson) 
Nutlalloniis  mesoleucus  (Lichtenstein) 
Myiochanes  richardsonii  richardsonii 

(Swainson) 
Empidonax  difficilis  difficilis  Baird 
Empidonax  iraillii  brewsteri  Oberholser 
EmpidoiMX  hammondii  (Xantus) 
Empidonax  griseus  Brewster 
Pyrocephalus  rubimis  mexicanus  Sclater 
Camptostoma  imberbe  Sclater 
Otocoris  alpestris  adxista  Dwight 
Otocoris  alpestris  occidentalis  McCall 
Cyanocilta  stelleri  diademata  (Bonaparte) 
Aphelocoma  sieberi  arizonx  (Ridgway) 
Corvus  corax  sinuatus  Wagler 
Corvus  cryptoleucus  Couch 
Molothrus  ater  obscurus  (Gmelin) 
Tangavius  xneus  xneus  (Wagler) 
Agelaius  phoeniceus  nevadensis  Grinnell 
Sturnella  magna  hoopesi  Stone 
Sturnella  neglecta  Audubon 
Icterus  parisorum.  Bonaparte 
Icterus  cucullatus  nelsoni  Ridgway 
Icterus  bullockii  (Swainson) 
Euphagus  cyanocephalus  cyanocephalus 

(Wagler) 
Passer  do7nesticus  (Linnaeus) 
Carpodacus  cassinii  Baird 
Carpodacus  mexicanus  frontalis  (Say) 
Astragalinus  psaliria  hesperophilus 

Oberholser 
Spimis  pinus  pinus  (Wilson) 
Calcarius  ornatus  (J.  K.  Townsend) 
Pooecetes  gramineus  confinis  Baird 
Passerculus  sandwichensis  nevadensis 

Grinnell 
Ammodraimis  bairdii  (Audubon) 
Ammodramus  savannarum   bimaculatua 

Swainson 
Chondesles  grammacus  strigatus  Swainson 
Zonotrichia  leucophrys  (Forster) 
Zonotrichia  gambelii  (Nuttall) 
Spizella  passerina  arizonx  Coues 
Spizella  breweri  Cassin 
Junco  phxonotus  palliatus  Ridgway 
Amphispiza  bilineata  deserticola  Ridgway 
Peucxa  cassinii  (Woodhouse) 


Vol.  XVIII 1        SW ART H— FAUN AL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA 


285 


104.  Aimophila  ruficeps  scottii  (Sennett)  134. 

105.  Melospiza  melodia  sallonis  Grinnell  1-35. 

106.  Melospiza  melodia  fallax  (Baird)  136. 
Melospiza  lincolnii  lincolnii  (Audubon)  137. 
Pipilo  fuscus  mesoleucus  Baird 
Oberholseria  chlorura  (Audubon)  138. 
Cardinalis  cardinalis  superbus  Ridgway  139. 
Pyrrhuloxia  sinuata  sinuata  (Bonaparte)  140. 
liedymeles  melanocephalus  nielanocepha-  141. 

lus  (Swainson)  142. 

113.  Guiraca  cxrulea  interfusa  Dwight  &  143. 

Grisoom  144. 

Passerina  amcena  (Say)  145. 

Spiza  americana  (Gmelin)  146. 

Calamospiza  melanocorys  Stejneger  147. 

Piranga  ludoviciana  (Wilson)  148. 
Piranga  hepatica  oreophasma  Oberholser 

Piranga  rubra  cooperi  Ridgway  149. 

Pelrochelidon  lunifrons  melanogastra  150. 

(Swainson)  151. 

Hirundo  erythrogasira  Boddaert  152. 
Tachycinela  thalassina  lepida  Mearns 

Stelgidopleryx  serripennis  (Audubon)  153. 

Bombycilla  cedrorum  Vieillot  154. 

Phainopepla  niiens  (Swainson)  155. 
Lanius  ludovicianus  excubitorides 

Swainson  156. 

Vireosylva  gilva  swainsonii  (Baird)  157. 

128.  Lanivireo  solitarius  cassinii  (Xantus)  158. 

129.  Lanivireo  solitarius  plumbeus  (Coues)  1.59. 
Vireo  huttoni  slephensi  Brewster  160. 
Vireo  belli  arizonse  Ridgway  161. 
Vermivora  lucix  (J.  G.  Cooper)  162. 
Vermivora  ruficapilla  gutturalis  (Ridg-  163. 

way)  164. 


107. 
108. 
109. 
110. 
111. 
112. 


114. 
115. 
116. 
117. 
118. 
119. 
120. 

121. 
122. 
123. 
124. 
125. 
126. 

127. 


130 
131 
132 
133, 


Vermivora  celata  lutescens  (Ridgway) 
Dendroica  xstiva  sonorana  Brewster 
Dendroica  xstiva  brewsteri  Grinnell 
Dendroica  auduboni  auduboni  (J.  K. 

Townsend) 
Dendroica  nigrescens  (J.  K.  Townsend) 
Dendroica  lownsendi  (J.  K.  Townsend) 
Oporornis  tolmiei  (J.  K.  Townsend) 
Geothlypis  Irichas  scirpicola  Grinnell 
Geothlypis  trichas  occidentalis  Brewster 
Icteria  virens  longicauda  Lawrence 
Wilaonia  pusilla  pileolata  (Pallas) 
Wilsonia  pusilla  chryseola  Ridgway 
Setophaga  picta  Swainson 
Mimus  polyglottos  leucopterus  (Vigors) 
Toxostoma  curvirostre  curvirostre  (Swain- 
son) 
Toxostoma  curvirostre  palmeri  (Coues) 
Toxostoma  bendirei  (Coues) 
Toxostoma  crissale  crissale  Henry 
Heleodytes  brunneicapillus  couesi 

(Sharpe) 
Salpinctes  obsoletus  obsoletiis  (Say) 
Catherpes  mexicanus  conspersus  Ridgway 
Thryomanes  bewickii  eremophilus 

Oberholser 
Troglodytes  aedon  parkmanii  Audubon 
Sitta  carolinensis  nelsoni  Mearns 
Bxolophus  wollweberi  annexus  (Cassin) 
Psaltriparus  plumbeus  (Baird) 
Auriparus  flaviceps  flaviceps  (Sundevall) 
Regulus  calendula  calendula  (Linnceus) 
PoUoptila  cxrulea  amcenissima  Grinnell 
Polioptila  m,elanura  melanura  Lawrence 
Hylocichla  uslulata  ustulata  (Nuttall) 


General  Accounts  of  the  Birds 

1.    Chlidonias  nigra  surinamensis  (Gmelin) 

Two  specimens  (Nos.  29822-29823),  birds  of  the  year, 
were  collected  six  miles  north  of  Patagonia,  September  8. 
There  are  few  records  of  the  occurrence  of  this  species  in 
Arizona,  but  it  was  collected  bj^  Henshaw  in  August  in 
Cochise  County  (Henshaw,  1875,  p.  487;  Saunders,  1896, 
p.  22)  and  is  probably  a  fairly  regular  late  summer  migrant 
in  the  southeastern  section  of  the  state. 


2.    Nettion  carolinense  (Gmelin) 

Small  flocks  were  seen  on  cattle  ''tanks"  near  Patagonia, 
on  September  22,  when  an  immature  male  (No.  29824) 
was  collected,  and  on  the  23rd,  when  a  female  (No.  29826) 
was  shot. 


286  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [  Pkoc.  4th  Seb. 

3.    Querquedula  cyanoptera  (Vieillot) 

A  few  birds,  paired  or  singly,  appeared  on  the  several 
reservoirs  and  "tanks"  on  the  Ashburn  ranch,  May  11  to 
20.  We  were  told  that  prior  to  our  arrival  ducks  of  several 
species  had  been  of  fairly  common  occurrence  there.  Pre- 
sumably the  few  we  saw  were  the  last  straggling  migrants. 
A  female  Cinnamon  Teal  (No.  29825)  was  collected  Sep- 
tember 23,  and  others  were  seen. 

4.  Dafila  acuta  tzitzihoa  (Vieillot) 

A  flock  of  ten  or  twelve  seen  near  Patagonia,  September 
1,  and  one  specimen  (No.  29827)  preserved.  Ducks  that 
may  have  been  of  the  same  species  were  seen  later,  in 
September  and  October. 

« 

5.  Ardea  herodias  treganzai  Court 

A  single  bird,  possibly  the  same  individual,  was  seen  near 
Patagonia  several  times  during  the  first  two  weeks  of  Sep- 
tember. 

6.   Butorides  virescens  anthonyi  (Mearns) 

An  adult  female  (No.  29407)  was  taken  on  one  of  the  small 
lakes  on  the  Ashburn  ranch,  May  24,  and  a  young  female 
(No.  29828)  at  the  same  place,  September  15.  The  species 
is  known  to  breed  in  southern  Arizona. 


7.  Rallus  virginianus  Linnaeus 

Seen  several  times  (May  11  to  20)  on  the  lakes  on  the 
Ashburn  ranch.  There  are  very  few  records  of  the  occur- 
rence of  this  species  in  Arizona  (see  Swarth,  1914,  p.  17), 
and,  while  it  has  been  found  nesting  in  the  White  Moun- 
tains (Goldman,  1926,  p.  163),  there  are  no  breeding  records 
from  any  more  southern  locality.  The  birds  that  we  saw 
may  have  been  migrants. 

8.  Porzana  Carolina  (Linnseus) 
One  seen  near  Patagonia  on  September  13. 


Vol.  XVIII 1        SWARTH—FAUNAL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA  287 

9.  Fulica  americana  Gmelin 

A  pair  of  coots  were  settled  during  May  on  one  of  the 
lakes  on  the  Ashburn  ranch,  presumably  nesting  or  pre- 
paring to  do  so. 

10.  Gallinago  delicata  (Ord) 
One  seen  near  Patagonia  on  September  9. 

1 1 .   Pisobia  minutilla  ( Vieillot) 

One  specimen  (No.  29833)  was  collected  at  a  cattle 
"tank"  near  Patagonia  on  September  19. 

12.   Tringa  solitaria  Wilson 

Four  specimens  collected,  taken  August  29,  August  31, 
September  10,  and  September  11,  respectively,  all  within  a 
few  miles  of  Patagonia  (Nos.  29829-29832).  It  is  not  pos- 
sible to  designate  these  with  certainty  as  of  either  of  the  two 
subspecies  into  which  this  species  has  been  divided,  Tringa 
solitaria  solitaria  and  T.  s.  cinnamomea.  Two  are  males,  two 
females.  The  two  females  possess  the  marking  on  the  inner 
web  of  the  outer  primary  that  is  supposed  to  distinguish 
cinnamomea,  the  two  males  do  not.  None  of  the  four  is 
markedly  cinnamomeous  in  dorsal  spotting,  all  being  essen- 
tially like  eastern  birds  in  this  regard.  Wing  measurements 
(in  millimeters)  are  as  follows:  males,  127,  136;  females, 
134,  138.  Comparison  with  Ridgway's  (1919,  pp.  358,  363) 
measurements  of  the  two  subspecies  will  show  how  incon- 
clusive these  figures  are.  I  have  elsewhere  (Swarth,  1926, 
p.  70)  given  my  reasons  for  doubting  the  existence  of  two 
distinguishable  subspecies  of  Tringa  solitaria. 

13.   Actitis  macularia  (Linn sens) 

Several  seen  on  the  Ashburn  ranch,  usually  at  the  muddy 
margin  of  the  watering  places  of  the  cattle,  at  intervals 
until  May  22.  Two  collected  near  Patagonia  in  the  fall,  on 
August  31  and  September  20,  respectively  (Nos.  29834- 
29835). 


/fy^^ 


288  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  ( Pboc.  4th  Seb. 

14.    Oxyechus  vociferus  vociferus  (Linnseus) 

Relatively  abundant  in  the  Sonoita  Valley.  This  is  an 
arid  region,  of  course,  with  little  to  attract  even  as  adaptable 
a  wader  as  the  Killdeer,  but  wherever  there  was  surface 
water  some  were  to  be  found.  Newly  hatched  young  ap- 
peared during  the  second  week  in  May.  One  specimen  was 
collected  near  Patagonia  on  August  30  (No.  29836). 


15.    Callipepla  squamata  pallida  Brewster 

This,  the  common  quail  of  the  southeastern  portion  of 
Arizona,  was  surprisingly  rare  in  the  valley  of  the  Sonoita. 
In  previous  years  I  had  found  it  in  fair  abundance  in  the 
nearby  valley  of  the  San  Pedro  River,  but  along  the  So- 
noita, so  I  was  told,  quail  never  had  been  common.  How- 
ever that  may  be,  we  saw  but  one  pair  of  Scaled  Quail  dur- 
ing our  stay  in  this  region,  this  at  a  point  some  five  miles 
north  of  Patagonia,  on  May  20.  On  our  several  trips  be- 
tween Patagonia  and  Tucson,  we  invariably  began  to  see  a 
few  as  soon  as  we  rounded  the  north  end  of  the  Santa  Rita 
Mountains.  On  the  mesa  along  the  west  base  of  the  Santa 
Ritas  they  were  abundant,  slightly  outnumbering  the 
Gambel  Quail  in  that  section.  The  harsh,  clanging,  two- 
syllabled  call-note  of  the  Scaled  Quail  was  a  familiar  sound, 
heard  mostly  in  the  early  morning.  During  the  first  three 
weeks  in  June  the  birds  were  almost  invariably  in  pairs, 
sometimes  two,  three,  or  even  four  pairs,  being  seen  in 
company.  A  female  shot  June  4  had  not  yet  begun  to  lay, 
but  contained  an  egg  about  half-formed.  On  June  14  a 
young  bird  was  seen,  scuttling  along  with  its  parents,  so 
tiny  that  it  seemed  likely  that  the  rest  of  the  brood  was 
not  yet  hatched. 

The  territory  immediately  below  the  west  base  of  the 
Santa  Rita  Mountains  is  the  westernmost  limit  of  the  Scaled 
Quail's  range.  A  pair  seen  several  miles  north  of  Conti- 
nental (some  ten  miles  west  of  the  mountains)  represents 
our  farthest  point  of  observation  in  that  direction.  I  know 
of  no  records  west  of  the  Santa  Cruz  River.  Farther  north 
the  species  is  known  to  range  west  to  Oracle  (some  60  miles 
exactly  north  of  our  Santa  Rita  station),  which  point  it 


Vol.  XVIII]         SWARTH—FAUNAL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA  289 

apparently  reaches  by  way  of  the  valley  of  the  San  Pedro. 
The  section  about  Tucson,  midway  between  the  Santa  Rita 
Mountains  and  Oracle,  is  inhabited  (exclusively,  I  believe) 
by  the  Gambel  Quail.  It  is  noteworthy  that  the  Scaled 
Quail  skirts  the  apparent  barrier  of  the  Santa  Rita  Moun- 
tains to  the  western  base  of  the  range,  where  it  is  halted  by 
some  condition  that  is  less  obvious  to  the  view,  though 
more  effective,  than  the  mountain  wall.  The  only  apparent 
change  in  the  valley  beyond  lies  in  its  gentle  descent  to  a 
lower  altitude  (from  about  4000  feet  at  the  Florida  Ranger 
Station  to  2400  feet  at  Tucson).  Vegetation  and  other 
factors  remain  essentially  the  same. 

Four  specimens  of  Scaled  Quail  were  collected,  three 
males  and  one  female  (Nos.  29408-29411). 

16.   Lophortyx  gambelii  gambellii  Gambel 

A  pair  that  were  seen  on  May  28  a  few  miles  east  of  Pata- 
gonia were  the  only  ones  noted  in  that  region  in  the  early 
summer.  In  the  fall  several  flocks  were  encountered  there. 
In  the  western  foothills  of  the  Santa  Ritas  and  on  the  mesa 
below,  this  was  a  common  species.  Newly  hatched  young 
were  encountered  on  June  5,  and  others,  somewhat  larger, 
were  often  seen  thereafter.  Young  that  were  unable  to  fly 
were  frequently  found  several  miles  from  the  nearest  water, 
in  contradiction  to  the  theory  advanced  by  Grinnell  (1927b, 
p.  528)  regarding  Lophortyx  californica,  that  the  young 
would  perish  unless  hatched  within  a  short  distance  of 
where  water  could  be  obtained.  (In  this  connection  see 
Vorhies,  1928.) 

This  is  a  more  western  bird  than  the  Scaled  Quail,  and 
finds  in  the  Santa  Rita  region  its  eastern  limit  in  southern 
Arizona,  though  its  general  range  extends  to  western  Texas. 
Our  work  was  in  a  section  that  forms  marginal  territory, 
where  the  ranges  of  Scaled  and  Gambel  quails  overlap.  The 
Gambel  Quail,  however,  does  not  extend  to  the  east  side 
of  the  Santa  Ritas  in  anything  like  the  numbers  of  the 
Scaled  Quail  on  the  west  side.  There  are  a  few  scattered 
records  of  occurrence  a  little  farther  to  the  eastward,  near 
Fort  Huachuca  and  near  Tombstone,  but  the  species  is 
rare  anywhere  east  of  the  Santa  Rita  Mountains. 


290  CAUFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  (Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Thirteen  specimens  were  collected  (Nos.  29413,  29414, 
29837-29845,  30247,  30248) :  two  adult  males  on  the  Santa 
Rita  Range  Reserve  in  June ;  two  females  in  Madera  Canon, 
September  26;  three  males  and  six  females  at  points  near 
Patagonia,  September  11  and  October  6.  The  fall  birds  had 
all  completed,  or  nearly  completed,  the  molt.  On  one  young 
female  shot  October  6  a  few  feathers  of  the  juvenal  plumage 
still  persist. 

17.    Cyrtonyx  montezumae  mearnsi  Nelson 

On  June  18  two  (not  a  pair)  were  seen  and  an  adult  male 
(No.  29412)  collected  in  Stone  Cabin  Caiion  at  an  elevation 
of  about  7000  feet.  During  the  fall  collecting,  a  young  male 
(No.  30246)  almost  entirely  in  juvenal  plumage,  was  col- 
lected in  Madera  Canon  on  September  17,  one  of  a  small 
flock.  A  single  bird,  believed  to  be  of  this  species,  was 
flushed  from  a  corn  field  in  the  San  Rafael  Valley,  Sep- 
tember 30,  and  a  flock  of  about  20  in  grass  land  near  the 
railroad  station  of  Sonoita  on  October  11. 

18.    Columba  fasciata  fasciata  Say 

During  the  last  week  in  May  a  few  Band-tailed  Pigeons 
were  seen  in  Monkey  Spring  Caiion,  on  the  Ashburn  ranch. 
About  our  camp  at  the  Florida  Ranger  Station  they  were 
present  in  numbers.  Acorns  were  ripening  at  that  time  in 
the  clump  of  oaks  that  sheltered  our  camp  and  the  pigeons 
were  constantly  in  the  trees,  paying  very  Uttle  attention  to 
our  presence.  They  seemed  to  come  from  a  distance  to  feed 
here,  apparently  from  high  up  in  the  mountains,  where, 
presumably,  they  were  nesting.  Two  specimens  were  col- 
lected, both  adult  males  (Nos.  29415-29416).  On  September 
1  and  2,  flocks  were  seen  near  Patagonia.  In  Madera  Cafion 
small  flocks  were  seen  during  the  first  week  in  October,  the 
last  on  October  7. 

19.   Zenaidura  macroura  marginalia  (Woodhouse) 

A  common  species  throughout  southern  Arizona,  and 
found  in  fair  numbers  in  the  territory  where  we  were  work- 
ing.   Nests  with  eggs  were  found  near  Patagonia  the  middle 


Vol.  XVIII]        SWARTH—FAUNAL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA  291 

of  June,  several  of  them  in  small  mesquite  trees,  six  or  eight 
feet  from  the  ground. 

Mourning  Doves  were  abundant  about  Patagonia  at  the 
end  of  August  and  early  in  September,  and  in  lesser  numbers 
at  that  season  on  the  west  side  of  the  Santa  Rita  Mountains. 
Three  specimens  were  collected  in  Madera  Canon,  a  young 
male  September  12,  and  adult  male  and  female  October  5 
(Nos.  30249-30251). 

20.   Melopelia  asiatica  tnideaui  (Audubon) 

In  the  Sonoita  Valley,  near  Patagonia,  there  were  some 
White-winged  Doves  when  we  arrived  (May  10),  and  they 
increased  in  numbers  daily.  We  were  told  that  they  first 
had  been  seen  but  a  few  days  before  we  came.  At  the  west 
base  of  the  Santa  Ritas  they  were  numerous,  and  by  the 
time  we  had  moved  to  that  side  they  were  nesting.  A  nest 
with  two  eggs,  incubation  advanced,  was  found  June  7.  It 
was  in  a  hackberry  overhanging  the  edge  of  a  wash,  the 
nest  placed  on  a  flat  crotch  some  ten  or  twelve  feet  above 
the  floor  of  the  gully. 

The  White-winged  Dove  is  not  at  all  common  nor  of 
general  distribution  farther  east  in  Arizona;  west  to  the 
Colorado  River  it  is  everywhere  in  the  lowlands.  In  pre- 
vious collecting  in  Cochise  County  (immediately  east  of 
the  Patagonia  region)  I  had  found  it  nesting  along  the  San 
Pedro  River,  though  not  nearly  so  abundantly  as  along  the 
Sonoita;  in  the  Huachuca  Mountains  (some  25  miles  east 
of  the  Sonoita)  I  never  found  it  nesting  at  all. 

At  the  end  of  August  there  were  a  few  of  these  doves 
about  Patagonia,  and  they  were  seen  occasionally  nearly 
throughout  September.  The  last  was  noted  on  September 
23.  Eleven  specimens  were  collected  (Nos.  29417-29425, 
29846,  29847),  all  from  the  vicinity  of  Patagonia,  nine  adults 
in  May,  a  molting  adult  September  22,  and  a  young  bird 
August  30. 

21.    Chaemepelia  passerina  pallescens  Baird 

First  seen  on  the  Ashburn  Ranch  May  17,  and  at  inter- 
vals during  the  next  two  weeks.  At  the  west  base  of  the 
Santa  Ritas  the  species  was  present  in  small  numbers. 


292  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [ Pboc.  4th  Ser. 

Four  specimens  were  collected,  adult  male  and  female,  on 
the  Ashburn  Ranch,  May  29  (Nos.  29426-29427),  another 
pair  (Nos.  29848-29849)  two  miles  south  of  Patagonia  on 
September  13. 

22.    Scardafella  inca  (Lesson) 

One  seen  in  a  garden  in  Patagonia  on  May  28,  and  others 
noted  in  the  vicinity  of  the  town  in  August  and  September, 
the  last  on  September  23.  Two  collected,  on  August  30 
and  September  11,  respectively  (Nos.  29850-29851).  The 
later  taken  individual  was  still  in  the  midst  of  the  annual 
molt. 

23.    Cathartes  aura  septentrionalis  Wied 

Abundant  throughout  the  region.  It  was  striking  to  see 
the  way  in  which  the  Turkey  Buzzard  has  adapted  itself  to 
a  new  source  of  food.  Many  small  mammals  are  killed  by 
autos  on  the  highways  over  the  desert,  among  which  jack 
rabbits  are  the  most  conspicuous.  The  Buzzards  haunt  the 
roads  and  descend  upon  the  crushed  rabbits  a  very  short 
time  after  they  are  killed.  It  was  noteworthy  with  what 
agility  these  ungainly  birds  would  avoid  an  approaching 
machine,  waiting  until  it  had  come  within  few  yards  before 
swinging  out  to  one  side,  out  of  the  way,  then  back  to  the 
carcass  without  delay.  As  many  as  eight  or  nine  Turkey 
Buzzards  were  seen  around  one  dead  rabbit,  and  the  car- 
casses were,  of  course,  usually  disposed  of  within  a  few 
hours. 

24.   Accipiter  velox  (Wilson) 

An  immature  male  was  collected  near  Patagonia  on  Sep- 
tember 28  (No.  29854).  It  is  a  common  migrant  in  the 
region. 

25.   Accipiter  cooperii  (Bonaparte) 

Frequently  observed,  on  both  sides  of  the  Santa  Ritas. 
A  pair  remained  about  our  camp  at  the  Florida  Ranger 
Station  so  persistently  that  it  seemed  likely  that  they  had  a 


Vol.  XVIII 1        SWARTH—FAUNAL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA  293 

nest  nearby.  Two  specimens  were  collected  (Nos.  29428- 
29429),  a  male  near  Patagonia,  June  1,  in  immature  plum- 
age, very  worn  and  faded,  and  an  adult  female,  near  the 
Florida  Ranger  Station,  June  6. 


26.   Parabuteo  unicinctus  harrisi  (Audubon) 

Several  seen  in  a  flight  of  Swainson  Hawks  near  Sonoita, 
on  September  16. 


27.   Buteo  borealis  calurus  Cassin 

Of  fairly  common  occurrence  throughout  the  lowlands  of 
Arizona,  and  seen  by  us  at  frequent  intervals  throughout 
our  stay.  Two  specimens  were  collected  (Nos.  29430- 
29431),  both  in  immature  plumage  and  apparently  non- 
breeding  birds,  taken  on  May  17  and  June  14,  respectively. 


28.   Buteo  swainsoni  Bonaparte 

A  summer  visitant  to  Arizona,  where  it  is  most  numerous 
on  the  open  plains.  We  first  met  with  the  species  on  May 
23,  when  a  single  bird  was  taken  in  San  Rafael  Valley; 
May  25  a  number  were  observed  at  the  same  place.  On  the 
west  side  of  the  Santa  Ritas  the  species  was  not  abundant, 
but  several  pairs  were  scattered  over  the  mesa.  A  nest 
found  on  the  Santa  Rita  Range  Reserve  contained  on  June 
11a  single  egg,  on  June  16  a  newly  hatched  young  bird.  It 
was  in  a  palo  verde,  the  tallest  tree  in  the  vicinity,  about  20 
feet  from  the  ground.  The  nest  was  a  bulky  structure, 
about  four  feet  across,  built  entirely  of  rather  large  sticks 
and  twigs.  With  the  young  bird  we  found  the  remains  of  a 
very  small  cottontail  rabbit  and  a  kangaroo  rat.  Both  par- 
ent birds  remained  in  the  vicinity  when  the  nest  was  visited, 
circling  about  and  screaming,  but  not  venturing  near. 

A  large  flight  of  migrating  Swainson  Hawks  was  seen  on 
the  plains  near  Sonoita  on  September  16,  two  birds  at  about 
the  same  place  on  September  23.  Three  specimens  were 
collected  (Nos.  29432,  29433,  29855) :  a  male  in  immature 
plumage,  badly  worn,  on  May  23,  an  adult  female,  not  yet 


294  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OP  SCIENCES  (Pboc.  4th  Seb. 

laying,  on  June  2,  and  an  immature  female,  September  16. 
The  first  contained  in  its  stomach  the  remains  of  a  lizard, 
the  second,  mammal  fur. 


29.   Asturina  plagiata  Schlegel 

Seen  in  the  vicinity  of  Patagonia  several  times  during 
September.  Two  specimens  collected  on  September  24,  an 
adult  male  and  an  immature  male  (Nos,  29852-29853).  The 
adult  is  just  finishing  the  molt  from  the  immature  plumage. 


30.   Aquila  chrysaetos  (Linnaeus) 

Seen  occasionally,  most  often  on  the  west  side  of  the 
Santa  Ritas.  One  was  observed  eating  a  dead  rabbit  by  the 
roadside,  an  animal  that  had  not  been  killed  by  the  eagle 
itself. 

31.    Cerchneis  sparveria  phalsena  (Lesson) 

A  fairly  common  species  in  this  region  during  the  summer. 
About  Patagonia  pairs  were  spaced  along  the  Sonoita  and 
in  the  bottoms  of  the  canons  descending  from  the  Santa 
Ritas  and  the  Patagonia  Mountains,  where  rows  of  syca- 
mores and  other  large  trees  afforded  nest  sites  and  look-out 
posts.  West  of  the  Santa  Ritas  Sparrow  Hawks  occur 
mostly  where  giant  cactus  supplies  the  needed  nest  cavities. 

A  nest  with  four  eggs  was  found  in  Temporal  Canon  at 
about  4500  feet  elevation.  May  28,  in  a  natural  cavity  in  a 
sycamore,  about  11  feet  from  the  ground.  This  canon  is 
broad  and  open,  with  barren  slopes  on  either  side,  affording 
the  open  country  that  the  Sparrow  Hawk  seems  to  require. 

Two  adult  males  were  collected  near  Patagonia,  on  May 
18  and  20,  respectively,  and  a  female  below  the  mouth  of 
Madera  Canon,  October  5  (Nos.  29434-29435,  30252). 

32.   Poly  boms  cheriway  (Jacquin) 

Seen  on  several  occasions  in  the  Santa  Cruz  Valley  be- 
tween Tucson  and  the  Santa  Rita  Mountains.  One  was  ob- 
served standing  by  a  pool  of  water  at  the  roadside  some  20 


Vol.  XVIII 1        SWARTH—FAVNAL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA  295 

miles  south  of  Tucson,  on  June  2.  On  June  10,  on  the  Santa 
Rita  Range  Reserve,  I  shot  at  one  that  was  feeding  with 
some  Turkey  Buzzards  on  a  dead  jack  rabbit,  but  it  flew 
away,  though  mortally  wounded.  Two  days  later  I  found 
the  dead  bird  and  saved  the  complete  skeleton.  This  indi- 
vidual was  in  excessively  worn  and  faded  plumage,  and  be- 
ginning the  annual  molt.  Other  Caracaras  were  seen  in 
the  same  general  region. 


33.   Asio  wilsonianus  (Lesson) 

A  young  bird  (No.  29436),  recently  out  of  the  nest,  was 
collected  at  about  5000  feet  altitude  in  Stone  Cabin  Caiion, 
Santa  Rita  Mountains.  It  was  accompanied  by  one  of  the 
parent  birds.  This  young  bird  was,  of  course,  hatched  in 
the  immediate  vicinity  of  the  place  where  it  was  found,  and 
it  constitutes,  I  believe,  the  first  breeding  record  for  the 
species  in  Arizona.  I  do  not  know  that  it  has  ever  been 
reported  as  nesting  anywhere  so  far  south. 


34.    Otus  asio  cineraceus  (Ridgway) 

At  our  camp  near  the  mouth  of  Stone  Cabin  Canon, 
Screech  Owls  were  heard  calling  occasionally  at  dusk.  In 
the  late  evening  of  June  1 3  an  entire  family  was  discovered 
in  trees  near  the  camp,  and  an  adult  male  and  a  male  and 
female  in  juvenal  plumage  were  collected  (Nos.  29439- 
29441). 

35.   Bubo  virginianus  pallescens  Stone 

Seen  on  several  occasions  in  the  vicinity  of  Patagonia, 
and  less  often  on  the  Santa  Rita  Range  Reserve.  So  far 
from  being  helpless  in  day  time,  the  several  Horned  Owls 
that  were  observed  at  the  latter  place  were  as  wary  as  any 
hawk,  taking  flight  in  the  blazing  sunshine  when  the  ob- 
server was  still  out  of  gun-shot  range,  and  flying  to  such  a 
distance  as  successfully  to  avoid  pursuit. 

Two  adult  females  (Nos.  29437-29438)  were  collected  near 
Patagonia  in  May,  on  the  14th  and  27th,  respectively.  The 
stomach  of  the  first   contained  remains  of  a  wood  rat 


296  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [ Pboc.  4th  Ser. 

(Neotoma)  and  a  large  snake.  These  two  birds  are  darker 
colored  than  the  average  example  of  pallescens,  being  closely 
similar  to  certain  specimens  of  pacificus  from  the  San  Joa- 
quin Valley,  California.  In  one  the  feet  are  immaculate 
and  nearly  white,  in  the  other  they  are  heavily  spotted  on  a 
tawny  ground.  A  third  specimen  (No.  29856),  collected 
near  Patagonia  on  September  30,  is  paler  colored  than  the 
others,  and  much  nearer  the  mode  of  pallescens. 

36.    Speotyto  cunicularia  hypogaea  (Bonaparte) 

Seen  but  once,  a  single  bird  in  the  San  Rafael  Valley, 
May  23.  It  is  hard  to  understand  the  absence  of  this  spe- 
cies from  the  region.  In  previous  visits  to  southern  Ari- 
zona I  had  found  Burrowing  Owls  in  prairie  dog  towns,  but 
rarely  elsewhere,  and  had  assumed  that  their  absence  was 
due  to  the  lack  of  burrowing  animals  that  could  supply 
them  with  homes,  though  it  would  seem  that  the  large  kan- 
garoo rat  of  the  region  and  the  several  species  of  small 
ground  squirrels  might  meet  the  need.  To  emphasize  the 
problem,  I  had  brought  to  my  notice  conditions  in  Imperial 
Valley,  California,  through  which  we  passed  on  our  way 
home.  Here,  in  the  cultivated  sections,  redeemed  from  the 
desert  in  recent  years.  Burrowing  Owls  are  as  abundant  as  I 
have  seen  them  anywhere,  as  they  certainly  w^ere  not  under 
original  desert  conditions.  In  Imperial  Valley  there  are 
no  mammals  better  suited  to  dig  holes  for  the  owls  than  the 
species  found  in  Arizona,  where  the  birds  are  so  nearly 
absent,  so  it  would  seem  that  there  must  be  other  reasons 
explaining  their  presence  or  absence  in  any  section. 

37.    Micropallas  whitneyi  whitneyi  (J.  G.  Cooper) 

There  are  no  giant  cactuses  in  the  Patagonia  region,  and 
but  very  few  near  our  camp-site  on  the  west  side  of  the 
Santa  Ritas,  and  the  Elf  Owl  is  so  closely  associated  with 
this  plant  during  the  breeding  season  that  it  is  useless 
searching  for  it  elsewhere.  A  scanty  assemblage  of  cactuses, 
not  over  ten  or  twelve  plants  all  told,  is  scattered  over  the 
mesa  east  of  Continental,  and  these  were  examined  on 
June  15.     One  family  of  Elf  Owls  was  collected,  an  adult 


Vol.  XVIII 1         SWARTH—FAUNAL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA  297 

female  with  two  newly  hatched  young  (Nos.  29442-29444), 
and  a  second  adult  was  seen  in  another  cactus,  too  high 
up  in  the  plant  for  the  ladder  to  reach.  The  species  is 
almost  unknown  east  of  the  Santa  Ritas. 


38.    Geococcyx  califomianus  (Lesson) 

Seen  a  number  of  times  in  the  vicinity  of  Patagonia,  but 
not  nearly  so  numerous  as  in  the  chaparral  about  Tucson. 
Abundant  on  the  Santa  Rita  Range  Reserve,  as  elsewhere 
in  this  valley,  and  usually  in  pairs  at  the  time  of  our  visit 
in  June.  An  adult  male  was  collected  near  Patagonia  on 
May  25,  an  immature  male  in  Madera  Canon,  September 
10,  and  an  adult  female  below  Madera  Canon,  October  8 
(Nos.  29445,  30253,  30254). 


39.    Coccyzus  americanus  occidentalis  Ridgway 

First  observed  near  Patagonia,  May  25.  Others  were 
seen  and  heard  several  times  during  the  next  few  days,  and 
it  seemed  evident  that  they  were  just  arriving  from  the 
south.  Several  were  seen  near  the  Florida  Ranger  Station 
during  June,  and  two  were  collected  there,  an  adult  male 
and  female,  taken  June  14  and  16,  respectively  (Nos.  29446- 
29447).  The  female  contained  in  its  stomach  two  green 
caterpillars  and  a  lizard  100  millimeters  long,  the  latter 
swallowed  entire  and  rolled  into  a  coil.  This  seems  a 
startling  diet  for  a  tree-dwelling  cuckoo,  but  there  is  at 
least  one  other  instance  reported,  also  from  the  vicinity  of 
Tucson,  of  a  lizard  being  taken  by  one  of  these  birds 
(Visher,  1910,  p.  282).  During  the  last  week  in  August 
cuckoos  were  seen  in  fair  abundance  about  Patagonia,  and 
in  lesser  numbers  somewhat  later,  the  last  on  September  11. 
Four  specimens  were  taken  at  that  time  (Nos.  29857-29860). 

The  validity  of  the  subspecies  occidentalis  has  been  ques- 
tioned by  W.  E.  Clyde  Todd  (1922,  p.  213),  and,  it  seems  to 
me,  on  good  grounds.  Between  the  eastern  and  western 
races  of  the  Yellow-billed  Cuckoo  there  is  a  slight  average 
difference  in  size,  the  western  bird  being  the  larger  and  with 
a  somewhat  heavier  bill.  There  is  a  rather  wide  range  of 
variation  in  specimens  from  any  one  locality,  as  shown  in 


298  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Seb. 

the  accompanying  table,  and  the  largest  eastern  birds  do 
not  fall  far  short  of  the  maximum  measurements  of  western 
specimens  (see  Ridgway,  1916,  pp.  12-19).  Birds  from  the 
Pacific  coast  are  the  largest,  those  from  central  Arizona  near 
the  type  locality  of  occidentalis  (the  Santa  Rita  Mountains) 
are  intermediate  in  size.  The  subspecies  would  have  a 
better  claim  to  recognition  if  restricted  to  the  Pacific  coast, 
but  I  am  unwilling  to  suggest  the  changes  in  nomenclature 
that  such  a  course  would  necessitate.  I  retain  the  name 
occidentalis  here  in  deference  to  the  opinions  of  others,  but 
the  subspecies  is  certainly  as  slightly  differentiated  as  any 
in  our  Check-list,  and  I  feel  that  no  violence  to  the  facts 
would  result  from  suppression  of  the  name. 

40.    Ceryle  alcyon  caurina  Grinnell 

Seen  occasionally  during  September,  along  the  Sonoita 
below  Patagonia  and  about  the  small  lakes  on  the  Ashburn 
ranch,  where  two  specimens  were  collected  on  September 
20  (Nos.  29861-29862).  One  was  taken  in  Madera  Canon, 
far  from  any  fish-inhabited  water,  on  September  14  (No. 
30255). 

41.   Dryobates  scalaris  cactophilus  Oberholser 

In  southeastern  Arizona,  east  of  the  Santa  Rita  Moun- 
tains, the  vast  areas  of  prairie  land  are  for  the  most  part 
unsuitable  to  this  species.  Wherever  even  a  scanty  growth 
of  chaparral  has  found  a  foothold,  though,  the  Cactus 
Woodpecker  is  pretty  sure  to  occur,  for  it  does  not  require 
large  trees.  Along  the  streams  and  washes  in  this  same 
area,  as  elsewhere,  it  does  frequent  the  sycamores  and  other 
larger  growths,  but  these  do  not  form  the  preferred  habitat. 
In  the  lowlands  west  of  the  Santa  Rita  Mountains  this 
woodpecker  is  in  the  surroundings  that  suit  it  best.  It  does 
not  frequent  the  giant  cactus  (I  do  not  believe  that  there  is  a 
known  instance  of  its  nesting  in  one),  but  stays  nearer  the 
ground,  in  choUa  cactus,  creosote  bush,  catclaw  or  other 
low-growing  vegetation. 

Seventeen  specimens  were  taken:  from  Patagonia,  five 
in  May  and  four  in  September;  from  the  Santa  Rita  Range 


Vol.  XVIII)        SWARTH—FAUNAL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA 


299 


■^ 

•<s> 
O 

?^ 

e 

O 

O 


CO 


C3 


03 


o 
in 


go 
3 
m 
i-t 

CIS 

H 


a 

e 
o 


o3 


<v 

Q 


c3 


o 


c 
'•3 
.2 

O 


»o 


lO 


lO 


IM 


^ 


IM 


"5        O 


IM 


<M 


IM 


IM 


CO 


CO 


CO 


IM 


iSD 
IM 


IM 

O 
05 


CO 

o 

05 


CO 

o 

05 


05 


IM 


CO 

o 


QO 


IM        CO 

O        O 
Oi        OS 


iM 

OS 


IM        lO 


Ml  *> 

<5     4 


o 


s 
s 


c 

3 
•-5 


IM 


G,     a 

V        3 
02      i-s 


<-!       O 


CO 


a 

3 


3        3        3 
^       >-i       <-) 


9i 


c3 

a 
o 

'C 


S3 

a 
o 

N 


»=<      t:      t 


OS 
« 

3 

03 

3 

w 


< 

a 
o 

OQ 

W 

3 


03 

a 
o 

NI 


*:      o3 


a 

a 
o 

'E 


■^    ."S    .'* 


a 
o 

w 

3 

H 


rt 


a 

03 
CO 


C3 

3 

O 
bC 

o3 

o3 


a 
o 


03 

o 

3 

-a 

« 

03 

3 

W 


a 
o 


^  I 


S3        r 
a       n 

O        -t^ 


<1 

a" 
o 

CO 
o 

3 

H 


u 

3 

-a 

o 

S3 

3 

w 


S3 

a 

o 

N 

t-t 

< 

03 

a 

r 

0 

« 

N 

U 

2 

< 

T1 

03 

a 

Oh 

S 

a 
iti 

3 

M 

H 

c3 

a 
o 

C4 


rt 


a 

S3 


o3 


53 


OS 


^3 
03 


S3 


03 


S3 


S3 


-3 
S3 


sS 


^     ^     ^     'b     'b 


>0        00 

CO      ■<*< 


CO 

05 
(M 


t^  ^  T)< 

lO  1— I  -*i 

oo  o  o 

OS  IM  "# 
(M 


^ 


o3 


03 

03 


s 

o 
o 


M 


o3 


CO       CC 


o    o 


xn 

6    W 


1^ 

03 

CO 


o 


a 

o 

u 

o 


o 
u 

o 


d 


»o 


IM 


CO 
IM 


to 

o 

o 

»o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

OS 

00 

■<J* 

00 

-* 

OS 

00 

lO 

CO 

t^ 

m 

l-H 

»— 1 

i-H 

I— ( 

I-H 

»-H 

I-H 

I-H 

I-H 

1-H 

I-H 

o 

o 

o 

U5 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

»^ 

o 

CO 

o 

CO 

CO 

t-H 

CO 

o 

^H 

OS 

IM 

IM 

'f 

»J0 

1-^ 

1-H 

l-H 

1-H 

I-H 

1-H 

I-H 

I-H 

1-H 

I-H 

(M 

OS 


CO      OS 


a 

CO 


.2     .2 


u 


a 
o 

bfi 

OS 
+i 

S3 

Ph 


-T3     -d 

S3         S3 


o     o     o     o     o     o     o 


o 

CO 
00 
OS        OS 
IM        IM 


CO       OJ 


f>H  fe 

d    d    d    d 

April  26,  1929 


300  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [ Proc.  4th  Sek. 

Reserve,  three  adults  and  two  juveniles  (June  6  and  7) ;  from 
lower  Madera  Canon,  three  collected  in  September  and 
October  (Nos.  29448-29457,  29863-29866,  30256-30258). 


42.   Dryobates  arizonae  arizonae  (Hargitt) 

An  Upper  Sonoran  zone  species  that  barely  descends 
into  the  region  where  we  did  most  of  our  work  in  the  spring. 
In  the  Patagonia  section,  a  few  individuals  follow  the  scat- 
tered oaks  down  to  the  edge  of  the  valley,  where  an  adult 
male  was  collected  May  19.  A  few  were  seen,  also  in  oak 
trees,  near  the  western  base  of  the  Santa  Ritas,  where  an 
adult  male  was  taken  on  June  7,  and  a  full-grown  ju venal 
on  June  18. 

Specimens  were  collected  at  Fort  Crittenden,  September 
19,  at  a  point  five  miles  west  of  Patagonia,  October  7,  and 
three  in  lower  Madera  Canon,  September  6  and  23,  and 
October  3.  Eight  specimens  in  all  were  taken  (Nos.  29458- 
29460,  29867,  29868,  30259-30261).  Male  birds  shot  Sep- 
tember 6  and  19  still  retain  traces  of  the  juvenal  head 
marking. 


43.   Sphyrapicus  varius  nuchalis  Baird 

A  winter  visitant  to  the  region.  Specimens  were  taken 
at  Patagonia,  October  6,  and  at  Sonoita,  October  11  (Nos. 
29869-29870). 


44.    Melanerpes  formicivorus  aculeatus  Mearns 

Breeding  in  small  numbers  in  the  Patagonia  region, 
mostly  in  the  sycamores  and  other  trees  along  the  Sonoita. 
We  collected  five  specimens  there  on  dates  ranging  from 
May  14  to  June  1,  all  adults.  More  abundant  in  the  fall, 
when  eight  were  collected  near  Patagonia  and  Fort  Critten- 
den on  dates  ranging  from  September  9  to  October  12.  Five 
were  taken  in  Madera  Canon  between  September  3  and  24. 
Eighteen  specimens  in  all  were  preserved  (Nos.  29461-29465, 
29871-29878,  30262-30266). 


Vol.  XVIII J        SWARTH—FAUNAL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA  301 

45.  Centurus  uropygialis  uropygialis  Baird 

Very  few  seen  in  the  spring,  either  about  Patagonia  or  on 
the  west  side  of  the  mountains,  neither  place  seeming  to 
afford  needed  conditions.  They  are  most  abundant  in 
groves  of  giant  cactus  and  in  mesquite-grown  river  bottoms. 
We  collected  one  specimen,  an  adult  male,  near  Patagonia 
on  May  15  (No.  29466).  More  abundant  about  Patagonia 
in  the  fall,  when  eight  specimens  were  taken,  between 
August  29  and  October  8  (Nos.  29879-29886).  Birds  col- 
lected during  the  first  week  in  September  were  still  in  the 
molt. 


46.   Colaptes  cafer  collaris  Vigors 

There  were  a  few  Red-shafted  Flickers  in  the  valley  near 
Patagonia,  and  more  in  the  wooded  foothills  of  the  nearby 
Santa  Rita  Mountains.  A  full  grown  juvenile  (No.  29468) 
was  collected  three  miles  southwest  of  Patagonia,  June  1. 
On  the  west  side  of  the  Santa  Ritas  an  adult  male  (No. 
29469)  was  taken  near  the  head  of  Stone  Cabin  Canon 
(7000  feet  altitude)  on  June  18.  The  latter  is  the  most 
heavily  marked  bird,  as  regards  size  of  black  spots  on  the 
under  parts,  and  the  black  crescent  on  the  breast,  that  I 
have  seen  from  any  region.  Common  in  Madera  Cafion 
(5200  feet  altitude)  in  the  fall. 

47.   Colaptes  chrysoides  meamsi  Ridgway 

The  Gilded  Flicker  is  so  closely  confined  to  the  giant  cac- 
tus, at  least  during  the  nesting  season,  that  it  is  little  more 
than  a  chance  to  find  one  elsewhere.  At  Patagonia,  which 
is  beyond  the  eastern  limit  of  the  giant  cactus  in  this  sec- 
tion, perhaps  six  or  seven  of  the  Flickers  were  seen  during 
the  month  we  spent  there.  During  several  previous  years, 
when  I  collected  assiduously  and  for  long  periods  of  time 
in  the  region  immediately  to  the  eastward,  in  Cochise 
County,  Arizona,  not  a  single  Gilded  Flicker  was  observed 
there.  The  eastern  foothills  of  the  Santa  Rita  Moun- 
tains may  thus  be  taken  as  the  eastern  limit  of  the  range  of 
the  Gilded  Flicker  in  southern  Arizona.  We  saw  the  species 
occasionally  on  the  Santa  Rita  Range  Reserve,  west  of  the 


302  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY'  OF  SCIENCES  [ Pboc.  4th  Seb. 

mountains,  but  not  often,  for  there  were  but  few  giant  cac- 
tuses in  the  region  where  we  worked. 

Two  specimens,  adult  male  and  female,  were  collected 
on  the  Ashburn  Ranch,  north  of  Patagonia.  The  female 
(No.  29470,  May  30)  is  a  normal  example  of  the  species. 
The  male  (No.  29467,  May  17)  has  the  usual  yellow  color 
of  the  wings  and  tail  of  chrysoides  replaced  by  red,  as  in 
cafer.  In  fact,  the  only  feature  by  which  the  specimen  can 
be  recognized  as  an  example  of  chrysoides  is  its  small  size. 
The  bird  is  similar  to  specimens  described  and  discussed  by 
Grinnell  (1914,  p.  136),  and  its  appearance  doubtless  is  to 
be  explained  in  the  same  way,  namely,  as  the  result  of  a 
"proneness  to  replacement  of  yellow  by  red,  without  there 
having  been  any  interbreeding  with  another  species" 
(Grinnell,  loc.  cit).  It  should  be  pointed  out,  though,  that, 
in  the  specimen  in  hand,  the  red  is  decidedly  deeper  than  in 
Grinnell's  Colorado  River  specimens,  being  of  exactly  the 
shade  seen  in  cafer]  and  that  the  dark  markings  generally 
(such  as  the  dusky  bars  on  the  upper  surface)  are  decidedly 
darker  and  more  extensive  than  is  usual  in  chrysoides,  being 
again  just  as  in  cafer.  Were  it  a  hybrid  between  cafer  and 
chrysoides,  though,  it  seems  likely  that  the  size  of  the  bird 
would  have  been  greater  than  it  is.  Its  measurements  are 
those  of  the  smaller  Colaptes  chrysoides  mearnsi. 

48.   Phalsenoptilus  nuttallii  nuttallii  (Audubon) 

Poor-wills  were  heard  every  evening  at  our  camp  on  the 
Ashburn  Ranch,  near  Patagonia.  One  specimen,  an  adult 
male  (No.  29491),  that  was  collected  there  on  May  27,  re- 
sponded to  a  whistled  imitation  of  its  call  note  by  approach- 
ing instantly  and  alighting  on  a  fence  post  within  a  few 
yards  of  the  imitator.  They  were  seen  and  heard  with  fair 
frequency  about  our  camp  near  the  Florida  Ranger  Station 
during  June. 

49.   Chordeiles  virginianus  henryi  Cassin 

A  Nighthawk  was  flushed  by  Gilmore  from  the  limb  of  an 
oak  tree,  near  old  Fort  Crittenden,  May  30.  No  Texas 
Nighthawks  were  seen  by  us  in  this  region,  nor  (in  my 


Vol.  XVIII]        SWARTH—FAVNAL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA  303 

experience)  does  texensis  ordinarily  roost  in  trees.  The 
Western  Nighthav^^k  does  so  habitually,  and  I  have  no 
doubt  that  the  bird  seen  w^as  of  this  species. 

50.   Chordeiles  acutipennis  texensis  Lawrence 

Extremely  abundant  in  the  lowlands  west  of  the  Santa 
Rita  Mountains  but  not  seen  by  us  east  of  that  point. 
Frequently  abroad  during  the  day  in  the  hottest  sunshine. 
A  set  of  two  eggs  (much  incubated)  was  taken  on  June  4. 
The  sitting  bird  was  exposed  to  the  full  glare  of  the  sun, 
the  eggs  being  placed  on  a  gravelly  ridge,  at  the  base  of  a 
little  mesquite,  some  six  feet  high,  which  gave  no  sheltering 
shade.  Three  skins  of  this  species  were  preserved,  an  adult 
female  (parent  of  the  above  described  set  of  eggs),  an  adult 
female  taken  on  June  1 1 ,  and  a  downy  nestling  taken  June 
13  (Nos.  29492-29494). 

51.   Aeronautes  saxatalis  (Woodhouse) 

Seen  in  both  the  eastern  and  western  foothills  of  the  Santa 
Ritas,  and  on  many  occasions.  One  specimen  was  collected, 
an  adult  male,  June  2  (No.  29471).  For  the  use  of  the  name 
saxatalis  see  the  discussion  of  this  case  by  Oberholser  (1920, 
p.  294),  with  whose  conclusions  I  am  in  accord.  No  one 
who  has  seen  the  White-throated  Swift  in  life  can  doubt 
the  application  of  Woodhouse's  description. 

52.   Eugenes  fulgens  (Swainson) 

A  Transition  zone  species  within  whose  confines  we  barely 
entered.  An  adult  male  (No.  29472)  was  collected  in  Stone 
Cabin  Canon  at  about  7000  feet  altitude,  June  18,  and  one 
or  two  female  hummingbirds  that  may  have  been  of  this 
species  were  seen  near  our  camp  at  the  mouth  of  the  canon. 

53.   Archilochus  alexandri  (Bourcier  &  Mulsant) 

This  was  the  only  species  of  hummingbird  definitely  iden- 
tified by  us  in  the  vicinity  of  Patagonia.  Adult  males  were 
seen  not  uncommonly,  and  a  great  many  more  females, 


304  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [  Proc.  4th  Seb. 

usually  along  streams  or  washes,  about  sycamores  and 
willows.  An  adult  female  was  collected  on  the  Ashburn 
Ranch,  May  12  (No.  29473),  and  a  young  bird,  full  grown, 
in  Madera  Canon,  September  13  (No.  30268). 


54.    Calypte  costae  (Bourcier) 

Definitely  identified  only  in  the  vicinity  of  our  camp  near 
the  Florida  Ranger  Station.  A  young  bird  and  the  accom- 
panying female  parent  were  collected  on  June  16  (Nos. 
29474-29475).    No  adult  males  were  seen. 


55.    C3manthus  latirostris  Swainson 

An  adult  female  was  collected  in  Madera  Caiion,  Septem- 
ber 13  (No.  30267).  This,  I  believe,  is  the  latest  fall  date 
upon  which  the  species  has  been  taken  in  Arizona. 


56.   Tyrannus  verticalis  Say 

A  common  species  in  the  lowlands  of  Arizona.  Seen  in 
some  numbers  on  both  sides  of  the  Santa  Rita  Mountains, 
from  the  lowest  foothills  out  into  the  valleys.  Kingbirds 
of  both  species  were  numerous  about  Patagonia  early  in 
September  and  remained  in  diminishing  numbers  until 
October  11.  The  difficulty  of  distinguishing  between 
veriicalis  and  vociferans  in  life,  especially  in  their  molting 
condition  at  that  time,  prevented  the  securing  of  definite 
dates  of  departure  of  each  species.  An  adult  verticalis  (No. 
29889)  was  taken  on  September  7,  then  in  the  midst  of  the 
annual  molt. 


57.  Tyrannus  vociferans  Swainson 

Very  abundant  in  the  Sonoita  Valley,  and  in  scarcely 
lesser  numbers  in  the  western  foothills  of  the  Santa  Ritas. 
An  extremely  noisy  species  at  the  beginning  of  the  nesting 
period,  but  restricting  its  worst  clamor  to  the  early  morning 
hours.  At  our  camp  on  the  Ashburn  Ranch  I  was  awak- 
ened every  morning  by  an  outrageous  chorus  of  these  birds, 
beginning  shortly  before  the  first  gray  appearance  of  dawn 


Vol.  XVIII]        SWARTH—FAUNAL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA  305 

and  continuing  until  nearly  sunrise,  when  the  noise  ceased 
rather  abruptly.  Occasionally  some  restless  individual 
would  awaken  an  hour  or  two  before  dawn  and  begin  his 
shrill  outpourings,  but  meeting  with  no  response,  would 
subside  for  the  time  being.  By  the  second  week  in  June 
the  kingbirds  had  quieted  down  and  called  but  little. 

Adults  collected  near  Patagonia  during  the  first  two 
weeks  in  September  are  molting,  with  the  old  remiges  and 
rectrices  partly  replaced  by  half-gTown  new  feathers.  Two 
young  birds  (September  5  and  6)  are  mostly  in  juvenal 
plumage.  In  one  the  juvenal  rectrices  are  being  replaced 
by  new  feathers.  In  the  young  bird  the  tail  feathers  are 
shorter  than  in  the  later  plumages,  and  are  narrowly  tipped 
with  rusty  brown.  In  the  succeeding  feathers  the  ends  are 
broadly  margined  with  yellowish  gray.  The  specimens  at 
hand  do  not  show  conclusively  that  the  juvenal  remiges  also 
are  renewed  at  this  time  but  it  seems  likely  that  they  are. 
The  latest  taken  fall  specimens  were  collected  on  October  2 
at  Patagonia,  on  October  6  in  Madera  Canon. 

Fifteen  specimens  in  all  were  collected  (Nos.  29476-29482, 
29887,  29888,  29890-29892,  30269-30271),  ten  adults  and 
two  juveniles  near  Patagonia,  three  adults  in  Madera 
Canon. 


58.   Myiarchus  tyrannulus  magister  Ridgway 

Seen  in  small  numbers  in  the  eastern  foothills  of  the  Santa 
Rita  Mountains.  The  first  arrival  appeared  on  the  evening 
of  May  15,  and  others  were  observed  during  the  next  few 
days.  A  mated  pair  was  collected  in  Temporal  Canon  at 
4800  feet  altitude.  From  the  region  east  of  the  Sonoita 
Valley  there  are  no  records  of  the  occurrence  of  this  bird, 
though  a  great  deal  of  careful  ornithological  work  has  been 
done  there.  In  the  Santa  Cruz  Valley,  west  of  the  Santa 
Ritas,  the  species  is  known  to  be  fairly  common,  but  it 
nests  almost  entirely  in  giant  cactus,  and  there  being  none 
of  these  plants  near  our  camp  on  the  west  side  of  the  moun- 
tains, we  saw  no  Arizona  Crested  Flycatchers  there.  Three 
specimens  in  all  were  collected,  an  adult  male  and  two  adult 
females  (Nos.  29483-29485).  For  the  use  of  the  name 
Myiarchus  tyrannulus  magister  see  Hellmayr,  1927,  p.  162. 


306  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  (  Pboc.  4th  Seb. 

59.    Myiarchus  cinerascens  cinerascens  (Lawrence) 

A  common  species,  mostly  in  the  Lower  Sonoran  life  zone, 
and  seen  by  us  in  every  section  visited.  Four  specimens, 
two  adult  males  and  two  adult  females,  were  collected  in  the 
spring,  three  from  the  vicinity  of  Patagonia  and  one  from 
the  mouth  of  Stone  Cabin  Canon,  on  dates  ranging  from 
May  11  to  June  11  (Nos.  29486-29489).  An  adult  male 
(No.  29893)  taken  near  Patagonia  on  September  13,  has 
nearly  completed  the  annual  molt. 

60.   Myiarchus  tuberculifer  olivascens  Ridgway 

This  is  a  species  primarily  of  the  Upper  Sonoran  zone, 
scarcely  venturing  down  into  the  areas  where  most  of  our 
work  was  carried  on.  There  were  a  few  still  migrating 
when  we  arrived  at  the  Ashburn  Ranch,  May  10,  and  several 
were  seen  or  heard  there  during  the  next  week.  A  few  were 
observed  near  the  mouth  of  Stone  Cabin  Caiion  during 
the  third  week  in  June.  One  specimen  was  collected,  an 
adult  male  taken  on  the  Ashburn  Ranch,  May  14  (No. 
29490).  I  am  following  Hellmayr  (1927,  p.  186)  in  using  the 
name  Myiarchus  tuberculifer  olivascens. 

61.    Sayomis  sayus  sayus  (Bonaparte) 

Fairly  abundant  and  of  general  distribution  in  the  valleys 
of  southern  Arizona.  At  our  camp  on  the  Ashburn  Ranch  a 
pair  of  SayPhoebes  had  a  nest  in  the  well,  built  in  a  crevice 
in  the  dirt  wall  about  15  feet  down.  This  is  a  favorite  nest- 
ing site  with  the  species  in  this  region  and  I  have  seen  a 
number  of  nests  similarly  placed,  in  wells  or  in  mine 
shafts  The  young  of  the  birds  under  observation  hatched 
out  during  the  last  week  in  May,  judging  from  the  actions 
of  the  parents.  Two  specimens  of  Say  Phoebe  were  col- 
lected, adult  female  and  male  taken  May  14  and  23,  re- 
spectively (Nos.  29495-29496). 

62.    Sayomis  nigricans  nigricans  (Swainson) 

Not  common.  There  was  a  nest  in  a  barn  on  the  Ashburn 
Ranch,  and  a  few  of  the  birds  were  seen  elsewhere,  always 
around  human  habitations. 


Vol.  XVIII]        SWARTH—FAUNAL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA  307 

Three  were  collected  near  Patagonia,  one  September  4, 
two  September  15,  and  two  in  lower  Madera  Canon,  Sep- 
tember 10  and  21,  respectively  (Nos.  29894-29896,  30272, 
30273).  These  birds  have  just  finished  the  molt,  and  the 
color  of  their  fresh,  unfaded  plumage  was  so  different  from 
any  California  skins  at  hand  as  to  warrant  comparison  with 
as  much  other  material  as  could  be  assembled.  Through  the 
courtesy  of  the  officials  in  charge,  I  was  able  to  examine  a 
series  of  15  skins  from  central  Mexican  locaUties  from  the 
collection  of  the  United  States  Biological  Survey,  a  series 
of  25  from  central  Mexican  localities  from  the  collection  of 
the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  and  specimens  from 
northern  Lower  Cahfornia  from  the  collection  of  the  Mu- 
seum of  Vertebrate  Zoology. 

The  Arizona  birds  are  slaty  black,  in  notable  contrast  to 
the  more  brownish  color  of  comparable  California  birds. 
It  will  be  noted  that  this  same  slaty  black  coloration  is  the 
distinguishing  feature  of  Sayornis  nigricans  salictaria,  de- 
scribed by  Grinnell  (1927a,  p.  68)  from  northern  Lower 
California,  based  upon  fresh-plumaged  birds,  and,  in  fact, 
the  two  series,  from  southeastern  Arizona  and  from 
northern  Lower  California,  are  practically  indistinguish- 
able in  appearance.  Comparison  with  specimens  from 
northern  and  central  Mexico  failed  to  disclose  any  from 
those  regions  of  the  same  shade,  though  some  were  taken  at 
the  same  season  of  the  year.  Mexican  birds  were  essen- 
tially like  those  from  California.  It  accordingly  seems  pos- 
sible (in  fact  it  seems  to  be  the  only  explanation  for  the  sit- 
uation) that  the  slaty-black  hue  of  freshly  molted  birds  is 
an  evanescent  feature,  fading  quickly  in  life,  and  that  in 
prepared  skins  this  color  alters  appreciably  in  the  course  of 
years,  even  in  tightly  closed  museum  cases.  My  Arizona 
birds  and  GrinnelFs  '^salictaria,"  collected  recently,  at  the 
same  season,  are  alike  in  slaty-black  color.  Central  Mexi- 
can birds  and  Californian  birds  at  hand  that  were  taken  at 
the  same  season  of  the  year  were  all  collected  ten  years  ago 
or  more  and  are  again  alike  in  their  more  brownish  hue. 
Grinnell's  (1927,  p.  69)  brunnescens,  from  the  Cape  San 
Lucas  district,  Lower  California,  based  upon  old  skins,  is 
characterized  (in  part)  by  relatively  brownish  coloration. 

I  at  first  inclined  to  the  belief  that  the  Arizona  form  rep- 


308  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [  Proc.  4th  Ser. 

resented  the  northern  hmits  of  Sayornis  nigricans  nigricans, 
of  central  Mexico,  with  the  Pacific  coast  of  CaUfornia  occu- 
pied by  another  subspecies,  S.  n.  semiatra  (see  Nelson,  1900, 
p.  125),  but  in  the  light  of  the  specimens  here  assembled,  as 
described  above,  I  can  adopt  no  other  course  than  to  call 
them  all  by  the  one  name,  nigricans.  The  presence  or  ab- 
sence of  black  streaking  on  the  lower  tail  coverts,  defined  by 
Nelson  as  a  differentiating  character  between  nigricans  and 
semiatra,  I  do  not  find  to  be  of  any  subspecific  value  as 
between  Arizona  and  California  birds  (see  Brewster,  1902, 
p.  119;  Ridgway,  1907,  p.  598,  footnote). 

63.   Nuttallornis  mesoleucus  (Lichtenstein) 

!.  A  single  bird,  a  late  migrant,  was  collected  on  the 
Ashburn  Ranch,  May  12  (No.  29497).  During  the  fall  mi- 
gration one  was  taken  at  Patagonia  on  September  22,  one 
in  Madera  Canon  on  September  24.  For  the  use  of  the 
name  Nuttallornis  mesoleucus  see  Hellmayr,  1927,  p.  189. 

64.    Myiochanes  richardsonii  richardsonii  (Swainson) 

N.  A  common  summer  bird  of  the  Upper  Sonoran  zone  in 
southern  Arizona,  and  found  by  us  in  some  numbers  in  the 
foothill  region  on  both  sides  of  the  Santa  Rita  Mountains. 
The  sycamores  and  other  trees  along  the  stream  beds  form 
the  preferred  habitat.  Six  specimens  were  collected:  from 
the  Patagonia  region.  May  23,  August  31,  September  5, 
October  8;  from  Madera  Canon,  September  3  and  10  (Nos. 
29498,  29898-29900,  30275,  30276). 
!  •  -^ . 

65.   Empidonax  difficilis  difficilis  Baird 

A  summer  visitant  to  the  Transition  zone  of  the  moun- 
tains of  southern  Arizona.  During  May  the  species  was 
migrating  in  the  valleys,  and  a  belated  migrant  was  col- 
lected far  from  the  mountains  on  the  Santa  Rita  Range 
Reserve  as  late  as  June  7.  One  taken  near  the  mouth  of 
Stone  Cabin  Canon  on  June  10  may  have  been  nesting 
near  by.  During  the  fall  migration  the  species  was  abun- 
dant on  both  sides  of  the  Santa  Ritas.    Nineteen  specimens 


Vol.  XVIII]         SWARTH—FAUNAL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA  309 

w^ere  collected,  five  on  dates  ranging  from  May  21  to  June 
10,  14  on  dates  ranging  from  September  4  to  28  (Nos.  29499- 
29503,  29901-29904,  30277-30286).  An  adult  female  shot 
September  7  has  not  yet  begun  the  annual  molt. 

66.   Empidonax  traillii  brewsteri  Oberholser 

Seen  several  times  in  the  vicinity  of  Patagonia  during 
the  latter  part  of  May.  One  was  shot  in  Temporal  Caiion 
(4500  feet  altitude)  on  May  28,  two  near  Patagonia  on 
September  28,  and  one  in  Madera  Caiion,  September  17 
(Nos.  29905-29906,  30287). 

67.   Empidonax  hammondii  (Xantus) 

An  adult  male  was  collected  seven  miles  north  of  Pata- 
gonia on  May  12;  two  others  were  shot  near  Patagonia  in 
the  fall,  on  September  24  and  October  3,  respectively 
(Nos.  29504,  29907,  29908).  The  last  taken  specimen,  an 
adult  female,  is  apparently  just  beginning  the  annual  molt. 

68.   Empidonax  griseus  Brewster 

One  bird,  mostly  in  juvenal  plumage  (No.  29909),  was 
collected  at  Fort  Crittenden  on  September  19,  the  only 
time  the  species  was  encountered.  The  Gray  Flycatcher 
is  not  known  to  breed  anywhere  in  Arizona. 

69.   Pyrocephalus  rubinus  mexicanus  Sclater 

Abundant  in  the  lowlands  wherever  there  is  water  avail- 
able. Pairs  were  spaced  at  frequent  intervals  along  the 
water  courses  and  they  were  about  all  the  ranch  houses,  but 
the  birds  were  seldom  seen  on  the  open  cactus-covered  mesa. 
A  nest  was  found  on  the  Sonoita  on  May  13,  with  three  eggs 
nearly  ready  to  hatch,  in  a  cottonwood,  20  feet  from  the 
ground.  It  was  a  flimsy  affair,  and  nearly  hidden  in  the 
relatively  large  fork  in  which  it  was  placed.  Others  found 
later  were  similarly  placed  and  of  similar  construction. 

The  species  was  abundant  about  Patagonia  at  the  end  of 
August  but   had   nearly   disappeared   before   the   end   of 


310  CALIFORXIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [  Proc.  4th  Ser. 

September.  Last  seen  October  2.  Seen  only  once  in  Ma- 
dera Canon,  on  September  21.  Specimens  taken  early  in 
September  had  almost  or  entirely  finished  the  molt.  Twenty 
specimens  were  collected,  nine  males  and  eleven  females 
(Nos.  29505-29513,  29910-29919,  30288). 

70.    Camptostoma  imberbe  Sclater 

Two  birds,  adult  male  and  female  (Nos.  29514,  29515), 
were  collected  by  Mailliard  and  Gorsuch  in  Temporal 
Canon  (4800  feet  altitude).  May  20,  and  others  were  seen 
the  same  day.  These  may  have  been  migrating,  for  sub- 
sequent visits  to  the  canon  were  fruitless,  so  far  as  this 
species  was  concerned.  On  September  13  Mailliard  shot 
an  adult  female  (No.  29920)  two  miles  south  of  Patagonia. 
This  bird  has  nearly  finished  the  annual  molt  and  is  in 
fresh  fall  plumage,  but  it  is  very  little  different  from  the 
May  specimens.  It  is  slightly  more  yellowish  below  and 
more  olivaceous  above. 

This  little  flycatcher  is  apparently  one  of  the  rarest  of 
birds  north  of  the  Mexican  boundary.  In  all  probability 
it  is  a  regular  summer  visitant  to  parts  of  southern  Arizona, 
but,  due  to  its  unobtrusive  nature  and  the  small  numbers 
in  which  it  occurs,  it  has  been  overlooked  by  most  collectors 
in  that  region. 

Previous  occurrences  in  Arizona  known  to  me  are  as 
follows:  Five  specimens,  adult  and  young,  taken  by  F. 
Stephens  near  Tucson,  during  April  and  May,  1881 
(Brewster,  1882,  p.  208).  These  birds  were  collected,  so 
Mr.  Stephens  told  me,  in  the  Santa  Cruz  River  bottom, 
above  San  Xavier  Mission,  some  ten  to  fifteen  miles  from 
Tucson.  One  specimen  collected  by  F.  Stephens  "near 
Tucson"  in  April,  1884  (Bendire,  1895,  p.  325).  Two 
specimens,  adult  and  young,  collected  by  F.  Stephens  and 
H.  S.  Swarth  at  the  same  place  on  the  Santa  Cruz  River  as 
where  Stephens'  first  birds  were  taken,  June  11,  1903 
(Swarth,  1905,  p.  47).  One  specimen  collected  by  R.  D. 
Lusk,  on  the  San  Pedro  River  ten  miles  above  its  junction 
with  the  Gila,  March  1,  1911  (Bailey,  1923,  p.  32).  One 
specimen,  a  young  female,  in  the  collection  of  J.  Eugene 
Law  (No.  8028,  coll.  J.  E.  L.),  collected  by  Mr.  Law  at 


Vol.  XVIII]        SWARTH—FAUNAL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA  311 

Harrington's,  on  the  old  road  between  Vail  and  Benson,  on 
the  southeastern  slope  of  the  Rincon  Mountains,  September 
5,  1919.  One  specimen  in  the  Field  Museum  of  Natural 
History,  collected  at  Tucson,  May  29,  1887.  Three  speci- 
mens in  the  collection  of  Dr.  L.  B.  Bishop  (Nos.  34848- 
34850,  coll.  L.  B.  B.),  two  males  and  a  female,  taken  near 
Tucson  on  June  28,  August  23,  and  July  10,  1922,  respec- 
tively. 

71.   Otocoris  alpestris  adusta  Dwight 

East  and  northeast  of  the  Santa  Rita  Mountains  there  are 
vast  areas  of  grass  land  furnishing  ideal  surroundings  for 
horned  larks,  which  breed  there  in  abundance.  We  found 
them  in  numbers  in  San  Rafael  Valley  (about  5000  feet 
altitude),  from  which  section  open  plains  extend  uninter- 
ruptedly toward  the  Huachuca  Mountains  and  farther,  into 
Mexico.  A  few  horned  larks  were  seen  at  old  Fort  Crit- 
tenden, and  they  were  fairly  numerous  beyond  this  point, 
to  the  northward,  along  the  road  rounding  that  end  of  the 
Santa  Rita  Mountains. 

On  the  west  side  of  the  mountains,  this  species  is  de- 
cidedly rare.  I  saw  a  few  there  in  June,  1903  (Swarth, 
1905,  p.  79),  but  none  on  this  visit.  Even  a  scanty  growth 
of  widely  scattered  bushes  suffices  to  keep  them  away. 
There  are  records  of  occasional  birds  seen  about  Tucson, 
but  only  in  vdnter;  the  only  ones  that  I,  myself,  have  seen 
from  there  were  of  the  more  western  subspecies,  leucan- 
siptila.  West  of  Tucson  there  is  little  suitable  country  for 
horned  larks  until  the  Colorado  River  is  crossed. 

Nineteen  adult  specimens  of  the  Scorched  Horned  Lark 
were  collected  during  May  (Nos.  29516-29534),  one  from  a 
point  seven  miles  north  of  Patagonia,  May  22,  the  others 
from  San  Rafael  Valley,  May  23  and  25.  Young  birds  were 
seen  flying  on  the  two  latter  dates. 

In  the  fall  there  proved  to  be  but  a  small  proportion  of 
adusta  among  the  enormous  flocks  of  horned  larks  that  fre- 
quented the  plains.  The  series  collected  at  that  time  in- 
cludes only  six  individuals  that  are  referable  to  adusta, 
collected  at  various  dates  from  September  1  to  October  9 
(Nos.  29988-29993).     I  found  similar  conditions  existing 


312  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  (  Proc.  4th  Seb. 

years  ago  near  the  Huachuca  Mountains  in  the  fall,  that  is, 
relatively  few  adusta  among  a  preponderant  number  of 
occidentalis,  indicating  a  deserting  of  the  breeding  grounds 
by  adusta  during  the  winter  months. 

72.    Otocoris  alpestris  occidentalis  McCall 

Horned  larks  were  found  in  large  numbers  in  the  fall  in 
San  Rafael  Valley  and  on  the  grassy  plains  near  Sonoita. 
Sixty-seven  specimens  (Nos.  29921-29987)  that  were  col- 
lected upon  various  dates  between  September  1  and  Oc- 
tober 9  I  have  referred  to  the  subspecies  occidentalis.  Some 
of  the  first  taken  birds  are  still  in  process  of  molt. 

73.    Cyanocitta  stelleri  diademata  (Bonaparte) 

Abundant  in  the  Transition  zone  of  the  Santa  Rita 
Mountains,  but  not  seen  in  summer  at  the  low  level  at 
which  we  were  camped.  Three  adults  were  collected  in 
Stone  Cabin  Canon,  at  about  7000  feet  altitude,  on  June 
18  (Nos.  29535-29537). 

74.   Aphelocoma  sieberi  arizonae  (Ridgway) 

A  common  bird  in  the  Upper  Sonoran  oak-covered  foot- 
hills of  the  Santa  Rita  Mountains.  During  May  a  few  in- 
dividuals wandered  down  into  the  bottom  lands  along  the 
Sonoita,  but  none  was  nesting  at  so  low  an  altitude.  Present 
in  fair  abundance  about  our  camp  at  the  west  base  of  the 
mountains,  near  the  Florida  Ranger  Station.  Thirty-three 
specimens  were  collected  (Nos.  29538-29553,  29994-30005, 
30289-30292),  24  from  the  east  and  nine  from  the  west  side 
of  the  mountains.  In  this  species  the  bill  is  entirely  black 
only  at  full  maturity.  In  the  young  it  is  blackish  above 
and  mostly  flesh-colored  below,  the  black  gradually  spread- 
ing as  the  bird  matures.  More  than  a  full  year  is  required 
for  the  bill  to  become  entirely  black,  and  many  birds  taken 
in  the  spring  and  summer,  otherwise  adult  in  appearance, 
still  have  the  parti-colored  bill,  a  reliable  indication  of 
their  age.  Two  such  females  collected  on  May  26,  from 
the  appearance  of  their  ovaries  evidently  were  not  breeding, 


Vol.  XVIII J        SWARTH—FAVNAL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA  313 

and  from  the  full-feathered  condition  of  the  lower  parts  just 
as  evidently  had  not  been  sitting  on  eggs.  So  in  some  cases, 
at  least,  this  species  does  not  breed  until  two  years  old. 

The  type  locahty  of  Cyanocitta  ultramarina  var.  arizonce 
Ridgway,  is  Fort  Buchanan,  and  there  are  certain  interest- 
ing details  regarding  the  discovery  of  the  species  at  that 
place,  as  recounted  by  Florence  Merriam  Bailey  (1923,  p. 
33,  footnote).  Most  of  our  specimens  from  the  east  side 
of  the  Santa  Ritas  were  collected  within  five  miles  of  the 
site  of  Fort  Buchanan,  and  some  were  shot  from  oak  trees 
about  the  ruined  buildings  of  Fort  Crittenden,  which  had 
been  established  at  a  later  date  on  practically  the  same 
spot  as  the  older  Fort  Buchanan. 

i  The  series  includes  two  nearly  full-grown  young,  taken 
on  May  26  and  30,  respectively,  birds  still  in  ju venal 
plumage  throughout  as  late  as  September  5,  and  others  in 
the  post-juvenal  molt  during  the  first  week  in  October.  The 
annual  molt  of  the  adult  is  also  finished  early  in  October. 

75.    Corvus  corax  sinuatus  Wagler 

Ravens  were  fairly  common  in  the  Sonoita  Valley,  but 
owing  to  the  difficulty  of  distinguishing  between  sinuatus 
and  cryptoleucus  in  life,  it  is  impossible  to  state  their  relative 
abundance.  My  impression  is,  though,  that  sinuatus  was 
the  common  form  in  this  rather  more  wooded  region,  and 
that  cryptoleucus  replaced  it  entirely  in  the  plains  region 
immediately  to  the  eastward.  Neither  species  appeared  to 
be  nesting  in  May,  or  at  any  rate  those  seen  were  not  so 
occupied.  They  were  generally  encountered  in  small  flocks, 
six  to  ten  in  number.  West  of  the  Santa  Rita  Mountains 
ravens  were  less  common,  and  there  sinuatus  was  the  only 
form  definitely  identified,  recognized  by  its  call  note. 

One  specimen  (No.  29554)  was  collected  near  Patagonia, 
June  2,  and  there  is  one  other  example  from  southern  Ari- 
zona at  hand,  from  the  collection  of  G.  Frean  Morcom, 
taken  by  Frank  Stephens  near  Tucson,  June  4,  1903.  Ravens 
of  this  species  from  southeastern  Arizona  may  be  assumed 
to  belong  to  the  subspecies  sinuatus.  These  two  birds  are 
somewhat  larger  than  ravens  from  southern  California,  as 
are  several  other  Arizona  specimens  that  I  have  handled. 


314  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  ( Pboc.  4th  Seb. 

The  measurements  given  below,  as  far  as  they  go,  give  some 
weight  to  Oberholser's  (1918,  p.  224)  assignment  of  the  sub- 
species darionensis  to  the  mainland  of  southern  California, 
as  compared  with  the  larger  sinuatus  from  points  farther 
east,  but  the  variation  that  may  be  encountered  in  one  lo- 
cality (see  table  below,  and  also  Grinnell,  1914,  p.  156) 
renders  it  unwise  to  generalize  on  a  few  specimens.  The 
latest  monographer  of  the  group  (Meinertzhagen,  1926) 
lumps  darionensis  and  sinuatus. 

The  ravens  that  I  have  examined  from  southeastern  Ari- 
zona show  the  same  feature  that  Grinnell  (loc.cit.)  notes  on 
birds  from  the  Colorado  River,  of  greater  whiteness  at  the 
base  of  the  feathers  of  neck  and  upper  breast,  as  compared 
with  specimens  from  the  Pacific  slope  of  Cahfornia.  It 
might  be  desirable  to  recognize  a  coastal  form,  darionensis, 
and  a  desert-inhabiting  form,  sinuatus,  on  the  basis  of  the 
slight  differences  in  color  and  average  measurements  just 
described.  But  in  that  case  I  could  not  follow  Oberholser 
(loc.  cit.)  in  his  assertion  of  extensive  overlapping  of  these 
subspecies  in  southern  Arizona.  I  do  not  believe  that  more 
than  one  form  of  Corvus  corax  can  be  recognized  there. 
This  subspecies  is  continuously  distributed  and  fairly  abun- 
dant over  the  deserts  of  southeastern  California  and  south- 
western Arizona;  it  abruptly  becomes  rare  when  the  grass 
land  (the  habitat  of  Corvus  cryptoleucus)  is  reached  in  the 
southeastern  corner  of  the  latter  state. 

76.   Corvus  cr5rptoIeucus  Couch 

A  few  White-necked  Ravens  were  seen  in  San  Rafael 
Valley  on  May  23  and  25,  and  a  flock  of  fifty  or  more  on 
September  1.  The  species  was  probably  included  among 
the  many  ravens  seen  near  Patagonia.  It  has  been  previ- 
ously reported  from  points  immediately  west  of  the  Santa 
Rita  Mountains,  and  we  may  have  seen  it  there,  too,  but 
we  did  not  positively  recognize  the  species  among  the  few 
ravens  there  observed.  One  specimen  was  collected,  an 
adult  female  taken  in  San  Rafael  Valley,  15  miles  east  of 
Patagonia,  May  25  (No.  29555). 

Tucson  and  Oracle  represent  the  westernmost  points  of 
record  for  this  species  in  Arizona.    It  is  not  common  west 


Vol.  XVIII]        SWARTH—FAVNAL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA 


315 


a 

<D 
O 

02 

03 

C! 
O 

M 

d 
o 

o 


o  -d 

03 

§  .2 
e 


CO 


e3 
e3" 

O 


o     ^ 


a 


CO 

d 


u 

CO 

e3 


u  m 

c 

Ifl 

o 

o 

IC 

iC 

»o 

o 

o 

c3  3 

f-H 

a- 

cc 

cc 

cc 

cc 

(N 

d 

■<}< 

b- 

^ 

<c 

cc 

cc 

CO 

CO 

CO 

CO 

:S 

c: 

c 

»c 

(N 

o 

(N 

lO 

o 

o 

ai55=3 

Q°^ 

cc 

oc 

IC 

-t 

IC 

IC 

"3 

CO 

t^ 

cs 

<N 

<N 

IN 

(N 

(N 

IN 

IN 

IN 

-31 

ua 

c 

IC 

»C 

C 

o 

O 

O 

lO 

o 

f-H 

i-H 

cc 

iC 

1-i 

u: 

1— 1 

1—1 

00 

t> 

1> 

tc 

CC 

cc 

cc 

CO 

CO 

CO 

c 

c 

o 

c 

c 

c 

o 

o 

»o 

'o3 

oc 

•>t 

1-H 

CR 

a 

"t 

<N 

00 

CO 

H 

(N 

cc 

o 

f-H 

»— ! 

T— 1 

1-* 

o 

IN 

(N 

<N 

c^ 

IN 

IN 

IN 

IN 

IN 

C^ 

bO 

C 

c 

c 

C 

C 

C 

O 

o 

o 

C 

»c 

c 

c 

IN 

a 

a 

CO 

C«3 

CO 

■^ 

cc 

cc 

oc 

C 

oc 

o; 

t^ 

t^ 

OS 

Tt 

•<t 

ec 

•5}< 

cc 

cc 

CO 

CO 

CO 

cc 

b- 

■^ 

■^ 

■>* 

■^ 

IC 

lO 

lO 

c 

(N 

»-H 

^m 

1— 

r- 

IN 

(N 

IN 

a. 

1-" 

a 

1— 

1^ 

OS 

1—1 

OS 
1— < 

OS 

l-H 

-s 

»* 

M 

CC 

CC 

cc 

cc 

00 

00 

00 

c3 

Q 

IN 

(N 

(N 

cs 

1—4 

, 

P-M 

c 

0. 

c 

> 

> 

> 

> 

'C 

'C 

•E 

1 

c 

c 

c 

< 

X 

X 

X 

ll> 

45 

0) 

s 

S 

s 

«4- 

«4- 

.t: 
Is 
C 

S 

o 

»— I 

o 

»— 1 

o 

" 

* 

* 

~      ^3 

"73 

T! 

>j 

c 

c 

c 

c 

P 

Si, 

J' 

-2* 

U 

C 

C 

C 

to 

bjD 

U) 

"s 

c 

.1 

< 

c 

c 

c 

c 

'to 

"Ei 

o3 

"So 

o3 

§ 

fc 

w 
& 

1 

& 

1- 

•1 

13 

s 

c 

^ 

^ 

•» 

p 

— 

.3 

'$ 

»— 1 

'i 

■^ 

13 

73 
»— ( 

73 

c 

c 

a 

c 

c 

c 

s 

a 

a 

c 

bl 

)       c 

c 

c 

c 

_o 

_o 

_o 

s 

c 

^ 

^ 

t^ 

t 

■^ 

■4^ 

3 

2 

5 

z 

^ 

<s3 

^ 

^ 

Ph 

CQ 

ffl 

CC 

(X 

o 

o 

O 

t 

)    t 

.      t 

)       t 

)      c 

-       Oi 

►    ^ 

'b 

o 

rf 

00 

a. 

t>i 

c 

t^ 

00 

OS 

• 

UZ 

»-H 

rH 

1-i 

IN 

lO 

»o 

»c 

o 

tr. 

05 

O: 

a: 

o: 

»H 

1—1 

1-1 

^ 

O: 

00 

OC 

oc 

X 

00 

00 

00 

(N 

T-t 

»— 1 

»H 

^H 

IN 

(N 

(N 

a 

a 

o 

o 

« 

Ih 

O 

CC 

cc 

oi 

cc 

cc 

CQ 

ai 

oi 

1 

ElH 

< 

<j 

<j 

< 

-< 

-ji 

< 

< 

d 

d 

• 

U 

d 

u 

u 

6 

d 

April  26,  1929 


316  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [  Paoc.  4th  Seb. 

of  the  grass-covered  plains  of  the  extreme  southeastern 
corner  of  the  state. 


77.  Molothrus  ater  obscurus  (Gmelin) 

A  common  species  in  the  lowlands  of  southern  Arizona, 
and  seen  by  us  in  some  numbers  in  all  sections  visited. 
Early  in  May  the  Dwarf  Cowbirds  were  not  yet  laying, 
judging  from  those  we  dissected.  A  non-breeding  male  shot 
on  May  27  was  in  parti-colored  plumage,  with  patches  of 
glossy  feathers  interspersed  among  the  duller  colored  first 
year  feathers.  This  bird  was  not  molting.  Twenty-three 
specimens  were  collected,  all  from  points  near  Patagonia 
(Nos.  29556-29574,  30006-30009).  The  series  includes  one 
bird  in  juvenal  plumage,  taken  on  September  6,  and  three 
adults  nearly  through  the  annual  molt,  taken  on  October  2. 

78.  Tangavius  aeneus  aeneus  (Wagler) 

It  seems  reasonable  to  believe  that  this  species  has  en- 
tered Arizona  during  recent  years.  It  was  first  reported  by 
Visher  (1909,  p.  307)  from  the  vicinity  of  Tucson,  and  has 
since  been  observed  by  others,  there  and  elsewhere  in  south- 
eastern Arizona,  where,  in  fact,  it  is  now  an  abundant  sum- 
mer visitant.  That  all  of  the  earlier  collectors  in  the  state 
could  have  overlooked  the  bird  seems  unlikely  in  the  ex- 
treme, and  it  is  especially  improbable  that  it  could  have 
escaped  so  keen  an  observer  as  Herbert  Brown,  who  lived 
for  years  in  a  locality  where  this  Cowbird  is  now  abundant. 

About  Patagonia  the  Bronzed  Cowbird  was  observed  a 
day  or  two  after  our  arrival  on  May  10,  and  in  greatly  in- 
creased numbers  toward  the  end  of  the  month.  It  was  last 
seen  September  6.  Bands  of  six  or  eight  attended  individual 
horses  or  steers,  often  in  company  with  Dwarf  Cowbirds, 
trotting  closely  alongside  the  selected  animal  in  order  to 
take  advantage  of  the  small  patch  of  shade  it  afforded,  and 
showing  a  marked  preference  for  feeding  by  the  animal's 
head.  On  our  several  drives  up  and  down  the  Santa  Cruz 
Valley  south  of  Tucson,  Red-eyed  Cowbirds  were  always 
seen,  especially  about  irrigated  sections.  About  our  camp 
at  the  mouth  of  Stone  Cabin  Caflon,  the  species  was  not 


Vol.  XVIII]         SWARTH—FAVNAL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA  317 

abundant,  but  a  few  of  the  birds  were  seen  at  intervals 
throughout  our  staj^  Females  collected  near  Patagonia 
on  May  19  contained  partly  formed  eggs. 

I  was  puzzled  at  first  at  a  difference  in  the  color  of  the 
eyes  of  different  adult  males.  Later  observation  showed 
that  although  in  a  freshly  killed  adult  male  the  eye  was 
bright  red,  in  an  hour  or  two  it  had  greatly  faded,  and  by 
the  time  the  specimen  reached  the  skinning  table  the  eye 
was  an  inconspicuous  reddish  brown.  The  females  collected 
present  a  parti-colored  effect,  due  to  the  head,  neck  and 
upper  back,  in  varying  degrees,  being  clothed  in  more  re- 
cently acquired  plumage  than  that  covering  the  rest  of  the 
bird.  They  are  not  in  process  of  molt,  no  pin  feathers 
being  present,  but  on  the  parts  indicated  the  feathers  are 
unworn  and  of  soft  gray  or  blackish  coloration,  in  sharp 
contrast  to  the  brownish  and  rather  frayed  plumage  else- 
where. Nineteen  specimens  were  preserved,  nine  adult 
males,  nine  adult  females,  and  one  juvenile  (Nos.  29575- 
29590,  29592,  30010,  30011). 

79.   Agelaius  phoeniceus  nevadensis  Grinnell 

Red-winged  Blackbirds  were  found  breeding  in  small 
numbers  in  the  Sonoita  Valley,  and  a  series  of  13  speci- 
mens collected,  eight  males,  four  females,  and  a  juvenile 
female  (Nos.  29591,  29593-29604).  The  young  bird,  just 
out  of  the  nest,  was  taken  on  May  29. 

In  southeastern  Arizona  there  are  not  many  places  suit- 
able for  Agelaius,  but  wherever  a  little  marsh  land  or  reed- 
grown  ponds  or  reservoirs  are  found,  small  colonies  become 
established.  The  birds  are  thus  scattered  at  wide  intervals 
over  the  southeastern  portion  of  the  state,  and  very  pos- 
sibly northward  along  its  entire  eastern  boundary.  This, 
the  Red-winged  Blackbird  of  eastern  Arizona,  is  not  the 
same  as  the  subspecies  occupjdng  the  Colorado  Valley. 
Notable  features  of  the  Colorado  Valley  race  are  the  long, 
slender  bill,  and  (in  the.  female)  pale  coloration.  Con- 
spicuous points  of  difference  distinguishing  the  more  eastern 
bird  are  the  heavier,  shorter  bill,  and  the  darker  coloration 
of  the  female.  This  bird  has  been  recorded  several  times  as 
neutralis  (see  Swarth,  1914,  p.  47),  but  it  is  not  of  that  sub- 


318  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIEffCES  [Pboc.  4th  Sbr. 

species,  and  comparison  shows  such  close  resemblance  to 
a  series  of  Agelaius  from  northern  Nevada  that  I  am 
placing  the  Arizona  race  under  the  same  name,  nevadensis. 
This  form  I  am  convinced  occupies  most,  or  all,  of  Arizona 
east  of  the  Santa  Catalina  and  the  Santa  Rita  mountains. 

The  type  specimen  of  Agelaius  phoeniceus  sonoriensis  un- 
fortunately was  collected  within  what  I  consider  to  be  the 
breeding  range  of  nevadensis  in  Arizona.  This  bird  (coll. 
U.  S.  National  Museum  No.  49771,  female  [though  marked 
"male"  in  two  places  on  the  label],  collected  at  Camp 
Grant,  60  miles  east  of  Tucson,  Arizona,  February  10,  1867) 
has  been  available  to  me  for  examination.  It  has  also 
recently  been  the  subject  of  careful  study  by  A.  J.  van 
Rossem  (1926,  p.  227),  who  has  pointed  out  certain  pecul- 
iarities of  the  specimen.  His  suggestion  that  its  true  iden- 
tity may  lie  in  the  direction  of  the  later-described  fortis 
may  be  correct,  and  at  any  rate  serves  to  indicate  the  in- 
determinate nature  of  this  unfortunately  chosen  type 
specimen.  It  differs  from  the  mode  of  the  Agelaius  of  the 
lower  Colorado  Valley,  to  which  the  name  sonoriensis  has 
been  generally  applied,  in  having  a  distinctly  heavier,  stub- 
bier bill,  in  which  particular  it  can  not  be  matched  in  a  large 
series  of  Colorado  River  birds.  In  coloration,  however,  it 
is  closely  similar  to  some  females  from  the  Colorado  River, 
and  correspondingly  different  from  the  mode  of  nevadensis 
and  fortis.  Altogether,  I  am  disposed  to  let  the  name 
sonoriensis  continue  to  stand  for  the  Colorado  River  form, 
and  to  regard  the  type  specimen  as  a  stray  or  migrant,  a 
winter-taken  bird  from  beyond  the  normal  breeding  range 
of  the  subspecies.  There  has  been  already  such  a  confusion 
of  the  names  applied  to  this  race,  as  well  as  to  the  proper 
type  locality,  that  I  am  unwilling  to  suggest  a  change  that 
might  cause  further  trouble. 

The  point  I  wish  to  emphasize  here  is  the  fact  that  there 
are  two  subspecies  of  Agelaius  phceniceus  breeding  in  south- 
ern Arizona,  one  occupying  the  valley  of  the  lower  Colorado 
River  and  its  tributaries  as  far  east  as  Tucson,  the  other, 
the  region  east  from  the  Santa  Catalina  and  Santa  Rita 
mountains.  Breeding  birds  from  Phoenix  and  Tempe  are 
mostly  indistinguishable  from  Colorado  Valley  specimens. 
Breeding  birds  from  near  Tucson  are  intermediate,  some  of 


Vol.  XVIII J         SWARTH—FAUNAL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA 


319 


.CO 

=o 
«o 


CO 


•  i-H 

-♦J 


t^  en 

U3 

o 

o 

«o 

o 

lO 

o 

o 

OS 

O 

o 

ej  3 

OS 

(N 

00 

05 

o 

OS 

I-H 

o 

OS 

00 

£3 

(M 

eo 

(N 

(N 

CO 

(M 

CO 

eo 

(N 

04 

eo 

o 

lO 

o 

o 

to 

o 

to 

o 

OS 

q 

o 

q"^ 

f-H 

i-H 

o 

1—1 

I-H 

1-H 
1-H 

o 

1-H 

o 

I-H 

I-H 

d 

I-H 

o 

I-H 

I-H 

J.  Ci 

o 

o 

U3 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

(N 

o 

o 

-3  O 

o  a 

t-H 

(N 

o 

I-H 

I-H 

I-H 

o 

eo 

I-H 

o 

eo 

(M 

<N 

(N 

(N 

IM 

(M 

iM 

(N 

(N 

(N 

IN 

»o 

(N 

C^) 

to 

to 

o 

o 

to 

"* 

o 

to 

e3 

f-H 

(M 

»-« 

IM 

eo 

CO 

CD 

t^ 

00 

CO 

(N 

a> 

05 

OJ 

Ol 

00 

00 

00 

00 

00 

00 

OS 

bO 

o 

o 

o 

o 

to 

o 

O 

o 

(N 

o 

O 

C 

lo 

t^ 

lO 

c^ 

00 

00 

CO 

T-H 

I-H 

to 

t^ 

^ 

1— I 

1— I 

*-H 

I-H 

I-H 
l—t 

I-H 

I-H 

I-H 

I-H 

»-H 
I-H 

I-H 

t^ 

t^ 

r^ 

t- 

t>. 

t^ 

t^ 

t^ 

• 

, 

(N 

iM 

(N 

(M 

iM 

(M 

(M 

iM 

• 

o> 

OS 

o> 

05 

OS 

05 

05 

05 

l-H 

I-H 

T-l 

I-H 

I-H 

r-t 

I-H 

I-H 

H 

Q 

1— t 

O 

CD 

CO 

05 

O 

I-H 

to 

V 

bO 
03 
1- 

3 

3 

s 

03 

1— ( 

»-H 

f-H 

■-H 

I-H 

cs 

CO 

T-H 

"a 

>> 

>% 

>. 

>. 

>> 

>> 

>, 

>> 

< 

03 

Si 

o3 

c3 

o3 

o3 

03 

03 

^ 

s 

>. 

-u 

eS 

oj 

03 

03 

03 

03 

03 

03 

o3 

O 

a 

a 

C 

a 

a 

a 

C 

a 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

N 

IS) 

N 

M 

N 

N 

N 

ti 

^ 

^ 

^ 

(-1 

<5 

^ 

(-1 

< 

oT 

oS" 

^ 

c3 

IS 

ca 

(S 

<s 

■■—1 

•^H 

a 

c 

a 

a 

a 

C! 

a 

a 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

O 

o 

o 

bC 

bf) 

bO 

bD 

bC 

bC 

bO 

bC 

3) 

03 

S3 

o3 

03 

o3 

03 

03 

*i 

-«^ 

■^ 

.t-^ 

.t^ 

+3 

-*5 

-|J 

03 

S3 

03 

S3 

03 

o3 

o3 

03 

0. 

PL, 

^ 

Ph 

CU 

Ph 

pL, 

Cl> 

X 

02 

'b 

'b 

^ 

'b 

'b 

'b 

'b 

■b 

t^ 

00 

to 

CD 

ec 

■^ 

o 

I-H 

. 

OS 

05 

OJ 

OS 

05 

Oi 

Oi 

05 

o 

»o 

lO 

to 

to 

to 

to 

to 

to 

^ 

Ol 

05 

05 

OS 

o> 

05 

OS 

OS 

(N 

w 

c^ 

c^ 

(M 

(N 

c<> 

c^ 

•43 

OJ 

OQ 

CB 

cc 

CQ 

CO 

cc 

M 

;S 

<J 

-»1 

<; 

<J 

< 

<1 

< 

< 

o 

o 

o 

o 

O 

o 

o 

O 

O 

320  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

them  having  distinctly  heavy  and  stubbj^  bills,  as  compared 
with  the  slender-billed  western  race,  but  on  the  whole  they 
are  best  associated  with  the  Colorado  Valley  subspecies. 

80.    Stumella  magna  hoopesi  Stone 

Meadowlarks  were  seen  by  us  in  San  Rafael  Valley  on 
May  23  and  25,  in  pairs,  widely  spaced  over  the  grassy 
plains.  Later  a  number  were  seen  at  the  northeastern  base 
of  the  Santa  Ritas,  some  miles  north  of  Camp  Crittenden. 
They  were  more  abundant  in  both  places  at  the  end  of  the 
summer,  in  September  and  October.  Specimens  collected 
were  all  of  the  subspecies  hoopesi,  and  I  am  satisfied  that 
all  the  meadowlarks  seen  east  of  the  mountains  were  of  that 
form.  The  characteristic  song  of  neglecta  was  never  heard. 
There  is  a  specimen  of  neglecta  at  hand,  collected  by  D.  M. 
Gorsuch  near  Patagonia,  March  5,  1927,  and  I,  myself, 
have  taken  the  species  in  the  fall  somewhat  farther  east, 
near  the  Huachuca  Mountains,  but  the  facts  suggest  neg- 
lecta to  be  a  winter  visitant  only  in  that  part  of  Arizona. 

Hoopesi  has  apparently  an  unusually  protracted  breed- 
ing season  and  a  correspondingly  lengthened  period  of 
plumage  change.  A  female  shot  in  San  Rafael  Valley  on 
May  25  had  laid  part  of  its  set,  but  on  the  same  day  a 
young  bird  was  collected,  nearly  full-grown  and  able  to 
fly.  Other  young  birds,  almost  entirely  or  altogether  in 
Juvenal  plumage  were  taken  as  late  as  October  4.  An  adult 
shot  September  1  is  still  in  worn  breeding  dress,  having  not 
yet  begun  the  molt,  and  another  collected  October  4  is  in 
the  midst  of  the  change,  tail-less  and  scarcely  able  to  fly. 
On  the  other  hand,  an  adult  taken  September  14  is  practic- 
ally through  the  molt. 

It  seems  impossible  to  indicate  characters  that  will  dif- 
ferentiate hoopesi  and  neglecta  in  all  stages  of  plumage. 
Call  notes  and  songs  of  the  two  are  unfailing  indicators  in 
the  field.  In  the  adult  bird  the  presence  or  absence  of 
yellow  on  the  malar  region  is  the  best  single  character,  and 
it  is  one  that  is  usually  to  be  depended  upon.  Neglecta  is 
not  a  grayer  colored  bird  than  hoopesi,  though  it  has  been 
so  described.  In  fact,  California  examples  of  neglecta  are 
generally  of  a  decidedly  richer  brown.    In  neglecta  the  yellow 


Vol.  XVIII 1         SWARTH—FAUNAL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA  321 

of  the  underparts  is  not  paler  than  the  average  of  hoopesi. 
Some  fall  specimens  of  hoopesi  have  the  yellow  decidedly 
of  an  orange  hue,  but  this  is  not  always  the  case,  and  such 
spring  specimens  of  hoopesi  as  I  have  handled  have  the  yel- 
low about  as  in  negleda,  paler  than  in  most  California  ex- 
amples of  that  species.  Usually  in  fresh  fall  plumage 
hoopesi  is  more  buffy  on  flanks  and  lower  tail  coverts  than 
is  negleda.  Juvenal-plumaged  hoopesi  and  negleda  are  not 
to  be  distinguished,  so  far  as  I  can  see.  Length  of  tarsus, 
shorter  in  negleda,  longer  in  hoopesi,  is  the  most  reliable 
structural  character  that  I  have  found. 

We  collected  35  specimens  of  Sturnella  magna  hoopesi, 
mostly  from  San  Rafael  Valley,  a  few  from  the  vicinity  of 
Sonoita  (Nos.  29606-29611,  29615,  30021-30048). 

81.  Sturnella  neglecta  Audubon 

As  mentioned  above,  a  specimen  of  negleda  (No.  30749) 
was  shot  by  D.  M.  Gorsuch  near  Patagonia,  March  5,  1927, 
the  only  record  we  have  for  the  species  on  the  east  side  of 
the  Santa  Ritas.  In  the  Santa  Cruz  Valley  a  few  meadow- 
larks  were  seen  as  we  passed  along  the  road  some  ten  or 
twelve  miles  south  of  Tucson,  and,  though  these  were  not 
specifically  identified,  it  seems  likely  that  they  were 
negleda,  which  has  been  found  in  that  section  before. 
Hoopesi  has  never  been  taken  there. 

We  saw  no  meadowlarks  on  the  Santa  Rita  Range  Re- 
serve while  we  were  there  in  June.  On  the  nearby  mesa 
below  the  mouth  of  Madera  Caiion,  Miss  McLellan  saw 
none  in  the  fall  until  October  7,  on  which  day  a  number 
suddenly  appeared.  Two  collected  proved  to  be  negleda 
(Nos.  30293-30294). 

82.  Icterus  parisorum  Bonaparte 

Our  camp  near  Patagonia  (elevation  4700  feet)  was  just 
below  the  level  at  which  this  species  breeds  in  this  region. 
The  song  was  heard  occasionally  on  the  hillsides  above, 
and  now  and  then  one  of  the  birds  was  seen.  At  our  camp 
at  the  west  base  of  the  mountains  (elevation  4000  feet) 
conditions  were  about  the  same.     Three  specimens  were 


322  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Seb. 

collected,  all  breeding  males  (Nos.  29612-29614).  These 
are  all  in  plumage  stages  intermediate  between  the  juvenal 
and  the  fuU-plumaged  male.  It  is  a  curious  fact  that  in 
southern  Arizona,  while  high-plumaged  birds  preponderate 
when  the  species  first  arrives  from  the  south,  in  March  and 
April,  breeding  birds  are,  in  my  experience,  almost  all  in 
the  imperfect,  presumably  immature,  stage.  A  correspond- 
ing stage  exists  in  the  males  of  the  other  two  orioles  in  this 
region,  nelsoni  and  hullocki,  but  not  nearly  so  commonly. 
High-plumaged  birds  are  in  the  majority  in  those  two 
species. 

83.   Icterus  cucullatus  nelsoni  Ridgway 

Present  in  small  numbers  in  the  vicinity  of  Patagonia; 
abundant  in  the  lowlands  at  the  west  base  of  the  Santa 
Ritas.  Thirteen  specimens  were  collected  (Nos.  29616- 
29628),  consisting  of  five  fully  mature  males,  two  males 
breeding  but  in  imperfect  plumage,  and  six  adult  females. 


84.   Icterus  bullockii  (Swainson) 

A  common  species  in  the  Patagonia  region,  frequenting 
mostly  the  rows  of  cottonwoods  and  sycamores  along  the 
stream  beds.  On  the  west  side  of  the  mountains  the  Bullock 
Oriole  was  much  less  abundant,  thus  reversing  conditions 
as  observed  in  the  Arizona  Hooded  Oriole.  Five  specimens 
were  collected  (Nos.  29629-29633),  three  high-plumaged 
males,  one  breeding  male  in  immature  plumage,  and  one 
adult  female,  all  taken  near  Patagonia. 


85.   Euphagus  cyanocephalus  cyanocephalus  (Wagler) 

An  adult  female  (No.  29605)  was  taken  on  the  Ashburn 
Ranch,  May  13.  Exact  manner  of  occurrence  of  the  species 
there  can  not  be  stated,  as  it  was  some  days  before  I  realized 
that  the  small  companies  of  black  birds  we  were  seeing  were 
Bronzed  Cowbirds,  not  the  Brewer  Blackbird.  The  species 
is  doubtless  a  winter  visitant  to  the  region,  and  the  one  bird 
collected  was  probably  a  straggler  that  had  lingered  after 
most  of  its  kind  had  gone  on.    In  the  fall  a  few  were  seen 


Vol.  XVIII J        SWARTH—FAUSAL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA  323 

near  Fairbank  on  September  26.  About  Patagonia  flocks 
were  passing  through,  apparently  migrating,  during  the 
first  week  in  October. 

86.   Passer  domesticus  (Linnseus) 

Present  in  fair  abundance  in  the  Patagonia  region.  To  be 
seen  everywhere  about  human  habitations,  and  some  birds 
were  even  noted  carrying  building  material  into  cotton- 
wood  trees  far  removed  from  any  houses.  Much  less  com- 
mon at  the  west  base  of  the  Santa  Ritas,  where,  in  fact, 
only  a  few  were  seen.  In  southern  Arizona  generally  the 
species  has  arrived  everywhere  where  conditions  are  satis- 
factory. This  general  dispersal  has  been  accomplished 
within  the  last  25  years  (see  Swarth,  1914,  p.  50). 

87.   Carpodacus  cassinii  Baird 

A  common  winter  visitant  to  southern  Arizona,  mostly 
in  the  mountains.  One  specimen  (No.  29634),  an  adult 
female,  taken  near  Patagonia,  May  20,  was  the  only  one 
seen.  This  bird  had  undoubtedly  Ungered  beyond  the  usual 
time  of  departure. 

88.    Carpodacus  mexicanus  frontalis  (Say) 

Present  in  fair  abundance  both  in  the  Patagonia  region 
and  at  the  west  base  of  the  mountains.  Full-grown  young 
were  flying  about  by  June  1.  Four  specimens  collected 
(Nos.  29635-29637,  30295),  an  adult  male,  adult  female, 
juvenile  female,  and  an  (apparently)  immature  male.  The 
last  mentioned  specimen,  collected  October  11,  is  in  an  un- 
usual plumage  for  this  species.  It  is  a  male  bird  that  has 
passed  beyond  the  juvenile  stage  but  has  not  acquired  the 
usual  red  plumage.  It  is  in  the  streaked  female  plumage 
but  with  small  patches  of  red,  little  more  than  traces,  on 
breast,  top  of  head,  and  rump. 

89.   Astragalinus  psaltria  hesperophilus  Oberholser 

Present  in  fair  abundance,  and  breeding,  in  the  Sonoita 
Valley  near  Patagonia,  in  lesser  numbers  at  the  west  base 


324  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [  Pboc.  4th  Ser. 

of  the  Santa  Ritas.  Ten  specimens  were  preserved  (Nos. 
29638-29640,  30049-30055) :  In  the  early  summer  two  adult 
males  and  one  full-grown  juvenile,  the  latter  collected  on 
June  5;  in  the  fall  seven  specimens,  on  dates  ranging  from 
August  29  to  October  8.  Arizona  examples  of  this  species 
are  to  my  eye  indistinguishable  from  Calif ornian  specimens. 
In  both  regions  partly  black-backed  individuals  occur,  such 
as  served  as  a  basis  for  the  name  arizonce.  I  do  not  believe 
that  increasing  age  brings  on  an  increased  amount  of  the 
black,  but  rather  that  it  is  individual  variation  and  that 
it  becomes  rather  more  common  toward  the  east. 


90.    Spinas  pinus  pinus  (Wilson) 

A  few  Pine  Siskins  still  lingered  in  the  vicinity  of  Pata- 
gonia during  the  month  of  May,  two  specimens  (Nos. 
29641,  29642),  collected  May  19  and  21,  respectively,  being 
the  last  that  were  seen.  Siskins  from  southern  Arizona 
average  rather  paler  colored  and  are  less  heavily  streaked 
below,  as  compared  with  specimens  from  the  Pacific  coast. 
These  differences  may  indicate  an  approach  toward  the 
Mexican  subspecies,  macropterus,  but  I  can  not  detect  any 
corresponding  variation  in  size.  In  southern  Arizona,  more- 
over, the  Pine  Siskin  occurs  only  as  a  winter  visitant,  and 
such  birds  may,  of  course,  have  come  from  some  region 
far  to  the  northward.  Definite  breeding  records  in  Arizona 
are  all  from  the  Mogollon  Divide  and  northward.  There  is 
apparently  an  hiatus  here  between  the  southern  breeding 
limit  of  S.  pinus  pinus  and  the  habitat  of  S.  pinus  macrop- 
terus, of  Mexico. 


91.    Calcarius  ornatus  (J.  K.  Townsend) 

A  migrant  and  winter  visitant  in  southeastern  Arizona. 
First  appeared  in  San  Rafael  Valley  October  9,  seen  there 
again  in  some  numbers  on  October  10,  and  near  Sonoita 
on  October  11.  Twelve  specimens  were  collected  (Nos. 
30056-30067). 


Vol.  XVIII]        SWARTH—FAUNAL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA  325 

92.    Pooecetes  gramineus  confinis  Baird 

Seen  during  the  fall  migration,  when  it  appeared  in 
abundance  on  the  mesa  below  Madera  Canon,  and  in  the 
vicinity  of  Patagonia.  Fourteen  specimens  were  collected 
at  each  of  these  locaHties,  28  in  all  (Nos.  30068,  30069, 
30071-30082,  30296-30309),  on  dates  ranging  from  Sep- 
tember 13  to  October  11. 


93.   Passerculus   sandwichensis  nevadensis   Grinnell 

Among  the  swarms  of  sparrows  that  appeared  in  the  fall 
in  the  grassland  east  of  the  Santa  Ritas  there  were  some 
Savannah  Sparrows.  Five  specimens  were  collected,  two 
in  San  Rafael  Valley,  three  near  Sonoita,  between  Sep- 
tember 14  and  October  11  (Nos.  30070,  30083-30086).  All 
are  of  the  subspecies  nevadensis. 

94.   Ammodramus  bairdii  (Audubon) 

Two  specimens  collected  in  San  Rafael  Valley,  a  molting 
and  very  ragged  adult  on  October  1 ,  another  nearly  through 
the  molt,  October  10  (Nos.  30087,  30088).  The  species  has 
been  reported  as  occurring  in  large  numbers  in  this  part  of 
Arizona  in  the  fall  (Henshaw,  1875,  p.  253)  and  in  the 
spring  (Swarth,  1904,  p.  38).  It  has  not  been  found  any- 
where west  of  the  Santa  Rita  Mountains.  ' 

95.   Ammodramus  savannarum  bimaculatus  Swainson 

We  found  a  few  Western  Grasshopper  Sparrows  in  San 
Rafael  Valley,  15  miles  east  of  Patagonia,  May  23  and  25. 
There  were  swales  in  which  there  was  a  fairly  dense  growth 
of  tall  ''bunch-grass,"  and  the  birds  could  not  be  forced  to 
leave  this  shelter.  In  the  fall  they  were  found  in  the  same 
place,  and  also  near  Sonoita.  There  are  previous  records 
by  Henshaw  (1875,  p.  25)  and  by  Nelson  (see  Bailey,  1923, 
p.  38)  of  midsummer  occurrences  in  the  Sonoita  Valley. 
We  collected  eight  specimens  (Nos.  29643-29646,  30089- 
30092) :  four  adults,  not  yet  breeding,  May  23  and  25 ;  two 
in  Juvenal  plumage,  September  7,  October  4;  a  molting 


326  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Sbr. 

adult,  October  10;  one  in  fully  acquired  winter  plumage, 
October  6. 

96.   Chondestes  grammacus  strigatus  Swainson 

Common  in  the  vicinity  of  Patagonia  and  elsewhere  in 
the  Sonoita  Valley.  Three  specimens  collected  there  in  May 
(Nos.  29647-29649).  Not  seen  at  the  western  base  of  the 
Santa  Ritas  during  June,  but  one  specimen  collected  below 
Madera  Caiion  on  September  27  (No.  30310). 

97.   Zonotrichia  leucophrys  (Forster) 

Fairly  common  in  the  Sonoita  Valley  early  in  May,  being 
one  of  the  last  of  the  migrants  to  depart.  Last  seen  May 
24.  Three  specimens  collected  (Nos.  29650-29652).  An 
immature  female  was  collected  below  Madera  Canon, 
October  6  (No.  30312). 

98.   Zonotrichia  gambelii  (Nuttall) 

First  seen  at  the  western  base  of  the  Santa  Ritas,  below 
Madera  Canon,  on  September  27,  and  found  in  increasing 
numbers  soon  after.  Immatures  were  greatly  in  excess  of 
white-crowned  adults.  Five  specimens  collected,  between 
September  27  and  October  5  (Nos.  30311,  30313-30316). 
For  my  reasons  for  using  the  binomials,  Zonotrichia  leu- 
cophrys and  Z.  gambelii,  see  Swarth,  1926,  p.  123. 

99.    Spizella  passerina  arizonae  Coues 

Does  not  breed  in  southern  Arizona  but  appears  in  num- 
bers toward  the  end  of  the  summer.  One  of  the  most  abun- 
dant of  birds  during  September  and  October  about  Pata- 
gonia and  in  Madera  Canon.  There  were  many  streaked 
juveniles  in  the  first  arriving  flocks.  A  few  individuals  had 
finished  the  post-ju venal  molt  by  the  middle  of  September, 
but  these  were  exceptions.  An  adult  collected  on  September 
17  had  hardly  begun  to  molt  and  molting  birds  were  col- 
lected throughout  September  and  in  early  October.  Eighteen 
specimens  were  taken  in  the  Patagonia  region,  and  35  in  and 


Vol.  XVIII]         SW AKTH—FAVN AL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA  327 

below  Madera  Canon,  on  dates  ranging  from  September  2 
to  October  10  (Nos.  30093-30110,  30328-30362). 

100.   Spizella  breweri  Cassin 

A  very  few,  the  last  departing  migrants,  were  seen  near 
Patagonia  in  May,  the  last  on  May  15.  In  the  fall  they  re- 
turned in  large  numbers,  both  at  Patagonia,  east  of  the 
Santa  Ritas,  and  below  Madera  Canon,  on  the  west  side. 
Eighteen  specimens  were  collected,  one  on  May  12,  the 
others  between  August  30  and  October  12  (Nos.  29653, 
30111-30117,  30317-30327). 

101.    Junco  phaeonotus  palliatus  Ridgway 

A  common  species  in  the  Santa  Rita  Mountains  at  a 
higher  altitude  than  that  where  most  of  our  collecting  was 
carried  on.  Seven  specimens  were  collected  in  Madera 
Canon  during  September  (Nos.  30363-30369). 

102.   Amphispiza  bilineata  deserticola  Ridgway 

Fairly  common  on  the  rocky  hills  bordering  the  Sonoita 
Valley  near  Patagonia.  Abundant  at  the  west  base  of  the 
Santa  Ritas,  on  the  Santa  Rita  Range  Reserve  and  through- 
out the  valley  below.  Young  out  of  the  nest  were  collected 
on  June  5  and  a  bird  still  in  ju venal  plumage  was  taken 
September  23.  The  fall  molt  lasts  well  into  October. 
Twenty-two  specimens  were  collected  (Nos.  29654-29659, 
29692,  30118-30120,  30370-30381). 

103.   Peucaea  cassinii  (Woodhouse) 

Not  seen  during  May  and  June.  In  the  late  summer, 
eight  specimens  (Nos.  30121-30128)  were  taken  within  ten 
or  twelve  miles  of  Patagonia  between  August  27  and  Sep- 
tember 23.  Six  (Nos.  30382-30387)  were  collected  below 
the  mouth  of  Madera  Canon  on  September  27  and  28 ;  they 
seemed  to  be  present  there  only  during  two  or  three  days. 
The  species  has  not  been  proven  to  breed  in  southern  Ari- 
zona, and  this  series  does  not  definitely  settle  the  question. 


328  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [  Pboc.  4th  Seb. 

If  it  were  not  for  the  fact  that  we  failed  to  find  this  bird  in 
May  and  June  (and  I  was  searching  for  it  over  the  exact 
ground  where  it  was  found  in  the  fall)  I  would  have  as- 
sumed that  the  series  taken  in  August  and  September  were 
certainly  representative  of  a  breeding  species.  One  bird 
collected  on  August  27,  just  beginning  the  annual  molt,  is 
marked  as  having  "testes  still  fully  enlarged,"  and  adults 
and  young  collected  during  September  are  variously  ad- 
vanced in  the  molt.  It  seems  likely,  though,  that  the  species 
is  a  migrant  here  from  some  more  northern  point. 

It  is  noteworthy  that  neither  Peuccea  botterii  nor  Aimo- 
phila  carpalis  were  seen  by  us  though  we  were  in  the  exact 
region  where  both  had  been  found  in  abundance  in  years 
past.  So  far  as  I  know  neither  species  has  been  observed 
in  Arizona  for  many  years.  These  species  of  Peuccea  and 
Aimophila  occupied  the  grass-grown  lowlands,  and  it  is 
possible  that  the  over-grazing  of  this  region  which  had  for 
one  result  the  disappearance  of  Colinus  ridgwayi  also 
brought  about  the  local  extinction,  or  near-extinction,  of 
the  less  conspicuous  sparrows.  Peuccea  cassini,  apparently 
not  a  breeding  species,  returns  on  migration,  but  the 
others,  deprived  of  shelter  on  their  nesting  grounds,  seem 
to  be  gone,  or,  at  any  rate,  to  have  become  extremely  scarce. 

104.   Aimophila  ruficeps  scottii  (Sennett) 

The  Sonoita  Valley  is  just  below  the  breeding  limit  of 
this  species,  which  is  primarily  a  bird  of  the  Upper  Sonoran 
zone.  A  few  were  seen  in  Temporal  Canon  and  elsewhere 
in  the  surrounding  hills,  and  some  were  found  also  near 
the  western  base  of  the  Santa  Ritas,  in  Sawmill,  Stone 
Cabin  and  Madera  canons,  above  4000  feet.  Birds  in 
Juvenal  plumage  were  taken  as  late  as  September  14,  and 
an  adult  not  yet  beginning  the  annual  molt  on  September 
13.  Ten  specimens  were  collected,  including  three  juve- 
niles (Nos.  29660-29662,  30129-30132,  30388-30390). 

105.    Melospiza  melodia  saltonis  Grinnell 

We  found  song  sparrows  only  in  the  river  bottom  a  few 
miles  below  Patagonia,  where  an  abundance  of  tangled 


Vol.  XVIII]        SWARTH—FAUNAL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA  329 

vegetation,  long  grass  and  running  water  made  a  favorable 
combination  that  was  not  encountered  elsewhere.  Four 
specimens  were  collected  there  on  June  1,  two  adults  and 
two  juveniles,  and  five  more  between  September  2  and 
October  8  (Nos.  29663-29666,  30133-30137).  Young  in 
Juvenal  plumage  throughout  were  taken  as  late  as  Sep- 
tember 15. 

These  birds  are  darker  colored  and  more  heavily  streaked 
on  the  breast  than  comparable  specimens  from  the  Colorado 
River.  I  have  collected  similarly  dark-colored  song  spar- 
rows near  Fairbank,  on  the  San  Pedro  River,  some  30  miles 
northeast  of  Patagonia,  and  these  two  localities  may  be  re- 
garded as  close  to  the  eastern  limit  of  the  range  of  the  sub- 
species saltonis. 

106.    Melospiza  melodia  fallax  (Baird) 

One  specimen  collected  near  Patagonia,  October  8  (No. 
30138).  This  subspecies  occurs  as  a  winter  visitant  in  south- 
ern Arizona.  For  use  of  the  name  fallax  for  the  Rocky 
Mountain  Song  Sparrow  see  Grinnell,  1914,  p.  174. 

107.    Melospiza  lincolnii  lincolnii  (Audubon) 

A  common  migrant  and  winter  visitant.  Four  speci- 
mens collected  near  Patagonia,  between  September  21  and 
October  7  (Nos.  30139-30142). 

108.   Pipilo  fuscus  mesoleucus  Baird 

A  common  species  in  the  foothills  and  at  the  base  of  the 
mountains  on  both  sides  of  the  Santa  Ritas.  The  nesting 
season  is  evidently  a  long  one;  a  male  taken  September  8 
had  testes  still  in  breeding  condition.  On  May  11  a  nest 
was  found  containing  three  fresh  eggs,  and  at  the  same  time 
nearly  full-grown  young  were  flying  about.  A  nest  in  course 
of  construction  was  found  on  May  20.  Such  nests  as  I  saw 
were  in  willow  or  mesquite,  from  five  to  seven  feet  above 
the  ground.  On  the  Santa  Rita  Range  Reserve,  several 
miles  from  the  mountains,  during  the  third  week  in  June, 
Canon  Towhees  were  abundant  and  in  loosely  assembled 


330  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  (Pboc.  4th  Seb. 

flocks  of  as  many  as  eight  or  ten  birds.  A  young  bird  still 
in  Juvenal  plumage  was  collected  on  September  18;  the 
annual  molt  of  the  adults  is  not  finished  until  nearly  the 
middle  of  October.  Twenty-nine  specimens  were  collected 
(Nos.  29667-29679,  30143-30152,  30392-30397). 

109.   Oberholseria  chlcnira  (Audubon) 

A  late  migrant  through  southern  Arizona  in  the  spring. 
A  few  stragglers  were  seen  at  intervals  near  Patagonia  dur- 
ing the  first  three  weeks  in  May,  the  last  on  May  20.  They 
re-appeared  in  numbers  early  in  September  on  both  sides 
of  the  mountains.  Eight  specimens  were  collected,  two 
in  May,  six  between  September  7  and  October  3  (Nos. 
29680,  29681,  30153-30156,  30398-30400). 

110.  Cardinalis  cardinalis  superbus  Ridgway 

Abundant  in  the  western  foothills  of  the  Santa  Rita 
Mountains.  Not  seen  by  us  in  May  in  the  Sonoita  Valley; 
so  far  as  I  know  the  species  has  not  been  found  breeding 
east  of  this  point  in  southern  Arizona.  At  the  western  base 
of  the  Santa  Ritas  a  nest  was  found  on  June  7  at  the 
mouth  of  Stone  Cabin  Carion,  placed  on  a  branch  of  a 
mesquite,  about  six  feet  from  the  ground.  It  contained  two 
young  birds,  probably  about  a  week  old.  Four  specimens 
were  collected  near  Patagonia  in  the  fall,  three  on  Septem- 
ber 9,  one  on  October  5.  A  young  male  shot  September  9 
is  in  the  midst  of  the  post-juvenal  molt,  with  large  tracts 
of  red  plumage.  The  bill  is  still  black.  An  adult  female 
taken  the  same  day  is  also  ragged  with  molt,  and  an  adult 
male  taken  October  5  has  nearly  completed  the  molt.  Six- 
teen specimens  in  all  were  collected  (Nos.  29682-29691, 
30157-30160,  30547,  30548). 

111.  Pyrrhuloxia  sinuata  sinuata  (Bonaparte) 

Seen  at  various  points  at  the  north  end  and  along  the 
western  base  of  the  Santa  Rita  Mountains,  but  nowhere 
as  abundantly  as  the  Arizona  Cardinal,  which  it  resembles 
so  closely  in  general  appearance  and  in  habits.     On  June 


Vol.  XVIII J        SWARTH—FAUNAL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA  331 

8,  five  adult  males  were  seen  chasing  each  other  through 
a  mesquite  thicket.  Two  specimens  were  collected,  adult 
males,  taken  near  the  mouth  of  Sawmill  Canon  (Nos. 
29693,  29694). 

112.   Hedymeles  melanocephalus  melanocephalus 

(Swainson) 

The  Sonoita  Valley  is  probably  just  below  the  lower  limit 
of  the  breeding  range  of  this  species,  but  migrating  indi- 
viduals passed  through  there  in  numbers  during  the  first 
three  weeks  in  May.  At  the  same  time  others  were  nesting 
in  the  surrounding  canons  at  only  a  slightly  higher  level. 
A  nest  found  in  Temporal  Canon  on  May  20,  contained 
three  eggs.  It  was  the  usual  flimsy  structure,  placed  near 
the  end  of  a  drooping  sycamore  limb,  about  12  feet  from 
the  ground.  Fairly  common  in  September,  both  at  Pata- 
gonia and  in  Madera  Canon.  Twelve  specimens  collected, 
seven  adults  in  early  summer,  five  immatures  in  the  fall, 
between  August  28  and  September  21  (Nos.  29695-29701, 
30161-30163,  30401,  30402). 

113.   Guiraca  caenxlea  interfusa  Dwight  &  Griscom 

A  common  summer  visitant  in  southern  Arizona  to  such 
lowland  localities  as  have  some  running  water.  The  first 
arrival  was  seen  near  Patagonia  on  May  14,  and  increasing 
numbers  appeared  during  the  next  two  weeks.  The  species 
was  present,  but  not  common,  at  the  western  base  of  the 
Santa  Rita  Mountains,  where  specimens  were  taken  near 
the  Florida  Ranger  Station.  A  few  were  seen  along  the 
road  side  in  irrigated  sections  of  the  Santa  Cruz  Valley 
during  June;  the  species  is  known  to  be  fairly  abundant 
there.  The  latest  fall  specimen  was  taken  near  Patagonia 
on  September  28.  An  adult  male  shot  on  August  28  has 
not  begun  the  post-nuptial  molt.  Young  males  taken 
September  5  and  28  are  in  first  winter  plumage  through- 
out. Twelve  specimens  collected,  eight  adult  males,  one 
adult  female,  three  immature  males  (Nos.  29702-29709, 
30164-30167).  I  am  following  Dwight  and  Griscom  (1927, 
p.  4)  in  applying  the  name  interfusa  to  the  Arizona  race  of 
the  Blue  Grosbeak. 

Apra  26,  1929 


332  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  (  Proc.  4th  Ser. 

114.   Passerina  amoena  (Say) 

Migrating  commonly  in  the  Sonoita  Valley.  First  seen 
on  May  12,  and  abundant  a  few  days  later.  An  adult 
male  observed  at  the  Florida  Ranger  Station  on  June  16 
may  have  been  an  indication  that  the  species  was  nesting 
there,  farther  south  in  Arizona  than  it  has  yet  been  found 
breeding.  An  adult  male  and  two  adult  females  were 
collected  in  the  vicinity  of  Patagonia,  May  19  and  27 
(Nos.  29710-29712),  seven  more  between  August  30  and 
October  3  (Nos.  30168-30174).  Young  birds  mostly  in 
Juvenal  plumage  were  shot  early  in  September.  An  adult 
male  taken  September  28  and  a  female  on  October  3  have 
nearly  finished  the  molt.  In  the  male  bird  the  blue  body 
color  is  almost  entirely  hidden  by  brown  feather  tips. 
Wearing  away  of  these  tips  would  reveal  the  usual  summer 
plumage. 

115.   Spiza  americana  (Gmelin) 

An  immature  female  (No.  30175)  was  collected  by  Mail- 
liard  four  miles  south  of  Patagonia  on  September  24.  The 
species  has  previously  been  recorded  from  Arizona  by 
Henshaw  (1875,  p.  295),  who  took  specimens  on  the  San 
Pedro  River,  at  Fort  Crittenden  and  at  Fort  Lowell,  in 
August  and  September,  1873  and  1874;  and  by  Scott 
(1887,  p.  205),  from  a  specimen  taken  by  Herbert  Brown 
at  Tucson,  September  11,  1884. 


116.    Calamospiza  melanocorys  Stejneger 

A  flock  of  300  or  more  seen  near  Continental  on  Septem- 
ber 25,  and  two  birds  at  a  point  five  miles  north  of  Pata- 
gonia on  October  13.  A  common  winter  visitant  to  the 
region. 

117.   Piranga  ludoviciana  (Wilson) 

Migrating  commonly  along  the  Sonoita  Valley  during 
the  middle  of  May.  Common  until  May  20,  and  one  bird 
collected  as  late  as  May  28.  Three  specimens  were  pre- 
served, two  males  and  one  female.    Seen  again  in  the  fall. 


Voi,.  XVIII]         SWARTH—FAUNAL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA  333 

when  specimens  (all  birds  of  the  year)  were  collected  at 
Patagonia,  August  28  to  September  11,  and  in  Madera 
Canon,  September  4  to  15.  Ten  specimens  in  all  were  col- 
lected (Nos.  29713-29715,  30176-30179,  30403-30405). 

118.   Piranga  hepatica  oreophasma  Oberholser 

This  is  a  species  mostly  of  the  Transition  zone,  and  its 
occurrence  in  the  foothills  near  Patagonia  was  merely  as  a 
migrant,  and  a  rather  uncommon  one.  It  was  not  seen  on 
the  floor  of  the  valley,  but  usually  in  the  oaks  of  the  sur- 
rounding hills.  A  female  collected  in  Temporal  Canon 
(altitude  about  4500  feet)  on  May  28  was  evidently  incu- 
bating eggs  at  the  time.  The  species  was  seen  occasionally 
in  the  canons  at  the  western  base  of  the  Santa  Rita  Moun- 
tains in  June,  and  fairly  commonly  in  Madera  Canon  in 
the  fall.  Five  specimens  were  collected  in  May  and  June, 
three  red-plumaged  males,  one  male,  adult  but  in  female 
plumage,  and  one  adult  female  (Nos.  29716-29720).  Six 
collected  in  Madera  Canon  between  September  8  and  25 
(Nos.  30406-30411)  are  all  nearly  through  the  molt. 

119.   Piranga  rubra  cooperi  Ridgway 

An  abundant  species  in  the  Sonoita  Valley  and  but  little 
less  so  at  the  western  base  of  the  Santa  Ritas.  Near  Pata- 
gonia mating  was  going  on  during  the  second  week  in  May, 
the  birds  frequenting  mostly  the  rows  of  large  cottonwoods 
and  sycamores  along  the  stream  beds.  Although  the 
species  is  so  common  there,  that  section  marks  practically 
the  eastern  limit  of  the  breeding  range  in  southern  Ari- 
zona. At  the  base  of  the  Huachuca  Mountains,  some  30 
miles  east  of  Patagonia,  the  Cooper  Tanager  occurs  as  an 
uncommon  migrant ;  there  are  no  breeding  records  from  that 
range. 

Sixteen  specimens  were  collected  in  the  early  summer, 
twelve  males  and  four  females  (Nos.  29721-29736).  These 
are  all  breeding  adults,  but  one  of  the  males  is  almost  in- 
distinguishable from  females,  having  just  a  few  pale  red 
feathers  scattered  over  head  and  body,  a  second  has  some- 
what more  of  such  reddish  areas,  while  a  tliird  has  the 


334  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [  Proc.  4th  8er. 

throat,  pileum,  intercapulars,  and  tail  as  brilliantly  red  as 
in  the  fully  mature  male,  the  red  areas  being  sharply  de- 
fined against  the  generally  yellowish  body  coloration.  The 
remaining  nine  male  birds  are  in  uniformly  bright  red  plum- 
age. None  of  the  parti-colored  birds  is  in  process  of  molt. 
It  has  been  assumed  that  this  imperfect  plumage  is  a  sign 
of  immaturity  and  that  several  years  are  required  for  its 
perfection.  This  may  be  true,  but  I  do  not  think  that  it 
has  been  proved.  The  parti-colored  birds  are  relatively 
rare,  not  nearly  so  common  as  the  red  males,  and  if  each 
individual  passed  through  the  same  sequence  of  plumages 
the  mottled  birds  should  be  the  more  numerous. 

Ten  were  collected  near  Patagonia  in  the  fall,  between 
August  28  and  October  7  (Nos.  30180-30189).  Two  males, 
shot  August  28  and  31,  respectively,  are  changing  from 
yellow  to  red  plumage,  and  on  these  birds  there  are  rem- 
nants of  yellow  over  all  parts.  Fully  mature  males,  red 
throughout,  and  nearly  or  quite  through  the  annual  molt, 
were  taken  September  6  and  28,  and  October  7.  Immature 
birds,  entirely  through  the  post  juvenal  molt,  were  col- 
lected August  28  and  29. 

120.   Petrochelidon  lunifrons  melanogastra  (Swainson) 

A  few  cliff  swallows  were  nesting  on  buildings  in  the 
town  of  Patagonia  and  elsewhere  in  the  valley,  and  they 
were  abundant  there  during  the  first  half  of  September. 
Four  specimens  (Nos.  30190-30193)  were  collected  near 
Patagonia  on  August  31,  one  adult  male  in  worn  breeding 
plumage  and  three  young  birds.  These  skins  are  not  such 
as  to  show  subspecific  characters  very  well,  but  there  is  a 
series  of  breeding  birds  in  the  collection  of  Dr.  L.  B. 
Bishop  from  this  same  region,  unmistakably  of  the  sub- 
species melanogastra. 

121.   Hirundo  erythrogastra  Boddaert 

A  fairly  common  summer  visitant  to  southern  Arizona, 
mostly  about  human  habitations.  Seen  in  and  about 
Patagonia  until  the  middle  of  September.  Two  specimens 
collected  on  September  16  (Nos.  30194-30195). 


Vol.  XVIII]         SWARTH—FAUNAL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA  335 

122.   Tachycineta  thalassina  lepida  Mearns 

Abundant  about  Patagonia  during  the  first  two  weeks 
in  September.  Two  young  birds  (Nos.  30196,  30197) 
were  collected  on  September  7  and  10,  respectively. 


123.    Stelgidopteryx  serripennis  (Audubon) 

Found  nesting,  or  preparing  to  do  so,  along  various  dry 
stream  beds  in  the  Sonoita  Valley.  A  female  collected  on 
May  22  had  laid  part  of  its  set.  Two  specimens  collected 
(Nos.  29737,  29738). 

124.   Bombycilla  cedrorum  Vieillot 

Two  birds,  presumably  a  pair,  seen,  and  one  (No.  29739) 
collected,  on  the  Ashburn  Ranch,  May  29.  These  were 
probably  late  migrants  or  winter  visitants;  the  species  is 
not  known  to  breed  in  this  region. 

125.   Phainopepla  nitens  (Swainson) 

Present  in  small  numbers  about  Patagonia  when  we 
arrived  early  in  May,  and  increasing  greatly  toward  the 
end  of  the  month.  On  the  west  side  of  the  mountains, 
in  June,  flocks  of  Phainopeplas  (loose  assemblages  of  20 
or  30  individuals)  appeared  every  afternoon,  flying  up 
Stone  Cabin  Canon.  Six  specimens  collected  (Nos.  29740, 
29741,  30412-30415),  including  four  males  in  fresh  fall 
plumage  that  were  taken  below  Madera  Caiion,  October  10 
to  13. 

126.   Lanius  ludovicianus  excubitorides  Swainson 

A  rare  bird  in  the  vicinity  of  Patagonia,  where  it  was 
seen  on  but  a  few  occasions.  West  of  the  mountains,  on 
the  Santa  Rita  Range  Reserve,  shrikes  were  present  in 
fair  abundance.  During  the  second  week  in  June  several 
broods  of  young  were  encountered,  evidently  just  out  of 
the  nest.  Seven  specimens  were  collected  there,  three 
adults  and  four  juveniles  (Nos.  29742-29748).  The  old 
birds  (June  10,  13,  13)  are  in  badly  worn  plumage  but  not 


336  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [  Pboc.  4th  Seb. 

yet  beginning  to  molt.  The  young  (June  8,  14,  16)  are  in 
Juvenal  plumage  throughout.  In  the  fall  a  molting  adult 
was  taken  near  Patagonia,  September  8,  and  two  imma- 
tures  below  Madera  Canon,  September  26,  and  October  1, 
respectively  (Nos.  30198,  30416,  30417). 


127.   Vireosylva  gilva  swainsonii  (Baird) 

A  few  seen,  presumably  migrating,  near  Patagonia,  the 
last  on  May  21.  Abundant  in  the  fall,  when  two  specimens 
were  taken  near  Patagonia  and  six  in  Madera  Canon  on 
various  dates  between  September  5  and  21  (Nos.  30199, 
30200,  30418-30423).  An  adult  shot  September  5  had  not 
3'^et  begun  the  annual  molt. 


128.   Lanivireo  solitarius  cassinii  (Xantus) 

A  common  migrant.  One  specimen  collected  at  Fort 
Crittenden,  September  19,  and  nine  in  Madera  Canon,  be- 
tween September  13  and  26  (Nos.  30201,  30424-30432). 


129.   Lanivireo  solitarius  plumbeus  (Coues) 

One  specimen  (No.  30433)  taken  in  Madera  Canon  on 
September  20.  This  probably  is  about  as  late  a  date  as 
the  species  remains. 


130.   Vireo  huttoni  stephensi  Brewster 

One  bird  collected  at  the  lower  edge  of  the  oak  belt 
on  the  Ashburn  Ranch,  May  21,  and  one  in  Madera  Canon, 
September  19  (Nos.  29749,  30434). 


131.   Vireo  belli  arizonae  Ridgway 

Rather  uncommon  in  the  Sonoita  Valley.  At  the  western 
base  of  the  Santa  Ritas  this  is  a  common  bird,  and  indi- 
viduals were  heard  singing  on  all  sides  in  the  mesquite 
thickets.     The  preference  the  Arizona  Least  Vireo  shows 


Vol.  XVIII]        SWARTH—FAUNAL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA  337 

for  mesquite-bordered  dry  washes  is  a  life  history  trait  that 
contrasts  strongly  with  the  California  Least  Vireo's  choice 
of  willow-grown  bottom  lands.  In  the  Sonoita  Valley 
near  Patagonia  there  are  willow  bordered  streams,  such  as 
the  California  bird  frequents,  but  Least  Vireos  were  de- 
cidedly rare  there,  in  contrast  to  their  abundance  in 
mesquite  thickets  elsewhere.  Three  adults  were  collected 
in  June  below  Sawmill  Cafion,  and  one  in  Madera  Canon, 
September  16  (Nos.  29750-29752,  30435).  These  and  other 
Arizona  specimens  at  hand  bear  out  the  validity  of  the 
subspecies  arizonw,  as  yet  not  recognized  in  the  A.  0.  U. 
Check-list. 


132.   Vennivora  luciae  (J.  G.  Cooper) 

Abundant  in  the  Sonoita  Valley  near  Patagonia,  and 
somewhat  less  numerous  at  the  west  base  of  the  Santa  Rita 
Mountains.  A  nest  with  four  eggs  was  taken  on  the 
Ashburn  Ranch,  May  19.  It  was  in  a  hole  (apparently  an 
old  knot  hole)  in  the  trunk  of  a  mesquite,  three  and  one-half 
feet  from  the  ground.  The  hole  was  about  iM  inches 
across,  and  about  3  inches  high.  The  nest,  about  1}4 
inches  in  diameter,  was  only  an  inch  or  so  within  the  open- 
ing, and  the  eggs  could  be  seen  from  outside.  The  nest 
was  composed  of  shreds  of  dry  mesquite  bark,  some  feathers, 
and  mammal  fur.  Six  skins  of  the  Lucy  Warbler  were  pre- 
served, two  males  and  six  females,  all  adult  (Nos.  29753- 
29758). 

133.   Vermivora  ruficapilla  gutturalis  (Ridgway) 

A  common  migrant.  Five  specimens  from  Patagonia 
and  six  from  Madera  Canon,  on  various  dates  from  August 
31  to  September  27  (Nos.  30202-30206,  30436-30441). 


134.   Vermivora  celata  lutescens  (Ridgway) 

Two  collected  near  Patagonia  on  the  fall  migration,  on 
September  16  and  October  3,  respectively  (Nos.  20307, 
20308). 


338  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [  Pboc.  4th  Sbb. 

135.  Dendroica  aestiva  sonorana  Brewster 

136.  Dendroica  aestiva  brewsteri  Grinnell 

Yellow  warblers  were  seen  daily  during  May  in  the  So- 
noita  Valley,  but  not  in  any  numbers.  Brewsteri  was  mi- 
grating through  the  region  at  the  time,  and  of  the  five 
yellow  warblers  collected,  four  (Nos.  29759-29762)  proved 
to  be  of  this  subspecies.  These  were  taken  May  12,  13, 
and  15.  One  specimen  of  sonorana,  a  breeding  bird,  was 
shot  on  May  18  (No.  29763);  an  adult  male  in  fresh  fall 
plumage  was  taken  on  August  31  (No.  30209).  Migrating 
examples  of  brewsteri  were  collected  in  Madera  Caiion  on 
September  6  and  15  (Nos.  30442,  30443). 

137.   Dendroica  auduboni  auduboni  (J.  K.  Townsend) 

A  few  migrants  were  still  passing  through  the  Patagonia 
region  during  the  second  week  in  May.  Two  specimens 
were  collected  on  May  14  (Nos.  29764,  29765).  Last 
seen  on  May  15. 

138.  Dendroica  nigrescens  (J.  K.  Townsend) 

Breeds  commonly  in  the  live-oak  belt.  Three  speci- 
mens (Nos.  30444-30446)  collected  in  Madera  Canon  in 
the  fall,  the  last  on  October  10.  This  is,  perhaps,  as  late 
a  date  as  the  species  has  been  reported  in  southern  Arizona. 

139.  Dendroica  townsendi  (J.  K.  Townsend) 

A  few  migrating  individuals  seen  early  in  May.  Last 
observed  May  17. 

140.    Oporornis  tolmiei  (J.  K.  Townsend) 

Migrating  in  small  numbers  early  in  May.  One  speci- 
men collected  on  May  13,  the  last  observed  (No.  29766). 
Abundant  in  the  fall.  Six  taken  near  Patagonia  and  two 
in  Madera  Canon,  from  August  28  to  September  29  (Nos. 
30210-30215,  30447,  30448). 


Vol.  XVllI]         SWARTH—FAVNAL  AREAS  OP  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA  339 

141.    Geothlypis  trichas  scirpicola  Grinnell 
142.    Geothlypis  trichas  occidentalis  Brewster 

The  breeding  yellowthroat  of  southern  Arizona  is  dis- 
tinguishably  different  from  the  migrant  that  passes  through 
the  region.  To  the  breeding  bird  I  have  in  previous  pub- 
lications apphed  the  name  scirpicola  (Swarth,  1912,  p.  71), 
as  I  do  here,  in  order  to  indicate  this  difference,  but  this  is 
an  unsatisfactory  arrangement.  Specimens  are  hard  to 
obtain  and  there  are  few  available.  I  feel  that  an  adequate 
series  might  show  the  yellowthroat  of  southeastern  Arizona 
to  belong  to  the  form  melanops,  of  the  Mexican  plateau. 
An  adult  male  collected  by  myself  on  the  San  Pedro  River, 
July  6,  1902,  and  sent  at  that  time  to  Mr.  Ridgway  for 
his  inspection  was  pronounced  by  him  as  ''approaching 
Geothlypis  trichas  melanops."  (In  this  connection  see 
also  Ridgway,  1902,  p.  674,  footnote.)  It  is  a  large,  bright 
colored  bird,  with  the  lower  parts  almost  entirely  yellow. 

A  few  pairs  of  yellowthroats  occupied  the  limited  areas 
where  suitable  surroundings  exist  in  the  vicinity  of  Pata- 
gonia. An  adult  female  was  taken  in  tules  bordering  one 
of  the  small  lakes  on  the  Ashburn  Ranch  on  May  24, 
another  along  the  Sonoita  three  miles  south  of  Patagonia, 
on  June  1  (Nos.  30739,  30740).  Two  adult  males  that 
were  collected  near  Patagonia  on  September  15  are  in  the 
midst  of  the  annual  molt  (Nos.  30216,  30217).  The  mi- 
grating form  (occidentalis)  was  sparingly  present  in  the 
Sonoita  Valley  early  in  May.  Two  specimens  (Nos. 
29767,  29768)  were  collected,  the  last  on  May  19. 


143.   Icteria  virens  longicauda  Lawi'ence 

A  common  bird  in  the  Sonoita  Valley.  Not  often  seen, 
but  in  full  song  and  heard  daily  at  many  different  points. 
Five  specimens  collected:  three  adults  taken  in  May;  a 
young  bird  in  the  post-juvenal  molt,  September  2;  an 
adult  nearly  through  the  annual  molt,  September  9  (Nos. 
29769-29771,  30218,  30219). 


340  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [  Pboc.  4th  Seb. 

144.   Wilsonia  pusilla  pileolata  (Pallas) 
145.   Wilsonia  pusilla  chryseola  Ridgway 

This  species  (represented  most  abundantly  by  the  sub- 
species pileolata)  is  a  common  migrant  in  southern  Arizona. 
It  passes  through  later  in  the  spring  than  most  transients, 
and  was  seen  in  some  numbers  near  Patagonia  during  May, 
when  three  specimens  of  pileolata  (Nos.  29772-29774)  were 
collected.  In  the  fall,  at  the  same  place,  six  specimens 
of  pileolata  (Nos.  30222-30227)  and  two  of  chryseola  (Nos. 
30220-30221)  were  taken  from  August  28  to  September 
15.  In  Madera  Canon,  September  7  to  26,  five  specimens 
of  chryseola  (Nos.  30449-30453)  and  two  of  pileolata  (Nos. 
30454,  30455)  were  secured. 


146.    Setophaga  picta  Swainson 

A  common  species  in  the  Transition  zone  of  the  Santa 
Rita  Mountains.  Seen  by  our  party  whenever  individuals 
ascended  the  cafion  above  the  Florida  Ranger  Station 
to  a  level  a  few  hundred  feet  above  our  camp.  Full-grown 
young  were  flying  about  during  the  first  week  in  June. 
Abundant  in  Madera  Canon  during  September.  By  Sep- 
tember 1  young  birds  had  all  passed  through  the  post- 
juvenal  molt  and  were  indistinguishable  from  adults.  One 
specimen  taken  near  Patagonia,  September  15.  Thir- 
teen specimens  in  all  were  preserved  (Nos.  29775-29777, 
30228,  30456-30464). 


147.    Mimus  polyglottos  leucopterus  (Vigors) 

Abundant  everywhere  in  the  lowlands.  About  Pata- 
gonia and  at  the  west  base  of  the  Santa  Ritas  the  Mock- 
ingbird was  one  of  the  most  common  birds.  Numerous 
below  Madera  Cafion  in  the  fall,  when  two  were  taken,  on 
October  10  and  12,  respectively.  Fiye  specimens  in  all 
were  collected  (Nos.  29778-29780,  30465,  30466). 


Vol.  XVIII]        SWARTH—FAUXAL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA  341 

148.    Toxostorna  curvirostre  curvirostre  (Swaiiison) 
149.    Toxostorna  curvirostre  palmeri  (Coues) 

Thrashers  of  this  species  occur  in  small  numbers  in 
the  Sonoita  Valley  and  elsewhere  eastward  from  the  Santa 
Ritas,  in  great  abundance  from  the  western  base  of  the 
mountains  westward.  J.  Eugene  Law  (1928,  p.  151)  has 
called  attention  to  the  fact  that  the  form  occurring  in  the 
southeastern  corner  of  Arizona  is  curvirostre,  and  not  pal- 
meri, which  assertion  is  borne  out  by  the  material  we 
collected.  Ten  specimens  were  taken  in  the  Patagonia 
region,  two  males  and  two  females,  adult,  in  May,  three 
males  and  one  female,  adult,  in  September  and  October, 
and  two  in  juvenal  plumage,  one  shot  May  14,  the  other 
September  6;  and  four  were  collected  at  the  west  base  of 
the  Santa  Ritas,  two  adults  in  October  and  two  juveniles 
in  June  (Nos.  29781-29787,  30229-30233,  30467,  30468). 
For  the  purpose  of  this  study  this  series  has  been  sup- 
plemented by  additional  specimens  from  Tucson  and 
from  points  in  Cochise  County,  in  extreme  southeastern 
Arizona. 

Differences  between  the  two  lots,  east  and  west  of  the 
Santa  Ritas,  are,  in  most  cases,  fairly  apparent,  especially 
so  in  the  freshly  assumed  fall  plumage.  The  eastern 
birds  {curvirostre)  are  rather  more  slaty  above,  have  fairly 
well  marked  white  wing  bars,  have  sharply  defined  white 
tips  to  the  outer  rectrices,  and  the  breast  spots  are  large 
and  fairly  well  defined.  The  western  birds  {palmeri)  are 
browner  above,  lack  the  wing  bars,  have  the  tail  spots 
obscurely  indicated  or  else  entirely  wanting,  and  have 
the  breast  spots  less  distinct.  There  are  some  anomalous 
specimens  at  hand  from  points  east  of  the  mountains 
that  may  be  explained  as  illustrating  intergradation  be- 
tween two  closely  related  subspecies,  or,  perhaps,  as  being 
wanderers  (they  were  taken  out  of  the  breeding  season) 
from  their  normal  habitat.  As  a  rule,  though,  birds  from 
the  two  regions  are  sufficiently  unlike  to  justify  Law's 
(JLoc.  cit.)  disposition  of  them.  It  will  be  noted  that  the 
eastern  boundary  of  Toxostorna  c.  palmeri,  as  here  re- 
stricted, is  the  same  as  that  of  Toxostorna  bendirei. 

On  Mav  13  a  nest  of  curvirostre  was  found  near  Pata- 


342  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Sbb. 

gonia  containing  three  eggs,  nearly  ready  to  hatch;  at  the 
same  time  full  grown  young  were  seen.  On  May  28  a 
set  of  four  eggs  was  taken.  As  a  bird  in  juvenal  plumage 
was  collected  on  September  6,  the  nesting  season  is  ob- 
viously of  long  duration.  On  June  5  a  nest  of  palmeri 
was  found  containing  newly  hatched  young.  In  nestlings 
the  iris  is  whitish,  changing  to  yellow  during  the  post- 
ju venal  molt. 

150.   Toxostoma  bendirei  (Coues) 

Not  seen  on  the  east  side  of  the  Santa  Rita  Mountains. 
On  the  mesa  at  the  western  base  of  the  range  the  species 
was  probably  fairly  numerous,  but  owing  to  its  close  re- 
semblance to  the  more  abundant  palmeri  it  was  not  possible 
to  make  sure  of  the  identity  of  all  the  thrashers  that  were 
seen.  One  specimen  of  bendirei  was  preserved  (No.  29788), 
a  male  shot  on  June  9,  mostly  in  juvenal  plumage. 

151.   Toxostoma  crissale  crissale  Henry 

The  Crissal  Thrasher  is  not  nearly  so  generally  dis- 
tributed as  are  the  Palmer  and  Bendire  thrashers,  and  it 
is  also  much  more  secretive  in  its  habits.  Not  seen  by 
us  in  Sonoita  Valley.  Neither  did  we  find  it  upon  the 
cholla-covered  mesa  below  the  western  base  of  the  Santa 
Ritas,  but  it  was  discovered  in  some  mesquite-grown 
washes  at  the  mouth  of  Sawmill  Caiion.  Three  birds 
were  collected  there,  two  adult  males  on  June  12  and  17, 
respectively,  and  a  juvenile  male  on  June  13  (Nos.  20789- 
20791).  An  adult  male  (No.  30469)  was  taken  in  a  similar 
wash  below  Madera  Canon  on  October  12,  and  others 
were  seen. 

152.   Heleodytes  brunneicapillus  couesi  (Sharpe) 

Not  seen  by  us  in  Sonoita  Valley,  where  there  is  but  little 
cactus  suitable  for  the  nesting  sites  that  this  bird  prefers. 
On  the  Santa  Rita  Range  Reserve  it  is  an  abundant  spe- 
cies. Nests  with  small  young  were  found  there  during  the 
first  week  in  June,  and  full-grown  young  were  flying  about 


Vol.  XVIII]         SWARTH—FAUNAL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA  343 

at  the  same  time.  Late  in  June  birds  were  seen  at  work 
upon  newly  constructed  nests,  but  these  may  have  been 
built  merely  as  resting  places,  and  not  necessarily  for  the 
reception  of  eggs.  Cactus  Wrens  sometimes  use  nests 
thus  throughout  the  year.  Six  specimens  of  Cactus  Wren 
were  preserved,  four  adults  and  two  juveniles  (Nos.  29702- 
29706,  30470). 

153.  Salpinctes  obsoletus  obsoletus  (Say) 

Seen  occasionally  in  the  spring  in  the  vicinity  of  Pata- 
gonia and  also  at  the  west  base  of  the  Santa  Ritas,  but  not 
common  in  either  place.  Abundant  in  lower  Madera 
Caiion  in  September.  Eight  specimens  collected  (Nos. 
30471-30477,  30234). 

154.    Catherpes  mexicanus  conspersus  Ridgway 

One  specimen,  an  adult  male  (No.  29797),  was  collected 
near  our  camp  on  the  Ashburn  Ranch,  May  16,  and  others 
were  heard  singing  in  Temporal  Canon,  near  by.  A  pair 
of  Canon  Wrens  had  a  nest  in  a  shed  at  the  Florida  Ranger 
Station.  One  was  collected  in  Madera  Canon  on  October 
4  (No.  30484).  The  species  is  of  general  distribution  in 
suitable  places  in  southern  Arizona. 

155.   Thryomanes  bewickii  eremophilus  Oberholser 

Found  near  Patagonia  in  the  live  oaks  and  underbrush 
of  the  rocky  hills  bordering  the  valley,  where  full-grown 
young  were  seen  during  the  last  week  in  May.  Not  abun- 
dant, and  even  less  numerous  in  June  at  the  western  base 
of  the  mountains.  Common  in  Madera  Canon,  however, 
in  September.  Fourteen  specimens  collected  (Nos.  29798- 
29803,  30235,  30236,  30478-30483). 

156.   Troglodytes  aedon  parkmanii  Audubon 

Breeds  in  the  mountains  at  a  higher  altitude  than  that 
at  which  most  of  our  work  was  done,  moving  down  after 
the  breeding  season  to  the  foothills  and  valleys.     Fairly 


344  CAUFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [ Psoc.  4th  Sbb. 

common  in  lower  Madera  Canon  throughout  September. 
Six  specimens  collected  (Nos.  29804,  30237,  30485-30488). 

157.    Sitta  carolinensis  nelsoni  Mearns 

A  few  of  these  nuthatches,  the  breeding  season  apparently 
over,  appeared  at  the  lower  level  of  the  oaks  on  the  hills 
bordering  the  Sonoita  Valley,  during  the  third  week  in 
May.  Others  were  seen  there  in  September  and  in  Madera 
Caiion  in  October.  Eight  specimens  in  all  were  collected, 
including  two  juveniles  taken  on  May  26  (Nos.  29805- 
29807,  30238-30240,  30489). 

158.   Baeolophus  wollweberi  annexus  (Cassin) 

A  common  resident  of  the  live-oak  belt  in  the  Santa 
Ritas,  as  in  the  other  mountain  ranges  of  southern  Ari- 
zona. In  the  vicinity  of  Patagonia  a  few  individuals 
appeared  from  time  to  time  in  the  oaks  on  the  surround- 
ing hills.  Abundant  in  Madera  Cafion  in  the  fall.  The 
post- Juvenal  molt  of  young  birds,  and  annual  molt  of 
adults,  are  not  completely  over  until  nearly  the  end  of 
September.  Sixteen  specimens  were  collected  (Nos.  29808- 
29810,  30241-30245,  30490-30498). 

159.   Psaltriparus  plumbeus  (Baird) 

Another  Upper  Sonoran  species  that  barely  extends 
down  to  the  floor  of  the  Sonoita  Valley,  where  but  few  were 
seen.  As  early  as  May  12,  Lead-colored  Bush-tits  were 
seen  in  flocks,  as  though  the  nesting  period  was  quite 
over.  Ten  specimens  were  collected,  two  adults  and  five 
young  near  Patagonia  in  May,  and  three  molting  birds 
in  Madera  Canon,  September  12  and  15  (Nos.  29811- 
29817,  30499-30501).  The  juveniles  all  had  dark-colored 
eyes;  in  the  adults  the  eye  was  white. 

160.   Auriparus  fiaviceps  flaviceps  (Sundevall) 

A  common  desert  species  of  general  distribution  in  the 
lowlands  of  southern  Arizona.  A  nest  with  two  eggs  was 
found  in  Temporal  Caiion,   May  20.     Abundant  in  and 


Vol.  XVIII]        SWARTH—FAUNAL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA  345 

below  Madera  Canon  in  September  and  October,  ascending 
up  to  4800  feet.  Fourteen  specimens  were  preserved 
(Nos.  29818,  29819,  30502-30512,  30514). 

161.  Regulus  calendula  calendula  (Linnaeus) 

Seen  near  Patagonia  during  the  first  week  in  October.  One 
collected  in  Madera  Caiion  on  October  11  (No.  30513). 

162.  Polioptila  caerulea  amoenissima  Grinnell 

An  Upper  Sonoran  zone  species  that  we  saw  in  small 
numbers  in  the  foothill  country  bordering  the  Sonoita 
Valley  and  at  the  western  base  of  the  Santa  Ritas.  One 
specimen  collected  at  Patagonia,  September  22,  and  jfive 
in  Madera  Canon,  September  7  to  21  (Nos.  30244,  30515- 
30519).  For  use  of  the  name  amoenissima  see  Grinnell, 
1926,  p.  494. 

163.  Polioptila  melanura  melanura  Lawrence 

In  small  numbers  at  the  western  base  of  the  Santa  Rita 
Mountains,  in  the  chaparral  of  the  Santa  Rita  Range 
Reserve.  For  the  use  of  the  name  melanura  see  Penard, 
1923,  p.  335,  and  Grinnell,  1926,  p.  496. 

164.    Hylocichla  ustulata  ustulata  (Nuttall) 

A  few  migrating  Russet-backed  Thrushes  were  seen  near 
Patagonia,  the  last  on  May  30.  Of  three  birds  collected 
(Nos.  29820,  29821)  two  are  so  nearly  intermediate  in  ap- 
pearance between  ustulata  and  swainsoni  as  to  make  them 
difficult  to  place.  I  have  collected  other  specimens  of  the 
same  nature  in  Arizona.  The  occurrence  of  such  indeter- 
minate specimens  is,  perhaps,  an  answer  to  the  query  raised 
by  Van  Rossem  (1925,  p.  37),  who  suggests  that  there  is 
possibly  specific  difference  between  ustulata  and  swainsoni. 


346  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [  Pboc.  4th  Ser 


Check-List  of  the  Mammals 

1.  Myotis  velifer  velifer  (Allen)  18.  Perognathua  penicillatus  pricei  Allen 

2.  Myotis  californicus  cali/ornicus  19.  Dipodomys  spectabilis  spectabilis  Merriam 

(Audubon  &  Bachman)  20.  Dipodomys  merriami  merriami  Mearns 

3.  Myotis  thysanodes  thysanodes  Miller  21.  Dipodomys  merriami  olivaceus  Swarth 

4.  Corynorhintts  rafinesquii  pallescens  Miller  22.  Dipodomys  ordii  ordii  Woodhouse 
6.  Antrozous  pallidus  pallidus  (h^  C^OTit€)  23.  Onychomys  tori-idus  torridus  (Couea) 

6.  Spilogale  ambigua  lile&rns  24.  Reithrodontomysinegalotismegalotis 

7.  Mephitis  estor  Merriam  (Baird) 

8.  Urocyon  cinereoargenteus  scottii  Mearns  25.  Peromyscus  eremicus  eremicus  (Baird) 

9.  Otospermophilus  gram.m,urus  grammurus  26.  Peromyscus  maniculatus  sonoriensis 

(Say)  (Le  Conte) 

10.  Citellus  spilosoma  canescens  (Merriam)  27.  Peromyscus  leucopus  arizonse  (Allen) 

11.  Citellus  tereticaudusneglectusCM.enmm)  28.  Peromyscus  boylii  rowleyi  {Allen) 

12.  Ammospermophilus  harrisii  (Audubon  &  29.  Sigmodon  hispidus  cienegse  A.  B.  Howell 

Bachman)  30.  Neotoma  albigula  albigula  Hartley 

13.  Thom.om.ys  fuhus  toltecus  Allen  31.  Mus  musculus  musculus  Linnseus 

14.  Thomoviys  fuhus  intermedius  Mearns  32.  Lepus  alleni  alleni  Mearns 

15.  Perognathus  flatus  flxiTus  "Bsiad.  33.  Lepus  californicus  eremicus  Allen 

16.  Perognathvs  amplus  Osgood  34.  Sylvilagus  auduboni  arizonx  (Allen) 

17.  Perognathus  baileyi  baileyi  Merriam 


General  Accounts  of  the  Mammals 
1.   Myotis  velifer  velifer  (J.  A.  Allen) 

Four  specimens  collected  (Nos.  5963-5966),  all  females 
and  all  from  the  same  tunnel  (McCleary's  mine,  altitude 
about  5000  feet),  from  which  specimens  of  Myotis  t.  thysan- 
odes and  Corynorhinus  r.  'pallescens  were  also  taken.  One 
was  collected  on  September  27,  and  three  on  October  1. 

2.   Myotis  californicus  californicus  (Audubon  &  Bachman) 

One  specimen  (No.  5967)  collected  in  Madera  Canon, 
altitude  4800  feet,  on  October  6.  In  the  treatment  accorded 
the  subspecies  of  Myotis  californicus  by  Miller  &  Allen 
(1928,  p.  148,  map  11),  it  will  be  noted  that  the  dividing 
Une  drawn  between  the  forms  californicus  and  pallidus  in 
southern  Arizona  accords  with  that  separating  the  Western 
Desert  Area  and  the  Eastern  Plains  Area. 

3.   Myotis  thysanodes  thysanodes  Miller 

Seven  specimens  collected  (Nos.  5956-5962).  These  are 
all  males  and  were  all  taken  at  the  same  place,  in  a  mining 
tunnel  (McCleary's  mine),  at  about  5000  feet  altitude  in 


Vol.  XVIII 1        SWARTH—FAUNAL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA  347 

Madera  Canon,  one  on  September  27,  three  on  October  1, 
and  three  on  October  9. 


4.    Corynorhinus  rafinesquii  pallescens  Miller 

Three  specimens  collected.  No.  5687,  female,  was  taken 
in  a  cave  in  a  limestone  ledge  bordering  the  Sonoita,  seven 
miles  north  of  Patagonia,  on  May  23.  It  contained  one 
fetus.  Nos.  5954,  5955,  males,  were  found  in  a  tunnel 
(the  McCleary  mine),  in  Madera  Canon  at  about  5000  feet 
elevation,  on  September  27.  In  the  rocky  ledge  along  the 
Sonoita  there  are  series  of  caves,  large  and  small,  which, 
apparently,  are  occupied  at  some  time  of  the  year  by  a  large 
number  of  bats.  Our  investigations  in  May  disclosed  very 
few,  not  more  than  six  or  eight  individuals  all  told.  These 
few  bats  were  active  and  alert,  departing  at  the  first  indi- 
cation of  danger. 


5.   Antrozous  pallidus  pallidus  (Le  Conte) 

The  adobe  cabin  that  we  occupied  on  the  Ashburn  Ranch 
evidently  sheltered  a  number  of  bats,  between  the  walls 
and  under  the  roof.  Several  Pallid  Bats  were  caught  on 
May  23  and  24,  as  they  issued  from  crevices  in  the  walls 
at  dusk,  and  two,  both  females,  were  preserved  (Nos. 
5688-5689).  Two  more,  male  and  female,  respectively, 
were  collected  at  the  same  place  on  August  29  (Nos. 
5941-5942). 


6.   Spilogale  ambigua  Mearns 

An  adult  male  (No.  5948)  was  trapped  in  Madera  Canon, 
altitude  5200  feet,  on  September  30. 


7.    Mephitis  ester  Merriam 

An  adult  female  (No.  5910)  was  trapped  near  the  mouth 
of  Stone  Cabin  Caiion,  June  9. 

AprU  26,  1929 


348  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [  Proc.  4th  Skb. 

8.   Urocyon  cinereoargenteus  scottii  Mearns 

Gray  Foxes  are  fairly  common  in  the  Arizona  mountains, 
extending  down  into  the  lowest  foothills.  One  specimen, 
an  adult  female  (No.  5911),  was  obtained  by  our  party, 
trapped  near  our  camp  on  the  Ashburn  ranch,  seven  miles 
north  of  Patagonia,  on  May  21. 

9.    Otospermophilus  grammurus  grammurus  (Say) 

An  Upper  Sonoran  species  that  descends  into  Sonoita 
Valley  at  a  few  points.  We  saw  ground  squirrels  occa- 
sionally along  a  rocky  ledge  bordering  the  bed  of  the  So- 
noita near  the  Ashburn  ranch  house,  and  four  specimens 
(Nos.  5893-5896),  adults  in  rather  worn  pelage,  were  col- 
lected there  in  May.  Seen  at  about  5200  feet  elevation  in 
Madera  Carion. 

10.    Citellus  spilosoma  canescens  (Merriam) 

A  small  colony  was  found  on  the  grounds  about  the  old 
buildings  of  Fort  Crittenden,  where  the  animals  were  using, 
in  part  at  least,  burrows  of  Dipodomys  spectahilis.  Two 
specimens,  adult  females,  were  trapped  there  on  June  1 
and  September  16,  respectively  (Nos.  5892,  5940),  and  a 
young  male  (No.  5939)  was  shot  at  a  nearby  locality,  near 
Sonoita,  on  September  7.  I  was  told  that  the  species 
occurred  in  small  numbers  on  the  west  side  of  the  Santa 
Ritas,  toward  the  north  end  of  the  range,  but  we  saw  none 
there  ourselves.  From  the  Santa  Ritas  eastward  this  spe- 
cies entirely  replaces  Citellus  tereticaudus  neglectus  (see 
Mearns,  1907,  p.  337),  which  in  some  respects  it  closely 
resembles.  I  have  found  it  at  various  scattered  points  in 
southeastern  Arizona,  but  never  in  any  such  numbers  as 
neglectus  attains  to  the  westward.  Canescens,  moreover 
(and  the  same  holds  true  of  obsidianus,  the  only  other  sub- 
species of  this  species  with  which  I  am  acquainted),  is  far 
more  wary  and  retiring  than  the  races  of  tereticaudus,  so 
that  even  when  present  in  fair  abundance  it  may  be  over- 
looked. 


Vol.  XVIII]         SWARTH—FAVNAL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA  349 

11.    Citellus  tereticaudus  neglectus  (Merriam) 

A  common  species  on  the  desert  plains  from  the  Santa 
Rita  Mountains  v^^estw^ard,  though  by  no  means  of  general 
distribution.  We  found  colonies  along  the  road  leading 
from  Madera  Canon  to  Helvetia,  covering  circumscribed 
areas  a  few  miles  below  the  base  of  the  mountains.  Seven 
specimens  (Nos.  5885-5891)  were  collected  there  on  June 
10  and  14,  all  scantily  haired  and  nearly  all  in  process  of 
pelage  renewal. 

On  June  10,  Gorsuch,  walking  through  a  Citellus  colony, 
caught  sight  of  the  tail  of  a  Gila  Monster  (Heloderma 
suspectum)  in  one  of  the  burrows,  and,  as  he  watched,  the 
reptile  slowly  backed  out.  About  its  mouth  Citellus  hair 
adhered  and  when  the  lizard  was  killed  and  opened  a 
spermophile  was  found  in  its  stomach,  swallowed  entire, 
head  first.  Snakes,  from  their  greater  abundance,  are 
probably  a  more  serious  menace,  but  from  either  of  these 
enemies  the  spermophiles  must  be  well-nigh  helpless  in  a 
system  of  burrows  that  does  not  provide  several  outlets. 
In  the  colonies  observed  here  the  holes  were  in  gravelly, 
hard-packed  ground,  and  (though  I  made  no  excavations) 
I  received  the  impression  that  the  burrows  were  of  rather 
simple  construction.  Some  of  the  animals,  however,  were 
seen  going  in  and  out  of  kangaroo  rat  holes,  in  mounds 
that  were  honeycombed  with  runways,  where  doubtless 
they  were  in  greater  safety. 

Round-tailed  Spermophiles  were  occasionally  seen  in 
mesquite  trees,  ten  or  fifteen  feet  from  the  ground.  I  saw 
one,  surprised  in  such  a  situation  by  one  of  our  party  who 
walked  below  without  seeing  the  animal,  that  remained 
quietly  aloft  until  the  danger  had  passed,  when  it  descended 
to  the  ground  and  to  its  nearby  burrow. 


12.   Ammospermophilus  harrisii  (Audubon  &  Bachman) 

Abundant  on  the  Santa  Rita  Range  Reserve,  as  it  is  over 
much  of  the  lowlands  of  Arizona  west  of  that  point.  As 
far  as  I  know,  the  species  does  not  occur  along  the  Arizona- 
Mexico  boundary  line  east  of  the  Santa  Rita  Mountains. 
We  did  not  see  it  in  the  Sonoita  Valley,  I  never  saw  it  in 


350  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [  Phoc.  4th  Seb. 

previous  years  collecting  in  southern  Cochise  County,  and 
Mearns  (1907,  p.  304-305)  comments  upon  its  absence  from 
that  section.  Its  range,  then,  in  southern  Arizona  extends 
from  the  Colorado  River  east  to  the  west  base  of  the  Santa 
Ritas.  Farther  north  in  the  state,  probably  from  the  base 
of  the  Mogollon  escarpment  south  about  to  the  latitude 
of  Fort  Bowie,  it  extends  eastward  into  New  Mexico. 
The  local  distribution  of  this  and  the  other  small  ground 
squirrels  {Ammospermophilus  and  Citellus)  of  Arizona  pre- 
sents various  peculiar  features.  Although  it  is  not  unusual 
to  find  two  species  in  the  same  locality,  still,  as  a  rule, 
they  are  segregated,  and  some  one  species,  is,  invariably, 
I  believe,  greatly  in  preponderance  at  any  one  place.  Thus, 
in  the  section  where  we  were  working  Ammospermophilus 
harrisii  was  abundant  over  the  greater  part  of  the  slope 
extending  from  Madera  and  Sawmill  caiions  down  to  the 
Santa  Cruz  River.  Some  miles  north  of  the  mouth  of  Saw- 
mill Canon  there  are  large  colonies  of  Citellus  tereticaudus 
negledus,  where  very  few  of  A.  harrisii  were  seen.  Between 
Tucson  and  the  Santa  Catalina  Mountains,  some  years 
ago,  I  found  the  Citellus  abundant,  to  the  absolute  exclusion 
of  the  Ammospermophilus.  I  have  not  been  able  in  the 
places  indicated  to  correlate  the  presence  or  absence  of  these 
species  with  soil  conditions,  as  described  by  Grinnell  (1914, 
pp.  219,  224)  from  the  valley  of  the  Colorado  River.  No- 
where in  this  general  region  are  there  areas  of  wind-drifted 
sand,  such  as  Grinnell  describes  as  the  preferred  habitat  of 
tereticaudus.  The  ground  is  almost  uniformly  hard  and 
gravelly  except  in  the  river  bottoms,  and  there  no  sper- 
mophiles  were  seen. 

Ammospermophilus  harrisii  is  a  diurnal  animal,  active 
throughout  the  day,  and,  when  present,  conspicuously  in 
view.  In  trapping  in  the  region  where  this  ground  squirrel 
occurs  I  lost  a  large  proportion  of  small  mammals,  destroyed 
in  the  traps,  and  came  to  the  conclusion  that  harrisii  must 
be  responsible.  The  specimens  were  mutilated  through 
being  nibbled  at,  the  leg  bones  of  a  rat  or  mouse  being 
left  attached  to  the  everted  skin,  so  the  damage  must  have 
been  done  by  a  small-sized  animal.  As  specimens  of 
Ammospermophilus  were  found  thus  eaten  in  the  traps 


Vol.  XVIII J        SWARTH—FAUXAL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHER!^  ARIZONA  351 

when  I  kneviT  that  they  had  been  trapped  during  the  day, 
it  was  evident  that  a  diurnal  species  was  at  least  partly 
responsible.  The  damage  was  most  frequently  inflicted 
where  Ammospermophilus  was  abundant,  so  altogether  I 
am  inclined  to  lay  the  blame  on  that  species.  Mearns 
(1907,  p.  305)  comments  upon  the  carnivorous  habits  of  this 
ground  squirrel. 

Ammospermophilus  harrisii  saxicola  was  described  by 
Mearns  (1896,  p.  444;  1907,  p.  306)  from  southwestern 
Arizona,  as  distinct  from  A.  h.  harrisii  of  the  region  where 
we  collected.  I  have  compared  the  fourteen  adults  we 
collected  on  the  Santa  Rita  Range  Reserve  (see  table,  p. 
352)  with  a  series  of  twenty-four  comparable  adults  from 
the  lower  Colorado  River,  in  the  Museum  of  Vertebrate 
Zoology  and  am  unable  to  appreciate  the  color  differences 
described  by  Mearns.  Neither  do  I  find  such  differences  in 
measurements  as  Mearns  ascribes  to  the  two  forms  (see 
table,  p.  352,  and  compare  with  tables  given  by  Mearns 
[1907,  pp.  307-309],  and  by  Grinnell  [1914,  p.  220]). 
Consequently  I  agree  with  Grinnell  {loc.  cit.)  in  the  con- 
elusion  that  Ammospermophilus  harrisii  salicicola  Mearns 
is  not  deserving  of  recognition. 


13.    Thomomys  fulvus  toltecus  Allen 

14.   Thomomys  fulvus  intermedius  Mearns 

Pocket  Gophers  were  abundant  in  the  lowlands  bordering 
the  Sonoita.  Throughout  this  portion  of  Arizona  I  think 
it  is  true  that  these  animals  in  the  lowlands  are  restricted 
to  the  vicinity  of  streams  and  to  irrigated  land  adjoining, 
being  entirely  absent  from  the  rocky  foot-hills,  the  desert 
mesa,  and  the  grassy  plains.  In  the  Patagonia  section  we 
found  them  only  in  the  bottom  lands.  At  the  western 
base  of  the  Santa  Ritas  no  gopher  sign  was  found  anywhere 
on  the  Santa  Rita  Range  Reserve  or  in  the  part  of  Stone 
Cabin  Canon  where  we  were  camped.  In  September,  Miss 
McLellan  found  gophers  in  Madera  Canon,  where  five 
were  trapped  near  the  5000-foot  contour  and  workings  seen 
up  to  about  7000  feet. 


352 


CAUFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


[  Pboc.  4th  Ser. 


Measurements  in  millimeters  of  adult  Ammospermophilus 
harrisii  from  the  Santa  Rita  Range  Reserve,  Pima  County, 
Arizona. 


Collection 

No. 

Sex 

Date 

Total 
length 

Tail 
vertebrae 

Hind 
foot 

C.  A.  S. 

5873 

c^ 

June 

7,  1927 

225 

81 

42 

C.  A.  S. 

5875 

d" 

June 

8,  1927 

255 

91 

41 

C.  A.  S. 

5884 

(^ 

June 

13,  1927 

223 

79 

36 

C.  A.  S. 

5871 

9 

June 

5,  1927 

233 

80 

40 

C.  A.  S. 

5872 

9 

June 

5,  1927 

238 

78 

39 

C.  A.  S. 

5874 

9 

June 

7,  1927 

226 

80 

39 

C.  A.  S. 

5870 

9 

June 

8,  1927 

235 

78 

40 

C.  A.  S. 

5876 

9 

June 

8,  1927 

246 

83 

43 

C.  A.  S. 

5877 

9 

June 

8,  1927 

228 

80 

39 

C.  A.  S. 

5878 

9 

June 

8,  1927 

232 

80 

40 

C.  A.  S. 

5880 

9 

June 

11,  1927 

225 

83 

40 

C.  A.  S. 

5881 

9 

June 

15,  1927 

223 

83 

41 

C.  A.  S. 

5882 

9 

June 

15,  1927 

230 

88 

40 

C.  A.  S. 

5883 

9 

June 

13,  1927 

225 

80 

36 

Average. 


231.7        81.7        39.3 


Vol.  XVIII 1         SWARTH—FAUNAL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA  353 

Bailey  (1915)  ascribes  the  gopher  of  the  lovv^lands  of  this 
part  of  Arizona  to  Thomomys  fulvus  toltecus,  that  of  the 
mountains  to  T.  f.  intermedius.  Applying  to  our  Patagonia 
series  the  characters  ascribed  to  toltecus,  and  to  the  Madera 
Canon  specimens  those  of  intermedius,  I  can  follow  him  in 
this  division.  The  Patagonia  specimens,  28  in  all  (Nos. 
5724-5751),  are  larger  and  duller  brown.  The  five  from 
Madera  Caiion  (Nos.  5949-5953)  are  smaller,  richer  brown, 
and  black-backed. 

Our  specimens  of  toltecus  were  all  taken  in  one  pasture, 
seven  miles  north  of  the  town  of  Patagonia,  at  about  4500 
feet  altitude,  and  on  the  border  line  between  the  Upper 
and  Lower  Sonoran  zones.  We  saw  no  gopher  sign  in  such 
purely  Lower  Sonoran  localities  as  we  visited,  where  con- 
ditions were  evidently  unfavorable  to  the  species.  Bailey 
(lac.  cit.,  p.  86)  ascribes  to  toltecus  a  Lower  Sonoran  habitat, 
but  it  occurs  also  in  some  Upper  Sonoran  localities,  as  in 
the  foothills  of  the  Huachuca  Mountains.  There  must  be 
many  such  places  where  disconnected  areas  inhabited  by 
toltecus  are  far  more  widely  separated  than  are  the  habitats 
of  toltecus  and  intermedius.  In  the  Huachucas,  for  instance, 
there  is  practically  continuous  distribution  of  pocket 
gophers  from  the  mountain  tops  down  the  canons  eastward 
to  where  they  open  upon  the  plains.  Then  there  is  a  wide 
plains  area  devoid  of  these  animals  until  the  bottom  lands  of 
the  San  Pedro  and  Babocomari  rivers  are  reached.  As 
Bailey  points  out,  the  differences  in  subspecific  characters 
occur  as  between  specimens  from  the  mountain  tops  and 
those  from  the  mountains'  base  (between  which  there  is 
essentially  continuous  distribution),  while  close  resem- 
blances exist  between  widely  separated  lowland  distribution 
areas.  It  is  a  peculiarity  in  subspecific  differentiation  that 
is  worthy  of  future  study. 


15.   Perognathus  flavus  flavus  Baird 

Two  specimens  (Nos.  5787,  5788)  were  obtained,  trapped 
near  our  camp  at  the  mouth  of  Stone  Cabin  Canon,  on 
June  9  and  10,  respectively.  The  trap  line  was  laid  along 
a  north-facing  slope,   grass  covered  and  with  scattering 


354 


CAUFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  (Pboc.  4th  Skb. 


5^ 


^3 


5s> 


02 


02 


02 

a;) 


Hind 
foot 

co(Mcoecc^ 

OOOOOOit^OOCOOSOOO 
COiMC^CJ<N<NCS(N(M(N 

Tail 
vertebrae 

'-Hocot-'t^ocoaioo 

Total 
length 

050C 
I-H  (N  (M 

(N(M05»0t^OC0(N'-HTj* 

<-HO'-HOOO(Nl-Hl-HO 

(MCO 
QOCD 

l-H  .-H 

P 

May      15,  1927 
May      16,  1927 
May      17,  1927 
May      17,  1927 
May      20,  1927 

i^i>t^         t^  t- 1>  r^  i>  i>  t^  1^  r»  t^ 

C5  05  03                C5  O  05  05  Oi  05  Ol  03  03  05 
(N  CO  00                  .-1  I-H  I-H  rH  1— 1  i-l  ,-1  ,— 1  I-H  1-1 

DnaCi,             o3o3o3iSo3c«o3e3(So3 

Sept.     27,  1927 
Sept.     28,  1927 

00 

^  :  :  :  :  : 

1*..^ 

■2  :  :  :  :  : 

00 

1 

«o 

1 

00 

s 

s 

60 

^ 

S  :::::::::  : 

^  ^  ^  +J 

o 

^-2^ 

■♦o 

.s< 

^^ 

OQ 

s25! 

Thomomys  fulvu 

Patagonia 

Patagonia 

Patagonia 

Patagonia 

Patagonia 

3 

■^  << 

•^ 

Thomomys  fulvus 
Madera  Canon,  Sta.  Rita 
Madera  Canon,  Sta.  Rita 
Madera  Canon.  Sta.  Rita 

«^          .          .          .          . 

Thomomys  fulvus 
Madera  Canon,  Sta.  Rita 
Madera  Canon,  Sta.  Rita 

»*^ 

vj; 

$c 

g*  .    .    . 

s    .    .    .    . 

(S 

s 

S: 

o 

"< 

"a"a"a"a"a"a'a"B'a"a 
oooooooooo 

bObCbCbCbDbCbDbCbCbO 
^^03cSc^^c3g^c3g3 

03cjs3c3c3rtc3c3c3c3 
PhPhAhPhPhPhPhPhPhPLi 

X 

eg 

'b'b'b^^ 

'b'b'h 

O0000t-0*-000t-0<- 

oo 

6 

12; 

iO  lO  *0  lO  iC 

I-H  (M  re 

•*lOr-.Oi^(Mt>.00O5fO 

(NiMcaiMcocoeococO'^f^ 

kCkC»CiCi0»O»O'O'0i0 

OiOi 

.2 

1 

C.  A.  S. 
C.  A.  S. 
C.  A.  S. 
C.  A.  S. 
C.  A.  S, 

oi 

d 

oi 

d 

< 

d 

ccoioioJaioJoiaiaJQD 

dddddddddd 

CQOi 

do 

Vol.  XVIII]         SWARTH—FAUNAL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA  355 

oak  trees.  No  other  pocket  mice  were  taken  in  this  Une, 
and  this  species  of  Perognathus  was  not  otherwise  found 
by  us. 

16.   Perognathus  amplus  Osgood 

Found  only  on  the  Santa  Rita  Range  Reserve,  where 
four  were  trapped,  three  on  June  13,  one  on  June  16  (Nos. 
5783-5786).  Two  are  adults,  two  in  juvenal  pelage.  The 
first  three  secured  were  taken  within  a  few  hundred  yards 
of  each  other,  the  fourth  about  a  mile  distant,  in  trap  lines 
that  were  about  five  miles  northwest  of  the  Florida  Ranger 
Station,  and  a  mile  or  more  from  the  base  of  the  mountains. 


17.   Perognathus  baileyi  baileyi  Merriam 

A  rather  uncommon  species  in  the  section  of  the  Santa 
Rita  Range  Reserve  where  we  were  trapping.  Eight  speci- 
mens (Nos.  5752-5759)  were  preserved  and  a  few  more 
discarded  (damaged  in  the  traps)  from  our  trap  lines  there 
during  June.  Somewhat  more  abundant  during  October 
immediately  below  Madera  Canon,  where  17  skins  were 
obtained  (Nos.  5970-5985,  6037).  On  the  plains  bordering 
the  western  base  of  the  Santa  Rita  Mountains  was  the  only 
place  where  we  found  the  species.  None  was  taken  in  the 
foothills  and  none  east  of  the  mountains.  One  was  found 
in  the  stomach  of  a  rattlesnake  {Crotalus  airox). 


18.   Perognathus  penicillatus  price!  Allen 

Eleven  from  the  vicinity  of  Patagonia,  twelve  from  the 
Santa  Rita  Range  Reserve,  and  two  from  lower  Madera 
Canon  (Nos.  5760-5782,  5968-5969).  The  species  was 
decidedly  rare  in  the  Patagonia  region,  where  the  specimens 
preserved  represent  the  entire  catch  for  a  month.  At  the 
western  base  of  the  mountains  it  was  more  numerous,  and 
many  more  were  caught  than  were  preserved.  No  juveniles 
were  taken  at  Patagonia,  during  May,  but  on  the  Santa  Rita 
Range  Reserve,  during  June,  the  young  were  as  numerous 
as  adults. 


356  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  .  [Pboc.  4th  Ser. 

19.    Dipodomys  spectabilis  spectabilis  Merriam 

A  common  species  in  the  higher  portion  of  the  Santa  Rita 
Range  Reserve.  Twenty-three  specimens  (Nos.  5848-5870) 
were  trapped  there  during  June,  all  adults.  No  young 
ones  were  seen  or  trapped,  and  none  of  the  females  collected 
contained  embryos  or  was  nursing.  Three  specimens  (Nos. 
5933-5935)  were  trapped  at  Fort  Crittenden  in  September. 
The  conspicuous  mounds  and  other  workings  of  the  animal 
were  not  seen  elsewhere  on  the  east  side  of  the  Santa 
Ritas,  and  it  may  be  doubted  that  the  species  extends 
farther  east  in  the  near  vicinity  of  the  boundary  line. 

For  life  history  and  other  information  regarding  this 
species,  as  observed  in  the  exact  section  where  we  were 
working,  see  Vorhies  and  Taylor,  1922. 


20.   Dipodomys  merriami  merriami  Mearns 

Extremely  abundant  west  of  the  Santa  Rita  Mountains, 
where  it  is  of  general  distribution  over  the  desert  plains 
and  up  to  the  base  of  the  mountains.  Forty-six  specimens 
(Nos.  5802-5847)  were  prepared  during  June,  all  from  the 
Santa  Rita  Range  Reserve,  and  many  more  trapped  animals 
were  discarded  for  various  reasons. 


21.   Dipodomys  merriami  olivaceus,  new  subspecies 

Type. — Male  adult,  skin  and  skull,  No.  6235,  Mus.  Calif. 
Acad.  Sci.,  collected  by  Sam  Davidson  (orig.  No.  39), 
October  28,  1928,  Fairbank,  Cochise  County,  Arizona. 
Measurements  of  type:  Total  length  243.0  mm.;  tail  ver- 
tebrae, 141.0;  hind  foot  37.0;  ear,  12.0.  Skull:  greatest 
length,  36.5  mm.;  breadth  of  skull  across  bullae,  23.0; 
spread  of  maxillary  arches,  17.2;  greatest  length  of  nasals, 
13.5;  greatest  width  of  rostrum  near  end,  3.2;  width  of 
maxillary  arch  at  middle,  5.0. 

Diagnosis. — A  slightly  differentiated  race  of  Dipodomys 
merriami,  varying  from  typical  D.  m.  merriami  in  darker 
coloration  and  in  slightly  larger  skull  with  appreciably 
higher  brain  case. 


Vol.  XVIII 1         SWARTH—FAUNAL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA  357 

Material  examined. — Three  specimens  from  Fairbank, 
Arizona,  in  the  collection  of  the  California  Academy  of 
Sciences;  ten  specimens  from  Fairbank,  Arizona,  in  the 
Stanford  University  collection;  nine  specimens  from  Fair- 
bank,  Arizona,  and  three  from  the  east  base  of  the  Hua- 
chuca  Mountains,  Arizona,  in  the  collection  of  the  Field 
Museum  of  Natural  History. 

Remarks. — We  collected  no  specimens  of  four-toed 
kangaroo  rats  east  of  the  Santa  Rita  Mountains.  I  knew, 
however,  that  the  species  occurred  in  that  general  region, 
having  collected  some,  years  before,  at  the  east  base  of  the 
Huachuca  Mountains,  and  the  manner  of  occurrence  there, 
in  comparison  with  conditions  west  of  the  Santa  Ritas, 
made  it  seem  desirable  to  make  close  comparison  of  speci- 
mens from  the  two  regions.  We  had  abundant  material 
from  the  western  area,  but  none  from  the  eastern.  To  aid 
us  in  supplying  this  need,  Mr.  Sam  Davidson,  of  Palo 
Alto,  California,  who  was  in  Tucson  temporarily,  made  a 
trip  to  Fairbank,  where  he  trapped  three  specimens  on 
October  27  and  28,  1928.  I  was  also  able  to  borrow  speci- 
mens from  the  Stanford  University  collection  and  from  the 
Field  Museum  of  Natural  History,  as  above  indicated. 

From  the  western  base  of  the  Santa  Rita  Mountains 
westward  throughout  the  lowlands  of  southwestern  Arizona 
(the  Western  Desert  Area),  D.  m.  merriami  is  one  of  the 
most  common,  perhaps  the  commonest,  small  mammal. 
In  the  Eastern  Plains  Area  kangaroo  rats  are  rare,  occurring 
in  small  colonies  at  widely  scattered  intervals.  Apparently 
open  grass  land  is  not  suited  to  their  needs,  for  they  usually 
occur  in  sandy  washes,  where  soft  ground  and  low  scattered 
bushes  afford  more  congenial  surroundings. 

Examination  of  specimens  shows  the  presence  of  certain 
slight  differentiating  characters  that  can  be  associated 
with  animals  from  the  two  regions.  Of  these  features 
color  is  the  most  outstanding. 

Olivaceus  is  relatively  dark  colored,  more  olivaceous,  as 
compared  with  the  bright  reddish  hue  of  typical  merriami, 
a  difference  that  shows  strongly  in  comparing  series  from 
the  nearby  localities  of  Fairbank  and  the  Santa  Rita 
Range  Reserve.    Merriami  is  markedly  variable  in  colora- 


358  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  ( Paoc.  4th  Seb, 

tion,  as  pointed  out  by  Grinnell  (1922,  p.  74),  but  the 
Fairbank  specimens  stand  outside  the  Hmits  of  variation 
in  any  series  of  merriami  examined  from  western  Arizona 
or  southeastern  California.  Coloration  of  olivaceus  is 
practically  indistinguishable  from  that  of  Dipodomys  ordii 
ordii,  which  occurs  together  with  olivaceus  in  southern 
Arizona.  In  fact,  a  specimen  of  ordii,  labelled  merriami, 
was  found  among  the  borrowed  skins.  In  the  skull,  the 
slightly  greater  general  size  and  higher  brain  case  of 
olivaceus  are  average  characters  that  hold  fairly  well, 
though  there  is  overlapping  between  the  two  forms  in 
these  regards. 

Once  the  peculiar  features  of  the  Fairbank  specimens 
were  appreciated,  the  possibility  suggested  itself  of  their 
being  the  same  as  the  form  Dipodomys  ambiguus  Merriam 
(1890,  p.  42),  described  from  El  Paso,  Texas,  and  later 
regarded  as  a  subspecies  of  D.  merriami.  A  series  of 
'^ ambiguus"  was  loaned  me  by  the  United  States  Biological 
Survey,  with  the  added  information  that  that  form  was  now 
considered  by  mammalogists  of  the  Survey  as  indistinguish- 
able from  typical  merriami.  With  this  opinion  I  can  concur, 
as  the  El  Paso  specimens  in  the  series  are  indistinguishable 
from  my  series  from  the  Tucson  region.  The  series  of 
"ambiguus,"  however,  includes  two  skins  from  Jarilla, 
New  Mexico,  and  one  of  these  is  exactly  like  olivaceus  in 
color.  Whether  or  not  this  indicates  intergradation  be- 
tween the  two  forms  in  that  region  I  can  not  say;  no  such 
close  resemblance  appears  in  any  series  from  points  west 
of  the  Santa  Rita  Mountains. 

I  wish  to  emphasize  the  fact  that  olivaceus  is  not  a  strong- 
ly marked  form.  It  is  admittedly  a  faintly  indicated 
subspecies,  of  average  heavier  build  and  darker  coloration 
than  merriami  in  about  the  same  degree,  as  at  the  western 
edge  of  the  merriami  habitat,  the  variant  simiolus  is 
slightly  smaller  and  paler  colored.  As  these  differences  do 
exist,  however,  and,  moreover,  as  they  can  be  correlated 
with  markedly  different  physical  surroundings  and  living 
conditions,  it  seems  to  me  desirable  to  have  names  for  each 
of  the  forms  concerned. 

That  the  El  Paso  specimens  should  prove  to  be  the  same 
as  those  from  Tucson  is  probably  an  indication  of  con- 


Vol.  XVIII 1         SWARTH—FAUNAL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA  359 

tinuous  distribution  of  merriami  between  the  two  points 
through  a  belt  to  the  northward  of  the  habitat  of  olivaceus. 
After  the  above  account  was  written  there  was  pubHshed 
the  description  by  Goldman  (1928,  p.  141)  of  Dipodomys 
merriami  mayensis,  from  southern  Sonora,  Mexico,  which 
is  also  described  as  a  dark  colored  form.  The  possibility 
suggested  itself,  of  course,  of  mayensis  and  olivaceus  being 
synonymous,  but,  although  I  have  not  made  direct  compari- 
son of  specimens,  the  skull  characters  of  mayensis  that  are 
emphasized  by  Goldman  and  demonstrated  in  his  measure- 
ments are  not  features  of  olivaceus.  Mayensis  appears 
to  be  a  different,  and  probably  a  more  strongly  marked, 
subspecies. 

22.   Dipodomys  ordii  ordii  Woodhouse 

Present  in  small  numbers  in  the  Sonoita  Valley.  Thirteen 
specimens  (Nos.  5789-5801)  were  trapped  between  May  16 
and  30,  all  in  rather  sandy  bottom  lands  bordering  the 
Sonoita  River,  a  few  miles  north  of  Patagonia.  The  series 
includes  three  half-grown  young,  collected  on  May  27  and 
29. 

23.    Onychomys  torridus  torridus  Coues 

Not  common  in  the  Sonoita  Valley.  Trap  lines  in  a 
section  of  the  bottom  lands  where  the  soil  was  rather  light 
and  sandy  produced  six  specimens  in  about  two  weeks. 
Other  trap  lines  where  conditions  were  different  did  not 
catch  any.  West  of  the  mountains,  on  the  Santa  Rita 
Range  Reserve,  the  species  was  far  more  abundant,  and 
some  were  caught  almost  every  night.  Thirty-seven 
specimens  in  all  were  preserved,  six  from  the  vicinity  of 
Patagonia  (Nos.  5652-5657),  twenty-two  from  the  Santa 
Rita  Range  Reserve  (Nos.  5658-5679),  and  nine  from  below 
the  mouth  of  Madera  Caiion  (Nos.  5986-5992,  6032). 

Another  species,  Onycho7nys  leucogaster  ruidosce,  occurs 
east  of  the  Santa  Ritas,  as  at  Fairbank  (Hollister,  1914,  p. 
448),  but  we  failed  to  find  it  and  have  no  data  showing 
whether  or  not  the  two  species  occur  over  precisely  the 
same  ground. 


360 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


[  Proc.  4th  Sbr. 


CO 


O 
O 


c3     ^ 


03 


<3 


J3 

o 

.'-s             ^-v 

vi     l->     m 

lO 

0^ 

o 

O     =3g 

lO 

in 

iri 

-  ^.-s 

6 

•A. 

c!i 

T3   ta   a 

■n 

■■# 

•* 

V— '                   V— ' 

c> 

^  '3   *> 

*-) 

05 

00 

C3 

iC 

■*' 

■* 

c 

J3 

-*^ 

:2  s-o 

OJ 

CM 

pj   a  a 

CO 

CO 

■^     fc.     0) 

6 

6 

CO    m    Jj 

Q>       O       ® 

CO             « 

W 

05 

I-H 

CO 

o 
co' 

O 

s 

2? 

o 

■# 

Tt^ 

CO 

"S        » 

f-H 

I-H 

I-H 

03      _     — ■ 

^5      g 

6 

o 

6 

SJ     M    CO 

CO 

CM 

ci 

S     K     fl 

i-H 

I-H 

I-H 

*.!    aj    "^ 

O-^'s 

•^ 

9 

•<J< 

CO 

CO 

M 

fH 

I-H 

I-H 

.-^          ^^ 

o 

IC 

Sf 

o  b 

00 

o 

t-^ 

f-H 

1-^ 

f-l 

-0=  S 

t 

1 

o 

1 

o 

g-3-g 

o 

I-H 

f-4 

o 

I-H 

«    ca    t- 

o 

I-H 

t^ 

t^ 

<D 

to 

I-H 

iH 

I-H 

IC 

o 

CM 

8 

CO 

CO 

CO 

-=5  =5  =2 

irj 

CM 

=? 

^  -i«  -^ 

6 

O 

6 

"      03      wi 

CO 

CM 

CM 

£^    1 

CM            CM 
■ — ^            — 

CM 

m  °  2 

CM 

<o 

b- 

03 

*I- 

CM 

cm' 

CM 

CM 

C^ 

ut 

O 

o 

t^ 

O 

o 

^  :S  3 

CO 

1 
C 

6 

s 

^  2"-^ 

tc 

.       'O 

-^ 

?  S  " 

CO 

CO 

CO 

L4         C^       I4_ 

O  -^   0 

fl- 

o 

CO 

ee 

>c 

lO 

CO 

CO 

CO 

N* 

_o 

^ 

<; 

■c 

d 

V 

>-» 

t 

T3 

% 

§ 

>» 

rt 

^ 

o 

c 

0 
^ 

4) 

s 

f-1 

'Z 

-< 

tf 

X  .X 

03 

H  «; 

^ 

■^ 

„-S 

a 

s 

i  ^ 

"c. 

o3 

^ 

m 

s 

*«^ 

=  -3    S 

^ 

^ 

CO 

Z     00     ^ 

O 

o 

o 

I-H 

»-H 

I-H 

■3 

s 


o 


.s 

K 

(jt 

bri 

3 

-*J 

03 

z 

03 

•*H 

0 

a> 

3 

Si 

^ 

3 

0 

S 

m 

•d 

<a 

0 

a 

s 

s 

0 

W 

CJ 

lO 

>. 

> 

3 

01 

r/f 

^ 

03 

■y 

■fl 

^ 

0 

•d 

0 

0 

ffl 

Oj 

CO 

cc 

03 

6 

P 

— 

d 

^ 

0 

<ij 

0 

U 

H 

y 

Vol.  XVIII]         SWARTH—FAUNAL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA 


361 


<3 

<4> 


60 
>5 


O 

o 


m 


^  Q 

/^» 

^ 

.^'-N                         -.^ 

s 

rcen1 
tailt 
gth 

o 

q 

O 

CS 

T— 

(m' 

t--^ 

1> 

t> 

o^a'-j 

JO 

lO 

lO 

••g^  c3 

'               ^.— 

1^  M-te 

05 

00 

"" 

»o 

lO 

IC 

,_ 

^_ 

o 

q 

'^ 

?— 

?-( 

1—1 

03 

6 

6 

£ 

t-| 

t- 

05 

d 

05 

1-H 

_ 

^ 

^ 

q 

o 

o 

-K3 

o 

00 

d 

o 
o 

"T 

CO 

t 

6 

o 

o 

'xi 

lO 

«D 

CD 

£2 

CO 

CO 

''                          -s—. 

ci 

C^ 

CO 

h^ 

t>^ 

00 

CO 

ec 

CO 

If 

o 

c 

q" 

Si 

t~- 

c 

oi 

iC 

cc 

lO 

tH 

1—1 

1—1 

1— ( 

x> 

1 

1 

w 

c 

c 

d> 

■fi 

iC 

cc 

d 

0) 

cc 

cc 

-^ 

> 

r-H 

1—* 

1—1 

■^ 

oc 

t^ 

t>; 

H 

IC 

<M 

lO 

"* 

Tt^ 

-* 

1— 1 

iH 

tH 

^ 

s                  ^ — 

c 

C 

o 

CC 

OC 

<N 

^ 

IC 

cc 

O 

->j 

"^ 

^ 

•^^ 

c 

q 

q 

(U 

iM 

1-^ 

d 

l-«H 

cc 

cc 

CO 

-3 

£ 

S 

(N 

■»^ 

O 

cc 

cc 

t-; 

H 

cc 

CC 

lO 

Tf 

■* 

-* 

(M 

IM 

(N 

C^ 

'^^ 

§.i 

-  X 

ce 

<o 

,— V    QJ 

_-i-s 

c 
c 

SS^ 

'3 

< 

X  a; 

^ 

ii  4 

8l 

X 

)         o3   (H 

^■ 

•S;S 

o: 

c3 

^ 

CQ 

S 

U-t      .      _- 

No.  o 
speci- 
mens 

c 

>       O 

1—1 

o 

1—1 

o 


2 

S 

««-• 

cs 

o 

a 

a 

.2 

3 
§ 

3 

o 

K5 

T) 

OJ 

e 

(X, 

M 

'  : 

rrt 

o 

o 

do 

s? 

.. 

> 

>> 

■-l 

.& 

9 

*m 

QQ 

tH 

1 

> 

r> 

a 

Ui 

& 

O 

i 

•o 

O 

^ 

eq 

a 

0? 

rn 

'S 

m 

1) 

CO 

t> 

y- 

— 

a 

;:3 

S 

n 

CJ 

o 

O 

H 

y 

:< 

362  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [  Proc.  4th  Seb. 

24.   Reithrodontomys  megalotis  megalotis  (Baird) 

Evidently  rather  rare  throughout  the  region.  Four 
were  trapped  near  Patagonia,  on  May  15,  18,  19,  and  28, 
respectively,  and  three  of  them  preserved  (Nos.  5639, 
5684,  5685).  One  was  caught  at  the  mouth  of  Stone  Cabin 
Canon,  June  11  (No.  5683). 


25.   Peromyscus  eremicus  eremicus  (Baird) 

Eleven  specimens  collected:  One  from  near  Patagonia, 
and  ten  from  the  foothills  at  the  western  base  of  the  Santa 
Rita  Mountains  (Nos.  5628-5635,  5641,  6017,  6018).  The 
Patagonia  specimen  (from  a  trap  line  that  produced  P.  I. 
arizoncB  and  P.  m.  sonoriensis)  was  the  only  example  of  this 
mouse  that  we  caught  in  that  region.  At  the  western  base 
of  the  mountains  eremicus  was  found  mostly  in  rocky  places 
in  the  lowest  foothills.  Only  one  or  two  were  caught  on 
the  Santa  Rita  Range  Reserve,  and  those  on  the  bottoms 
of  gulleys  leading  from  the  hills.  No  Peromyscus  of  any 
kind  was  caught  on  the  level  floor  of  the  Range  Reserve, 
where  other  species  of  rodents  were  decidedly  abundant. 


26.   Peromyscus  maniculatus  sonoriensis  (Le  Conte) 

Four  specimens  (Nos.  5647-5649,  5651)  were  trapped 
in  bottom  lands  adjoining  the  Sonoita  River,  some  six 
miles  north  of  Patagonia,  in  the  same  trap  lines  that  were 
producing  Dipodomys,  Perognathus,  and  Onychomys.  Not 
one  was  collected  in  all  the  trapping  that  was  carried  on  at 
the  western  base  of  the  Santa  Ritas.  I  have  not  found  the 
species  to  be  common  anywhere  in  southeastern  Arizona. 


27.   Peromyscus  leucopus  arizonae  (Allen) 

Seven  specimens  (Nos.  5638,  5640,  5642-5646)  were  col- 
lected near  Patagonia,  in  the  same  trap  lines  that  produced 
our  few  examples  of  sonoriensis.  This  was  in  sandy  or 
gravelly  bottom  lands.  None  of  this  species  was  taken  in 
the  rocky  localities  that  harbored  rowleyi,  nor  was  any 
collected  on  the  west  side  of  the  Santa  Ritas. 


Vol.  XVIII1        SWARTH—FAUNAL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA  363 

28.    Peromyscus  boylii  rowleyi  (Allen) 

Abundant  in  the  mountain  ranges  of  southeastern  Ari- 
zona, down  to  the  lower  limit  of  the  Upper  Sonoran  zone; 
absent  from  the  plains.  Twenty-seven  specimens  pre- 
served from  the  Patagonia  region,  47  from  the  vicinity  of 
the  Florida  Ranger  Station,  and  from  lower  Madera  Canon 
(Nos.  5591-5627,  5636,  5637,  5650,  5994-6016,  6019-6026, 
6029-6031).  All  taken  at  our  Patagonia  station  were  in 
rocky  outcroppings  bordering  the  Sonoita  River,  at  the 
lower  edge  of  the  oak  woods.  None  was  found  on  the  valley 
floor  where  other  species  of  Peromyscus  were  trapped. 


29.    Sigmodon  hispidus  cienegae  A.  B.  Howell 

Three  cotton  rats  (Nos.  5680-5682)  were  taken  near  our 
camp  seven  miles  north  of  Patagonia,  on  May  20,  21,  and 
23,  respectively.  One  was  found  drowned  in  a  ditch,  the 
other  two  were  caught  in  the  same  trap  on  a  sandy  stretch 
adjoining  the  Sonoita  River  bottom,  far  from  water  at 
that  season,  and  where  I  had  been  trapping  Dipodomys 
and  Perognathus.  Several  piles  of  brush,  like  small,  flat- 
tened, wood  rat  "houses"  had  attracted  my  attention 
there,  but  no  wood  rats  were  caught,  and  the  traps  were 
undisturbed  after  the  cotton  rats  were  captured.  Two 
more  were  trapped  on  marshy  ground  bordering  the  Sonoita 
a  short  distance  below  Patagonia  on  September  21  and  23, 
respectively.  These  two  were  females,  containing  the  one 
12,  the  other  14,  embryos! 

I  am  applying  to  these  specimens  the  name  Sigmodon 
hispidus  cienegce  A.  B.  Howell  (1919,  p.  161),  at  the  sugges- 
tion of  Major  E.  A.  Goldman,  and  without  myself  making 
any  study  of  the  systematic  status  of  the  group.  No  less 
than  five  names  are  in  use  for  cotton  rats  from  different  lo- 
calities in  southern  and  central  Arizona,  with  few  specimens 
available  from  any  one  place.  The  dift'erences  involved  are 
mostly  of  size,  and  size  has  been  shown  by  Grinnell  (1914, 
p.  230)  to  vary  so  much  in  one  of  the  races  that  some  doubt 
may  be  felt  as  to  the  validity  of  at  least  some  of  the  sub- 
species described. 

April  26.   1929 


364  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

30.   Neotoma  albigula  albigula  Hartley 

Of  common  occurrence  nearly  everywhere  in  Upper  and 
Lower  Sonoran  zones,  but  less  numerous  about  Patagonia 
than  on  the  west  side  of  the  mountains.  On  the  Santa 
Rita  Range  Reserve  wood  rats  were  especially  abundant, 
and  their  nests,  often  of  great  size,  were  conspicuous  nearly 
everywhere  in  the  chaparral.  Many  more  specimens  were 
trapped  than  could  be  skinned,  but  39  were  preserved,  as 
follows:  from  Patagonia,  20  (Nos.  5690-5709),  collected  in 
May;  from  Stone  Cabin  Cafion  and  the  adjacent  Santa 
Rita  Range  Reserve,  14  (Nos.  5710-5723),  collected  in 
June;  from  lower  Madera  Cafion,  5  (Nos.  5943-5947), 
collected  between  September  23  and  October  8. 

A  large  proportion  of  the  wood  rats  trapped  were  infested 
with  larvae  of  a  species  of  bot-fly,  huge  grubs  often  nearly 
an  inch  long,  lying  just  under  the  skin.  These  were  most 
often  found  on  the  throat,  where  the  rat  seems  powerless 
to  dislodge  them.  Twelve  of  the  39  specimens  preserved 
had  grubs  so  located.  They  are  mostly  on  animals  taken 
during  June.  It  was  noticeable  that  the  other  rodents  of 
the  region  were  free  of  this  sort  of  pest,  which,  however, 
was  also  common  on  rabbits. 


31.   Mus  musculus  musculus  Linnaeus 

One  was  trapped  in  brush  land,  some  distance  from  any 
houses,  near  Patagonia  on  May  27  (No.  5683). 


32.   Lepus  alleni  alleni  Mearns 

Extremely  abundant  in  the  vicinity  of  Tucson.  The  dis- 
tribution of  this  species  in  Arizona  is  of  more  than  ordinary 
interest,  occurring  as  it  does  over  a  relatively  restricted 
area,  and  having  its  range  delimited  by  factors  that  are 
dijHicult  to  comprehend.  As  we  travelled  east  in  Arizona 
we  found  this  hare  rather  abruptly  plentiful  at  a  point 
about  one-third  of  the  way  from  Florence  to  Tucson, 
which  point  in  fact  marks  approximately  the  known  western 
boundary  of  its  range.  On  the  Santa  Rita  Range  Reserve 
it  was  so  numerous  that  it  was  no  uncommon  occurrence 


Vol.  XVIII]        SWARTH—FAUNAL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA  365 

in  the  early  morning  for  12  or  15  of  these  hares  to  be  in 
sight  at  once,  fleeing  at  the  approach  of  our  auto  along  the 
road.  The  species  occurs  in  small  numbers  in  the  Sonoita 
Valley,  where  we  saw  several  within  a  few  miles  of  Pata- 
gonia, but  it  is  decidedly  rare  there  and  elsewhere  along  the 
east  base  of  the  Santa  Rita  Mountains,  and  does  not  occur 
at  all  in  the  open  country  still  farther  east. 

In  the  original  account  of  Lepus  alleni  (Mearns,  1890, 
p.  294),  the  habitat  is  said  to  lie  ''between  Phoenix  and  Ben- 
son," a  statement  that  has  been  repeated  in  other  publica- 
tions. I  doubt  if  it  extends  quite  as  far  northwestward  as 
Phoenix,  and  it  certainly  does  not  reach  as  far  east  as  Ben- 
son. The  vicinity  of  Pantano,  about  20  miles  west  of  Ben- 
son, marks  the  eastern  boundary  of  the  species.  Minor 
<;orrections  of  range  of  this  sort  may  appear  unimportant, 
but  in  this  and  some  other  desert  species  of  the  same  region 
there  is  significance  in  their  distribution  that  will  be  under- 
stood eventually  only  by  close  attention  to  just  such 
details. 

A  subspecies  of  Lepus  californicus  (L.  c.  eremicus) 
occurs  about  the  Tucson  region  in  company  with  alleni 
and  in  about  equal  numbers.  We  saw  them  together 
repeatedly  on  the  Santa  Rita  Range  Reserve,  sometimes 
sitting  under  the  same  bush  or  running  away  side  by  side. 
The  species  Lepus  californicus,  however,  occurs  uninter- 
ruptedly across  the  desert  plains  of  southern  Arizona, 
from  the  Colorado  River  to  New  Mexico.  The  dividing 
line  between  two  subspecies  of  this  species,  eremicus  and 
deserticola,  lies  somewhere  near  the  western  limit  of  L. 
alleni,  but  this  is  the  only  coincidence  between  any  bounda- 
ries of  the  two  species  and  it  is  doubtful  if  there  is  any  real 
correlation  there.  It  is  difficult  to  imagine  the  factors  that 
delimit  the  range  of  one  species  of  jack  rabbit  and  permit 
the  other  to  pass  unhindered,  but  that  there  are  such  factors 
must  be  realized  by  anyone  noting  the  sharp  delimitation 
of  the  one  species,  alleni,  within  the  wider  habitat  of  the 
other,  californicus. 

Lepus  alleni  is  placed  by  Nelson  (1909,  p.  115)  in  the 
Lepus  callotis  group,  or  white-sided  jack  rabbits,  the  mem- 
bers of  which  have  a  peculiar  habit  of  flashing  the  white 
markings  on  their  haunches  from  one  side  to  the  other  as 


366  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [  Proc.  4th  Ser. 

they  flee  from  pursuit.  This  habit  is  described  and  figured 
by  Nelson  (lac.  ciL,  p.  115,  pi.  1),  as  observed  in  Lepus 
callotis,  in  terms  that  do  not  entirely  accord  with  my  own 
observations  upon  L.  alleni.  In  the  text  and  on  the  plate 
cited  the  changing  white  area  is  described  and  figured  as 
on  the  sides  and  flanks  of  the  animal.  My  own  observa- 
tions (made  with  the  above  account  fresh  in  my  mind)  were 
of  an  animal  on  which  the  white  area  covered  the  entire 
rump  and  extended  forward  barely  to  include  the  flanks. 

On  rabbits  seen  at  close  range,  quiet  and  not  alarmed,  the 
white  hardly  shows  at  all.  The  white  hairs  are  dark-tipped 
and  in  the  smooth-lying  pelage  the  white  is  hidden.  Evi- 
dently it  is  flashed  into  view  by  a  twitching  of  the  skin, 
as  described  by  Nelson,  that  raises  the  white  hairs  con- 
spicuously. As  the  startled  jack  rabbit  departs  it  is 
usually  quartering,  rarely  going  straight  away  from  the 
observer,  and  always  the  haunch  in  view  shows  a  flash  of 
white.  As  it  bounds  along  it  turns  constantly,  exposing 
sometimes  one  flank,  sometimes  the  other,  the  white  area 
shifting  with  every  turn,  but  not  extending  forward  be- 
yond the  haunches.  The  black  dorsal  line  of  the  tail  is 
always  conspicuous  against  the  white  rump,  pointing 
straight  down  when  the  animal  is  at  rest.  When  the  left 
haunch  is  presented,  conspicuously  white,  the  tail  is  pulled 
over,  pointing  sharply  to  the  left;  with  the  right  haunch 
flaring  white  the  tail  points  to  that  side.  Apparently  the 
skin  on  one  side  or  the  other  is  drawn  taut  by  the  same 
action  that  pulls  the  tail  to  left  or  right,  as  the  case  may  be. 
It  all  goes  so  quickly  as  to  be  obviously  automatic. 

Another  peculiar  habit  of  Lepus  alleni  is,  as  it  starts  to 
run,  to  make  four  or  five  long  hops  on  the  hind  legs  alone, 
kangaroo  fashion,  without  touching  the  fore-feet  to  the 
ground,  and  then  to  settle  down  to  the  ordinary  mode  of 
locomotion.  Occasionallj^,  with  ears  keenly  erect,  the 
kangaroo  hops  are  again  resorted  to  in  flight,  to  get  sight 
or  sound  of  possible  pursuers.  This  is  something  that  I 
have  never  observed  in  any  other  species  of  rabbit,  but  it 
is  the  usual  thing  with  alleni. 

We  collected  five  specimens  of  Lepus  a^Zem.*  A  half -grown 
female.  May  14,  and  an  adult  male.  May  19,  near  Pata- 
gonia; an  adult  male  and  two  adult  females  on  the  Santa 


Vol.  XVIII]         SWARTH—FAUNAL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA  367 

Rita  Range  Reserve,  collected  on  June  6,  8,  and  16,  re- 
spectively (Nos.  5902,  5903,  5906-5908). 

33.   Lepus  calif ornicus  eremicus  Allen 

In  great  numbers  on  the  Santa  Rita  Range  Reserve  and 
elsewhere  on  the  desert  plains  v^est  of  the  Santa  Ritas. 
Decidedly  rare  in  the  Sonoita  Valley,  east  of  the  mountains, 
but  occurring  throughout  this  region  and  over  the  plains 
to  the  eastward.  Throughout  the  lowlands  of  extreme 
southeastern  Arizona  there  is  lack  of  cover,  and  jack  rabbits 
are  scarce  accordingly,  but  patches  of  sacaton  grass  shelter 
a  few,  and  others  may  occasionally  be  jumped  from  most 
bare  and  unpromising  situations.  There  is  no  break  in 
the  east  and  west  distribution  of  this  jack  rabbit,  though 
it  exists  in  much  smaller  numbers  on  the  southeastern  grassy 
plains  than  on  the  southwestern  deserts.  Three  specimens 
were  preserved,  all  adult  males  collected  during  May 
within  seven  miles  of  Patagonia  (Nos.  5904,  5905,  5909). 

34.    Sylvilagus  auduboni  arizonae  (Allen) 

In  abundance  over  the  lowlands  west  of  the  Santa  Rita 
Mountains.  East  of  the  mountains  it  was  relatively  scarce, 
being  influenced  by  lack  of  shelter  on  the  grassy  plains 
just  as  the  jack  rabbit  is,  though  as  a  smaller  animal  it  can 
take  advantage  of  more  hiding  places.  I  have  found  cotton- 
tails on  the  open  plains  sheltered  under  dessicated  carcasses 
of  cattle,  the  dried  skin  over  the  bones  being  all  that  was 
left,  and  this  forming  a  very  acceptable  haven.  Five 
specimens  were  preserved,  four  from  the  vicinity  of  Pata- 
gonia in  May,  one  from  the  Santa  Rita  Range  Reserve 
in  June  (Nos.  5897-5901). 


368  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [  Proc.  4th  Seb. 

Literature  Cited 

BaUey,  F.  M. 

1923.  Birds  recorded  from  the  Santa  Rita  Mountains  in  southern  Arizona. 
Pac.  Coast  Avifauna  No.  15,  60  pp.,  4  text  figs. 

BaUey,  V. 

1915.  Revision  of  the  pocket  gophers  of  the  genus  Thomomys.  U.  S.  Dept. 
Agric,  N.  Am.  Fauna  No.  39,  136  pp.,  8  pis.,  10  text  figs. 

Bendire,  C. 

1895.  Life  histories  of  North  American  birds,  from  the  parrots  to  the 
grackles,  with  special  reference  to  their  breeding  habits  and  eggs. 
U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Special  Bulletin  No.  3,  ix  +  518  pp.,  7  pis. 

Brewster,  W. 

1882-1883.  On  a  collection  of  birds  lately  made  by  Mr.  F.  Stephens  in  Ari- 
zona. Bull.  Nuttall  Orn.  Club,  vol.  7,  pp.  65-86,  135-147,  193-212; 
vol.  8,  pp.  21-36. 

1902.  Birds  of  the  Cape  region  of  Lower  California.  Bull.  Mus.  Comp. 
Zool.,  XLI,  241  pp.,  map. 

Brown,  H. 

1904.    Masked  Bob-white  (Colimis  ridgwayi).    Auk,  vol.  21,  pp.  209-213. 

Dwight,  J.,  and  Griscom,  L. 

1927.  A  revision  of  the  geographical  races  of  the  blue  grosbeak  {Guiraca 

cserulea),   Amer.  Mus.  Novitates  No.  257,  5  pp. 

Goldman,  E.  A. 
1926.    Breeding  birds  of  a  White  Mountains  lake.     Condor,  vol.  28,  pp. 
159-164,  4  text  figs. 

1928.  A  new  kangaroo  rat  from  Sonora.    Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.,  vol.  41, 

pp.  141-142. 

Grinnell,  J. 

1914.  An  account  of  the  mammals  and  birds  of  the  lower  Colorado  Valley, 

with  especial  reference  to  the  distributional  problems  presented. 
Univ.  Calif.  Publ.  Zool.,  vol.  12,  pp.  51-294,  pis.  3-13,  9  text  figs. 

1915.  A  distributional  list  of  the  birds  of  California.    Pac.  Coast  Avifauna 

No.  11,  217  pp.,  3  pis. 

1926.  A  critical  inspection  of  the  gnatcatchers  of  the  Californias.    Proc. 

Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  Fourth  Ser.,  vol.  15,  No.  16,  pp.  493-500. 
1927a.   Six  new  subspecies  of  birds  from  Lower  California.    Auk,  vol.  44, 

pp.  67-72. 
1927b.   A  critical  factor  in  the  existence  of  southwestern  game  birds.  Science, 

LXV,  pp.  528-529. 

HeUmayr,  C.  E. 

1927.  Catalogue  of  birds  of  the  Americas  and  the  adjacent  islands  in  Field 

Museum  of  Natural  History.    Part  V,  517  pp. 


Vol,.  XVIII 1        SWARTH—FAUNAL  AREAS  OF  SOUTHERN  ARIZONA  369 

Henshaw,  H.  W. 

1875.  Report  upon  the  ornithological  collections  made  in  portions  of  Ne- 
vada, Utah,  California,  New  Mexico,  and  Arizona,  during  the  years 
1871,  1872,  1873,  and  1874.  Rep.  Geog.  Surv.  West  100th  Merid. 
by  George  M.  Wheeler,  1875,  V,  chapter  III,  pp.  131-507,  977-989, 
pis.  I-XV. 

HoUister,  N. 

1914.  A  systematic  account  of  the  grasshopper  mice.  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat. 
Mus.,  vol.  47,  pp.  427-489,  pi.  15,  3  text  figs. 

Law,  J.  E. 

1928.  Toxostoma  curvirostris:  I.  Description  of  a  new  subspecies  from  the 
lower  Rio  Grande.    Condor,  vol.  30,  pp.  151-152. 

Meams,  E.  A. 
1890.   Description  of  supposed  new  species  and  subspecies  of  mammals,  from 

Arizona.    Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  vol.  2,  pp.  277-307. 
1896.    Preliminary  diagnoses  of  new  mammals  from  the  Mexican  border  of 
the  United  States.    Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.  18,  pp.  443-447. 

1901.  An  addition  to  the  avifauna  of  the  United  States.    Proc.  Biol.  Soc. 

Wash.,  vol.  14,  pp.  177-178. 
1907.  Mammals  of  the  Mexican  boundary  of  the  United  States:  a  descrip- 
tive catalogue  of  the  species  of  mammals  occurring  in  that  region; 
with  a  general  summary  of  the  natural  history,  and  a  list  of  trees. 
U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  BuU.  No.  56,  part  I,  xv+530  pp.,  13  pis.,  126 
text  figs. 

Meinertzhagen,  R. 

1926.  Introduction  to  a  review  of  the  genus  Corvus.  Novitates  ZooIogicsB, 
vol.  33,  pp.  57-121,  pis.  I-XII. 

Miller,  G.  S.,  and  Allen,  G.  M. 

1928.  The  American  bats  of  the  genera  Myotis  and  Pisonyx.  U.  S.  Nat. 
Mus.  Bull.  No.  144,  viii+218  pp.,  1  pi.,  1  text  fig.,  13  maps. 

Nelson,  E.  W. 

1900.    Description  of  a  new  subspecies  of  Meleagris  gallopavo  and  proposed 

changes  in  the  nomenclature  of  certain  North  American  birds. 

Auk,  vol.  17,  pp.  120-126. 
1909.    The  rabbits  of  North  America.    U.  S.  Dept.  Agric,  N.  Am.  Fauna  No. 

29,  314  pp.,  13  pis.,  19  text  figs. 

Oberholser,  H.  C. 

1918.  The  common  ravens  of  North  America.  Ohio  Joum.  Sci.,  vol.  18, 
No.  6,  pp.  213-225. 

1920.  Aeronautes  melanoleuciis  (Baird)  versus  Aeronautes  saxatilis  (Wood- 
house).    Auk,  vol.  37,  pp.  294-295. 

Ridgway,  R. 

1902.  The  birds  of  North  and  Middle  America.    U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  Bull.  No. 

50,  part  2,  xx  -1-  834  pp.,  22  pis. 
1907.  Idem,  part  4,  xxii 4-973  pp.,  34  pis. 
1916.    Idem,  part  7,  xiii  4-543  pp.,  24  pis. 


370  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  (  Troc.  4tii  Ser  . 

Saunders,  H.,  and  Salvin,  O. 

1896.  Catalogue  of  the  Gavise  and  Tubinares  in  the  collection  of  the  British 
Museum.  Gavise  (Terns,  Gulls,  and  Skuas)  by  Howard  Saunders. 
Tubinares  (Petrels  and  Albatrosses)  by  Osbert  Salvin.  Catalogue 
of  Birds,  vol.  25,  xv+475  pp.,  8  pis.,  text  figs. 

Scott,  W.  E.  D. 

1886-1888.  On  the  avifauna  of  Pinal  County,  with  remarks  on  some  birds  of 
Pima  and  Gila  counties,  Arizona.  With  annotations  by  J.  A.  Allen. 
Auk,  vol.  3,  pp.  249-258,  38.3-3S9,  421-432;  vol.  4,  pp.  16-24, 
196-205;  vol.  5,  pp.  29-36,  159-168. 

Swarth,  H.  S. 

1904.  Birds  of  the  Huachuca  Mountains,  Arizona.      Pac.  Coast  Avifauna 

No.  4,  70  pp. 

1905.  Summer  birds  of  the  Papago  Indian  Reservation  and  of  the  Santa  Rita 

Mountains,  Arizona.    Condor,  vol.  7,  1905,  pp.  22-28,  47-50,  77-81. 
1912.    Report  on  a  collection  of  birds  and  mammals  from  Vancouver  Island. 

Univ.  Calif.  Publ.  Zool.,  vol.  10,  pp.  1-124,  pis.  1-4. 
1914.    A  distributional  list  of  the  birds  of  Arizona.      Pac.  Coast  Avifauna 

No.  10,  133  pp.-,  1  pi.  (map). 
1926.    Report  on  a  collection  of  birds  and  mammals  from  the  Atlin  region, 

northern  British  Columbia.    Univ.  Calif.  Publ.  Zool.,  vol.  30,  pp. 

51-162,pls.  4-8,  11  text  figs. 

Todd,  W.  E.  C,  and  Carriker,  M.  A.,  Jr. 

1922.  The  birds  of  the  Santa  Marta  region  of  Colombia:  a  study  in  alti- 
tudinal  distribution.  Ann.  Carnegie  Mus.,  vol.  14,  611  pp.,  9  pis., 
9  text  figs. 

Van  Rossem,  A.  J. 

1926.  The  California  forms  of  Agelaius  phoeniceus  (Linnaeus).  Condor,  vol. 
28,  pp.  215-230,  5  text  figs. 

Visher,  S.  S. 

1909.  Tlie  capture  of  the  Red-eyed  Cowbird  in  Arizona.    Auk,  vol.  26,  p. 

307. 

1910.  Notes  on  the  birds  of  Pima  County,  Arizona.     Auk,  vol.  27,  pp. 

279-288. 

Vorhies,  C.  T. 

1928.  Do  southwestern  quail  require  water?  Amer.  Nat.,  LXII,  1928,  pp. 
446-452. 

Vorhies,  C.  T.,  and  Taylor,  W.  P. 

1922.  Life  history  of  the  kangaroo  rat  Dipodomys  spectabilis  Merriam.  U.  S. 
Dept.  Agric.  Bull.  1091  (also  Technical  Bull.  1,  Agric.  E.xper.  Sta- 
tion, Univ.  Ariz.),  40  pp.,  9  pis.,  3  text  figs. 


372  CALIFORXIA    ACADE.Ur  OF  :<CIEXCES  [  Proc.  4th  Ser. 


Plate  27 

Fig.  1.  Western  foothills  of  the  Santa  Rita  Mountains;  in  the  distance  is  Ele- 
phant Head,  a  rocky  pinnacle  near  the  southern  end  of  the  range. 
Scattered  live-oaks  clothe  the  foothills,  especially  on  north-facing 
slopes,  down  to  the  edge  of  the  plains.    Photo  taken  in  June,  1927. 

Fig.  2.  Santa  Rita  Range  Reserve  below  Sawmill  Canon.  There  are  places 
immediately  below  the  western  foothills  where  limited  areas  on 
the  plains  are  relatively  free  of  brush,  grass  covered,  and  with  a 
sparse  growth  of  small  mesquites.     Photo  taken  in  June,  1927. 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XVIII,  No.  12 


SWARTH  ]  Plate  27 


Fig.2 


April  26,    1929 


374  CALIFORXIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIEXCES  [  Proc.  4th  Ser. 


Plate  28 

Fig.  1.  .Santa  Rita  Range  Reserve.  The  vegetation  here  shown  is  of  the  type 
that  is  prevalent  over  the  lowlands  of  this  region,  with  cactus  of 
several  species  conspicuous  everywhere.  This  is  the  habitat  of 
such  birds  as  Palmer  Thrasher,  Cactus  Wren,  Gambel  Quail,  and 
Black-throated  Sparrow;  of  such  mammals  as  jack  rabbits  and 
cotton-tails,  Harris  Ground  Squirrel,  kangaroo  rats,  pocket  mice, 
and  grasshopper  mice.    Photograph  taken  in  June,  1927. 

Fig.  2.  The  giant  cactus  is  conspicuous  over  some  parts  of  the  plains  but  it  is 
not  of  general  distribution.  There  is  a  long  list  of  bird  species 
that  nest  by  preference  in  woodpecker  holes  in  the  cactus,  and 
there  are  some  of  these  birds  that  in  Arizona  rarely  occur  far 
from  this  plant.  Some  species  of  widely  diverse  character  that 
are  closely  associated  with  the  giant  cactus  are  the  Elf  Owl, 
Gilded  Flicker  and  Arizona  Crested  Flycatcher.  Photo  taken 
thirty  miles  west  of  Tucson,  June  21,  1927. 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XVIII,  No.  12 


[SWARTH]  Plate  28 


•  ■.■■i,;f;%f^y 


Fig.2 


376  C  ALIFORM  A   ACADEMY  OF  SCIEXCES  Proc.  4th  Ser. 


Platk  12'.» 

Fig.  1 .  Sonoita  Valley  between  Patagonia  and  Fort  Crittenden ;  the  Santa  Rita 
Mountains  in  the  distance  to  the  westward.  The  low  foothills 
liere  shown  supi)ort  a  sparse  growth  of  scriil)ljy  live-oaks  (mostly 
on  north  facing  slopes),  with  little  or  no  underbrush.  The  ground 
is  green  with  grass  after  the  rains,  but  at  the  time  when  this 
l)hotograph  was  taken  it  was  bare  and  jjarched,  well-nigh  de- 
nuded of  grass  by  grazing  cattle.     Photo  taken  in  May,  1927. 

Fig.  2.  In  .some  parts  of  the  eastern  foothills  yuccas  cover  large  areas  in  almost 
pure  stands.  They  form  the  favorite  haunt  of  the  Scott  Oriole. 
Photo  taken  May  28,  1927. 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XVIII,  No.  12 


SWARTH  ]  Plate  29 


.  -^a**-'  \  \9ri^'  v*''*''^' 


Fig.1 


P.g.^ 


378  C  ALIFORM  A   ACADEMY  OF  SCIEXCES  [  Proc.  4th  Ser 


Plate  30 

Fig.  1.  The  western  edge  of  the  San  Rafael  Plains,  twenty  miles  east  of  Pata- 
gonia; the  Santa  Rita  Mountains  in  the  distance,  to  the  west- 
ward. It  is  about  at  this  point  that  the  last  rolling  foothills 
merge  into  the  open  plains.     Photo  taken  in  September,  1927. 

Fig.  2.  The  San  Rafael  Plains.  From  this  point  eastward  the  lowlands  are 
mostly  open  prairie,  destitute  of  any  vegetation  but  grass.  There 
are  occasional  small  tracts  of  brush  land,  and  along  the  washes 
there  are  a  few  cottonwoods,  willows  and  other  trees.  These 
plains  are  the  habitat  of  the  Swainson  Hawk,  White-necked 
Raven,  Texas  Meadowlark,  and  Scorched  Horned  Lark.  In  mi- 
gration they  are  occupied  by  Chestnut-collared  and  McCown 
longspurs,  and  by  Baird,  Savannah,  and  \Yestern  Vesper  spar- 
rows.   Photo  taken  in  September,  1927. 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XVIII,  No.  12 


ISWARTH  ]  Plate  30 


Fig.l 


380  CALIFORMA   ACADEMY  OF  SCIEXCES  |Proc.  4th  Ser 


Plate  31 

Yi^.  1.  Mound  and  l)iin()\\s  of  Dipodonnja  spccUihilis.  Other  small  mammals 
were  coiLstantly  caught  in  traps  set  about  these  movmds,  such  as 
Dipodoiuys  mcrriami,  Ammospermopinlus  harrisii,  and  species  of 
Perognathu.s.  There  seemed  to  be  very  few  individuals  of  Dipo- 
domys  spectabilis  in  any  one  mound,  and  the  elaborate  systems 
of  runways  were  entered  freely  by  other  species.  Photo  taken 
on  the  Santa  Rita  Range  Reserve,  June,  1927. 

Fig.  2.  Travertine  rock  bordering  the  Sonoita  River  n(>ar  Patagonia,  showing 
the  entrances  of  caves,  some  of  which  extended  to  great  depths. 
They  were  inhabited  by  several  species  of  bats,  by  the  Rock 
Scjuirrel  {OtosjHr»iophilus  (priniinurus),  by  Wood  Rats  {Neotoma 
albigula),  and  by  an  occasional  Horned  (^wl  (Bubo  virginianus 
p(iUc>tccNs).    Photo  taken  in  May,  1927. 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XVIII,  No.  12 


[SWARTH]   Plate  31 


Fig.l 


r.^.2 


382  CALIFORXIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIEXCES  [  Proc.  4th  Ser. 


Plate  32 

Fig.  1 .  The  Sonoita  River,  flowing  along  the  eastern  foothills  of  the  Santa  Rita 
Mountains,  is  bordered  by  rows  of  tall  cottonwoods,  sycamores, 
and  willows,  with,  in  many  places,  dense  thickets  of  lower  grow- 
ing shrubbery  below.  In  such  surroundings  are  found  Arkansas 
and  Cassin  kingbirds,  Vermilion  Flycatcher,  Cooper  Tanager, 
Bullock  and  Arizona  Hooded  orioles,  Sonora  Yellow  Warbler, 
and  Lucy  \^'arbler.  Photo  taken  seven  miles  north  of  Patagonia, 
May,  1927. 

Fig.  2.  The  crumbling  walls  of  .some  of  the  adobe  buildings  comprising  old 
Camp  Crittenden;  Santa  Rita  Mountains  in  the  distance.  It 
was  here  that  H.  \V.  Henshaw  made  an  important  collection  of 
birds  in  1S74.  On  open  ground  between  the  buildings  we  found 
small  colonies  of  Citellus  spilosoma  canescens  and  Dipodomys 
spectabilis.    Photo  taken  May  30,  1927. 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XVIII,  No.  12 


SWARTH  ]  Plate  32 


Fig.2 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF  THE 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 

Fourth  Series 

Vol.  XVIII,  No.  13,  pp.  385-391  September  6,  1929 


XIII 

THE  ESCALLONIAS  IN  GOLDEN  GATE  PARK,  SAN 
FRANCISCO,     CALIFORNIA.     WITH     DE- 
SCRIPTIONS OF  NEW  SPECIES 

BY 

ALICE  EASTWOOD 
Curator,  Department  of  Botany 

The  conditions  in  Golden  Gate  Park  are  very  favorable  to 
these  beautiful  South  American  shrubs.  They  grow  vigor- 
ously, bloom  profusely,  and  almost  continuously.  Mr.  John 
McLaren,  the  eminent  superintendent  of  the  parks  of  San 
Francisco,  has  always  been  interested  in  introducing  new 
plants  from  other  countries  and  the  escallonias  seem  to  have 
been  especially  successful.  Fifteen  different  kinds  are  now  in 
Golden  Gate  Park.  Great  confusion  prevails  concerning  the 
names  of  many  of  these  escallonias.  Some  are  undescribed, 
probably  hybrids;  while  others  are  almost  universally  incor- 
rectly named  by  nurserymen  and  gB.rdeners.  One  authentic 
hybrid  has  been  produced  in  the  Park  by  Mr.  Peter  Rock,  the 
superintendent  of  the  nursery.  He  pollinated  Escallonia  mon- 
teindensis  with  pollen  from  Escallonia  macrantha  and  the  best 
seedling  proved  to  be  an  exceptional  plant  which  is  named  in 
his  honor.  The  different  escallonias  will  be  described  in  this 
article. 

September  6,   1929 


386  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4tii  Ser. 

1.    Escallonia  rockii  Eastwood,  new  hybrid 
(E.  fjmcrantha  X  E.  montevidensis.) 

Tall,  widely  branching  shrubs  with  striate  and  slightly 
angled  branches ;  leaves  obovate,  obtuse,  tapering  to  a  short 
petiole,  irregularly  glandular-denticulate,  upper  surface  gla- 
brous and  glossy,  lower  paler  and  with  a  few  scattered 
glands,  blades  about  5  cm.  long,  2  cm.  wide;  inflorescence  a 
loosely  branching  thyrsoid  panicle,  often  more  than  a  foot 
long,  the  |>eduncles  and  pedicels  minutely  puberulent;  bracts 
and  bractlets  with  marginal  glands ;  calyx  broadly  turbinate 
with  some  glands  on  the  margin  of  the  widely  separated,  subu- 
late teeth ;  corolla  pale  pink  or  white  with  the  buds  and  tips  of 
the  petals  a  darker  pink,  the  claws  somewhat  spreading  but 
forming  a  tube  about  8  mm.  long;  filaments  and  style  of  equal 
length,  the  yellow  anthers  and  green  capitate  stigmas  inserted 
in  a  low  yellow  rounded  disk. 

This  is  one  of  the  most  vigorous  species  in  the  Park  and  in 
flower  almost  continuously.  There  are  bushes  in  the  Park  10 
to  15  feet  high. 

Type:  Herbarium  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  No.  78638,  collected 
in  Golden  Gate  Park,  December,  1917. 

2.    Escallonia  franciscana  Eastwood,  new  hybrid 

Tall  shrub  with  erect,  stout  branches,  glandular  and  viscid 
throughout ;  leaves  thick,  oblong  to  elliptic,  tapering  to  a 
short,  thick,  margined  petiole,  apex  acute  or  obtuse,  margin 
finely  but  unevenly  crenulate,  the  lower  part  entire,  both  sur- 
faces with  large  dark  glands,  more  numerous  and  conspicuous 
on  the  lower  surface;  inflorescence  a  narrow  panicle,  very 
viscid  throughout,  as  if  varnished ;  calyx  as  long  as  the  ovary, 
about  4  mm.,  open-campanulate  with  slender  subulate  divi- 
sions; corolla  pink,  the  claws  of  the  petals  almost  1  cm.  long 
and  conniving  to  form  a  distinct  tube,  the  spreading  roundish 
limb  much  shorter ;  filaments  shorter  than  the  style  and  both 
stamens  and  pistil  included  in  the  corolla  tube,  the  style  in  a 
cup-like  disk  surmounting  the  ovary.  This  is  the  common  tall, 
pink-flowered  escallonia  with  the  odor  of  slippery  elm,  gen- 
erally known  as  Escallonia  rosea,  a  name  belonging  to  a  quite 
different  species.     It  is  one  of  the  oldest  in  cultivation  in  the 


Vol.  XVIII]        EASTWOOD— ESC ALLON IAS  IN  GOLDEN  GATE  PARK        ^gy 

Park  and  has  spread  by  cuttings  to  other  parks  and  gardens. 
It  seems  to  be  related  to  Escallonia  illinita  Presl.,  or  to  E. 
viscosa  Forbes,  both  of  which  have  white  flowers  and  different 
leaves.  The  color  of  the  flowers  and  the  heavy  texture  of  the 
leaves  suggest  a  connection  with  E.  macrantha,  which  may  be 
one  of  its  parents.  The  strong  odor  emanating  from  the 
bushes  suggests  a  relationship  with  E.  illinita,  but  to  most 
people  the  odor  is  not  disagreeable  as  that  is  said  to  be. 

Type:  Herbarium  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  No.  78584.  collected  in 
Golden  Gate  Park.  July  31,  1918. 

3.    Escallonia  macrantha  Hook.  &  Arn. 
(Hook.  Bot.  ^liscell.  3 :  341.     1833.    Bot.  Mag.,  t.  4473.) 

This  is  the  most  generally  cultivated  species  in  California 
and  is  in  bloom  several  times  a  vear  accordins:  to  the  fre- 
quency  of  pruning  and  watering.  As  it  grows  in  the  Park,  it 
agrees  exactly  with  the  plate  in  the  Botanical  Magazine  where 
it  was  first  figured.  It  is  generally  advertised  in  catalogues  as 
Escallonia  rubra,  a  name  belonging  to  another  species.  Escal- 
lonia macrontha  is  a  compact  spreading  shrub,  densely  clothed 
with  broad,  thick  leaves,  shining  on  the  upper  surface  and 
wnth  many  larg-e  glands  on  the  lower.  The  flowers  are  a 
lovely  crimson  in  short,  close  panicles,  the  claws  conniving  to 
form  a  tube  as  long  as  the  limb  is  wide.  It  is  the  largest 
flowered  escallonia,  the  size  of  the  flower  differing  slightly 
according  to  the  fertility  of  the  soil,  the  amount  of  water,  or 
the  vigor  of  the  shoot. 

4.    Escallonia  rubra  R.  &  P. 
(Pers.  Syn.  2:235.) 

An  erect  shrub  with  many  erect  branches  temiinated  by 
narrow  panicles  or  sometimes  by  simple  racemes.  The  leaves 
are  rather  thin,  oblanceolate  to  oblong-obovate,  tapering-  to  a 
short  margined  petiole  and  narrowing  to  an  acute  apex,  almost 
glabrous  with  the  glands  on  the  lower  surface  very  few.  The 
flowers  are  bright  crimson,  the  claws  of  the  petals  conniving 
into  a  narrow  tube  twice  as  long  as  the  limb;  calyx  with  tri- 
angular    spreading    divisions;     pistil    and    anthers     slightly 


333  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  See. 

exserted,  the  style  inserted  in  a  conical  receptacle  surmounting 
the  ovary. 

Near  the  Pershing  monument  there  is  a  cluster  of  these 
shrubs  and  some  can  be  found  almost  always  in  bloom. 

5.    Escallonia  punctata  DC. 
(Prod.  IV:  3.     1830.) 

This  is  a  related  species  with  leaves  pointed  at  both  ends. 
It  is  glandular  throughout  except  the  corolla  and  upper  leaf 
surface.  The  flowers  are  sometimes  solitary  or  in  few- 
flowered  corymbs,  the  corolla  a  beautiful  crimson,  the  claws  of 
the  petals  forming  a  tube  and  the  open-campanulate  calyx 
becoming  red,  the  divisions  slender  subulate.  The  insertion 
of  the  stigma  is  similar  to  that  of  E.  rubra,  but  the  flowers 
resemble  those  of  E.  macrantha. 


6.    Escallonia  pterocladon  Hook. 
(Bot.  Mag.  t.  4827.    1855.) 

7.    Escallonia  exoniensis  Hort.  ex  Handl. 
(Trees  Kew,  pt.  1 :  227.) 

These  two  species  are  very  similar,  as  is  to  be  expected, 
since  the  latter  is  a  hybrid  between  E.  pterocladon  and  E. 
rubra,  raised  in  Veitch's  nursery,  Exeter,  England.  Both  have 
distinctly  ridged  stems  and  erect  branches  temiinated  with 
panicles  of  many  flowers.  Escallonia  pterocladon  has  white 
flowers,  while  those  of  E.  exoniensis  are  beautifully  tinged 
with  pink  and  the  inflorescence  is  more  spreading.  The  plant 
figured  in  the  Botanical  Magazine  has  simpler  inflorescence 
than  any  in  the  Park.  Both  have  flowers  with  the  claws  of  the 
petals  conniving  to  form  a  tube,  but  the  calyx  of  E.  pterocla- 
don is  smooth  while  that  of  E.  exoniensis  is  glandular.  Both 
are  dainty  and  beautiful  in  bloom  and  grow  luxuriantly  in  the 
Park. 

Near  the  Pershing  monument  they  are  planted  with 
E.  rubra. 


Vol.  XVIII]        EASTWOOD— ESC ALLONI AS  IN  GOLDEN  GATE  PARK       339 

8.    Escallonia  rubricalyx  Eastwood,  new  hybrid 

The  orig-in  of  this  form  is  obscure.  It  may  be  the  same  as 
Escallonia  rubra  var.  iJor  alba  Lodd.,  Bot.  Cab.,  t.  1291,  and 
is  perhaps  a  hybrid  between  E.  rubra  and  E.  grahamiana.  It 
is  a  spreading  shrub,  never  becoming  tall,  with  slender 
branches.  The  flowers  are  in  small,  few-flowered  panicles 
with  white  petals  forming  a  short  tube,  and  with  red  calyx. 
The  bushes  have  a  rounded  outline  and  are  profusely  flowered. 
The  leaves  resemble  those  of  E.  grahamiana. 

Type:  Herbarium  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  No.  78611,  collected 
in  Gk)lden  Gate  Park,  August,  1918. 


[The  two  following  cscallonias  with  large  panicles  of  white  flowers 
are  often  confused,  as  they  are  somewhat  superficially  alike,  but  they 
really  belong  to  different  sections  because  of  essential  differences  in  the 
flowers.] 

9.    Escallonia  montevidensis  DC. 
(Prod.  4:4.    1830.) 

The  leaves  of  this  species  have  a  little  notch  at  the  top,  the 
petals  of  the  flowers  do  not  form  a  tube,  and  the  stamens  and 
pistil  are  conspicuously  exserted.  On  account  of  the  butter- 
flies and  other  insects  that  swarm  over  the  bushes  when  in 
flower,  this  is  called  the  butterfly-bush  in  the  park.  It  has 
only  one  season  of  bloom  in  late  summer,  with  large,  rounded 
panicles  of  white  flowers.  The  finest  bushes  are  along  the 
border  of  Stow  Lake,  where  there  is  always  an  abundant  sup- 
ply of  water. 

10.    Escallonia  grahamiana  Gill  ex  Hook,  &  Arn. 
(Bot.  Miscell.  3:343.     1833.) 

This  was  figured  as  Escallonia  glandulosa  in  Sweet's  British 
Flower  Garden,  4;  t.  81.  A  specimen  was  sent  to  Mr.  W.  J. 
Bean  of  the  Royal  Botanic  Gardens  at  Kew  for  verification  and 
for  comparison  with  the  type.  In  cooperation  with  Mr.  T.  A, 
Sprague  of  the  Royal  Herbarium,  the  identification  was  veri- 
fied. The  leaves  of  this  species  are  never  notched  at  the  apex, 
but  in  shape  otherwise  similar  to  those  of  E.  montevidensis. 
The  panicle  is  not  rounded  at  the  top  but  pyramidal,  the  petals 


390  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

have  claws  that  connive  to  form  a  tube,  the  stamens  and  style 
are  not  conspicuously  exserted,  the  insects  do  not  hover  over 
this  in  swarms,  and  its  period  of  bloom  is  longer  and  more 
irregular.  The  sessile  glands  interspersed  through  the  in- 
florescence doubtless  suggested  Sweet's  name,  but  there  are 
other  species  much  more  glandular.  It  becomes  so  badly  in- 
fested with  the  Citrophilus  mealy  bug,  Pseudococcus  gahani 
Green,  that  it  is  being  removed  in  many  places.  It  has  gone 
under  more  names  than  any  other  species. 

11.    Escallonia  philippiana  Engler 
(Linnsea,  36:571.     1869-70.) 

This  is  considered  by  some  botanists  to  be  a  variety  of  E. 
virgata  Pers.,  Syn.  1  :  234.  Until  recently  there  was  but  one 
plant  in  the  Park.  It  is  a  low.  much-branched  shrub  with  the 
branches  curving  downwards  and  densely  clothed  when  in 
flower  with  short,  leafy  branches ;  leaves  small,  glabrous  and 
deciduous ;  flowers  in  the  leaf  axils ;  petals  white,  spreading, 
without  claws ;  filaments  and  style  very  short.  This  escal- 
lonia resembles  a  leptospermum  in  general  appearance  when  in 
flower, 

12.    Escallonia  langleyensis  Vilm.  &  Bois. 
(Frut.  Vil.  Cat.  1:  131.) 

This  is  a  hybrid  between  E.  philippiana  and  E.  punctata  and 
was  produced  in  Mr.  Veitch's  nursery.  Exeter,  England.  It 
has  the  habit  and  foliage  of  E.  philippiana,  but  is  not  so  stiff. 
It  has  the  beautiful  crimson  flowers  with  short,  broad  claws 
and  the  glandular  pubescence  of  E.  punctata. 

13.    Escallonia  organensis  Gardner 
(In  Hooker's  Icones :  t.  514.     1843.) 

This  has  recently  been  introduced  into  the  nursery  and  is  not 
yet  planted  out.  The  leaves  are  narrowly  obovate  with  red 
margins ;  stems  also  red.  It  is  figured  in  the  Botanical  Maga- 
zine :  t.  4274  with  a  densely  flowered,  compact,  rounded  pani- 
cle. The  petals  are  a  lovely  rose-color  with  a  dark  red  spot 
at  the  throat  above  a  short  tube. 


Vol.  XVIIIJ        EASTWOOD— ESCALLONIAS  IN  GOLDEN  GATE  PARK        39I 

14.    Escallonia  pulverulenta  (R.  &  P.)  Pers. 
(Syn.,  1:235.     1805-7.) 

This  cannot  be  mistaken  for  any  other  species.  The  flowers 
are  white,  densely  crowded  in  a  long  spike  resembhng  a  tail, 
and  the  stigma  is  2-cleft.  The  whole  plant  is  downy  and 
viscid.  Escallonia  berteriana  DC,  Prod.,  IV:  665  is  a 
smoother  form  of  this,  which  has  been  named  E.  pulverulenta 
glaber  Engler,  Fl.  Bras.,  XXV:  149. 

It  is  not  in  the  Park,  but  the  name  has  been  incorrectly 
applied  to  other  species. 

15.    Escallonia  revoluta  R.  &  P. 

(Pers.,  Syn.  1:235.     1805-7.) 

This  species  is  also  unmistakable.  It  is  a  tall,  coarse,  erect 
shrub  said  to  attain  the  height  of  30  feet.  The  whole  plant  is 
covered  with  a  thick  white  down.  The  tubular  white  flowers 
are  very  densely  clustered  in  large  terminal  pyramidal  pani- 
cles.   The  leaves  are  thick  and  revolute. 


PROCEEDINGS 

OF  THE 

CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 

Fourth  Series 

Vol.  XVIII,  No.  14,  pp.  393-484,  plates  33,  34    September  6,  1929 


XIV 

STUDIES  IN  THE  FLORA  OF  LOWER  CALIFORNIA 
AND  ADJACENT  ISLANDS 

BY 

ALICE  EASTWOOD 
Curator,  Department  of  Botany 

Introduction 

In  the  spring  of  1925,  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences 
sent  an  expedition  to  the  Revillagigedo  Islands  off  the  Pacific 
coast  of  Mexico.  The  U.  S.  Navy  Department  detailed  the 
U.  S.  mine-sweeper  Ortolan  for  the  use  of  the  Academy.  Mr. 
H.  L.  Mason  accompanied  the  expedition  as  botanist.  On  the 
way  to  the  islands  a  short  stop  was  made  at  Guadalupe  Island 
and  a  small  collection  of  plants  was  secured.  Clarion  Island 
was  reached  April  26,  and  from  then  until  May  11,  Clarion, 
Socorro  and  San  Benedicto  islands  were  explored.  On  the 
return  trip,  the  vessel  stopped  at  the  Tres  Marias  Islands,  May 
14-24,  and  collections  were  made  on  Maria  Madre,  Maria 
Magdalena  and  Isabella  islands.  From  there  the  vessel  sailed 
north  along  the  west  coast  of  Lower  California  and  made 
landings  at  Cape  San  Lucas,  Magdalena  Bay,  Turtle  Bay, 
Cedros  Island,  San  Ouintin  Bay,  and  San  Martin  Island. 
Mr.  Mason  is  preparing  the  report  on  the  Botany  of  the  Revil- 
lagigedo  Islands,  but  it  is  not  yet  ready.  The  present  writer 
has  worked  up  all  the  other  collections  except  that  from  the 
Tres  Marias  Islands.  The  collection  on  these  islands  was 
made  at  the  end  of  the  dry  season  and  the  specimens  were  very 
poor.     Duplicates  were  sent  to  Paul  C.  Standley,  an  authority 

September  6,   1929 


394  CALIFORNIA   ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

on  Mexican  plants  at  the  National  Herbarium,  and  were 
named  by  him. 

The  reports  on  Guadalupe  Island,  Cedros  Island  and  Tres 
Marias  Islands  include  all  the  species  that  have  been  reported 
from  those  islands,  with  the  names  of  the  collectors  and  refer- 
ences to  the  publications.  This  assembling  of  all  the  known 
species  that  have  been  published  from  those  islands  will  be  a 
great  help  to  future  explorers. 

Many  species  were  originally  described  from  certain  of  the 
localities  where  landings  were  made  by  the  Ortolan  Expedi- 
tion and  topotypes  were  collected  whenever  possible.  Lists  of 
the  topotypes  have  been  added,  supplementing  those  repre- 
sented in  the  collections. 

List  of  the  Plants 
Recorded  from  Guadalupe  Island,  Mexico 

Guadalupe  Island  lies  135  miles  from  the  coast  of  Lower 
California  and  250  miles  south  of  the  border  of  the  United 
States.  It  is  about  20  miles  long  from  north  to  south  and  3  to 
7  miles  wide.  From  a  narrow  beach  the  island  rises  abruptly 
to  a  sort  of  plateau  indented  by  precipitous  canons  and  at  the 
top  traversed  by  ridges,  the  highest  rising  on  Mount  Augusta 
to  an  elevation  of  about  4000  feet.  The  northern  part  of  the 
island  is  less  arid  than  the  southern,  due  to  the  heavy  fogs 
which  are  so  dense  that  the  moisture  condensing  on  the  trees 
forms  small  streams  from  which  some  of  the  springs  are  sup- 
posed to  be  fed.  Groves  of  pines  and  cypresses  are  on  the 
uplands  and  on  the  sides  of  some  of  the  canons  at  the  northern 
end  evergreen  oaks  are  found.  Palms  grow  in  warm  canons 
that  are  sheltered  from  the  winds. 

This  island  has  been  known  to  navigators  since  early 
times  and  was  noted  by  Vancouver,  though  he  did  not  stop 
there.  Goats  were  introduced  long  ago  to  furnish  fresh  meat 
to  passing  vessels.  Later  the  island  was  purchased  by  a  Cali- 
fornian  company  and  was  stocked  with  angora  goats.  These 
have  multiplied  excessively  and  have  almost  completely  de- 
stroyed the  vegetation  so  that  today  but  little  remains  of  one 
of  the  most  remarkable  floras  on  the  Pacific  coast. 

The  first  knowledge  of  this  flora  came  from  the  collection 
of  Dr.  Edward  Palmer,  who  spent  from  February  to  May, 


Vol.  XVIII]        EASTWOOD— FLORA  OF  LOWER  CALIFORNIA  395 

1874,  exploring  and  collecting.  The  results  were  published  by 
Sereno  Watson,  who  wrote  the  first  account  of  the  island,  in- 
cluding a  list  of  the  collection  with  Dr.  Palmer's  notes,  in  the 
eleventh  volume  of  the  Proceedings  of  the  American  Acad- 
emy, pages  105-121.  One  hundred  and  nineteen  species  were 
listed,  representing  99  phanerogams,  6  ferns,  11  mosses  and 
4  hepatics,  of  which  42  phanerogams  and  1  hepatic  have  been 
described  as  new. 

Dr.  Edward  Palmer  brought  back  seeds  of  the  cypress  and 
palm.  Today  fine  trees  of  the  cypress  are  to  be  found  in  vari- 
ous parts  of  California,  notably  a  row  along  the  State  Capitol 
building  at  Sacramento  and  others  in  Golden  Gate  Park.  The 
palms  are  found  in  various  parts  of  the  state. 

Dr.  Edward  L.  Greene  spent  a  week  on  the  island,  late  in 
April,   1885,  and  collected  120  species,  adding  15,  of  which 

10  were  described  as  new,  the  other  5  being  introduced  species 
of  wide  distribution.  The  results  of  his  trip  were  published  in 
the  Bulletin  of  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences,  volume 
1:214-228.  Besides  an  interesting  account  of  the  island,  he 
published  the  new  species  and  the  list  in  the  same  volume. 

Dr.  Palmer  made  a  second  trip,  from  March  27  to  April  3, 
1889,  and  collected  72  species,  adding  14,  of  which  4  were 
new.  This  list  was  published  by  Dr.  George  Vasey  and  Dr. 
J.  N.  Rose  in  their  first  volume  of  the  Contributions  of  the 
U.  S.  National  Herbarium,  pages  21-27,  1890. 

Dr.  F.  Franceschi^  spent  the  latter  part  of  December,  1892, 
and  the  early  part  of  January,  1893,  on  the  island.  Besides 
an  account  of  the  island,  which  was  published  together  with 
the  list  of  species  in  the  fourth  volume  of  Zoe,  pages  130-139, 
1893,  he  wrote  articles  for  several  garden  magazines.  The 
phanerogams  were  named  by  Mrs.  Katherine  Brandegee  and 
the  lichens  by  Dr.  E.  L.  Greene.     Among  his  collections  were 

11  endemic  species  and  one  which  Dr.  Greene  described  as  a 
new  genus  founded  on  a  specimen  in  the  Herbarium  of  the 
California  Academy  of  Sciences,  which  he  named  Petromecon 
frutescens  Pitt.,  5  :  294,  1905.  The  other  species,  Petromecon 
palmeri,  I.e.,  296,  was  originally  described  as  Eschscholtzia 
pdmeri  Rose,  Contr.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.,  1 :23.    1890. 

*This   was  the  name  under   which  he   published.     His   true   name   is   Dr.    Eroanuele 
Orazio  Fenzi. 


396  CALIFORNIA   ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

In  the  fifth  volume  of  Zoe  is  an  account  of  the  Voyage  of 
the  Wahlberg,  a  vessel  owned  and  used  by  A.  W.  Anthony  in 
exploring  the  islands  and  coast  of  Lower  California.  Mr. 
T.  S.  Brandegee  accompanied  the  expedition  as  far  south  as 
San  Jose  del  Cabo,  and  among  the  places  visited  in  the  early 
spring  of  1897  was  Guadalupe  Island.  No  full  list  of  species 
was  published,  but  10  species  were  added,  all  from  the  main- 
land of  California.  In  June  of  the  same  year  an  expedition 
consisting  of  Messrs.  Rufus  L.  Green,  Charles  B.  Wing  and 
Wilbur  W.  Thoburn  visited  the  island  to  make  certain  fur- 
seal  investigations.  They  collected  some  plants,  a  list  of  which 
was  published  by  Dr.  William  Russel  Dudley  in  *'The  Fur- 
Seals  and  Fur-Seal  Islands  of  the  North  Pacific  Ocean,"  part 
III :  280-283.  1899.  Thirty-seven  species  were  collected,  one 
a  new  species  of  Calandrinia,  and  2  species  were  added. 

Dr.  G.  Dallas  Hanna  and  J.  R.  Slevin,  in  July,  1923,  visited 
the  island  in  the  interest  of  the  California  Academy  of 
Sciences,  and  made  a  small  collection  and  photographed  the 
pines  and  cypresses. 

The  last  collection  was  that  of  H.  L.  Mason  while  botanical 
collector  for  the  expedition  of  the  California  Academy  of 
Sciences  to  the  Revillegigedo  Islands  in  1925.  Mr.  Mason 
was  on  the  island  only  two  days  (April  19-20),  and  in  stormy 
weather,  so  that  a  small  collection  of  only  43  species  was 
made.  Two  weeds  not  before  reported  and  nine  topotypes 
were  collected. 

In  the  present  list  of  species  the  collector's  name  is  given 
after  each  species  with  the  exception  of  that  made  by  Green, 
Wing  and  Thoburn.  This  is  indicated  as  Dudley's  list.  Three 
lists  have  been  made  to  show  the  relationship  of  the  flora. 
The  list  of  species  first  described  from  Guadalupe  Island  num- 
bers 51,  the  list  from  the  mainland  or  islands  off  the  coast  of 
California  numbers  74,  while  that  of  widely  distributed  species 
numbers  35.  It  will  be  seen  from  these  lists,  as  well  as  from 
the  general  list,  that  the  flora  is  related  more  to  that  of  the 
mainland  of  California  than  to  that  of  the  peninsula  of  Lower 
California  or  the  islands  adjacent.  It  suggests  a  former  con- 
nection with  the  mainland  and  is  perhaps  the  remnant  of 
another  peninsula  extending  south  and  paralleling  that  of 
Lower  California. 


Vol.  XVIII]        EASTWOOD— FLORA  OF  LOWER  CALIFORNIA 


397 


List  of  Species 
Originally  described  from  Guadalupe  Island,  Mexico 

(Stars  indicate  types  and  daggers  indicate  topotypes  in  the  Herbarium 
of  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences.) 


^Cupressus  guadalupensis  Watson 
\Pinus  radiata  binata  Lemmon 
Erythea  edulis  Watson 
Brodicea  insularis  Greene 
"fQuercus  tomentella  Engelm. 
Phoradendron  guadalupensis 

Trelease 
^Atriplcx  palmer i  Watson 
Hesperonia  heitnerlii  Standley 
Talinum  guadalupense  Dudley 
^Eschscholtcia  elegans  Greene 
\Eschscholtsia  ranwsa  Greene 
^Petromecon  palmeri  Greene 
*Petromecon  frutescens  Greene 
Thysanocarpus  erectus  Watson 
Trifoliuin  palmeri  Watson 
*Hosackia  ornithopus  Greene 
Lupinus  niveus  Watson 
*Lupinus  guadalupensis  Greene 
\Sph(eralcea  sulphurea  Watson 
Splueralcea  palmeri  Rose 
^Lavatera  occidentalis  Watson 
Mentzelia  dispersa  Watson 
CEtiothera  guadalupensis  Watson 
Hesperalcea  occidentalis  Watson 
Convolvulus  macrostegius  Greene 
Gilia  guadalupensis  Brand 


Gilia  pygmcea  Brand 
Phacelia  phyllomanica  Gray 
Phacelia  floribunda  Greene 

fCryptanthe  maritima  Greene 
Cryptanthe  foliosa  Greene 
Harpagonella  palmeri  Gray 
Pogogyne  tenuiflora  Gray 
Calamintha  palmeri  Gray 
Nicotiana  petuncefolia  Greene 
Solanum  calvum  Bitter 
Solanum  profundeincisum  Bitter 
Castilleja  guadalupensis  Brandegee 
Mimulus  latifolius  Gray 
Marah  guadalupensis  Greene 
Galium  angulosum  Gray 
Stephanomeria  guadalupensis 

Brandegee 

jCorethrogyne  cana  Greene 

^Ftanscria  camphorata  Greene 
Hemisonia  frutescens  Gray 
Hemisonia  palmeri  Gray 

\H emisonia  greeniana  Rose 

■\Perityle  incana  Gray 

■[Perityle  grayi  Rose 
Baeria  palmeri  Gray 
Senecio  palmeri  Gray 


List  of  Species  chiefly  Californian 


N otholcena  tiewberryi  D.  C.  Eaton 
Polypodium  californicum  Kaulf. 
Polypodimn  scouleri  H.  &  G. 
Pityrogramma  triangularis  Maxon 
Pcllcea  mucronata  D.  C.  Eaton 
Polystichum  munitutn  Presl. 
Juniperus  californica  Carr. 
Phyllospadix  torreyi  Watson 
Dissanthelium  californicum  Benth. 
Brodicea  lugens  Greene 
Hesperocnide  tenella  Torr. 
Pterostegia  drymarioides  F.  &  M. 


Suceda  californica  Watson 
Aphanisma  blitoides  Nutt. 
Montia  perfoiiata  Howell 
Calandrinia  menziesii  T.  &  G. 
Calandrinia  maritima  Nutt. 
Stellaria  nit  ens  Nutt. 
Tissa  macrothcca  Britt. 
Tissa  pallida  Greene 
Ranunculus  hebecarpus  H.  &  A. 
Lepidium  lasiocarpum  Nutt. 
Thelypodium  lasiophyllum  Greene 
Tillcea  erecta  H.  &  A. 


398 


CALIFORNIA   ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


[Proc.  4th  Ser. 


Ribes  sanguineum  Pursh. 
Heuchera  ? 

Alchemilla  cuneifolia  Nutt. 
Rhus  laurina  Nutt. 
Ceanothus  cuneatus  Nutt. 
Ceanothus  crassifolius  Torr. 
Rhamnus  crocea  Nutt. 
Trifolium  amplectens  T.  &  G. 
Trifolium  microcephalum  Pursh. 
Hosackia  grandiflora  Benth. 
Vicia  exigua  Nutt. 
Crossosoma  californicum  Nutt. 
Frankenia  grandifolia  Ch.  &  Schl. 
Sanicula  mensiesii  H.  &  A. 
Mentselia  micrantha  T.  &  G. 
Opuntia  prolifera  Engelm. 
Epilobium  minutum  Lindl. 
Arctostaphylos,  sp. 
Dodecatheon  clevelandi  Gray 
Gilia  nevinii  Gray 
Collomia  gilioides  glutinosa  Gray 
Nemophila  racemosa  Nutt. 
Ellisia  chrysanthetnifolia  Benth. 
Emmcnanthe  penduliflora  Benth. 
Pectocarya  penicillata  DC. 


Amsinckia  vernicosa  H.  &  A. 
Amsinckia  intermedia  F.  &  M. 
Lycium  californicum  Nutt. 
Solanum  wallacei  Parish. 
Castilleja  foliolosa  H.  &  A. 
Antirrhinum  speciosum  Gray 
Antirrhinum  nuttallianum  Benth. 
Orthocarpus  purpurascens  Benth. 
Specularia  biflora  Gray 
Githopsis  specularioides  Nutt. 
Microseris  linearifolia  Gray 
Microseris  lindleyi  Gray 
Malacothrix  clevelandi  Gray 
Agoscris  heterophylla  Greene 
Micropiis  californicus  F.  &  M. 
Filago  arizonica  Gray 
Filago  californica  Nutt. 
Gnaphalium  sprengelii  H.  &  A. 
Lepiosyne  gigantea  Kell. 
Baeria  coronaria  Gray 
Baeria  gracilis  Gray 
Eriophylliim  ccespitosum  Dougl. 
Amblyopappus  pusillus  H.  &  A. 
Matricaria  discoidca  DC. 
Artemisia  californica  Less. 


List  of  Species  widely  distributed,  probably  introduced 


Aristida  adscensionis  L. 

Muhlenbergia  microsperma  Kunth. 

Polypogon  monspeliensis  Desv. 

Phalaris  intermedia  Bosc. 

A^ena  fatua  L. 

Brom^us  sterilis  L. 

Bromus  trinii  Desv. 

Hordeuni  murinum  L. 

Juncus  bufonius  L. 

Parietaria  fioridana  Nutt. 

Chenopodium  album  T,. 

Chenopodiuin  miirale  L. 

M esembryanthemum  crystallinum  L. 

Silcne  antirrhina  L. 

Silene  gallica  L. 

Myosurus  minimus  L. 

Lcpidiuin  bipinnatifidum  Desv. 

Sisymbrium  canescens  Nutt. 


Brassica  nigra  Koch 
Brassica  campestris  L. 
Oligomeris  glauccscens  Camb. 
Erodium  moschatum  L'Her. 
Erodium  cicutarium  L'Her. 
Melilotus  indica  All. 
Malva  borealis  Wallm. 
Daucus  pusillus  Mx. 
Anagallis  arvensis  L. 
5'o/an»w  nigrum  L. 
Litiaria  canadensis  L. 
Plantago  patagonica  Jacq. 
Galium  aparine  L. 
Sonchxis  oleraceus  L. 
Sonchus  tencrrimus  L. 
Hypochceris  glabra  L. 
Cf'n^aurea  melitensis  L. 


Vol.  XVIII]        EASTWOOD—FLORA   OF  LOWER  CALIFORNIA  399 

POLYPODIACE^ ;  Fern  Family 

1.  NotJwlcena  neivherryi  D.  C.  Eaton,  Bull.  Torr.  Bot. 
Club  iv :  12.  1885.  Type  locality,  San  Diego.  "Throughout 
the  island,"  Palmer.  Greene.  Franceschi,  Hanna  &  Slevin. 
Mason  1532. 

2.  Polypodium  californicum  Kaulf.,  Enum.  Fil.  102. 
1824.  Type  locality,  California.  "Abundant  at  north  end," 
Palmer.    Greene.    Franceschi.    Mason  1533. 

3.  Polypodium  scoideri  Hook.  &  Greville,  Icon.  Fil.  1 : 
pi.  56.  1828.  Type  locality,  Columbia  River  region.  "En- 
circling the  trunk  of  a  single  tree,"  Palmer.  Hanna  &  Slevin, 
"On  oak  trees." 

4.  Pityro gramma  triangularis  Kaulf.,  Maxon,  Contr. 
U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.  17:173.  1913.  This  was  reported  as 
Gymnogramme  trangularis  Kaulf.  Type  locality,  San  Fran- 
cisco. "In  crevices  of  the  highest  cliffs  in  the  middle  and 
south  end  of  the  island,"  Palmer.     Franceschi.     Mason  1514. 

5.  Pellcea  mucronata  D.  C.  Eaton,  U.  S.  &  Torr.  Mex. 
Bound.  Surv.  Bot.  233.  1859.  This  was  reported  as  P.  orni- 
thopus  Hook.  Type  locality,  hills  near  San  Francisco  Bay. 
"Rare  in  crevices  of  highest  cliffs,"  Palmer.     Franceschi. 

6.  Polystichiim  munitum  Kaulf.,  Presl.,  Tent.  Pter.  83. 
1836.  This  was  reported  as  Aspidium  munitum  Kaulf.  Type 
locality,  California.  "Only  two  clumps  seen  at  the  northern 
end  in  a  rocky  place  inaccessible  to  goats,"  Palmer. 


CONIFERS ;  Pine  Family 

7.  Junipcnis  calif ornica  Carr.,  Rev.  Hortic.  Ser.  IV, 
iii :  352.  1854.  Type  locality,  California.  "Over  the  middle 
of  the  island  and  occasionally  at  the  south  end  in  low  valleys 
and  ravines,  forming  groves  about  fifteen  feet  high,"  Palmer. 
"Now  upon  the  verge  of  extinction,"  Greene.  Not  since 
collected. 

8.  Cupressiis  guadalupcitsis  S.  Watson,  Proc.  Am. 
Acad.  14:300.  1879.  Type  locality,  Gmd^ilupe  Island.  "In 
irregular  clusters  in  the  middle  of  the  island,"  Palmer.  "A 
fine  grove  near  the  springs,"  Greene.  "On  plateau  at  the  top 
of  the  island  opposite  northeast  anchorage,"  Hanna  &  Slevin. 


400  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Dudley's  list.  Hanna  &  Slevin  collected  cones  from  two  dif- 
ferent trees,  one  having  the  large  cone  characteristic  of  the 
type  and  the  other  with  cones  as  small  and  globular  as  those 
of  Ciipressiis  govcniana  Gord. 

9.  Finns  radiata  biiiata  (Engelm. ),  Lemmon,  West  Am. 
Cone-Bearers  42.  1895.  Type  locality,  Guadalupe  Island. 
This  pine  differs  from  typical  Pinus  radiata  in  having  two 
needles  in  a  sheath  instead  of  three,  and  much  shorter  leaves. 
The  cones  are  much  smaller,  but  are  without  prickles  and  are 
of  the  same  shape  as  those  of  the  type ;  otherwise  it  might  be 
referred  to  Pinus  inuricata  D.  Don.  Perhaps  it  should  be 
regarded  as  a  distinct  species.  ''High  elevations  at  the  north 
end,  the  largest  seven  and  a  half  feet  in  circumference  and 
averaging  seventy  feet  high;  at  the  extreme  northern  end  and 
facing  the  bay  the  trees  assume  a  hedge-like  form,"  Palmer. 
Greene.    Franceschi.    Hanna  &  Slevin.    Dudley's  list. 

ZOSTERACE.^;  Eel-grass  Family 

10.  Phyllospadix  torreyi  S.  Watson,  Proc.  Am.  Acad. 
14:303.     1879.     Tr/?^ /oca/iVv,  Santa  Barbara.     Dudley's  list, 

POACEiE;  Grass  Family 

11.  Aristida  adsccnsionis  L.,  Sp.  PI.  82.  Type  locality, 
Ascension  Island.  This  was  reported  in  Dr.  Palmer's  second 
collection  as  Aristida  bromoides  H.  B.  K.  "In  deep  caiions," 
Palmer.  Rose  (see  Contr.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.  22:  544).  Mason 
1540. 

12.  Miihlcnbergia  microsperma  (DC.),  Kunth.,  Rev. 
Gram.,  i:  64.  1829.  Type  locality,  Me^iico.  This  was  reported 
as  M.  debilis  Trin.  "Growing  in  abundance  on  warm  slopes  in 
the  middle  of  the  island,"  Palmer.  Greene.  Franceschi. 
Mason  1541. 

13.  Polypogon  motispeliensis  (L.),  Desf.,  Fl.  Atlant., 
i :  66.  Type  locality,  Europe.  "Common  about  springs," 
Green.    Franceschi.    Dudley's  list. 

14.  Phalaris  caroliniana  Walt.,  Fl.  Carol.  74.  Type 
locality,  Carolina.  Voyage  of  the  Wahlberg,  T.  S.  Brandegee, 
(Zoe5:22). 


Vol.  XVIII]        EASTWOOD— FLORA  OF  LOWER  CALIFORNIA  40I 

15.  Avena  fatiia  L.,  Sp.  PI.  80.  Type  locality,  Europe. 
"Several  small  patches  in  open  places  on  the  best  soil,"  Palmer. 
"Very  little  seen,"  Greene.     "Very  common,"  Mason  1542. 

16.  Bromiis  sterilis  L.,  Sp.  PI.  77.  Type  locality,  Europe. 
"On  warm  hillsides  sometimes  in  large  patches  as  if  sown,  at 
the  south  and  middle  of  the  island,"  Palmer.    Mason  1843. 

17  Bromus  trinii  Desv.,  in  C.  Gay,  Fl.  Chil.  6:441. 
1853.  Reported  as  Trisetum  barbatum  Steud.  Type  locality, 
Chile.  "Abundant  at  southern  end  due  to  wet  season," 
Palmer. 

18.  Hordeiim  mnriniim  L.,  Sp.  PI.  85.  Type  locality, 
Europe.  "Only  a  few  tufts  seen  near  the  cabins  on  the 
plateau,"  Greene.  "Very  common,"  Mason  1544.  Dudley's 
hst. 

19.  Dissant helium  calif ornicuni  Benth.,  in  Hook.,  Icon. 
PI.  t.  1375.  1881.  Type  locality,  Catalina  Island.  (Reported 
as  Stenochloe  calif ornica  Nutt). 


PHOENICACE^;  Palm  Family 

20.  Erythea  adulis  (Wendl),  S.  Watson,  Bot.  Gal. 
2:212.  1880.  Type  locality,  Guadalupe  Island.  "Frequent 
in  deep,  warm  ravines  from  the  northern  end  to  Jacks  Bay; 
the  only  thing  on  the  island  having  a  tropical  look.  It  attains 
a  height  of  about  forty  feet,  averaging  about  fifteen  inches  in 
diameter.  Each  tree  bears  one  to  four  clusters  of  fruit  four 
feet  in  length  and  each  weighing  40  to  50  pounds.  The  fruit 
is  eaten  by  man,  goats,  birds  and  mice.  In  flower  near  the 
end  of  March,"  Palmer.  Greene.  "Northwestern  part  of  the 
island,  the  principal  grove  not  less  than  one  mile  and  a  half 
long  by  half  to  a  mile  in  breadth.  There  and  in  a  few  other 
parts  where  palms  are  still  growing  in  small  numbers  their 
range  in  altitude  appears  to  be  between  300  to  1000  feet.  A 
few  expanded  flowers  were  to  be  found  already  at  the  begin- 
ning of  December,  but  the  general  blossoming  takes  place  in 
January  and  the  fruits  are  said  to  ripen  in  April,"  Franceschi 
Dudley's  list. 


402  CALIFORNIA   ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

JUNCACE^ ;  Rush  Family 

21.  J  uncus  bufonius  L.,  Sp.  PI.  328.  Type  locality, 
Europe.  "From  the  middle  to  the  north  end  of  the  island 
growing  abundantly  in  very  springy  places,"  Palmer.    Greene. 


LILIACE^ ;  Lily  Family 

22.  Brodicua  insularis  Greene.  Bull.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci.  2:134. 
1886.  Type  locality,  Guadalupe  Island.  Greene  listed  this  as 
B.  capitata  Benth.  Palmer  collected  it  on  his  second  trip. 
Greene  describes  it  with  leaves  an  inch  broad  and  scape  often 
more  than  four  feet  high.  It  was  exceedingly  common  on  the 
plateau  all  about  the  spring. 

23.  Brodicea  lugens  Greene,  Bull.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci.  2:142. 
1886.  This  was  identified  by  T.  S.  Brandegee,  one  of  the 
additions  collected  on  the  Voyage  of  the  Wahlberg  as  com- 
mon on  the  slopes  of  Sparrmann's  Canon.  The  type  locality 
of  this  species,  which  Greene  later  transferred  to  Calliprora,  is 
mountain  summits  back  of  Vacaville,  California.  It  seems 
improbable  that  this  rare  species  of  which  Greene  claims  to 
have  been  the  only  collector  can  be  the  same  as  the  Guadalupe 
Island  species. 

CUPULIFERffi ;  Oak  Family 

24.  Quercus  tomentella  Engelm.,  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  St. 
Louis  3  :  393.  1877.  Type  locality,  Guadalupe  Island.  This 
was  first  considered  identical  with  Q.  chrysolepis  Liebm. 
"Frequent  at  the  north  end  and  occasionally  found  in  the 
canons  on  both  sides  of  the  island,  often  large  specimens  40 
feet  high  and  widespreading ;  timber  good  and  durable  though 
knotty,"  Palmer.  Greene.  Franceschi.  Hanna  &  Slevin. 
Mason  1537. 

URTICACE^;  Nettle  Family 

25.  Hesperocnide  tenella  Torr.,  in  Pacif.  Rail.  Rep. 
4:139.  1857.  r3;/>^ /oca/i/3;,  Napa  Valley.  "In  damp,  shady 
places  among  high  rocks  in  the  middle  of  the  island,"  Palmer, 
Greene.    Franceschi. 


Vol.  XVIII]    •    EASTWOOD— FLORA  OF  LOWER  CALIFORNIA  4Q3 

26.  Parietaria  Horidana  Nutt.,  Gen.  Am.  2:208.  1818. 
Type  locality,  "Near  St.  Mary's,  West  Florida."  "Abundant 
in  situations  similar  to  the  preceding,"  Palmer.  Greene. 
Hanna  &  Slevin.     Mason  1509,  1510. 

LORANTH ACE^ ;  Mistletoe  Family 

27.  Phoradendron  giiadalupense  Trelease,  Univ.  111.  Bull. 
13:29.  1916.  Type  locality,  Guadalupe  Island.  This  was 
reported  in  Watson's  list  as  P.  bolleanum  Eichler.  "Near  the 
north  end  on  Jiiniperns  and  Cupressus,  more  frequently  the 
former,"  Palmer.    This  has  not  since  been  collected. 

POL YGON ACE^ ;  Buckwheat  Family 

28.  Pterostegia  drymarioides  Fisch.  &  Meyer,  Ind.  Sem. 
Hort.  Petrop,  2:48.  1835.  Type  locality,  Bodega  Point, 
California.  "In  the  shade  of  rocks  in  the  middle,  and  more 
rarely  at  the  south  end,"  Palmer.    Greene.    Mason  1526. 

CHENOPODIACE^;  Salt  Bush  Family 

29.  Chenopodium  album  L.,  Sp.  PI.  219.  Type  locality, 
Europe.  "Only  one  plant  near  the  sea  on  the  east  side," 
Palmer.    Greene.    Hanna  &  Slevin. 

30.  Chenopodium  murale  L.,  Sp.  PL  219.  Type  locality, 
Europe.  "A  few  plants  near  the  landing,  evidently  a  new- 
comer," Greene.     Franceschi.     Dudley's  list.     Mason  1520. 

31.  Atriplex  palmeri  S.  Watson,  Proc.  Am.  Acad. 
11:  146.  1876.  Type  locality,  Guadalupe  Island.  "Only  at 
the  south  end  in  rounded  bushes  about  13^  feet  high,"  Palmer. 
Greene.     Hanna  &  Slevin,     Dudley's  list.     Mason  1538. 

32.  Atriplex  rosei  Standi.,  N.  Am.  FI.  21:60.  1916. 
Type  locality,  Guadalupe  Island.     Rose  15022  in  part. 

These  two  species  of  Atriplex  are  considered  subspecies  of 
A.  barelayana  (Benth.),  Dietr.  The  first,  A.  barclayana 
palmeri,  and  the  second,  A.  barclayana  dilatata  (Greene),  Hall 
&  Clements,  Phylogenetic  Method  in  Taxonomy,  315. 

33.  Suceda  californica  S.  Watson,  Proc.  Am.  Acad. 
9:89.  1874.  Type  locality,  Salt  marshes  of  San  Francisco 
Bay.    Mason  1539. 


404  CALIFORNIA   ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [-Proc.  4th  Ser. 

34.  Aphanisma  blitoides  (Nutt.),  ex  Moq.  in  DC.  Prod. 
13:54.  1849.  Type  locality,  San  Diego,  California.  Bran- 
degee,  Voyage  of  the  Wahlberg,  Zoe,  5  :  22. 

ALLIONACE^;  Four  O'Clock  Family 

35.  Hesperonia  heimerlii  Standi.,  Contr.  U.  S.  Nat. 
Herb.  13.412.  1911.  Type  locality,  Guadalupe  Island. 
This  was  reported  as  Mirabilis  calif ornica  Gray.  "Of  com- 
pact branching  habit  in  crevices  in  the  walls  of  cafions  on  the 
east  side,"  Palmer.  This  was  also  collected  at  the  south  end 
on  Palmer's  second  trip,  Greene.  Rose.  Franceschi. 
Dudley's  list. 

FICOID ACE^ ;  Fig  Marigold  Family 

36.  Mesembryanthcmum  crystallinum  L.,  Sp.  PI.  480. 
Type  locality,  Cape  of  Good  Hope.  "On  beach  at  landing," 
Greene.    Dudley's  list. 

PORTULACACE^;  Portulaca  Family 

37.  Montia  perfoliata  Howell,  in  Eryth.  1:38.  1893. 
Reported  as  Claytonia  perfoliata  Don.  North  America.  "All 
over  the  island,"  Palmer.  "Corolla  small  and  more  purple," 
Greene.     Franceschi. 

38.  Calandriniu  mensiesii  (Hook.),  T.  &  G.  Fl.  N.  Am. 
1 :  197.  Type  locality,  south  of  the  mouth  of  the  Columbia. 
"All  over  the  island  in  masses,"  Palmer.  "Smaller  than  in 
California,  white  flowers  very  frequent,"  Greene.  Mason 
1507. 

39.  Calandrinia  maritima  Nutt.,  in  T.  &  G.  Fl.  N.  Am. 
1 :  197.  Type  locality,  San  Diego.  Collected  by  Brandegee  on 
the  Voyage  of  the  Wahlberg,  Zoe,  5  :  22. 

40.  Talinum  gnadalupense  Dudley,  Report  Fur-Seal 
Investigations,  part  3  (1896-97),  p.  282.  Leaves  thick  and 
fleshy  oblanceolate,  2-5  cm.  long,  all  radical.  Root  fusiform 
fleshy,  broadening  at  top  into  a  short  rhizoma  extending 
laterally.  Flowering  panicles  3-5  dm.  in  height,  ascending, 
naked  except  for  the  deltoid  acuminate  scarious  bracts  at  the 
bases  of  the  divaricate,  scattered  branches  which  occupy  the 


Vol.  XVIII]        EASTWOOD— FLORA  OF  LOWER  CALIFORNIA  495 

upper  half.  Flowers  in  terminal  close  clusters.  Sepals  2, 
roundish,  persistent.  Petals  rose-colored,  broadly  obovate, 
nearly  1  cm.  long".  Stamens  numerous.  Slender  exserted  style 
with  2-3-lobed  stigmas.  Capsule  broadly  ovoid  acute.  Walls 
3-valved,  splitting-  from  above.  Placenta  basal.  Seeds  disk- 
shaped,  numerous. 

CARYOPHYLLACE^ ;  Pink  Family 

41.  Stellaria  nitens  Nutt.,  in  T.  &  G.,  Fl.  N.  Am.  1 :  185. 
Type  locality,  "Plains  of  the  Columbia."  "At  middle  and 
north  end  under  rocks,"  Palmer. 

42.  Silene  antirrhma  L.,  Sp.  PI.  419.  Europe.  "Only 
in  caiions  on  east  side  near  beach,"  Palmer. 

43.  Sileiie  gallica  L.,  Sp.  PI.  417.  Europe.  "Sparingly 
in  middle  of  island,"  Palmer.  "Very  common  in  lower  cypress 
groves,"  Greene.     Dudley's  list. 

44.  Tissa  macrotheca  (Hornem),  Britt.  in  Bull.  Torr. 
Bot.  Club  16:  129.  1889.  California.  "Common  on  exposed 
sides  of  hills,  in  arroyos  and  sides  of  canons,"  (Palmer  on 
second  trip).     Franceschi.     Dudley's  list. 

45.  Tissa  pallida  Greene,  ex  Britton,  1.  c.  Type  locality, 
San  Francisco.  "Collected  with  the  preceding  but  not  so 
common,"  (Palmer  on  second  trip). 

RANUNCULACEiE;  Buttercup  Family 

46.  Ranunculus  hebecarpus  Hook  &  Arn.,  'Bot.  Beech. 
Voy.  316.  1844.  California.  "Abundant  on  warm  slopes  in 
the  middle  of  the  island,"  Palmer.  "Only  in  the  shade  of 
Quercus  tomentella,"  Greene. 

47.  Myosurus  minimus  L,,  Sp.  PI.  284.  Europe.  "In 
the  middle  of  the  island  and  at  the  north,  near  springs," 
Greene. 

PAPAVERACE^;  Poppy  Family 

48.  Eschscholtsia  elegans  Greene,  Bull.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci., 
1 :  182.  1885.  Type  locality,  Guadalupe  Island.  Small 
annual  with  delicate  dissected  foliage  and  rotate  flowers  not 


406  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

an  inch  wide.     On  summit  of  Guadalupe.     Palmer.     Greene. 
Mason. 

49.  Eschscholtda  ramosa  Greene,  Bull.  Torrey  Bot. 
Club,  13:217.  1886.  Type  locality,  Guadalupe  Island. 
Annual,  dendroid,  in  habit.  Pods  3 3^  in  long.  Palmer. 
Greene.     Dudley's  list.    Mason  1500. 

50.  Petromecon  palmeri  Pitt.,  5 :  293.  1905.  Type 
locality,  Guadalupe  Island.  This  is  the  same  as  E.  palmeri 
Rose.     Palmer. 

51.  Petromecon  frutescens  Greene,  1.  c,  294.  Type 
locality,  Guadalupe  Island.  Larger  than  the  preceding  and 
less  succulent,  stigmas  4.  Type  in  Herb.  Gal.  Acad.  Sci. 
Franceschi. 

CRUCIFERffi;  Mustard  Family 

52.  Thysanocarpus  erectus  S.  Watson,  Proc.  Am.  Acad. 
II:  124.  1876.  Type  locality,  Guadalupe  Island.  "In  clear, 
level  spots  only  between  Jacks  Bay  on  west  side  and  Mt. 
Augusta,"  Palmer.    It  has  never  been  found  again. 

53.  Lepidium  lasiocarpwn  Nutt.,  in  T.  &  G.  Fl.  N.  Am. 
I:  115.  Type  locality,  Santa  Barbara.  "In  ravines  in  the 
middle  of  the  island,  rarely  at  south  end,"  Palmer.  Greene. 
Mason  1516. 

54.  Lepidium  hipinnatifidum  Desv.,  Journ.  Bot.  3 :  165. 
1814.  Reported  by  Watson  as  L.  mensiesii  DC.  "Generally 
abundant,"  Palmer.     Mason  1524. 

55.  Thelypodiimi  lasiophyllum  (H.  &  A.),  Greene  in 
Bull.  Torr.  Bot.  Club  13:  142.  1886.  California.  This  was 
reported  in  Watson's  list  as  Sisymbrium  reflexum  Nutt. 
"Abundant  in  the  middle  and  at  the  south  end,"  Palmer. 
Greene. 

56.  Sisymbrium  canescens  Nutt.,  Gen.  Am.  2 :  68.  Vir- 
ginia to  Georgia.     "In  great  abundance,"  Palmer.     Greene. 

57.  Brassica  nigra  Koch.,  in  Roehl,  Deutschl.  FL,  ed.  3, 
4:  713.  Europe.  "In  considerable  quantity  in  the  middle  of 
the  island,"  Palmer. 

58.  Brassica  campestris  L.,  Sp.  PI.  666.  Europe.  "A 
few  plants  near  the  cabins,"  Greene. 


Vol.  XVIII]        EASTWOOD— FLORA  OF  LOWER  CALIFORNIA  ^QJ 

RESED ACE^ ;  Mignonette  Family 

59.  Oligomeris  glaucescens  Camb.,  in  Jacquem.  Voy. 
Bot.,  4:24.  t.  25.  Europe.  Reported  as  O.  suhulata  Boiss. 
"In  deep,  warm  cafions,  middle  of  island,  occasionally  south," 
Palmer.    Greene.    Franceschi.    Dudley's  list.    Mason  1522. 


CRASSULACE^;  Stonecrop  Family 

60.     Tillcua  erect  a  Hook.  &  Arn.,  Bot.  Beech.  Voy.  24. 
1884.     California.     "In  large  patches  among  rocks  and  sage- 
brush," Palmer.     Besides  the  typical  form,  a  variety  was  also 
collected    which    was    doubtfully    referred    to  T.    leptopetala 
Benth.    Greene  also  collected  it. 


SAXIFRAGACE^;  Saxifrage  Family 

61.  Rihes  sangmneum  Pursh.,  Fl.  Am.  Sept.  1 :  164. 
"Only  two  plants  in  shade  of  cliffs  at  north  end,"  Palmer. 
This  is  probably  some  other  species,  as  the  type  locality  of  the 
true  R.  sanguineum  Pursh.,  is  Vancouver  Island,  and  it  has 
been  found  in  California  only  at  the  extreme  north. 

62.  Heuchera  f "A  single  plant  in  a  rock  crevice, 

not  in  bloom,"  Palmer.     Franceschi. 

ROSACE.ffi ;  Rose  Family 

dZ.  Alchemilla  cuneifolia  Nutt.,  in  T.  &  G.  Fl.  N.  Am. 
1 :  432.  Type  locality,  Santa  Barbara.  "Among  rocks  and 
sagebrush  at  north  end,  also  around  a  spring  where  it  was 
much  larger,"  Palmer.  Greene.  This  was  identified  as  A. 
occidentalis  Nutt.,  but  that  is  a  northern  species,  while  A. 
cuneifolia  was  described  from  specimens  collected  at  Santa 
Barbara.    Both  may  be  too  near  A.  arvensis  Scop. 

GERANIACE^;  Geranium  Family 

64.  Er odium  moschatum  L'Her.,  Ait.  Hort.,  Kew  ed. 
1,2:404.  Europe.  "Middle  of  the  island,"  Palmer.  Greene 
saw  very  little  of  this.  Franceschi.  Dudley's  list.  Mason 
1517. 


408  CALIFORNIA   ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

65.  Erodium  cicutarium  L'Her,  1.  c.  414.  Europe. 
"Abundant  all  over  the  island,"  Palmer.  Greene.  Franceschi. 
Dudley's  list. 

AN ACARDIACE^ ;  Sumach  Family 

66.  Rhus  laurina  Nutt..  in  T.  &  G.  Fl.  N.  Am.  1:219. 
Type  locality,  Santa  Barbara.  "Four  found  in  crevices  of 
high  rocks,"  Palmer.    Greene.     Franceschi.     Dudley's  list. 

RHAMNACE-ffi;  Buckthorn  Family 

67.  Ceanothus  cuneatus  Nutt.,  in  T.  &  G.  Fl.  N.  Am. 
1 :  267.  Type  locality,  "gravelly  islands  and  bars  of  the  Wah- 
lamet  above  the  dry  falls."  "Middle  of  island,  three  small 
shrubs  seen,  not  in  flower,"  Palmer. 

68.  Ceanothus  crassifoUus  Torr.,  Pac.  Rail.  Rep.  4:75. 
1857.  Type  locality,  Cajon  Pass.  "Only  three  alive  at  base 
of  Mt.  Augusta,"  Palmer.  "A  small  seedling  plant  near 
cabins,"  Greene.     Franceschi. 

69.  Rhamnns  crocea  Nutt.,  in  T.  &  G.  Fl.  N.  Am.  1 :  261. 
Type  locality,  Monterey.  "Six  found  in  crevices  of  high  cliffs 
in  the  middle  of  the  island,"  Palmer.  This  is  exceedingly 
variable  in  the  size  and  shape  of  the  leaves.  The  specimen 
collected  by  Mason  is  a  mere  scrap.  However,  Dr.  Hanna  and 
Mr.  Slevin  collected  fine  specimens  from  an  arborescent  shrub 
with  leaves  from  elliptical  to  almost  orbicular,  4.5  cm.  long 
to  3.5  cm.  wide,  obtuse  at  apex  and  base  with  margin  finely 
serrulate.  It  comes  nearest  to  R.  pirifolia  Greene,  Pitt.,  3:15, 
described  from  specimens  collected  on  Santa  Cruz  Island. 
The  leaves  of  specimens  in  Herb.  Gal.  Acad.  Sci.  of  R.  piri- 
folia from  the  type  island  have  leaves  relatively  much  longer 
than  wide,  while  those  of  R.  insularis  Kellogg  from  Cedros 
have  much  smaller  leaves  more  like  those  of  typical  R.  crocea 
Nutt.     Hanna  &  Slevin.     Mason  1528. 

LEGUMINOS^;  Pea  Family 

70.  Trifolirim  amplectetis ,  T.  &  G.,  Fl.  N.  Am. 

1  :  319.     California.      "Rare,   only  on  beach  at  east  side  of 
island,"  Palmer.     Franceschi.     Mason  1511. 


Vol.  XVIII]        EASTWOOD— FLORA  OF  LOWER  CALIF0RNL4  409 

71.  Trifolium  micro cephalmn  Pursh.,  Fl.  Am.  Sept. 
2:478.  Type  locality,  "On  the  banks  of  Clarck's  River." 
"Very  abundant  at  middle  and  north  end  of  island,''  Palmer. 
Greene.    Dudley's  list.    Mason  1512. 

72.  Trifolium  palmeri  S.  Watson,  Proc.  Am.  Acad. 
11:132.  1876.  Type  locality,  Guadalupe  Island.  "Rather 
abundant  in  the  middle  of  the  island  and  around  a  spring-," 
Palmer.     Franceschi.     Mason  1513. 

73.  Lupimis  nivens  S.  Watson,  1.  c.  126.  Type  locality, 
Guadalupe  Island.  "Only  in  the  middle  of  the  island  on  higfh 
cliffs,"  Palmer.  Greene  saw  one  flowering  specimen  and  what 
appeared  to  be  numerous  seedlings.     Franceschi. 

74.  Litpinus  giiadalupcnsis  Greene,  Bull.  Gal.  Acad.  Sci., 
1  :  184.  1885.  Type  locality,  Guadalupe  Island.  "On  high 
plateau,"  Greene.    Type  in  Herb.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci. 

75.  Hosackia  ornithopus  Greene,  Bull.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci. 
1  :  185.  1885.  Type  from  Guadalupe  Island  in  Herb.  Cal. 
Acad.  Sci.  "Frequent  in  the  middle  of  Guadalupe  Island," 
Franceschi.  Dudley's  list.  Palmer  collected  the  same,  re- 
ported as  H.  argophylla  Gray. 

76.  Hosackia  grandiUora  Benth.,  Trans.  Linn.  Soc. 
17:365.  1837.  California.  "Among  trees  in  the  middle  of 
the  island,"  Palmer.     Greene. 

77.  Melilotus  iiidica  All,  Fl.  Pedem.  1 :  308.  India. 
"Common  along  the  beach,  ascending  into  shady  cafions," 
Palmer.  This  was  collected  by  Dr.  Palmer  on  his  second  visit 
and  was  probably  introduced  bv  the  goats. 

78.  Vicia  exigua  Nutt.,  in  T.  &  G.  Fl.  N.  Am.  1  :  272. 
Type  locality,  plains  of  Oregon  and  upper  California.  "Among 
rocks,  center  of  island,  only  one  seen,"  Palmer.  Greene  re- 
ported it  as  not  uncommon  and  Palmer  reported  it  on  his 
second  visit  as  common  in  shady  sides  of  ravines  at  the  north 
end. 

M ALVACE/E ;  Mallow  Family 

79.  Sphceralcea  sulphnrea  S.  Watson,  Proc.  Am.  Acad. 
11:  125.  1876.  Type  locality,  Guadalupe  Island.  "In  large 
bunches  three  feet  high  in  crevices  of  highest  rocks  from  mid- 
dle to  the  southern  end  where  most  abundant,"  Palmer.  Fran- 
ceschi.   Greene.     One  plant  seen  by  Mason  1506. 

September  6,   1929 


410  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

80.  SphcEralcca  palmeri  Rose,  Contr.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb. 
1 :  23.  1890.  Type  locality,  Guadalupe  Island.  This  was  col- 
lected by  Dr.  Palmer  on  his  second  trip.  "On  all  exposed 
places  on  the  south  end  of  the  island."  According  to  Dr. 
Rose,  the  carpels  are  narrower  and  longer  than  in  the  preced- 
ing, but  it  must  be  closely  related. 

81.  Lavatera  occidentalis  S.  Watson,  1.  c.  125.  Type 
locality,  Guadalupe  Island.  "Conspicuous  plant  on  cliffs  in 
the  middle  of  the  island,"  Palmer.  Greene  describes  the  largest 
shrubs  as  10  feet  high.     Franceschi.     Hanna  &  Slevin, 

82.  Malva  borealis  Wallm.,  in  Liljebl,  Svensk.  Fl.,  ed. 
3  :  374  Europe.  "Very  common  on  eastward  slope,"  Palmer. 
Greene.    Franceschi.    Dudley's  list.     Mason  1530. 

DILLENIACE^ 

83.  Crossosonm  californicum  Nutt.,  Journ.  Acad.  Phila., 
N.  S.  1:150.  t.  22.  1847.  Type  locality,  Catalina  Island. 
"In  crevices  of  cliffs  overhanging  a  cafion  in  the  middle  of  the 
island,"  Palmer.  "Only  nine  bushes  found,  accessible  only  by 
the  aid  of  a  rope,"  Greene.  Franceschi.  Hanna  &  Slevin 
(specimens  shot  down). 

FRANKENIACE^;  Salt-weed  Family 

84.  Frankenia  grandifolia  Ch.  &  Schl.,  Linnsea  1 :35. 
1826.  Type  locality,  near  San  Francisco.  On  the  side  of  the 
bank  near  the  northeast  anchorage.    Dudley's  list. 

UMBELLIFERffi ;  Parsley  Family 

85.  Daucus  pusilliis  Mx.,  Fl.  Bor.  Am.  1 :  164.  Carolina. 
"Abundant  through  the  middle  of  the  island,"  Palmer. 
Greene. 

86.  Sanicula  menziesii  Hook.  &  Arn.,  Bot.  Beech.  Voy., 
142.  1844.  California.  "Two  plants  only,  without  flowers 
or  fruit,  in  rock  crevices,  middle  of  the  island,"  Palmer. 

LOASACEiE ;  Blazing  Star  Family 

87.  Mentzelia  dispersa  S.  Watson,  Proc.  Am.  Acad. 
11 :  115  &  137.  1876.  Type  locality,  Guadalupe  Island.  "In 
ravines  at  the  middle  and  south  end,"  Palmer. 


Vol.  XVIII]        EASTWOOD— FLORA  OF  LOWER  CALIFORNIA  ^\\ 

88.  Mentzelia  micrantha  (H.  &  A.),  in  T.  &  G.  Fl.  N. 
Am.  1 :  535.  California.  "Only  on  beach  near  landing," 
Greene. 

CACTACE^;  Cactus  Family 

89.  Opuntia  prolifera  Engelm.,  in  Am.  Journ.  Sci.  11. 
14:338.  1852.  Type  locality,  San  Diego,  California.  Greene. 
Franceschi.  Dudley's  list.  Mason  1547,  not  collected.  Com- 
mon throughout  the  island. 

90.  N eomammillaria  goodridgii  (Scheer),  Britt.  &  Rose, 
Cactaceae,  4:  158.  Type  locality,  Cedros  Island.  Greene. 
Dudley's  list. 

ONAGRACE^ ;  Evening  Primrose  Family 

91.  Epilohium  minutum  Lindl.,  in  Hook.  Fl.  Bor.  Am. 
1 :  207.  Northwest  coast  of  America.  "Only  at  north  end 
among  rocks  and  sagebrush,"  Palmer.  "Two  or  three  plants 
only  seen,"  Greene. 

92.  CEnothera  (Sphcero stigma)  gtiadalupensis  S.  Watson, 
Proc.  Am.  Acad.,  11 :  115  &  137.  1876.  Type  locality,  Gua- 
dalupe Island.  "Only  two  plants  in  a  ravine  on  east  side  near 
beach,"  Palmer. 

ERICACE^;  Heather  Family 

93.  Arctostaphylos  sp.  Greene  found  a  single  seedling 
plant  not  more  than  two  or  three  years  old  under  a  cypress. 

PRIMULACE^ ;  Primrose  Family 

94.  Dodecatheon  clez'elandi  Greene,  Pitt.  1 :  213.  1888. 
Type  locality,  San  Diego.  This  is  the  species  reported  by 
Palmer,  Greene,  and  Franceschi,  and  collected  in  flower  by 
Anthony.  A  specimen  of  Anthony's  collection  in  the  Her- 
barium of  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences  indicates  this 
species. 

95.  Anagallis  an'ensis  L.,  Sp.  PI.  148.  Europe.  "Only 
one  plant  found  near  beach,"  Palmer.  "Only  one  plant  on  top 
of  island,"  Greene. 


412  CALIFORNIA   ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Skk. 

OLEACE^;  Olive  Family 

96.  Hesperalcua  paUneri  Gray,  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  11:83. 
1876.  Type  locality,  Guadalupe  Island.  This  was  described 
as  a  new  genus  from  Guadalupe  Island.  Dr.  Palmer  reported 
it  as  a  tree  with  sulphur-colored  flowers  in  a  terminal  panicle. 
Three  Hve  trees  only  were  seen  in  a  canon  on  the  east  side; 
no  young  trees  seen,  but  many  dead  ones.  As  this  has  never 
been  found  again,  the  species  is  probably  extinct. 

CONVOLVULACE^;  Morning  Glory  Family 

97.  Convohnilus  macrostegiiis  Greene,  Bull.  Gal.  Acad. 
Sci.  1:208.  1885.  Type  locality,  Guadalupe  Island.  This 
was  reported  by  Watson  as  C.  occidentaiis  Gray.  "In  crevices 
of  high  rocks  hanging  down  six  feet  or  more,"  Palmer.  "A 
thousand  flowers  on  one  plant,"  Greene.     Franceschi. 

POLEMONIACE^;  Phlox  Family 

98.  Gilia  giiadalupensis  Brand.,  Das  Pflanzenreich, 
4:134.  1907.  Type  locality,  Guadalupe  Island.  This  was 
described  together  with  the  next  from  specimens  collected  by 
Dr.  Palmer  on  his  first  visit,  and  both  listed  in  Watson's 
report  under  Gilia  piisilla  calif ornica  Gray.  "Abundant  under 
brush  and  in  protected  places  in  the  middle  of  the  island." 
Palmer. 

99.  Gilia  pygmcua  Brand.,  1.  c. 

100.  Gilia  nevinii  Gray,  Syn.  Fl.,  1.  Suppl.  411.  Type 
locality,  San  Clemente  Island.  This  was  reported  by  Watson 
as  Gilia  multicaitlis  millefoliata.  "Localities  similar  to  the 
preceding,  flowers  blue  and  showy  or  cream-colored  with  a 
violet  base,"  Palmer.    Franceschi.    Dudley's  list.    Mason  1905. 

101.  Collomia  gilioides  glutinosa  (Benth.),  Gray,  Proc. 
Am.  Acad.  8:260.  1870.  Type  locality,  California.  "Abun- 
dant in  similar  localities  to  the  preceding,"  Palmer.  Greene 
lists  this  as  Gilia  divaricata  Nutt.  The  species  described  in 
this  aggregate  are  very  closely  related. 


Vol.  XVIU]        EASTWOOD— FLORA  OF  LOWER  CALIFORNIA  4^3 

HYDROPHYLLACE^;  Waterleaf  Family 

102.  Nemophila  racemosa  (Nutt.),  Gray  in  Proc.  Am. 
Acad.  10:  315.  (1875.)  Type  locality,  San  Diego,  California. 
This  was  reported  in  Watson's  list  as  N.  aurita  Lindl.  "On 
warm  slopes  middle  of  the  island ;  rarely  at  south  end," 
Palmer.  Since  Greene  and  Dr.  Franceschi  found  only  A''. 
racemosa  at  the  same  place,  probably  Watson  was  mistaken, 
owing  to  poor  specimens. 

103.  Ellisia  chrysanthemif alia  Benth.,  Trans.  Linn.  Soc. 
17:274  (1837.)  California.  "Abundant  under  sagebrush, 
throughout  the  island,"  Palmer.  Greene  reported  it  as 
Eucrypta.     Franceschi.     Mason  1525. 

104.  Emtnenanthe  penduliflora  Benth.,  Trans.  Linn.  Soc. 
17:  281.  1837.  California.  "Rocky  ravines  in  the  middle  of 
the  island,"  Palmer.    Greene.     Franceschi.     Mason  1515. 

105.  Phacelia  phyllotn-anica  Gray,  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  11 :  87. 
(1876.)  Type  locality,  Guadalupe  Island.  "Rare  in  crevices 
of  high  rocks  in  the  middle  of  the  island,"  Palmer.  Greene 
reports  it  as  often  more  than  six  feet  high.    Franceschi. 

106.  Phacelia  Uorihiinda  Greene,  Bull.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci. 
1:200.  (1885.)  Type  locality,  Guadalupe  Island.  It  was 
reported  by  Watson  as  P.  phyllomanica  interrupta  Gray. 
"Frequent  in  rocky  ravines  at  middle  and  south  end,"  Palmer. 
Greene  reports  it  as  an  annual  from  lower  parts  of  the  island. 
Dudley's  list. 

BORAGINACEiE;  Borage  Family 

107.  Harpagonella  palmeri  Gray,  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  11 :  88. 
(1876.)  Type  locality,  Guadalupe  Island.  "Only  at  the 
south  end,"  Palmer.    Greene. 

108.  Pectocarya  penicillata  A.  DC,  Prodr.  10:  120.  Type 
locality,  California.     "With  the  above,"  Palmer. 

109.  Amsinckia  vernicosa  H.  &  A.,  Bot.  Beech.  Voy.  370. 
Type  locality,  California.  "Very  abundant  at  south  end," 
Palmer. 

110.  Amsinckia  intermedia  F.  &  M.,  Ind.  Sem.  Petrop. 
1 :  26.  Type  locality.  Bodega  Head.  This  was  reported 
among  the  additions  collected  on  the  vovage  of  the  Wahlberg. 
Zoe  5  :22. 


414  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

111.  Cryptanthe  maritima  Greene,  Pitt.  1:117.  (1887.) 
Type  locality,  Guadalupe  Island.  This  was  described  as 
Krynitskia  nuiritinia  by  Greene,  and  listed  in  Watson's  report 
on  Palmer's  collection  as  Eritrichium  angtistifolium  Torr. 
"At  south  end  and  near  beach,"  Palmer.  Greene.  Franceschi. 
Dudley's  list.     Mason  1501. 

112.  Cryptanthe  foliosa  Greene,  Pitt.  1:113.  (1887.) 
Type  locality,  Guadalupe  Island.  This  was  described  as 
Krynitskia  foliosa  Greene.  It  was  reported  by  Watson  as 
Eritrichium  utriculatiim  Torr.  "Canons  in  the  middle  of  the 
island,"  Palmer.  Greene  reports  this  as  the  same  as  E.  ranio- 
sissima  Gray.     Franceschi. 

LABIATE ;  Mint  Family 

113.  Pogogyne  tenuiflora  Gray,  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  11 :  100. 
(1876.)  T'3;/'^ /oca/jV^f,  Guadalupe  Island.  "Very  rare  among 
sagebrush  on  the  eastern  side,"  Palmer.  This  has  never  been 
collected  again  and  is  probably  extinct. 

114.  Calaminiha  palmeri  Gray,  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  11:  100. 
(1876.)  Tj/'^j /ocato^;,  Guadalupe  Island.  "Abundant  among 
trees  and  sagebrush  in  the  middle  of  the  island,  strong-scented 
and  not  eaten  by  goats,"  Palmer.    Greene. 

• 

SOLANACEiE ;  Nightshade  Family 

115.  Nicotiaiia  pctiinceflora  Greene,  Bull.  Cal.  Acad.  .Sci. 
1:209.  (1885.)  73'/'^ /oca/// v^  Guadalupe  Island.  This  was 
reported  by  Watson  as  A^.  higelovii  Watson.  "Only  in  a  few 
places  in  the  center  of  the  island,  in  open  spots  and  good  soil; 
flowers  greenish  yellow,  bronzy  below.  The  leaves  stick  to  the 
goats'  hair,"  Palmer.    Greene. 

116.  Lycium  calif ornicum  Nutt.,  ex  Gray  in  Bot.  Cal. 
1 :  542.  Type  locality,  San  Diego,  California.  "Extreme 
south  end  on  rocky  bluffs,  not  abundant,"  Palmer.  Mason 
1540. 

117.  Solanum  wallacei  (Gray),  Parish  in  Proc.  Cal.  Acad. 
Sci.,  Ser.  3:2:166.  1901.  This  was  reported  as  5.  xanti 
Gray,  and  has  been  named  5".  xanti  wallacei  by  the  same 
author.     Type  locality,  Catalina  Island.     "Only  in  the  middle 


Vol.  XVIII]        EASTWOOD— FLORA  OF  LOWER  CALIFORNIA  415 

of  the  island  in  large  bunches  about  two  feet  high,  in  the 
crevices  of  the  rocks,  blooming  all  the  year,"  Palmer.  Greene. 
Franceschi. 

118.  Solarium  (Morella)  profundeincisum  Bitter,  in  Fedde, 
Repert.  12:80  (1913.)  Type  locality,  Guadalupe  Island. 
This  is  Palmer's  No.  61,  and  60  in  part,  reported  as  Solanum 
nigrum  douglasii  Gray.  "Only  two  plants  on  the  beach  on  the 
east  side ;  flowers  white,  small,"  Palmer. 

119.  Solanum  (Morella)  calvum  Bitter,  1.  c.  81.  Type 
locality,  Guadalupe  Island.  This  was  reported  as  S.  nigrum 
var.  under  Palmer's  No.  60  in  part.  "Rare  in  the  middle  of 
the  island  and  in  a  canon  near  the  beach  on  the  east  side,  in 
rich  level  spots;  flowers  purple  or  white;  fruit  black,"  Palmer. 
Greene  also  reported  a  Solanum  related  to  5.  nigrum.  Bitter's 
type  is  white-flowered. 


SCROPHULARIACE^ ;  Figwort  Family 

120.  Castilleja  foliolosa  H.  &  A.,  Bot.  Beech.  Voy.  154. 
California.    "Rare,  only  middle  of  the  island,"  Palmer. 

121.  Castilleja  guadalupensis  Brandegee,  Zoe  5:166. 
(1903.)  Type  locality,  Guadalupe  Island.  Brandegee  col- 
lected this  in  an  almost  inaccessible  spot  on  the  western  cliff. 

122.  Mimulus  latifolius  Gray,  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  11:95 
1876.  Type  locality,  Guadalupe  Island.  "Only  in  the  middle 
of  the  island,  scattered  in  warm,  moist  spots,"  Palmer. 
Greene. 

123.  Antirrhinum  specie  sum  (Nutt.),  Gray,  Proc.  Am. 
Acad.  7:376.  1868.  Type  locality,  Catalina  Island.  Gal- 
vesia  speciosa  Nutt.  PI.  Gamb.  149.  t.  22.  "Frequent  in 
crevices  of  high  rocks  in  the  middle  of  the  island,"  Palmer. 
Greene. 

124.  Antirrhinum  nuttallianum  Benth.,  in  DC.  Prod. 
1 1 :  592.  Type  locality,  San  Diego,  California.  "Rather  rare 
in  deep,  warm  caiions  in  the  middle  of  the  island,"  Palmer. 
Greene.    Mason  1523. 

125.  Linaria  canadetisis  (L.),  Dumont,  Bot.  Cult.  2:96. 
North  and  South  America.  "Rare  on  sides  of  canons  in  the 
middle  of  the  island,"  Palmer. 


415  CALIFORNIA   ACADEMY   OF  SCIENCES  (Proc.  4th  Ser. 

126.  Orthocarpus  purpurascens  Benth.,  Scroph.  Index,  13. 
California.    Brandegee  in  Voy.  Wahl.,  Zoe  5  :  22. 

PLANTAGINACEZE;  Plantain  Family 

127.  Plantago  patagonica  Jacq.,  Ic.  Rar.  t.  306.  South 
America.  "South  end  of  island,"  Palmer.  Collected  on  both 
trips.    Greene. 

CUCURBITACE^;  Gourd  Family 

128.  Marah  guadalupensis  (S.  Watson),  Greene,  Leafl. 
2:36.  (1910.)  This  was  reported  a.s  Megarrhisa  guadahipen- 
sis  Watson.  Type  locality,  Guadalupe  Island.  "In  crevices  of 
high  rocks  in  the  middle  of  the  island ;  flowers  white ;  fruit 
green,"  Palmer.  "Fruit  conspicuously  flattened  laterally," 
Greene.     Franceschi. 

RUBIACE^;  Madder  Family 

129.  Galium  angnlosum  Gray,  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  11:74. 
(1876.)  Type  locality,  Guadalupe  Island.  "A  single  small 
shrubby  plant  in  a  crevice  of  a  high  cliff  in  the  middle  of  the 
island ;  flowers  greenish  white,"  Palmer. 

130.  Galium  aparine  L.,  Sp.  PI.  108.  Europe.  "Common 
on  warm,  shady  hillsides  in  the  middle  and  more  rarely  at  the 
south  end,"  Palmer.  Greene.  Dr.  Franceschi  saw  two  speci- 
mens but  collected  none. 

CAMPANULACE^;  Harebell  Family 

131.  Specularia  hiHora  (R.  &  P.),  Gray,  Proc.  Am.  Acad. 
1 1  :  82.  ( 1876.)  Type  locality,  Chile.  "Rare  in  the  shade  of 
rocks  and  sagebrush  on  hillsides  in  the  middle  of  the  island," 
Palmer. 

132.  Githopsis  specularioidcs  Nutt.,  Trans.  Am.  Phil.  Soc, 
N.  S.  8:258.  (1843.)  Type  locality,  plains  of  the  Oregon 
near  the  outlet  of  the  Wahlamet  [Willamette].  "Abundant 
at  the  middle  and  north  end  under  sagebrush  and  dead 
branches;  flowers  white,  turning  to  blue  after  gathering," 
Palmer. 


Vol.  XVIII]        EASTWOOD— FLORA   OF  LOWER  CALIFORNIA  4^7 

CICHORIACE^;  Chicory  Family 

133.  Sonchns  oleraceus  L.,  Sp.  Pi.  794.  Europe.  "Very 
rare  on  warm  slopes  in  the  middle  of  the  island,"  Palmer. 
"Very  common  on  the  eastward  slope  of  the  island,"  Greene. 
Franceschi.     Hanna  &  Slevin.    Dudley's  list.     Mason  1531. 

134.  Sonchus  tenerrimus  L.,  1.  c.  Europe.  This  was 
found  only  by  Palmer  on  his  second  trip,  who  reported  it  as  a 
very  slender  form  2-8  inches  high  in  shady  cafions  at  the 
south  end. 

135.  Microseris  lincarifolia  (DC),  Gray,  Proc.  Am.  Acad. 
9:209.  (1874.)  California.  "Only  in  the  middle  of  the 
island  on  stony  ridges,  eaten  closely  by  goats,"  Palmer. 
"Abundant  and  very  rank  about  the  springs  and  the  cypress 
groves  where  the  goats  do  not  now  range,"  Greene. 
Franceschi. 

136.  Microseris  liiidleyi  (DC.),  Gray,  1.  c.  210.  Western 
shores  of  North  America.  This  has  been  collected  by  Bran- 
degee.  Voyage  of  the  Wahlberg,  Zoe  5  :  22, 

137.  Malacothrix  clevelmidi  Gray,  Bot.  Cal.  1  :  433.  Type 
locality,  San  Diego.  "Abundant  among  rocks  and  trees  in  the 
middle  of  the  island,"  Palmer.     Greene. 

138.  Stcphanomeria  guadalupcnsis  Brandegee,  Zoe  5  :  104. 
Type  locality,  Guadalupe  Island.  Collected  by  Brandegee  in 
Sparrman's  Caiion.  The  clumps  of  white  leaves  growing  on 
the  nearly  perpendicular,  dark-colored  clififs  are  very  con- 
spicuous. 

139.  Agoseris  heterophylla  (Nutt.),  Greene,  Pitt.  2:  178. 
(1891.)  California.  "About  the  springs  in  grassy  ground, 
fine  large  specimens,"  Greene. 

140.  Hypochceris  glabra  L.,  Sp.  PI.  810.  Europe.  A 
single  plant,  not  before  reported.     Mason  1529. 

COMPOSIT.ffi ;  Sunflower  Family 

141.  Corethrogyne  cana  (Gray),  Greene,  Bull.  Cal.  Acad. 
Sci.  1 :  223.  (1885.)  Ty/^t' /oca/zV^',  Guadalupe  Island.  This 
was  reported  by  Watson  as  Diplostephium  canum  Gray. 
"Large  shrub,  about  four  feet  high,  of  loose  habit,  found  only 
in  the  crevices  of  high,  rocky  cliffs;  flowers  yellow,"  Palmer. 


418  CALIFORNIA   ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Greene  saw  but  one  plant.     It  was  six  feet  high,  but  not  in 
flower.     Franceschi. 

142.  Micro  pus  calif  amicus  Fisch.  &  Meyer,  Ind.  Sem. 
Hort.  Petrop.  2:42.  Type  locality,  Bodega  Head,  California. 
"On  dry,  gravelly  slopes  in  the  middle  of  the  island,"  Palmer. 
No  other  collector  has  found  this  species,  which  is  so  common 
on  the  mainland. 

143.  Filago  arizonica  Gray,  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  8 :  652. 
1873.  Type  locality,  Verde  Mesa,  Arizona.  "On  level  ground 
at  south  end,"  Palmer.     Greene.     Mason  1527. 

144.  Filago  calif  ornica  Nutt.,  in  Trans.  Am.  Phil.  Soc.  N. 
S.  7:405.  1841.  Type  locality,  Santa  Barbara.  "A  fine 
growth  about  the  springs  north  of  the  middle  portion  of  the 
island,"  Greene.    Franceschi.    Dudley's  list.     Mason  1527a. 

145.  Gnaphalium  sprengelii  Hook.  &  Arn.,  Bot.  Beech. 
Voy.  150.  California.  "Only  in  the  middle  of  the  island  on 
stony  ridges,"  Palmer.  Greene  saw  only  one  plant  and  the 
species  has  not  since  been  collected  on  the  island. 

146.  Franseria  camphorata  Greene,  in  Bull.  Cal.  Acad. 
Sci.  1 :  192.  1885.  Type  locality,  Guadalupe  Island.  This 
was  reported  by  Watson  as  Franseria  bipinnatifida  Nutt. 
"One  of  the  most  conspicuous  plants  at  the  south  end,  growing 
in  thick,  roundish  clumps,  giving  the  country  a  greenish-white 
appearance,  flower  buds  red,  bloom  straw-color,"  Palmer. 
Greene  in  his  description  alludes  to  the  strong  camphor  odor 
for  which  it  is  named.  "Not  common,"  Dudley's  list.  Mason 
1518. 

147.  Leptosyne  gigantea  Kellogg,  in  Proc.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci. 
4:  198.  (1870.)  Type  locality,  San  Miguel  Island.  "Only 
two  plants  found  in  the  crevices  of  high  rocks,  five  feet  high 
and  branching  near  the  top,"  Palmer.  This  has  not  since  been 
collected. 

148.  Hemitonia  frutescens  Gray,  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  11  :  79. 
(1876.)  Type  locality,  Guadalupe  Island.  "In  compact 
bunches  in  the  crevices  of  high  rocks,  a  few  small  plants 
among  bushes,"  Palmer.     Greene.    Dudley's  list. 

149.  Hemiconia  palmeri  Rose,  Contr.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb. 
1:24.  (1890.)  Tv/?^ /oca/zV^;,  Guadalupe  Island.  This  was 
collected  by  Dr.  Palmer  on  his  second  visit,  and  was  reported 


Vol.  XVIII]        EASTWOOD— FLORA  OF  LOWER  CALIFORNIA  4^9 

as  common  on  the  south  end  of  the  island  in  all  exposed 
places. 

150.  Hemitonia  greeneana  Rose,  1.  c.  Type  locality, 
Guadalupe  Island.  Dr.  Palmer  reports  this  as  common  at  the 
south  end  in  all  the  arroyos  and  cafions  along  the  beach.  It 
is  a  very  homely  plant,  growing  in  great  clumps  in  barren 
places.     Hanna  &  Slevin. 

151.  Perityle  incana  Gray,  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  11:78. 
(1876.)  Type  locality,  Guadalupe  Island.  "Very  common  in 
the  middle  of  the  island  in  the  crevices  of  high  rocks  hanging 
in  massive  bunches  of  yellow  bloom,"  Palmer.  Greene. 
Franceschi.    Dudley's  list.    Mason  1519. 

152.  Perityle  grayi  Rose,  in  Coult.  Bot.  Gaz.  15:118. 
(1890.)  73;/'^ /oca/2>;y,  Guadalupe  Island.  This  was  reported 
by  Watson  as  P.  etnoryi  Torr.,  and  is  probably  the  plant  that 
Greene  reported  as  P.  calif  arnica  Benth.  "Scattered  through 
some  of  the  caiions  on  the  east  side,  flowers  white,  showy," 
Palmer.  Franceschi.  "Abundant,"  Dudley's  list.  Mason 
1502. 

153.  Baeria  palmeri  Gray,  Bot.  Cal.  1 :  376.  Type  locality, 
Guadalupe  Island.  "Abundant  in  warm,  low  spots  in  the 
middle  and  at  the  south  end,  flowers  showy,"  Palmer. 
Greene. 

154.  Baeria  coronaria  (Nutt),  Gray,  Proc.  Am.  Acad. 
19:23.  (1883.)  Type  locality,  Sa.n  Diego,  CaViiornia..  Col- 
lected only  on  the  Voyage  of  the  Wahlberg,  Zoe  4:130. 

155.  Baeria  gracilis  (DC.),  Gray,  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  9:  196. 
(1874.)  California.  Collected  only  on  the  Voyage  of  the 
Wahlberg,  Zoe  5  :  22. 

156.  Bahia  lanata  DC,  Prod.  5:657.  "A  single  plant  on 
a  rocky,  open  spot  in  the  middle  of  the  island,"  Palmer.  It 
has  not  been  found  since.  Franceschi  reported  an  Eriophyl- 
lum  which  may  be  the  same. 

157.  Amblyopappus  pusillus  Hook.&  Arn.,in  Hook.  Journ. 
Bot.  3  :  321.  (1841.)  Chile.  "In  low  ground  at  the  southern 
end,"  Palmer.  Greene.  "Common  on  south  facing  slope," 
Mason  1508. 

158.  Matricaria  discoidea  DC,  Prod.  6:50.  Cahfornia. 
"Around  springs  in  the  middle  of  the  island,"  Palmer. 
Greene.  Franceschi. 


420  CALIFORNIA    ACADEMY   OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

159.  Artemisia  calif ornica  Less.,  in  Linnaea  6 :  523.  ( 1831.) 
California.     "Common,"  Palmer.     Greene.     Franceschi. 

160.  Senecio  palmeri  Gray,  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  11:89. 
(1876.)  Type  locality,  Guadalupe  Island.  "'White  sage,' 
very  abundant  on  warm  slopes,  about  three  feet  high,  a  free 
and  showy  bloomer,"  Palmer.    Greene.     Franceschi. 

1*61.  Centaurea  melitensis  L.,  Sp.  PI.  917.  Type  locality, 
Malta.     Dudley's  list.     Mason  1521. 

List  of  Plants  recorded  from  Cedros  Island,  Mexico 

Cedros  Island,  the  largest  of  the  islands  along  the  coast  of 
Lower  California,  lies  about  40  miles  distant  from  the  shore 
and  midway  of  the  peninsula.  From  the  northern  extremity 
it  widens  to  about  9  miles  at  the  south  and  is  about  20  miles 
long.  It  is  of  volcanic  origin  and  mountainous,  with  many 
peaks,  the  highest  of  which  is  less  than  4000  feet  elevation. 

Several  collections  of  plants  have  been  made  on  the  island. 
In  the  present  list  the  names  of  the  collectors  will  be  given  in 
chronological  order  with  each  species.  There  have  been  three 
published  lists  and  the  species  not  on  those  lists  have  been 
taken  from  the  scattered  descriptions  of  Dr.  Kellogg  in  the 
publications  of  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences  and  in 
revisions  and  monographs.  There  may  be  some  that  have 
been  overlooked,  as  it  is  scarcely  possible  to  be  certain  that 
every  reference  has  been  found. 

The  first  collection  was  made  by  Dr.  Veatch.  who  visited 
the  island  in  1859  to  investigate  the  reports  of  its  mineral 
wealth.  He  brought  back  a  small  collection  which  he  gave  to 
the  recently-founded  California  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences, 
and  the  specimens  were  named  by  Dr.  Albert  Kellogg.  Some 
of  them  were  beautifully  figured  in  colors  in  the  Hesperian, 
later  described  in  the  publications  of  the  California  Academy 
of  Natural  Sciences,  and  all  were  new  to  science.  Dr.  Streets 
visited  the  island  in  1876.  collecting  a  few  specimens,  but  no 
list  was  published.  Mr.  Lyman  Belding  made  a  small  collec- 
tion in  April,  1882,  there  being  a  few  references  to  his  speci- 
mens. The  first  important  collection  following  that  of  Dr. 
Veatch  was  made  by  Dr.  E.  L.  Greene  in  1885.  He  spent 
three  days  in  April  and  published  a  delightful  description  of 


Vol.  XVIII]        EASTWOOD— FLORA  OF  LOWER  CALIFORNIA  421 

the  island  and  the  trip  in  Pittonia  1 :  194-208.  Eighty-two 
species  were  collected,  19  being  new.  In  1889,  Lieut.  Charles 
F.  Pond  of  the  U.  S.  Ship  Ranger,  while  surveying  the  Lower 
Californian  shores  and  islands,  made  a  small  collection  on 
Cedros  Island,  which  was  listed  by  Dr.  Greene  in  Pitt.  1 :  266- 
268.  Of  nine  species  listed  five  were  described  as  new.  The 
next  important  collection  was  made  by  Dr.  Edward  Palmer, 
who  spent  five  days  on  the  island  in  March,  1889.  The  list  of 
his  collection  was  published  by  Dr.  George  Vasev  and  Dr. 
J.  N.  Rose  in  Contr.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.  1 :  13-20.  He  collected 
97  species,  six  of  which  were  new,  and  44  were  added  to  the 
known  flora  of  the  island.  In  1897,  T.  S.  Brandegee  visited 
this  island  on  the  voyage  of  the  Wahlberg  and  the  list  of  his 
additions  was  published  in  Zoe  5:23.  There  were  31  species 
added,  one  new,  namely  Gilia  wicialis  Brandegee,  a  scrap  of 
which  is  in  the  herbarium  of  the  California  Academy  of 
Sciences.  On  the  1905-1906  expedition  of  the  California 
Academy  of  Sciences  to  the  Galapagos  Islands  a  short  stop 
was  made  on  the  island  and  a  few  plants  collected  by  Alban 
W.  Stewart.  Dr.  G.  Dallas  Hanna  made  a  small  collection 
when  he  visited  the  island  in  1922.  Dr.  J.  N.  Rose  and  others 
have  made  some  collections,  but  no  lists  of  their  plants  have 
been  published,  their  collections  being  occasionally  noted  in 
revisions  and  monographs.  The  last  collection  is  that  of  H.  L. 
Mason,  the  botanical  collector  on  the  expedition  of  the  Cali- 
fornia Academy  of  Sciences  to  the  Revillagigedo  Islands  in 
the  spring  of  1925.  He  collected  53  species  from  June  3-6, 
adding  Asclepias  subulata  Dene.,  Dudleya  Candida  Britton, 
Dudleya  sp.,  Polypogon  monspcliensis  Desv.,  Carex  spissa 
Bailey,  Eleocharis  caribcca  Blake,  Acalypha  californica  Benth. 
In  the  present  paper  four  lists  have  been  made,  the  first 
being  the  55  species  which  were  first  described  from  Cedros 
Island.  Those  in  this  list  marked  with  a  star  are  the  types  in 
the  herbarium  of  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences,  those 
marked  with  a  dagger  are  topotypes  in  our  herbarium.  The 
second  list  consists  of  33  species  first  described  from  Lower 
California  or  the  mainland  of  Mexico.  The  third  is  a  list  of 
64  species  which  were  originally  described  from  the  mainland 
of  California  or  Arizona.  The  fourth  is  a  list  of  widely- 
distributed  species  consisting  of  23,  generally  known  as  weeds. 


422 


CALIFORNIA   ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


[Proc.  4th  Ser. 


List  of  Species  first  described  from  Cedros  Island 

(Stars  indicate  types  and  daggers  indicate  topotypes   in  the  Herbarium 
of  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences.) 


fjuiiipcrus  cerrosianus  Kell. 
*Agave  sebastiana  Greene 
\Eriogonum  molle  Greene 
^Eriogonum  pondii  Greene 

Eriogonum  taxifoliutn  Greene 
fHarfordia  fruticosa  Greene 

Hesperonia  cedrosensis  Standi. 

Thysanocarpus  p aimer i 

Vasey  &  Rose 
fHosackia  nudata  Greene 
*Hosackia  flexuosa  Greene 

Lotus  cedrosensis  Greene 
*  Astragalus  fastidiosus  Kell. 
^Astragalus  insularis  Kell. 

Astragalus  cedrosensis 

Vasey  &  Rose 

Viscainoa  geniculata  Greene 
fVeatchia  cedrosensis  Gray 
*Rkus  lentil  Kell. 
■fRhamnus  insularis  Kell. 
^Sphceralcea  fulva  Greene 

Abutilon  lemmoni  Watson 
^Eucnide  cordata  Curran 
*Peialonyx  linearis  Greene 

Cocheniica  pondii  Walton 

Neomamillaria  goodridgei 

Britt.  &  Rose 

Ferocactus  chrysacanthus 

Britt.  &  Rose 
*Xylonagra  arborea 

Donn.  Sm.  &  Rose 


*CEnothera  cedrosensis  Greene 
*Garrya  veatchii  Kell. 
*Arctostaphylos  veatchii  Kell. 

Gilia  veatchi  Parry 

Gilia  uncialis  Brandegee 
*Phacelia  ixodes  Kell. 

Phacelia  cedrosensis  Rose 
jCryptanthe  cedrosensis  Greene 
fVerbena  lilacina  Greene 
*Salvia  cedrosensis  Greene 

Teucrium  glandulosum  Kell. 
*Monardella  thymifolia  Greene 
"fLycium  cedrosense  Greene 
"fPhysalis  greenei  Vasey  &  Rose 

Nicotiana  greeneana  Rose 

Diplacus  stellatus  Kell. 
*Pentstemon  cedrosensis  Kell. 
*Galium  stellatum  Kell. 
*Trixis  calif ornica  Kell. 
fBrickellia  cedrosensis  Greene 
\Aplopappus  tridentatus  Blake 

Franseria  lancifolia  Rydb. 
*Viguiera  lonata  Kell. 
*Encelia  stenophylla  Greene 
fEncelia  calif  ornica  asperifolia 

Blake 

Verbesina  hastata  Kell. 

Porophyllum  cedrense 

Rose  &  Standi. 
*Senecio  cedrosensis  Greene 

Eriophyllum  crucigerum  Rydb. 


List  of  Species 
First  described  from  Mexico  or  Lower  California 


Notholmia  Candida  Hook. 
Cheilanthes  brandegei  D.  C.  Eaton 
Ephedra  peninsularis  Johnston 
Muhlenbergia  microsperma  Kunth. 
Eriogonum  intricatum  Benth. 
A  triplex  bar  clay  ana  Benth. 
Draba  sonorw  Greene 
Arabis  pectinata  Greene 


Tillcea  connata  R.  &  P. 
Dudieya  Candida  Britton 
Ribes  viburnif olium  Gray 
Ribes  tortuosum  Benth. 
Ltipinus  pondii  Greene 
Phaseolus  filiformis  Benth. 
Parosela  benthami  Standi. 
Parosela  megacarpa  Standi. 


Vol.  XVIII]        EASTWOOD— FLORA  OF  LOWER  CALIFORNIA 


423 


Acalypha  californica  Benth. 
Euphorbia  polycarpa  Benth. 
Zisyphus  parryi  Torr. 
Frankenia  palmeri  Wats. 
Mentzelia  adherens  Benth. 
Echinocereus  maritimus  Schum. 
Machcerocereus  gummosus 

Britt.  &  Rose 
Asclepias  subulata  Dene. 
Cryptanthe  maritima  Greene 


Datura  discolor  Bemh. 
Antirrhinum  junceum  Gray 
Antirrhinum  watsoni 

Vasey  &  Rose 
Echinopepon  minima  Watson 
Bebbia  juncea  Greene 
Franseria  chenopodifolia  Benth. 
Franseria  camphorata  leptophylla 

Gray 
Perityle  grayi  Rose 


List  of  Species  found  also  on  the  mainland 


Pellaa  andromedafolia  Fee 

Pityrogramma  triangularis  Maxon 

Pinus  muricata  Don 

Melica  imperfecta  Trin. 

Stipa  lepida  Hitchc. 

Carex  spissa  Bailey 

Carex  angustata  Boot 

BrodicEa  capitata  Benth. 

Celtis  douglasii  Planch. 

Eriogonum  fasciculatum  Benth. 

Pterostegia  drymarioides 

Fisch.  &  Meyer 

Aphanisma  blitoides  Moq. 

Atriplex  microcarpa  Dietr. 

Atriplex  californica  Moq. 

Calandrinia  maritima  Nutt. 

Polycarpum  depressum  Nutt. 

Clematis  pauciflora  Nutt. 

Delphinium  cardinale  Hook. 

Lepidium  menzicsii  DC. 

Thysanocarpus  laciniatiis  Nutt. 

Athysanus  pusillus  Greene 

Jsomeris  arborea  Nutt. 

Heteromeles  arbutifolia  Roem. 

Hosackia  maritima  Nutt. 

Euphorbia  misera  Benth. 

Euphorbia  albomarginata  T.  &  G. 

Ditaxis  californica  Heller 

Simmondsia  californica  Nutt. 

Mentzelia  involucrata  Watson 

Rhus  laurina  Nutt. 

Rhus  integrifolia  Nutt. 

Bergerocactus  emoryi 

Britt.  &  Rose 


Echinocereus  engelmanni  Parry 

Opuntia  sp. 

Apiastrum  angustifolium  Nutt. 

Bowlesia  septentrionalis  C.  &  R. 

Cilia  gracilis  Hook. 

Ellisia  chrysanthemifolia  Benth. 

Nemophila  aurita  Lindl. 

Plagiobothrys  coo  peri  Gray 

Pectocarya  linearis  DC. 

Atnsinckia  intermedia 

Fisch  &  Meyer 
Salvia  columbaria  Benth. 
Mimulus  cardinalis  Dougl. 
Antirrhinum  subsessile  Gray 
Calium  angustifolium  Nutt. 
Lonicera  subspicata  H.  &  A. 
Marah  macrocarpa  Greene 
Rafinesquia  californica  Nutt. 
Microseris  linearifolia  Gray 
Malacothrix  clevelaiidi  Gray 
Aplopappus  venetus  Blake 
Baccharis  sarothroides  Gray 
Filago  arizonica  Gray 
Gnaphalium  sprengelii  H.  &  A. 
Iva  hayesiana  Gray 
Hemizonia  fasciculata  T.  &  G. 
Perityle  greenei  Rose 
Baeria  gracilis  Gray 
Amblyopappus  pusillus  H.  &  A. 
Porophyllum  gracile  Benth. 
Artemisia  californica  Less. 
Cutierrezia  sarothrce  Britt.  &  Rose 


424 


CALIFORNIA   ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


[Proc.  4th  Ser. 


List  of  Species  widely  distributed 


Adianium  capillus-veneris  L. 
Typha,  sp. 

Polypogon  monspeliensis  Desv. 
Agrostis  verticUlata  Vill. 
Bro-mus  trinii  Desv. 
Festiica  octoflora  Walt. 
Elcocharis  caribcca  Blake 
Scirpus  riparius  Spreng. 
Juncus  acutus  L. 
Parietaria  floridana  Nutt. 
Chenopodium  album  L. 
Chenopodium  murale  L. 


Mesembryanthon um  crysfallinum  L. 
Silene  gallica  L. 
Sisymbrium  canescens  Nutt. 
Capsella  bursa-pastoris  Medic. 
Oligomcris  glaucescens  Camb. 
Er odium  cicutarium  L'Her. 
Malva  borealis  Wallm. 
Heliotr opium  cnrassavicum  L. 
Galium,  aparine  L. 
Sonchus  tenerrimus  L. 
Sonchus  olcraccus  L. 
Senecio  sylvaticus  L. 


POLYPODIACEiE;  Fern  FamUy 

1.  Admntmn  capillus-veneris  L.,  Sp.  PI.  1096.  Europe. 
This  is  the  widely  distributed  maiden-hair  fern.  Greene. 
Mason  2002. 

2.  Pcllcea  andromedcefolia  (Klf.),  Fee,  Gen.  129.  1850- 
52.  CaHfornia.  Greene  collected  this  under  pines  at  the  sum- 
mit of  the  island.     Palmer. 

3.  Notholcena  stilphurea  (Cav.),  J.  Sm.,Bot.Voy. Herald 
1:233.  1854.  Ptcris  sulphurea  Cav.,  Descr.  269.  1802. 
California  &  Chile.  Mexico.  A  small  fern  with  white, 
powdery  coating.  Greene  collected  this  on  dry  hillsides  and 
reported  it  as  Notholcena  Candida  Hook.  Palmer.  Mason 
2001. 

4.  Cheilanthes  hrandegei  D.  C.  Eaton,  Bull.  Torr.  Club 
17:215,  t.  104.  1890.  Type  locality,  Magdalena  Island. 
Palmer. 

5.  Pityro gramma  triangularis  (Kaulf.),  Maxon,  Contr. 
U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.  17:  173.  (1913).  Gymno gramma  triangu- 
laris Kaulf.  Enum.  Fil.  72).  1824.  Type  locality,  San  Fran- 
cisco. California.     Brandegee. 


PIN ACE^ ;  Pine  Family 

6.  Juniperus  cerrosianus  Kell.,  Proc.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci. 
2:97.  1861.  Type  locality,  Cedros  Island.  A  low  shrub  up 
to  5  feet,  fruit  large  and  very  blue.  Veatch.  Greene.  Palmer. 
Hanna.     Mason  1991. 


Vol.  XVIII]        EASTWOOD— FLORA  OF  LOWER  CALIFORNIA 


425 


7.  Pinus  nmricata  D.  Don,  Trans.  Linn.  Soc.  17:441. 
1837.  Type  locality,  near  San  Luis  Obispo,  California.  This 
pine  g-rows  on  the  summit  of  the  ridges.  The  trees  have 
slender  trunks  and  some  attain  a  height  of  70  feet.  Greene. 
Pahner.     Hanna.     Mason  2021. 

GNETACE^ ;  Joint- Fir  Family 

8.  Ephedra  peninsularis  Johnston,  Univ.  Cal.  Pub.  Bot. 
7:431.  1922.  T^;/?^ /ocatov,  Magdalena  Island.  This  grew 
at  the  north  end  of  the  island.     Palmer.    Mason  2021. 

TYPHACE^;  Bulrush  Family 

9.  Typha  angustifolia  L.,  Sp.  PI.  971.  Europe.  This 
is  the  common  cat-tail  or  bulrush.  The  specimen  consists  of 
leaves  only,  but  they  are  narrow  as  in  this  species  and  6  feet 
long.  Mason  2010.  It  may  be  the  same  as  the  Typha  reported 
in  Anthony's  collection  as  T.  latifolia  L. 

POACE^ ;  Grass  Family 

10.  Polypogon  monspeliei'isis  (L.),  Desv.,  Fl.  Atlant. 
8:67.  1797.  Alopecurus  monspeliensis  'L.,  Sp.  PI.  61. 
Europe.    A  common  weed.    Mason  2016. 

11.  Agrostis  verticillata  Vill.,  Prosp.  PI.  Dauph.  16. 
1779.  Europe.  Palmer  found  a  small  plot  near  the  spring. 
Mason  1995. 

12.  Melica  imperfecta  Trin.,  Mem.  Acad.  St.  Petersb.  VI. 
Sci.  Nat.  2 :  59.     1836.     California.     Palmer. 

13.  Muhlenhergia  microsperma  (DC),  Kunth.,  Rev. 
Gram.  1  :  64.  1829.  Mexico.  This  was  reported  in  Palmer's 
collection  as  M.  debilis  Willd. 

14.  Bromus  trinii  Desv.,  in  Gay  Fl.  Chile  6:  441.  1853. 
Chile.  This  was  reported  in  Palmer's  list  as  Trisetum  harba- 
tum  Steud. 

15.  Festiica  octoiiora  Walt.,  Fl.  Carol.  81.  1788.  South 
Carolina.  This  was  reported  in  Palmer's  list  as  F.  tenella 
Willd. 

16.  Stipa  lepida  Hitch.,  Am.  Journ.  Bot.  2:303.  1915. 
Type  locality,  Santa  Inez  Forest  Reserve,  California.     Palmer. 

September  6,    1929 


426  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Prcc.  4th  Ser. 

CYPERACE^;  Sedge  Family 

17.  Carex  spissa  L.  H.  Bailey,  in  Hemsl.  Biol.  Centr. 
Amer.  4:94.  1886.  Type  locality,  San  Diego.  A  stout 
sedge  with  glaucous  leaves,  brownish  at  base.    Mason  1997. 

18.  Carex  angustata  Boot.,  in  Hook.  Fl.  Am.  Bor.  2:218. 
Columbia  River.  This  was  collected  by  Greene  in  the  deepest 
caiion,  in  wet  ground.  This  may  have  been  the  preceding,  as 
he  was  uncertain  about  the  species. 

19.  Eleocharis  carihcca  (Rottb.),  Blake  in  Rhodora 
20:24.  1918.  Scirpiis  carihceus  Rottb.,  Descr.  PI.  Ran 
Progr.  24.  1772.  Type  localitv,  St.  Croix,  Caribsea  Island. 
Mason  2011. 

20.  Scirpus  riparius  J.  &  C.  Presl.,  Rel.  Haenk.  1  :  193. 
South  America.  Greene  reported  this  as  frequent  in  moist 
saline  soil. 


JUNCACEiE;  Rush  Family 

21.  Juncus  acutus  L.,  Sp.  PI.  325.  Europe.  This  was 
reported  by  Greene  as  /.  rohustus  S.  Watson,  now  regarded 
as  a  synonym.  It  grew  at  the  spring  near  the  seashore  and  is 
a  stout  rush  with  a  rank  growth.     Palmer.     Mason  1936. 

AMARYLLIDACE^;  Century  Plant  Family 


22.  Agave  sebastiana  Greene,  Bull.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci. 
1 :  214.  1885.  Type  locality,  Cedros  Island.  Greene.  Mason 
collected  this  in  flower  and  fruit.  It  grew  to  a  height  of  8 
feet.    Mason  1936. 


LILIACE^ ;  Lily  Family 

23.  Brodicea  capitata  Benth.,  PI.  Hartw.  339.  Type 
locality,  Monterey.     Brandegee. 

URTICACE^;  Nettle  Family 

24.  Parietaria  Horidana  Nutt.,  Am.  Gen.  2:208.  Type 
locality,  near  St.  Mary's,  West  Florida.  Palmer  collected  this 
amid  rocks  and  bushes  in  canons. 


Vol.  XVIII]        EASTWOOD— FLORA  OF  LOWER  CALIFORNIA  ^27 

25.  Celtis  douglasii  Planchon,  in  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.  Ser.  Ill, 
10:  29.  Type  locality,  arid  region  along  the  Columbia  River. 
The  authority  for  this  is  C.  S.  Sargent's  Manual  of  the  Trees 
of  North  America,  page  322.     Collector  not  stated. 


POLYGONACE^ ;  Buckwheat  Family 

26.  Eriogonum  fasciadatum  Benth.,  in  Trans.  Linn.  Soc. 
17:411.  1837.  Nevada  and  Arizona.  Greene.  Palmer. 
Mason.     1987.    2028. 

27.  Eriogonum  mollc  Greene,  Pitt.  1 :  207.  1888.  Type 
locality,  Cedros  Island.     Greene.     Hanna. 

28.  Eriogonum  pondii  Greene,  Pitt.  1:267.  1889. 
Type  locality,  Cedros  Island.  Greene.  Pond.  Palmer. 
Stewart.     Mason  2026.    2018. 

29.  Eriogonum  taxifoliiim  Greene,  Pitt.  1  :  267.  1889. 
Type  locality,  Cedros  Island.    Greene. 

30.  Eriogonum  intricatunt  Benth.,  Bot.  Voy.  Sulph.  46, 
t.  22.  1844.  Type  locality,  San  Bartolome  Bay.  This  grew 
on  the  summit  of  the  ridge.     Brandegee.     Mason  2037. 

31.  Harfordia  fruticosa  Greene,  in  Parry  Davenp.  Acad. 
Sci.  5  :  28.  1886.  Type  locality,  Cedros  Island.  Greene  re- 
ports this  as  the  commonest  shrub  at  all  lower  and  middle  ele- 
vations. It  grows  to  a  height  of  3  feet.  Veatch.  Greene. 
Pond.  Palmer.     Stewart. 

32.  Pterostcgia  drymarioides  Fisch.  &  Meyer,  Ind.  Sem. 
Hort.  Petrop.  2 :  48.  Type  locality.  Bodega  Bay.  Palmer 
collected  this  in  the  shade  of  bushes  and  rocks. 


CHENOPODIACE^;  Salt-bush  Family 

33.  Chenopodium  album  L.,  Sp.  PI.  219.  Europe. 
Brandegee. 

34.  Chenopodium  murale  L.,  Sp.  PI.  219.  Europe. 
Greene.     Palmer. 

35.  Aphanisma  hlitoides  Nutt..  Moq.  in  DC.  Prodr, 
132 :  54.  1849.  Type  locality,  San  Diego,  California. 
Palmer. 


428  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

36.  Atriplex  microcarpa  (Benth.),  Dietr.  Syn.  PI.  5  :  536. 
Obione  microcarpa  Benth.,  Bot.  Voy.  Sulph.  48.  1844.  Type 
locality,  San  Diego.    Palmer. 

37.  Atriplex  calif ornica  Moq.,  in  DC.  Prodr.  132:98. 
1849.  California.  Greene  reported  this  as  frequent  near  the 
seashore. 

38.  Atriplex  harclayana  (Benth.),  Dietr.  Syn.  PI.  537. 
Obione  barclayana  Benth.,  Bot.  Voy.  Sulph.  48.  1844.  Type 
locality,  Magdalena  Bay.  This  grew  in  abundance  near  the 
beach.     Palmer. 

ALLIONACE^;  Four  O'clock  Family 

39.  Hesperonia  cedrosaisis  Standley.  in  Contr.  U.  S. 
Natl.  Herb.  12:362.  1909.  Type  locality,  Cedros  Island. 
Streets.  Greene.  Palmer.  Brandegee.  This  was  reported 
as  Mirabilis  calif  ornica  Gray. 

FICOIDACE.^;  Fig  Marigold  Family 

40.  Mesembryanthemum  crystallinum  L.,  Sp.  PI.  480. 
Cape  of  Good  Hope.    Brandegee. 

PORTULACACE^;  Portulaca  Family 

41.  Calandrinia  niaritima  Nutt.,  in  Torr.  &  Gray  Fl.  N. 
Am.  1 :  19.   Type  locality,  San  Diego.    Brandegee. 

CARYOPHYLLACE^;  Pink  Family 

42.  Poly  car  pmn  depressnm  Nutt.,  in  Torr.  &  Gray  Fl.  N. 
Am.  1:17.  Type  locality,  San  Diego.  Palmer  found  this  at 
the  highest  point  of  the  north  end  under  pines. 

43.  Silene  gallica  L.,  Sp.  PI.  417.     Europe.     Brandegee. 

RANUNCULACE^;  Buttercup  Family 

44.  Clematis  pauciHora  Nutt.,  in  Torr.  &  Gray  Fl.  N. 
Am.  1 :  65.  Type  locality,  San  Diego.  Greene  found  two  or 
three  plants  in  one  of  the  principal  canons. 


Vol.  XVIII]        EASTWOOD—FLORA   OF  LOWER  CALIFORNIA  429 

45.  Delphinium  cardinale  Hook.,  Bot.  Mag.  t.  4887. 
1855.  This  was  described  from  the  collections  of  Wm.  Lobb 
introduced  into  cultivation.    Brandegee. 


CRUCIFER^;  Mustard  Family 

46.  Draha  sonorcc  Greene,  in  Bull.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci.  2 :  59. 
1886.  Type  locality,  northwestern  Sonora.  Palmer  found 
only  one  plant  on  the  side  of  a  caiion. 

47.  Sisymbriiiin  canescens  Nutt.,  Am.  Gen.  2:68.  Vir- 
ginia to  Georgia.    Greene.     Palmer. 

48.  Lepidium  menziesii  DC.,  Syst.  2:539.  Northwest 
coast,  collected  by  Menzies.  Palmer  collected  this  in  exposed 
places. 

49.  Arahis  pecthwfa  Greene,  Pitt.  1  :  287.  1889.  Type 
locality,  San  Bartolome  Bay.  Palmer  reported  this  as  rather 
common  but  scattering. 

50.  Thysanocarpits  palmeri  Vasey  &  Rose,  Contr.  U.  S. 
Natl.  Herb.'l  :  14.  1890.  Type  locality,  Cedros  Island.  This 
is  described  as  having  purple  flowers  and  pods.  According  to 
S.  Watson  it  is  closely  related  to  T.  erectus  S.  Wats.,  and 
according  to  Greene  to  T.  emargiiiatiis  Greene.  Palmer  found 
only  a  few  plants  in  a  level  place. 

51.  Thysonocarpus  laciniatus  Nutt.,  in  Torr.  &  Gray  Fl. 
N.  Am.  1 :  118.     Type  locality,  Santa  Barbara.     Brandegee. 

52.  Athysamis  pusillns  (Hook.),  Greene,  Bull.  Cal.  Acad. 
Sci.  1 :  72.     1885.     Type  locality,  Monterey.    Brandegee. 

53.  Capsella  bursa-pastoris  (L.),  Medic.  Pfl.  Gatt.  1  :  85. 
Thlaspi  bursa-pastoris  L.,  Sp.  PI.  647. 

CAPPARIDACE^;  Caper  Family 

54.  Isomeris  arbor ea  Nutt.,  in  Torr.  &  Gray  Fl.  N.  Am. 
1  :  124.  Type  locality,  San  Diego.  Greene.  Palmer.  Mason 
1999. 

RESEDACE/E;  Mignonette  Family 

55.  Oligomeris  glaiicescens  Camb.,  in  Jacq.  Voy.  Bot.  24, 
t.  25.    Mediterranean  region.    Greene.     Palmer. 


430  CALIFORNIA   ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

CRASSULACE^ ;  Stonecrop  Family 

56.  Tillcoa  connata  R.  &  P.,  Fl.  Peru  1  :  70.  Ecuador  to 
Peru.  This  was  reported  in  the  list  of  Palmer's  collection  as 
T.  Icptopetala  Benth. 

57.  Dudlcya  Candida  Britton,  in  Bull.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Gard. 
2:  18.  1903.  Type  locality,  Coronado  Islands,  Lower  Cali- 
fornia. This  is  much  shorter  than  the  type  as  described  but 
otherwise  seems  to  agree.  The  sepals  and  petals  are  farinose, 
the  latter  pale  yellow  tinged  >vith  pink.    Mason  2003a. 

58.  Diidleya  sp.  This  is  without  basal  leaves.  The 
cauline  leaves  are  reflexed  and  the  pink  flowers  densely  clus- 
tered at  the  summit  of  the  red  stems;  in  fruit,  the  branches 
elongate  and  the  arrangement  of  the  pods  is  strongly  secund. 
Mason  2038. 


SAXIFRAGACE^ ;  Saxifrage  Family 

59.  Rihes  z'ibuniifoliiDu  Gray,  in  Proc.  Am.  Acad. 
17:  202.  1881-82.  Type  locality,,  near  All  Saints  Bay,  Lower 
California.    Brandegee. 

60.  Ribes  tortiiosinn  Benth.,  in  Bot.  Voy.  Sulph.  17.  1844. 
Type  locality,   San  Ouintin,   Lower   California.     Brandegee. 

ROSACEJE;  Rose  Family 

61.  Heteromeles  arhutifolia  (Ait.  f.).  M.  Roem.  Syn. 
Rosifl.  105.  1847.  California.  Greene  collected  this  in  bud, 
on  the  summit  of  the  ridge.     Mason  2029. 

LEGUMINOS^;  Pea  Family 

62.  Hosackia  nudata  Vasey  &  Rose,  in  Contr.  U.  S.  Nat. 
Herb.  1 :  14.  1890.  Type  locality,  Cedros  Island.  Veatch. 
Greene.  Palmer.  Mason  1990.  This  is  a  sparsely  leaved, 
divaricately  branching  plant  with  subsessile  flowers  changing 
from  yellow  to  orange. 

63.  Hosackia  Hexuosa  Greene,  Bull.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci.  1 :82. 
1885.     Type  locality,  Cedros  Island. 

64.  Hosackia  maritima  Nutt.,  in  Torr.  &  Gray  Fl.  N. 
Am.  1 :  327.     Type  locality,  Santa  Barbara.     Palmer. 


Vol.  XVIII]        EASTWOOD— FLORA   OF  LOH  ER  CALIFORNIA  43^ 

65.  Lupinns  poiidii  Greene,  Pitt.  1  :  288.  1889.  Type  lo- 
cality, San  Bartolome  Bay,  Lower  California.  Palmer.  Mason 
2040.     This  is  annual  and  related  to  L.  ariaonicus  S.  Watson. 

66.  Astragalus  fastidiosiis  (Kell.),  Greene  in  Bull.  Gal. 
Acad.  Sci.  1  :  186.  1885.  Type  locality,  Cedros  Island. 
Veatch.  Greene.  Palmer.  Mason  2033.  Flowers  white, 
pods  inflated. 

67.  Astragalus  insularis  Kell.,   in  Bull.   Gal.   Acad.   Sci. 

1  :  6.  1884.  Type  locality,  Gedros  Island.  Veatch.  Palmer. 
Mason  1994.  Prostrate,  with  smaller  inflated  pods  than  the 
preceding". 

68.  Astragalus  cedrocensis  Vasey  &  Rose,  in  Gontr.  U.  S. 
Nat.  Herb.  1:  15.  1890.  This  is  annual  and  related  to  A. 
niittalliamis  DG.     Palmer. 

69.  Phaseolus  filiformis  Benth.,  in  Bot.  Voy.  Sulph.  13. 
1844.  Type  locality,  Magdalena  Bay.  Streets.  Pond. 
Palmer.  Mason  1988.  A  slender  vine  with  pink  flowers  and 
3-lobed  leaves. 

70.  Parosela  benthami  (Brandegee),  Standi.,  Gontr. 
U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.  23  :  460.  1922.  Dalea  benthami  Brandegee, 
Proc.  Gal.  Acad.  Sci.  II.  2:  148.  1889.  Type  locality,  Santa 
Margarita  Island,  Lower  Galifornia.     Pond.     Palmer. 

71.  Parosela  megacarpa  (S.  Wats.),  Standi.,  Gontr. 
U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.  23 :  460.  Dalea  megacarpa  S.  Watson,  Proc. 
Am.  Acad.  20:359.  1885.  Type  locality,  Sonora,  Mexico, 
Greene. 

GERANIACE^;  Geranium  Family 

72.  Erodium    cicutarium    L'Her.,    in    Hort.    Kew,    ed. 

2  :  404.  Europe.     Brandegee. 

ZYGOPHYLLACE^ ;  Lignum  Vitae  Family 

73.  Viscainoa  geniculata  (Kell.),  Greene,  Pitt.  1:163. 
1888.  Staphylca  geniculata  Kellogg,  Proc.  Gal.  Acad.  Sci. 
2:22.  1859.  Type  locality,  San  Sabastian  Bay.  This  shrub 
has  large,  yellowish  white  flowers  and  a  strongly  4-lobed 
inflated  pod  which  reminded  Kellogg  of  the  pod  of  Staphylea. 
Veatch.     Greene. 


432  CALIFORNIA   ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4tii  Ser. 

EUPHORBIACEiE;  Spurge  Family 

74.  Acalypha  calif ornica  Benth.,  Bot.  Voy.  Sulph.  51. 
Type  locality,  Magdalena  Bay.    Mason  2021. 

75.  Euphorbia  misera  Benth.,  Bot.  Voy.  Sulph.  51.  Type 
locality,  San  Diego.  Mason  (without  number).  Mason's 
specimen  is  very  poor  and  the  determination  uncertain. 

76.  Euphorbia  alb  o  mar  gin  at  a  Torr.  &  Gray,  in  Pac.  Rail. 
R.  Report  2:  174.  Type  locality,  headwaters  of  the  Colorado. 
Greene. 

77.  Euphorbia  polycarpa  Benth..  Bot.  Voy.  Sulph.  50. 
Type  locality,  Magdalena  Bay.    Brandegee. 

78.  Ditaxis  calif  ornica  (Brandegee),  Heller,  Muhl.  8:  60. 
1912.  Argythamnia  calif  ornica  Brandegee,  Zoe  5  :  230.  1906. 
Type  locality,  Marshall  Canon,  7  miles  west  of  Coachella, 
Riverside  County,  California.     Brandegee. 

BUXACE^ ;  Box  Family 

79.  Simmondsia  calif  ornica 'Nutt,  in  Hook.  Lond.  Journ. 
Bot.  3:400.  1844.  t.  16.  Type  locality,  San  Diego.  Veatch. 
Palmer.  Veatch's  specimen  was  described  by  Kellogg  as 
Galphimia  pabulosa  and  figured  in  the  Hesperian. 

ANACARDIACE^;  Sumac  Family 

80.  Veatchia  cedroscnsis  (Kell.),  Gray  in  Bull.  Cal. 
Acad.  Sci.  1  :  4.  Rhus  veatchiana  Kellogg,  Proc.  Cal.  Acad. 
Sci.  2:24.  1859.  1884.  Type  locality,  Cedros  ls\an±  This 
is  the  peculiar  elephant  tree.  Veatch.  Greene.  Palmer. 
Stewart.     Hanna.     Mason  1905. 

81.  Rhus  Icntii  Kell.,  in  Proc.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci.  2:16. 
1859.  Type  locality,  Cedros  Island.  Veatch.  Greene. 
Palmer.  Stewart.  Hanna.  Mason  1985.  The  fruit  is  a 
berry  as  large  as  a  small  cherry. 

82.  Rhus  integrifolia  (Nutt.),  Benth.  &  Hook.,  ex  S. 
Watson  in  Wheeler's  Report  Bot.  84.  Styphonia  integrifolia, 
Nutt..  in  Torr.  &  Gray  Fl.  N.  Am.  1 :  220.  Type  localities, 
San  Diego  and   Santa   Barbara.     Greene.      Palmer.     Mason 


Vol.  Will]         EASTWOOD— FLORA   OF  LOWER  CALIFORNIA  433 

2039,  leaves  entire.     2034,  most  of  the  leaves  entire  but  some 
are  2-3  divided. 

83.  Rhus  laurina  Nutt.,  in  Torr.  &  Gray  Fl.  N.  Am. 
1  :  219.     Type  locality,  Santa  Barbara.    Greene.    Mason  1981. 

RH AMNACE^ ;  Buckthorn  Family 

84.  Rhamnus  insularis  (Kell),  Greene,  Bull.  Gal.  Acad. 
Sci.  2:302.  1887.  Type  locality,  Cedros  Island.  It  was 
published  as  R.  insulus  Kell,  Proc.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci.  2:20. 
1859.     Veatch.     Greene.     Palmer.     Hanna. 

85.  Zicyphus  parryi  Torr.,  in  Bot.  Mex.  Bound  Surv.  46. 
1859.  Type  locality,  San  Felipe,  California.  Palmer's  speci- 
mens were  so  named  by  Dr.  William  Trelease.  It  was  col- 
lected in  canons  and  on  mountain  sides. 

MALVACE^ ;  Mallow  Family 

86.  Sphceralcea  fulva  Gr^tnt,V\ti.  \:  201.  1888.  Type 
locality,  Cedros  Island.  Streets.  Greene.  Palmer.  Mason 
2031.  The  entire  plant  is  yellowish  tomentose  and  the  flowers 
red. 

87.  Ahiitilon  lemmoni  S.  Watson,  in  Proc.  Am.  Acad. 
20:357.  1885.  Type  locality,  near  Santa  Cruz,  Sonora. 
Streets. 

88.  Malva  borealis  Wallm.,  in  Liljebl.  Svensk.  Fl.  ed. 
3 :  574.    Europe.    Brandegee. 

FRANKENIACE^ ;  Salt-weed  Family 

89.  Frankenia  palmeri  S.  Watson,  in  Proc.  Am.  Acad. 
11  :  124.  1876.  Lower  California  on  the  gulf  side.  Greene. 
Palmer. 

LOASACE^;  Blazing  Star  Family 

90.  Eiicnide  cordata  (Kell),  in  Curran,  Bull.  Cal.  Acad. 
Sci.  1:137.  1885.  Mentzelia  cordata  Kellogg,  Proc.  Cal. 
Acad.  Sci.  2 :  33.  1859.  Type  locality,  Cedros  Island. 
Veatch.  Greene.  Palmer.  Mason  1902.  Flowers  white 
with  numerous  stamens,  leaves  cordate  irregularly  crenate. 


434  CALIFORNIA   ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

91.  Petalonyx  linearis  Greene,  in  Bull.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci. 
1 :  188.  1885.  Type  locality,  Cedros  Island.  Greene. 
Palmer.     Mason  2019. 

92.  Mentselia  adhcerens  Benth.,  Bot.  Voy.  Sulph.  15. 
Type  locality,  Magdalena  Bay.     Streets.     Palmer. 

93.  Mentzelia-  involucrata  S.  Watson,  in  Proc.  Am.  Acad. 
20:367.     1885.     San  Bernardino  County.     Brandegee. 

CACTACEiE;  Cactus  Family 

94.  Opuntia  sp.  This  was  listed  by  Greene  as  Opuntia 
engelinamii,  which  at  that  time  was  an  aggregate.  The 
species  may  be  O.  occideiitalis  Engelm.  &  Bigelow,  which  is 
distributed  from  southwestern  California  to  northern  Lower 
California  and  adjacent  islands.  Britt.  &  Rose  Cactacese 
1 :  146. 

95.  Echinocerens  eugelmanni  (Parry),  Riimpler  in 
Forster  Hadb.  Cact.  ed.  2:805.  1885.  Cereus  engelmanni 
Parry  in  Engelm.  Am.  Journ.  Sci.  II.  14:338.  1852.  Type 
locality,  mountains  about  San  Felipe,  San  Diego  County, 
California.     Greene. 

96.  Echinocereus  maritimus  (Jones),  Schuman,  Gesambt. 
Kakteen  27.  1898.  Cereus  maritimus  Jones,  Am.  Nat. 
17:973.  1883.  Type  locality,  Ensenada,  Lower  California. 
Brandegee. 

97.  Machcero cereus  giimmosus  (Engelm.),  Britt.  &  Rose, 
Cactacese  2:116.  1920.  Cereus  gummosus  Engelm,  in 
Brandegee,  Proc.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci.  2:162.  1889.  Lower 
California  and  adjacent  islands.     Brandegee. 

98.  Bergerocactus  emoryi  (Engelm.),  Britt.  &  Rose, 
Contr.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.  12:474.  1909.  Cereus  emory 
Engelm.,  Am.  Journ.  Sci.  II.  14:338.  1852.  Boundary 
between  Lower  California  and  California.     Greene. 

99.  Ferocactiis  chrysacanthus  (Orcutt.),  Britt.  &  Rose, 
Cactaceae  3:127.  Echinocactus  chrysacanthus  Orcutt.,  Rev. 
Cact.  1 :  56.  1890.  Type  locality,  Cedros  Island.  This  is 
probably  Echinocactus  emoryi  reported  by  Greene. 

100.     Neomaminillaria  goodridgei  (Scheer),  Britt.  &  Rose, 
Cactacese   4:158.      1925.      Mamniillaria  goodridgei   Scheer, 


Vol.  XVIII]        EASTWOOD— FLORA  OF  LOWER  CALIFORNIA  435 

Salm-  Dyck.   Cact.   Hort.   Dyck.      1849.     91.      1850.      Type 
locality,  Cedros  Island.     Greene. 

101.  Cochemiea  pondii  (Greene),  Walton,  Cact.  Journ. 
2:51.  1894.  Mammillaria  pondii  Greene,  Pitt.  1:268. 
1889.     Type  locality,  Cedros  Island. 

ONAGRACE^;  Evening  Primrose  Family 

102.  Xylonagra  arborea  Donn.  Sm.  &  Rose,  Contr.  U.  S. 
Nat.  Herb.  16:294.  1913.  Qinothera  arborea  Kellogg, 
Proc.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci.  2 :  32.  1859.  Type  locality,  Cedros 
Island.  Veatch.  Greene.  Mason  2023.  A  shrub  with 
bright  red  fuchsia  like  flowers  in  racemes,  growing  in  thickets. 

103.  CEnothera  cedrosensis  Greene,  Bull.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci. 
1  :  187.  1885.  Type  locality,  Cedros  Island.  Veatch,  Greene. 
Mason  2085. 

UMBELLIFER^;  Parsley  Family 

104.  Apiastrum  angustifolium  Nutt.,  in  Terr.  &  Gray  Fl. 
N.  Am.  1  :  644.   Type  locality,  San  Diego,  California.    Palmer. 

105.  Bozvlesia  septenfrionalis  C.  &  R.,  Contr.  U.  S.  Natl. 
Herb.  7:31.  1900.  Type  locality,  near  Tucson,  Arizona. 
Brandegfee. 


-65  ' 


GARRYACE^;  Fringe-bush  Family 

106.  Garrya  veatchii.  Kell,  Proc.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci.  1  :  40. 
1873.     Type  locality,  Cedros  Island.  Veatch.     Greene. 

ERICACE^ ;  Manzanita  Family 

107.  Arctostaphylos  veatchii  Kell,  Proc.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci. 
2:19.  1863.  T^;/?^ /oca/z7v,  Cedros  Island.  Veatch.  Greene. 
This  was  collected  by  Greene  in  the  region  of  the  pines  near 
the  summit.    He  reported  it  as  ^4.  bicolor  Gray. 

ASCLEPIADACE^;  Silkweed  Family 

108.  Asclepias  subulafa  Dene.,  in  DC.  Prodr.  8:571. 
"Nova  Hispania."  One  of  the  leafless  species.  Stewart. 
Mason  2020. 


436  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Pboc.  4th  Ser. 

POLOMONIACE^ ;  Phlox  Family 

109.  Gilia  veatchii  Parry  ex  Greene,  in  Bull.  Cal.  Acad. 
Sci.  1:198.  1885.  Type  locality,  Cedros  Island.  Veatch. 
Greene.  Palmer.  A  shrub  with  evergreen  leaves  resembling 
a  juniper,  viscid  and  fragrant;  flowers  ochroleucus  tinged  on 
the  outside  with  bronze-purple, 

110.  Gj/m  MHc/a/w  Brandegee,  in  Zoe  5  :  107.  1901.  Type 
locality,  Cedros  Island.  This  was  collected  by  Brandegee 
near  the  summit  of  the  highest  mountains  on  the  sides  of 
gulches  and  under  the  shade  of  bushes.  It  is  related  to  G. 
dianthoides  Nutt. 

111.  Gilia  gracilis  Hook.,  Bot.  Mag.  t.  2924.  California. 
Brandegee. 

HYDROPHYLLACE^;  Waterleaf  Family 

112.  Phaceliu  ixodes  Kell.,  Bull.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci.  1:6. 
1884.  Type  locality,  Cedros  Island.  Veatch.  Greene. 
Palmer.  Stewart.  Hanna.  Mason  2000.  Flowers  bluish 
white  in  scorpioid  spikes,  elongating  in  fruit;  entire  plant 
glandular  hairy. 

113.  Plmcelia  cedroseiisis  Rose,  Contr.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb. 
1 :  18.  1890.  Type  locality,  Cedros  Island.  This  species  is 
very  hispid  with  slender  bristles.  Palmer  collected  it  in  the 
shade  of  bushes  in  canons. 

114.  Ellisia  chrysanthemifolia  Benth.,  in  Trans.  Linn.  Soc. 
17:274.     1837.    California.     Palmer. 

115.  Nemophila  aurifa  Lindl.,  Bot.  Reg.  t.  1601.  Cali- 
fornia.    Pond. 

BORAGINACE^ ;  Borage  Family 

116.  Cryptanthe  cedroseiisis  Greene,  Pitt.  1:117.  1887. 
Type  locality,  Cedros  Island.  Veatch.  Greene.  Palmer. 
Mason  2035.' 

117.  Cryptanthe  maritima  Greene,  Pitt.  1:117.  1887. 
Type  locality,  Guadalupe  Island.     Palmer. 

118.  Pectocarya  linearis  DC,  Prodr.  10:120.  Chile. 
Palmer. 


Vot.  XVIII]        EASTWOOD— FLORA  OF  LOWER  CALIFORNIA  437 

119.  Heliotropium  curassavicum  L.,  Sp.  PI.  130.  Cosmo- 
politan.    Pond. 

120.  Plagiohothrys  cooperi  Gray,  Proc.  Am.  Acad. 
20:285.     1885.     Type  locality,  S2inT>\tgo.     Palmer. 

121.  Amsinckia  intermedia  F.  &  M.,  Ind.  Sem.  Hort. 
Petrop.  2:26.  1836.  Type  locality,  Bodega  Head,  Sonoma 
County,  Calif.     Brandegee. 

VERBENACE^;  Verbena  Family 

122.  Verbena  lilacina  Greene,    in   Bull.    Cal.    Acad.    Sci 
1:210.       1885.       Type    locality,     Cedros    Island.       Greene. 
Palmer.     Mason  without  a  number.     A  tall  shrubby  species 
with  fragfrant  lilac  flowers  in  terminal  heads. 


*-fc.' 


LABIATE ;  Mint  Family 

123.  Sahna  cedrosensis  Greene,  Bull.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci. 
1:212.  1885.  Type  locality,  Cedros  Island.  Greene. 
Palmer.  Mason  2027.  A  shrub  with  blue  flowers,  growing 
along  talus  slopes. 

124.  Salvia  columbaricB  Benth.,  Lab.  Gen.  et  Sp.  302. 
California.     Brandegee. 

125.  Teticrium  glandulosum  Kell.,  Proc.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci. 
2 :  23.  1863.  Type  locality,  Cedros  Island.  Veatch.  Greene. 
Palmer.     Flowers  white  with  pink  shading. 

126.  Monardella  thymifolia  Greene,  Bull.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci. 
1:211.  1886.  Type  locality,  Ctdvosls\?in6..  Greene.  Mason 
2022.    Low  shrub,  the  flowers  pink  to  purple. 

SOLANACE^;  Nightshade  Family 

127.  Lycium  cedrosense  Greene,  Pitt.  1 :  268.  1889.  Type 
locality,  Cedros  Island.  A  glandular  pubescent  spinescent 
shrub  with  small,  red  berries.     Pond.     Palmer.     Mason  2014. 

128.  Physalis  greenei  Vasey  &  Rose,  Contr.  U.  S.  Nat. 
Herb.  1  :  18.  1890.  Type  locality,  Cedros  Island.  Streets. 
Ponds.     Palmer.     Stewart. 

129.  Nicotiana  greeneana  Rose.  Contr.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb. 
1  :  18.     1890.     Type  locality,  Cedros  Island.     Palmer. 


438  CALIFORNIA   ACADEMY   OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

130.     Datura  discolor  Bernh.,  in  Linnaea  in  Litt.   8:  138. 
1833.     West  Indies.     Brandegee. 


SCROPHULARIACE.ffi ;  Figwort  Family 

131.  Mimuhis  cardinalis  Dougl.  ex.  Benth.,  Scroph.  Ind. 
28.  California.  Greene.  Palmer.  Mason  1993,  flowers  red; 
2017,  flower  yellow. 

132.  Diplacus  stellatus  Kell.,  Proc.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci.  2:  19. 
1863.  Type  locality,  Cedros  Island.  Veatch.  Greene. 
Palmer. 

133.  Pcntstenwn  cerroscnsis  Kell.,  Proc.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci. 
2:19.  1863.  Type  locality,  Cedros  ls\3ind.  Veatch.  Greene. 
Belding.  Palmer.  Mason  2024.  A  showy  species  with  red 
flowers. 

134.  Antirrhinum  jimceum  (Benth.),  Gray,  Proc.  Am. 
Acad.  7:377.  1868.  Maurandia  juncea  Benth.,  Bot.  Voy. 
Sulph.  41.  1844.  From  San  Diego  to  the  Bay  of  Magdalena. 
Veatch.  Streets.  Greene.  Pond.  Palmer.  Mason  1984. 
This  was  described  and  figured  by  Kellogg  as  Saccularia 
veatckii,  Proc.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci.  2:  174.     1863. 

135.  Antirrhinum  subscssile  Gray,  in  Coult.  Bot.  Gaz. 
9:55.     1884.     Type  locality,  S3.n  Diego.     Palmer. 

136.  Antirrhinum  zvatsoni  Vasey  &  Rose,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat. 
Mus.  11:533.     1888.     Type  locality,  SdA-iQnentm.     Palmer. 

RUBIACE^;  Madder  Family 

137.  Galium  angustifoHum  Nutt.,  in  Torr.  &  Gray  Fl.  N. 
Am.  2  :  22.     Type  locality,  San  Diego.    Greene. 

138.  Galium  aparine  L.,  Sp.  PI.  108.  Europe. 
Brandegee. 

139.  Galium  stellatum  Kell,  Proc.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci.  2:97. 
1863.     Type  locality,  Cedros  Island.     Veatch. 

CAPRIFOLIACE^ ;  Honeysuckle  Family 

140.  Lonicera  subspicata  Hook.  &  Arn,,  Bot.  Beech  Voy. 
349.     California.     Brandegee. 


Vol.  XVIII]        EASTWOOD— FLORA  OF  LOWER  CALIFORNIA  439 

CUCURBITACE^;  Gourd  Family 

141.  Echinopepon  minima  (Kell.),  S.  Watson,  Proc.  Am. 
Acad.  24:52.  1889.  Marah  minima  Kellogg,  Proc.  Cai. 
Acad.  Sci.  2 :  18.  Type  locality,  Cedros  Island.  Veatch. 
Street.     Palmer. 

142.  Marah  macrocarpa  Greene,  Leafl.  Bot.  Obs.  2:36. 
1910.     From  Santa  Barbara  to  Cedros  Island.     Greene. 

CICHORIACE^;  Chicory  Family 

143.  Rafinesquia  califoniica  Nutt.,  in  Trans.  Am.  Phil. 
Soc.  N.  S.  7:429.  1841.  Type  locality,  San  Diego. 
Palmer. 

144.  Microseris  lincarifolia  (DC.),  Gray,  Proc.  Am.  Acad. 
9:207.  1874.  Calais  linearifolia  DC,  VrodiV.,  7  \^S.  1838. 
California.     Palmer. 

145.  Malacothrix  clevelandi  Gray,  Bot.  Cal.  1 :  433.  Type 
locality,  San  Diego.    Greene.     Palmer. 

146.  Sonchns  tenenimus  L.,  Sp.  PI.  794.  Mediterranean 
region.     Palmer,  more  common  than  the  next. 

147.  Sonchus  oleracens  L.,  Sp.  PI.  794.  Cosmopolitan. 
Palmer. 


MUTISIACE^;  Mutisia  Family 

148.  Trixis  califoniica  Kell.,  Proc.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci.  2:  182, 
53.  1862.  Type  locality,  Cedros  Island.  Veatch.  Greene. 
Palmer.    Mason  2004. 


COMPOSITE;  Sunflower  Family 

149.  Brickellia  ccdrosensis  Greene,  Bull.  Torr.  Bot.  Club 
10:86.  1883.  Type  locality,  Cedros  Island.  Veatch. 
Greene.     Palmer.    Mason  2004. 

150.  Gutierrczia  sarothra;  (Pursh),  Britt.  &  Rusby  in 
Trans.  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.  7:10.  1887.  Solidago  sarothrce 
Pursh,  Fl.  Am.  Sept.  540.  1814.  On  the  plains  of  the  Mis- 
souri.    Greene.     Mason  1992. 


440  CALIFORNIA    ACADEMY   OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

151.  Aplopappus  tridcntatus  (Greene),  Blake,  Contr.  U. 
S.  Nat.  Herb.  23.  1493.  1926.  Type  locality,  Cedros  Island. 
Veatch.     Greene.     Palmer.     Mason  1998. 

152.  Aplopappus  venetus  (H.  B.  K.),  Blake,  Contr.  U. 
S.  Natl.  Herb.  23.  1492.  1926.  Baccharis  veneta  H.  B.  K., 
Nov,  Gen.  &  Sp.  4:  68.  1820.  Type  locality,  Cuernavaca, 
Mexico.     Greene.     Palmer. 

153.  Bebbia  jnncea  (Benth. ),  Greene,  Bull.  Gal.  Acad. 
Sci.  1 :  179.  1885.  Carphephorus  junceiis  Benth.,  Bot.  Voy. 
Sulph.  21.  1844.  Type  locality,  Magdalena  Bay.  Greene. 
Palmer. 

154.  Baccharis  sarothroides  Gray,  Proc.  Am.  Acad. 
17:211.  1881.  San  Diego  County,  California.  Greene. 
Mason  2009. 

155.  Filago  arizonica  Gray,  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  8:652. 
1873.     Type  locality,  Verde  Mesa,  Arizona.     Palmer. 

156.  Gnaphalium  sprengelii  H.  A.,  Bot.  Beech.  Voy.  150. 
California.     Palmer. 

157.  Franseria  chenopodifolia  Benth.,  Bot.  Sulph.  20. 
Type  locality,  Magdalena  Bay.  Gi'eene.  Palmer.  Mason 
2012. 

158.  Franseria  lancifolia  Rydb..  N.  Am.  Fl.  33  :  36.  1922. 
Type  locality,  Cedros  Island.  Brandegee.  According  to  Dr. 
Standley,  this  is  a  form  of  the  preceding  with  less  pubescent 
fruit. 

159.  Franseria  camphorata  Greene,  Bull.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci. 
1  :  192.  1885.  Type  locality,  Guadalupe  Island.  Greene. 
Palmer. 

160.  Franseria  camphorata  Icptophylla  Gray,  Proc.  Am. 
Acad.  22:309.  1887.  Type  locality,  San  Fernando,  Lower 
California.    Greene. 

161.  Iva  hayesiana  Gray,  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  11  :  78.  1876. 
San  Diego  County,  California.     Greene. 

162.  Viguiera  lanata  (Kell.),  Gray,  Proc.  Am.  Acad. 
17:218.  1881-82.  Bahiopsis  lanata  Kellogg,  Proc.  Cal. 
Acad.  2 :  35.  1859.  Type  locality,  Cedros  Island.  Veatch. 
Greene.     Streets.     Belding.     Pond.     Palmer.     Mason  2036. 


Vol.  XVIII]        EASTWOOD— FLORA   OF  LOWER  CALIFORNIA  441 

163.  Encelia  stenophylla  Greene.  Bull.  Torr.  Club.  10:41. 
1883.  Type  locality,  Cedros  Island.  Veatch.  Greene. 
Palmer.     Mason  1989. 

164.  Encelia  calif  arnica  asperifolia  Blake,  Proc.  Am.  Acad. 
49:368.  1914.  Type  locality,  Cedros  Island.  Streets. 
Pond.     Palmer.     Mason  2015. 

165.  Verbesina  hastata  Kell.  ex  Curran,  in  Bull.  Cal. 
Acad.  Sci.  1  :  140.  1885.  Type  locality,  Cedros  Island. 
Veatch.  Greene.  Palmer.  This  was  reported  as  Encelia 
cedrosensis  Rose,  in  Palmer's  list. 

166.  Hemitonia  fasciculata  (DC),  Torr.  &  Gray,  Fl.  N. 
Am.  2:397.  California.  Greene.  Hartmannia  fasciculata 
DC,  Prodr.  5:693.     1836. 

167.  Ferity le  greenei  Rose,  in  Coult.  Bot.  Gaz.  15:117. 
1890.  Type  locality,  Santa  Cruz  Island,  California.  Veatch. 
Streets.    Greene.     Palmer. 

168.  Perityle  grayi  Rose,  I.  c.  Type  locality,  Guadalupe 
Island.     Palmer. 

169.  Eriophyllinn  crucigentm  Rydb.,  N.  Am.  Fl.  34:96. 
1915.  Type  locality,  Cedros  Island.  Greene.  Palmer.  This 
was  reported  as  E.  confertiflorum  (DC).     Gray. 

170.  Baeria  gracilis  (DC),  Gray.  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  9:  196. 
1874.  California.  Burrielia  gracilis  DC,  Prodr.  5 :  664. 
1836. 

171.  Amhlyopappus  pnsillus  Hook.  &  Arn.,  in  Journ.  Bot. 
3:321.     1841.^   Chile.     Palmer. 

172.  Porophyllum  gracile  Benth.,  in  Bot.  Voy.  Sulph.  29. 
1844.  Type  locality,  Magdalena  Bay.  Greene.  Pond. 
Palmer. 

173.  Porophyllum  cedrense  Rose  &  Standi,  ex  Rydb.,  Fl. 
N.  Am.  34:  189.'    1916.     73;/)^ /oc«//V_v,  Cedros  Island.     Rose. 

174.  Artemisia  calif ornica  Less.,  in  Linnaea  6:  525.  1831. 
California.     Greene. 

175.  Senecio  cedrosensis  Greene,  Bull.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci. 
1  :  194.  1885.  Type  locality,  Cedros  Island.  Greene. 
Palmer. 

176.  Senecio  sylvaticiis  L.,  Sp.  PI.  868.    Europe.     Palmer. 

September   6,    1929 


442  CALIFORNIA   ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

A  List  of  Plants 
Recorded  from  the  Tres  Marias  Islands,  Mexico 

The  first  list  of  plants  from  the  Tres  Marias  Islands  was 
published  by  Dr.  J.  N.  Rose  in  N.  Am.  Fauna.  U.  S.  Dept. 
Agr.,  No.  11,  pages  77-91.  It  was  based  on  a  collection  made 
the  last  of  May  at  the  close  of  the  dry  season  in  1897  by  E. 
W.  Nelson  and  E.  A.  Goldman.  One  hundred  and  twelve 
species  were  recorded  from  Maria  Madre,  Maria  Magdalena 
and  Maria  Cleofa  islands,  of  which  1 1  were  described  as  new. 
The  next  collection  was  that  of  H.  L.  Mason  when  on  the 
expedition  of  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences  to  the  Revil- 
lagigedo  Islands  in  1925.  Collections  were  made  on  Maria 
Madre,  Maria  Magdalena  and  Isabella  islands  from  May  16-24 
at  the  end  of  the  dry  season  and  about  120  species  were  col- 
lected. Owing  to  the  incomplete  condition  of  most  of  the 
specimens,  a  duplicate  set  was  sent  to  the  United  States  Na- 
tional Herbarium  for  the  authoritative  determinations  of  Mr. 
Paul  C.  Standley,  an  authority  on  Mexican  plants.  In  Octo- 
ber, 1925,  Mrs.  Roxana  S.  Ferris  made  a  much  better  collec- 
tion, owing  to  the  more  favorable  time  of  the  year.  She  col- 
lected only  on  Maria  Madre  from  October  21-27  and  found 
64  species,  10  being  new,  published  with  4  plates  in  Contr. 
Dudley  Herb.  1:65-81,  the  title  of  her  paper  being:  Pre- 
liminary Report  on  the  Flora  of  the  Tres  Marias  Islands. 

The  greater  number  of  the  species  listed  are  of  wide  dis- 
tribution in  the  tropics,  a  few  are  peculiar  to  the  adjacent 
mainland,  and  21  have  been  described  as  new  species,  two  of 
which  are  now  considered  synonyms.  More  extended  and 
thorough  exploration  of  these  islands  will  undoubtedly  dis- 
cover many  more  species.  It  is  with  the  desire  to  help  future 
explorers  that  these  lists  have  been  brought  together. 

List  of  Species 
First  described  from  the  Tres  Marias  Islands 

(Stars  indicate  types  and  daggers  indicate  topotypes   in   the   Herbarium 
of  the  Cahfornia  Academy  of  Sciences.) 

fAristolochia  tresmaricB  Ferris  \Cracca  arcuata  Rydb. 

■fForchammeria  sessilifolia  Standi.  fAtelia  insularis  Standi. 

Acaciella  ferrisce  Britt.  &  Rose  Zanthoxylon  insularis  Rose 

Mimosa  ferrisce  Britt.  &  Rose  Zanthoxylon  nelsoni  Rose 


Vol.  XVIII]        EASTWOOD— FLORA  OF  LOWER  CALIFORNIA 


443 


Zonthoxylon  ferriscE  Standi. 
Pilocarpus  insularis  Rose 
Esenbeckia  nesiotica  Standi. 
Gymnanthes  insoluta  Ferris 
Acalypha  verbcnacea  Standi. 
Astrocasia  peltata  Standi. 
Euphorbia   tresmarice  Standi. 


■\Buxus  pubescens  Greenm. 

Matayba  spondioides  Standi. 

Ternstroetnia  maltbya  Rose 

Begonia  californica  brevibracteata 

Ferris 
*Salvia  aliena  Greene 

Beloperone  nelsoni  Greene 


POLYPODIACE^ 

1.  Adiantum  trapezoides  Fee,  Gen.  117.  1850-52. 
Brazil,  Jamaica,  Mexico.  Mason  1822,  Maria  Magdalena. 
Ferris  5704. 

2.  Adiantum  concinniim  H.  B.  Willd.,  Sp.  5:451. 
1810.    Tropical  America.     Nelson  4273,  Maria  Madre. 

3.  Adiantttm  tenerum  Sw3.rtz,Frod.  135.  1788.  Mexico. 
Nelson  4281,  Maria  Madre. 

4.  Adiantum  poiretii  Wikstr.,  Vet.  Acad.,  Hdl.  1825, 
443.  1826.  Tropical  Africa,  East  Indies,  Mexico.  Ferris 
5632. 

5.  Ceropteris  calomenalos  (L.),  Under.,  Bull.  Torr. 
Club  29 :  632.  1902.  Gymnograuinia  calomenalos  Kaulf. 
Tropical  America,  Natal,  Africa.    Nelson  4333,  Maria  Madre. 

6.  Dryopteris  patens  (SW.),  O.  Kuntze,  Rev.  Gen.  PI. 
2:813.  1891.  Aspidium  patens  Swartz.  Cosmopolitan. 
Nelson  4316,  Maria  Madre. 

7.  Dryopteris  karwinskyana  (Mett. ),  O.  Kuntze,  Rev. 
Gen.  PI.  2:813.     1891.     Mexico,  Guatemala.     Ferris  5711. 

8.  Aspidium  trifoliatum  (L. ),  Swartz,  Schrad.  Journ. 
1800-,  30.    Tropical  America.     Nelson  4280,  Maria  Madre. 

9.  Pteris  longifolia  L.,  Sp.  PI.  2 :  1074.  Cosmopolitan. 
Nelson  4201,  Maria  Madre. 

10.  Conic  gramme  americana  Maxon,  Contr.  U.  S.  Nat. 
Herb.  17:607.     1916.     Mexico.    Ferris  5712. 

11.  PellcEa   seemanni   Hook.,    Sp.    Fl.    2:141,    t.    107b. 
1858.    Mexico.    Ferris  5706. 


CYCADACE^ 

12.     Zamia  loddigesii  Miq.  Hoev.  &  De  Vriese,  Tijdschr. 
10:  72.    Mexico.    Nelson  4329,  Maria  Cleofa. 


444  CALIFORNIA   ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

POACE^ 

13.  Syntherisma  sangitinalis  (L.),  Dulse,  Fl.  Hautes-Pyr. 
77.  Digitaria  sail guinalis  (L,.),  Scop.  Cosmopolitan.  Mason 
1844,  Maria  Madre.    Ferris  5642. 

14.  Panicum  faiscicidatutn  Swartz,  Prodr.  Veg.  Ind.  22. 
Jamaica.     Ferris  5675a. 

15.  Panicum  ramosum  L.,  Mant.  8:29.  Asia.  Ferris 
5675. 

16.  Panicum  trichoides  Swartz,  Prodr.  Veg.  Occ.  24. 
Jamaica.     Ferris  5701,  5605. 

17.  Lasiacis  niscifolia  (H.  B.  K.),  Hitch.,  Contr.  U.  S. 
Nat.  Herb.  15:16.  Mexico.  Mason  1818,  Maria 
Magdalena. 

18.  Lasiacis  divaricata  (L.),  Hitch.,  Contr.  U.  S.  Nat. 
Herb.  15:16.    Jamaica.    Ferris  5656. 

19.  Oplismenus  burmanni  (Retz.),  Beauv.,  Ess.  Agrost. 
54.    Tropics.    Ferris  5674. 

20.  Chcctochha  griscbachii  (Fourn.),  Scribn.,  U.  S. 
Dept.  Agr.  Div.  Agrost.  Bull.  4:39.     Mexico.     Ferris  5574. 

21.  Chcctochloa  macrostachya  (H.  B.  K.),  Scrib.  & 
Merr.,  U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  Div.  Agrost.  Bull.  21  :  29,  Fig.  16. 
Mexico.    Ferris  5755. 

22.  Cenchnis  cchinatus  L.,  Sp.  PI.  1050.  Jamaica. 
Mason  1848,  Santa  Isabella  Island.     Ferris  5725. 

23.  Aristida  ternipcs  Cav.,  Icon.  5  :  46.  Panama.  Fer- 
ris 5724. 

24.  Sporobolus  argutits  (Nees),  Kunth.,  Enum.  PI. 
1:215.     Brazil.     Ferris  6615. 

25.  Pappophonmi  alopccuvoidcs  Vahl.,  Symp.  Bot.  3:10. 
t.  51.    Tropical  America.     Ferris  5616. 

26.  Boiitcloua  aristidoides  (H.  B.  K.),  Griseb.,  Fl.  Brit. 
W.  Ind.  537,  in  obs.    Mexico.     Ferris  5753. 

27.  Eragrostis  ciliaris  (L.),  Link.,  Hort.  Berol.  1:192. 
Jamaica.    Ferris  5641. 

28.  Jouvea  pilosa  (Presl.),  Scrib.,  Bull.  Torr.  Bot.  Club 
25  :  143.     1896.    Acapulco,  Mexico.    Ferris  5587. 


Vol.  XVIII]        EASTWOOD— FLORA  OF  LOWER  CALIFORNIA  445 

29.  Gouinia  N.  Sp.,  fide  Hitchcock.  Mason  1845,  Santa 
Isabella. 

30.  Panicum  trichoides  Swartz,  Proclr.  Veg.  Ind.  Occ. 
24.  1788.  Jamaica.  Nelson  4257  as  P,  hrcvifolium  L., 
Maria  Madre. 

31.  Eleusine  indica  Gaertn.,  Fruct.  1  :  8.  India,  Jamaica. 
Nelson  4305,  Maria  Madre. 

32.  Dactylocteiiium  (sgyptiacum  Willd.,  Enum.  Hort. 
Berol.  1029.  1809.  Africa,  Asia,  America.  Nelson  4317, 
Maria  Magdalena. 

33.  Arundo  donax  L.,  Sp.  PI.  81.  Europe.  Nelson 
4332.     Maria  Cleofa. 


CYPERACE^ 

34.  Cyperus  incompletus  Link.,  Hort.  Berol.  1:319. 
West  Indies.     Nelson  4259,  Maria  Madre. 

35.  Cyperus  ligularia  L.,  Amoen.  Acad.  5:81.  West 
Indies.    Nelson  4330.    Maria  Cleofa. 

36.  Cyperus  compress^.is  L.,  Sp.  PI.  46.  Cosmopolitan. 
Ferris  5650. 

37.  Cyperus  tenerrimus  J.  &  C.  Presl.,  Rel.  Haenk.  i :  166. 
Mexico.    Ferris  5718. 

38.  Cyperus  cayennensis  (Lam.).  Britt.,  Bull.  Dept. 
Agr.  Jamaica  5  :  Suppl.  1  :  8.  West  Indies.  Ferris  5567  and 
5564. 

39.  Cyperus  brunneus  Swartz,  Fl.  Ind.  Occ.  i:116. 
West  Indies.     Ferris  5678. 

40.  Cyperus  Ottonis  Boeck.,  in  Linnsea  36:350.  1861- 
62.     West  Indies.     Ferris  5737. 


ARACE^ 

41.  ?  Philodendron  polytomum  Schott.,  in  Bonplandia 
7:164.     1859.     Central  America,  Mexico.     Ferris  6249. 

42.  ?  Philodendron  anistonium  Schott.,  in  CEstr.  Bot. 
Zeitschr.  8:179.  1858.  Central  America,  Mexico.  Ferris 
6258. 


446  CALIFORNIA   ACADEMY   OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

BROMELIACE^ 

43.  Tillandsia  circinnata  Schl,  in  Linnaea  18:  430.  1844. 
Central  America,  Mexico.  Mason  1742,  1719,  1765,  Maria 
Madre. 

44.  Tillandsia  juncea  Le  Conte,  Ann.  Lye.  N.  York 
2:130.  1828.  Southern  United  States,  Mexico,  South 
America.     Mason  1723,  Maria  Madre. 

45.  Tillandsia  halhisiana  Schult.  f.  Syst.  7:11.  1212. 
Florida,  Mexico,  West  Indies.     Mason  1722,  Maria  Madre. 

46.  Tillandsia  fascicnlata  Swartz,  Prod.  Veg.  Ind.  Occ. 
56.  Florida,  Mexico,  West  Indies.  Mason  1764,  Maria 
Madre.    Ferris  3635. 

47.  Hechtia  sp.     A  specimen  with  leaves  only.     Mason 

1755. 

COMMELINACE^ 

48.  Commelina  virginica  1..,  Sp.  PI.  ed.  11:61.  Eastern 
United  States,  Tropical  America,  South  America  to  Patagonia. 
Ferris  5685. 

49.  Tinantia  modesta  Brandegee,  Proc.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci., 
11.  3:175.  1889.  Type  locality,  Miraflores,  Mexico. 
Ferris  5703. 

AMARYLLIDACE^ 

50.  Agave  pacifica  Trelease,  Contr.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb. 
23:118.  1920.  Type  locality,  Creston  Island,  Mazatlan. 
Mason  1756,  Maria  Madre. 

DIOSCORIACE^ 

51.  Dioscorea  sp.    Ferris  6264. 

MARANTACE^ 

52.  ?  Calathea  cyclopliora  Baker,  Kew  Bull.  1895:17. 
British  Guiana.     Ferris  6263. 

ORCHIDACE^ 

53.  Oncidium  sp.  Mason  1823,  Maria  Magdalena. 


Vol.  XVIII]        EASTWOOD— FLORA  OF  LOWER  CALIFORNIA  447 

PlPERACE^ 

54.  Peperomia  pellucida  (L.),  H.  B.  &  K.,  Nov.  Gen.  & 
Sp.  1  :  64.     American  &  African  tropics.     Ferris  5707. 

55.  Piper  aduncum  L.,  Sp.  PI.  29.  Tropical  America. 
Nelson  4283,  Maria  Madre. 

MORACEiE 

56.  Ficus  cotinifolia  H.  B.  &  K.,  Nov.  Gen.  et  Sp.  2 :  49. 
Mexico,  Central  America.  Mason  1739  and  1763,  Maria 
Madre.    Ferris  5677. 

57.  Ficus  mexicana  Miquel.,  Ann.  Mus.  Bot.  Lugd.  Bat. 
3:300.     Mexico,  Central  America.     Ferris  5681. 

58.  Ficiis  petiolaris  H.  B.  &  K.,  Nov.  Gen.  et  Sp.  2 :  49. 
Type  from  near  Mazatlan,  Mexico.     Ferris  5653. 

59.  Ficus  involuta  (Liebm.),  Miq.,  Ann.  Mus.  Bot.  Lugd. 
Bat.  3 :  298.  Central  America  and  Mexico.  Nelson  4182, 
Maria  Madre. 

60.  Ficus  padifolia  H.  B.  &  K.,  Nov.  Gen.  et  Sp.  2:  47. 
Central  America,  Mexico.  This  was  reported  as  Ficus  radii- 
lina  Watson.  Type  locality,  near  Batopilas,  Chihuahua. 
Nelson  4261,  Maria  Madre. 

URTICACE^ 

61.  Myriocarpa  longipcs  Liebm.,  in  Vidensk.  Selsk.  Skr. 
5:ii:307.  1851.  Central  America  and  Mexico.  Nelson 
4275,  Maria  Madre. 

62.  Celtis  monoica  Hemsley,  Biol.  Centr.  Am.  Bot. 
3:139.  Type  locality.  Vera  Cruz.  Nelson  4236,  Maria 
Madre. 


LORANTHACE^ 

63.  Phoradendron  toimisendi  Trelease,  Gen.  Phorad. 
112.  t.  163.  1916.  Type  locality,  Socorro  Island.  Mason 
1733,  Maria  Madre. 


448  CALIFORNIA   ACADEMY   OF   SCIENCES  [Phoc.  4th  Ser. 

OLACACE^ 

64.  Ximenia  americana  L..  Sp.  PI.  1193.  Cosmopolitan 
tropics.    Mason  1705  and  1830,  Maria  Madre. 

65.  Agonandra  racemosa  (DC),  Standi..  Journ.  Wash. 
Acad.  Sci.,  10:  506.  1920.  Mexico.  Mason  1786  and  1777, 
Maria  Madre. 

ARISTOLOCHIACE^ 

66.  Aristolochia  taliscana  H.  &  A.,  Bot.  Beech.  Voy.  309. 
Type  locality,  Jalisco,  Mexico.  Mason  1697  and  1778,  Maria 
Madre.     Ferris  5685. 

67.  Aristolochia  tresmarice  Ferris,  Contr.  Dudley  Herb. 
1:68.  1927.  Type  locality,  Maria  Madre.  Mason  1788, 
Maria  Madre.     Ferris  5689. 

68.  Aristolochia  pardina  Duch..  Ann.  Sc.  Nat.  IV.  2:47. 
1854.  Type  locality,  Colima,  Mexico.  Nelson  4304,  Maria 
Madre. 

POLYGONACE^ 

69.  Antigonon  Icptopus  H.  &  A.,  Bot.  Beech.  Voy.  308. 
t.  69.  Common  in  Mexico,  type  from  West  coast.  Mason 
1698,  Maria  Madre. 

70.  Coccoloba  schiedeana  Lindau.,  in  Engler.,  Bot. 
Jahrb.  13:  187.  1890.  Central  America  and  Mexico.  Mason 
1806,  Maria  Magdalena. 

71.  Coccoloba  leptostachya  Benth.,  Bot.  Voy.  Sulph.  159. 
It  came  from  Columbia  and  is  not  given  as  Mexican  by  Stand- 
ley.  Nelson  4315,  Maria  Magdalena.  It  is  probably  the  pre- 
ceding species. 

AMARANTHACE^ 

72.  Ircsine  interrupta  Benth.,  Bot.  Voy.  Sulph.  156. 
Type  locality,  Tepic,  Mexico,  Central  America.  Nelson  4234, 
Maria  Madre.     Mason  1812,  Maria  Magdalena. 

73.  Achyranthes  aspcra  L.,  Sp.  PI.  204.  Cosmopolitan 
tropics.     Mason  1814,  Maria  Magdalena. 


Vol.  XVIII]        EASTWOOD— FLORA   OF  LOWER  CALIF0RNL4  449 

74.  Celosia  nitida  Vahl.,  Symb.  Bot.  iii :  44.  Tropical 
America.    Ferris  5648. 

75.  Gomphrena  sonorce  Torr.,  in  Bot.  Mex.  Bound.  181. 
Type  locality,  mountains  near  Santa  Cruz,  Sonora.  Ferris 
5606. 

76.  Amaranthus  brand egei  Standi.,  N.  Am.  FI.  21  :  109 
1917.  Tvpe  locality,  Cofradia  near  Culiacan,  Sinaloa.  Ferris 
5649. 

77.  Amaranthus  sp.    Ferris  5620. 

ALLIONACE^ 

78.  Commicarpus  scandens  (L.),  Standi.,  Contr.  U.  S. 
Nat.    Herb.    12:373.      1909.      West    Indies.      Mason    1703, 

•Maria  Madre.     Ferris  5581. 

79.  Boerhaavia  caribcea  Jacq.,  Obs.  Bot.  4:5.  West 
Indies.     Mason  1714,  Maria  Madre.     Ferris  5607. 

80.  Boerhaavia  erccta  L.,  Sp.  PI.  3.  Mexico.  Ferris 
5604  and  5719. 

81.  Abronia  maritima  Nutt.  ex  S.  Watson,  Bot.  Cal.  2:  4. 
Type  locality,  San  Pedro,  California.  Mason  1795,  Maria 
Magdalena. 

PHYTOLACCACE^ 

82.  Phaidothanmus  spinescens  Gray,  Proc.  Am.  Acad. 
20:294.  1885.  Sonora,  Sinaloa,  Lower  California.  Mason 
1741,  Maria  Madre.    Ferris  5564. 

83.  Stegnospenna  halimifolium  Benth.,  Bot.  Voy.  Sulph. 
17.  t.  12.  Type  locality.  Cape  San  Lucas.  Nelson  4184, 
Maria  Madre.     Mason  1702,  Maria  Madre. 

84.  Phytolacca  octandra  L.,  Sp.  PI.  11:631.  Tropical 
America.     Nelson  4293,  Maria  Madre. 

AIZOACE^ 

85.  Trianthenm  portidacastrnni  L.,  Sp.  PI.  223.  Cosmo- 
politan.    Ferris  5734. 

86.  Sesuvium  portulacastrum  L.,  Syst.  ed.  10:  1058. 
Cosmopolitan.    Mason  1847,  Santa  Isabella. 


450  CALIFORNIA   ACADEMY   OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

MENISPERNACE^ 

87.  Cissampelos  pareira  L.,  Sp.  PI.  1031.  Cosmopolitan 
in  tropics.  Nelson  4233  and  4262,  Maria  Madre.  Mason 
1704  and  1775,  Maria  Madre. 

PORTULACACE^ 

88.  Portulaca  oleracea  L.,  Sp.  PI.  445.  Cosmopolitan. 
Ferris  5754. 

89.  Talimtm  paniculatum  (Jacq.),  Gaertn.,  Fruct.  2  :  219. 
t.  128.     Tropical  America.     Ferris  5628. 

HERNANDIACE^ffi 

90.  Hernandia  guianensis  Anbl..  PI.  Guian.  2  :  848.  West 
Indies  and  South  America.     Ferris. 

PAPAVERACE^ 

91.  Argemone  mexicmia  L.,  Sp.  PI.  508.  Cosmopolitan. 
Flowers  yellow.     Mason  1716,  Maria  Madre. 

92.  Argemone  ochroleuca  Sweet.,  Brit.  Fl.  Gard.  3.  t. 
242.  Cosmopolitan.  Nelson  4318,  Maria  Magdalena.  This 
is  the  same  as  Argemone  mexicmia  ochroleuca  Prain.  Flowers 
white.     Mason  1713,  Maria  Madre. 

CAPPARIDACE^ 

93.  Cratceva  tapia  L.,  Sp.  PI.  444.  Tropical  America. 
Mason  1750,  Maria  Madre;  and  1850,  Santa  Isabella.  Nel- 
son 4274,  Maria  Madre. 

94.  Capparis  indica  (L.),  Fawc.  &  Rendle  in  Joiirn. 
Bot.  Brit.  &  For.  52 :  144.  West  Indies  and  South  America. 
Mason  1759,  Maria  Madre.  This  was  reported  as  C.  breynia 
L.,  Nelson  4219,  Maria  Madre. 

95.  Capparis  cynophallophora  L.,  Sp.  PI.  534.  West 
Indies,  Central  America,  South  America.  Nelson  4302, 
Maria  Madre. 


Vol.  XVIII]        EASTWOOD— FLORA  OF  LOWER  CALIFORNIA  45^ 

96.     F  orchammeria    sessilifolia    Standi.,    Journ.  Wash. 

Acad.    Sci.    14:212.      1924.      Type   locality,    Maria  Madre. 

Nelson  4239,  type.     Mason   1734  and   1735,   Maria  Madre. 
Ferris. 


MIMOSACE^ 

97.  Entada  polystachya  (L. ),  DC,  Mem.  Legiim.  12. 
Tropical  America.    Ferris. 

98.  Prosopis  chilensis  (Mol.),  Stuntz,  U.  S.  Dept.  Agr. 
Bur.  PI.  Ind.  Inv.  Seeds  31  :  85.  Cosmopolitan.  Mason  1725, 
Maria  Madre.     Ferris  5580. 

99.  Mimosa  ferriscu  Britt.  &  Rose,  Contr.  Dudley  Herb. 
1  :  70.  1927.  Type  locality,  Maria  Madre  Island.  Ferris 
5563,  type. 

100.  Acacia  cyinbaspina  Sprague  &  Riley,  Kew  Bull. 
1923 :  394.     Type  locality,  Guaymas,  Mexico.     Ferris  5646. 

101.  Acaciella  fcrrisicc  Britt.  &  Rose,  N.  Am.  Fl.  23:  101. 
1928.  Type  locality,  Maria  Madre.  Ferris  5679  and  5610, 
type. 

102.  Acacia  pennatnla  (S.  &  G.),  Beiith.  in  Hook.  Lond. 
Journ.  Bot.  1  :  390.  1842.  Mexico  and  Central  America. 
Mason  1840,  Maria  Madre. 

103.  Alhiazia  occidentalis  Brandegee,  in  Proc.  Cal.  Acad. 
Sci.  11.  3:222.  Type  locality,  San  Jose  del  Cabo,  Lower 
California.  Nelson  4252  and  5592,  Maria  Madre.  Mason 
1757,  Maria  Madre.    Ferris  5727. 

104.  Pithecolohiiim  dulcc  Benth.,  in  Lond.  Journ.  Bot. 
3:190.  1844.  Cosmopolitan  tropics.  Nelson  4285,  Maria 
Madre. 

105.  Pithecolohium  lanceo latum  (H.  &  B.),  Bth.  in  Lond. 
Journ.  Bot.  5:  105.     1846.     Tropical  America.     Ferris  6255. 

106.  Pithecolohium  tortum  Mart.,  in  Flora  20:  11.  1837. 
Tropical  America.     Ferris  5625. 

107.  Lysiloma  micro phylla  Bth.,  in  Lond.  Journ.  Bot. 
3:83.  1844.  Type  locality,  Leon,  Guanajuato.  Ferris  5728 
and  5659. 


452  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY   OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

C-ffiSALPINIACE^ 

108.  Cassia  occidentalis  L.,  Sp.  PI.  377.  West  Indies. 
Mason  1718,  Maria  Madre. 

109.  Cassia  emarginata  L.,  Sp.  PI.  376.  Tropical 
America.  Nelson  4192  and  4297,  Maria  Madre.  Mason 
1738,  Maria  Madre. 

110.  Cassia  atomaria  L.,  Mant.  PI.  68.  Tropical  America. 
Nelson  4321,  Maria  Magdalena.  Mason  1831,  Maria  Madre. 
Ferris  5566. 

111.  Cassia  hiHora  L.,  Sp.  PI.  378.  Tropical  America. 
Nelson  4194  and  4196,  Maria  Madre.  Mason  1762,  Maria 
Madre.    Ferris  5568  and  5666. 

112.  Cassia  tora  L.,  Sp.  PI.  376.  Cosmopolitan  tropics. 
Ferris  5631. 

113.  CcEsalpinia  crista  L.,  Sp.  PI.  380.  Cosmopolitan 
tropics.    Mason  1802,  Maria  Magdalena. 

FABACE^ 

114.  Ateleia  insularis  Standley,  Contr.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb. 
20:175.  1919.  73;/)^ /o<:a%,  Maria  Madre  Island.  Nelson 
4186,  Maria  Madre.  Mason  1843,  Maria  Madre.  Ferris 
5573  and  5742. 

115.  Galactia  striata  (Jacq.),  Urb.,  Symb.  Antill.  2:320. 
Tropical  America.     Mason  1820,  Maria  Magdalena. 

116.  Canavalia  maritinm  (Aubl.),  Thou,  in  Journ.  de  Bot. 
Desv.  1:80.  1813.  Cosmopolitan  tropics.  Mason  1794, 
Maria  Magdalena.     Ferris  5735. 

117.  Canavalia  mexicana  Piper,  Contr.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb. 
20:  569.  1925.  Type  region,  Sinaloa,  Mexico.  Nelson  4190, 
Maria  Madre.  Ferris  5579.  This  was  reported  in  Nelson's 
list  as  Canavalia  gladiata  DC. 

118.  Crotalaria  puniila  Orteg..  Hort.  Matr.  23.  West 
Indies.  Nelson  4248,  Maria  Madre.  Ferris  5668.  This  is 
probably  the  same  as  Crotalaria  lupnlina  H.B.K. 

119.  Indigofera  salmoniHora  Rose,  Contr.  U.  S.  Nat. 
Herb.  5  :  140.  1897.  Type  locality,  Imala,  Sinaloa,  Mexico. 
Ferris  5654. 


Vol.  XVIII]         EASTWOOD— FLORA   OF  LOWER  CALIFORNIA  453 

120.  Meibomia procumbens  (Mill),  Britt.,  Sci.  Surv.  Porto 
Rico  and  Virgin  Islands  5  :  404.  1924.  West  Indies.  Ferris 
5603.  This  is  probably  Nelson's  4287  reported  as  Desmodium 
sp.,  Maria  Madre. 

121.  Erythrina  occidentalis  Standi.,  Contr.  U.  S.  Nat. 
Herb.  20:180.  1919.  Type  locality,  Mazatlan.  Mexico. 
Nelson  4303,  Maria  Madre.  Mason  1787,  Maria  Madre. 
Ferris  6252.     This  is  the  same  as  Erythrina  lanata  Rose. 

122.  Cracca  arcuata  Rydb.,  N.  Am.  Fl.  24:166.  1923. 
Type  locality,  Maria  Madre  Island.  Ferris  .  Nelson's 
4193  as  Tephrosia,  Maria  Madre. 

123.  Lonchocarpus  sericeus  (Poir),  H.  B.  K.,  Nov.  Gen. 
et  Sp.  6:  283.  West  Africa,  American  tropics.  Nelson  4310, 
Maria  Madre. 

124.  Nissolia  nelsoni  Rose,  Contr.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb. 
5:162.  fig.  26.  1899.  Type  locality,  Oaxaca  Valley  of 
Mexico.     Ferris. 

125.  Bauhinia  sp.     Nelson  4300,  Maria  Madre. 

126.  Phaseolns  sp.     Nelson  4319,  Maria  Magdalena. 

127.  Rhynchosia  pyramidalis  (Lam.),  Urb.,  Fedde  Rep. 
15:  318.    West  Indies.     Mason  1819,  Maria  Magdalena. 

128.  Rhynchosia  minima  DC,  Prodr.  2:  385.  Cosmopoli- 
tan tropics.  Nelson  4206,  Maria  Madre.  Reported  as  Doli- 
cholus  niinimiis  (L.),  Medic. 

129.  Rhynchosia  precatoria  (H.  B.  K.),  DC,  Prodr. 
2:385.  Cosmopolitan  tropics.  Nelson  4179,  Maria  Madre. 
Reported  as  Dolicholiis  phmeoloides  (Swartz),  Kuntze. 


OXALIDACE^ 

130.  Oxalis  sp.    Ferris  6818  and  6819. 

ERYTHROXYLACE^ 

131.  Erythroxylon  mexicaniim  H.  B.  K.,  Nov.  Gen.  et  Sp. 
5 :  178.     Type  locality,  Chilpancingo,  Gnerrero.     Ferris  5732. 


454  CALIFORNIA   ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

ZYGOPHYLLACE^ 

132.  Guaiacum  coultcri  Gray,  Mem.  Am.  Acad.  N.  S. 
5:312.  1855.  Type  from  Sonora.  Nelson  4180,  Maria 
Madre.     Mason  1760,  Maria  Madre.     Ferris  5632. 

133.  Kallistroomia  parviHora  Norton,  Rep.  Mo.  Bot.  Gard. 
9:153.  1898.  Type  locality,  Agricultural  College,  Missis- 
sippi.   Ferris. 

RUTACEiE 

134.  Zanthoxylon  insularis  Rose,  U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  N.  Am. 
Fauna  No.  14:  79.  1899.  Type  locality,  Maria  Madre  Island, 
also  Socorro  Island.     Nelson  4278,  Maria  Madre. 

135.  Zanthoxylon  nelsoni  Rose,  U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  N.  Am. 
Fauna  No.  14:79.  1899.  Type  locality,  Maria  Madre 
Island.     Nelson  4279,  Maria  Madre. 

136.  Zanthoxylon  ferrisice  Standi,  Contr.  Dudley  Herb. 
1 :  72.  t.  2.  f.  3.  1927.  Type  locality,  Maria  Madre  Island. 
Ferris  5690. 

137.  Pilocarpus  racemosus  Vahl.,  Eclog.  1  :  29.  t.  10. 
West  Indies.     Mason  1837,  Maria  Madre. 

138.  Pilocarpus  insularis  Rose,  U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  N.  Am. 
Fauna  No.  14:  80.  1899.  Type  locality,  Maria  Madre  Island. 
Nelson  4307,  Maria  Madre. 

139.  Amyris  halsamifera  L.,  Syst.  ed.  X:1000.  West 
Indies.     Mason  1824,  Maria  Magdalena. 

140.  Esenbeckia  nesiotica  Standi.,  Contr.  Dudley  Herb. 
1  :  73.  1927.  Type  locality,  Maria  Madre  Island.  Nelson 
4237.     Ferris  5699. 

SIMAROUBACE^ 

141.  Picramnia  sp.     Nelson  4276,  Maria  Madre. 

BURSERACE^ 

142.  Bursera  simaruba  (L. ),  Sargent,  Garden  &  Forest 
3:260.  1890.  Tropical  America.  Mason  1767,  Maria 
Madre. 


Vol.  XVIIl]        EASTWOOD— FLORA  OF  LOWER  CALIFORNIA  455 

143.  Bursera  gummifera  L.,  Sp.  PI.  ed.  11:471.  Nelson 
4227,  Maria  Madre.  This  is  probably  the  same  as  the 
preceding. 

MELIACE^ 

144.  Trichilia  hirta  L.,  Syst.  Nat.  ed.  X :  1020.  Tropical 
America.  Nelson  4214  and  4309,  Maria  Madre.  Mason 
1700  and  1737,  Maria  Madre.    Ferris  5662. 

MALPIGHIACE^ 

145.  Buhchosia  palmeri  S.  Wats.,  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  22 : 401. 
Type  locality,  Tequila,  Jalisco,  Mexico.     Ferris  5565. 

146.  Bunchosia  sp.     Mason  1707,  Maria  Madre. 

147.  Heteropterys  Horihunda  H.  B.  K.,  Nov.  Gen.  et 
Sp.  5:  166.  Tropical  America.  Nelson  4323,  Maria  Magda- 
lena.    Synonym  of  Banisteria  laurifolia  L.,  Sp.  PL  ed.  II :  611. 

EUPHORBIACEiE 

148.  Celccnodendron  niexicanuiii  Standi.,  Contr.  Dudley 
Herb.  1  :  76.  1927.  Type  locality,  Mazatlan,  Mexico.  Mason 
1850,  Santa  Isabella  Island.     Ferris  6261. 

149.  Sapium  pedicellatuni  Huber,  Bull.  Herb.  Boiss.  Ser. 
11.6:352.     1906.    Mexico.    Ferris  5663. 

150.  Gymnanthes  insolita  Ferris,  Contr.  Dudley  Herb. 
1 :  75.  1927.  Type  locality,  Maria  Madre  Island.  Ferris 
5695. 

151.  Manihot  carthaginensis  (Jacq.),  Miiell.  Arg.  in  DC. 
Prod.     15":  1073.     Tropical  America.     Ferris  5745. 

152.  Jatropha  sp.    Ferris  5710. 

153.  Bernardia  mexicana  (H.  &  A.),  Miiell.  Arg.  in  Lin- 
nsea  34:  172  1865-66.  Central  America,  South  America  and 
Mexico.     Ferris  5627. 

154.  Acalypha  verhenacea  Standi.,  Contr.  Dudley  Herb. 
1  -.75.  1927.  Type  locality,  Maria  Madre  Island.  Probably 
Nelson  4260,  Maria  Madre.    Ferris  5669. 

155.  Acalypha  setosa  A.  Rich.,  Fl.  Cub.  Fanerog.  2:204. 
West  Indies,  Mexico.     Ferris  5653. 


456  CALIFORNIA   ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

156.  Tragia  volubilis  L.,  Sp.  PI.  980.  Cosmopolitan 
tropics.     Ferris  5655. 

157.  Croton  fragilis  H.  B.  K.,  Nov.  Gen.  et  Sp.  2:75. 
North,  Central  and  South  America.    Ferris  5601. 

158.  Croton  ciliato-glandulosus  Ort.,  Hort.  Matr.  51. 
Central  America,  West  Indies,  Mexico.  Nelson  4218.  Maria 
Madre. 

159.  Astrocasia  peltata  Standi.,  Contr.  Dudley  Herb. 
1 :  74.  1927.  Type  locality,  Maria  Madre  Island.  Ferris 
5571. 

160.  Phyllanthus  niicrandrus  Miiell.  Arg.,  in  Linnsea 
32:27.  1863.  North,  Central  and  South  America,  Mexico. 
Ferris  5647  and  5569. 

161.  Phyllanthus  adenodiscus  Miiell.  Arg.,  in  Linnaea 
32:23.  1863.  Type  locality,  Papantla,  Vera  Cruz.  Mason 
1706,  Maria  Madre.     Ferris  5697  and  5575. 

162.  Pedilanthus  sp.     Ferris  5700. 

163.  Ditaxis  lanceolata  (Benth.),  Pax.  &  Hoffni.,  in 
Engler  Pflanzeureich  4.  147c:  71.  1912.  Type  locality, 
Magdalena  Bay.    Mason  1790,  Maria  Madre. 

164.  Euphorbia  schlechtendalii  Boiss.,  Cent.  Euphorb. :  18. 
Central  America  and  Mexico.  Nelson  4294,  Maria  Madre. 
Mason  1849,  Santa  Isabella  Island.     Ferris  5609. 

165.  Euphorbia  plicata  S.  Watson,  in  Proc.  Am.  Acad. 
21:438.  1886.  Type  locality,  Hacienda  San  Miguel,  south- 
western Chihuahua.  Mason  1724,  Maria  Madre,  and  1808, 
Maria  Magdalena. 

166.  Euphorbia  incerta  Brandegee,  in  Proc.  Calif.  Acad. 
Sci.  Ser.  II.  3:  171.  1891.  Type  locality.  El  Mogote  oppo- 
site La  Paz.     Mason  1800,  Maria  Magdalena. 

167.  Euphorbia  (no  leaves).     Mason  1840,  Maria  Madre. 

168.  Euphorbia  graminea  Jacq.,  Select.  Am.  151.  West 
Indies,  Central  America,  Mexico.     Ferris  5702. 

169.  Euphorbia  adenoptera  Bertol,  Misc.  Bot.  3 :  20.  t.  23. 
Tropical  America.     Ferris  5651. 

170.  Euphorbia  hirta  L.,  Sp.  PI.  454.  Cosmopolitan 
Tropics.     Ferris  5626. 

171.  Euphorbia  sp.    Ferris  5640. 


Vol.  X\1U]        EASTIVOOD—FLOITA  OF  LOWER  CALIFORNIA  457 

172.  Euphorbia  nelsonii  Millsp.,  Bot.  Gaz.  26:  268.  1898. 
Nelson  4294,  Maria  Madre.    =  Eupliorbia  schlechtcndalii. 

173.  Eupliorbia  subccFrulea  tresinaricu  Millsp.,  U.  S.  Dept. 
Agr.  N.  Am.  Fauna  No.  14:  88.  1899.  Type  locality,  Maria 
Madre  Island.  Nelson  4298  and  4202,  Maria  Madre. 
=  Euphorbia  tresniaria:  Standley. 

174.  Euphorbia  sp.    Nelson  4268,  Maria  Madre. 

175.  Garcia  nutans  Rohr.,  Skrivt.,  Nat.  Hist.  Selsk. 
Kjobenh.  ii:217.  t.  9.  1792.  West  Indies,  South  America, 
Mexico.     Nelson  4228,  Maria  Madre. 

BUXACE^ 

176.  Biixus  pubescetis  Greenmann,  Proc.  Am.  Acad. 
v33:481.  1898.  Type  locality,  Mrusl  Madre  Is\a.nd.  Nelson 
4221,  Mason  1836,  "Maria  Madre.     Ferris  5676. 

HIPPOCRATEACEiE 

177.  Hippocratca  sp..  Nelson  4226,  Maria  Madre,  and 
4320,  Maria  Magdalena. 

SAPINDACE^ 

178.  Paullinia  sessiliflora  Radlk.,  Contr.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb 
1:317.     1891.     Type  locality,  Colima,  Mexico.     Nelson  4210, 
Maria  Madre.     Mason  1730,  Maria  Madre. 

179.  Thouinidium  decandrum  (H.  &  B.)  Radl,  Sitzb. 
Math.-Phys.  Akad.  Munchen  8:284.  Central  America  and 
Mexico.     Mason  1832,  Maria  Madre.     Ferris  5743. 

180.  Scrjonia  mexicana  (L.)  Willd.,  Sp.  PI.  2:465. 
Tropical  America.  Nelson  4231,  Maria  Madre.  Mason  1809, 
Maria  Magdalena. 

181.  Thouinia  paucidentata  Radlk.,  Field  Mus.,  Bot., 
i :  403.  1898.     Yucatan  and  Campeche.     Ferris  5617. 

182.  Matayba  spondioides  Standi,  Contr.  Dudley  Herb. 
1:77.  1927.     Type  locality,  M2ir\d,Md.drQ.    Ferris  5721. 

183.  UrviUea  idmacea  H.  B.  K.,  Nov.  Gen.  &  Sp.  5  :  105. 
t.  440.  Tropical  America.     Nelson  4210,  Maria  Madre. 

September  6,   1929 


458  CALIFORNIA    ACADEMY   OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

184.  Cardiospermum  corindutn  L.,  Sp.  PI.  366.  Tropical 
America.  Nelson  4328,  Maria  Magdalena.  =  Cardiosper- 
mum halicacabum  L. 

RHAMNACE^ 

185.  Kanvinskya  latifolia  Standi.,  Contr.  U.  S.  Nat, 
Herb.  23 :  716.  1923.  Type  locality,  Tepic,  Mexico.  Mason 
1833,  Maria  Madre. 

186.  Karzuinskya  humboldtiana  (Roem.  &  Schult.)  Zucc. 
Nov.  Stirp.  i:351.  Central  America,  Mexico  and  Texas. 
Ferris  5618. 

187.  Zicyphus  sonorensis  S,  Watson,  Proc.  Am.  Acad. 
24:44.  1889.  73;/)^ /oca%^  Guaymas,  Mexico.  Mason  1830 
and  1766,  Maria  Madre.     Ferris  5585. 

188.  Colnbrina  arhorea  Brandegee,  Zoe  4:401.  1894. 
Type  locality,  Zacatecas,  Mexico.  Nelson  4213,  Maria  Madre. 
=  Colubrina  glomerata  (Benth.)  Hemsl.,  Biol.  Centr.-Amer. 
Bot. 

VITACE^ 

189.  Cisstis  sicyoidcs  L.,  Syst.  Nat,  ed.  X.  2:897. 
Tropical  America.     Nelson  4198,  Maria  Madre. 

MALVACE^ 

190.  Abutilon  dugesii  S.  Watson,  Proc.  Am.  Acad. 
21:447.  1886.  T^r/'cWoca/ifj',  Guanajuato,  Mexico.  Mason 
1771.  Maria  Madre. 

191.  Abutilon  sp.  Mason  1810,  Maria  Magdalena. 

192.  Abutilon  reventum  S.  Watson,  Proc.  Am.  Acad., 
21 :  418.  1886.  Type  locality.  Hacienda  San  Jose,  Chihua- 
hua.    Nelson  4242.  Maria  Madre. 

193.  Abutilon  lignosum  (Cav.)  Don.,  Hist.  Dichl.  PI. 
i:501.  1831.  West  Indies,  Mexico,  Central  America,  South 
Florida,  Texas.     Ferris  5583. 

194.  Abutilon  sp.     Ferris  5615. 

195.  Sida  acuta  Burm.,  Fl.  Ind.  147.  1768.  Cosmopoli- 
tan, tropical,  and  subtropical.     Ferris  5749. 


Vol.  XVIII]        EASTWOOD— FLORA  OF  LOWER  CALIFORNL4  459 

196.  Sida  angustifolia  Lam.,  Encycl.  i:4.  1785.  Cos- 
mopolitan tropics.     Ferris  5608. 

197.  Malvastnmi  coromandelianum  (L.)  Garcke,  Bon- 
plandia  5 :  295.  1857.  Cosmopolitan,  tropical  and  sub- 
tropical.   Mason  1828,  Maria  Madre. 

198.  Hibiscus  tiliacens  L.,  Sp.  PI.  694.  Cosmopolitan 
tropics.     Nelson  4328,  Maria  Magdalena. 

199.  Wissadiila  hirsutiflora  (Presl.)  Rose,  Contr.  U.  S, 
Nat.  Herb,  i:  306.  1895.  Type  locality,  Acapulco,  Guerrero. 
Mexico.     Nelson  4250,  Maria  Madre. 

BOMBACACE^ 

200.  Ceiba  cesculifolia  (H.  B.  K.)  Britt.  &  Baker,  Journ. 
Bot.  Brit.  &  For.  54:  175.  1896.  Type  locality,  Campeche, 
Guatemala.     Mason  1768,  Maria  Madre.     Ferris  6260. 

STERCULIACE^ 

201.  Melochia  tomentosa  L.,  Syst.  ed.  X:114.  Tropical 
America.  Nelson  4205,  Maria  Madre.  Mason  1696,  Maria 
Madre.    Ferris  5595. 

202.  Guaziima  ulmifolia  Lam.,  Encycl.  3:52.  1789. 
Tropical  America.    Nelson  4325,  Maria  Magdalena. 

203.  Helicteres  baruensis  Jacq.,  Enum.  PI.  Carib.,  30. 
1760.     Tropical  America.     Ferris  5693. 

OCHNACE^ 

204.  Ochna  sp.     Nelson  4238,  Maria  Madre. 

THEACEiE 

205.  Taonabo  inaltbya?ia  (Rose)  Rose,  Contr.  U.  S.  Nat. 
Herb.  8:322.  1905.  'Type  locality,  Maria  Madre.  T.  S. 
Maltby  105.    Nelson  4242,  Maria  Madre. 

VIOLACE^ 

206.  Hybanthus  riparius  (H.  B.  K.)  Standi,  in  litt. 
Ferris  5715  and  5718. 


4^  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

FLACOURTIACE^ 

207.  Prockia  cruets  L.,  Syst.  Nat.,  ed.  X:  1074.  Tropical 
America.    Ferris  5694. 

208.  Myroxylon  -flexuosum  (H.  B.  K.)  Kuntze,  Rev. 
Gen.  PI.,  i :  44.  1891.  Central  America  and  Mexico.  Ferris 
6262. 

209.  Cascaria  ohovata  Schlecht,  in  Linnaea  13:434. 
1830.    Mexico.    Ferris  6256. 

210.  Cosearia  dohcophylla  Standley,  Contr.  U.  S.  Nat. 
Herb.  23  :  846.  1923.  Type  locality,  Picacho,  Oaxaca.  Ferris 
5590. 

211.  Casearia  nitida  (L. )  Jacq.,  Enum.  PI.  Carib.  21. 
1760.  Tropical  America.  Nelson  4270  and  4308,  Maria 
Madre. 

212.  Casearia  sylvestris  Swartz,  Fl.  Ind.,  Occ.  2:752. 
1800.     Tropical  America.     Nelson  4341,  Maria  Madre. 

213.  Casearia  sp.     Nelson  4326,  Maria  Magdalena. 

PASSIFLORACE^ 

214.  Passiflora  subcrosa  L.,  Sp.  PI.  958.  Tropical 
America.    Mason  1772,  Maria  Madre.    Ferris  5098. 

215.  Passiflora  holosericea  L.,  Sp.  PL  516.  Type  locality, 
Vera  Cruz,  Mexico.  Mason  1711,  Maria  Madre.  Ferris 
5586  and  5739. 

216.  Passiflora  sp.     Nelson  4249,  Maria  Madre. 

LOASACE^ 

217.  Mentaelia  aspera  L.,  Sp.  PI.  516.  West  Indies. 
Ferris  5660. 

BEGONIACE^ 

218.  Begonia  calif  ornica  brevibrocteata  Ferris,  Contr. 
Dudley  Herb.  1 :  79.  1927.  Type  locality,  Maria  Madre. 
Ferris  5708. 


Vol.  XVIII]        EASTWOOD—FLORA  OF  LOWER  CALIFORNIA  45]^ 

CACTACE^ 

219.  Opuntia  sp.    Ferris  5576. 

220.  Pachvcercus  pecten-aboriginum  (Engelm. )  Britt.  & 
Rose,  Contr.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.  12:  422.  1909.  Type  locality. 
Hacienda  San  Miguel,  Chihuahua.    Ferris  5744. 

221.  Selenicereus  vagans  (K.  Brandg. )  B.  &  R.,  Cactaceae 
2:205.     1920.     Tv/^e- /oca/i7y,  Mazatlan.     Ferris  6251. 

222.  Neomamillaria  sp.    Ferris  5748. 

223.  Lemairocereus  sp.    Ferris  6267. 

224.  Cephalocereiis  purpusi  Britt.  &  Rose,  Cactaceae 
2:56.     1920.     Type  locality,  y[2iZ2.t\d.n.     Ferris  6266. 

RHIZOPHORACE^ 

225.  Rhizophora  mangle  L.,  Sp.  PI.  443.  Tropical 
America.     Mason  1799,  Maria  Magdalena. 

COMBRETACEiE 

226.  C  one  car  pus  erectiis  L.,  Sp.  PI.  176.  Tropical 
America  and  Western  Africa.     Mason  1785,  Maria  Madre. 

MYRTACE^ 

227.  Psidiiim  sp.     Nelson  4306,  Maria  Madre. 

ARALIACE^ 

228.  Gilibcrtia  insularis  Rose,  U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  N.  Am. 
Fauna  No.  14:83.  1899.  Tropical  America.  Nelson  4282, 
Maria  Madre.    =  Gilibertia  arborea  (L.)  Marchal. 

THEOPHRASTACE^ 

229.  Jacquinia  anrantiaca  Ait..  Hort.  Kew,  ed.  H  :  2  :  6. 
1811.  Tropical  America.  Mason  1690  and  1784,  Maria 
Madre. 

230.  Jacquinia  macrocarpa  Cav.,  Ic.  5  :  55.  t.  483.  Tropi- 
cal America.     Nelson  4208,  Maria  Madre.     Ferris  5698. 


4^2  CALIFORNIA   ACADEMY   OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

PLUMBAGINACEZE 

231.  Plumbago  scandens  L.,  Sp.  PI.  ed.  II:  205.  Tropical 
America.     Ferris  5661. 

LOGANIACEiE 

232.  Buddleia  sessiliflora  H.  B.  K.,  Nov.  Gen.  &  Sp. 
2:  345.  t.  183.  1817.  Type  locality,  City  of  Mexico.  Nelson 
4183,  Maria  Madre.  Mason  1780,  Maria  Madre.  Reported 
in  Nelson's  list  as  Buddleia  verticillata  (HBK.). 

APOCYNACEiE 

233.  Plumeria  acutifolia  Poir.,  Encycl.  Suppl.  2:667. 
1811.     Mexico.     Ferris  5633. 

234.  Thevetia  ovata  (Cav.)  A.  DC,  in  DC.  Prod.  8:  344. 
Central  America  and  Mexico.     Ferris  5684. 

235.  RauzvolUa  canescens  L.,  Sp.  PI.  ed.  II,  303.  Tropical 
America.     Mason  1839,  Maria  Madre. 

ASCLEPIADACE^ 

236.  Macroscepis  ohovata  H.   B.   K.,   Nov.   Gen.   &   Sp.  ■ 
3:201.    t.    133.      1819.      Type   locality,    Campeche.      Ferris 

5577. 

237.  Marsdenia  macrophylla  (H.  &  B.)  Fourn.,  in  Mart. 
Fl.  Bras.  6*:321.  1885.  American  tropics.  Mason  1701  and 
1841,  Maria  Madre. 

238.  Marsdenia  edulis  S.  Watson,  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  24:  61. 
1889.  Type  locality,  Guaymas,  Mexico.  Mason  1792,  Maria 
Madre. 

239.  Vincetoxicum  probably;  fruit  only.  Mason  1710, 
Maria  Madre. 

240.  Gonolohus  sp.  Fruit  only.  Nelson  4313a,  Maria 
Madre. 

CONVOLVULACE^ 

241.  Jacquefnontia  pentantha  (Jacq.)  Don.,  Hist.  Dichl. 
PI.,  4:283.     1838.     Tropical  America.     Nelson  4251,  Maria 


Vol.  XVIII]        EASTWOOD— FLORA  OF  LOWER  CALIFORNIA  453 

Madre.     Ferris  5671.     This  was  reported  in  Nelson's  list  as 
Jacquemontia  violacea  Choisy. 

242.  Operculina  alatipcs  (Hook.)  House,  Bull.  Torr.  Bot. 
Club  33  :  499.     1906.    Tropical  America.  Ferris  5657. 

243.  Qiiamodit  coccinea  (L.)  Moench.,  Meth.  453. 
1794.     Cosmopolitan  tropics.     Ferris  5658. 

244.  Qiiamodit  pinnata  (Desv.)  Boj.,  Hort.  Maurit.  224. 
Type  locality,  Island  of  Mauritius.  Cosmopolitan  tropics. 
Ferris  6250. 

245.  Ipomcea  pcdicellaris  Benth.,  Bot.  Voy.  Sulph.  135. 
Type  locality,  Acapulco,  Mexico.     Ferris  5572. 

246.  Ipomcea  triloba  L.,  Sp.  PI.  161.  Tropical  America. 
Ferris  5597. 

247.  Ipomcea  hederacea  (L. )  Jacq.,  Collect,  i:  124.  Cos- 
mopolitan tropics.     Ferris  5644. 

248.  Ipomcea  mimitiflora  (Mart.  &  Gal.)  House.,  in  Ann. 
N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.  18:  239.     1908.    Ferris  5639. 

249.  Ipomcea  pes-caprce  (L.)  Roth.,  Nov.  Sp.  PI.  109. 
Cosmopolitan  tropics.    Ferris  5746. 

250.  Ipomcea  botia-nox  L.,  Sp.  PI.  ed.  U :  228.  Cosmo- 
politan. Nelson  4269,  Maria  Madre.  =  Calonyction  acul- 
eatum  (L.)  House. 

251.  Ipomcea  pedmicidaris  Bertol,  Fl.  Guatim.  8.  t.  2. 
Mexico  and  Central  America.     Nelson  4235,  Maria  Madre. 

252.  Cuscuta  sp.  Mason  1721,  Maria  Madre.  Common  on 
several  species. 


BORAGINACE^ 

253.  Cordia  tinifolia  Willd.,  in  Roem.  &  Schult.,  Syst. 
Veg.  4:800.  1819.  73;/?^ /ocaI/Vt,  Acapulco,  Mexico.  Mason 
1740,  Maria  Madre. 

254.  Cordia  cana  M.  &  G.,  Bull.  Acad.  Brux.  IP:  331. 
1844.  Type  locality,  Oaxaca,  Mexico.  Nelson  4296,  Maria 
Madre.    Mason  1779,  Maria  Madre.    Ferris  5629. 

255.  Cordia  sonorce  Rose,  Contr.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.  1 :  106. 
t.  9.  1891.  Type  locality.  Alamos,  Sonora.  Nelson  4207, 
Maria  Madre. 


454  CALIFORNIA   ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

256.  Heliotropium  indicum  L.,  Sp.  PI.  130.  Cosmopoli- 
tan Tropics.  Nelson  4253,  Maria  Madre.  Mason  1715, 
Maria  Madre. 

257.  Heliotropium  parviftorum  L.,  Mant.  PI.  2:201. 
Tropical  America.     Mason  1717,  Maria  Madre. 

258.  Hcliotropiwn  curassaz'icum  L.,  Sp.  PI.  130.  Cosmo- 
politan tropics.     Nelson  4313,  Maria  Madre. 

259.  Heliotropium  phyllostachyum  Torr.,  Bot.  Mex. 
Bound.  137.  Type  region,  western  Texas  and  Mexico. 
Ferris  5750. 

260.  Tournefortia  voluhilis  L..  Sp.  PI.  140.  Tropical 
America.  Nelson  4209,  4217  and  4229.  Mason  1712,  Maria 
Madre. 

261.  Tournefortia  glabra  L.,  Sp.  PL  141.  Tropical 
America.  Nelson  4189,  Maria  Madre.  Mason  1729,  Maria 
Madre. 

262.  Tournefortia  hirsutissima  L.,  Sp.  PI.  140.  Tropical 
America.    Mason  1781,  Maria  Madre. 


VERBENACE^ 

263.     Avicennia  nitida  Jacq.,  Enum.  PI.  Carib.,  25.     1760. 
Tropical  America.     Mason  1793,  Maria  Magdalena. 

264.  Priva  echinata  Juss.,  Ann.  Mus.  Par.  7:69.  Tropi- 
cal America.    Ferris  5643. 

265.  Lantana  horrida  H.  B.  K.  Nov.  Gen.  &  Sp.  2:  261. 
1817.  Tropical  America.  Nelson  4187,  Maria  Madre. 
=  Lantana  camara  L. 

266.  Citharexylum  afUne  Don.,  Edinburgh  New  Phil. 
Journ.  11:238.  1831.  Type  locality,  Ch2i\co,  U^^\zo.  Nel- 
son 4311,  Maria  Madre. 

267.  JEgiphila  pacifica  Greenm.,  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  2>c> :  435. 
1898.  Type  locality,  Estero,  Mexico.  Nelson  4245  and 
4254.  Maria  Madre.  =  ^Egiphila  deppeana  Steud.  Nom. 
Bot.  ed.  II.     1 :  29. 


Vol.  XVIII]         EASTWOOD— FLORA   OF  LOWER  CALIFORNIA  455 

LABIATE 

268.  Hyptis  cmoryi  Torr.,  Ives,  Rep.  Colo.  Riv.  20. 
southern  Arizona  and  Lower  California.  Nelson  4223,  Maria 
Madre.     Mason  1736,  Maria  Madre. 

269.  ?  Salvia  niaaatlanensis  Fernald.,  Proc.  Am.  Acad. 
35:515.     Type  locality,  Mazatlan,  Mexico.     Ferris  5636. 

270.  Salvia  hyptoides  Mart.  &  Gal,  Bull.  Acad.  Sci.  Brux. 
IP:  74.     Central  America  and  Mexico.     Ferris  5705. 

271.  Salvia  aliena  Greene,  Pitt.  1:157.  Type  locality, 
Maria  Madre.  Collected  by  W.  J.  Fisher.  Type  in  Herb. 
Cal.  Acad.  Sci.     Nelson  4247,  Maria  Madre. 

272.  Stachys  coccinea  Jacq.,  Hort.  Schoenb.  3:18.  t.  284. 
Mexico  and  Texas.    Nelson  4265,  Maria  Madre. 


SOLANACE^ 

273.  Nicotiana  trigonophylla  Dunal.,  DC.  Prod.  13^:562. 
Mexico.  Nelson  4212,  Maria  Madre.  Mason  1694,  Maria 
Madre. 

274.  Solarium  refractum  H.  &  A.,  Bot.  Beech.  Voy.  304. 
Type  locality,  Tepic.  Mexico.     Mason  1732,  Maria  Madre. 

275.  Solanuni,  perhaps  new  sp.  Mason  1816,  Maria 
Magdalena. 

276.  Solaninn  deiiexum  Greenm.,  Proc.  Am.  Acad. 
32:301.     Type  locality,  Cuicatlan,  Mexico.     Ferris  5670. 

277.  Solanum  torziim  Swartz,  Prod.  Veg.  Ind.  Occ.  47. 
Cosmopolitan  tropics.  Nelson  4185,  Maria  Madre,  Mason 
(a  leaf  only). 

278.  Solanum  hicolor  Willd.  Roem.  &  Schult,  Syst.  Veg. 
41 :  661.  Tropical  America.  Nelson  4322,  Maria  Magdalena, 
as  S.  callicarpcefolinin. 

279.  Solamiin  lanceccfoliuni  Jacq.,  Coll.  Bot.  2:286. 
Tropical  America.    Nelson  4240,  Maria  Madre. 

280.  Solaninn  nigrum  L.,  Sp.  PI.  186.  Cosmopolitan. 
Nelson  4200,  Maria  Madre. 

281.  Solanum  verhascifoliiiin  L.,  Sp.  PI.  184.  Cosmopoli- 
tan tropics.    Nelson  4216,  Maria  Madre. 


456  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

282.  Physalis  crassifolia  Benth.  var.,  Bot.  Sulph.  40. 
Type  locality,  Magdalena  Bay.     Mason  1791. 

283.  Physalis  pubescetis  L.,  Sp.  PI.  183.  Probably  the 
preceding.    Nelson  4255,  Maria  Madre. 

284.  Physalis  nicandr  aides  Schlecht,  Linnaea  19:311. 
Mexico.     Ferris  5582. 

285.  ?  Physalis  lagasccu  Roem.  &  Schlecht,  Syst.  4 :  679. 
Cosmopolitan  tropics.     Ferris  5717. 

286.  Datura  discolor  Bernh.,  in  Tromms.,  N.  Journ. 
Pharmac.  26:  149.    West  Indies.    Nelson  4197,  Maria  Madre. 

287.  Bassovia  stramoniifolia  (H.  B.  K.)  Standi.,  Contr. 
U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.  23:1303.  Central  America  and  Mexico. 
Nelson  4232,  Maria  Madre.  Reported  as  Bassovia  donnell- 
smithii  Coulter, 

SCROPHULARIACE^ 

288.  Russelia  sarmentosa  Jacq.,  Nelson  4289,  Maria 
Madre.    This  is  probably  the  same  as  the  following. 

289.  Russelia  verticillata  H.  B.  K.,  Nov.  Gen.  &  Sp. 
2:  360.    Central  America  and  Mexico.    Ferris  5614. 

290.  Stemodia  pusilla  Benth.,  Bot.  Sulph.  114.  Type 
locality,  Tepic,  Mexico.     Ferris  5688. 

291.  Capraria  hiHora  L.,  Sp.  PI.  628.  Tropical  America. 
Nelson  4195,  Maria  Madre.     Mason  1695,  Maria  Madre. 

BIGNONIACE^ 

292.  Cydista  sp.     Mason  1770,  Maria  Madre. 

293.  Bignonia  ceqiiinoctialis  L.,  Sp.  PI.  623.  Tropical 
America.     Nelson  4324,  Maria  Magdalena.     (Cydista). 

ACANTHACE^ 

294.  Beloperone  nelsoni  Greenman,  Proc.  Am.  Acad. 
33  :  488.     Type  locality,  Maria  Madre.     Nelson,  Maria  Madre. 

295.  Elytraria  squamosa  (Jacq.)  Lindau,  Anal.  Inst.  Fis. 
Geogr.  Costa  Rica,  8:299.  Type  region,  Guadalajara, 
Mexico.     Mason,  no  number.     Ferris  5645. 


Vol.  XVIII]        EASTWOOD—FLORA  OF  LOWER  CALIFORNIA  4^7 

296.  Didiptera  resupinata  Juss.  Arm.  du  Mus.  9 :  263. 
Mason  1798,  Maria  Magdalena. 

297.  Jitsticia  sp.    Ferris  5692. 

RUBIACE^ 

298.  Coutarea  pterospernia  (Watson)  Standley,  N.  Am. 
Fl.  32:  127.  Type  locality,  Guaymas,  Mexico.  Nelson  4211. 
Mason  1726,  Maria  Madre.     Ferris  5602. 

299.  Randia  thurberi  Watson,  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  24 :  53. 
Type  locality,  between  Rayon  and  Ures,  Sonora.    Ferris  5726. 

300.  Hamelia  versicolor  Gray,  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  21:416. 
Type  locality.  Barranca  near  Guadalajara,   Mexico.      Ferris 

5578. 

301.  Guettarda  elliptica  Swartz,  Prod.  Veg.  Ind.  Occ.  59. 
West  Indies  and  Mexico.     Ferris  5723. 

302.  Chiococca  alba  (L.)  Hitchc,  Rep.  Mo.  Bot.  Gard, 
4 :  44.     Tropical  America.     Ferris  5636  and  5722. 

303.  Borreria  asperifolia  (Mart.  &  Gal.)  Robinson,  Proc. 
Am.  Acad.  45  :  409.     Mexico.     Ferris  5673. 


CUCURBITACE^ 

304.  Corallocarpus  emetocatharticus  Cogn.,  Bull.  Soc.  Bot. 
Belg.  30:279.  1891.  Tropical  America.  Mason  1709, 
Maria  Madre.     Ferris  5621. 

305.  Momordica  charantia  L.,  Sp.  PI,  109.  Cosmopolitan 
tropics.     Mason  1699.  Maria  Madre. 


COMPOSITA^ 

306.  Eupatorium  sp.     Mason  1728,  Maria  Madre. 

307.  Eupatorium  sp.     Nelson  4225,  Maria  Madre. 

308.  Eupatorium  sp.     Nelson  4244,  Maria  Madre. 

309.  Eupatorium  collinum  DC.     Prod.,  5  :  164.     Mexico. 
Nelson  4199,  Maria  Madre. 

310.  Eupatorium  quadrangulare  DC,  Prod.  5:  150.     Cen- 
tral America  and  Mexico.     Ferris  5696. 


458  CALIFORNIA   ACADEMY   OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

311.  Vernonia  canesccns  H.  B.  K.,  Nov.  Gen.  &  Sp. 
4:35.  pi.  317.     1820.    Tropical  America.     Ferris  5713. 

312.  Dccachceta  hccnkeana  DC,  Prod.  5:133.  Mexico. 
Ferris  5716. 

313.  Mikania  cordifolia  Willd.,  Sp.  PI.  3:  1746.  Tropical 
America.     Nelson  4299,  Maria  Madre. 

314.  Conysa  lyrata  H.  B.  K..  Nov.  Gen.  &  Sp.  4:70. 
Ecuador.     Nelson  4290  and  4312,  Maria  Madre. 

315.  Baccharis  glutinosa  Pers.,  Syn.  PI.  2:425.  South 
America,  Mexico,  Colorado  and  Texas.  Nelson  4291,  Maria 
Madre. 

316.  Pluchea  odorata  (L.)  Cass.,  Diet.  Sci.  Nat.  42:3. 
1826.  Tropical  America.  Nelson  4181,  Maria  Madre. 
Mason  1693  and  1773,  Maria  Madre. 

317.  Melampodium  flacciduin  Benth.,  Vidensk.  Meddel. 
86.     Central  America.     Ferris  5638. 

318.  F<?<:fw  ar^naWa  Benth.,  Bot.  Sulph.  110.  1844.  Type 
locality,  Acapulco,  Mexico.     Ferris  5741. 

319.  Pedis  linifolia  L.,  Syst.  Nat.  ed.  X:1221.  West 
Indies.    Ferris  5634. 

320.  Pcrityle  micro glossaB&nt\\..  Bot.  Sulph.  119.  1844. 
Type  locality,  Realejo,  Mexico.     Nelson  4266,  Maria  Madre. 

321.  Parthenium  hysterophoriis  L.,  Sp.  PI.  988.  Tropical 
America.     Nelson  4267,  Maria  Madre. 

322.  Porophylliim  punctatum  (Mill)  Blake.  Contr.  Gray 
Herb.  n.  ser.  52:58.  1917.  Central  America  and  Mexico. 
Nelson  4292,  Maria  Madre.     Mason  1797,  Maria  Magdalena. 

323.  Tnxis  calif omica  Kellogg,  Proc.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci., 
2:182.  f.  S3.  1863.  Type  locality,  Cedros  Island.  Mason 
1758,  Maria  Madre. 

324.  Trixis  wrightii  Rob.  &  Greenm.,  Proc.  Am.  Acad. 
40:  14.  1904.  Type  locality,  near  Mazatlan.  Ferris  5593. 
This  was  reported  in  Nelson's  list  as  Trixis  frutescens  R.  Br. 
Maria  Cleofa. 


Vol.  XVIII]        EASTWOOD— FLORA  OF  LOWER  CALIFORNIA  459 

Species   collected  at   Cape   San  Lucas,   Lower  Calif., 

May  28,  1925 

1.  Phoradcndron  calif  ornicum  Nutt.,  Journ.  Acad. 
Philad.  II.  1  :  185.  1884.  California.  This  leafless  para- 
site was  collected  on  Pithecolohinm  confine  Standi.  It  is  par- 
tial to  the  Leguminoscc.     1868. 

2.  Phoradendron  penUisulare  Trelease,  Univ.  111.  Bull. 
18:50.  1916.  Type  locality.  Cape  San  Lucas.  This  was 
collected  on  Jatropha.     1873. 

3.  Antigonon  leptotes  H.  &  A.,  Bot.  Beech.  Voy.  308. 
t.  69.  1840.  Type  locality,  Tepic,  Mexico.  This  beautiful 
vine  with  rosy  flowers  is  common  in  cultivation  and  is  known 
under  many  names  in  different  parts  of  Mexico.     1861. 

4.  Batis  muntinia  L.,  Syst.  Nat.  ed.  X.  1289.  Cosmo- 
politan. A  common  plant  in  saline  soil,  widely  distributed. 
1860. 

5.  Esenbeckiu  flava  Brandegee,  Zoe  1  ;  378.  t.  12.  1891. 
Type  locality,  San  Jose  del  Cabo,  Lower  California.  A  small 
tree  with  oblong,  pale,  downy  leaves  and  woody  seed-pods 
splitting  into  5  parts,  very  rough  warty  on  the  outside.     1675. 

6.  Pithecolohinm  confine  Standi.,  Contr.  \j.  S.  Nat. 
Herb.  20:11  191.  1919.  Type  locality,  Cape  San  Lucas. 
Spiny  shrub  with  long  cream-color  stamens  and  large  woody 
pods.     1869. 

7.  Civsalpinia  calif ornica  (Gray)  Standi.,  Contr.  U.  S. 
Nat.  Herb.  23:426.  1923.  Ccesalpinia  mexicana  calif  ornica 
Gray,  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  5:157.  1862.  Lower  California. 
Flowers  yellow,  pods  velvety.     1868. 

8.  Jatropha  cercidiphylla  Standi.,  Contr.  U.  S.  Nat. 
Herb.  23  :  639.  1923.  Type  locality,  between  San  Luis  Potosi 
and  Tampico,  Mexico.     1872. 

9.  Jatropha  miilfifida  L.,  Sp.  PI.  1006.  Tropical 
America.  A  plant  with  stinging  hairs  and  a  large  root.  The 
leaves  are  palmately  lobed,  the  divisions  ending  in  long  hairs. 
1867. 

10.     Cyrtocarpa  edulis  (Brandegee),  Standi.,  Contr.  U.  S. 
Nat.  Herb.  23 :  659.     1923.     Tapiria  edulis  Brandegee,  Zoe 


470  CALIFORNIA   ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Pboc.  4th  Ser. 

5:78.     1900.     Type  locality,  San  Jose  del  Cabo,  Lower  Call 
fornia.     1862. 

11.  Bumelia  occidoitalis  Hemsley,  Biol.  Centr.  Amer. 
Bot.  2:298.  1881.  Type  locality,  Sonora  Alta.  Coarse 
shrub  with  spreading  branches  and  small  flowers  clustered  in 
the  axils  of  the  alternate  leaves.     1866. 

12.  Asclcpias siibulata'DtC2i\snQ,T>C,'Pvodv.d>:S7\.  1844. 
Type  locality,  Nova  Hispania.  Sandy  ridges  on  the  beach. 
1863. 

13.  Cynanchuni  pabneri  (S.  Watson)  Blake,  Contr. 
Gray  Herb.  II.  52:83.  1917.  Pattalias  palmeri  S.  Wsitson, 
Proc.  Am.  Acad.  24:  60.  1889.  Type  locality,  Muleje,  Lower 
California.     1870. 

14.  Ipomcea  pcs-caprce  (L.)  Roth.,  Nov.  Sp.  PI.  109. 
1821.  Convolvulus  pes-  caprce  L.,  Sp.  PI.  159.  The 
beach  morning  glory,  common  on  tropical  beaches.     1876. 

15.  Beloperone  calif ornica  Benth.,  Bot.  Voy.  Sulph.  38. 
1844.  Type  locality.  Cape  San  Lucas,  Shrub  with  red  bi- 
labiate flowers  and  small  2-valved  seed  pods  on  thick  stems. 
1871. 

16.  Behbia  atriplicifolia  (Gray)  Greene,  Bull.  Cal.  Acad. 
Sci.  1  :  181.  1885.  Carphephorus  atriplicifolia  Gray,  Proc, 
Am.  Acad.  5  :  159.     1861.     Type  locality.  Cape  San  Lucas. 


Species  first  described  from  Cape  San  Lucas  by  Bentham 
IN  the  botany  of  the  voyage  of  the  Sulphur,  1844; 

Not  collected  by  Mason. 

lonidiutn  fruticulosum  Pedis  iKultiseta 

Galphimia  angustifolia  Aplopappus  arenarius 

Drymaria  holosteoides  Acoma  dissecta 

Drymaria  crassifolia  Physalis  glab}-a 

Stegnosperma  halimifolia  Hyptis  laniflora 

Hedyotis  asperuloides  Euphorbia  leucophylla 
Mitracarpium  lineare 


Vol.  XVIII]        EASTWOOD— FLORA  OF  LOWER  CALIFORNIA 


471 


Species  first  described  by  Asa  Gray  from  Xantus' 
Collection,  at  or  near  Cape  San  Lucas  ; 

Not  collected  by  Mason. 

(Proc.  Am.  Acad.  5  :  153-173.     1861.) 


Poly  gala  xanti 

Hibiscus  ribifolius 

Bursera  microphylla 

Dalea  chrysorhiza 

Coursetia  glandulosa 

Ccesalpinia  mexicana 

Mimosa  xanti 

Phichca  subdecurrens  parvifolia 

Viguiera  deltoidea 


Viguiera  tomentosa 

Coreocarpus  hcterocarpus 

Heterospermiim  xanti 

Macreightia  intricata 

Hyptis  tephrodes 

Buddleia  crotonoides 

Celosia  floribunda 

Euphorbia  gymnoclada  Engelm. 


Species  first  described  by  other  authors 
Not  collected  by  Mason. 

Bartschella  schumanni  (Hildmann)   B.  &  R.  Cactaceae  4:  58. 
Bcerltaavia  xanti  Watson.  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  24 :  69. 
Elaphrium  epinnatum  Rose.    Fl.  N.  Am.  25 :  243. 
Pedis  bennetti  Klatt.    Leopoldina  25 :  108.    From  N.  Am. 
Dudleya  xanti  Rose  Bull.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Gard.  3 :  23. 


Species  collected  at  Magdalena  Bay, 
Lower  California,  May  29-30,  1925. 

1.  Agave  riiargaritcB  T.  S.  Brandegee,  Proc.  Cal.  Acad. 
Sci.  IL  2:206.  1889.  Type  locality,  Margarita  Island. 
Lower  California.  This  differs  from  the  type  in  shorter 
stamens.  The  flowers  are  yellow,  the  leaves  short  and  almost 
orbicular  up  to  where  they  narrow  to  the  horny  point,  stems 
about  6  feet  high.     1892. 

2.  Phoradendroyi  dieguetii  Van  Tiegh,  Bull.  Mus.  Hist. 
Nat.  Paris  1:31.  1895.  Type  region,  Lower  California. 
The  host  of  the  type  was  Quercus.  Brandegee  collected  it  on 
Veatchia  and  Mason  on  Bursera.     1941. 

3.  Atriplex  harclayana  (Benth.)  Dietr.,  Syn.  PL  5:  537. 
1852.  Ohione  barclayana  Benth.  Bot.  Voy.  Sulph.  48.  1844. 
Type  locality,  Magdalena  Bay.  A  common  prostrate  white- 
leaved  species.     1912. 


472  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY   OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  See. 

4.  Allenrolfea  occidcniaUs  (S.  Watson)  Kuntze,  Rev. 
Gen.  346.  1891.  Halostachys  occidentaUs  S.  Watson,  Bot. 
King  Exped.  293.  1891.  Type  region,  Great  Basin.  This 
grew  along  the  beach.  In  California  it  is  found  in  the  most 
alkaline  soil.     1917. 

5.  Siiceda  ramwsissima  (Standi.)  Johnston.  Proc.  Gal. 
Acad.  Sci.  IV.  12:1017.  1924.  Dondia  ramosissima 
Standi.  N.  Am.  Fl.  21  :  91.  1916.  Type  locality,  Lees  Ferry, 
Arizona,  1910. 

6.  Hesperonia  Icevis  (Benth.)  Standi.,  Gontr.  U.  S. 
Natl.  Herb.  12:  363.  1909.  Oxyhaphus  Iccvis  Benth.  I.  c.  44. 
Type  locality,  Magdalena  Bay.  With  smooth  wiry  branches, 
succulent  leaves  and  purple  flowers.     1944. 

7.  Ahronia  maritima  Nutt.,  in  Wats.  Bot.  Gal.  2:4. 
1880.  Type  locality,  San  Pedro,  Galifornia.  Prostrate  with 
thick  leaves  and  dark  purple  flowers  in  umbels.     1951. 

8.  Batis  maritima  L.,  Syst.  Nat.  ed.  X.  1289.  1750. 
A  cosmopolitan  plant  found  in  saline  soil.     1901. 

9.  Sesuvium  sessile  Pers.,  Syhop.  2:39.  1807.  A  cos- 
mopolitan plant  in  saline  soil.     1291. 

10.  Drymaria  holosteoides  Benth..  1.  c.  Type  locality, 
Gape  San  Lucas,  Lower  Galifornia.  A  spreading  plant  with 
slender  stems ;  flowers  small,  white  and  together  with  the 
small  leaves  fascicled  where  the  stems  branch.     1908. 

11.  Oligomeris  glaucescens  Gamb.,  Jacq.  Voy.  Bot.  24. 
t.  25.  Type  region,  around  the  Mediterranean.  A  spreading 
herb  on  salt  flats  with  terete  leaves  and  small  flowers  in  spikes. 
1913. 

12.  Diidlcya  albifJora  Rose,  Bull.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Card.  3:  13. 
1903.  Type  locality,  Magdalena  Bay.  The  leaves  are  in  dense 
rosettes,  broad  at  base,  apex  acuminate.  The  flowers  are 
white  and  the  base  of  the  rosette  is  densely  clothed  with  dead 
leaves.     1898. 

13.  Calliandra  calif ornica  Benth.,  1.  c.  14.  t.  11.  Type 
locality,  Magdalena  Bay.  A  very  poor  specimen  of  this  beau- 
tiful plant.     1945. 

14.  Phaseolus  Uliforuiis  Benth.,  1.  c.  13.  Type  locality, 
Magdalena  Bay.  A  slender  vine  with  trifoliate  leaves,  leaflets 
3-lobed;  flowers  rose  purple,  solitary  or  in  pairs.     1930. 


Vol.  XVIII]        EASTWOOD— FLORA  OF  LOWER  CALIFORNIA  473 

15.  Hosackia  hryanti  T.  S.  Brandegee,  Proc.  Cal.  Acad. 
Sci.  II.  2 :  144.  1889.  Type  locality,  Magdalena  Bay. 
Flowers  almost  sessile,  tinged  with  pink,  in  umbels.  The  speci- 
men is  almost  leafless.     1931. 

16.  Parosela  brandegei  Rose,  Contr.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb. 
10:  106.  1905.  Dalea  ramosissima  Benth.,  1.  c.  11.  t.  10. 
Type  locality,  Magdalena  Bay.  The  flowers  are  in  spikes, 
corolla  rose  color  and  calyx  clothed  with  white  hairs.  The 
leaflets  are  minute  and  thickly  covered  with  glands.     1896. 

17.  Parosela  divaricata  (Benth.)  Rose,  Contr.  U.  S. 
Natl.  Herb.  8 :  305.  1905.  Dalea  divaricata  Benth.  1.  c.  12. 
Type  locality,  Magdalena  Bay.  Flowers  small,  blue  and  white. 
1888. 

18.  Phaca  candidissima  Benth.,  1.  c.  13.  Type  locality, 
Magdalena  Bay.  Foliage  white-tomentose,  flowers  purplish, 
pods  inflated.     1954. 

19.  Krameria  parvifolia  Benth.,  1.  c.  6.  t.  1.  Type  lo- 
cality, Magdalena  Bay.  Shrubby.  The  specimen  very  poor. 
1953. 

20.  Biirsera  microphylla  Gray,  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  5:  155. 
1861.  Type  locality,  Sierras  Tule,  Sonora,  Mexico.  A  low 
shrub  with  stout  spreading  branches.     1922. 

21.  Bursera  rhoifolia  (Benth.)  Johnston,  Proc.  Cal. 
Acad.  Sci.  IV.  12:  1058.  1924.  Elaphrium  rhoifolium 
Benth.,  1.  c.  11.  t.  7.  Type  locality,  Magdalena  Bay.  The 
simple-leaved  one  was  named  by  Bentham  E.  hindsianuni  and 
the  trifoliate  E.  rhoifolium  1.  c.  10.  t.  7.  Brandegee  claims 
that  this  is  a  variable  character  and  the  two  should  be  con- 
sidered a  single  species.     1901, 

22.  Acalypha  calif ornica  Benth.,  I.  c.  51.  Type  locality, 
Magdalena  Bay.  Low  shrub  with  the  leaves  dark  green, 
crenately  margined,  ovate  and  often  cordate;  flowers  in  small 
dense  purplish  spikes.     1906. 

23.  Croton  punctatus  Jacq.,  Coll.  1 :  166.  Type  locality, 
Carolina.    Leaves  silvery  white,  oblong  to  elliptical.     1949. 

24.  Croton  magdalence.  Millsp.,  Proc.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci. 
II.  2 :  220.  1889.  Type  locality,  Magdalena  Bay.  Leaves 
almost  orbicular,  densely  white-tomentose.     1932. 

September  6,   1929 


474  CALIFORNIA   ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  See. 

25.  Pedilanthus  niacrocarpus  Benth.,  1.  c.  40.  t.  23a. 
Type  locality,  Magdalena  Bay.  Steins,  erect,  leafless,  fruits 
red,  drooping-.     Native  name,  "Gallito."     1891. 

26.  Ditaxis  serrata  nmgdalence  (Millsp.)  Eastwood  n. 
comb.  Argythamnia  serrata  magdalencu  Millsp.,  Proc.  Cal. 
Acad.  Sci.  11.  2:221.  1889.  Type  locality,  Magdalena  Bay. 
The  specimens  are  poor  but  show  the  characteristic  farinose 
seeds.  The  leaves  of  the  variety  are  quite  unlike  the  typical 
form  being  suborbicular  to  obovate  and  generally  obtuse.  The 
whole  plant  is  clothed  with  spreading  as  well  as  appressed 
hairs.     1950. 

27.  Euphorbia  polycarpa  Benth.,  1.  c.  50.  Type  locality, 
Magdalena  Bay.  Without  a  number,  accidentally  collected  on 
another  specimen. 

28.  Simmondsia  calif ornica  Nutt.,  in  Lond.  Journ.  Bot. 
3:400.  t.  15.  1844.  Type  locality,  San  Diego,  California. 
A  common  spreading  shrub  with  opposite  pale  leaves  and 
dioecious  flowers  in  capitate  axillary  clusters.     1902. 

29.  Veatchia  discolor  (Benth.)  T.  S.  Brandegee,  Proc. 
Cal.  Acad.  Sci.  II.  2  :  140.  1889.  Schinus  hicolor  Benth.,  1.  c. 
11.  t.  9.  Type  locality,  Magdalena  Bay.  This  is  the  remark- 
able tree  commonly  known  as  "elephant  tree."  1934,  flowers 
white.     1935,  flowers  pink. 

30.  Maytenns  phyllanthoides  Benth.,  1.  c.  54.  Type 
locality,  Magdalena  Bay.  Dioecious  shrub  with  pale  stems  and 
leaves,  fruit  3-sided.    Male  1916,  female  1915. 

31.  Cardiospermum  tortiiosum  Benth.,  1.  c.  8.  t.  6.  Type 
locality,  Magdalena  Bay.  Tortuous  spreading  shrub  with 
small  white  flowers  and  twice  compound  leaves,  the  ultimate 
divisions  often  3-lobed.     1942. 

32.  Abutilon  calif ornicum  Benth.,  1.  c.  8.  Type  locality, 
Magdalena  Bay.  Flowers  orange  an  inch  in  diameter,  leaves 
cordate,  white-tomentose.     1911. 

33.  Hibiscus  denudatus  Benth.,  1.  c.  7.  t.  3.  Type  locality, 
Magdalena  Bay.  Flowers  rose-purple,  more  than  an  inch  in 
diameter;  leaves  white-tomentose  but  yellowish  when  dried. 
1884. 

34.     Gossypimn  davidsoni  Kellogg,  Proc.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci. 
5:82.     1873.     Type  locality,  San  Jose  del  Cabo,  Lower  Cali- 


Vol.  XVIII]        EASTWOOD— FLORA   OF  LOWER  CALIFORNIA  475 

fornia.     Leaves  cordate,  entire;  flowers  large,  yellow.     1936. 
1937  similar  but  flowers  smaller. 

35.  Melochia  tomentosa  L.,  Syst.  Nat.  ed.  X,  1247. 
Type  locality,  Jamaica.  Leaves  white-downy  on  short  petioles, 
ovate  to  lanceolate-oblong",  crenate.  flowers  rose-purple.     1894. 

36.  Foiiqiiicra  splendeyis  Engelm.,  Wislez.  Mem.  North 
Mex.  98.  1848.  Type  locality,  Jornada  del  Muerto.  New 
Mexico.  This  is  commonly  known  as  Ocotilla  and  is  one  of 
the  most  characteristic  plants  of  the  Colorado  desert.  When 
in  bloom  it  is  a  wonderful  sight,  the  tall  thorny  stems  crowned 
with  clusters  of  brilliant  red  flowers.     1886. 

37.  Passiflora  fruticosa  Killip.,  Journ.  Wash.  Acad.  Sci. 
12:  256.  1922.  Type  locality,  Santa  Maria  Bay,  Lower  Cali- 
fc)rnia.     This  is  a  shrubby  passion  flower.     1919. 

38.  Rhizophora  mangle  L.,  Sp.  PI.  443.  Type  locality, 
Caribbean  Sea.  This  is  commonly  known  as  the  mangrove 
and  is  common  along  tropical  shores.  The  specimens  seen  did 
not  grow  over  ten  feet  in  height.  Common  in  saline  flats. 
1914. 

39.^  Borragea  fruticulosa  (Benth.)  Donn.  Smith  &  Rose. 
Contr.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.  16:298.  1913.  Gaura  fruticulosa 
Benth.,  1.  c.  75.  Gongylocarpus  fruticulosa  T.  S.  Brandegee, 
Proc.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci.  II.  2:  158.  1889.  Type  locality,  Mag- 
dalena  Bay.  This  is  a  shrub  with  pink  flowers;  the  seed-pods 
become  imbedded  in  the  woody  stem.     1885. 

40.  Metastelnia  calif ornica  Benth.,  1.  c.  33.  t.  18.  Type 
locality,  Magdalena  Bay.  A  slender-stemmed  vine  with  small 
leaves  and  tiny  flowers  on  filiform  pedicels  at  the  leaf  axils. 
1939. 

41.  Sarcostemma  areiiarium  Benth.,  1.  c.  34.  Type 
locality,  Magdalena  Bay.     1929. 

42.  Asclepias  albicans  S.  W^atson,  Proc.  Am.  Acad. 
24:59.  1889.  Type  locality,  near  Los  Angeles  Bay,  Lower 
California.    A  leafless  species.     1883. 

43.  Jacquemontia  abutiloides  Benth.,  I.  c.  34.  Type 
locality,  Magdalena  Bay.  A  shrub  with  white-tomentose 
cordate,  almost  sessile  leaves  and  blue  flowers.     1893. 

1  Borragea  frutescens  (Curran)  Donn.,  Smith  &  Rose,  Contr.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb. 
16:298.  1913.  Gongylocarpus  frutescens  Curran,  Proc,  Cal.  Acad.  Sci.  II.  1:231. 
1889.     The  type  is  in  the  Herbarium  of  the  California  Academy  of   Sciences. 


476  CALIFORNIA   ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

44.  Cordia  palmeri  S.  Watson,  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  24 :  62. 
1889.  Type  locality,  in  ravines  in  the  high  mountains  above 
Guaymas,  Mexico.  According  to  Dr.  Pahiier  the  native  name 
is  Yerba  del  pasmo.  The  shrub  is  aromatic  with  white 
flowers.     1906. 

45.  Cryptantha  grayi  (Vasey  &  Rose)  Macbride,  Contr. 
Gray  Herb.,  II.  48:43.  1916.  Krynitckia  grayi  Vasev  & 
Rose.  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  11:536"!  1888.  Type  locality, 
Lagoon  Head.    Along  sea  cliffs.     1297. 

46.  Avicennia  nitida  Jacq.  Enum.,  Fl.  Carib.  25.  1760. 
Type  locality,  Isle  of  Martinique.  A  low  spreading  shrub 
with  cream-yellow  flowers ;  leaves  opposite  with  the  upper 
surface  darker  than  the  lower.  It  grows  at  the  edge  of  man- 
grove swamps.     1909. 

47.  Hyptis  cmoryi  Gray  in  Torr.  Ives  Rep.  Colo.  Riv. 
20.  1860.  Type  locality,  Upper  Colorado  River,  Arizona. 
Aromatic  shrub  with  opposite  leaves,  the  upper  surface  darker 
than  the  lower.  Flowers  small,  in  densely-flowered  panicled 
spikes.  The  calyx  is  densely  white-wooly  and  the  corolla 
violet.     1946. 

48.  Lycium  brez'ipes  Benth.,  1.  c.  40.  Type  locality,  Mag- 
dalena  Bay.  A  stiff  spreading  shrub  with  small  purple  flowers 
and  red  berries.     1918. 

49.  Physalis  crassifolia  Benth.,  1.  c.  40.  Type  locality, 
Magdalena  Bay.  A  spreading  herb  with  yellow  flowers  and 
fruit  a  berry  in  an  inflated  calyx.     1900  and  1952. 

50.  Solanum  hindsiamim  Benth..  1.  c.  30.  Type  locality, 
Magdalena  Bay.  A  white-tomentose  shrub  growing  in  creek 
bottoms  with  rotate  flowers  and  fruit  a  berry.     1903. 

51.  Antirrhinum  cyathiferiim  Benth.,  1.  c.  40.  t.  19.  Type 
locality,  Magdalena  Bay.  A  perennial  herb  with  small  purple 
flowers  and  the  seeds  like  tiny  shallow  cups.      1953. 

52.  Hoitsfonia  mucronata  (Benth.)  Robinson,  Proc.  Am. 
Acad.  45:401.  Hcdyotis  mucronata  Benth.,  1.  c.  19.  Type 
locality,  Magdalena  Bay.  A  low,  much  branched  shrub  with 
opposite  or  fascicled,  short,  linear  leaves  and  salverform,  pink 
flowers  in  terminal  clusters.     1947. 

53.  Hofmeisteria  fasciculata  (Benth.)  Walp.,  Report. 
Bot.  6 :  106.    1847.    Helogyne  fasciculata  Benth.  1.  c.  20.  t.  14. 


Vol.  XVIII]        EASTWOOD— FLORA   OF  LOWER  CALIFORNIA  477 

Type   locality,    Magdalena   Bay.      An   herbaceous    composite 
without  rays,  the  heads  on  long  peduncles.     1897. 

54.  Ericamerm  diffusa  Benth.,  1.  c.  23.  Type  locality, 
Magdalena  Bay.  Shrubby  with  small  rayless  heads  in  pani- 
cles and  terete  spreading  leaves.     1938. 

55.  Bebbia  jimcca  (Benth.)  Greene,  Bull.  Cal.  Acad. 
Sci.  1  :  180.  1885.  Carphephorus  jiinceus  Benth.  1.  c.  21. 
Type  locality,  Magdalena  Bay.  Almost  leafless  shrub  with 
flowers  in  rayless  heads  in  open  few-flowered  panicles.     1895. 

56.  Ferity le  emoryi  Torr.,  in  Emory  Notes  Mil.  Recon. 
142.  Type  locality,  Carrizo  Creek,  San  Diego  County,  Cali- 
fornia. This  and  the  following  are  poor  specimens  with  the 
leaves  shrivelled,  but  the  general  shape,  the  small  heads  with 
white  rays  and  the  character  of  the  akenes  seem  to  indicate 
this  polymorphic  species.     1890. 

57.  Perityle  sp.  The  akenes  of  this  differ  from  the  pre- 
ceding, the  leaves  are  less  dissected  and  the  heads  smaller. 
P.  californica  Benth.  collected  by  Hinds  at  Magdalena  Bay  is 
quite  different  having  yellow  rays  and  different  leaves. 

58.  Franseria  magdaloice  T.  S.  Brandegee,  Proc.  Cal. 
Acad.  Sci.  II.  2:170.  1889.  Type  locality,  Magdalena 
Island.    The  burs  of  this  species  have  hooked  spines.     1889. 

59.  Franseria  chenopodiifolia  Benth.,  1.  c.  26.  Type 
locality,  Magdalena  Bay.  The  leaves  of  this  species  are  not 
dissected  as  in  the  preceding  but  are  ovate,  much  paler  on  the 
lower  than  the  upper  surface  and  the  spines  on  the  burs  are 
straight.     1887. 

60.  Encelia  conspersQ  Benth.,  1.  c.  26.  Type  locality, 
Magdalena  Bay.  Shrubby,  the  flowers  on  long  branching 
peduncles,  disk  purplish-brown,  rays  yellow.     1948. 

61.  Vigiiiera  subincisa  Benth.,  1.*  c.  27.  Type  locality, 
Magdalena  Bay.  Shrubby;  leaves  rather  thin,  green,  irregu- 
larly and  deeply  toothed,  acuminate;  peduncles  long,  branch- 
ing at  summit,  the  medium  heads  on  slender  pedicels,  disk  and 
rays  yellow.     1933. 

62.  Vigiiiera  deltoidea  chenopoditia  (Greene)  Blake. 
Contr.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.  54:  91.  1918.  Vigiiiera  chenopodina 
Greene,  Leaflets  2:  154.     1911.     Type  locality,  between  Santo 


478 


CALIFORNIA   ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


[Proc.  4th  Ser. 


Domingo  and  Mantancita,  Lower  California.     Shrubby  with 
opposite  entire  canescent  leaves.     1904. 

63.  Coreocarpus  disscctus  (Benth.)  Blake,  Proc.  Am. 
Acad.  49:344.  1913.  Acoma  dissecta  Benth.,  1.  c.  29  t.  17. 
Type  locality,  Magdalena  Bay.  Shrubby,  2-3  feet  high ;  leaves 
dissected  with  the  ultimate  divisions  narrowly  linear ;  pedun- 
cles surpassing  the  leaves  and  terminated  by  a  few-flowered 
panicle  of  small  heads,  the  disk  and  ray  flowers  yellow.     1899. 

64.  Porophyllum  gracile  Benth.,  1.  c.  29.  Type  locality, 
Magdalena  Bay.  An  aromatic  shrub  growing  on  rocky  slopes ; 
stems  wiry  with  few,  almost  filiform  leaves,  heads  rayless,  the 
involucre  of  5  bracts  each  having  2  rows  of  linear  glands, 
pappus  tawny.     1920. 

65.  Porophyllmn  tridentatum  Benth.,  1.  c.  30.  An  aro- 
matic shrub  common  on  the  beach ;  leaves  with  3-5  sharp  teeth, 
heads  rayless  on  short  peduncles,  the  5  bracts  of  the  involucre 
with  glands  at  the  top.     1968. 


List  of  Species  first  described  by  Bentham 

IN  THE  BOTANY  OF  THE  SULPHUR;  NOT  COLLECTED  BY  MaSON 


Janusia  calif ornica 

-Fagonia  calif  ornica  barclayana 

Fagonia  californica 

^Dalea  canescens 

Phaca  vestita 

Ment sella  adhcerens 

Perityle  californica 

Franseria  hispida 

Coreocarpus  parthenioides 

Dysodia  anthemidifolia 

Cuscuta  patens 


Martynia  althceifolia 

Maurandia  juncea 

Ahronia  gracilis 

Allionia  malacoides 

Pterostcgia  viacroptcra 

Euphorbia  californica 

Euphorbia  eriantha 

Serophyton  lanccolattim   (Ditaxis) 

Panicum  californicum 

Spartina  leiantha 

Chondrosium  polystachyuni 


Species  collected  at  Turtle  Bay  June  1-2,  1925 

1.  Ephedra  peninsularis  Johnston,  Univ.  Calif.  Pub. 
Bot.  7:437.  1922.  Type  locality,  Magdalena  Island.  The 
scales  at  the  joints  are  2-cleft.     Male  1977,  female  1976. 

-Fagonia   barclayana    (Benth)    Ryd.,   Fl.    N.   Am.    25:  104. 

^  Parosela   peninsularis    Rose,    Contr.    U.    S.    Nat.    Herb.    8:304.      Dalea    canescens 
Benth. 


Vol.  XVIII]        EASTWOOD— FLORA  OF  LOWER  CALIFORNIA  479 

2.  Eriogonum  pondii  Greene,  Pitt.  1  :  267.  1889.  Type 
locality.  Cedros  Island,  Lower  California.     1960. 

3.  Atriplex  julacea  S.  Watson,  Proc.  Am.  Acad. 
20:370.  1885.  Type  locality,  Todos  Santos  Bay,  Lower 
California.     1963. 

4.  Atriplex  linearis  S.  Watson,  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  24:  72 
1889.     Type  locality,  Guaymas,  Mexico.     1964. 

5.  Siiceda  hrevifolia  (Standi.)  n.  comb.  Dondia  hrevi- 
folia  Standi.  N.  Am.  Fl.  21  :  92.  1916.  Type  locality,  New- 
port, California. 

6.  Phaca  candidissiina  Benth.,  Bot.  Voy.  Stilph.  13. 
1844.     Type  locality,  Magdalena  Bay.     1967. 

7.  Euphorbia  misera  Benth.  Bot.  Voy.  Sulph.  51. 
1844.     Type  locality,  San  Diego,  California.     1963. 

8.  Simmondsia  calif ornica  Nutt.,  Lond.  Journ.  Bot. 
3:401.     1844.     Tv/'^  /oca/zVv,  San  Diego,  California.     1961. 

9.  Veatchia  cedrosensis  (Kellogg)  Gray,  Bull.  Cal. 
Acad.  Sci.  1:4.  1884.  Rhus  vcatchiana  Kellogg,  Proc. 
Cal.  Acad.  Sci.  2 :  24.  1859.  Type  locality,  Cedros  Island, 
Lower  California.     1969. 

10.  Rhus  lent  a  Kellogg,  Proc.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci.  2:16. 
1859.     Type  locality,  Cedros  Island.     1970. 

11.  Sphccralcea  fidva  Gvttnt,V\\.t.  \:  201.  1888.  Type 
locality,  Cedros  Island.     1968. 

12.  Frankenia  grandifolia  Ch.  &  Schl.,  Linnaea  1 :  35. 
Type  locality,  San  Francisco  Bay,  California.     1956. 

13.  Frankenia  palmeri  S.  Watson,  Proc.  Am.  Acad. 
11:124.  1876.  Type  locality,  gulf  shore  of  Lower  Cali- 
fornia.    1950. 

14.  Fouquiera  peninsularis  Nash,  Bull.  Torr.  Bot.  Club 
30:455.  1903.  Type  locality,  La  Paz,  Lower  California. 
1957. 

15.  Petalonyx  linearis  Greene,  Bull.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci. 
1 :  188.  1885.  Type  locality,  Cedros  Island,  Lower  Cali- 
fornia.    1958. 

16.  Asclepias  snhulata  Decaisne,  in  DC.  Prodr.  8:571. 
1844.     1973. 


430  CALIFORNIA   ACADEMY   OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

17.  Sarcostemma  arenariiim  Benth.,  Bot.  Voy.  Sulph.  34. 
1844.     Type  locality,  Magdalena  Bay.     1974. 

18.  Hofnieisteria  pluriseta  Gray,  Pac.  R.  R.  Rep.  4:95. 
t.  9.  1857.  Type  locality,  Caiion  of  the  Williams  River, 
Arizona.     1975. 

19.  Tri.vis  calif ornica  Kellogg,  Proc.  Cal.  Acad.  2 :  353. 
1882.     Type  locality,  Cedros  Island.     1962. 

20.  Aplopappus  spinulosus  scabrellus  (Greene)  Blake, 
Contr.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.  52:24.  1917.  Eriocarpum  scabrel- 
lum  Greene,  Erythea  2:108.  1894.  Type  locality,  Los 
Angeles  Bay,  Lower  California. 

21.  Giitierrezia  sarothrce  pauciflora  Eastwood,  n.  var. 
This  differs  from  typical  forms  in  having  few  flowers,  often 
solitary  heads  terminating  slender  bracteate  branchlets.  The 
entire  plant  is  intricately  branched.  It  comes  nearest  to  G. 
divergens  Greene  but  has  smaller  heads  and  fewer  flowers  in 
each  head.     1971. 

22.  Franseria  camphorata  Greene,  Bull.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci. 
1 :  192.     1885.     Type  locality,  Guadalupe  Island.     1972. 


Species  collected  at  San  Quintin,  Lower  California, 

June  7,  1925 

1.  Ephedra  calif  ornica  S.  Watson,  Proc.  Am.  Acad. 
14:300.     1879.    Type  locality,  S2inD\Qgo.    2058  and  2059. 

2.  A  triplex  jidacea  S.  Watson,  Proc.  Am.  Acad. 
20:370.  1885.  Type  locality,  Todos  Santos  Bay,  Lower 
California.    2046. 

3.  SiKcda  ramosissinm  (Standley)  Johnston,  Proc.  Cal. 
Acad.  Sci.  Ser.  4.  12:1017.  1924.  Dondia  ramosissima 
Standley,  N.  Am.  Fl.  21:91.  1916.  Type  locality.  Lees 
Ferry,  Arizona.    2047. 

4.  Abronia  gracilis  Benth,  Bot.  Sulph.  44.  1844.  Type 
locality,  Magdalena  Bay.  Our  material  consists  of  two  small 
annual  plants  whose  identification  is  uncertain  as  the  speci- 
mens are  not  fruiting.    2061. 


Vol.  XVIII]        EASTWOOD— FLORA   OF  LOWER  CALIFORNIA  481 

5.  Mesemhryanthemum  crystalliniun  L.,  Sp.  PI.  480. 
Type  locality.  Cape  region,  South  Africa.  The  common  ice 
plant  which  is  on  all  the  beaches  from  Santa  Barbara  County 
south.    2045. 

6.  Isomeris  arhorea  Nutt.,  in  Torr.  &  Gray.  Fl.  N.  Am. 
1  :  124.  Type  locality,  San  Diego.  This  is  the  shrub  so  com- 
mon along  the  coast  with  yellow  flowers  in  racemes  and  droop- 
ing inflated  pods.    The  leaves  are  trifoliate.    2052. 

7.  Dudleya  cultrata  Rose,  Bull.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Gard.  3:  16. 
1903.  Type  locality,  San  Quintin  Bay.  This  does  not  agree 
in  all  respects  but  is  probably  this  species.     2057. 

8.  Simmondsia  californica  Nutt.,  in  Hook.  Lond.  Journ. 
Bot.  3 :  400.  t.  16.  1844.  Type  locality,  San  Diego,  Cali- 
fornia.    2060. 

9.  ^scuhis  parryi  Gray,  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  17:200. 
1881-82.  Type  locality,  northern  part  of  Lower  California. 
This  is  the  shrubby  buckeye  of  the  region.    2051. 

10.  Sphceralcea  sp.  A  shrub  2-4  feet  high,  with  flowers 
white  and  pink  tinged.  This  seems  near  S.  fulva  Greene. 
2053. 

11.  Frankcnia  grandifolia  Ch.  &  Schl.,  in  Linn?ea  1:35. 
1826.  Type  locality,  San  Francisco  Bay.  Common  in  salt 
marshes.    The  common  name  is  Yerbe  del  Rheuma.    2047a. 

12.  Cuscuta  californica  graciliiiora  Engelm.,  Trans.  Acad. 
Sci.  St.  Louis  1  :  499.  1859.  Type  locality.  Nova  California. 
The  common  dodder,  on  a  composite.     2055. 

13.  Lyciuni  richii  Gray,  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  6:46.  1862. 
Type  locality,  La  Paz,  Lower  California.  A  thorny  shrub 
with  spreading  branches,  small  fleshy,  obovate  leaves,  small, 
salverform,  purplish  flowers  and  red  berries.  It  was  common 
along  the  beach.    2048. 

14.  Stcphanomeria  exigua  Nutt.,. Trans.  Am.  Phil.  Soc. 
N.  Ser.  7:428.  1841.  Type  locality,  plains  of  the  Rocky 
Mountains.  This  is  not  typical  but  is  probably  a  form  of  this 
variable  species.  It  comes  near  to  one  described  as  Ptiloria 
exigiia  deani  Macbr.  from  Sweetwater  Valley,  San  Diego 
County.    2062a. 


482  CALIFORNIA   ACADEMY   OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

15.  Guticrre^ia  sarothra:  (Pursh)  Britt.  &  Rusby., 
Trans.  N.  Y.  Acad.  7:  10.  1887.  Type  locality,  plains  of  the 
Missouri.    2062.     This  may  be  the  host  of  the  Cuscuta. 

16.  Aplopappus  fasciculatus  Vasey  &  Rose,  Proc.  U.  S. 
Nat.  Mus.  11:530.  1889.  Type  locality,  San  Ouintin  Bay. 
2050  and  2056. 

17.  Amblyopappus  pusillus  H.  &  A.  Hook.  Journ.  Bot. 
3:321.     \84l'  Type  locality,  Chile.    2054. 


Species  first  described  from  San  Ouintin 
Not  collected  by  Mason. 

From  Dr.  Edward  Palmer's  collection,  described  hy  Vasey  &  Rose, 
Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  11  :  527  to  536. 

Hosackia  tvatsoni  Phacelia  pahneri 

Hosackia  pahneri  Solanum  palmer i 

Ribes  palmeri  Antirrhinum  zvatsoni 

Senecio  peninsularis  Krynitzkia  grayi 
Gilia  laxa 


Species  first  described  by  other  authors 
Not  collected  by  Mason. 

Agave  orcuitiana  Trelease,  Rep.  Mo.  Bot.  Gard.  22:47. 

Ribes  tortuosum  Benth,  Bot.  Sulph.  17. 

Astragalus  anemophilus  Greene,  Bull.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci.  1  :  186.  t.  213. 

Hosackia  disticha  Greene,  Bull.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci.  1 :  186. 

CEnothera  crassifolia  Greene,  Bull.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci.  1  :  188. 

Senecio  ammuphilus  Greene,  Bull.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci.  1  :  193. 

Pholisma  deprcssum  Greene,  Bull.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci.  1  :  198. 

Physalis  muriculata  Greene,  Bull.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci.  1  :  209. 

Pterostegia  galioides  Greene,  Bull.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci.  1 :  213. 

Stylophyllum  attenuatum  (Watson)  B.  &  R.,  Bull.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Gard.  3:36. 


Species  collected  at  San  Martin  Island  June  9,  1925 

1.  Atriplex  decumbens  S.  Watson,  Proc.  Am.  Acad. 
12:275.  1877.  Type  locality,  near  Sslu  Diego.  A  low  pros- 
trate perennial  on  the  sand  dunes.    2070. 

2.  Atriplex  leucophylla  Dietr.,  Syn.  PI.  5:536.  C'di- 
fornia.     2070.     This  differs  from  the  preceding  in  leaves  dif- 


Vol.  XVIII]        EASTWOOD—FLORA  OF  LOWER  CALIFORNIA  433 

ferently  shaped  and  alternate  instead  of  opposite.  Both  are 
prostrate  and  equally  white  and  were  included  under  the  same 
number. 

3.  Abronia  maritima  Nutt.,  ex  S.  Watson  in  Bot.  Calif. 
2:4.     Type  locality,  San  Pedro,  California.    2072. 

4.  Dudleya  anthonyi  Rose,  Bull.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Card.  3 :  13. 
1903.  Type  locality,  San  Martin  Island.  The  leaves  of  this 
beautiful  species  are  densely  white-farinose  in  a  cluster  almost 
a  foot  across.  The  flowers  become  dark  rose  on  pedicels 
almost  an  inch  long  and  in  widely  spreading  panicles  termi- 
nating the  leafy  stems.    2068. 

5.  Dudleya  cultrata  Rose,  Bull.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Card.  3:  15. 
1903.  Type  locality,  San  Quintin  Bay,  Lower  California. 
The  clusters  of  leaves  at  the  base  are  much  shorter  than  the 
preceding  and  not  farinose.  The  flowers  are  in  more  densely 
flowered  panicles  on  pedicels  shorter  than  the  corolla.  Like 
many  in  this  genus  the  corolla  is  yellow  turning  red  in  fading. 
2076. 

6.  Hosackia  ivatsoni  Vasey  &  Rose,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat. 
Mus.  11:528.  1888.  Tj//)^ /oca/iiv.  San  Quintin  Bay.  Stems 
slender,  much  branched;  small  leaves  trifoliate;  umbels 
2-flowered  on  very  short  peduncles.    2078. 

7.  Phacelia  ixodes  plumosa  (Kellogg)  Brand,  Pflan- 
zenreich  4:  112.  1913.  Phacelia  plumosa  Kellogg.  Mss.  in 
Herb.  Univ.  Cal.     Type  locality,  San  Martin  Island.  2080. 

8.  Nicotiaim  clevelandi  Gray,  Syn.  Fl.  N.  Am.  II. 
1 :  242.  Type  locality,  Chollas  Valley,  near  San  Diego,  Cali- 
fornia.   2069. 

9.  Cryptanth  intermedia  (Gray)  Greene,  Pitt.  1:114. 
1887.  Eritrichium  intermedium  Gray,  Proc.  Am.  Acad. 
17:225.  1881-82.  Type  from  southern  part  of  California. 
2077. 

10.  Lycium  richii  Gray,  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  6:46.  1862. 
Type  locality,  La  Paz,  Lower  California.    2073. 

11.  Encelia  calif ornica  Nutt.,  Trans.  Am.  Phil.  Soc.  N.  S. 
7:2)S7.  1841.  Type  locality,  San  Diego  or  Santa  Barbara. 
California.    2074. 


434  CALIFORNIA   ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

12.  Franseria  camphorata  Greene,  Bull.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci. 
1 :  192.     1885.     Type  locality,  Guadalupe  Island.    2071. 

13.  Ferity le  rotundifolia  (Benth.)  Brandegee,  Zoe  4:210. 
1893.  Amauria  rotundifolia  Benth.,  Bot.  Voy.  Sulph.  31. 
Type  locality,  San  Quintin,  Lower  California.     2079. 

14.  Senecio  lyoni  Gray,  ex  Lyon  in  Coult.  Bot.  Gaz. 
11:335.  1886.  Type  locality,  Catalina  Island,  California. 
2076. 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XVIII,  No,  14 


EASTWOOD)  Plate  33 


Fig.   1.    Guadalupe  Cypress  at  the  edge  of  the  cypress  Fig.  2.    First   cypress   tree  met   with,  just  helow  the 

grove.  timber  line. 


*.     '       .V. 


-v, 


-  V 


*« 


"   "       ^'      "■'     X-  "*" 


;  • ,  "*  • :'--     .^  •*% .  ',^  ■^*'  -s 


W   -V  -^7^^ 


>  ■  •;:  -.i^ 


Fig.  3.    Cypress  grove  on  top  of  the  plateau. 


Fig.  4.    Looking  north  on  tup  of  the  plateau.     I'ine 
forest  in  the  distance. 


GUADALUPE  ISLAND 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XVIII,  No.  14 


EASTWOOD)  Plate  34 


Fig.  1.  Oak  trees  on  the  steep  northwest  slope 
showing  fog  bank  coming  in  over  the 
ridge. 


Fig.  2.    Oak  trees  on  llie  northwest  slope  just  below 
the  highest   ridge. 


L\'4kX 

W 

m                               f 

-41 

m 

■» 
*" 

%■    •' 

'  la- 

B^ 

■^ 

Imta 

J 

at 

i 

i 

Fig.  3.    First    group    of    pines    before    reaching    the  Fig.  4.    Pine  trees   on   top  of   the   pl;iteau   nnrtheast 

plateau  at  the  north  end  of  the  island.  end  of  the  island. 


GUADALUPE  ISLAND 


PROCEEDINGS 

OF  THE 

CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 

Fourth  Series 

Vol.  XVIII.  No.  15,  pp.  485-496,  plate  35  October  4,  1929 


XV 

DREPANIA 

A  GENUS  OF  NUDIBRANCHIATE  MOLLUSKS 

NEW  TO  CALIFORNIA 

BY 

F.  M.  MacFARLAND 

Department  of  Anatomy 

Stanford   University,  California 

Through  the  kindness  of  Dr.  Myrtle  E.  Johnson  of  the  San 
Diego  State  College,  I  received  while  at  the  Hopkins  Marine 
Station  at  Pacific  Grove,  last  September,  a  fine  living  specimen 
of  a  phanerobranchiate  Dorid,  collected  by  her  at  La  Jolla, 
San  Diego  County,  California.  After  a  study  of  the  general 
external  features,  the  animal  was  preserved  for  further  exami- 
nation. The  coloration  showed  that  it  agreed  with  a  form 
described  by  Cockerell  in  1901  under  the  name,  Thecacera 
velox  CklL,  from  the  same  region,  but  a  slightly  more  detailed 
examination  made  it  equally  evident  that  the  animal  in  ques- 
tion is  not  a  Thecacera  Flem.,  but  belongs  to  the  genus  Dre- 
pania  Lafont,  in  an  entirely  different  subfamily.  To  fix  the 
status  of  this  interesting  member  of  our  molluscan  fauna,  a 
brief  anatomical  study  has  been  made  of  the  specimen,  the 
results  of  which  are  presented  herewith. 

The  genus  Drepania  was  discovered  by  A.  Lafont  at  Arca- 
chon  on  the  southwest  coast  of  France,  and  was  described  by 
him  in  a  short  paper  in  the  "Journal  de  Conchyliologie"  in 
1874,  with  Drepania  fusca  Lafont  as  the  type  species. 

Abraham  (1877)  in  his  ''Revision  of  the  Anthobranchiate 
Nudibranchiate  Mollusca",  p.  238,  without  a  personal  study 
of  specimens,  considered  that  the  differences  between  Ancula 

October  4,  1929. 


485  CALIFORNIA   ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Loven  and  Drcpania  Lafont  were  not  adequate  to  separate 
them  generically,  and  reduced  the  latter  to  synonymy  with  the 
older  genus  Ancula  Loven.  But  Bergh  (1881)  in  describing 
Drepania  grceffei  from  Trieste,  in  the  Northern  Adriatic, 
showed  clearly  in  his  brief  anatomical  study  of  a  single  speci- 
men that  the  new  genus  was  undoubtedly  distinct,  not  only  in 
the  external  characters  listed  by  Lafont,  but  also  in  the  radula 
and  mandibular  plates.  This  view  was  not  shared  by  Fischer 
in  1883,  however,  Drcpania  being  given  subgeneric  rank 
under  Ancula  in  his  "Manuel  de  Conchyliologie",  p.  525. 

A  third  species,  Drepania  tartanella  v.Ih.,  was  described  by 
von  Ihering  in  1885,. from  a  specimen  taken  in  the  Bay  of 
Naples.  A  figure  of  the  whole  animal,  drawn  from  life,  is 
given  as  one  of  the  illustrations  of  the  brief  description.  Von 
Ihering  also  records  the  taking  of  a  single  specimen  of  the 
Trieste  species,  D.  grceffei  Bgh.,  at  Naples.  The  close  simi- 
larity of  these  two,  the  differences  being  practically  slight  ones 
of  color  details  alone,  warrants  the  conclusion  that  they  are 
but  variants  of  the  same  species.  Their  relation  to  Drepania 
fusca  Lafont  cannot  at  present  be  determined  until  an  ana- 
tomical study  of  the  latter  has  been  made.  In  1892  Bergh 
listed  the  three  species  as  identical,  in  which  case  the  first  of 
them,  Drcpania  fusca  Lafont  would  have  priority.  Vayssiere 
(1913)  gives  Drepania  Lafont  full  generic  rank,  lists  D.  tar- 
tanella V.  Ihering  and  D.  grccifei  Bergh,  but,  curiously,  makes 
no  mention  of  the  genotype  D.  fusca  Lafont  from  Arcachon 
in  his  list  of  Opisthobranchs  of  France. 

Drepania  Lafont  1874 

Drepania  Lafont,  1874.    Description  d'un  nouvelle  genus  de  Nudibranches 

des  cotes  de  la  France.  <Journal  de  Conchyliologie.  3S, 

XIV,  Vol.  XXII,  p.  369-370. 
Bergh,  R.  1881.  Beitrage  zu  einer  Monographic  der  Polyceraden 

II.    Verh.  d.  k.-k.  zool.-bot.  Gesellschaft  in  Wien.  Jahrg. 

1880,  p.  9-12.  Taf.  X,  F.  10-15. 
von  Ihering,  H.  1885.    Beitrage  zur  Kenntniss  der  Nudibranch- 

ien   des   Mittelmeeres.   II.    Malacozool.    Blatter,    N.F.  8, 

p.  36-39,  Taf.  I,  F.  2,  Taf.  II,  F.  8,  9. 
Bergh,    R.    1892.     System    der    Nudibranchiaten    Gasteropoden, 

p.  164-165. 
Vayssiere,   A.   1913.    Alollusques  de  la  France   et  des  Regions 

voisines,  I.  p.  356-357.  PI.  37,  F.  5-6. 


Vol.  XVIII]  MacFARLAND—DREPANIA  487 

Body  limaciform;  rhinophores  perfoliate,  non-retractile, 
each  with  a  basal  external  process;  branchiae  trifoliate,  simply 
pinnate,  on  each  side  a  single,  extrabranchial  appendage;  ten- 
tacles digitiform ;  foot  narrow,  its  anterior  angles  produced. 

Labial  disc  armed  on  each  side  with  a  mandibular  lamella, 
with  denticulate  margin.  Radula  very  narrow,  the  rhachis 
naked ;  a  single  pleural  tooth  on  each  side  with  an  elongate 
denticulate  margin.  Buccal  ingluvies  present.  Glans  penis 
armed  with  a  series  of  hooks. 

1.  Drepania  ftisca  Lafont,  Bay  of  Biscay,  Arcachon. 

2.  D.  grcoffei  Bergh,  Adriatic  Sea,  Trieste,  Naples. 
D.  tartan ella,  von  Ihering,  Bay  of  Naples. 

3.  D.  velox,  (Cockerell),  La  Jolla,  California. 

The  original  generic  description  of  Lafont  (1874)  is  as 
follows : 

"Corpus  molle,  laeve,  supra  convexum,  postice  acuminatum ;  caput 
arcuatum;  tentacula  antica  cylindrica;  tentacula  superna  clavata,  medio 
lamellosa,  appendice  falciformi,  ad  basin  munita;  branchiae  3,  plumosae, 
appendice  laterali,  falciformi,  utrinque  munitae ;  pes  angustus,  superne 
dilatus  et  utrinque  productus ;  orificium  genitale  infra  tentaculum  dex- 
trum  superum  situm." 

Bergh  (1881)  added  to  this  diagnosis  the  general  features 
of  the  radula,  the  mandibular  plates,  and  the  penis  armature, 
with  the  doubtful  statement  that  the  buccal  ingluvies  is  rudi- 
mentary. In  his  single  specimen,  4.5  mm.  in  length,  it  may 
•have  so  appeared,  but  in  the  one  I  have  studied  it  is  well 
developed.  Hence  I  have  modified  the  genus  diagnosis  of 
Bergh  (1892)  "buccal  ingluvies  rudimentary"  to  what  is  given 
above.  The  generic  characters  as  given  by  Vayssiere  (1913) 
are  substantially  the  same. 

Drepania  velox  (Cockerell) 

Thecacera  velox  Cockerell.  Cockerell,  T.  D.  A.  1901.  Three  New  Nudi- 
branchs  from  California.  "Journal  of  Malacology",  VIII, 
3,  p.  87. 

The  original  description  published  by  Cockerell  is  as 
follows ; 


488  CALIFORNIA   ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

"Length  about  12  millim.,  narrow,  general  form  of  T.  pennigera. 
White,  marked  with  black  stripes,  appendages  tipped  with  orange.  Foot 
tentacles  and  oral  tentacles  both  long,  the  first  white  with  a  purple-black 
line  beneath,  continuous  with  the  lowest  body-stripes ;  oral  tentacles 
with  the  apical  three-fourths  bright  orange.  Rhinophores  laminated,  with 
a  terminal  finger-like  process;  apical  third  (including  more  than  half  of 
the  laminated  portion)  bright  orange.  Rhinophore  sheath  taking  the  form 
of  a  thickened  tentacle,  about  as  long  as  the  rhinophore,  lateral  of  the 
rhinophore  and  curling  behind  it ;  this  pseudotentacle  is  purple-black 
above  and  white  beneath,  with  the  end  broadly  orange ;  the  anterior  lobe 
of  the  sheath,  found  in  T.  pennigera,  is  wholly  wanting  in  T.  velox. 
Appendages  latero-posterior  to  branchiae  formed  as  in  T.  pennigera, 
with  the  apical  half  orange  (a  small  black  spot  beneath  at  the  base  of 
the  orange),  the  upper  side,  from  the  base  of  the  orange  for- 
ward, with  a  broad  purple-black  stripe,  these  stripes  passing 
forward  and  joining  in  the  middle  line  of  the  back  anterior  to  the 
branchiae,  thence  sending  a  short  process  forward,  and  another  backward 
on  to  the  median  branchial  plume,  meeting  the  orange  of  its  extremity. 
Branchial  plumes  three,  about  as  in  pennigera,  bipinate,  the  lateral  ones 
with  a  purple-black  patch  and  a  little  orange  mark  beyond ;  the  middle 
one  broadly  orange  at  the  end.  Hind  end  of  foot  bright  orange,  the 
black  bands  stopping  abruptly  at  the  orange.  The  purple-black  longitud- 
inal stripes  are  a  dorsal  and  two  on  each  side ;  the  dorsal  begins  very 
broadly  on  the  front  of  the  head,  and  thence  narrows  tmtil  it  ends  some 
distance  before  the  branchiae;  posterior  to  the  branchiae  it  is  continued, 
and  goes  nearly  to  the  end  of  the  foot.  The  subdorsal  stripes  are  inter- 
rupted in  the  region  of  the  branchiae,  but  otherwise  are  nearly  entire. 
There  are  very  short  stripes  in  the  area  between  the  dorsal  and  subdorsal 
stripes,  about  the  middle  of  the  anterior  part  of  the  back.  The  lateral 
stripes  border  the  narrow  sole,  and  are  continuous,  but  end  before  the 
subdorsal  ones." 

The  above  description  of  the  color  markings  and  general 
external  topography  given  by  Cockerell  is  clear,  but  he  evi- 
dently made  no  anatomical  study  of  the  animal,  and  was  led 
astray  by  the  superficial  resemblance  to  Thecacera  which  it 
shows,  overlooking,  however,  the  very  significant  fact  that  the 
rhinophores  are  not  retractile  within  sheaths,  and  that  what  he 
interpreted  as  representing  such  a  sheath  is  actually  nothing  of 
the  sort,  but  an  external,  basal,  finger-like  process. 

For  the  determination  of  the  subfamily  as  between  the 
Polycerinae  and  the  Goniodoridinse,  a  simple,  anatomical 
examination  of  the  pharyngeal  bulb  must  be  made  to  ascertain 
the  presence  or  absence  of  an  ingluvies,  or  crop-like  diverticu- 
lum, characteristic  of  the  Goniodoridinae.     This,  together  with 


Vol.  XVIII]  MacFARLAND—DREPANIA  489 

a  study  of  the  radula  would  have  fixed  the  systematic  position 
without  question,  another  ilkistration  of  the  danger  of  relying 
solely  upon  external  characters  in  identifying  these  beautiful 
animals.  These  become  all  the  more  untrustworthy  in  pre- 
served material  which  often  loses  all  semblance  of  its  living 
form  and  color. 

The  specimen  from  Dr.  Johnson  was  received  in  vigorous 
living  condition,  despite  its  journey  by  mail.  After  a  study  of 
its  external  form  and  coloration,  it  was  preserved  in  formalin- 
alcohol,  in  which  the  black  and  orange  markings  remained 
nearly  unchanged.  The  total  length  of  the  extended  living 
specimen,  when  crawling  freely,  was  16  mm;  in  the  preserved 
condition  it  shortened  to  8.3  mm.  The  general  shape  (PI.  35. 
figs.  1,2)  is  limaciform,  smooth,  arched  above,  the  sides  being 
but  slightly  set  off  from  the  margin  of  the  foot.  The  branchial 
plumes  are  nearly  midway  of  the  length  of  the  animal;  they 
are  three  in  number,  bipinnate,  in  part  simply  pinnate,  non- 
retractile  into  a  sheath,  and  are  directed  obliquely  upward  and 
backward.  Immediately  in  front  of  the  branchial  plumes  is  a 
well  marked  cardiac  elevation  from  the  sides  of  which,  on 
either  side,  a  fing"er-like  blunt  tapering  process  curves  hori- 
zontally backward  beside  and  behind  the  plumes.  The  rhino- 
phores  are  2  mm.  in  length,  clavate,  perfoliate  with  10-12 
leaves,  the  stalk  above  terminating  in  a  blunt  point.  External 
to  the  base  of  each  rhinophore  is  a  blunt,  cylindrical  or  very 
slightly  tapering  process,  two-thirds  of  the  length  of  the  organ, 
horizontal  for  the  most  part,  and  curving  around  on  the  dor- 
sum behind  the  rhinophore.  It  is  1.2  mm.  in  length,  and 
exhibits  but  slight  movement.  The  interpretation  of  this 
structure  as  a  part  of  a  rhinophore  sheath  led  Professor 
Cockerell  astray.  The  rhinophore  of  Thecacera  is  retractile 
into  a  large  and  distinct  sheath,  the  margin  of  which  is  pro- 
longed into  two  lobes.  His  view  that  this  basal,  external  pro- 
cess represents  one  of  these  lobes  cannot  be  held  valid,  since 
the  rhinophore  in  this  animal  and  in  Drepania  is  non-retractile 
into  a  sheath,  no  trace  of  any  such  structure  being  present. 
They  are  clearly  homologous,  however,  to  the  basal  processes 
of  the  rhinophore  found  in  the  allied  genus  Ancula. 

The  outer  angles  of  the  margin  of  the  head  are  prolonged 
into  a  tentacle-like  process  on  either  side,  1.1  mm.  in  length, 


490  CALIFORNIA   ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Pkoc.  4th  Ser. 

directed  obliquely  forward,  outward  and  upward.  These  are 
not  actively  used  as  tactile  organs,  as  are  those  formed  by 
the  angles  of  the  foot  immediately  below,  but  seem  more  rigid, 
and  comparable  to  the  velar  processes  of  Polycera.  They  can- 
not be  termed  oral  tentacles  in  the  strict  meaning  of  the  term. 

The  anterior  angles  of  the  linear  foot  are  prolonged  into 
long  tapering  processes,  1.4  mm.  in  length,  slightly  grooved 
ventrally  (PL  35,  fig.  3)  throughout  their  full  length.  These 
are  kept  in  active  motion,  being  constantly  in  use  as  tactile 
organs,  exploring  in  every  direction  as  the  animal  moves.  No 
black  line,  such  as  described  by  Cockerell,  was  found  in  the 
specimen  at  hand. 

The  anal  opening  is  median,  behind  and  included  within  the 
arc  formed  by  the  bases  of  the  branchiae.  The  minute  renal 
opening  is  close  beside  it.  The  reproductive  openings  are  on 
the  right  side,  far  forward,  below  and  slightly  in  front  of  the 
rhinophore. 

The  general  ground  color  of  the  living  animal  is  a  trans- 
lucent gray.  The  terminal  one-third  of  the  rhinophores,  the 
terminal  one-third  of  their  basal  processes,  nearly  the  whole 
of  the  anterior,  head  margin  processes,  the  tips  of  the  branchiae 
and  the  terminal  one-fourth  of  their  lateral,  basal  appendages, 
and  the  tip  of  the  tail  are  all  a  deep,  rich  orange.  Five  nar- 
row longitudinal  stripes  of  black,  an  unpaired  median,  a 
paired  dorso-lateral  and  a  lateral  pair  form  very  striking 
markings.  The  median  band  of  black  extends  from  the 
frontal  margin  backward,  between  the  rhinophores  to  the 
cardiac  elevation  in  front  of  the  branchiae,  where  it 
joins  a  crescentic  transverse  band,  which  extends  out  on 
the  dorsal  surface  of  the  lateral,  branchial  appendages 
through  two-thirds  of  their  length.  Behind  the  branchiae, 
the  median  stripe  extends  nearly  to  the  tip  of  the  tail.  The 
paired  dorsolateral  bands  extend  from  immediately  behind  the 
basal  processes  of  the  rhinophores  along  the  dorsolateral  sur- 
face of  the  body  nearly  to  the  tip  of  the  tail,  being  interrupted 
opposite  the  lateral  branchial  appendages  for  a  short  distance. 
The  lateral  paired  bands  extend  from  the  sides  of  the  head, 
immediately  behind  and  below  the  head  margin  processes 
along  the  body  parallel  to  the  foot,  with  slight  interruptions, 
toward  the  tip  of  the  tail,  which  they  do  not  reach.    These  five 


Vol.  XVIII]  MacFARLAND—DREPANIA  491 

longitudinal  stripes  of  black  vary  in  width  along  their  course, 
and  are  probably  frequently  interrupted  by  slight  breaks  of 
continuity  in  some  individuals.  Midway  between  the  rhino- 
phores  and  the  branchial  plumes,  on  either  side  of  the  dorsal 
median  band,  is  a  short  stripe  of  black.  The  dorsal  surface  of 
the  basal  appendages  of  the  rhinophores  bears  a  stripe  of 
black  extending  from  its  base  to  the  terminal  orange  extremity. 
The  axis  of  each  branchial  plume  bears  a  short,  linear  spot  of 
black,  in  one  case  double,  upon  its  outer,  basal  surface. 

In  alcohol  the  black  stripes  remain  unchanged,  the  orange 
color  becomes  much  paler. 

In  the  endeavor  to  preserve  the  specimen  as  much  as  possi- 
ble, no  detailed  study  of  its  anatomy  has  been  attempted.  The 
pharyngeal  bulb  shows  at  once  the  well  developed,  muscular 
crop-like  enlargement  (PI.  35,  fig.  4,c)  characteristic  of  the 
Sub-family  Goniodoridinae,  and  not  of  the  Polycerinae,  to 
which  Thecacera  belongs.  The  bulb  measured  0.55  mm.  in 
length  and  0.45  mm.  in  width.  Close  at  the  anterior  end  of 
the  oesophagus,  on  either  side,  lie  the  small,  rounded  saccular 
salivary  glands  (PI.  35,  fig.  4,^).  The  radula  sack  projects 
but  slightly  as  a  rounded  eminence  below  and  behind  in  the 
median  line.  (PI.  35,  fig.  4,^)  The  oral  tube  is  short  and 
rather  wide,  its  opening  being  a  vertical  slit,  guarded  on  either 
side  above  by  a  triangular,  mandibular  plate  bearing  closely 
set,  short  spines,  directed  forward,  the  most  anterior,  mar- 
ginal ones  visible  from  in  front,  as  in  PI.  35,  fig.  6,  where 
they  project  freely  across  the  upper  half  of  the  opening  of  the 
tube,  as  seen  from  in  front.  The  plates  are  approximately  a 
right  angled  triangle  in  form,  slightly  wider  than  long  (PI. 
35,  fig.  5),  and  are  covered  throughout  the  most  of  their 
extent  by  these  short,  pointed,  chitinous  spines.  Those  near- 
est the  anterior  margin  are  the  strongest  and  best  developed, 
reaching  0.030  mm.  in  length  and  0.007  mm.  basal  diameter, 
(PI.  35,  fig.  7).  Those  farther  back  are  considerably  less 
strong  and  prominent,  many  being  quite  slender.  The  lateral 
plates  represent  thickenings  in  the  cuticle  of  the  mouth  cavity 
and  are  unconnected  with  each  other,  save  by  the  general  cuti- 
cular  lining.  Bergh  (1881)  describes  and  figures  a  similar 
armature  for  Drepania  graeffei  Bgh.,  cordate  in  shape  and 
with  a  denticulate  anterior  border,  the  remaining  surface  of 


492  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

the  plate  being  strongly  netted,  as  if  made  up  of  thickened 
ridges  and  not  of  projecting  spines,  as  here. 

The  radula  is  short  and  rather  broad,  its  total  length 
measuring  0.6  mm.  It  is  made  up  of  24  transverse  rows  of 
teeth,  each  row  being  made  up  of  a  single  lateral  tooth  on 
either  side  of  a  naked  rhachis,  the  dental  formula  thus  being 
24  X  (1.0.1).  Each  lateral  tooth  (PI.  35,  figs.  8-10)  is 
strongly  convex  in  front,  concave  behind,  and  wide  from  side 
to  side.  The  rather  narrow,  crescerltic  base  rests  obliquely 
upon  the  basal  membrane,  its  inner  end,  nearest  the  rhachis, 
being  in  advance  of  the  outer  one.  From  the  anterior  margin 
of  the  base  arises  a  broad  and  thin  convex  expansion,  its  up- 
per margin  being  coarsely  and  irregularly  denticulate,  and 
culminating  in  a  strong,  pointed  cusp,  borne  on  the  thickened, 
outer  margin,  and  directed  obliquely  inward  and  backward 
toward  the  median  line.  External  to  this  cusp  the  shell-like 
plate  is  expanded  into  a  smaller  wing;  on  the  inner  side  the 
margin  slopes  rapidly  downward  as  a  crescentic  ridge  toward 
the  median  end,  and  bears  a  single  series  of  some  8  to  11 
irregular,  sharp  denticles,  triangular  in  form  and  of  varying 
height.  In  PI.  35,  fig.  8  a  typical  lateral  tooth  from  the 
right  side  of  the  radula  is  shown,  as  seen  from  above ;  in  fig. 
9  a  similar  tooth  is  seen  from  in  front  and  slightly  below; 
while  in  fig.  10  the  same  tooth  is  represented  after  having  been 
rotated  toward  the  right,  so  as  to  show  most  of  its  basal  sur- 
face and  the  full  extent  of  the  strong  outer  cusp,  while  the 
inner  denticulate  ridge  is  nearly  concealed  by  the  uptilted 
outer  margin.  The  real  form  of  these  teeth  is  by  no  means 
evident  at  first  sight,  and  the  radula  requires  prolonged  study 
before  its  structure  is  clear.  The  width  of  one  of  the  lateral 
teeth  from  the  first  or  oldest  row  of  the  radula  is  0.033  mm., 
that  of  one  from  the  9th  row  is  0.065  mm.,  while  in  one  of 
the  youngest  rows,  toward  the  end  of  the  radula  sheath,  it 
reaches  0.084  mm.  In  D.  grcuffei  Bgh.,  according  to  Bergh 
(1881),  the  total  number  of  rows  in  the  radula  is  51,  over 
twice  as  many  as  here,  and  the  width  of  the  oldest  lateral  tooth 
is  0.055  mm.,  that  of  the  youngest  0.16  mm.  The  number  of 
denticles  is  much  larger,  varying  up  to  22-24  on  each  tooth, 
the  whole  organ  being  somewhat  straighter  and  less  convex 
than  in  this  Californian  species.     Von  Ihering  (1885)  states 


Vol.  XVIII]  MacFARLAND—DREPANIA  493 

that  the  radula  of  D.  tartanclla  von  Ih.  is  identical  with  that 
of  D.  grcsffei  Bgh.,  save  for  the  somewhat  less  number  of 
denticles,  as  is  shown  by  his  figure.  He  gives  the  width 
("length")  of  a  tooth  as  0.085  mm.,  without  indicating  from 
which  part  of  the  radula  the  tooth  in  question  is  taken. 

The  short  oesophagus  (PI.  35,  fig.  4,  oe)  leads  directly- 
back  into  the  stomach,  which  is  completely  inclosed  in  a  deep 
furrow  in  the  dorsal  surface  of  the  liver.  The  intestine  is 
directed  forward  for  a  short  distance  from  the  posterior  end 
of  the  stomach,  thence  looping  sharply  backward  it  passes  in 
a  straight  course  to  the  anal  opening  in  the  median  region  of 
the  back,  just  behind  the  crescentic  line  of  origin  of  the  bran- 
chial plumes.  Close  to  it  is  the  renal  pore,  connected  by  a  very 
short  tube  to  the  roomy,  simple  kidney  sack,  which  in  turn, 
communicates  with  the  overlying  pericardium  by  the  small, 
elliptical  renal  syrinx. 

The  large  eyes  lie  deep  below  the  integument,  close  beside 
the  cerebral  portion  of  the  cerebro-pleural  ganglia,  to  which 
they  are  attached  by  very  short  optic  nerves.  Close  behind, 
and  slightly  below  the  eyes,  are  the  sessile  otocysts,  filled  with 
minute  otoconia.  The  cerebro-pleural  ganglia  are  fused  into 
a  single  ovoid  mass,  0.3  mm.  long  by  0.18  mm.  in  greatest 
diameter,  with  only  a  shallow  furrow  obscurely  indicating  the 
approximate  line  of  union.  The  cerebral  portions  of  each  side 
are  connected  above  the  oesophagus  by  a  short  and  rather 
strong  cerebral  commissure.  Below  the  cerebro-pleural 
ganglia  are  the  large  spherical  pedal  ganglia,  0.165  mm.  in 
greatest  diameter,  and  united  to  those  above  by  the  usual 
cerebro-pedal  and  pleuro-pedal  connectives.  The  pedal  pair 
is  united  below  the  oesophagus  by  a  very  short  pedal  com- 
missure. The  lack  of  material  prevented  the  working  out  of 
further  details. 

The  ovotestis  is  in  close  contact  with  the  liver,  the  superior 
and  anterior  surfaces  of  which  it  nearly  conceals.  The  an- 
terior end  overlaps  the  anterior  genital  complex,  the  superior 
oval  face  of  the  latter  being  beveled  obliquely  backward  and 
downward.  Fig.  11  of  PI.  35,  shows  the  relationships  of  the 
conduits  of  the  anterior  genital  complex  as  seen  in  dorsal 
view,  they  being  displaced  somewhat  to  render  the  connec- 
tions evident.     The  accessory  glands  have  been  omitted  for 


494  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

clearness.  The  short  and  slender  hermaphroditic  duct  hd, 
passes  directly  to  the  ellipsoidal  hermaphroditic  ampulla  which 
lies  upon  the  dorsal,  right  side  of  the  complex.  From  its 
anterior  end,  in  close  contact  with  the  underlying  nidamental- 
albumen  gland  mass  the  hermaphroditic  ampulla  (h.  a.)  nar- 
rows abruptly  to  a  slender  duct  which  divides  into  the  vas 
deferens  and  the  oviduct.  The  oviduct  passes  at  once  into 
the  lumen  of  the  albumen  gland,  the  vas  deferens,  v.d., 
thickens  rapidly  into  a  white,  thick-walled,  glandular  tube, 
passes  backward  to  the  left  of  the  hermaphroditic  ampulla, 
describes  a  close  loop  at  the  posterior  end  of  the  anterior 
genital  complex,  returns  forward  along  its  left  border  to  the 
anterior  end,  narrows  slightly  and  passes  into  the  preputium, 
p.  The  latter  is  ca.  0.5  mm.  long  by  0.15  mm.  in  greatest 
diameter,  not  as  thick  as  the  prostatic  portion  of  the  vas 
deferens,  and  contains  the  strongly  retracted  cylindro-conic 
glans.  In  PI.  35,  fig.  13,  the  wall  of  the  preputium,  p,  is  dis- 
sected away,  except  at  the  base,  exposing  the  glans,  g.  In  fig. 
12  the  distal  end  of  the  glans  is  represented  under  a  higher 
magnification  as  a  transparent  preparation.  The  lumen  is 
lined  by  a  series  of  closely  set,  curved  spines,  the  tips  of  which 
are  directed  outward.  These  extend  back  for  a  distance  of 
0.14  mm.  from  the  tip,  the  longest  and  strongest,  0.03  mm.  in 
length,  with  a  basal  diameter  of  0.006  mm.,  being  farthest 
away  from  the  opening,  fomiing  a  narrow  band  which  is  suc- 
ceeded by  an  intermediate  zone  of  about  one  half  the  height  of 
the  longest,  and  these  in  turn,  by  a  more  distal  band  of  longer 
and  more  slender  ones.  Typical  spines  from  each  of  these 
three  regions  are  shown  in  detail  in  PI.  35,  figs.  14  and  15. 
For  D.  grceffei  Bergh  (1881)  describes  and  figures  a  glans 
armature  of  hooks,  much  more  irregular  in  form,  notched  or 
toothed  and  reaching  a  height  of  0.015  mm.  In  D.  tartanella 
according  to  von  Ihering  (1885)  the  amiature  is  made  up  of 
simple  hooks  ranging  from  0.021  to  0.028  mm.  in  height. 

The  other  branch  of  the  hermaphroditic  duct,  beyond  the 
hermaphroditic  ampulla,  is  the  very  short  oviduct,  which  opens 
at  once  into  the  lumen  of  the  albumen  gland,  the  cut  end  of  the 
duct  being  shown  in  fig.  11.  Close  by  it  emerges  the  slender, 
uterine  duct  (PI.  35,  fig.  11  u.  d.)  which  receives  the  very 
short  duct  of  the  nearly  spherical  spermatocyst,  s.  c,  0.4  mm. 


Vol.  XVIIIl  MacFARLAND—DREPANIA  495 

in  length  by  0.34  mm.  in  diameter.  Beyond  this  point  the 
uterine  duct  closely  parallels  the  vaginal  duct  to  which  it  is 
attached,  and  opens  into  the  larger,  nearly  spherical  sperma- 
totheca,  s,  lying  on  the  right,  upper  surface  of  the  complex. 
From  the  spermatotheca  the  vaginal  duct,  vag.  d.,  leads  to  the 
vagina  into  which  it  dilates,  opening  externally  close  behind 
the  orifice  of  the  preputium,  on  the  right  side  of  the  head, 
opposite  and  below  the  base  of  the  right  rhinophore.  Imme- 
diately below  it  is  the  opening  of  the  external  duct  of  the 
mucus  gland.  The  maximum  diameter  of  the  vagina  is  0.135 
mm.,  the  diameter  of  the  vaginal  duct  near  the  spermatotheca 
is  0.06  mm.,  the  total  length  of  both  vagina  and  vaginal  duct 
from  the  external  opening  to  the  spermatotheca  is  1.78  mm. 

My  grateful  acknowledgements  are  due  to  Dr.  Myrtle  E. 
Johnson  for  the  specimen  here  reported  upon,  as  well  as  for 
numerous  other  collections  which  I  have  received  from  her 
hands,  and  to  my  wife  for  her  unfailing  and  skilled  coopera- 
tion in  the  preparation  of  the  figures  of  the  accompanying 
plate. 

Bibliography. 

Abraham,  P.  S.,  1877.  Revision  of  the  Anthobranchiate  Nudibranchiate 
Mollusca  with  Descriptions  or  Notices  of  forty-one  hitherto 
undescribed  Species.  <Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  1877,  p.  238. 

Bergh,  R.,  1881.  Beitrage  zu  einer  Monographie  der  Polyceraden,  II. 
Verh.  d.  k.-k.,  zool.-bot.  Gesellsch.  in  Wien.  Jahrg.  1880, 
p.  9-12,  Taf.  X,  Fig.  10-15. 

1892.  System  der  Nudibranchiaten  Gasteropoden.  Malacol. 
Unters.  Ill,  18.  <In  Semper's  Reisen  im  Archipel  der  Philip- 
pinen,  Wiss.  Res.,  Th.  II.  p.  164-165. 

Cockerell,    T.    D.    A.,    1901.     Three   new    Nudibranchs    from    California. 

Journal  of  Malacology,  VIII,  3,  p.  85-87. 
Fischer,  P.,  1883.    Manuel  de  Conchyliologie.    Fasc.  VI,  p.  525. 
Lafont,  A.,  1874.     Description  d'un  nouveau  genre  de  Nudibranche  des 

cotes  de  France.  Journ.  de  Conchyliologie,  Vol.  XXII,  3  S,  T. 

XIV,  p.  369-370. 

Von  Ihering,  H.,  1885.  Beitrage  zur  Kenntniss  der  Nudibranchien  des 
Mittelmeeres.  II.  Malacozool.  Blatter,  N.  F.  8,  p.  36-39,  Taf. 
I,  F.  2,  Taf.  II,  F.  8,  9. 

Vayssiere,  'A.,  1913.  Mollusques  de  France  et  des  Regions  voisines.  I. 
p.  356-357,  PI.  Z7,  F.  5,  6. 


496  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 


Plate  35 

Fig.  1.  Drepania  velox  (Cockerell)  in  side  view,  drawn  from  living  specimen. 
X  6. 

Fig.  2.  Drepania  velox  (Cockerell)  in  dorsal  view,  drawn  from  living  speci- 
men.    X  6. 

Fig.    3.     Ventral  view  of  anterior  region  of  body.    X  6. 

Fig.  4.  Pharyngeal  bulb  in  side  view,  freed  from  muscular  attachments  and 
the  nerve  collar,  c,  the  buccal  ingluvies,  or  muscular  crop;  5,  the 
posterior  median  projection  containing  the  radula  sack;  oe,  the 
anterior  end  of  the  oesophagus;  g,  the  saccular  salivary  gland. 
X  30. 

Inner  surface  of  the  left  mandibular  plate  showing  its  armature  of 
spines.    X  122. 

Front  view  of  oral  tube  cuticle,  the  muscles  having  been  removed. 
The  two  mandibular  plates,  p,  are  seen  obliquely  from  the  out- 
side, their  anterior  marginal  spines  showing  at  the  sides  of  the 
upper  half  of  the  mouth  opening.    X  122. 

A  group  of  the  marginal  spines  of  a  mandibular  plate  under  higher 
magnification.     X  278. 

Typical  first  lateral  tooth  from  middle  region  of  right  side  of  radula, 
as  seen  from  above.    X  450. 

Similar  lateral  tooth  seen  obliquely  from  in  front  and  below.    X  450. 

The  same  lateral  tooth  rotated  to  the  right,  showing  the  external  face 
and  a  part  of  the  base.    X  450. 

Fig.  11.  Relations  of  the  reproductive  conduits  in  the  anterior  genital  com- 
plex. For  the  sake  of  clearness  the  albumen  and  mucus  glands 
have  been  omitted  and  the  ducts  are  spread  apart  and  separated 
from  their  closely  packed  condition,  h.d,  hermaphroditic  duct 
leading  from  the  ovotestis  behind;  h.a,  hermaphroditic  ampulla; 
at  the  anterior  end  it  narrows  and  divides  into  the  short  oviduct, 
shown  as  a  cut  end,  which  enters  the  albumen  gland  at  once,  and 
a  very  much  longer  vas  deferens,  v.d,  the  thicker  segment  of 
which  forms  the  highly  glandular  prostatic  portion;  p,  the  penis, 
shown  in  detail  in  Figs.  12  and  13;  s.c,  the  spermatocyst,  opening 
by  a  very  short  duct  into  u.d,  the  uterine  duct,  which  extends 
from  its  emergence  from  the  albumen  gland  to  the  spermato- 
theca,  s\  vag^,  the  vaginal  duct,  dilating  distally  into  the 
vagina,  v.    X  20. 

Fig.  12.  Distal  end  of  glans  penis  viewed  as  a  transparent  object;  a,  its  arma- 
ture of  spines,  probably  eversible.    X  200. 

Fig.  13.  Penis.  The  wall  of  the  preputium  p,  has  been  cut  away  so  as  to  dis- 
close the  glans,  g,  within.  The  lumen  is  faintly  seen  extending 
through  the  organ  and  dilating  toward  its  tip,  where  the  arma- 
ture shown  in  Fig.  12  is  borne.    X  80. 

Fig.  14.  Detail  of  typical  spines  of  the  penis  armature,  taken  from  the 
region  a  in  Fig.  12.    X  380. 

Fig.  15.  Detail  of  typical  spines  from  the  distal  end  of  the  penis  armature. 
X  380. 


Fig. 

5. 

Fig. 

6. 

Fig. 

7, 

Fig. 

8. 

Fig. 

9. 

Fig. 

10, 

PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XVill,  No.  15 


[MacFARLAND]   Plate  35 


0  H  M,c  R 


PROCEEDINGS 

OF  THE 

CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 

Fourth  Series 

Vol.  XVIII,  No.  16,  pp.  497-530,  plates  36-41         October  4,  1929 


XVI 

SOME  UPPER   CRETACEOUS   FORAMINIFERA  .^ 

FROM  NEAR  COALINGA,  CALIFORNIA  l- 


BY 

J.  A.  CUSHMAN 

AND 

C.  C.  CHURCH 

In  that  part  of  the  Alcalde  Hills  just  west  of  the  town  of 
Coaling-a,  Fresno  County,  California,  included  in  Section  2, 
T.  21  S.,  R.  14  E.,  a  group  of  shallow  wells  has  been  drilled 
and  oil  production  has  been  obtained  at  a  depth  of  from  500  to 
600  feet.  The  oil  is  of  low  gravity,  averaging  about  18  to  20 
degrees  Baume  and  the  production  per  well  at  the  present  time 
is  from  one  to  twelve  barrels  a  day. 

In  this  general  area  the  surface  rocks  have  been  mapped  as 
Vaqueros,  of  Lower  Miocene  age,^  but  later  work  indicates 
that  they  are  much  younger,  probably  Santa  Margarita,  which 
is  LTpper  Miocene.  These  sandy  beds  are  separated  from  the 
Chico  Cretaceous,  and  possibly  some  Tejon  Eocene,  below  by 
an  angular  unconformity. 

The  above  mentioned  wells  are  thus  known  to  penetrate  a 
large  proportion  of  sandy  beds  with  interbedded  shale  above 
the  known  oil  zone  and  on  drilling  deeper  the  gray  clay  shales 
of  the  Chico  are  encountered. 

Through  the  kindness  of  Mr.  O.  F.  Darling  of  the  Cali- 
fornia Northern  Petroleum  Co.,  we  received  a  good  set  of 

^  Ralph  Arnold  &  Robert  Anderson,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey,  Bull.  398,  1910. 

October  4,  1929. 


498  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Paoc.  4th  Sek. 

samples  from  this  company's  well  No.  19,  in  Section  2,  T. 
21  S.,  R.  14  E.  Oil  bearing  sands  were  cored  at  a  very  shal- 
low depth  but  the  well  was  deepened  with  the  expectation  of 
locating  a  deeper,  more  productive  zone.  At  a  depth  of  614 
feet  and  on  down  to  the  last  sample  sent  in  which  came  from 
a  depth  of  1135  feet,  gray,  fine  grained  clay  shale  was  cored 
in  which  poorly  preserved  upper  Cretaceous  fossils  were 
found.  Those  identified  were,  Inoceranms  and  Baculites.  On 
breaking  down  and  washing  this  shale,  a  well  preserved  fauna 
of  small  foraminifera  was  obtained  which  a  subsequent  exami- 
nation proved  to  be  not  only  different  from  that  found  in  the 
Moreno  above,  but  entirely  new  to  California  paleontology. 
This  difference  in  the  fauna  as  well  as  the  lithology,  further 
strengthened  our  view  that  the  shale  was  Chico  and  not  Mo- 
reno. The  fact  that  such  forms  have  not  heretofore  been 
reported  from  the  upper  Cretaceous  of  California,  together 
with  the  possibilities  of  geologic  correlation  which  they  offer, 
makes  the  discovery  of  additional  interest.  This  material  from 
1135  feet  has  been  entered  in  the  records  of  the  California 
Academy  of  Sciences'  records  as  Loc.  No.  1421. 

The  brown  and  lavender  organic  shales  of  the  uppermost 
Cretaceous  in  the  Coalinga  district  known  as  the  Moreno 
shales  are  not  in  evidence  here  but  become  increasingly  impor- 
tant toward  the  north  until  at  the  type  locality,  north  of 
Coalinga  in  Moreno  Gulch,  on  the  east  flank  of  the  Panoche 
Hills,  the  exposure  attains  a  maximum  thickness  of  2000  feet.^ 
Dr.  G.  D.  Hanna,  of  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences, 
made  an  extensive  collection  across  this  section  at  the  type 
locality  in  September,  1925,  on  which  he  later  published  his 
paper,  "Cretaceous  Diatoms  from  California.""  At  this 
time  he  noted  the  presence  of  foraminifera,  and  in  a  short 
paper  by  J.  A.  Taft*  &  G.  D.  Hanna,  published  in  the  Bulletin 
of  the  American  Association  of  Petroleum  Geologists  in  1926, 
he  has  this  to  say,  "The  upper  200  feet  of  the  exposure  was 
found  to  be  a  dark  brown  clay  shale  with  much  organic  mat- 
ter but  very  few  fossils.  This  gave  way  gradually  to  a  light, 
buff-colored   shale  about  200   feet  thick,   which   in   its  most 

=  Robert  Anderson   &   Rot>ert  W.   Pack,  U.   S.   Geol.    Survey,   Bull.   603,    1915. 
'G.    D.   Hanna,   Occ.   Pprs.   Calif.   Acad.    Sci.,   Vol.    13,    1927. 


Vol.  XVIII]       CUSHMAN  &  CHURCH— CRETACEOUS  FORAMINIFERA       499 

fossiliferous  part  contained  great  numbers  of  impressions  of 
foraminifera,  chiefly  belonging  to  the  genus  Sipliogenerhia. 
The  calcareous  tests  of  the  fossils  have  been  completely  dis- 
solved away.*"  Through  the  kindness  of  Dr.  Hanna  a  sample 
of  this  fossiliferous  shale  was  obtained  and  good  wax  impres- 
sions of  the  prominent  Siphogenerina  were  made. 

This  Siphogenerina  was  first  listed  and  figured  as  a  Sagrina 
by  F.  M.  Anderson,  along  with  several  genera  now  known  to 
have  come  from  the  Eocene.^  In  a  later  paper  by  G.  D. 
Hanna  on  "The  Age  and  Correlation  of  the  Kreyenhagen 
Shale  in  California,"  reference  is  made  to  the  genera  listed  by 
Anderson  in  which  he  says,  "The  large  Nodosaria  mentioned 
and  the  Cristellaria  (Fig.  19,  Plate  13,  called  Vagimilina) 
appears  to  be  confined  to  that  portion  of  the  Eocene  in  Cali- 
fornia above  the  middle.  The  species  which  he  identified  and 
pictured  as  Sagrina  came  from  the  upper  part  of  the  Cre- 
taceous shales  which,  north  of  Coalinga,  at  some  places  under- 
lie the  Eocene  shale,  with  no  apparent  unconformity  or  change 
except  in  faunal  content.*^" 

The  foraminifera  included  in  the  present  paper  are  of  inter- 
est, as  they  represent  Cretaceous  species  most  of  which  were 
widely  distributed  in  upper  Cretaceous  seas.  The  large 
majority  of  the  species  have  been  already  described  in  papers 
by  d'Orbigny,  Reuss,  Alth,  Egger,  Franke,  and  others,  from 
upper  Cretaceous  formations  of  Europe.  Many  of  these 
species  are  also  present  in  the  upper  Cretaceous  of  Texas  and 
other  portions  of  the  Gulf  Coastal  region.  Some  of  them  are 
known  from  the  uppermost  Cretaceous  of  Mexico  and  Trini- 
dad. A  few  of  the  forms  are  striking  and  new,  but  the  num- 
ber is  small  compared  to  the  total  number  of  species  repre- 
sented. This  is  also  true  of  the  American  Cretaceous  in  gen- 
eral, and  a  large  proportion  of  the  species  will  be  found  to  be 
identical  with  those  described  from  central  Europe.  This  is 
not  always  as  apparent  from  a  study  of  published  figures  as  it 
is  when  one  compares  actual  specimens  from  the  two  areas. 

*J.  A.  Taff  &  G.  D.  Hanna,  Bull.  American  Assoc.  Petrol.   Geol.,  Vol.    10,   No.   8, 
1926,  pp.  812-814. 

»  Frank   M.  Anderson,  Calif.  Acad,  of  Sci.  Proc.   3rd  Ser.,   1905,  Vol.   2,  No.   2. 
•  G.  D.  Hanna,  Bull.  American  Assoc.  Petrol.  Geol.  Vol.  9,  No.  6,  1925,  p.  992. 


5Q0  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  See. 

As  this  fauna  probably  represents  the  uppermost  Cretaceous 
corresponding  rather  closely  with  the  Navarro  of  Texas  and 
the  Velasco  of  Mexico,  a  comparison  of  those  two  faunas  is  of 
interest.  In  both  cases,  Glohigerina,  Globorotalia  and  Giim- 
belina  are  apparent.  It  is  known  that  these  forms  represent 
pelagic  adaptation.  It  is  therefore  noteworthy  that  Glohi- 
gerina and  GiimheUrm  are  absent  in  the  California  collection 
and  that  Globorotalia,  although  typical,  is  rare.  It  may  there- 
fore be  inferred  that  this  California  locality  represents  an  area 
perhaps  somewhat  cut  off  from  the  main  ocean  of  that  time, 
and  into  which  pelagic  forms  were  not  carried  to  any  great 
extent. 


Family  Textulariid^ 

Genus  Spiroplectammina  Cushman,  1927 

1.     Spiroplectammina  anceps  (Reuss) 

Plate  36,  figures  1,  2 

Textularia  anceps  Reuss,  Die  Verstein.  bohm.  Kreide,  1845,  p.  39,  pi.  8, 
fig.  79,  pi.  13,  fig.  78;  Sitz.  Akad.  Wiss.  Wien,  vol.  40,  1860, 
p.  234,  pi.  13,  figs.  2  a,  b. — Beissel,  Abhandl.  kon.  Preuss.  geol. 
Landes.,  vol.  3,  1891,  p.  68,  pi.  13,  figs.  14,  16. — Egger,  Abhandl. 
kon.  bay.  Akad.  Wiss.  Munchen,  CI.  II,  vol.  21,  1899,  p.  25,  pi.  24, 
figs.  35,  36. 

Test  much  compressed,  rapidly  increasing  in  width  from 
the  initial  end,  greatest  width  near  the  apertural  end;  early 
chambers  especially  in  the  microspheric  form  in  a  planispiral 
arrangement,  later  becoming  biserial,  chambers  low  and  broad, 
thickest  near  the  median  portion  of  the  test,  thence  thinning 
toward  the  periphery;  sutures  very  slightly  depressed,  some- 
what oblique,  nearly  straight;  wall  arenaceous,  smoothly 
finished;  aperture  elongate,  low,  at  the  base  of  the  inner 
median  margin  of  the  last- formed  chamber.  Length  0.60  mm. ; 
breadth  0.35  mm. ;  thickness  0.10  mm. 

This  species  is  recorded  from  numerous  localities  in  the 
upper  Cretaceous  of  Germany  and  occurs  in  the  equivalent 
formations  of  the  Gulf  Coastal  Plain  region  of  the  United 
States. 


Vol.  XVIII]       CUSHMAN  &  CHURCH— CRETACEOUS  FORAMINIFBRA       50I 

Family  Verneuilinid^ 

Genus  Gaudryina  d'Orbigny,  1839 

2.     Gaudryina  oxycona  Reuss 

Plate  36,  figures  3,  4 

Gaudryina  oxycona  Reuss,  Sitz.  Akad.  Wiss.  Wien,  vol.  40,  1860,  p.  229, 
pi.  12,  figs.  3  a-c;  vol.  46,  1862  (1863),  p.  33.— Franke,  Abhandl. 
geol.  pal.  Instit.  Univ.  Greifswald,  vol.  6,  1925,  p.  15,  pi.  1,  figs. 
20  a,  b. 

Test  elongate,  conical,  tapering,  nearly  circular  in  trans- 
verse section ;  very  early  chambers  triserial,  later  ones  biserial ; 
sutures  distinct,  slightly  depressed,  nearly  at  right  angles  with 
the  periphery;  wall  finely  arenaceous,  very  smoothly  finished; 
aperture  elongate,  low,  at  the  inner  median  margin  of  the 
chamber  in  a  decided  depression.  Length  0.55  mm. ;  breadth 
0.30  mm. 

The  California  specimens  agree  well  with  European  Cre- 
taceous material  of  this  species. 

3.     Gaudryina  ruthenica  Reuss 

Plate  Z6,  figures  5,  6 

Gaudryina  ruthenica  Reuss,  in  Haidinger's  Nat.  Abhandl.,  vol.  4,  1851, 
p.  25,  pi.  4,  fig.  4. — Franke,  Abhandl.  geol.  pal.  Instit.  Univ. 
Greifswald,  vol.  6,  1925,  p.  16,  pi.  1,  figs.  25  a,  b. 

Test  elongate,  tapering,  greatest  diameter  toward  the  aper- 
tural  end,  earliest  chambers  triserial,  later  biserial,  adult  cham- 
bers high,  becoming  as  high  or  higher  than  broad;  sutures 
fairly  well  marked,  sloping  slightly  backward  from  the  center, 
slightly  curved ;  wall  rather  coarsely  arenaceous,  somewhat 
roughly  finished ;  aperture  in  the  earlier  stages  at  the  base  of 
the  inner  margin  of  the  chamber,  in  the  adult  becoming  termi- 
nal and  rounded  but  without  a  neck  or  lip.  Length  0.75  mm. ; 
breadth  0.35  mm. ;  thickness  0.30  mm. 

This  species  is  known  from  several  localities  in  the  upper 
Cretaceous  of  Germany. 

The  peculiar  change  in  shape  and  position  of  the  aperture 
is  characteristic.     It  resembles  Heterostomella  in  the  terminal 


502  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

aperture,  but  does  not  have  the  neck  and  lip  characteristic  of 
many  of  the  species  of  that  genus. 


Family  Silicinid^ 

Genus  Silicosigmoilina  Cushman  &  Church,  new  genus 

Genoholotype,  Silicosigmoilina  calif ornica  Cushman  &  Church,  n.  sp. 

Test  in  the  early  stages  nearly  planispiral,  later  becoming 
sigTnoid ;  wall  finely  arenaceous  with  siliceous  cement ;  aper- 
ture at  the  end  of  the  tubular  chamber  without  apertural  teeth. 

This  genus  strongly  resembles  Sigtnoilina  in  the  calcareous 
imperforate  group.  Sigmoilina  has  calcareous  cement  even 
though  the  wall  is,  in  some  species,  encrusted  with  arenaceous 
material,  and  is  divided  into  definite  chambers  and  the  aperture 
typically  has  a  simple,  linear  tooth. 

The  strongest  acid  fails  to  make  any  impression  on  these 
Californian  Cretaceous  forms  and  they  occur  with  such  thin- 
v/alled  calcareous  forms  as  Buliinina  in  great  abundance. 
Silicosigmoilina  is  most  closely  related  to  Rzehakina,  another 
genus  characteristic  of  the  upper  Cretaceous. 

4.     Silicosigmoilina  californica  Cushman  &  Church, 

new  species 

Plate  Z6,  figures   10,  11,  12 

Test  compressed,  nearly  circular  or  oval  in  side  view,  some- 
what rhomboid  in  end  view,  periphery  subacute,  usually  with 
a  definitely  marked  portion  in  side  view ;  chambers  in  the  earli- 
est stages  planispiral,  later  sigmoid;  sutures  fairly  well 
marked,  not  deeply  depressed;  wall  finely  arenaceous,  firmly 
cemented  with  a  siliceous  cement,  smoothly  finished;  aperture 
simple,  oval,  without  a  tooth ;  white  or  light  gray  in  color. 
Length  0.75  mm.;  breadth  0.55-0.65  mm.;  thickness  0.25- 
0.40  mm. 

Holotype:  No.  4714;  paratypes:  Nos.  4713,  4715,  Mus. 
Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  from  Loc.  1421  (C.  A.  S.),  Cahfornia 
Northern  Petroleum  Company  Well  No.  19,  Sec.  2,  T.  21  S., 
R.  14  E.,  M.  D.  M.,  Fresno  County,  Cahfornia;  depth,  1135 
feet;  upper  Cretaceous. 


Vol.  XVIII]       CUSHMAN  &  CHURCH— CRETACEOUS  FORAMINIFERA       5Q3 

This  is  probably  the  most  abundant  species  in  the  collection, 
and  occupies  the  same  place  in  the  fauna  that  Rzehakina  does 
in  the  upper  Cretaceous  material  of  Trinidad. 

Family  Miliolid^ 

Genus  Quinqueloculina  d'Orbigny,  1826 

5.     Quinqueloculina  sp.  ? 

Plate  36,. figures  7,  8,  9 

There  is  a  single  specimen  figured  here  which  belongs  to 
Qiiinquelociilina,  but  lack  of  further  material  makes  it  difficult 
to  place  it  specifically.  It  is  the  only  specimen  of  this  family 
which  is  rare  in  most  other  upper  Cretaceous  faunas  related  to 
this  California  one. 

Family  Lagenid^ 
Genus  Lenticulina  Lamarck,  1804 
6.     Lenticulina  rotulata  Lamarck 

Plate  2)7,  figures  1,  2 

Lenticulina  rotulata  Lamarck,  Ann.  Mus.,  vol.  5,  1804,  p.  188;  vol.  8,  1806, 
pi.  62,  fig.  11. 

The  synonymy  of  this  species  is  very  difficult  to  straighten 
out  without  a  reference  to  original  specimens  representing  the 
various  authors'  ideas.  The  type  specimens  in  the  Defrance 
Collection  at  Caen,  France  are  intact  and  show  that  this  is  a 
very  definite  species  of  the  upper  Cretaceous.  Identical  speci- 
mens occur  in  the  upper  Cretaceous  of  other  parts  of  Europe 
and  in  this  country.  Very  many  of  the  records  for  the  species 
from  Recent  seas  and  from  Tertiary  deposits  do  not  belong  to 
the  species  however. 

7.     Lenticulina  williamsoni  (Reuss) 

Plate  Z6,  figures  13,  14 

Cristellaria  williamsoni  Reuss,  Sitz.  Akad.  Wiss.  Wien,  vol.  44,  pt.  1,  1861 
(1862),  p.  327,  pi.  6,  fig.  4.— Egger,  Abhandl.  kon.  bay.  Akad. 
Wiss.  Miinchen,  Q.  II,  vol.  21,  1899,  p.  120,  pi.  11,  figs.  7,  8. 


504  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

There  are  a  few  specimens  in  the  California  collection  that 
are  very  close  to  this  species  of  Reuss  as  developed  in  the 
upper  Cretaceous  of  various  parts  of  Germany. 


8.     Lenticulina  sp.? 
Plate  2,7,  figures  11,  12 

The  figured  specimen  is  left  under  the  genus  only  as  there 
are  not  enough  specimens  to  give  full  specific  characters. 


Genus  Robulus  Montfort,  1808 

9.     Robulus  trachyomphalus  (Reuss) 

Plate  2>7,  figures  6,  7 

Robulina    irachyomphala    Reuss,    in    Haidinger's    Nat.    Abhandl.,    vol.    4, 
pt.  1,  1851,  p.  34,  pi.  2,  fig.  12. 

The  figured  form  seems  very  closely  related  to  Reuss's 
species  from  the  Cretaceous  of  Europe.  Bagg  records  the 
species  from  the  Cretaceous  of  New  Jersey,  but  no  specimens 
are  figured. 


10.     Robulus  lepidus  (Reuss) 
Plate  2i6,  figures  15,  16 

Robulina  lepida  Reuss,  Verstein.  bohm.  Kreide,  vol.  2,  1845-46,  p.  109, 
pi.  24,  fig.  46. 

Cristellaria  lepida  Reuss,  Sitz.  Akad.  Wiss.  Wien,  vol.  52,  pt.  1,  1865, 
p.  454;  in  Geinitz,  Palaeontographica,  vol.  20,  pt.  2,  1874,  p.  106, 
pi.  23,  fig.  4. — Egger,  Abhandl.  kon.  bay.  Akad.  Wiss.  Miinchen, 
CI.  II,  vol.  21,  pt.  1,  1899,  p.  117,  pi.  12,  figs.  27,  28;  Ber.  nat 
Ver.  Passau,  1907,  p.  36,  pi.  2,  figs.  1,  2.— Franke,  Abhandl.  geol. 
pal.  Instit.  Univ.  Greifswald,  vol.  6,  1925,  p.  75,  pi.  6,  figs.  14 
a,  b. — CusHMAN,  Bull.  Amer.  Assoc.  Petr.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  1926, 
p.  599,  pi.  19,  figs.  10  a,  b. 

This  species  has  been  recorded  from  numerous  localities  in 
the  Cretaceous  of  central  Europe.  It  occurs  also  in  the  Cre- 
taceous, Velasco  Shale,  of  Mexico. 


Vol.  XVIII]       CVSHMAN  &  CHURCH— CRETACEOUS  FORAMINIFERA       595 

Genus  Saracenaria  Defrance,  1824 

11.     Saracenaria  triangularis  (d'Orbigny) 

Plate  37,  figures  13,  14 

Cristellaria  triangularis  d'Orbigny  Mem.  Soc.  Geol.  France,  ser.  1,  vol.  4, 
1840,  p.  27,  pi.  2,  figs.  21,  22.— Reuss,  Verstein.  Bohm.  Kreide, 
1845,  p.  34,  pi.  8,  fig.  48;  in  Geinitz,  Grundr,  Verstein,  1845-46, 
p.  663,  pi.  24,  fig.  29.— d'Orbigny,  Prod.  Pal.,  vol.  2,  1850,  p.  281, 
No.  1375.— Reuss,  Denkschr.  Akad.  Wiss.  Wien,  vol.  7,  1854, 
p.  68;  Sitz.  Akad.  Wiss.  Wien,  vol.  46,  pt.  1,  1862  (1863),  pp.  70, 
93. — Berthelin,  Mem.  Soc.  Geol.  France,  ser.  3,  vol.  1,  1880, 
p.  55. — Beissel,  Abhandl.  kon.  Preuss.  geol.  Landes.,  n.  sen,  vol. 
3,  1891,  p.  53,  pi.  10,  figs.  1-9. — Matouschek,  Lotos.,  vol.  43,  1895, 
p.  146. — Egger,  Abhandl.  kon.  bay.  Akad.  Wiss.  Miinchen,  CI.  II, 
vol.-  21,  1899,  p.  117,  pi.  12,  figs.  5,  6;  Ber.  nat.  Ver.  Passau, 
1907,  p.  Z6,  pi.  2,  figs.  19-21. — Heron-Aixen  and  Earland,  Journ. 
Roy.  Micr.  Soc,  1910,  p.  421.— Franke,  Verb.  Nat.  Hist.  Ver., 
vol.  59,  1912  (1913),  p.  279.— Chapman,  Bull.  Geol.  Surv.  W. 
Australia,  No.  72,  1917,  p.  30,  pi.  9,  fig.  80. 

Test  fairly  large,  the  early  portion  completely  coiled,  later 
chambers  somewhat  uncoiled  and  the  test  becoming  triangular 
in  transverse  section;  chambers  distinct,  few  in  number;  su- 
tures distinct  but  not  depressed,  curved;  wall  smooth  except 
for  the  sides  of  the  apertural  face  which  are  somewhat 
thickened ;  aperture  at  the  angle  of  the  upper  end,  radiate. 
Length  of  figured  specimen  0.90  mm.;  breadth  0.55  mm.; 
thickness  0.45  mm. 

This  species  was  described  by  d'Orbigny  from  the  Cre- 
taceous of  the  Paris  Basin  and  is  recorded  from  the  upper 
Cretaceous  of  various  parts  of  Europe  and  Australia.  Bagg 
records  it  without  figures  from  the  Cretaceous  of  New  Jersey. 


Genus  Marginulina  d'Orbigny,  1826 

12.     Marginulina  humilis  (Reuss) 

Plate  2)7,  figures  3,  4,  5 

Cristellaria  humilis  Reuss,  Sitz.  Akad.  Wiss.  Wien,  vol.  46,  pt.  1,  1862 
(1863),  p.  65,  pi.  6,  figs.  16,  17. — Cushman,  Bull.  Amer.  Assoc. 
Petr.  Geol.,  vol.  10,  1926,  p.  601,  pi.  19,  fig.  8. 

Specimens  very  similar  to  those  figured  from  the  Velasco 
Shale  of  Mexico  occur  in  this  California  Cretaceous  material. 

October  4,  1929. 


505  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Sbr. 


It  was  described  by  Reuss  from  the  Cretaceous  of  Germany, 

and 

age. 


and  has  been  recorded  from  England  in  formations  of  similar 


13.     Marginulina  modesta  Reuss 

Plate  37,  figures  8,  9,  10 

Marginulina  modesta  Reuss,  Sitz.  Akad.  Wiss.  Wien,  vol.  40,  1860,  p.  207, 
pi.  7,  fig.  5.— Franke,  Verh.  Nat.  Hist.  Ver.,  vol.  59,  1912  (1913), 
p.  275. 

The  specimen  figured  is  a  typical  one  of  this  species  with  its 
rounded  transverse  section,  uncoiling  form  slightly  compressed 
in  the  earlier  stages.  It  is  already  known  from  the  upper  Cre- 
taceous of  central  Europe. 


14.     Marginulina  elongata  d'Orbigny 

Plate  38,  figures  1,  2,  3 

Marginulina  elongata  d'Orbigny,  Mem.  Soc.  Geol.  France,  ser.  1,  vol.  4, 
1840,  p.  17,  pi.  1,  figs.  20-22.— Reuss,  Verstein.  Bohm.  Kreide, 
vol.  1,  1845-46,  p.  29,  pi.  13,  figs.  28-32;  vol.  2,  p.  106,  pi.  24. 
fig.  30. — Matouschek,  Lotos,  vol.  43,  1895,  p.  144. — Franke, 
Verh.  Nat.  Hist.  Ver.,  vol.  59,  1912  (1913),  p.  275;  Abhandl. 
geol.  pal.  Instit.  Univ.  Greifswald,  vol.  6,  1925,  p.  54,  pi.  4,  fig.  23. 

Test  elongate,  the  early  chambers  close  coiled  and  somewhat 
compressed ;  later  chambers  uncoiling  and  increasing  in  thick- 
ness so  that  the  last-formed  ones  are  nearly  circular  in  trans- 
verse section,  chambers  increasing  in  length  as  added  in  the 
uncoiled  portion;  sutures  distinct  but  only  slightly  depressed 
in  the  last,  uncoiled  portion;  wall  smooth;  aperture  in  the 
adult  terminal,  radiate.  Length  of  figured  specimen, 
1.00  mm. ;  breadth  0.30  mm. ;  thickness  0.28  mm. 

This  species  is  known  from  the  Cretaceous  of  central 
Europe,  being  described  originally  by  d'Orbigny  from  the 
Cretaceous  chalks  of  the  Paris  Basin. 


Vol.  XVIII]       CUSHMAN  &  CHURCH— CRETACEOUS  FORAMINIFERA       59/ 

15,     Marginulina  bullata  Reuss 

Plate  38,  figures  4,  S,  6 

Marginulina  bullata  Reuss,  Die  Verstein.  bohm.  Kreide,  1845-46,  vol.  1, 
p.  29,  pi.  13,  figs.  34-38 ;  in  Geinitz,  Grundr.  Verstein,  1845-46, 
p.  656,  pi.  24,  fig.  16;  Sitz.  Akad.  Wiss.  Wien,  vol.  40,  1860, 
p.  205,  pi.  6,  figs.  4-6. — Matouschek,  Lotos,  vol.  43,  1895,  p.  144. — 
Egger,  Abhandl.  kon.  bay.  Akad.  Wiss.  Miinchen,  Q.  II,  vol.  21, 
1899,  p.  96,  pi.  9,  figs.  12,  13  (not  9,  10).— Franke,  Verh.  Nat. 
Hist.  Ver.,  vol.  59,  1912  (1913),  p.  275;  Abhandl.  geol.  pal.  Instit. 
Univ.  Greifswald,  vol.  6,  1925,  p.  55,  pi.  4,  fig.  25. — Cushman  and 
Jarvis,  Contr.  Cushman  Lab.  Foram.  Res.,  vol.  4,  1928,  p.  96, 
pi.  14,  figs.  7,  8. 

Test  composed  of  few  chambers,  the  earher  ones  close 
coiled,  the  last  two  or  three  uncoiled  and  globular,  all  cham- 
bers strongly  inflated;  sutures  distinct,  slightly  depressed; 
wall  smooth  throughout;  aperture  in  the  adult  terminal,  radi- 
ate. Length  of  figured  specimen,  0.70  mm. ;  breadth 
0.35  mm. ;  thickness  0.32  mm. 

This  species  is  known  from  the  Cretaceous  of  Europe  and 
of  Trinidad.    It  also  occurs  in  the  upper  Cretaceous  of  Texas. 


16.     Marginulina  jonesi  Reuss 

Plate  38,  figures  7,  8,  9 

Marginulina  jonesi  Reuss,  Sitz.  Akad.  Wiss.  Wien,  vol.  46,  pt.  1,  1862 
(1863),  p.  61,  pi.  5,  figs.  19  a,  b. — Berthelin,  Mem.  Soc.  Geol. 
France,  ser.  3,  vol.  1,  1880,  p.  34. — Chapman,  Quart.  Journ.  Geol. 
Soc,  vol.  50,  1894,  p.  709;  Journ.  Roy.  Micr.  Soc,  1894,  p.  164, 
pi.  4,  fig.  24. — Sherlock,  Geol.  Mag.,  dec  6,  vol.  1,  1914,  p.  259, 
pi.  18,   fig.  15.— Neaverson,  Geol.  Mag.,  1921,  p.  462. 

Test  elongate,  early  portion  compressed  and  chambers  close 
coiled,  later  becoming  uncoiled ;  periphery  acute  and  keeled  in 
the  early  portion;  later  chambers  nearly  circular  in  section; 
sutures  more  or  less  obscured  but  the  ornamentation  of  the 
surface  which  consists  of  elongate  costse  continuing  through- 
out the  length  of  the  test  unbroken  at  the  sutures,  terminal 
face  smooth;  aperture  in  the  adult  terminal,  radiate,  with  a 
slight  neck.  Length  of  figured  specimen,  0.90  mm. ;  breadth 
0.36  mm. ;  thickness  0.27  mm. 


(*■ 


508  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  See. 

This  species  is  known  from  the  upper  Cretaceous  of  various 
parts  of  Europe  and  is  recorded  by  Chapman  from  the  Gault. 


Genus  Vaginulina  d'Orbigny,  1826 

17.     Vaginulina  simondsi  Carsey 

Plate  38,   figure   10 

Vaginulina  simondsi  Carsey,  Bull.  2612,  Univ.  Texas,  1926,  p.  40,  pi.  2, 
fig.  4. 

Test  elongate,  very  much  compressed,  dorsal  edge  straight, 
ventral  convex;  chambers  numerous,  very  elongate,  curved, 
on  ventral  side  extending  far  toward  the  base;  sutures  dis- 
tinct, raised,  broken  by  short  cost£e  which  are,  in  general, 
parallel  to  the  dorsal  edge  which  is  itself  thickened  and  bicari- 
nate ;  aperture  terminal,  radiate.    Length  nearly  2  mm. 

This  species  occurs  commonly  in  the  upper  part  of  the  upper 
Cretaceous  of  Texas  in  the  Navarro  formation.  The  speci- 
men figured  here  is  very  similar  to  Texas  ones  in  its  general 
characters. 


Genus  Frondicularia  Defrance,  1824 

18.     Frondicularia  decheni  Reuss 

Plate  38,  figures  11,  12,  13 

Frondicularia  decheni  Reuss,  Sitz.  Akad.  Wiss.  Wien,  vol.  40,  1860, 
p.  191,  pi.  4,  fig.  3;  Palaeontographica,  vol.  20,  pt.  2,  1872-75 
(1874),  p.  96.— Egger,  Ber.  Nat.  Ver.  Passau,  1907,  p.  28,  pi.  1, 
figs.  13,  14.— Franke,  Verh.  Nat.  Hist.  Ver.,  vol.  59,  1912 
(1913),  p.  273.— Chapman,  Bull.  Geol.  Surv.  W.  Australia,  No. 
72,  1917,  p.  24,  pi.  6,  fig.  53. 

Test  very  much  compressed,  the  proloculum  thicker  than  the 
remainder  of  the  test;  sides  nearly  parallel,  but  slightly 
increasing  in  width  as  chambers  are  added;  periphery  con- 
cave; sutures  slightly  depressed,  distinct;  wall  ornamented  by 
a  few  longitudinal  costae,  those  of  each  chamber  somewhat 
independent  of  each  other;  aperture  terminal,  radiate. 

This  species  is  known  from  the  upper  Cretaceous  of  central 
Europe,  and  from  Australia.     It  probably  also  occurs  in  the 


Vol.  XVIII]       CUSHMAN  &  CHURCH— CRETACEOUS  FORAMINIFERA       509 

upper  Cretaceous  of  Mexico,  and  the  Coastal  Plain  region  of 
the  United  States. 


19.     Frondicularia  sp.? 
Plate   38,   figure   14 

There  are  broken  specimens,  one  of  which  is  here  figured,  of 
a  large  Frondicularia  not  well  enough  preserved  for  a  full 
description.     It  is  figured  here  for  future  reference. 

Genus  Dentalina  d'Orbigny,  1826 

20.     Dentalina  sp.? 

Plate  38,  figure  IS 

This  fragment  of  a  spinose  species  is  figured  here  for  refer- 
ence.    No  complete  specimens  were  obtained. 

21.  Dentalina  catenula  (?)  Reuss 

Plate  39,  figure  1 

The  figured  fragment  representing  the  terminal  chambers 
of  a  large  species  is  close  to  this  species  of  Reuss  known  from 
the  upper  Cretaceous  of  Europe. 

22.  Dentalina  polyphragma  Reuss 

Plate  39,  figure  2 

Dentalina  polyphragma  Reuss,  Sitz.  Akad.  Wiss.  Wien,  vol.  40,  1860, 
p.  189,  pi.  3,  fig.  1. — Beissel,  Abhandl.  kon.  Preuss.  geol.  Landes, 
n.  sen,  vol.  3,  1891,  p.  38,  pi.  7,  figs.  53-65.— Franke,  Verh.  Nat. 
Hist.  Ver.,  vol.  59,  1912  (1913),  p.  271. 

Nodosaria  polyphragma  Egger  (?),  Abhandl.  kon.  bay.  Akad.  Wiss. 
Munchen,  CI.  II,  vol.  21,  1899,  p.  74,  pi.  8,  fig.  26 ;  pi.  24,  fig.  Z7. 

There  are  fragmentary  specimens  similar  to  that  figured 
which  have  numerous  cost^e,  and  the  aperture  toward  one  side 
which  may  be  referred  to  this  species  of  Reuss  known  from 
the  upper  Cretaceous  of  numerous  localities  of  Europe. 


510  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Paoc.  4th  See. 

23.     Dentalina  commutata  Reuss 

Plate  39,   figure  3 

Dentalina  commutata  Reuss,  Sitz.  Akad.  Wiss.  Wien,  vol.  40,  1860,  p.  183, 
pi.  2,  fig.  4;  vol.  44,  pt.  1,  1861  (1862),  p.  306;  vol.  46,  pt.  1, 
1862  (1863),  p.  42. 

The  specimen  figured  is  close  to  Reuss's  species  which  is 
known  from  the  upper  Cretaceous  of  Germany.  The  whole 
test  is  slightly  curved,  and  the  chambers  increasing  regularly 
in  size  as  added ;  wall  smooth  and  the  sutures  depressed. 


Genus  Nodosaria  Lamarck,  1812 

24.     Nodosaria  nuda  Reuss 

Plate  39,  figures  4,  5,  6 

Nodosaria  nuda  Reuss,  Sitz.  Akad.  Wiss.  Wien,  vol.  46,  pt.  1,  1862 
(1863),  p.  38,  pi.  2,  figs.  8,  9. — Egger,  Abhandl.  kon.  bay.  Akad. 
Wiss.  Miinchen,  Cl.  II,  vol.  21,  1899,  p.  64,  pi.  7,  fig.  17;  1907, 
p.  23,  pi.  5,  fig.  26. — Franks,  Abhandl.  geol.  pal.  Instit.  Univ. 
Greifswald,  vol.  6,  1925,  p.  40,  pi.  3,  fig.  32. 

Test  small,  slender,  composed  of  a  few,  5-8,  chambers,  the 
earlier  ones  slightly  more  involute  than  later  ones;  sutures 
distinct,  depressed;  wall  smooth;  aperture  terminal,  radiate. 
Length  0.60  mm. ;  diameter  0.10  mm. 

Reuss  and  others  have  recorded  this  species  from  the  upper 
Cretaceous  of  central  Europe. 


25.     Nodosaria  ewaldi  ( ?)  Reuss 
Plate  39,   figure  7 

There  are  a  few  elongate,  cylindrical  chambers  of  a  Nodo- 
saria in  this  California  material,  but  no  complete  specimens 
were  found. 


Vol.  XVIII]       CUSHMAN  &  CHURCH— CRETACEOUS  FORAMINIFERA       ^\\ 

Genus  Glandulina  d'Orbi^ny,  1826 

26.     Glandulina  cylindracea  Reuss 

Plate  39,  figures  8,  9 

Glandulina  cylindracea  Reuss,  in  Haidinger's  Nat.  Abhandl.,  vol.  4,  pt.  1, 
1851,  p.  23,  pi.  1,  fig.  5;  Sitz.  Akad.  Wiss.  Wien,  vol.  40,  1860, 
p.  190,  pi.  4,  fig.  1;  vol.  44,  pt.  1,  1861  (1862),  p.  307;  Palaeonto- 
graphica,  vol.  20,  pt.  2,  1872-75  (1874),  p.  89.— Egger,  Abhandl. 
kon.  bay.  Akad.  Wiss.  Munchen,  CI.  II,  vol.  21,  1899,  p.  84,  pi.  5, 
figs.  19,  20. 

Nodosaria  cylindracea  Reuss,  Verstein.  bohm.  Kreide,  1845,  p.  25,  pi.  13, 
figs.  1,  2. 

Nodosaria  (Glandulina)  cylindracea  Cushman,  Bull.  Amer.  Assoc.  Petr. 
Geol.,  vol.  10,  1926,  p.  594,  pi.  18,  fig.  1. 

Figures  of  two  specimens  are  given,  one  with  the  initial  end 
having  a  spine,  the  other  bkmtly  rounded.  Such  forms  are 
common  in  the  upper  Cretaceous  of  many  parts  of  Europe, 
and  occur  in  the  upper  Cretaceous  of  America. 


/ 


27.     Glandulina  manifesta  Reuss 

Plate  39,  figure  10 

Glandulina  manifesta  Reuss,  in  Haidinger's,  Nat.  Abhandl.,  vol.  4,  pt.  1, 
1851,  p.  22,  pi.  1,  fig.  4. 

The  form  figured  is  a  megalospheric  one  and  as  a  result  the 
initial  end  is  broadly  rounded  whereas  in  the  microspheric 
form  the  initial  end  is  much  more  pointed.  The  amount  of 
overlap  of  the  chambers  is  very  variable.  This  form  is  abun- 
dant in  the  upper  Cretaceous  of  many  parts  of  the  world  and 
many  names  have  been  applied  to  the  same  species.  It  may  be 
noted  that  Nodosaria  larva  Carsey  (Bull.  2612,  Univ.  Texas, 
1926,  p.  31,  pi.  2,  fig.  2)  from  the  Navarro  formation  of 
Texas  is  the  same  species,  and  varies  in  form  in  that  forma- 
tion as  it  does  elsewhere. 


512  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Genus  Lagena  Walker  &  Jacob,  1798 

28.     Lagena  (?)  sp.  (?) 

Plate  39,  figure  11 

The  specimen  figured  has  some  characters  which  make  it 
seem  that  it  may  be  a  costate  Glandulina,  but  the  details  are 
obscure,  and  full  determination  must  await  further  and  better 
material. 

29.     Lagena  sp.  ( ?) 
Plate  39,  figure  16 

This  form  is  too  rare  to  allow  full  designation  of  charac- 
ters, and  it  must  be  left  under  the  genus  without  name  for  the 
present. 

Family  Heterohelicid^ 

Genus  Ventilabrella  Cushman,  1928 

30.     Ventilabrella  ornatissima  Cushman  &  Church, 

new   species 

Plate  39,  figures  12,   13,  14,  15 

Test  compressed,  all  chambers  in  one  plane,  subglobular,  the 
early  ones  biserial,  later  ones  spreading  out  irregularly,  sides 
in  the  adult  nearly  parallel,  periphery  rounded ;  sutures  dis- 
tinct, somewhat  depressed;  wall  calcareous,  perforate,  the 
earlier  ones  ornamented  by  longitudinal  costae,  each  some- 
what beaded ;  aperture  in  the  adult  irregular,  near  the  base  of 
the  chamber. 

Holotype:  No.  4746;  paratype:  No.  4745,  Mus.  Calif. 
Acad.  Sci.  from  Loc.  1421  (C.  A.  S.),  California  Northern 
Petroleum  Company  Well  No.  19,  Sec.  2,  T.  21  S.,  R.  14  E., 
M.  D.  M.,  Fresno  County,  California;  depth,  1135  feet;  upper 
Cretaceous. 

This  is  one  of  the  most  striking  species  of  the  collection.  It 
is  in  some  respects  nearer  the  European  than  the  Coastal 
Plain  Cretaceous  species,  but  is  distinct  from  them  all. 


Vol.  XVIII]       CUSHMAN  &  CHURCH— CRETACEOUS  FORAMINIFERA       5^3 

Family  Buliminid^ 

Genus  Bulimina  d'Orbigny,  1826 

31.     Bulimina  obtusa  d'Orbigny 

Plate  39,  figures  17,  18,  19 

Bulimina  obtusa  d'Orbigny,  Mem.  Soc.  Geo!.  France,  ser.  1,  vol.  4,  1840, 
p.  39,  pi.  4,  figs.  5,  6. 

Both  microspheric  and  meg-alospheric  forms  of  this  species 
are  figured.  There  are  numerous  Cretaceous  records  for  this 
species  but  not  usually  accompanied  by  illustrations,  so  with- 
out comparing  the  original  material,  it  is  difficult  to  determine 
whether  or  not  they  all  represent  one  species. 

This  is  apparently  the  same  as  the  very  abundant  large 
species  in  the  middle  portion  of  the  upper  Cretaceous,  Navarro 
formation  of  Texas. 


Genus  Chrysalogonium  Schubert,  1907 

32.     Chrysalogonium  cretaceum  Cushman  &  Church, 

new  species 

Plate  39,  figures  23,  24 

Test  uniserial,  at  least  in  the  adult;  chambers  elongate,  ellip- 
tical in  side  view,  the  sutures  depressed;  wall  smooth,  finely 
perforate;  aperture  consisting  of  numerous  pores  in  a  sieve 
plate  at  the  tip  of  the  last-formed  chamber.  Length  of  last- 
formed  chamber  0.40  mm. ;  diameter  0.18  mm. 

Holotype:  No.  4762,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  from  Loc. 
1421  (C.  A.  S.),  California  Northern  Petroleum  Company 
Well  No.  19,  Sec.  2,  T.  21  S.,  R.  14  E.,  M.  D.  M.,  Fresno 
County,  California;  depth,  1135  feet;  upper  Cretaceous. 

This  is  one  of  the  most  interesting  species  of  the  collection. 
The  only  other  known  species  is  Chrysalogonium  polystoma 
(Schwager)  described  from  the  Pliocene  of  Kar  Nicobar 
(Schwager,  Novara  Exped.,  Geol.  Theil,  vol.  2,  1866,  p.  217, 
pi.  5,  fig.  39.)  and  recorded  from  the  late  Tertiary  of  Kabu, 
Java  (Koch,  Bericht  Schweiz.  Pal.  Ges.,  vol.  18,  1923,  p. 
346).     The  Tertiary  species  has  pyriform  chambers  and  the 

October  4,  1929. 


514  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Pboc.  4th  Ser. 

apertures  are  more  in  a  ring.  The  Cretaceous  one  has 
elongate,  elliptical  chambers,  and  the  apertures  are  scattered 
over  the  whole  disc  composing  the  apertural  face. 


Family  Ellipsoidinid^ 

Genus  Nodosarella  Rzehak,  1895 

33.     Nodosarella  coalingensis  Cushman  &  Church, 

new  species 

Plate  39,  figures  20,  21,  22 

Test  elongate,  tapering,  greatest  breadth  made  by  the  last- 
formed  chamber;  early  chambers  biserial,  later  ones  irregu- 
larly uniserial ;  sutures  distinct,  depressed ;  wall  smooth 
throughout;  aperture  terminal,  semicircular  with  a  curved 
portion  forming  the  inner  margin  and  standing  well  above  the 
general  contour  of  the  apertural  end  of  the  test  which  is  some- 
what drawn  out.  Length  of  largest  specimen  1.15  mm.; 
diameter  0.40  mm. 

Holotypc:  No.  4751;  paratypc:  No.  4750,  Mus.  Calif. 
Acad.  Sci.  from  Loc.  1421  (C.  A.  S.),  California  Northern 
Petroleum  Company  Well  No.  19,  Sec.  2,  T.  21  S.,  R.  14  E., 
M.  D.  M.,  Fresno  County,  California;  depth,  1135  feet;  upper 
Cretaceous. 

This  is  a  much  more  tapering  species  than  others  of  the 
genus.  The  early  biserial  portion  includes  several  chambers 
and  when  the  irregular  uniserial  chambers  are  added,  they  at 
once  start  to  greatly  enlarge  in  size  over  the  earlier  ones. 

Genus  Ellipsobulimina  A.  Silvestri,  1903 

34.     Ellipsobulimina  (?)  sp.  (?) 

Plate  40,  figures  1,  2,  3 

The  figured  specimens  may  belong  to  this  genus,  but  were 
not  in  sufficient  quantity  to  section.  There  is  a  possibility  that 
they  may  represent  the  largest  megalospheric  form  of  the 
preceding.  It  is  sufficient  at  present  to  note  their  occurrence 
until  more  material  is  available. 


Vol.  XVIII]       CUSHMAN  &  CHURCH— CRETACEOUS  FORAMINIFERA       51 5 

Family  Rotaliid^ 

Genus  Discorbis  Lamarck,  1804 

35.     Discorbis  cretacea  (Franke)  (?) 

Plate  40,  figures  4,  5,  6 

Discorbina  cretacea  Franke,  Abhandl.  geol.  pal.  Instit.  Univ.  Greifswald, 
vol.  6,  1925,  p.  91,  pi.  8,  figs.  12  a-c. 

The  figured  specimen  may  belong  to  this  upper  Cretaceous 
species  described  by  Franke.  The  original  figures  do  not 
show  the  complete  details  and  our  figured  specimen  is  some- 
what broken  so  that  the  identification  cannot  be  positively 
made.    The  figured  specimen  is  but  0.25  mm.  in  diameter. 


Genus  Eponides  Montfort,  1808 

36.     Eponides  umbonella  (Reuss) 

Plate  40,  figures  7,  8,  9 

Rotalia  umbonella  Reuss,  Sitz.  Akad.  Wiss.  Wien,  vol.  40,  1860,  p.  221, 
pi.  11,  figs.  5  a-c. 

Test  trochoid,  biconvex,  seven  or  eight  chambers  in  the  last- 
formed  whorl,  periphery  acute;  chambers  distinct,  slightly 
inflated  on  the  ventral  side ;  sutures  distinct,  on  the  dorsal  side 
flush  with  the  surface,  very  slightly  limbate,  curved,  strongly 
oblique  to  the  periphery,  on  the  ventral  side  nearly  radial, 
slightly  curved ;  wall  smooth ;  aperture  ventral,  under  the 
border  of  the  chamber  margin.  Diameter  0.45  mm. ;  height 
0.22  mm. 

Reuss  described  this  species  from  the  upper  Cretaceous  of 
Westphalia. 

Genus  Gyroidina  d'Orbigny,  1826 

37.     Gyroidina  depressa  (Alth) 

Plate  41,  figures  4,  5,  6 

Rotalina  depressa  Alth,  in  Haidinger's  Nat.  Abhandl.,  vol.  3,  1850,  p.  266, 
pi.   13,   fig.  21. 


515  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Test  much  compressed,  trochoid,  biconvex,  the  dorsal  side 
often  nearly  flat,  periphery  rounded,  umbilicus  often  open; 
chambers  numerous,  ten  to  twelve  in  the  last  whorl,  distinct; 
sutures  distinct,  on  the  dorsal  side  nearly  flush,  slightly  lim- 
bate,  curved,  ventrally  slightly  curved,  nearly  radial,  slightly 
depressed ;  wall  smooth ;  aperture  on  the  ventral  side  between 
the  periphery  and  the  umbilicus,  low.  Diameter  of  figured 
specimen  0.25  mm. ;  height  0.12  mm. 

Alth  described  and  figured  this  species  from  the  upper  Cre- 
taceous of  Lemberg.  The  form  has  since  had  other  names. 
This  same  species  is  common  in  the  upper  Cretaceous  of  the 
Coastal  Plain  region  of  the  United  States.  It  is  the  Rotalia 
cretacea  of  Carsey  (Bull.  2612,  Univ.  Texas,  1926,  p.  48,  pi. 
5,  figs.  1  a,  h). 


38.     Gyroidina  quadrata  Cushman  &  Church,  new  species 

Plate  41,  figures  7,  8,  9 

Test  small,  trochoid,  six  chambers  making  up  the  last- 
formed  whorl,  dorsal  side  concave,  with  a  deep  sulcus  at  the 
spiral  suture  in  the  last-formed  whorl,  ventral  side  strongly 
convex,  in  peripheral  view  test  nearly  quadrate,  periphery  very 
broad  and  only  slightly  curved;  chambers  distinct,  slightly 
inflated;  sutures  distinct,  depressed,  dorsally  slightly  limbate, 
slightly  curved,  ventrally  radiate ;  wall  smooth ;  aperture  ven- 
tral, between  the  umbilicus  and  the  periphery.  Diameter  of 
holotype  0.20  mm.;  height  0.13  mm. 

Holotype:  No.  4754,  Mus.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  from  Loc. 
1421  (C.  A.  S.),  California  Northern  Petroleum  Company 
Well  No.  19,  Sec.  2,  T.  21  S.,  R.  14  E.,  M.  D.  M.,  Fresno 
County,  California;  depth,  1135  feet;  upper  Cretaceous. 

This  is  a  very  distinctive  small  species  with  its  deeply  exca- 
vated spiral  suture,  concave  dorsal  side  and  quadrate  shape  in 
side  view. 


Vol.  XVIII]       CUSHMAN  &  CHURCH— CRETACEOUS  FORAMINIFERA       5^7 

Genus  Epistomina  Terquem,  1883 

39.     Epistomina  caracolla  (Roemer) 

Plate  41,  figures  10(?),  11,  12,  13 

Gyroidina  caracolla  Roemer,  Verstein.  Norddeutsch.  Kreide,  1840-41,  p.  97, 

pi.  IS,  fig.  22. 
Pulvinulina  caracolla  Chapman,  Journ.  Roy.  Micr.  Soc,  1898,  p.  7,  pi.  1, 

figs.  9  a-c. 
Epistomina  caracolla  Franke,   Abhandl.   geol.   pal.   Instit.   Univ.   Greifs- 

wald,  vol.  6,  1925,  p.  88,  pi.  8,  figs.  10  a-c. 

The  large  specimen  figured  on  Plate  40,  figures  11,  12,  13 
has  many  of  the  characters  of  Roemer's  species  although  later 
figures  give  various  interpretations  of  the  specific  characters. 
The  sutures  are  limbate  and  well  marked  and  there  is  a 
thickened  keel  and  large  umbo  in  the  ventral  umbilical  region. 
The  small  irregular  specimen,  figure  10,  is  figured  largely  for 
comparison.  It  is  a  slightly  eroded  specimen,  and  its  charac- 
ters are  not  well  shown. 


Family  Chilostomellid^ 

Genus  Allomorphina  Reuss,  1850 

40.     Allomorphina  cretacea  Reuss 

Plate  41,  figures  12,  13 

Allomorphina  cretacea  Reuss,  in  Haidinger's  Nat.  Abhandl.,  vol.  4,  1851, 
p.  43,  pi.  4,  fig.  7;  Sitz.  Akad.  Wiss.  Wien,  vol.  44,  pt.  1,  1861 
(1862),  p.  320. — Franke,  Abhandl.  geol.  pal.  Instit.  Univ.  Greifs- 
wald,  vol.  6,  1925,  p.  28,  pi.  2,  fig.  26. 

The  figured  form  is  an  irregular  one  and  tends  somewhat 
toward  A.  obliqua  Reuss.  Both  species  were  described  by 
Reuss  from  the  upper  Cretaceous  of  Lemberg. 


A- 


Genus  Pullenia  Parker  &  Jones,  1862 

41.     Pullenia  quinqueloba  (Reuss) 

Plate  41,  figures  10,  11 

Nonionina  quinqueloba  Reuss,  Zeitschr.  deutsch.  geol.  Ges.,  vol.  3,  1851, 
p.  71,  pi.  5,  fig.  31. 


518  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Although  described  by  Reuss  from  the  Middle  Oligocene 
of  Germany,  this  name  has  been  applied  to  most  forms  of 
Pullenia  that  have  five  chambers  in  the  last-formed  coil.  Its 
apparent  range  is  from  Cretaceous  to  Recent  at  least,  and  an 
examination  of  large  series  from  different  formations  should 
be  studied  to  determine  the  relationships  of  all  these  forms. 
The  figured  specimen  is  somewhat  collapsed. 


Family  Globorotaliid;e 

Genus  Globotruncana  Cushman,  1927 

42.     Globotruncana  area  (Cushman) 

Plate  41,  figures  1,  2,  3 

Pulvinulina  area  Cushman,   Contr.   Cushman  Lab.  Foram.  Res.,  vol.  2, 
1926,  p.  23,  pi.  3,  figs.  1  a-c. 

Globotruncana  area  Cushman,  1.  c,  vol.  3,  1927,  pi.   19,  fig.  11;  Journ. 
Pal.,  vol.  1,  1927,  p.  169,  pi.  28,  fig.  15. 

This  abundant  and  characteristic  species  of  the  American 
upper  Cretaceous  occurs  in  the  California  material.  The 
edges  of  the  chamber  are  not  as  ornamented  as  usual. 

Family  Anomalinid^ 
Genus  Cibicides  Montfort,  1808 
43.     Cibicides  convexa  (Reuss) 

Plate  41,  figures  14,  15,  16 

Truncatulina  eonvexa  Reuss,  in  Haidinger's  Nat.  Abhandl.,  vol.  4,  1851, 
p.  36,  pi.  3,  fig.  4. 

The  figured  specimen  is  very  typical  of  this  species  figured 
and  described  by  Reuss  from  the  upper  Cretaceous  of  Lem- 
berg.  The  dorsal  side  is  concave  and  the  ventral  strongly 
convex.  The  wall  is  coarsely  perforate  and  the  periphery  very 
broadly  rounded. 


520  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  See. 

Plate  36 

Fig.  1.  Spiroplectammina  anceps  (Reuss).  Plesiotype,  No.  4710,  C.  A.  S., 
X  60;  front  view;  p.  500. 

Fig.  2.  Spiroplectammina  anceps  (Reuss).  Plesiotype,  No.  4710,  C.  A.  S., 
X  60;  apertural  view;  p.  500. 

Fig.  3.  Gaudryina  oxycona  "Reuss.  Plesiotype,  No.  4711,  C.  A.  S.,  X  60; 
front  view;  p.  501. 

Fig.  4.  Gaudryina  oxycona  Reuss.  Plesiotype,  No.  4711,  C.  A.  S.,  X  60; 
apertural  view;  p.  501. 

Fig.  5.  Gaudryina  ruthenica  Reuss.  Plesiotype,  No.  4712,  C.  A.  S.,  X  60; 
front  view;  p.  501. 

Fig.  6.  Gaudryina  ruthenica  Reuss.  Plesiotype,  No.  4712,  C.  A.  S.,  X  60; 
apertural  view;  p.  501. 

Fig.  7.  Quinqueloculina  sp.  (?).  Plesiotype,  No.  4716,  C.  A.  S.,  X  60;  side 
view;  p.  503. 

Fig.  8.  Quinqueloculina  sp.  (?).  Plesiotype,  No.  4716,  C.  A.  S.,  X  60;  side 
view;  p.  503. 

Fig.  9.  Quinqueloculina  sp.  (?).  Plesiotype,  No.  4716,  C.  A.  S.,  X  60;  end 
view;  p.  503. 

Fig.  10.  Silicosigmoilina  californica  Cushman  &  Church,  n.  sp.  Holotype, 
No.  4714,  C.  A.  S.,  X  60;  side  view;  p.  502. 

Fig.  11.  Silicosigmoilina  californica  Cushman  &  Church,  n.  sp.  Paratype, 
No.  4713,  C.  A.  S.,  X  60;  side  view;  p.  502. 

Fig.  12.  Silicosigmoilina  californica  Cushman  &  Church,  n.  sp.  Paratype, 
No.  4715,  C.  A.  S.,  X  60;  transverse  section  of  young  specimen; 
p.  502. 

Fig.  13.  Lenticulina  williamsoni  (Reuss).  Plesiotype,  No.  4719,  C.  A.  S., 
X  60;  side  view;  p.  503. 

Fig.  14.  Lenticulina  williamsoni  (Reuss).  Plesiotype,  No.  4719,  C.  A.  S., 
X  60;  apertural  view;  p.  503. 

Fig.  15.  Robulus  lepidus  (Reuss).  Plesiotype,  No.  4718,  C.  A.  S.,  X  60;  side 
view;  p.  504. 

Fig.  16.  Robulus  lepidus  (Reuss).  Plesiotype,  No.  4718,  C.  A.  S.,  X  60; 
apertural  view;  p.  504. 

All  of  the  specimens  illustrated  on  this  plate  are  from  Calif.  Acad.  Sci. 
Loc.  No.  1421 ;  California  Northern  Petroleum  Company  Well  No.  19,  Section  2, 
T.  21  S.,  R.  14  E.,  near  Coalinga,  Fresno  County,  California;  depth  1135  feet, 
upper  Cretaceous. 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XVIII,  No.  16      [CUSHMAN  &  CHURCH  ]  Plate  36 


October  4,  1929. 


^9?  CALIFORNIA    ACADEMY   OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 


Plate  37 

Fig.     1.     Lenticulina  rottdata  Lamarck.    Plesiotype,  No.  4717,  C.  A.  S.,  X  60; 
side  view;  p.  503. 

Fig.     2.     Lenticulina  rottdata  Lamarck.    Plesiotype,  No.  4-717,  C.  A.  S.,  X  60; 
apertural  view;  p.  503. 

Figt    3.     Marginulina  huniilis  (Reuss).    Plesiotype,  No.  4725,  C.  A.  vS.,  X  6C; 
side  view;  p.  505. 

Fig.    4.      Marginulina  humi! is  (Keuss).    Plesiotype,  No.  4725,  C.  A.  vS.,  X  60; 
front  view;  p.  505. 

Fig.    5.     Marginulina  humilis  (Reuss).    Plesiotype,  No.  4725,  C.  A.  vS.,  X  60; 
apertural  view;  p.  505. 

Fig.     6.     Rohulus  trachyomphalus  (Reuss).    Plesiotype,   No.  4720,  C.  A.  S., 
X  30;  side  view;  p.  504. 

Fig.     7.     Robulus  trachyomphalus  (Reuss).    Plesiotype,   No.  4720,  C.  A.  S., 
X  30;  apertural  view;  p.  504. 

Fig.    8.     Marginulina  modesta  Reuss.    Plesiotype,  No.  4723,  C.  A.  S.,  X  60; 
side  view;  p.  506. 

Fig.    9.     Marginulina  modesta  Reuss.    Plesiotype,  No.  4725,  C.  A.  S.,   X  60; 
front  view;  p.  506. 

Fig.  10.     Marginulina  modesta  Reuss.    Plesiotype,  No.  4723,  C.  A.  S.,  X  60; 
apertural  view;  p.  506. 

Fig.  11.     Lenticulina  sp.  (?).    Plesiotype,  No.  4721,  C.  A.  S.,  X  60;  side  view; 
p.  504. 

Fig.  12.     Lenticulina  sp.  (?).    Plesiotype,  No.  4721,  C.  A.  S.,  X  60;  apertural 
view;  p.  504. 

P'ig.  13.     Saracenaria  triangularis  (d'Orhigny).    Plesiotype,  No.  4738,  C.  A.  S., 
X  60;  side  view;  p.  505. 

Fig.  14.     Saracenaria  triangularis  {d'Orhigny).    Plesiotype,  No.  4738,  C.  A.  S., 
X  60;  apertural  view;  p.  505. 

All  of  the  specimens  illustrated  on  this  plate  are  from  Calif.  Acad.  Sci. 
Loc.  No.  1421;  California  Northern  Petroleum  Company  Well  No.  19,  Sec.  2, 
T.  21  S.,  R.  14  E.,  near  Coalinga,  Fresno  County,  California,  depth  1135  feet; 
upper  Cretaceous. 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XVIII,  No.  16      [CUSHMAN  &  CHURCH]  Plate  37 


5^4  CALIFORNIA    ACADEMY   OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Skr. 


Plate  38 

Fig.     1.     MarginuUmi  elongata  d'Orbigny.     Plesiotype,   No.   4726,   C.  A.   S., 
X  60;  side  view;  p.  506. 

Fig.     2.     Marginulina  elongata  d'Orbigny.     Plesiotype,  No.  4726,  C.  A.   S., 
X  60;  front  view;  p.  506. 

Fig.    3.     Marginulina  elongata  d'Orbigny.     Plesiotype,  No.  4726,  C.  A.   S., 
X  60;  apertural  view;  p.  506. 

Fig.    4.     Marginulina  bullata  Reuss.    Plesiotype,  No.  4724,  C.  A.  S.,   X  60; 
side  view;  p.  507. 

Fig.    5.     Marginulina  bullata  Reuss.    Plesiotype  No.  4724,  C.  A.  S.,   X  60; 
front  view;  p.  507. 

Fig.     6.      Marginulina  bullata  Reuss.    Plesiotype,  No.  4724,  C.  A.  S.,    X  60; 
apertural  view;  p.  507. 

Fig.     7.     Margi)iulina  jonesi  Reuss.    Plesiotype,  No.  4722,  C.  A.  vS.,    X  60; 
side  view;  p.  507. 

Fig.    8.     Marginulina  jonesi  Reuss.    Plesiotype,  No.  4722,  C.  A.  S.,   X  60; 
front  view;  p.  507. 

Fig.    9.     Marginulina  jonesi  Reuss.    Plesiotype,  No.  4722,  C.  A.  S.,   X   60; 
apertural  view;  p.  507. 

Fig.  10.      Vaginulina  siniondsi  Carsey.    Plesiotype,  No.  4742,  C.  A.  S.,  X  45; 
p.  508. 

Fig.  11.     Frondicularia  decheni  Reuss.    Plesiotype,  No.  4740,  C.  A.  S.,  X  45; 
front  view;  p.  508. 

Fig.  12.     Frondicularia  decheni  Reuss.    Plesiotype,  No.  4740,  C.  A.  S.,  X  45; 
apertural  view;  p.  508. 

Fig.  13.     Frondicularia  decheni  Reuss.    Plesiotype,  No.  4740,  C.  A.  S.,   X  45; 
p.  508. 

Fig.  14.     Frondicularia  sp.  (?).    Plesiotype,  No.  4739,  C.  A.  S.,  X  30;  p.  509. 

Fig.  15.     Dentalina  sp.  (?).  Plesiotype,  No.  4736,  C.  A.  S.,  X  60;  p.  509. 

All  of  the  specimens  illustrated  on  this  plate  are  from  Calif.  Acad.  Sci. 
Loc.  1421;  California  Northern  Petroleum  Company  Well  No.  19,  Section  2, 
T.  21  wS.,  R.  14  E.,  near  Coalinga,  Fresno  County,  Cahfornia;  depth,  1135  feet; 
upper  Cretaceous. 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XVIIl,  No.  16      [  CUSHMAN  &  CHURCH  ]  Plate  38 


526  CALIFORNIA   ACADEMY   OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 


Plate  39 

Fig.     1.     Dentalina  catenida  Rcuss.    Plesiotype,  No.  4729,  C.  A.  S.,    X   60 
p.  509. 

Fig.    2.     Dentalina  polyphragma  Reuss.   Plesiotype,  No.  4731,  C.  A.  S.,  X  60 
p.  509. 

Fig.    3.     Dentalina  commutata  Reuss.    Plesiotype,  No.  4734,  C.  A.  S.,   X  60 
p.  510. 

Fig.    4.     Nodosaria  nnda  Reuss.   Plesiotype,  No.  4733,  C.  A.  S.,  X  60;  p.  510. 

Fig.     5.     Nodosaria  nnda  Reuss.  Plesiotype,  No.  4727,  C.  A.  S.,  X  60;  p.  510. 

Fig.    6.     Nodosaria  nuda  Reuss.   Plesiotype,  No.  4728,  C.  A.  S.,  X  60;  p.  510. 

Fig.     7.     Nodosaria  eivaldi  (?)  Reuss.    Plesiotype,  No.  4729,  C.  A.  S.,  X  60; 
p.  510. 

Fig.    8.     Glandulina  cylindracea  Reuss.  Plesiotype,  No.  4735,  C.  A.  S.,  X  60; 
p.  511. 

Fig.    9.     Glandulina  cylindracea  Reuss.    Plesiotype,  No.  4732,  C.  A.  S.,  X  60; 

p.  511. 
Fig.  10.     Glandulina  manifesta  Reuss.    Plesiotype,  No.  4737,  C.  A.  S.,  X  60; 

p.  511. 

Fig.  11.     Lagena  (?)  sp.  (?).   Plesiotype,  No.  4743,  C.  A.  S.,  X  60;  p.  512. 

Fig.  12.      Ventilabrella  ornatissima  Cushman  &  Church,  n.  sp.    Holotype,  No. 
4746,  C.  A.  S.,  X  60;  front  view;  p.  512. 

Fig.  13.      Ventilabrella   ornatissima   Cushman   &   Church,   n.    sp.,    Holotype, 
No.  4746,  C.  A.  S.,  X  60;  side  view;  p.  512. 

Fig.  14.      Ventilabrella  ornatissima  Cushman  &  Church,  n.  sp.    Holotvpe,  No. 
4746,  C.  A.  S.,  X  60;  end  view;  p.  512. 

Fig.  15.      Ventilabrella    ornatissima   Cushman   &   Church,   n.   sp.     Paratype, 

No.  4745,  C.  A.  S.,  X  60;  front  view;  p.  512. 
Fig.  16.     Lagena  sp.  (?).   Plesiotype,  No.  4744,  C.  A.  S.,  X  60;  p.  512. 

Fig.  17.     Bulimina  obtusa  d'Orbigny.    Plesiotype,  No.  4748,  C.  A.  S.,   X  60 
megalospheric  form;  p.  513. 

Fig.  18.     Bulimina  obtusa  d'Orbigny.    Plesiotype,  No.  4747,  C.  A.  S.,   X  60 
microspheric  form;  p.  513. 

Fig.  19.     Bulimina  obtusa  d'Orbigny.    Plesiotype,  No.  4747,  C.  A.  S.,   X  60 
apertural  view;  p.  513. 

Fig.  20.     Nodosarella   coalingensis    Cushman   &    Church,    n.    sp.     Holotype, 
No.  4751,  C.  A.  S.,  X  45;  front  view;  p.  514. 

Fig.  21.     Nodosarella    coalingensis    Cushman   &    Church,    n.    sp.     Holotype, 
No.  4751,  C.  A.  S.,  X  45;  apertural  view;  p.  514. 

Fig.  22.     Nodosarella    coalingensis    Cushman   &    Church,    n.    sp.     Paratype, 
No.  4750,  C.  A.  S.,  X  45;  side  view;  p.  514. 

Fig.  23.     Chrysalogonium  cretaceum  Cushman   &   Church,  n.  sp.     Holotype, 
No.  4762,  C.  A.  S.,  X  60;  front  view;  p.  513. 

Fig.  24.     Chrysalogonium  cretaceum  Cushman   &   Church,  n.  sp.     Holotvpe, 
No.  4762,  C.  A.  S.,  X  60;  apertural  view;  p.  513. 

All  of  the  specimens  illustrated  on  this  plate  are  from  Calif.  Acad.  Sci. 
Loc.  No.  1421;  California  Northern  Petroleum  Company  Well  No.  19,  Sec.  2, 
T.  21  S.,  R.  14  E.,  near  Coalinga,  Fresno  County,  California;  depth  1135  feet; 
upper  Cretaceous. 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XVIII,  No.  16     [CUSHMAN  &  CHURCH  ]  Plate  39 


528  CALIFORNIA    ACADEMY   OF   SCIEXCES  [Pkoc.  4th  Ser. 


Plate  40 

Fig.     1.     Ellipsobiilimina  (?)  sp.  (?).    Plesiotype,  No.  4749-a,  C.  A.  S.,  X  60; 
front  view;  p.  514. 

Fig.     2.     Ellipsobiilimina  (?)  sp.  (?).    Plesiotype,  No.  4749-a,  C.  A.  S..  X  60: 
apertural  view;  p.  514. 

Fig.    3.     Ellipsobulimina  (?)  sp.  (?).    Plesiotype,  No.  4749,  C.  A.  S.,   X  60; 
front  view;  p.  514. 

Fig.    4.     Discorbis  cretacea  (Franke)  (?).  Plesiotype,  No.  4752,  C.  A.  S.,  X  60; 
dorsal  view;  p.  515. 

Fig.    5.     Discorbis  cretacea  (Franke)  (?).    Plesiotype,  No.  4752,  C.  A.  S.,  X  60; 
ventral  view;  p.  515. 

Fig.     6.     Discorbis  cretacea  {¥ra.nke){'^).    Plesiotype,  No.  4752,  C.  A.  S.,  X  60; 
peripheral  view;  p.  515. 

Fig.     7.     Eponides  umbonella  (Reuss).    Plesiotype,  No.  4757,  C.  A.  S.,  X  60; 
dorsal  view;  p.  515. 

Fig.     8.     Eponides  umbonella  (Reuss).    Plesiotype,  No.  4757,  C.  A.  S.,  X  60; 
ventral  view;  p.  515. 

Fig.    9.     Eponides  umbonella  (Reuss).    Plesiotype,  No.  4757.  C.  A.  S.,  X  60; 
peripheral  view;  p.  515. 

Fig.  10.     Epistomina  caracolla  (?)  (Roemer).    Plesiotype,  No.  4756,  C.  A.  S., 

X  45;  (?);p.  517. 

Fig.  11.     Epistomina  caracolla  (Roemer).   Plesiotype,  No.  4755,  C.  A.  S.,  X  45  ; 
dorsal  view;  p.  517. 

Fig.  12.     Epistomina  caracolla  (Koemer).    Plesiotype,  No.  4755,  C.  A.  S.,  X  45; 
ventral  view-;  p.  517. 

Fig.  13.     Epistomina  caracolla  (Roemer).  Plesiotype,  No.  4755,  C.  A.  S.,  X  45; 
peripheral  view;  p.  517. 

All  of  the  specimens  illustrated  on  this  plate  are  from  Calif.  Acad.  Sci. 
Loc.  No.  1421;  California  Northern  Petroleum  Company  Well  No.  19,  Sec.  2, 
T.  21  vS.,  R.  14  E.,  near  Coalinga,  Fresno  County,  California;  depth  1135  feet; 
upper  Cretaceous. 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XVIII,  No.  16     [CUSHMAN  &  CHURCH  ]  Plate  40 


\ 


'^^ 


r.'> 


10 


12 


530  CALIFORNIA   ACADEMY   OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 


Plate  41 

Fig.     1.     Globotnincana  area  (Cushman).    Plesiotype,  No.  4760,  C.  A.  S.,  X  60; 
dorsal  view;  p.  518. 

Fig.     2.     Globolruncana  area  (Cnshman).    Plesiotype,  No.  4760,  C.  A.  S.,  X  60; 
ventral  view;  p.  518. 

Fig.    3.     Glohotnincana  area  (Cushman).    Plesiotype,  No.  4760,  C.  A.  S.,  X  60; 
peripheral  view;  p.  518. 

Fig.    4.     Gyroidina  depressa  (Alth).     Plesiotype,   No.  4753,   C.  A.  S..  X  60; 
dorsal  view;  p.  515. 

Fig.    5.     Gyroidina  depressa  (Alth).     Plesiotype,   No.  4753,   C.  A.  S.,  X  60; 
ventral  view;  p.  515. 

Fig.     6.     Gyroidina  depressa  (Alth).     Plesiotype,  No.   4753,  C.  A.  S.,    X  60; 
peripheral  view;  p.  515. 

Fig.     7.     Gyroidina  quadrata  Cushman  &  Church,  n.  sp.    Holotype  No.  4754, 
C.  A.  S.,  X  60;  dorsal  view;  p.  516. 

Fig.    8.     Gyroidina  quadrata  Cushman  &  Church,  n.  sp.    Holotype,  No.  4754, 
C.  A.  S.,  X  60;  ventral  view;  p.  516. 

Fig.    9.     Gyroidina  quadrata  Cushman  &  Church,  n.  sp.    Holotype,  No.  4754, 
C.  A.  S.,  X  60;  peripheral  view;  p.  516. 

Fig.  10.     PuUenia  quinqueloha  (Reuss).    Plesiotype,  No.  4759,  C.  A.  S.,  X  60; 
side  view;  p.  517. 

Fig.  11.     PuUenia  quinqueloha  (Reuss).   Plesiotype,  No.  4759,  C.  A.  S.,  X  60; 
peripheral  view;  p.  517. 

Fig.  12.     Allomorphina  cretacea  Reuss.    Plesiotype,  No.  4758,  C.  A.  S.,  X  60; 
side  view;  p.  517. 

Fig.  13.     Allomorphina  cretacea  Reuss.    Plesiotype,  No.  4758,  C.  A.  vS.,  X  60; 
opposite  side;  p.  517. 

Fig.  14.     Cibicides  convexa  (Reuss).     Plesiotype,   No.   4761,  C.  A.  S.,    X  60; 
dorsal  view;  p.  518. 

Fig.  15.      Cibicides  convexa  (Reuss).     Plesiotype,  No.   4761,   C.  A.  S.,    X  60; 
ventral  view;  p.  518. 

Fig.  16.     Cibicides  convexa  (Reuss).     Plesiotype,   No.  4761,   C.  A.  S.,    X  60; 
peripheral  view;  p.  518. 

All  of  the  specimens  illustrated  on  this  plate  are  from  Calif.  Acad.  Sci. 
Loc.  No.  1421;  California  Northern  Petroleum  Company  Well  No.  19,  Sec.  2, 
T.  21  S.,  R.  14  E.,  near  Coalinga,  Fresno  County,  California;  depth,  1135  feet; 
upper  Cretaceous. 


PROC.  CAL.  ACAD.  SCI.,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XVIII,  No.  16       [CUSHMAN  &  CHURCH  ]  Plate  41 


PROCEEDINGS 

OF  THE 

CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 

Fourth  Series 

Vol.  XVIII,  No.  17,  pp.  531-541  April  8,  1930 


XVII 

REPORT  OF  THE  PRESIDENT  OF  THE  ACADEMY 

FOR  THE  YEAR  1929 

BY 

C.  E.  GRUNSKY 
President  of  the  Academy 

In  last  year's  annual  report  attention  was  called  to  the  needs 
of  the  Academy  for  the  proper  functioning  of  the  different 
departments.  An  appeal  was  made  to  public-spirited  citizens 
in  California  to  consider  carefully  and  sympathetically  the 
matter  of  helping  the  Academy  in  one  or  more  of  its  activities. 
It  is  regretted  that  this  appeal  has  not  received  the  attention 
that  it  should.  It  is,  therefore,  necessary  again  to  call  atten- 
tion to  the  opportunity  which  the  Academy  would  afford 
any  one  who  is  able,  to  render  financial  assistance  in  a  manner 
which  would  prove  of  lasting  benefit  to  the  community  and 
the  state.  The  opportunity  for  helping  to  advance  popular 
education  and  science  is  one  which  should  appeal  strongly  to 
many  of  our  public-spirited  citizens. 

The  membership  of  the  Academy  is  made  up  of  persons 
interested  in  science.  It  should  have  a  membership  of  5,000  to 
10,000  instead  of  the  1,100  at  which  membership  has  stood  for 

April  8,   1930 


532  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Pkoc.  4th  Ser. 

some  years.     Dues  are  not  onerous — only  $5.00  per  annum, 
and  no  admission  fee. 

Special  effort  should  be  made  during  the  ensuing  year  to 
increase  the  membership  roll  which  has  not  changed  materially 
during  the  year  1929.     The  membership  is  now  made  up  of: 

Patrons 17 

Honorary  Members IS 

Life  Members 85 

Fellows 63 

Members 911 

Junior  Members 5 

1096 

5  of  the  Life  IVIembers  are  also  Fellows 5 

2  of  the  Patrons  are  also  Life  Members 2 

1  Fellow  is  also  an  Honorary  Member 1 

2  Fellows  are  also  Patrons 2 

Less 10 

1086 


On  January  1,  1929,  the  number  of  members  stood  at 1096 

New  members  added  during  the  year 53 

Members  lost  by  death 23 

Members  resigned 27 

Members  dropped  for  non-payment  of  dues 13 

63 

Net  loss  during  the  year 10 

Leaving  the  membership  on  January  1,  1930,  at 1086 


The  Academy  carries  on  its  list  of  benefactors  the  following 
names : 

Deceased 
Mr.  James  Lick  Mr.  Ignatz  Steinhart 

The  Academy  carries  on  its  list  of  patrons  the  following 
names : 


Vol.  XVIII] 


GRUNSKY— PRESIDENT'S  REPORT  FOR  1929 


533 


Living 


Mr.  George  C.  Beckley 
Dr.  Frank  E.  Blaisdell 
Mr.  William  B.  Bourn 
Hon.  William  H.  Crocker 
Mr.  Peter  F.  Dunne 
Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann 
Mr.  Herbert  Fleishhacker 
Hon.  Joseph  D.  Grant 
Mr.  Edward  Hohfeld 


Mrs.  Albert  Koebele 
Mr.  A.  Kingsley  Macomber 
Mr.  John  W.  Mailliard 
Mr.  Joseph  Mailliard 
Mr.  M.  Hall  McAllister 
Mr.  William  C.  Van  Antwerp 
Mr.  Edward  P.  Van  Duzee 
Dr.  E.  C.  Van  Dyke 


Mr.  William  Alvord 
Mr.  Charles  Crocker 
Mr.  W.  M.  Giffard 
Mr.  John  W.  Hendrie 
Mr.  William  F.  Herrin 
Mr.  Henry  M.  Holbrook 


Deceased 

Mrs.  Charlotte  Hosmer 

Mr.  Ogden  Mills 

Mr.  Alexander  F.  Morrison 

Mr.  Amariah  Pierce 

Dr.  John  Van  Denburgh 


Academy  members  who  were  called  by  death  in  1929  are  as 
follows : 


Mr.  Harry  Aldous Member March  IS 

Mr.  R.  Curtis  Baird Member November  22 

Mrs.  Mary  D.  Barker Member January  20 

Miss  Katherine  D.  Burke.  . .  .  Member January  10 

Mr.  W.  M.  Fitzhugh Life  Member May  18 

Mr.  Walter  M.  Giffard Patron  and  Fellow June  30, 

Mr.  Harry  D.  Hawks Member July  15 

Judge  Frederick  W.  Henshaw.  Member June    8 

Mr.  Edgar  L.  Hoage Member April  19 

Mrs.  William  E.  Keith Life  Member April  28 

Dr.  John  Sterling  Kingsley. .  .  Fellow August  29 

Mr.  George  R.  Kleeberger.  .  .Life  Member Deceinber  11 

Dr.  E.  Ray  Lankester Honorary  Member..  .  .August  15 

Mr.  Frank  A.  Leach Member June  19 

Dr.  F.  A.  Lucas Honorary  Member. .  February  10 

Mr.  Ogden  Mills Patron January  29 

Mrs.  Louis  F.  Monteagle.  .  .  .  Member June  26 

Judge  W.  W.  Morrow Member July  24 

Mr.  George  A.  Newhall Life  Member December  22 

Professor  Robert  Ridgway.  .  .Honorary  Member.  .  .  .March  25 

Mr.  William  T.  Sesnon Member June  30 

Mr.  James  A.  White Member July  15 

Mr.  William  K.  Winterhalter .  Mem_ber Januar\'  28 


1929 
1929 
1929 
1929 
1929 
1929 
1929 
1929 
1929 
1929 
1929 
1929 
1929 
1929 
1929 
1929 
1929 
1929 
1929 
1929 
1929 
1929 
1929 


534 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


[Proc.  4th  Ser. 


In  the  year  1929  eleven  free  lectures  were  delivered  at  the 
stated  meetings  of  the  Academy,  as  follows : 

January  2.  "Reasons  why  an  Elk  Refuge  should  be  established  in  the 

San  Joaquin  Valley."     By  Dr.  Barton  Warren  Ever- 
mann,  California  Academy  of  Sciences,  San  Francisco. 

March  6.  "The  Work  of  the  Food,  Drug,  and  Insecticide  Administra- 

tion." By  Mr.  Perry  Bruce  Clark,  Assistant  Chemist, 
United  States  Food,  Drug  and  Insecticide  Administra- 
tion, San  Francisco. 


April  3. 


"The  vStory  of  the  California  State  Geological  Survey  under 
Whitney  and  Brewer."  By  Mr.  Francis  P.  Farquhar, 
San  Francisco. 


May  1. 


"The  Big  Trees  of  the  High  Sierra."  Illustrated.  By  Mr. 
Harold  Stein,  Field  Executive,  Boy  Scouts  of  America, 
San  Francisco. 


June  5. 


July  3. 


August  7. 


September  4. 


"The  Cahfornia  Valley  Quail."  Illustrated.  By  Mr.  Don- 
ald D.  McLean,  Field  Naturalist,  California  Fish  and 
Game  Commission,  San  Francisco. 

"Flora  of  the  Apache  Trail  and  adjacent  country."  By  Miss 
Alice  Eastwood,  Curator,  Department  of  Botany,  Cali- 
fornia Academy  of  Sciences,  San  Francisco. 

"The  Pistache  Tree,  its  history,  culture,  and  economic  im- 
portance." Illustrated.  By  Mr.  G.  P.  Rixford,  Physi- 
ologist, Bureau  of  Plant  Industry,  United  States  De- 
partment of  Agriculture,  San  Francisco. 

"Reminiscences  of  old  Cahfornia."  By  Mr.  Otto  von  Gel- 
dem.  Second  Vice-President,  California  Academy  of 
Sciences,  San  Francisco. 


October  2,  "Some  Peculiarities  of  the  California  Flora."    By  Miss  Alice 

Eastwood,  Curator  of  Botany,  California  Academy  of 
Sciences,  San  Francisco. 

November  6.         "In  the  By-paths  of  Chamisso  in  Alaska."    By  Dr.  George 

Haley,  Professor  of  Biology,  St.  Ignatius  College,  San 
Francisco. 


December  4. 


"Experiences  with  Hawks  in  Cahfornia."  Illustrated.  By 
Mr.  Donald  D.  McLean,  Field  Naturalist,  Cahfornia 
Fish  and  Game  Commission,  San  Francisco. 


Vol.  XVIII] 


GRUNSKY— PRESIDENT'S  REPORT  FOR  1929 


535 


The  Sunday  lectures  at  the  Museum  of  the  Academy  in 
Golden  Gate  Park  retain  their  popularity,  and  the  kindness 
and  good-will  of  those  who  contribute  of  their  knowledge  and 
experience  on  these  occasions  is  sincerely  appreciated.  The 
following  33  Sunday  lectures  were  delivered  at  the  Museum 
of  the  Academy  in  Golden  Gate  Park  during  the  year  1929: 


January  6. 
January  13. 
January  20. 
January  27. 

February  3. 
February  10. 
February  17. 

February  24. 

March  3. 

March  10. 
March  17. 

March  24. 
March  31. 


"Western  Reptiles  and  Amphibians."  Illustrated.  By 
Dr.  C.  L.  Camp,  University  of  California,  Berkeley. 

"A  Zoological  Student  in  Germany."  By  Dr.  J.  S.  Kingsley, 
Berkeley. 

"Fossil  Hunting  in  New  Mexico."  Illustrated.  By.  Dr.  C.  L. 
Camp,  University  of  California,  Berkeley. 

"Educating  the  Summer  Vacationists."  Illustrated.  By 
Dr.  Harold  C.  Bryant,  State  Fish  and  Game  Com- 
mission. 

"The  Stars."  Illustrated.  By  Dr.  J.  H.  Moore,  Astronomer, 
Lick  Observatory,  Mount  Hamilton,  California. 

"The  Nebulae."  Illustrated.  By  Dr.  J.  H.  Moore,  Astron- 
omer, Lick  Observatory,  Mount  Hamilton,  California. 

"Systems  of  the  Stars."  Illustrated.  By  Dr.  R.  G.  Aitken, 
Astronomer  and  Associate  Director,  Lick  Observatory, 
Mount  Hamilton,  California. 

"Stars  and  Atoms."  Illustrated.  By  Dr.  S.  F.  Meyer,  Pro- 
fessor of  Astro-Physics,  University  of  California, 
Berkeley,  California.  / 

"Minor  Planets  and  Comets."  Illustrated.  By  Dr.  N.  T. 
Bobrovnikoff,  Martin  Kellogg  Fellow,  Lick  Observa- 
tory, Mount  Hamilton,  California. 

"The  Distance  of  the  Sun."  Illustrated.  By  Dr.  R.  H. 
Tucker,  Palo  Alto,  California. 

"Variable  Stars."  Illustrated.  By  Dr.  S.  D.  Townley, 
Professor  of  Mathematics,  Stanford  University,  Cali- 
fornia. 

"Twins  and  Monsters,  Their  Etiology."  Illustrated.  By 
Dr.  Charles  E.  von  Geldem,  Sacramento,  California. 

"The  Deer  Problem  in  California."  Illustrated.  By  Mr.  J. 
S.  Dixon,  Economic  Mammalogist,  University  of  Cali- 
fornia, Berkeley. 


536 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


[Proc.  4th  Ser. 


April  7.  "The  Elk  Problem  in  California."  Illustrated.    By  Mr.  J.  S. 

Dixon,  Economic  Mammalogist,  University  of  Cali- 
fornia, Berkeley. 

April  14.  "Personal  Observations  on  a  Recent  Trip  in  Europe."    By 

Mr.  C.  B.  Lastreto,  San  Francisco. 

April  21.  "Forestry  in  Switzerland,  Sweden  and  California."     Illus- 

trated. By  Prof.  Walter  Mulford,  Professor  of  Forestry 
University  of  California,  Berkeley. 

April  28.  "California's  Fishery  Resources."    Illustrated.    By  Dr.  H. 

C.  Bryant,  California  Fish  and  Game  Commission,  San 
Francisco. 

May  5.  "Literary  Trails  and  Tracks."     Illustrated.     By  Mr.  Win- 

field  Scott,  Forest  and  Park  Club  of  California,  San 
Francisco. 

May  12.  "Choosing  a  State  Bird  for  California."    Illustrated.     By 

Mr.  C.  A.  Harwell,  Chairman  for  Northern  California, 
State  Bird  Commission. 

May  19.  "How  the  Yosemite  Region  was  formed."    Illustrated.    By 

Mr.  Harold  Stein,  Field  Executive,  Boy  Scouts  of 
America,  San  Francisco. 

May  26.  "History  of  the  Yosemite  Region."     Illustrated.     By  Mr. 

Harold  Stein,  Field  Executive,  Boy  Scouts  of  America, 
San  Francisco. 

June  2.  "Plant  and  Animal  Life  of  the  Yosemite."    Illustrated.   By 

Mr.  Harold  Stein,  Field  Executive,  Boy  Scouts  of 
America,  San  Francisco. 

October  6.  "Forestr>' and  Reforestation  in  California."  Illustrated.  By 

Mr.  Winfield  Scott,  California  Forest  Protective  Asso- 
ciation, San  Francisco. 

October  13.  "The  Redwood  in  Sentiment,  in  Industry  and  in  Reforesta- 

tion." Illustrated.  By  Mr.  Winfield  Scott,  California 
Forest  Protective  Association,  San  Francisco. 

October  20.  "Forestry  and  Reforestation  in  the  Sierran  Region."    Illus- 

trated. By  Mr.  Winfield  Scott,  California  Forest  Pro- 
tective Association,  San  Francisco. 

October  27.  "Asan  Astronomer  Sees  the  World."    Illustrated.    By  Prof . 

Earle  G.  Linsley,  Director,  Chabot  Observatory,  Oak- 
land, California,  and  Professor  of  Astronomy  and 
Geology,  Mills  College,  California. 


Vol.  XVIII] 


GRUNSKY—PRESIDENT'S  REPORT  FOR  1929 


537 


November  3. 


November  10. 


November  17. 


November  24. 


December  1. 


December  8. 


December  15. 


"Impressions  of  Java."  Illustrated.  By  Prof.  Earle  G. 
Linsley,  Director,  Chabot  Observatory,  Oakland,  Cali- 
fornia, and  Professor  of  Astronomy  and  Geology,  Mills 
College,  California. 

"The  Historical  Development  of  Surgical  Anaesthesia." 
Illustrated.  Bj-  Dr.  C.  D.  Leake,  Professor  of  Pharma- 
cology, University  of  California  Medical  School,  San 
Francisco. 

"Food  Poisoning."  Illustrated.  By  Dr.  J.  C.  Geiger,  Asso- 
ciate Professor  of  Epidemiology,  University  of  Cali- 
fornia, Berkeley. 

"The  Quarantine  Service  and  Control  of  the  Mediterranean 
Fruit  Fly."  Illustrated.  By  Mr.  C.  A.  Colmore,  Presi- 
dent, San  Francisco  High  School  Teachers'  Association, 
San  Francisco. 

"The  proposed  new  building  of  the  California  Academy  of 
Sciences  with  particular  reference  to  the  Simson  African 
Mammal  Hall."  Models  of  the  habitat  groups  shown. 
By  Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Director,  California 
Academy  of  Sciences  and  Mr.  Frank  Tose,  Chief  of  Ex- 
hibits, California  Academy  of  Sciences. 

"Human  History  of  the  Lassen  Region."  Illustrated.  By 
Mr.  Harold  Stein,  Field  Executive,  Boy  Scouts  of 
America,  San  Francisco. 

"Experiences  on  a  Journey  to  Nias,  an  Island  Southwest  of 
Sumatra."  Illustrated.  By  Prof.  Olaf  P.  Jenkins, 
Chief  Geologist,  State  Division  of  Mines. 


List  of  Academy  Publications  in  1929 

That  the  Academy  is  actively  prosecuting  scientific  research 
is  evidenced  by  its  publications.  The  following  have  been 
issued  within  the  year : 


Proceedings,  Fourth  Series 

Vol.  XVII,  Nos.  11  and  12,  pp.  297-360.  No.  11 — Report  of  the  President 
OF  THE  Academy  for  the  Year  1928,  by  C.  E.  Grunsky.  No.  12- — Report 
of  the  Director  of  the  Museum  for  the  year  1928,  by  Barton  Warren 
Evermann.     (Issued  May  22,  1929.) 

Vol.  XVIII,  No.  1,  pp.  1-27,  plates  1-3 — A  New  Species  of  Corambe  from 
the  Pacific  Coast  of  North  America,  by  Frank  M.  MacFarland  and 
Charles  H.  O'Donoghue.    (Issued  Januaiy  29,  1929.) 


538  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Vol.  XVIII,  No.  2,  pp.  29-43, 6  text  figures — A  New  Bird  Family  (Geospizidse) 
from  the  Galapagos  Islands,  by  Harry  S.  Swarth.  (Issued  January  29, 
1929.) 

Vol.  XVIII,  No.  3,  pp.  45-71,  plates  4-7 — A  Contribution  to  Our  Knowl- 
edge OF  THE  Nesting  Habits  of  the  Golden  Eagle,  by  Joseph  R. 
Slevin.    (Issued  January  29,  1929.) 

Vol.  XVIII,  No.  4,  pp.  73-213,  plates  8-23— Marine  Miocene  and  Related 
Deposits  of  North  Colombia,  by  Frank  M.  Anderson.  (Issued  March 
29,  1929.) 

Vol.  XVIII,  Nos.  5,  6,  7,  8,  pp.  215-227,  plate  24.  No.  5,  p.  215,  plate  24,  figs. 
10-11 — A  New  Pecten  from  the  San  Diego  Pliocene,  by  Leo  George 
Hertlein.  No.  6,  pp.  217-218,  plate  24,  figs.  7,  8,  9 — A  New  Species  of 
Land  Snail  from  Kern  County,  California,  by  G.  Dallas  Hanna. 
No.  7,  pp.  219-220,  plate  24,  figs.  5,  6— A  New  Species  of  Land  Snail 
from  Coahuila,  Mexico,  by  G.  Dallas  Hanna  and  Leo  George  Hertlein. 
No.  8,  pp.  221-227,  plate  24,  figs.  1-4 — Some  Notes  on  Oreohelix,  by 
Junius  Henderson.    (Issued  April  5,  1929.) 

Vol.  XVIII,  No.  9,  pp.  229-243,  plates  25,  26— Notes  on  the  Northern 
Elephant  Seal,  by  M.  E.  McLellan  Davidson.    (Issued  April  5,  1929.) 

Vol.  XVIII,  No.  10,  pp.  245-260 — On  a  Small  Collection  of  Birds  from 
Torres  Strait  Islands,  and  from  Guadalcanar  Island,  Solomon 
Group,  by  M.  E.  McLellan  Davidson.    (Issued  April  5,  1929.) 

Vol.  XVIII,  No.  11,  pp.  261-265 — The  Generic  Relationships  and  Nomen- 
clature of  the  California  Sardine,  by  Carl  L.  Hubbs.  (Issued  April 
5,  1929.) 

Vol.  XVIII,  No.  12,  pp.  267-383,  plates  27-32,  7  text  figures— The  Faun.\l 
Areas  of  Southern  Arizona:  A  Study  in  Anim.\l  Distribution,  by 
Harry  S.  Swarth.    (Issued  April  26,  1929.) 

Vol.  XVIII,  No.  13,  pp.  385-391 — The  Esc.vllonias  in  Golden  Gate  Park, 
San  Francisco,  California,  with  Descriptions  of  New  Species,  by 
Alice  Eastwood.    (Issued  September  6,  1929.) 

Vol.  XVIII,  No.  14,  pp.  393-484,  plates  ?,i,  3.4— Studies  in  the  Flora  of 
Lower  California  and  Adjacent  Islands,  by  Alice  Eastwood.  (Issued 
September  6,  1929). 

Vol.  XVIII,  No.  15,  pp.  485-496,  plate  35— Drepania,  A  Genus  of  Nudi- 
branchiate  Mollusks  New  to  C^vlifornia,  by  F.  M.  MacFarland. 
(Issued  October  4,  1929.) 

Vol,  XVIII,  No.  16,  pp.  497-530,  plates  36-41— Some  Upper  Cretaceous 
Foraminifera  from  Ne.\r  Coaling.\,  California,  by  J.  A.  Cushman 
and  C.  C.  Church.    (Issued  October  4,  1929.) 


Vol.  XVIII]  GRUNSKV—PRESIDENT'S  REPORT  FOR  1929  539 

Items  of  Interest 

The  Treasurer's  report  presents  the  facts  relating-  to  the 
Academy's  financial  standing.  There  has  been,  during  the 
year,  a  further  reduction  of  the  Academy's  indebtedness  by 
$10,000,  leaving  a  balance  of  $195,000  mortgage  on  the  Com- 
mercial Building. 

On  December  7  a  new  mortgage  was  placed  on  the  Com- 
mercial Building  for  $450,000  at  5^  per  cent.  The  new 
mortgage  was  placed  with  the  Pacific  Mutual  Life  Insurance 
Company  of  California.  The  placing  of  the  new  mortgage  of 
$450,000  was  undertaken  for  the  purpose  of  paying  ofif  the  old 
mortgage  of  $195,000  to  the  Hibernia  Savings  and  Loan 
Society,  which  leaves  a  balance  of  $255,000  for  building  pur- 
poses. The  membership  already  is  acquainted  with  the  fact 
that  the  Academy  is  proposing  to  build  an  east  wing  to  the 
present  building,  a  portion  of  which  will  be  "The  Leslie 
Simson  African  Mammal  Hall."  This  is  being  made  possible 
by  the  generous  ofifer  of  Mr.  Leslie  Simson  which  was 
explained  in  last  year's  report.  The  Architect  is  now  working 
upon  the  plans  for  this  new  building. 

The  Academy  possessed  319  shares  of  American  Company 
stock.  This  was  deposited  with  the  American  Trust  Com- 
pany for  exchange  for  stock  of  the  Goldman  Sachs  Trading 
Corporation  August  7,  1929.  In  this  transfer  the  Academy 
received  410  shares  of  stock  of  the  Goldman  Sachs  Trading 
Corporation.  October  1  a  stock  dividend  of  six  shares  was 
received,  making  a  total  of  416  shares,  which  were  sold  by  Mr. 
William  H.  Crocker,  acting  for  the  California  Academy  of 
Sciences,  October  11  at  $105  per  share,  the  net  proceeds  being 
$43,557.92.  Had  the  stock  been  held  a  few  weeks  longer  only 
about  one-third  as  much  could  have  been  realized. 

In  June  1929  a  reappraisal  of  the  land  on  which  the  Com- 
mercial Building  is  located  was  made.  In  1909,  for  the  pur- 
poses of  the  lease,  the  land  was  valued  at  $544,000.  A  reap- 
praisal in  1919  placed  its  value  at  $580,000.  The  reappraisal 
in  1924  advanced  the  value  to  $820,000.  In  1929  the  land 
was  valued  at  $860,000. 

In  July  an  appraisal  was  made  of  the  Commercial  Building 
which  resulted  as  follows : 


540  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

New  replacement  value $666,504.33 

Depreciated  value    469,414.57 

Insurable  value   407,682.55 

Under  this  appraisement  the  total  amount  of  insurance  that 
the  Academy  can  carry  on  the  basis  of  80  per  cent  is  $325,000. 
Formerly  the  Academy  carried  $525,000,  but  the  Trustees 
voted  to  reduce  the  insurance  to  $325,000,  the  legal  maximum. 

It  is  with  sorrow  that  I  report  the  death  of  one  of  our 
Trustees,  Mr.  William  M.  Fitzhugh,  who  died  May  18,  1929. 
The  Academy  has  also  lost  by  death  three  Honorary  members, 
viz:  Dr.  F.  A.  Lucas  of  New  York,  who  died  February  10; 
Prof.  Robert  RidgA\'ay  of  Olney,  Illinois,  who  died  March 
25 ;  and  Dr.  E.  Ray  Lankester  of  London,  England,  who  died 
August  15.  The  Academy  has  suffered  another  great  loss  in 
the  tragic  death  in  an  automobile  accident.  June  26,  of  Mrs. 
Louis  F.  Monteagle,  wife  of  Mr.  Louis  F.  Monteagle,  a  mem- 
ber of  the  Board  of  Trustees. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Trustees  August  26  Mr.  Norman  B. 
Livermore  was  unanimously  elected  a  Trustee  to  serve  for  the 
remainder  of  the  term  caused  by  the  death  of  Mr.  William  M. 
Fitzhugh  which  expires  in  February  1931.  The  Academy  is 
very  fortunate  in  securing  Mr.  Livermore  as  a  member  of  the 
Board  of  Trustees. 

Certain  amendments  to  the  Constitution  were  adopted  May 
25,  1929,  which  changed  the  manner  relating  to  the  method 
of  electing  members.  Under  these  amendments  members  are 
now  elected  by  the  Council.  Three  new  classes  of  members 
were  established,  viz :  Benefactors,  Sustaining  and  Junior 
Members. 

In  September  the  Director,  Dr.  Evermann,  accompanied  by 
the  Assistant  Curator  of  Fishes,  Mr.  H.  Walton  Clark,  left  for 
Indiana  to  superintend  the  packing  and  shipping  to  the  Mu- 
seum of  the  Jordan-Eigenmann  Indiana  University  Collection 
of  Fishes  which  had  been  purchased  by  the  Academy.  They 
were  joined  at  Bloomington  by  the  Superintendent  of  the  Aqua- 
rium, Mr.  Scale,  who  assisted  them.  The  collection  came 
through  to  San  Francisco  in  perfect  condition  and  is  now 
temporarily  stored  in  the  basement  of  the  Aquarium. 


Vol.  XVIII]  GRUNSKY— -PRESIDENT'S  REPORT  FOR  1929  54I 

In  December,  Mr.  M.  Hall  McAllister,  our  Treasurer,  and 
also  Chairman  of  the  Committee  on  the  Conservation  of  Wild 
Animal  Life,  donated  $100  to  that  fund.  Mr.  McAllister  has 
been  very  efficient  in  looking  after  this  committee. 

Mr.  Edward  Hohfeld  of  the  law  firm  of  Morrison,  Hohfeld, 
Foerster,  Shuman  and  Clark  has  continued  to  look  after  the 
legal  affairs  of  the  Academy  and  I  feel  sure  that  I  voice  a 
unanimous  sentiment  when  I  take  this  opportunity  to  express 
our  appreciation  of  his  deep  interest  in  the  Academy. 


PROCEEDINGS 

OF  THE 

CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 

Fourth  Series 

Vol.  XVIII,  No.  18,  pp.  542-586  April  8,  1930 


XVIII 

REPORT    OF    THE    DIRECTOR    OF    THE    MUSEUM 
AND  OF  THE  AQUARIUM  FOR  THE  YEAR  1929 

BY 

BARTON  WARREN  EVERMANN 
Director  of  the  Museum  and  of  the  A  quarium 

The  Annual  Report  of  the  Director  for  the  year  1928  was 
presented  to  the  Academy  at  the  Annual  Meeting,  February 
20,  1929. 

The  present  report  submitted  at  this  Annual  Meeting, 
February  19,  1930,  sets  forth  briefly  the  scientific  and  educa- 
tional activities  of  the  Academy  for  the  calendar  year  1929. 

Personnel 

The  employees  of  the  Museum  as  of  January  1,  1930,  were 
as  follows:  Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Director  and 
Executive  Curator  of  the  Museum  and  of  the  Aquarium,  and 
Editor  of  the  Academy  publications;  Susie  M.  Peers,  Secre- 
tary to  the  Board  of  Trustees ;  Joseph  W.  Hobson,  Recording 
Secretary  of  the  Academy ;  Alice  Eastwood,  Curator,  Kate  E. 
Phelps  and  John  Thomas  Howell,  assistants,  Department  of 
Botany;  Edward  P.  Van  Duzee,  Curator,  J.  O.  Martin  and 
Amy  Williamson,  assistants.  Dr.  Edwin  C.  Van  Dyke,  Honor- 
ary Curator,  Dr.  Frank  E.  Blaisdell,  Reasearch  Associate,  and 
Dr.  Frank  R.  Cole,  Associate  Curator  in  Dipterology,  Depart- 
ment of  Entomology ;  Frank  Tose,  Chief,  and  Richard  Cayzer, 
Russell  Hendrick  and  Cecil  Tose,  assistants.  Department  of 
Exhibits;  Dr.   Barton  Warren  Evermann,   Curator,  and  H. 


Vol.  XVIII]  EVERM ANN— DIRECTOR'S  REPORT  FOR  1929  543 

Walton  Clark,  Assistant  Curator,  Department  of  Fishes; 
Joseph  R.  Slevin,  Curator,  Department  of  Herpetology;  Dr. 
Walter  Kendrick  Fisher,  Curator,  Department  of  Invertebrate 
Zoology ;  Thomas  Cowles,  Assistant  Librarian,  and  May  Peffer 
assistant;  Harry  S.  Swarth,  Curator,  Mary  E.  McLellan 
Davidson,  Assistant  Curator,  and  Joseph  Mailliard,  Curator 
Emeritus,  Department  of  Ornithology  and  Mammalogy;  Dr. 
G.  Dallas  Hanna,  Curator,  Dr.  Leo  George  Hertlein,  Assistant 
Curator,  John  L.  Nicholson,  Jr.,  assistant,  Frank  M.  Anderson, 
Honorary  Curator,  and  Dr.  Roy  E.  Dickerson,  Research  Asso- 
ciate, Department  of  Paleontology:  Constance  W.  Campbell, 
stenographer,  part  time ;  Evelyn  Larsen, '  office  assistant,  part 
time ;  Raymond  L.  Smith,  general  assistant ;  Mabel  E.  Phillips, 
check-room  attendant;  William  C.  Lewis,  janitor;  Hugh 
Jones,  assistant  janitor;  Robert  L.Thompson, Jr.,  lecture  atten- 
dant; Patrick  O'Brien,  day  watch;  Archie  McCarte,  night 
watch. 

The  Aquarium  staff  and  employees  as  of  January  1,  1930, 
were  as  follows :  Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Director ; 
Susie  M.  Peers,  Secretary,  part  time ;  Constance  W.  Campbell, 
stenographer,  part  time;  Evelyn  Larsen,  office  assistant,  part 
time;  Alvin  Scale,  Superintendent;  Phyllis  Beardslee,  door- 
keeper; Clynt  S.  Martin,  chief  engineer;  B.  T.  Culleton,  first 
assistant  engineer;  John  A.  Dwyer,  second  assistant  engineer; 
Clyde  E.  Guidry,  chief  attendant;  Jack  Solini,  first  assistant 
attendant;  L.  R.  Solini,  second  assistant  attendant;  J.  N. 
Angelucci,  third  assistant  attendant;  Frank  J.  Maxwell,  relief 
engineer  and  attendant;  S.  J.  Shenefield,  carpenter  and  gen- 
eral utility  man;  Charles  W.  Hibbard,  assistant  collector; 
Patrick  O'Neill,  janitor;  Patrick  McArdle,  assistant  janitor; 
James  Cavanaugh,  day  watch. 

Only  a  few  changes  have  taken  place  in  the  personnel.  Mrs. 
Johanna  E.  Wilkens,  who  had  been  employed  as  charwoman 
by  the  Academy  for  many  years  (in  fact  ever  since  1895), 
met  with  a  rather  severe  accident  in  which  her  shoulder  was 
broken  May  6,  since  which  date  she  has  been  unable  to  return 
to  her  regular  duties. 

Aris  Partidos,  who  served  as  usher  at  the  Sunday  lectures 
from  March  13,  1927,  to  January  31,  1929,  when  he  resigned. 
His  place  was  taken  February  3, 1929, by  Robert  Thompson,  Jr. 


244  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Day-Officer  Patrick  O'Brien,  after  a  protracted  illness,  was 
able  to  return  to  duty  April  24. 

Miss  Clara  Tose,  preparator,  Department  of  Exhibits, 
resigned  October  6.  Miss  Dora  Arnold,  who  had  been  door- 
keeper and  typist  in  the  Aquarium  since  November  10,  1925, 
resigned  August  31,  to  accept  a  better  position,  and  Miss 
Phillis  Beardslee  was  appointed  to  the  position  September  12. 

The  most  important  change  in  the  personnel  was  the  resig- 
nation, December  31,  of  Mr.  Wallace  Adams,  Assistant  Superin- 
tendent of  the  Steinhart  Aquarium,  a  position  which  he  had 
held  since  July  20,  1923.  Mr.  Adams  leaves  the  Academy  to 
accept  the  position  of  Chief  of  the  Division  of  Fisheries, 
Bureau  of  Science,  Manila,  PhiHppine  Islands. 

During  the  years  that  Mr.  Adams  was  with  the  Academy 
as  Assistant  Superintendent  of  the  Steinhart  Aquarium,  he 
showed  himself  a  faithful  and  efficient  employee,  and  it  is  with 
great  regret  that  we  lose  him. 


Cooperation  with  Public  and  Private  Schools,  with 
Other  Institutions,  and  with  Individuals 

The  Museum  continues  to  be  of  service  to  the  schools,  other 
institutions  and  individuals  in  their  educational  and  scientific 
work. 

In  spite  of  the  fact  that  all  space  available  for  public  exhibits 
has  long  since  been  occupied,  we  have  nevertheless  continued 
to  add  to  our  educational  exhibits,  in  the  hope  that  facilities 
for  putting  them  on  exhibition  may  be  provided  in  the  near 
future. 

Our  research  collections  in  several  departments  have 
increased  greatly,  as  may  be  seen  from  the  reports  of  the 
respective  curators. 

The  Museum  continues  to  loan  portable  habitat  animal 
groups  for  circulation  in  the  public  schools,  particularly  in  the 
Berkeley  schools,  where  real  interest  in  that  form  of  education 
is  strong. 


Vol.  XVIII] 


EVERMANN— DIRECTOR'S  REPORT  FOR  1929 


545 


Ov 

1^ 

o 

o 

Ov 

00 

00 

00 

O 

in 

o 

in 

(^ 

so 

<^ 

lO 

•o 

00 

▼— ( 

Os 

lO 

oo 

»— < 

Ol 

-* 

CO 

OS 

so 

o» 

r^ 

t-~ 

o_ 

■* 

cO_ 

Os^ 

so 

00 

o 

y—t 

m 

00 

OS 

►l 

so" 

Ov" 

o" 

T-H 

»— 1 

lO 

00 

CN 

in 

OS 

^ 

OS 

in 

CO 

(M 

CN 

'^ 

CO 

Ti» 

so 

SO 

SO 

in 

CO 

CO 

CM 

C-l 

m 

in" 

00 

Oq 

Ov 

CN 

•* 

to 

Os 

O 

SO 

<» 

CN 

rf 

in 

t-~ 

fN 

Os^ 

f*) 

LO 

vO 

so 

CN 

O 

o 

CO 

00 

0^ 

00 

y—i 

o 

in 

0\ 

oo_ 

vO_ 

'* 

Os__ 

^— 1 

y—i 

^ 

CN 

00 

q^ 

so 

CN 

t^ 

1~( 

in 

vo" 

y~i 

CN 

co" 

y~i 

'* 

CO 

'*" 

so" 

so" 

"^ 

o" 

fo 

ro 

CC 

-* 

^ 

ID 

00 

t^ 

in 

CO 

CN 

CN 

in 

(^ 

i-H 

O 

'* 

CN 

^ 

o 

CN 

o 

CO 

o 

T-H 

I^ 

-tH 

<^^ 

0\ 

oo 

Csj 

u~> 

r^ 

00 

t^ 

3 

<M 

00 

CN 

^— ( 

0\ 

r^ 

lO 

so 

'* 

'*- 

sO_^ 

CV| 

00 

^ 

in 

m 

00 

o 

H 

rO 

't 

^" 

oo" 

t-^ 

^—1 

^ 

so 

SO 

CO 

o" 

o" 

CO 

ro 

Csl 

rri 

CO 

-+ 

lO 

00 

so 

in 

-* 

CO 

CO 

in 

^ 

00 

tn 

t~~ 

SO 

CO 

OS 

t^ 

rs) 

in 

■* 

o 

in 

Ov 

^1 

<M 

00 

t^ 

-t 

^-H 

Os 

O 

so 

^— ( 

in 

CN 

m 

in 

0\ 

lO 

^-H 

so 

l-~ 

Os_ 

t^ 

i^ 

CO 

o 

so 

>* 

m 

T-< 

►*! 

o 

^ 

oo" 

SO 

rsT 

CO 

CO 

*-( 

t^ 

^ 

o" 

-* 

m 

CN 

fO 

r<i 

CO 

m 

lO 

OO 

00 

in 

"* 

CO 

CO 

m 

>^ 

ON 

lO 

00 

t^ 

1^ 

lO 

y—t 

j^ 

r-~ 

00 

^ 

m 

CO 

<^1 

00 

OS 

so 

>r5 

CO 

t-^ 

CN 

^ 

CO 

y—t 

CO 

"* 

CM 

Ov 

Ov 

tN 

CN 

y—t 

r^ 

Os_ 

00 

t^ 

•* 

sO_ 

CN 

•* 

►-i 

'* 

Os" 

OS 

o" 

00 

*— t 

Os" 

t^ 

CO 

o" 

in 

CM 

CO 

ro 

CN 

CO 

•* 

CO 

iTj 

SO 

t^ 

sO 

^ 

CO 

CO 

in 

m 

■q- 

-* 

OS 

"-) 

CN 

r^ 

^— I 

Os 

o 

^ 

■* 

_, 

CM 

CO 

^J 

O 

ro 

CO 

CO 

uo 

00 

CN 

CO 

1— ( 

1^ 

T-H 

t^ 

CO 

Ov 

PO 

Th 

0\^ 

CO 

^-H 

CN 

CO 

y—i 

00 

o 

so 

in 

O 

►^ 

tN* 

■* 

Os" 

^—1 

OO 

<x> 

y—^ 

in 

CN 

CO 

r^ 

i-H 

O 

ro 

-* 

<r> 

'^ 

■* 

in 

Os 

o 

00 

•* 

CO 

CN 

SO 

s 
w 

in 

"^ 

o 

Os 

■^ 

^-H 

t^ 

^-H 

o 

Ov 

o 

'* 

SO 

t^ 

m 

t^l 

t^ 

CN 

-* 

i-H 

OS 

T-H 

CO 

^ 

t^ 

OS 

V3 

o 

t^ 

0\ 

CN 

to 

<^ 

0\^ 

lO 

lO 

lO 

00 

00 

00 

t^ 

r- 

r-~ 

o 

H 

UO 

o 

so" 

^^ 

t^ 

Os 

-* 

o 

Os 

so 

00 

so 

00 

S 

i^H 

CN 

CN 

CN 

CO 

CO 

SO 

m 

o 

O 

•* 

CO 

OS 

PJ 

00 

'^ 

CN 

l-~ 

t^ 

*— I 

CO 

r^ 

00 

Os 

o 

OS 

in 

<Nl 

<r> 

(T) 

CN 

lO 

CO 

CO 

SO 

00 

o 

in 

00 

CO 

in 

Ov 

o_ 

lO 

Os__ 

o_ 

CN 

CN 

t^ 

-* 

-rf 

o 

CO 

r-i 

O 

f-^ 

oT 

oo" 

t--r 

o" 

t^ 

r^ 

SO 

^ 

00 

OS 

os" 

CO 

r^ 

H 

T— 1 

CN 

CO 

CN 

CN 

CO 

CO 

<M 

^— ( 

T-H 

«— 4 

O 

so 

tfi 

CO 

y—* 

(6 

OS 

Q 

>-( 

lo 

OS 

a> 

OS 

I^ 

so 

SO 

CN 

00 

y~i 

CO 

CM 

t^ 

r— ( 

H 

f^ 

UO 

t^ 

i^ 

CO 

T— < 

o 

00 

CM 

in 

O 

OS 

o 

m 

u 

1— t 

Ov 

r- 

O 

<-sI_ 

OS 

"1 

Th 

1— t 

^^ 

'^ 

00 

in 

o 

T— 1 

•-^ 

>o 

m" 

oo" 

'f 

>n" 

os" 

CO 

oT 

^-H 

^" 

oo" 

m" 

c-^" 

.Q 

C-l 

C^l 

CN 

Oi 

CN 

04 

'* 

CO 

^ 

CN 

y-^ 

^-H 

CO 
CO 

S 
<u 

o 

ro 

O 

Os 

00 

r^ 

r- 

(M 

o 

^ 

o 

t^ 

o 

SO 

a 

<^1 

lO 

*— t 

O 

O 

O 

Os 

1^ 

T-H 

o 

■* 

^ 

so 

(U 

0\ 

o_ 

"* 

^_ 

CN 

^— 1 

CN 

'*- 

"* 

O^ 

in 

CO 

CO 

in 

tn 

H 

J-^T 

r'f 

lo" 

CN 

t~--" 

so" 

CN 

co" 

(m" 

CO 

Os" 

i-H 

co" 

S 

m 

3 

(M 

(M 

CN 

CO 

CO 

CO 

in 

in 

-* 

CO 

^-H 

CN 

5 

Ov 

^-H 

MD 

r^ 

'^ 

OS 

00 

00 

o 

r^ 

CO 

SO 

00 

r^ 

l-H 

^ 

CO 

OS 

Os 

so 

■^ 

CN 

CO 

o 

so 

Tt< 

oo 

Os 

Ov 

r^ 

"1 

r^^ 

Oi 

CO__ 

CN 

o_ 

t^ 

o 

'* 

CN 

y—* 

■* 

3 

►-H 

t^ 

I--" 

t^ 

lo" 

oo" 

CN 

oo" 

CO 

-* 

o 

m 

y—t 

^H 

<U 

^-H 

^— 1 

(M 

CN 

CN 

CO 

^ 

•* 

CO 

CO 

CN 

CSI 

in 

CO 

^ 

O 

00 

o 

•* 

y—t 

CO 

o 

l^ 

t^ 

CO 

y—i 

00 

c^ 

o 

^ 

^ 

OS 

r^ 

OS 

-+ 

CN 

CO 

-* 

-* 

CO 

00 

"* 

s 

c 

0) 

Os 

CN 

sO__ 

oo 

CN 

CO_ 

00 

'* 

^—4 

00 

r- 

in 

m 

in 

l-l 

»o 

c^" 

so" 

co" 

so" 

Os" 

^ 

^-H 

Os" 

rt<" 

oo" 

Os" 

o" 

fN 

<N 

CSI 

CN 

CN 

CN 

CO 

CO 

CN 

i-H 

^— ( 

OS 
CN 

o 

t^ 

o 

00 

so 

in 

'^ 

CO 

CO 

Os 

SO 

0^ 

o 

CO 

^ 

t--t 

t^ 

lO 

O 

1^ 

lO 

CN 

OS 

y—i 

SO 

CM 

^-H 

OS 

2; 

<u 

o» 

*— I 

o 

so 

^-H 

y—i 

SO__ 

CO_ 

SO 

OO 

so 

o 

o 

c 

•^ 

ro 

oT 

*-H 

CN 

so 

CN 

t~~ 

-+" 

r^ 

o 

^— t 

y-~l 

y—t 

Cv) 

(>j 

CO 

CO 

CN 

CO 

CO 

CN 

CN 

CN 

CN 

CM 

CN 

CO 

'A 

xs 

00 

CO 

CO 

CN 

y~< 

•4— > 

o 

t^ 

> 

-* 

CO 

1— ( 

o 

o 

+J 

0\ 

"* 

Ov 

t^ 

o_ 

y~t 

TJ 

H 

so" 

so" 

r^ 

in 

SO 

i 

y—i 

CO 

CM 

^-H 

OS 

r-* 

: 

. 

for  the 
years . 

1-. 

•— > 

ir. 

< 

>> 

1 ' 

1— I 

bi) 

< 

o 

> 

o 

2 

Q    e 

/ '  - 

/>-  .> 

^a  /  ■■" 

546 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


[Proc.  4th  S*k. 


Visitors  to  the  Aquarium 


Jan...  . 

Feb. .  . 
March. 
April. . 
May.  . 
June.  . 
July... 
Aug..  . 
Sept. . . 
Oct.  . 
Nov. 
Dec. . .  . 
Totals  for 
the  years 


7P2J  IQ24 

82,283 

119,001 

88,172 

83,245 

97,083 

112,785 

145,703 

148,899 

29,800  116,032 

209,671  71,273 

145,434  67,500 

96,757  48,376 


1925 

72,153 

61,213 

97,986 

79,021 

75,187 

94,717 

128,261 

144,208 

106,492 

72,350 

59,074 

52,929 


ig26 
38,259 
66,032 
82,153 
64,830 
94,521 
91,451 
127,999 
124,635 
86,645 
79,108 
49,741 
48,423 


1927 
44,300 
39,515 
58,151 
65,337 
87,961 
70,151 
142,738 
115,230 
87,909 
66,117 
44,643 
43,582 


1928 

53,454 

54,105 

57,083 

78,735 

104,230 

110,206 

151,881 

115,915 

92,755 

51,521 

50,554 

36,406 


1929 

41,160 

44,070 

75,876 

50,583 

92,048 

91,936 

115,018 

106,681 

121,143 

68,304 

72,149 

53,658 


481,662  1,180,352  1,043,591      953,797      865,634      956,845     932,626 


Grand  total  since  opening  of  the  Aquarium  September,  1923 6,414,507 

Schools  Visiting  the  Museum  and  the  Aquarium  in  1929 

A  detailed  report  of  the  schools  whose  classes,  accompanied 
by  their  teachers,  and  the  number  of  pupils  that  visited  the 
Museum  and  the  Aquarium  in  1929,  is  in  the  files  and  may  be 
consulted  by  anyone  interested.    Following  is  a  summary : 


Museum 

In 
San  Francisco     Outside 

Number  of  schools  represented 71                 32 

Number  of  classes  represented 181                 38 

Number  of  teachers  accompanying  the 

classes 184                40 

Number  of  pupils 5,416  1,202 

Total 5,852  1,312 

Aquarium 

Number  of  schools  represented 82                 34 

Number  of  classes  represented 236                75 

Number    of    teachers    accompanying    the 

classes 216                 51 

Number  of  pupils 6,113  1,318 

Total 6,647  1,478 

Total  for  Museum  and  Aquarium 12,499  2,790 


Total 
103 
219 

224 
6,618 

7,164 


116 
301 

267 
7,431 

8,115 

15,279 


Vol,  XVIII]  EVERMANN— DIRECTOR'S  REPORT  FOR  1929  547 

Department  Activities 

The  year  has  been  marked  by  more  than  normal  activity  in 
the  different  departments,  as  is  shown  in  detail  by  the  reports 
of  the  respective  curators.  The  growth  of  the  research  col- 
lections in  each  department  has  been  very  gratifying. 

In  the  Department  of  Botany  more  than  10,000  sheets  were 
added  to  the  Herbarium,  which  raises  the  total  number  of 
sheets  to  over  171,000. 

The  Department  of  Botany  can  always  be  depended  upon  to 
make  very  great  growth  every  year,  and  its  accomplishments 
in  1929  have  not  fallen  behind  those  of  previous  years.  Miss 
Eastwood  seems  to  be  an  adept  in  securing  and  holding  the 
enthusiastic  support  and  cooperation  of  botanists  all  over  the 
country,  among  whom  are  always  to  be  found  one  or  more 
friends  of  means  who  are  so  enthusiastic  and  so  anxious  to  be 
with  Miss  Eastwood  in  the  field  that  they  insist  on  paying  all 
the  field  expenses  themselves,  as  Miss  Eastwood  will  no  doubt 
set  forth  in  her  report. 

In  Entomology  more  than  32,000  specimens  were  added  to 
the  research  collections.  These  include  the  J.  O.  Martin  collec- 
tion of  Coleoptera  numbering  11,200  specimens,  a  miscel- 
laneous collection  of  about  4,000  specimens  donated  by  Dr. 
Van  Dyke,  and  2,000  specimens,  many  of  them  very  desirable 
moths,  donated  by  Mr.  Louis  S.  Slevin  of  Carmel. 

The  growth  of  this  department  in  recent  years  under  Mr. 
Van  Duzee's  direction  has  been  phenomenal,  and  it  can  now  be 
said  that  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences  has  become  the 
entomological  center  for  the  Pacific  area.  Any  entomologist 
who  wishes  to  carry  on  studies  of  the  insect  faunas  of  the 
Pacific  area  must  make  use  of  the  collections  in  the  California 
Academy  of  Sciences. 

The  activities  of  the  Department  of  Exhibits  are  fully  set 
forth  in  the  report  of  Mr.  Tose.  From  his  report  it  may  be 
seen  that  the  Department  has  been  active  in  caring  for  the 
exhibits,  adding  new  ones,  and  in  improving  the  general 
attractiveness  of  the  Museum. 

The  Department  of  Fishes  has,  in  a  single  bound,  come  to 
be  one  of  the  most  important  departments  of  the  Academy, 
through  the  acquisition  of  the  Jordan-Eigenmann  collection  of 

April  8,   1930 


548  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

fishes  of  about  220,000  specimens.  The  Academy  and  Stan- 
ford University  with  its  more  than  100,000  specimens,  will 
thus  become  the  ichthyological  center  for  the  Americas  and  the 
Pacific  area.  No  one  can  do  satisfactory  work  on  the  fishes  of 
South  America,  western  North  America,  the  islands  of  the 
Pacific,  or  Japan  without  consulting  the  collections  here  and  at 
Stanford. 

The  Library,  under  Assistant  Librarian  Cowles's  efficient 
manag-ement,  is  rapidly  becoming  accessioned,  catalogued  and 
properly  arranged  on  the  shelves.  The  number  of  accessions 
for  the  year,  through  exchange,  donation  and  purchase,  has 
been  about  9000.  including  parts  of  volumes,  pamphlets,  and 
unbound  volumes.  The  most  urgent  needs  of  the  Library  are 
more  funds  for  completing  sets  of  the  publications  of  learned 
societies,  for  binding,  and  for  additional  clerical  help. 

The  Department  of  Ornithology  and  IMammalogy  has  been 
very  active  during  the  year,  not  only  in  field  work,  in  securing 
large  and  important  additions  to  its  research  collections,  but  in 
scientific  research,  as  is  fully  set  forth  in  the  Curator's  report. 

Two  very  important  expeditions  were  in  the  field  for  the 
Department  in  1929,  one  in  the  Lake  Atlin  region  in  northern 
British  Columbia,  the  other  in  the  Republic  of  Panama.  Each 
of  these  expeditions  secured  large  and  valuable  collections  of 
birds  greatly  needed  in  the  Department  studies  of  avifauna  of 
those  regions. 

The  Academy  has  been  fortunate  in  securing  a  number  of 
important  collections  of  bird  skins,  the  most  important  being 
the  PL  S.  Swarth  collection  of  3150  specimens  and  the  G. 
Frean  Morcom  collection  of  3000  specimens.  The  details  of 
these  valuable  donations  are  given  in  the  Curator's  report. 

The  Department  of  Paleontology  has  been  active  in  field 
work  and  in  scientific  research,  for  which  the  research  collec- 
tions of  the  Department  are  growing  more  and  more  attractive 
every  year. 

It  is  very  gratifying  to  note  that  the  members  of  the  staff  of 
this  Department  are  called  upon  so  frequently  by  oil  companies 
and  other  commercial  interests  for  assistance  and  advice.  They 
have  come  to  realize  that  the  Academy  can  be  of  real  service  to 
them  in  many  ways. 


Vol.  XVIII]  EVERM ANN— DIRECTOR'S  REPORT  FOR  1929  549 

Department  Reports 

Department  of  Botany 

The  herbarium  now  numbers  over  171,000  mounted  sheets  of  specimens,  an 
increase  of  about  10,000  during  the  year.  Besides,  there  are  many  duplicates 
to  be  used  as  exchange  material  when  time  permits  their  distribution  to  other 
institutions. 

Several  collecting  trips  were  made  by  the  curator  with  no  expense  to  the 
Academy.  In  March  the  curator  was  invited  to  Santa  Barbara  to  address 
the  members  of  the  Museum  of  Natural  History  and  the  Garden  Club.  On 
the  return  a  day  'rt^as  spent  at  San  Luis  Obispo  and  40  specimens  were  collected, 
among  them  being  specimens  of  a  most  interesting  cypress.  The  month  of 
May  was  spent  in  Arizona  in  the  region  of  the  Apache  Trail  as  the  guest  of 
Mrs.  S.  D.  McKelvey  and  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Roland  Still  of  the  Apache  Lodge. 
Railroad  transportation  was  furnished  by  the  Southern  Pacific  Railroad.  The 
results  of  the  trip  will  be  published  later.  829  specimens  were  added  to  the 
collection  besides  many  duplicates.  A  short  trip  to  the  Calaveras  Grove  of 
Big  Trees  was  made  in  early  September  with  the  Alpine  Club  which  added 
2)i  specimens.  Mrs.  E.  C.  Van  Dyke  made  a  collection  of  60  specimens  on 
Mt.  Hood  and  Three  Sisters  in  Oregon  and  was  aided  by  a  small  contribution. 

Duplicates  have  been  sent  to  the  following  institutions:  Dudley  Herbarimn, 
vStanford  University,  35  from  Lower  California;  Royal  Herbarium,  Kew, 
Surrey,  England,  36  specimens  of  Lessingia;  Arnold  Arboretum  of  Harvard 
University,  473  exotics;  University  of  Montreal,  Canada,  200  from  Alaska  and 
the  Yukon;  University  of  Asiae,  Mediae,  Turkestan,  456  miscellaneous; 
Charles  Piper  Smith,  San  Jose  High  School,  20  lupines. 

Specimens  have  been  received  in  continuation  of  exchange  from  the  follow- 
ing institutions : 

Dudley  Herbarium,  110  from  Southern  California  collected  by  Prof.  LeRoy 
Abrams;  Field  Museum,  Chicago,  913  unmounted  and  247  mounted  miscel- 
laneous; University  of  Montreal,  502  chiefly  from  Northern  Canada;  Pomona 
College,  Claremont,  Calif.,  230,  chiefly  duplicates  from  the  Jones  Herbarium; 
Universit}'  of  Asiae  Mediae,  175  from  Turkestan.  Arnold  Arboretum,  Har- 
vard University,  150;  J.  F.  Rock's  collection  in  China,  54  from  Australia  and 
18  North  America;  University  of  California,  385  flowering  plants  and  38  fungi; 
Dr.  S.  F.  Blake,  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agriculture,  51  miscellaneous. 

The  following  have  been  received  by  purchase:  S.  Venturi,  403,  Argentina, 
South  America;  J.  W.  Blankinship,  599,  Lake  County;  J.  Aug.  Kusche,  100, 
Southern  Arizona;  Ines  Mexia,  351  Mt.  McKinley  National  Park,  Alaska. 

The  following  gifts  have  been  received:  William  Vortriede,  138  from  Sacra- 
mento and  mountains  adjacent;  The  Swarth  family,  179  from  Lake  Atlin 
region,  British  Columbia,  collected  on  H.  S.  Swarth  Ornithological  Expedition 
to  the  region;  Eric  Walther,  500  exotics  from  Califomian  gardens;  Mrs.  Sidney 
Eastwood,  22  from  Colorado;  Mrs.  S.  D.  McKelvey,  137  from  Arizona;  Mrs. 
Geo.  H.  Phelps,  100  from  Idaho,  Utah  and  Colorado;  Julia  McDonald,  32  from 
Fresno  County,  Calif. ;  Gwendolan  Newell,  50,  Silver  Lake,  Amador  County, 
Calif.;  Ines  Mexia,  35,  Mexico;  Ivan  Branson,  51,  Tuolumne  County,  Calif.; 
John  Thomas  Howell,   1103  miscellaneous  California  plants;  S.  Jussel,   127 


550  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

from  Lake  Tahoe  region,  Calif.;  Ralph  Hoffmann,  304  chiefly  from  the  islands 
of  Santa  Rosa  and  Santa  Cruz,  Calif.;  George  Kramer,  25  from  near  Mt.  Las- 
sen. Several  smaller  gifts  have  been  received,  chiefly  specimens  for  identifi- 
cation, and  the  names  of  the  donors  will  be  found  in  the  general  list. 

The  California  Botanical  Club  has  given  a  collection  of  water-color  paintings 
of  California  flowers  and  also  the  case  on  which  they  will  be  exhibited  in  the 
Museum. 

The  herbarium  has  become  the  only  reference  place  for  the  numerous  exotics 
that  are  cultivated  in  the  parks  and  gardens  of  California,  and  is  consulted 
by  gardeners  and  botanists  from  all  parts  of  the  state.  The  collection  of  Cali- 
fomian  species  is  now  necessary  to  those  making  special  studies,  and  loans 
are  sent  to  institutions  and  individuals  for  revisions  and  monographs. 

The  curator  continues  to  give  popular  addresses  on  botanical  subjects  to 
schools  and  clubs,  carries  on  the  California  Botanical  Club  which  has  meetings 
or  excursions  almost  every  week.  The  class  of  gardeners  meets  twice  a  month 
in  the  evenings  at  the  herbarium.  It  enables  the  more  ambitious  gardeners 
to  leam  the  names  of  the  plants  in  the  park. 

The  exhibition  of  native  and  the  exotic  flowers  growling  out-of-doors  is  kept 
up  throughout  the  year  by  my  assistant,  Mrs.  George  H.  Phelps.  Mrs.  E.  C. 
Sutcliffe  and  JVIr.  Ivan  Branson  have  helped  greatly  bj^  collecting  native  species 
while  Eric  Walther  is  very  faithful  in  furnishing  the  exotics,  chiefly  from  the 
park.  Hundreds  of  species  are  exhibited  at  the  entrance  of  the  Museum  dur- 
ing the  year,  each  labelled  with  scientific  and  common  name  also  where  col- 
lected, or,  in  the  case  of  exotics,  the  native  country.  These  exotics  come  from 
all  parts  of  the  world  and  the  exhibit  is  one  of  the  most  valuable  educational 
features  of  the  Academy.  My  assistant  also  mounts  all  the  specimens,  does 
most  of  the  distributing  into  the  herbarium,  attends  to  the  care  of  fresh  speci- 
mens that  need  drying,  and  in  every  way  relieves  the  curator  of  much  detail. 
During  the  past  year  John  Thomas  Howell  has  been  employed  as  extra  assis- 
tant for  three  months,  doing  valuable  work  in  rearranging  the  herbarium,  and 
in  labelling  and  distributing  specimens. 

Alice  Eastwood,  Curator. 


Department  of  Entomology 

Additions  to  the  Department  of  Entomology'  during  1929  numbered  32,173 
specimens.  This  number  includes  the  J.  O.  Martin  collection  of  Coleoptera 
which  was  announced  as  received  two  years  ago  but  was  not  then  enumerated 
among  our  accessions.  Mr.  Martin  has  now  completed  the  incorporation  of 
this  collection,  numbering  11,200  specimens,  into  the  general  collection  of  the 
Academy.  The  next  largest  single  addition  by  gift  was  a  series  of  3859  miscel- 
laneous insects  other  than  Coleoptera,  presented  by  Dr.  E.  C.  Van  Dyke  from 
various  localities  in  California,  largely  from  the  Sequoia  National  Park. 
Another  gift  of  much  value  was  a  collection  of  2,000  insects  received  from  Mr. 
Louis  S.  Slevin  of  Carmel,  a  considerable  portion  of  which  are  moths  taken  by 
him  at  night.  These  moths  will  add  to  our  series  of  many  interesting  and 
valuable  species  and  are  especially  welcome  as  the  department  staff  has  little 


Vol.  XVIII]  EVERMANN— DIRECTOR'S  REPORT  FOR  1929  55 [ 

opportunity  of  doing  such  collecting.  Mr.  Gorton  Linsley  presented  to  the 
Academy  601  exotic  insects,  mostly  European.  From  Mr.  George  Swarth  the 
Academy  secured  by  purchase  907  insects  from  about  Atlin,  B.  C,  among 
which  was  a  good  representation  of  the  butterflies  of  that  district,  heretofore 
very  poorly  represented  in  our  collection.  From  Mr.  H.  S.  Parish  the  Academy 
secured  by  purchase  1,194  insects,  mostly  Coleoptera  from  the  Province  of 
Czechuen,  China.  Dr.  F.  E.  Blaisdell  gave  us  279  insects  other  than  beetles, 
from  vSanta  Barbara,  Calif.,  and  New  Hampshire.  By  exchange  we  received 
92  South  American  insects  from  Dr.  F.  W.  Coding,  and  by  purchase  61  Edessas 
from  South  America  needed  to  fill  vacancies.  Other  valuable  additions  were 
109  moths  from  Glacier  National  Park  presented  by  Dr.  E.  H.  Nast;  71  from 
Colombia,  South  America,  presented  by  Mrs.  S.  C.  Capp,  45  moths  from 
Nicaragua,  mostly  beautiful  specimens,  presented  by  Mr.  J.  M.  Nicol  through 
Dr.  G.  Dallas  Hanna;  17  collected  by  Mr.  G.  W.  Heid  in  Sumatra  and  pre- 
sented by  Mr.  Graham  Heid;  14  Hemiptera  from  the  Orient  presented  by 
Prof.  T.  D.  A.  Cockerell;  37  miscellaneous  insects  from  California  presented  by 
Mr.  E.  R.  Leach;  20  from  Samoa  presented  by  Mr.  Alvin  Scale,  and  by  field 
work  were  added  2,336  specimens  taken  by  Mr.  J.  O.  Martin  in  Texas,  and 
8,620  secured  by  the  curator.  In  addition  should  be  mentioned  probably  three 
or  four  thousand  beetles  taken  by  Dr.  Van  Dyke  which  will  be  included  in  the 
final  count  of  the  Van  Dyke  collection  and  several  hundred  added  by  Dr. 
Blaisdell  and  Mr.  L.  S.  Slevin  to  their  collections  of  Coleoptera,  now  a  part  of 
the  Academy  collection. 

The  Department  field  work  in  1929  consisted  of  a  collecting  trip  by  auto 
through  Owen's  Valley,  going  by  Bakersfield  and  returning  by  Carson  City 
and  Tahoe.  This  was  a  section  of  the  state  almost  unrepresented  in  our  collec- 
tions. Mr.  Robert  Usinger  accompanied  the  curator  as  assistant.  He  proved 
to  be  an  efficient  and  enthusiastic  collector  and  should  be  credited  with  about 
half  of  the  specimens  taken.  The  curator  also  made  a  brief  trip  to  YorkA'ille, 
Mendocino  County,  and  another  to  Santa  Cruz.  Mr.  Martin  spent  about 
two  months  near  the  former  home  of  G.  W.  Belfrage  near  Waco,  Texas,  with 
the  object  of  securing  topotypical  material  of  some  of  the  many  species  de- 
scribed from  material  taken  by  Belfrage. 

In  1929  the  Department  of  Entomology  suffered  a  sad  loss  in  the  death  of  Mr. 
Walter  M.  Giffard  of  Honolulu,  who  in  the  past,  has  been  a  good  friend  to  the 
Academy  and  an  active  worker  in  its  interest.  It  was  through  his  influence 
that  the  Academy  secured  the  very  valuable  Koebele  collection,  and  only  last 
year  he  presented  to  the  Academy  his  large  collection  of  North  American 
Delphacidae. 

During  1929  the  rearrangement  in  our  unit  boxes  of  the  Academy's  large 
collections  of  Coleoptera  and  Hemiptera  progressed  as  rapidly  as  the  acquisi- 
tion of  cases  and  drawers  would  permit.  Work  on  the  material  in  other  orders 
of  insects  has  had  to  await  the  purchase  of  necessarj'  cases.  As  heretofore, 
Mr.  Martin  has  worked  on  the  Coleoptera,  assorting  and  arranging  the  ma- 
terial in  the  various  components  of  the  Academy  collection.  For  much  of  the 
past  year  Dr.  Blaisdell  has  spent  two  days  each  week  at  the  Academy  working 
up  the  Academy  material,  including  his  own  collection,  in  certain  families  of 
beetles,  and  Dr.  Van  Dyke  has  spent  one  day  a  week  at  the  same  work  and  has 
studied  monographically  several  families  at  his  home.    The  curator  has  found 


552  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

time  to  study  and  arrange  a  few  more  families  of  the  Hemiptera  and  has  begun 
the  arrangement  of  our  butterflies  in  which  work  he  has  had  help  from  Mr. 
Graham  Heid. 

The  publication  of  the  Pan-Pacific  Entomologist  has  continued.  Five 
volumes  have  been  completed  and  volume  six  in  is  course  of  publication.  This 
journal  has  furnished  an  outlet  for  all  the  shorter  papers  on  the  Academy  collec- 
tion of  insects. 

The  need  for  more  insect  cases  is  as  pressing  as  ever.  The  Academy  accepted 
several  large  private  collections  of  insects  when  it  had  no  cases  in  which  to 
place  them.  Each  year  a  large  proportion  of  the  funds  alloted  to  the  Depart- 
ment of  Entomology  must  go  for  cases  and  even  that  proves  hardly  more  than 
enough  to  care  for  the  natural  growth  of  the  department.  A  special  appropria- 
tion is  needed  to  secure  cases  for  the  rich  material  acquired  with  the  Van 
Dyke,  Blaisdell  and  Koebele  collections. 

E.  P.  Van  Duzee,  Curator. 


Department  of  Exhibits 

The  work  of  overhauling  the  habitat  groups  in  the  Bird  Hall  was  completed 
early  in  the  year.  Two  floor  cases  were  reconstructed  to  hold  groups  of  Great 
Homed  Owl  and  American  Bam  Owl  respectively.  These  groups  are  of  the 
same  dimensions  as  our  series  of  panel  groups,  and  can  be  installed  as  such 
whenever  opportunity  offers. 

The  collection  of  modelled  Fungi  has  been  placed  upon  exhibition. 

On  May  17  I  left  San  Francisco  for  the  purpose  of  attending  the  annual 
meeting  of  the  American  Association  of  Museums  in  Philadelphia.  The  object 
of  this  visit  was  to  organize  a  section  of  the  association  whose  purpose 
should  be  the  exchange  of  knowledge  for  betterment  of  all  arts  and  crafts  con- 
nected with  the  making  and  installation  of  museum  exhibits.  Thanks  to  the 
splendid  cooperation  received,  this  object  was  accomplished,  and  the  Techni- 
cal Section  of  the  American  Association  of  IVIuseums  is  now  functioning  to 
the  benefit  of  all  concerned.  Upon  the  return  trip  several  eastern  museums 
were  visited  and,  thanks  to  the  kindness  and  courtesy  of  the  directors,  curators, 
and  preparators  of  these  institutions,  much  information  of  value  was  secured. 

t 

I  returned  to  San  Francisco  June  8. 

Several  months  of  the  year  were  taken  up  with  the  preparation  of  a  scale 
model  of  our  proposed  African  Mammal  Hall.  With  the  help  of  my  assi.stants 
this  has  been  completed.  This  scale  model  is  as  complete  as  it  is  possible  to 
make  it,  and  depicts  one  of  the  three  halls  that  will  be  necessary  to  house  the 
Simson  African  Mammal  collection.  It  has  been  placed  on  exliibition  in  the 
California  Mammal  Hall,  and  is  proving  of  value  in  manj^  ways. 

Miss  Clara  Tose  rendered  valuable  assistance  during  the  greater  part  of  the 
year,  leaving  the  department  October  6.  Mr.  Richard  Cayzer  has  been  em- 
ployed as  assistant  since  October  30.  Cecil  Tose  and  Russell  Hendrick  have 
also  been  employed  as  part  time  assistants  during  the  year. 

Frank  Tose,  Chief. 


Vol.  XVIII]  EVERMANN— DIRECTOR'S  REPORT  FOR  1929  553 


Depaktment  of  Fishes 

In  the  year  1929  the  Curator  and  the  Assistant  devoted  considerable  time 
to  reading  proof  of  the  new  Check-List  of  the  Fishes  and  Fishlike  Vertebrates 
of  North  and  Middle  America  north  of  the  northern  Boundary  of  Venezuela 
and  Colombia,  by  Jordan,  Evermann  and  Clark,  which  was  published  by  the 
U.  S.  Bureau  of  Fisheries  Februan,'  8,  1930. 

As  this  Check-List  includes  4137  species  and  subspecies  admitted  as  valid, 
together  with  the  reference  to  the  original  description  of  each,  also  to  each  of 
the  more  than  4,000  synonyms,  it  is  really  a  check-list  of  all  the  names  that  have 
ever  been  applied  to  American  freshwater  and  saltwater  fishes.  The  publica- 
tion contains  670  pages  of  which  158  are  devoted  to  the  Index  in  which  there 
are  more  than  15,500  page  references.  This  will  give  some  idea  of  the  great 
amount  of  labor  and  time  that  the  proof-reading  required. 

The  report  on  the  fishes  collected  by  the  Academy's  expedition  to  the 
Revillagigedo  Islands  in  1925  was  completed  in  1929,  and  the  manuscript  is 
now  ready  to  send  to  the  printer. 

For  several  years  the  Assistant  Curator  has  been  assisting  Biological 
Abstracts  in  the  preparation  and  editing  of  abstracts  of  current  ichthyological 
publications. 

Abstracts  prepared  by  the  authors  or  others  are  referred  to  us  by  Biological 
Abstracts  office  from  time  to  time  for  editing  or  completing.  In  many  cases 
they  are  prepared  here. 

As  a  side  product  of  this  work,  all  new  genera  were  card  catalogued  as  they 
appeared,  for  use  in  a  supplement  to  Jordan's  Genera  of  Fishes,  thus  bringing 
that  publication  up-to-date.  New  species  described  from  the  territory  cov- 
ered by  the  new  Check-List  of  Fishes  were  noted  for  inclusion  in  an  addendum 
to  that  Check-List  to  be  published  in  the  near  future. 

From  June  9  to  June  16,  was  spent  by  the  Assistant  Curator  with  the  aqua- 
rium collector  on  a  trip  to  the  desert  about  Salton  Sea  in  search  of  desert 
minnows,  Cyprinodon  macularius.  It  was  found  that  in  the  irrigation  ditches 
this  species  had  been  mostly  or  altogether  replaced  by  the  Mosquito  fish,  Gam- 
busia  affinis.  The  desert  minnows,  of  which  a  good  number  were  finally 
secured,  were  found  only  in  the  highly  saline  waters  of  the  lower  stretches  of 
San  Felipe  Creek,  and  in  the  Salton  Sea  itself.  The  Gambusias  were  at  first  not 
recognizable,  being  a  brilliant  turquoise  blue,  which  is,  indeed,  the  color  of  the 
male  Cyprinodon.  After  a  half-year's  sojourn  in  the  Aquarium  they  lost  much 
of  this  color. 

The  general  collection  of  fishes  has  been  gone  over  from  time  to  time  and 
fresh  alcohol  added  as  needed.  In  addition  to  the  general  catalogue  of  serial 
numbers,  a  card  catalogue  has  been  made  of  all  specimens  as  they  are  arranged 
on  the  shelves.  Puzzling  specimens  when  brought  in  are  identified,  and  if  not 
in  the  collection,  or  desired  for  any  other  purpose,  are  added,  accessioned  and 
cared  for. 

The  most  important  event  of  the  j^ear  in  connection  with  the  Department  of 
Fishes  was  the  securing  of  the  Jordan-Eigenmann  collection  of  fishes,  by  pur- 
chase from  Indiana  University. 

This  enormous  and  valuable  collection  of  more  than  220,000  specimens  was 
begun  in  the  early  eighties  by  Dr.  David  Starr  Jordan  and  his  students  at 


554  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Indiana  University.  It  was  greatly  enlarged  by  Dr.  Carl  H.  Eigenmann  who 
was  professor  of  zoolog>"  at  Indiana  University  from  1891  until  his  death  in 
1927,  assisted  by  his  students.  Dr.  Eigenmann  was  especially  interested  in 
the  fishes  of  South  America,  and  the  collections  resulting  from  his  many  ex- 
peditions to  that  continent  form,  in  the  aggregate,  the  most  complete  and 
valuable  ever  assembled  by  any  one  ichthj'^ologist.  Besides  the  North  Ameri- 
can and  the  South  American  components,  the  Jordan-Eigenmann  fish  col- 
lection contains  large  representations  of  the  fish  faunas  of  Europe,  Asia,  the 
Philippines,  the  Hawaiian  Islands,  and  many  other  parts  of  the  world. 

Last  September,  the  Curator,  the  Assistant  Curator  and  Superintendent 
Scale  of  the  Aquarium  went  to  Bloomington,  Indiana,  where  they,  assisted  by 
local  help,  devoted  the  entire  month  of  October  to  packing  the  collection  and 
preparing  it  for  shipment  to  San  Francisco. 

The  collection  was  packed  in  100  large  earthen  jars,  13  large  boxes,  and  500 
large  cartons. 

A  large  freight  car,  such  as  is  used  in  which  to  ship  automobiles,  was  used 
and  so  securely  were  the  many  containers  packed  in  the  car  that  the  shipment 
came  through  to  San  Francisco  without  loss  or  injury  to  a  single  specimen. 

This  great  collection  contains  many  types  and  cotypes  and  will  be  invaluable 
to  specialists  who  are  interested  in  the  ichthyological  fauna  of  the  Americas 
and  other  countries  of  the  Pacific  area. 

It  is  now  temporarily  installed  in  the  basement  of  the  Steinhart  Aquarium 
where  it  is  being  unpacked,  segregated  and  placed  on  shelves  for  further  assort- 
ment and  study. 

In  the  East  Wing  of  the  Museum,  upon  which  it  is  hoped  construction  will 
begin  soon,  will  be  provided  a  basement  specially  designed  and  up-to-date  in 
every  respect  in  which  the  fish  collections  will  be  installed  and  which  will  pro- 
vide proper  shelving,  laboratory  and  librarj'  facilities  and  offices. 

Howard  Walton  Clark,  Assistant  Curator. 


Department  of  Herpetology 

Owing  to  the  proposed  field  work  for  the  year  1929  which  would  necessitate 
a  long  period  of  absence  in  the  field  the  entire  collection  of  alcoholics  was  over- 
hauled and  specimen  jars  refilled  when  necessary  to  ensure  the  safety  of  the 
collection.  This  occupied  considerable  time,  there  being  several  thou;^and 
jars  to  be  gone  over.  A  thorough  overhauling  and  examination  was  also  given 
the  collection  of  Galapagos  tortoises,  the  work  on  both  collections  occupying 
about  three  months. 

The  greater  part  of  the  year  1929  was  given  to  field  work  in  Australia,  the 
curator  being  absent  in  the  field  from  June  27  to  the  end  of  the  year.  By  the 
end  of  December  1,052  specimens  from  various  localities  had  been  collected 
and  preparations  made  to  continue  the  work  during  January  and  February  of 
1930. 

Friends  of  the  department  have  been  generous  during  the  year  and  gifts  of 
specimens  have  been  received  as  follows:    From  L.  S.  Slevin,  16;  D.  R,  Bull,  2; 


Vol.  XVIII]  EVERMANN— DIRECTOR'S  REPORT  FOR  1929  555 

Charles  E.  Burt,  10;  Hans  Geyer,  6;  Don  C.  Meadows,  1;  Charles  Toftley,  2; 
Dr.  E.  C.  Van  Dyke,  1;  Dr.  G.  Dallas  Hanna,  3;  Dave  G.  Gamon,  1;  H.  S. 
Swarth,  17. 

Joseph  R.  Slevin,  Curator. 

Department  of  Library 

The  work  of  the  Library  during  1929  proceeded  mainly  in  accordance  with 
the  plans  announced  in  last  year's  report.  Temporary  wooden  shelves  were 
installed  early  in  the  year.  These,  together  with  the  space  released  by  moving 
the  stock  of  Academy  publications  from  the  store  room  to  the  lower  corridor, 
and  the  mass  of  uncatalogued  material  from  the  lower  library  to  the  store  room 
in  turn,  furnished  room  for  shifting  the  whole  collection  forward,  so  that  the 
badly  crowded  condition  of  the  shelves  could  be  relieved. 

During  the  process  all  separate  titles  were  inventoried  by  the  shelf-list  as 
they  were  moved.  This  took  longer  than  it  was  expected  to  for  it  was  found 
that  many  of  the  books  had  never  been  shelf-listed  and  most  of  those  that  were 
had  no  record  of  accession  numbers.  Consequently  a  large  number  of  tem- 
porary shelf-list  cards  had  to  be  made,  thus  slowing  up  the  project  so  that  it 
was  not  quite  finished  by  the  end  of  the  year.  Sets  of  serials  were  not  in- 
ventoried at  the  time  of  moving.  It  is  planned  to  begin  doing  this  systematic- 
ally as  soon  as  the  shifting  is  completed,  when  unbound  volumes  will  be  care- 
fully checked  and  tied  up  and  the  missing  numbers  acquired  if  it  is  found  still 
possible  to  get  them. 

The  accessions  for  the  year  were  as  follows: 

Bd.  vols.      Unbd.  Partsof  Pamphlets  Maps 

vols.  vols. 

Exchange 50             125  4063                 89  127 

Gift 54               46  1812               269  53 

Purchase 363             239  1690                 17  1 


Total 467  410  7565  375  181 

Among  the  reference  books  obtained  for  the  main  Library  may  be  mentioned 
the  United  States  Catalog  of  Books  in  Print  January  1,  1928;  the  Union  List  of 
Serials  in  Libraries  of  the  United  States  and  Canada ;  the  World  List  of  Scientific 
Periodicals;  Minerva,  Jahrbuch  der  Gelehrten  Welt,  1928;  the  12th  edition  of 
the  Dewey  Decimal  Classification.  These  have  been  in  almost  daily  use  since 
their  acqusition.  Other  titles  of  unusual  interest  are:  Index  Londinensis  to 
Illustrations  of  Flowering  Plants,  volume  1;  Hegi's  Illustrierte  Flora  von 
Mittel-Europa ;  Nouvelles  Archives  du  Museum  d'Histoire  Naturelle,  Paris, 
2d  series,  3d  series,  and  volumes  1-7,  9-10  of  the  4th  series;  Donovan's  Natural 
Historj^  of  British  Birds,  1794-1819;  Rothschild's  Extinct  Birds,  1907;  Bellardi 
&  Sacco's  Molluschi  del  Piemonte  e  della  Liguria,  1873-1904;  Bolten's  Museum 
Boltenianum,  part  2,  1906;  Bom's  Testacea  Musei  Caesarei  Vindobonensis, 
1780;  Martyn's  Universal  Conchologist,  1784. 

The  cataloguing  accomplished  during  the  >ear  was  practically  none,  due  to 
every  effort  being  expended  on  the  shifting  of  the  bookstock.    New  exchanges 


556  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

added  total  27,  a  small  number  but  also  due  to  the  emphasis  of  the  year's  work 
elsewhere.    The  number  of  volumes  boimd  was  144. 

Miss  Dora  Arnold's  part-time  assistance  in  the  Library  ceased  early  in 
September  when  she  left  the  Aquarium.  The  loss  of  her  help,  little  as  it  was 
each  day,  is  keenly  felt  and  the  amount  of  unshelved  accessions  that  have 
accumulated  in  three  months  seriously  congests  the  available  working  space 
in  the  Library-.  This  will  be  quickly  cleared  up,  however,  early  in  1930  upon 
the  arrival  of  a  temporary  full-time  assistant  which  the  Council  has  kindly 
granted  because  of  the  assistant  librarian's  plans  to  undertake  graduate  work 
in  bibliography  at  the  University  of  California.  Miss  Phyllis  Beardslee,  Miss 
Arnold's  successor,  handled  the  Library's  secretarial  work  very  efficiently  for 
the  remainder  of  the  year. 

An  item  of  passing  interest  is  the  adoption  by  the  American  Association  of 
Museums  of  the  practice  of  printing  the  Dewey  classification  number  at  the 
head  of  each  article  in  The  Museum  News  that  is  sponsored  by  and  published 
for  its  Technical  Section,  the  group  formed  by  Mr.  Tose  of  the  Academy  staff 
last  Summer.  The  suggestion  of  thus  printing  the  Dewey  number,  made  by 
the  assistant  librarian  and  proposed  by  Mr.  Tose,  was  intended  as  an  aid  not 
only  to  hbrarians  but  also  to  workers  in  the  field  who  wish  to  keep  their  liter- 
ature systematically  arranged.  The  practice  has  been  in  use  for  some  time  by 
the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History  in  their  Novitates.  The  Dewey 
classification  is  the  one  used  in  the  Academy  Library,  which  will  be  greatly 
benefitted  by  the  plans  of  the  Library  of  Congress  shortly  to  print  the  Dewey 
numbers  on  its  catalogue  cards. 

The  assistant  librarian  was  appointed,  in  the  Fall,  secretary  of  the  Special 
Libraries  Section  of  the  CaHfornia  Library  Association,  whose  annual  conven- 
tion will  be  held  next  July  in  Los  Angeles  in  conjunction  with  that  of  the 
American  Library  Association.  He  also  served  on  the  convention  committee 
and  was  chairman  of  the  directorjr  committee  of  the  local  chapter  of  the  national 
Special  Libraries  Association,  and  was  elected  in  December  president  for  1930. 
The  local  chapter  will  be  hosts  in  June  to  the  national  Association  at  their 
annual  convention,  the  first  on  the  Pacific  coast.  This  convention  will  be 
significant  to  the  Academy  for  among  its  meetings  will  be  the  first  regular  one 
to  be  held  by  the  Museum  Group  of  the  Association. 

The  crying  need  of  the  Library  is  the  same  as  emphasized  in  last  year's 
report, — namely,  sufficient  income  to  provide  not  only  the  old  and  current 
literature  so  badly  needed  for  the  use  of  both  staff  and  membership,  but  also 
adequate  personnel  so  that  the  collection  may  be  made  to  serve  its  clientele 
efficiently  and  constructively  by  anticipating  in  many  cases  its  requirements. 

Thom.\s  Cowxes,  Assistant  Librarian. 


Department  of  Ornithology  .\nd  Mammalogy 

The  Curator  and  the  Assistant  Curator  each  spent  about  three-fourths  of 
the  year  in  curatorial  duties  and  at  studies  that  they  have  undertaken,  the 
remaining  quarter  being  devoted  to  field  work.  The  Curator  has  continued  to 
allot  to  the  study  of  the  Academy's  collection  of  Galapagos  Islands'  birds  just 
as  much  time  as  could  possibly  be  spared  from  routine  office  duties  for  that 


Vol.  XVIII]  EVERMANN— DIRECTOR'S  REPORT  FOR  1929  557 

purpose;  other  minor  researches  (with  the  possible  consequent  publication  of 
short  papers)  have  been  almost  entirely  abandoned  for  the  time  being.  Mrs. 
Davidson's  research  program  has  included  further  work  upon  Mr.  Loomis's 
unfinished  "Monograph  of  the  Tubinares,"  and  on  fossil  whale  material  from 
the  collection  of  the  Department  of  Paleontology-. 

The  Curator  spent  the  period  from  June  9  to  September  26  on  a  field  trip  to 
Atlin,  in  extreme  northern  British  Columbia,  making  further  observations  and 
collections  in  a  region  wherein  he  has  ptirsued  field  work  on  several  previous 
years.  The  Swarth  family  participated  in  this  trip,  and  members  thereof  col- 
lected plants  and  insects  for  other  Academy  departments.  A  special  effort 
was  made  toward  the  collecting  of  Juvenal  and  other  little-known  plumages  of 
various  northern  birds,  practically  all  of  which  material  was  new  to  the  Acad- 
emy collection.  Mrs.  Davidson  left  on  October  25  for  a  three  months'  stay  in 
the  Republic  of  Panama.  Her  time  was  spent  in  Chiriqui  Province  and  collec- 
tions were  made  near  the  Costa  Rican  boundary  at  various  elevations  from  sea 
level  to  4,500  feet. 

.  Mr.  Joseph  Mailliard,  Curator  Emeritus,  has  been  actively  engaged  in 
bird-banding  during  the  fall  and  winter  months  of  the  last  year,  in  Golden  Gate 
Park  and  at  Woodacre,  Marin  County.  Approximately  800  birds  have  been 
banded,  and  information  of  importance  is  gradually  being  accumulated  and 
placed  in  proper  shape  for  future  use.  An  unexpected  side-issue  of  the  bird- 
banding  was  the  collection  of  a  series  of  microscope  slides  of  blood-smears  of 
Zonotrichia  nuitalli  and  Z.  coronata,  gathered  at  the  request  of  Dr.  Clay  G. 
Huff  of  the  Harvard  Medical  School,  and,  according  to  information  received 
from  that  gentleman,  proving  to  be  of  unusual  value  in  the  research  in  which 
he  is  engaged. 

Two  important  donations  were  received  during  the  year.  First,  the  H.  S. 
Swarth  collection  of  bird  skins  (3,150  specimens)  was  purchased  and  presented 
to  the  Academy  by  a  donor  who  prefers  to  withhold  his  name.  Then,  the  G. 
Frean  Morcom  collection  of  bird  skins  (3,000  specimens)  was  received  as  a 
gift  from  Mr.  Morcom.  These  two  collections  are  complementary  to  each 
other  in  some  respects,  and  together  they  contain  long  series  of  specimens  of 
species  that  heretofore  were  poorly  represented  or  not  contained  at  all  in  the 
Academy  collection.  The  Morcom  collection  in  particular  contains  many 
specimens  of  rare,  near-extinct,  and  extinct  species,  mostly  collected  by  Mr. 
Morcom,  himself,  forty  or  fifty  years  ago.  While  it  is  a  matter  of  unqualified 
congratulation  that  the  Academy  should  receive  these  rich  additions  to  its 
collection,  their  acceptance  entails  heav^^  responsibilities  on  our  part,  for  these 
gifts  serve  to  emphasize  still  further  the  impossibly  crowded  condition  in  which 
the  bird  collection  is  now  housed.  As  the  storage  rooms  now  are  it  will  be  im- 
possible to  rearrange  cases  and  contents  to  incorporate  the  acquisitions  of  the 
year,  so  as  to  have  the  specimens  properly  convenient  of  access  and  hence  of 
greatest  possible  use. 

The  department  continues,  as  heretofore,  to  sen,^e  as  a  local  bureau  of  in- 
formation on  questions  pertaining  to  birds  and  mammals.  Of  greater  im- 
portance is  the  use  that  is  being  made  of  our  material  by  research  sttidents  in 
other  institutions.  Our  entire  series  of  several  species  of  birds  and  mammals 
are  now  on  loan,  giving  important  aid  to  studies  of  just  the  sort  that  the 
Academy  should  foster  to  the  utmost  of  its  ability.    On  the  other  hand,  it  is 


558  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4rH  Ser. 

proper  to  point  out  that  the  department  is  in  receipt  of  quite  as  generous  aid 
from  other  institutions,  in  recognition  of  the  value  of  the  work  that  we  are 
carrying  on. 

In  May,  1929,  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Cooper  Ornithological  Club  was 
held  in  the  Bay  region,  and  on  one  of  the  two-day  sessions  the  club  was  the 
guest  of  the  Academy.  About  sixty  members  of  the  Cooper  Club  were  in 
attendance. 

On  the  whole,  growth  of  the  collections  during  the  year  was  eminently  satis- 
factory', and  departmental  work  progressed  about  as  satisfactorily  as  could  be 
hoped  for  under  existing  crowded  conditions.  The  outstanding  needs  of  the 
department  continue  to  be,  in  increasing  measure:  (1)  Floor  space,  for  storage 
cases  and  also  for  tables  or  benches  to  be  used  in  cataloguing,  studying  and 
otherwise  handling  specimens.  (2)  A  new  metal-lined  storage  room  for  large 
mammals.  (3)  An  additional  assistant,  the  greater  part  of  whose  time  could 
be  devoted  to  field  work.  In  addition,  it  would  be  desirable  if  an  Assistant 
Curator  of  Mammals  could  eventually  be  appointed.  There  is  not  now,  and 
never  has  been,  anyone  in  the  department  primarily  interested  in  mammals, 
and  the  mammal  collection  has  not  attained  to  the  importance  that  it  should. 

Details  of  the  several  accessions  are  as  follows:  Birds.  Gift:  Anonymous, 
3150;  C.  R.  Boatright,  1;  F.  E.  Booth,  4;  D.  B.  Bull,  1;  California  Department 
of  Natural  Resources,  Division  of  Fish  and  Game,  1 ;  Department  of  Exhibits, 
California  Academy  of  Sciences,  50;  Mrs.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  315; 
E.  E.  Ever,  1;  E.  W.  Gifford,  7;  F.  W.  Coding.  5;  Hugh  Logan,  1;  Joseph 
Mailliard,  1;  John  McLaren,  3;  James  Moffitt,  2;  G.  Frean  Morcom,  3000; 
Mori  Bird  Store,  5;  J.  V.  Patton,  2;  M.  S.  Ray,  1;  A.  W.  Robison,  12;  W.  J. 
Steinbeck,  3;  R.  L.  Thompson,  1;  Henry  Trost,  6;  Henry  WaiTington,  1. 
Expedition:  H.  S.  Swarth,  300.    Purchase:  114. 

Eggs.  Gift:  G.  Dallas  Hanna,  22  sets;  Hugo  Lotzen,  1  nest.  Expedition: 
H.  S.  Swarth,  6  sets  and  nests. 

Mammals.  Gift:  Brooklyn  Museum,  2 ;  Department  of  Exhibits,  California 
Academy  of  Sciences,  37;  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  15  (colored  plates);  Mrs. 
Barton  Warren  Evermann,  1;  H.  A.  Haskell,  3;  Joseph  Mailliard,  2.  Ex- 
pedition: H.  S.  Swarth,  32  skins  and  33  skulls. 

Harry  S.  Swarth,  Curator. 


Department  of  Paleontology 

In  order  to  prevent  the  collections  of  the  department  from  completely  out- 
growing the  available  space  for  housing,  exploratory  work  for  the  time  being 
must  be  confined  to  the  procuring  of  only  such  fossil  material  as  will  sub- 
stantially aid  in  projects  already  under  way.  IVIuch  virgin  territor>'  remains  to 
be  examined  for  fossils  and  living  shells  in  western  North  America,  but  much 
care  must  be  exercised  to  prevent  the  acctunulation  of  such  a  great  amount  of 
research  material  that  effective  study  and  orderly  arrangement  becomes 
impossible. 

Following  out  the  lines  of  investigation  already  begun,  Mr.  F.  M.  Anderson 


Vol.  XVIII]         EVERMANN— DIRECTOR'S  REPORT  FOR  1929  559 

made  several  trips  to  northern  California  during  1928  and  secured  a  fine  lot  of 
Cretaceous  fossils.  Since  the  ammonites  of  this  period  are  to  be  found  at  only 
a  few  favorable  localities  in  the  state  and  are  greatly  damaged  by  weathering, 
it  is  highly  desirable  that  the  ground  be  gone  over  thoroughly  at  frequent 
intervals. 

Other  important  Cretaceous  collections  weie  obtained  in  Alberta  by  Dr.  Leo 
George  Hertlein  while  engaged  in  geological  investigations  for  the  Hixdson's 
Bay  Marland  Oil  Company  of  Canada.  During  this  time  he  was  on  temporary 
leave  of  absence  from  the  Academy. 

The  work  of  identification  and  cataloguing  of  the  collection  was  continued 
as  rapidljr  as  possible.  Through  the  efforts  of  Dr.  Fred  Baker  and  Mr.  A.  M. 
Strong  several  additional  families  of  marine  shells  fiom  Ait.-ican  waters  were 
classified.  As  this  work  progresses  the  wealth  of  material  obtained  by  the 
Academy's  three  recent  expeditions  becomes  more  evident.  Mr.  Strong  like- 
wise was  responsible  for  the  preparation  of  lists  of  the  marine  shells  from 
Guadalupe  Island  and  the  Revillagigedo  Islands. 

During  the  summer  Dr.  H.  B.  Baker,  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania, 
collected  land  and  freshwater  moUusca  extensively  in  the  west  and  it  was  pos- 
sible for  Mr.  John  L.  Nicholson  and  the  curator  to  accompany'  him  to  Klamath 
Lake,  Oregon,  for  a  few  days.  A  large  amovmt  of  excellent  material  was  ob- 
tained on  this  short  field  trip. 

More  valuable  collections  of  foraminifera  were  added  to  the  collections  dur- 
ing 1929  than  during  any  previous  j-ear  of  existence  of  the  department.  For- 
tunately such  fossils  take  up  little  room.  The  field  work  was  done  by  ivlr.  C.  C. 
Church  and  the  curator  through  the  sympathetic  cooperation  of  Mr.  L.  C. 
Decius,  Chief  Geologist  of  the  Associated  Oil  Company.  Additional  fossil 
diatom  material  of  great  value  was  obtained  through  many  channels. 

The  acquisition  of  the  great  Baldwin  collection  of  shells  has  been  noted 
in  the  report  of  the  Director  for  1928.  This  fine  accession  was  a  gift  to  the 
Academy  and  a  direct  result  of  the  interest  in  the  institution  held  by  Mr. 
Church.  It  is  a  matter  of  great  regret  on  the  part  of  the  staft'  of  the  department 
that  sufficient  storage  cases  arc  not  available  for  the  unpacking  of  the  entire 
collection  and  there  is  no  available  room  for  them  if  cases  were  on  hand.  By 
condensing  and  consolidating  some  of  the  present  collections  to  the  greatest 
possible  degree  it  is  hoped  that  room  will  be  provided  for  the  placing  of  the 
most  important  of  the  Baldwin  shells  in  the  research  series. 

Much  use  has  been  made  of  the  Academy's  paleontological  collections  by 
students  elsewhere,  particularly  from  the  University  of  California  and  Stan- 
ford University.  Among  others  who  should  be  mentioned  are:  Dr.  H.  A.  Pils- 
bry,  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences,  Philadelphia;  Prof.  Junius  Henderson, 
University  of  Colorado;  Dr.  H.  B.  Baker,  University  of  Pennsylvania;  Mr. 
Allyn  G.  Smith,  Berkeley,  California;  and  Dr.  Mary  J.  Rathbun,  U.  S.  Na- 
tional Museum. 

The  research  work  carried  on  in  the  department  has  been  greatly  facilitated 
by  the  assistance  rendered  by  Mr.  Thomas  Cowles,  z'\ssistant  Librarian.  His 
ever  ready  willingness  to  take  the  necessary  steps  to  procure  needed  books, 
either  by  purchase  or  loan,  has  been  of  much  help  in  the  progress  of  our  inves- 
tigations. 


550  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Outstanding  loans  of  research  material  at  the  end  of  the  year  were  as  follows : 
Mr.  A.  M.  Strong,  Los  Angeles,  Calif.;  Dr.  Fred  Baker,  Point  Loma,  Calif.; 
Dr.  Brj'ant  Walker,  Detroit,  Mich.;  Mr.  Allyn  G.  Smith,  Berkeley,  Calif.; 
Dr.  S.  Stillman  Berry,  Redlands,  Calif.;  Dr.  Paul  Bartsch,  U.  S.  National 
Museum,  Washington,  D.  C;  Dr.  Hubert  G.  Schenck,  Stanford  University, 
Calif.;  Miss  Nellie  M.  Tegland  and  F.  Earl  Turner,  University  of  California, 
Berkeley,  Calif. ;  Dr.  Arthur  HoUick,  New  York  Botanical  Garden,  New  York, 
N.  Y.;  Dr.  H.  McMillan,  Natural  Histor}^  Museum,  Stanford  University, 
California. 

G.  D.u-LAS  Hanna,  Curator. 


Department  of  Steixhart  Aquarium 

The  year  1929  has  been  a  very  satisfactory  one  for  the  Aquarium.  The 
exhibits  have  steadily  increased  in  number,  interest  and  attractiveness.  The 
attendance  has  been  large.  More  than  six  million  people  have  visited  the 
institution  since  its  opening  in  1923. 

Gifts  received  have  been  numerous  and  valuable.  A  friend  of  the  Aquarium 
has  written  into  her  will  a  legacy  to  provide  a  comfortable  and  proper  place 
for  turtles  and  amphibians.  The  donor  desires  her  name  withheld  for  the 
present.  An  interesting  collection  of  81  live  Australian  fishes,  including  40 
sea  horses,  was  received  from  the  Aquariuni  in  Sydney.  The  New  York 
Aquarium  presented  six  horseshoe  crabs.  Superintendent  John  McLaren  pre- 
sented six  large  clusters  of  bamboo,  which  add  greatly  to  the  attractiveness 
of  the  swamp  room.  The  total  number  of  gifts  exclusive  of  several  thousand 
small  fishes,  numbered  4-29  and  includes  seven  live  alligators,  one  crocodile, 
two  seals,  two  sea  lions,  and  a  large  number  of  other  live  animals.  A  complete 
list  with  the  name  and  address  of  each  donor  will  be  found  in  the  files  of  the 
Aquarium. 

From  April  25  to  June  14  a  collecting  trip  to  Pago  Pago,  Samoa,  was  made 
by  the  Superintendent  and  321  beautifully  colored  tropical  fishes  were  brought 
back  alive  and  placed  in  the  exhibition  tanks.  Volunteer  assistance  on  this 
trip  was  given  by  Mrs.  Scale,  who  by  special  invitation  visited  Samoa  as  a 
guest  of  the  Matson  Navigation  Company. 

During  the  months  of  October  and  November  all  of  the  large  aquariums  in 
the  United  States  were  visited  by  the  Superintendent  and  their  exhibits  and 
methods  of  operation  carefully  observed  and  noted.  The  annual  convention 
of  Park  and  Aquarium  Executives  at  Miami,  Florida,  was  attended  on  No- 
vember 19-21,  at  which  an  address  on  public  aquariiuns  was  given  by  the 
Superintendent . 

On  December  31  Mr.  Wallace  Adams  resigned  as  Assistant  Superintendent 
of  the  Aquarium  to  accept  a  position  in  the  Bureau  of  Science,  Philippine 
Islands.  The  entire  personnel  of  the  Aquarium  will  miss  the  cheerful  presence 
of  Mr.  Adams. 

On  December  31,  1929,  the  following  animals  were  on  exhibition  at  the 
Aquarium : 


Vol.  XVIII]  EVERMANN— DIRECTOR'S  REPORT  FOR  1929  55I 

Mammals 1 1  of      3  species 

Birds 1  of      1  species 

Reptiles 208  of    33  species 

Batrachians 53  of      9  species 

Fishes 9375  of  282  species 

Invertebrates 41  of    31  species 

Total 9689  of  359  species 

For  the  coming  A'ear  the  following  improvements  are  suggested:  That  we 
ask  the  city  for  a  new  wing  for  additional  tropical  saltwater  fishes,  as  sug- 
gested by  President  Grunsky;  that  the  court  in  front  of  the  Aquarium  and 
around  the  seal  pools  be  properly  paved;  that  filters  for  the  water  in  the  seal 
pools  be  installed ;  that  a  collector  be  sent  to  Lower  California ;  that  the  guide 
book  be  published;  that  the  swamp  be  revamped  and  more  plants  be  placed 
in  the  building. 

Alvin  Seale,  Supenntendent. 


Bibliography 

The  following  bibliography  lists  the  papers  published  in  the 
year  1929  by  members  of  the  ?^Iuseum  and  Aquarium  staffs. 

Anderson,  F.  M. 

1.  Marine  Miocene  and  related  Depbsits  of  North  Colombia.  <Proc. 
Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  ser.  4,  vol.  18,  no.  4,  pp.  73-213.  pis.  8-23, 
March  29,  1929. 

Cowles,  Thomas. 

1.  [Annual  Report  of  the  ]  Department  of  Library  [for  1928].  <Proc. 
Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  ser.  4,  vol.  17,  no.  12,  pp.  328-329,  May  22, 
1929. 

Davidson,  M.  E. 

1.  Notes  on  the  Northern  Elephant  Seal.      <Proc.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci., 

ser.  4,  vol.  18,  no.  9,  pp.  229-243,  pis.  25-26,  April  5,  1929. 

2.  On  a  small  Collection  of  Birds  from  Toires  Strait  Islands,  and  from 

Guadalcanar   Island,    Solomon   Group.      <Proc.    Calif.   Acad. 
Sci.,  ser.  4,  vol.  18,  no.  10,  pp.  245-260,  April  5,  1929. 

3.  On  the  Occurrence  of  Baird's  Beaked  Whale  at  Santa  Cruz,  Cali- 

fornia.    <Journal  of  Mammalogy,  vol.  10,  no.  4,  pp.  356-358, 
November  11,  1929. 

Eastwood,  Alice. 

1.  Trees  and  Shrubs  on  the  Eastwood  Place  on  Mount  Tamalpais. 

< California  Out-of-doors,  April,  1929. 

2.  Ann.  Report,  Department  of  Botany  for  1928.     <Proc.  Calif.  Acad. 

Sci.,  ser.  4,  vol.  17,  no.  12,  pp.  321-323,  May  22,  1929. 


562  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

3.  After   the   Fire   in   the   Mount   Tamalpais  Region.      < California 

Out-of-doors,  September,  1929. 

4.  The  Escallonias  in  Golden  Gate  Park,  San  Francisco,  with  Descrip- 

tions of  New  Species.  <Proc.  Calif.  Acad.  .Sci.,  ser.  4,  vol.  18, 
no.  13,  pp.  385-391,  September  6,  1929. 

5.  Studies  in  the  Flora  of  Lower  California  and  Adjacent  Islands. 

<Proc.  Calif.  Acad.  vSci.,  ser.  4,  vol.  18,  no.  14,  pp.  393-484,  pis. 
d,i,  34,  September  6,  1929. 

Evermann,  Barton  Warren. 

1.  Tula  Elk  in  California.      < Associated  Sportsmen,  vol.  II,  no.   1, 

pp.  5-6,  2  illus.,  January  21,  1929. 

2.  Report  of  the  Director  of  the  Museum  for  1928.     <Proc.  Calif. 

Acad.  Sci.,  ser.  4,  vol.  17,  no.  12,  pp.  308-353,  May  22,  1929. 

Hanna,  G.  Dallas. 

1.  Some  Pyramidellidae  from  the  Gulf  of  California.     (Co-author  with 

A.  M,  Strong  and  Fred  Baker.)  <Proc.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  ser.  4, 
vol.  17,  no.  7,  pp.  205-246,  pis.  11,  12,  June  29,  1928. 

2.  Brackish-Water  Pliocene  diatoms  from  the  Etchegoin  formation  of 

central  California.  (Senior  author  with  William  M.  Grant.) 
<Jour.  Paleo.,  vol.  3,  no.  1,  pp.  87-100,  pis.  11-14,  March,  1929. 

3.  A  New  species  of  land  snail  from  Kern  County,  California.     <Proc. 

Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  ser.  4,  vol.  18,  no.  6,  pp.  217-218,  pi.  24,  figs. 
7,  8,  9,  April  5,  1929. 

4.  A  new  species  of  land  snail  from  Coahuila,  Mexico.     (Senior  author 

with  Leo  George  Hertlein.)  <Proc.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  ser.  4, 
vol.  18,  no.  7,  pp.  219-220,  pi.  24,  figs.  5,  6,  April  5,  1929. 

5.  Mammoth  tusks  found  near  Oroville,  California.        <Dept.  Nat. 

Res.;  Div.  Mines  &  Mining,  Rept.  XXV,  State  Mineralogist, 
vol.  25,  no.  1,  pp.  88-90,  2  figs.,  January  [April],  1929;  San  Fran- 
cisco Examiner,  vSunda3^  Januan,-  27,  1929;  San  Francisco  Call, 
Monday,  January  28,  1929. 

6.  [Annual  report  of  the]   Department  of  Paleontology  [1928].     <Proc. 

Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  ser.  4,  vol.  17,  no.  12,  pp.  331-333,  May  22, 
1929.    Bibliography,  pp.  337-339. 

7.  Another  synthetic  resin  useful  in  microscopy.     <Science,  n.  s.  vol. 

70,  no.  1801,  pp.  16-17,  July  5,  1929. 

8.  Fossil  diatoms  dredged  from  Bering  Sea.     <  Trans.  San  Diego  Soc. 

Nat.  Hist.,  vol.  5,  no.  20,  pp.  287-296,  pi.  34,  December  31,  1929. 

9.  Abstract:  Boyer,  Charles  S.     Synopsis  of  North  American  Diato- 

maceae.  Part  I.  Coscinodiscatje,  Rhizoselenatae,  Biddulphiatae, 
Fragilariata;.  <Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol.  78,  1926 
[1927],  Suppl.,  pp.  1-228.  <Biol.  Absts.,  vol.  2,  nos.  6-8,  p. 
1197,  June-August,  1928. 
10.  Abstract:  Eddy,  Samuel.  A  study  of  algse  distribution.  < Trans. 
Amer.  Micr.,  Soc,  vol.  46,  no.  2,  pp.  122-138,  April,  1927.  <Biol. 
Absts.,  vol.  2,  nos.  6-8,  p.  1198,  June- August,  1928. 


Vol.  XVIII]  EVERM ANN— DIRECTOR'S  REPORT  FOR  1929  553 

11.  Abstract:  Gemeinhardt,  K.  Beitrage  zur  Kenntnis  der  Diatomeen. 

Ber.  Deutsch,  Bot.  Ges.  vol.  44,  no.  8,  1926,  pp.  517-532,  2  pis. 
<Biol.  absts.,  vol.  2,  nos.  6-8,  p.  1199,  June- August,  1928. 

12.  Abstract:  Handmann,  Rudolf.    Beitrage  zur  Kenntnis  osterreichis- 

cher  Diatomeen  und  ihrer  Verbreitung.  Jahr.  d.  oberosterrei- 
chischen  Musealvereines,  vol.  81,  [Linz],  1926,  pp.  315-340, 
3  text  figs.  <Biol.  Absts.,  vol.  2,  nos.  6-8,  p.  1200,  June-August, 
1928. 

13.  Abstract:  Anderson,  F.  M.     Origin  of  California  petroleiun.     Bull. 

Geol.  Soc.  America,  vol.  37,  1926,  pp.  585-614.  <Biol.  Absts., 
vol.  2,  nos.  6-8,  p.  1256,  June-August,  1928. 

14.  Abstract:  Kolbe,  R.  W.     Uber  Einschlussmittel  fiir  Diatomeen. 

Zeit.  Mikrosk.  u.  f.  Mikrosk.  Technik,  vol.  44,  no.  2,  1927, 
pp.  196-211,  1  text  fig.  <Biol.  Absts.,  vol.  3,  nos.  1-3,  p.  262, 
January-March,  1929. 

15.  Abstract:  Tierney,  Clarence.    Continuous  and  discontinuous  varia- 

tions in  Nature.  Proc.  Croydon  Nat.  Hist.  &  Sci.  Soc,  vol.  10, 
1927,  pp.  12-27,  1  pi.  <Biol.  Absts.,  vol.  3,  nos.  1-3,  p.  264, 
January-March,  1929. 

16.  Abstract:  Duparque,  Andre.     La  composition  chimique  des  sub- 

stances v6g6tales  et  des  houilles.  Le  role  des  substances  v6g6tales 
dans  la  formation  de  la  houille.  Soc.  Geol.  du  Nord  Ann.,  51, 
1926  [1927],  pp.  403-456.  <Biol.  Absts.,  vol.  3,  nos.  1-3,  p.  289, 
January-March,  1929. 

17.  Abstract:    Duparque,    Andr^.      La    structure    microscopique    des 

lignites.  Comparaison  avec  la  structure  microscopique  de  la 
houille.  Soc.  Geol.  du  Nord  Ann.,  51,  1926  [1927],  pp.  179-190, 
1  pi.  <Biol.  Absts.,  vol.  3,  nos.  1-3,  p.  289,  January-March, 
1929. 

18.  Abstract:  Duparque,  Andr^.    Remarques  sur  la  nature  des  quatre 

constituants  microscopiques  de  la  houille.  Soc.  Geol.  du  Nord 
Ann.,  51,  1926  [1927],  pp.  212-233,  1  fig.  <Biol.  Absts.,  vol.  3, 
nos.  1-3,  p.  290,  January-March,  1929. 

19.  Abstract:  Duparque,  Andre.     Le  role  des  tissus  lignifies  dans  la 

formation  de  la  houille.  Soc.  Geol.  du  Nord  Ann.,  51,  1926 
[1927],  pp.  51-64,  1  pi.,  2  figs.  <Biol.  Absts.,  vol.  3,  nos.  1-3, 
p.  290,  January-March,  1929. 

20.  Abstract:  Kolbe,  R.  W.    Zur  Okologie,  Morphologic  und  Systematik 

der  Brackwasser-Diatomeen.  Die  Kieselalgen  des  Sperenberger 
Salzgebiets.  Pflanzenforschung,  Heft  7,  1927,  vol.  VI,  pp.  1-146, 
3  pis.,  10  text  figs.  <Biol.  Absts.,  vol.  3,  nos.  4-6,  p.  879,  April- 
June,  1929. 

21.  Abstract:  Reyes,  Alicia,  E.    El  gigantismo  en  los  protozoarios.  Rev. 

Mexicana  Biologic,  vol.  7,  no.  5,  1927,  pp.  119-120.  <Biol. 
Absts.,  vol.  3,  nos.  4-6,  p.  951,  April-June,  1929. 

April  8.  1930 


554  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

22.  Abstract:  Thomasson,  H.  Baltiska  tidsbestamningar  och  baltisk 
tidsindelning  vid  Kahlmarsund.  (Sydsvenska  nivaforandringar 
II.)  Geol.  Foren.  Forhandl.  vol.  49,  no.  1,  1927,  pp.  19-76,  15 
diagrams.  <Biol.  Absts.  vol.  3,  nos.  7-8,  p.  1483,  July-August, 
1929. 

Hertlein,  Leo  George. 

1.  Abstract:  Hertlein,  Leo  George  and  Eric  Knight  Jordan.    Paleon- 

tology of  the  Miocene  of  Lower  California.  Proc.  Calif.  Acad. 
Sci.,  ser.  4,  vol.  16,  no.  19,  pp.  605-647,  pis.  17-21,  September  2, 
1927,  <Biol.  Abstracts,  vol.  2,  nos.  6-8,  pp.  1363-1364,  June- 
August,  1928. 

2.  A  New  Pecten  from  the  San  Diego  Pliocene.     <Proc.  Calif.  Acad. 

Sci.,  ser.  4,  vol.  18,  no.  5,  p.  215,  pi.  24,  figs.  10,  ll,April5,  1929. 

3.  A  New  Species  of  Land  Snail  from  Coahuila,  Mexico.     < Proc.  Calif. 

Acad.  Sci.,  ser.  4,  vol.  18,  no.  7,  pp.  219-220,  pi.  24,  figs.  5,  6, 
April  5,  1929.  (Junior  author  with  G.  Dallas  Hanna.) 

4.  Abstract:  Kaja,  Paul.    Biologische  Einfliisse  bei  der  Sinterbildung. 

[Biological  influences  in  sinter  formation.]  Ber.  Oberhess.  Ges. 
Natur.-u.  Heilkunde,  Giessen,  N.F.  Naturwiss.  Abt.  11 :  21-27, 
1926-1927  [1927].  <Biological  Abstracts  vol.  3,  Nos.  4-6,  p.  442, 
April- June,  1929. 

5.  Three  New  Specific  Names  for  West  American  fossil  Mollusca. 

<Joumal  of  Paleontology,  vol.  3,  no.  3,  pp.  295-297,  September, 
1929. 

6.  The  Geology  and  Paleontology  of  the  Pliocene  of  San  Diego,  Cali- 

fornia. < Stanford  University  Bulletin,  ser.  5,  vol.  4,  no.  78, 
pp.  81-85,  December,  1929. 

Jordan,  Eric  Knight. 

1.  Report  on  Fossils  from  Coquimbo.  In,  "Studies  in  Comparative 
Seismology.  Earthquake  conditions  in  Chile,"  by  Bailey  Willis. 
<Camegie  Institution  of  Washington,  publication  382,  pp.  117- 
119,  pis.  62,  63,  1929. 

Mailliard,  Joseph. 

1.  Census  of  Birds'  Nests  in  the  Music  Concourse,  Golden  Gate  Park, 

San  Francisco,  California,  for  1929.  <The  Gull,  vol.  11,  no.  3, 
March,  1929. 

2.  Audacity  of  a  Sharp-shinned  Hawk.     <The  Condor,  vol.  31,  no.  1, 

p.  35,  January,  1929. 

3.  Golden-crowned  Sparrow  without  the  Gold.     <The  Condor,  vol.  31, 

no.  1,  pp.  37-38,  January,  1929. 

4.  Gleanings  from  recent  Bird  Banding.     <  The  Condor,  vol.  31,  no.  5, 

pp.  192-195,  September,  1929. 

5.  Reaction  toward  Capture  among  certain  Sparrows.     <  The  Condor, 

vol.  31,  no.  6,  pp.  239-241,  November,  1929. 


Vol.  XVIII]         EVERMANN— DIRECTOR'S  REPORT  FOR  1929  555 

Slevin,  Joseph  R. 

1.  A  Contribution  to  our  Knowledge  of  the  Nesting  Habits  of  the 

Golden  Eagle.  <Proc.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  ser.  4,  vol.  18,  no.  3, 
pp.  45-71,  plates  4-7,  January  29,  1929. 

2.  Annual  Report,   Department  of  Herpetology  for  the  year   1928. 

<Proc.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  ser.  4,  vol.  17,  no.  12,  pp.  297-360. 
May  22,  1929. 

Swarth,  Harry  S. 

1.  [Comment  upon  Plumage  Sequences.     Editorial].     <  Condor,  vol. 

31.  no.  1,  p.  40,  January  18,  1929. 

2.  The  Meeting  of  the  American  Ornithologists'  Union  at  Charleston, 

S.C,  November  20-22,  1928.  <Condor,  vol.  31,no.  1,  pp.  41-42, 
January  18,  1929. 

3.  A  New  Bird  Family   (Geospizidae)  from  the  Galapagos  Islands. 

<Proc.  CaUf.  Acad.  Sci.,  ser.  4,  vol.  18,  no.  2,  pp.  29-43,  6  text 
figs.,  January  29,  1929. 

4.  Birds  on  the  Bay.    <The  Gull,  vol.  11,  no.  2,  February,  1929. 

5.  Some  Winter  Birds  at  Tucson,  Arizona.     < Condor,  vol.  31,  no.  2, 

pp.  76-77,  March  15,  1929.  (With  Miller,  L.  H.,  and  Taylor, 
W.  P.) 

6.  Review  of  Mrs.  F.  M.  Bailey's  "Birds  of  New  Mexico."     <Condor, 

vol.  31,  no.  2,  pp.  82-83,  March  15,  1929. 

7.  The  Faunal  Areas  of  southern  Arizona:  A  Study  in  Animal  Distri- 

bution. <Proc.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  ser.  4,  vol.  18,  no.  12,  pp.  267- 
383,  pis.  27-32,  7  text  figs.,  April  26,  1929. 

8.  The  C.  O.  C.  1893-1928.    A  Systematic  Study  of  the  Cooper  Ornith- 

ological Club,  pp.  1-78,  many  text  figs.  Published  at  the  Fourth 
Annual  Meeting  of  the  Cooper  Ornithological  Club,  San  Fran- 
cisco, California,  May  17,  1929. 

9.  Report   Department  of  Ornithology  and   Mammalogy  for   1928. 

<Proc.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  ser.  4,  vol.  17,  no.  12,  pp.  329-331, 
May  22,  1929. 

Van  Duzee,  E.  P. 

1.  Report  Department  of  Entomology  for  1928.     <Proc.  Calif.  Acad. 

Sci.,  ser.  4,  vol.  17,  pp.  323-325,  May  22,  1929. 

2.  Note  on  Anotia  fitchi  Van  D.     < Pan-Pacific  Entomologist,  vol.  5, 

p.  122,  April  18,  1929. 

3.  Book   Review.      (Ferris,    Principles   of   Systematic   Entomology.) 

<Pan-Pacific  Entomologist,  vol.  5,  pp.  123-124,  April  18, 
1929. 

4.  Note  on  Two  Berytidae.     <  Pan- Pacific  Entomologist,  vol.  5,  p.  166, 

May  31,  1929. 


556  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

5.  A  New  Oecleus.    <Pan-Pacific  Entomologist,  vol.  5,  p.  173,  May  31, 

1929. 

6.  Additions  to  the  Oshanin  Katalog.      < Pan- Pacific  Entomologist, 

vol.  5,  p.  182,  May  31,  1929. 

7.  Some  New  Western  Hemiptera.     <  Pan-Pacific  Entomologist,  vol.  5, 

pp.  186-191,  May  31,  1929. 

8.  A  New  Corimelaena.      <  Pan-Pacific  Entomologist,  vol.  6,  p.   10, 

October  10,  1929. 

9.  Mr.  Walter  M.  Giffard — An  Appreciation.      < Pan-Pacific  Ento- 

mologist, vol.  6,  pp.  46-47,  October  10,  1929. 

10.  A  Rare  Wasp  from  Oregon.     <Pan-Pacific  Entomologist,  vol.  6, 

p.  47,  1929. 

11.  Note  on  Genus  Clastoptera.     < Pan-Pacific  Entomologist,  vol.  6, 

p.  62,  December  19,  1929. 

12.  ANewOliarus.    <Pan-PacificEntomo]ogist,  vol.  6,  p.  72,  December 

19,  1929. 

13.  Book  Review.     (General  Catalogue  of  the  Hemiptera.     Fasc.  II 

The  Mesoveliidae.)     < Pan-Pacific  Entomologist,  vol.  6,  p.  77, 
December  19,  1929. 

14.  Some  Hemiptera  taken  by  Professor  Cockerell  in  the  Orient.     <  Pan- 

Pacific  Entomologist,  vol.  6,  pp.  91-95,  December  19,  1929. 


Acknowledgments 

The  number  of  those  who  in  the  past  year  have  donated 
valuable  specimens  to  the  Museum  or  who  have  assisted  the 
Academy  in  other  ways,  has  been  unusually  large.  To  all  who 
have  thus  shown  their  interest  in  the  Academy,  and  their 
appreciation  of  what  the  Academy  is  doing,  our  grateful 
thanks  are  due.  The  research  materials  in  every  department 
have  been  greatly  increased  through  the  many  large  and  valu- 
able collections  that  have  been  received. 

Special  mention  should  be  made  of  the  courtesies  extended 
to  the  Academy  by  the  Southern  Pacific  Company,  the  Atchi- 
son, Topeka,  and  Santa  Fe  Railway  System,  the  Matson  Navi- 
gation Company,  and  the  Los  Angeles  Steamship  Company. 
Each  of  these  companies  continues  to  cooperate  with  the 
Academy  by  furnishing  reduced  transportation  to  members  of 
the  staff  when  engaged  in  field  work. 


Vol.  XVIII]  EVERMANN— DIRECTOR'S  REPORT  FOR  1929  557 

Accessions  to  the  Museum  and  to  the  Library 

Following  is  a  List   of  Accessions  to  the   Museum   and 
Library  received  in  1929 : 

Adams,  Wallace,  Steinhart  Aquarium,  San  Francisco:  1  book,  Standard  Speci- 
fications and  Tests  for  Portland  Cement,  1917;  5  U.  S.  Government 
pamphlets;  1  pamphlet  on  Salmon;  2  pamphlets  with  set  of  charts;  40 
folded  maps;  4  numbers  of  Tycos.    Gift. 

Anderson,  Frank  M.,  California  Academy  of  Sciences,  San  Francisco:  1  geo- 
logical pamphlet.  Gift.  1,000  fossil  shells  from  northern  California. 
Exploration. 

Alepretti,  Joe,  Fishermen's  Wharf,  San  Francisco:  1  Boa  (Boa  imperator), 
received  in  a  shipment  of  bananas  from  Central  America.    Gift. 

AUyne,  Misses  E.  and  L.,  2609  Gough  Street,  San  Francisco:  2,938  shells  from 
numerous  localities.    Gift. 

Anonymous:  The  H.  S.  Swarth  collection  of  3,150  bird  skins,  from  California, 
Arizona,  and  Illinois.    Gift. 

Apolinar-Maria,  Father,  Bogota,  Colombia,  S.  A.:  226  miscellaneous  Hem- 
iptera  from  Colombia,  South  America.    Gift. 

Arnold  Arboretum,  Jamaica  Plain,  Mass.:  150  botanical  specimens  from  Asia, 
54  from  Australia,  and  18  from  America.    Exchange. 

Art,  Historical  and  Scientific  Association  of  Vancouver,  B.  C:  3  pamphlets  on 
miscellaneous  subjects.    Gift. 

Asociacion  Argentina  de  Electrotecnicos,  Buenos  Aires,  Argentina:  1  copy 
Boletin,  numero  extraordinario  (Volta).     Gift. 

Associated  Oil  Company,  San  Francisco:  65  numbers  of  California  Oil  World; 
10  numbers  of  Oil  Weekly,  1929;  24  periodicals  of  the  oil  industry;  1  lot 
of  well  cores.    Gift. 

Baker,  Dr.  Fred,  San  Diego,  CaUf.:  1  lot  of  paratypes  of  freshwater  and  marine 
shells;  3  volumes  on  natural  science.    Gift. 

Barker,  Fred,  Parkers  Prairie,  Minnesota:  4  bird  skins  from  Minnesota. 
Purchase. 

Bamhart,  P.  S.,  Scripps  Institution,  La  JoUa,  Calif.:  2  minnows  {Leuciscus 
balteatus),  from  Sweetwater  Reservation,  October  11,  1929,  and  two 
Trunkfish  (Sphoeroides) ,  from  the  stomach  of  a  Tuna  taken  near  Soccoro 
Island,  May  1,  1929.    Gift. 

Barry,  David,  Jr.,  1001  S.  La  Brea  Ave.,  Los  Angeles:  2  Blue-headed  Quail- 
Doves  {Starncenas  cyanocephala) .    Gift. 


558  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Bird,  Henry,  Rye,  New  York:  1  pamphlet:  A  Proposed  Type  of  American 
Garden,  by  Henry  Bird  and  Louise  Knapp.    Gift. 

Bishop  Museum  hbrary,  Bernice  P.,  Honolulu,  T.  H.:  1  pamphlet  on  San 
Francisco.    Gift. 

Blaisdell,  Dr.  F.  E.,  California  Academy  of  Sciences,  San  Francisco:  231  mis- 
cellaneous insects  from  Santa  Barbara,  Calif.,  and  48  from  New  Hamp- 
shire; 1  pamphlet  on  annelid  worms;  1  U.  S.  Agriculture  Dept.  Leaflet  37, 
1929.    Gift, 

Blankinship,  J.  W.,  Berkeley,  Calif.:  599  botanical  specimens  from  Lake 
County,  Calif.    Gift. 

Boatright,  C.  R.,  534  Eleventh  Ave.,  San  Francisco:  1  Nicobar  Pigeon  {Cal- 
csnas  nicobarica).    Aviary  specimen.     Gift. 

Booth,  F.  E.,  Woodland,  Calif.:  1  Martineta  Tinamou  {Calopezus  elegans);  3 
Bomean  Argus  Pheasants  {Argusianus  grayi),  and  1  Burmese  Peacock 
(Pavo  muticus).     Aviary  specimens.     Gift. 

Bransom,  Ivan,  1290  Hayes  Street,  San  Francisco:  51  botanical  specimens  from 
California.    Gift. 

British  Columbia,  University  of,  Vancouver,  B.  C:  1  pamphlet.    Gift. 

Brooklyn  Museum,  Eastern  Parkway,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. :  2  skulls  of  the  Southern 
Elephant  Seal  {Macrorhinus  leoninus),  from  South  Georgia.    Gift. 

Building  Owners  and  Managers  Association,  Los  Angeles,  Calif.:  1  book: 
Southern  California  Geology  and  Los  Angeles  Earthquakes,  1928,  by 
Robert  T.  Hill.    Gift. 

Bull,  D.  B.,  San  Jose,  Calif.:  1  Trudeau's  Tern  {Sterna  trudeaui),  from  Ar- 
gentina, S.  A. ;  2  lizards  from  Bahia,  Brazil.    Gift. 

Burt,  Charles  E.,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.:  6  lizards  from  Kansas,  2  frogs  from 
Michigan,  1  snake  from  Michigan,  and  1  lizard  from  Texas.    Gift. 

California  Botanical  Club,  San  Francisco:  244  water-color  pictures  of  Cali- 
fornia wild  flowers  painted  by  Sophie  H.  Fauntleroy,  with  rack  for 
their  exhibition.    Gift. 

California  State  Department  of  Natural  Resources,  Division  of  Fish  and 
Game,  510  Russ  Building,  San  Francisco:  1  Whisthng  Swan  {Olor 
columbianus) ,  from  Merced  Co.,  Calif.;  1  Red-throated  Loon  (Gavia 
stellata).    Gift. 

California  Division  of  Mines  and  Mining,  San  Francisco:  1  Geological  Map  of 
the  State  of  California.    Gift. 


Vol.  XVIII]         EVERMANN— DIRECTOR'S  REPORT  FOR  1929  559 

California  Taxpayers'  Association,  417  South  Hill  Street,  Los  Angeles:  1 
pamphlet.    Gift. 

Campbell,  Mrs.  Constance  W.,  California  Academy  of  Sciences,  San  Fran- 
cisco:   1  pamphlet.    Gift. 

Capp,  Mrs.  S.  C,  San  Francisco:  71  miscellaneous  insects  from  Colombia, 
South  America.    Gift. 

Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington,  Washington,  D.  C:  17  publications 
Gift. 

Chambers,  W.  Lee,  Los  Angeles,  California:  Publication,  nos.  1,  2,  Pasadena 
Academy  of  Sciences.    Gift. 

Christoffersen,  A.,  L.  C.  Smith  Building,  Seattle,  Washington:  1  copy  of 
Report  of  Alaska  Fishery  Investigations  in  1914,  by  E.  Lester  Jones.  Gift. 

Clark,  H.  Walton,  California  Academy  of  Sciences,  San  Francisco:  1  pamphlet 
of  Indiana  University;  4  specimens  of  California  plants;  41  numbers  of 
various  periodicals.    Gift. 

CoUings,  Ralph,  P.  O.  Box  684,  San  Francisco:  2  pamphlets;  A  Philosophy  of 
Gravitation,  by  Ralph  Collings.    Gift. 

Compagne  de  Saint-Gobain,  Direction  G^nerale  des  Glaceries,  1  bis.  Place  des 
Saussaies,  Paris,  VIII,  France:    1  pamphlet  on  Astronomy.    Gift. 

Comparative  Zoology,  Museum  of,  Cambridge,  Mass.:  1  mounted  skeleton  of 
the  Great  Auk  {Plautus  impennis),  from  Funk  Island.     Purchase. 

Cook,  Melville  T.,  Insular  Experiment  Station,  Rio  Piedras,  Porto  Rico:  1 
pamphlet:    The  Gummosis  of  Sugar  Cane,  by  Melville  T.  Cook.    Gift. 

Cooper  Ornithological  Club,  Calif.:  Program  of  4th  Annual  Meeting,  May 
17-19,  1929  at  San  Francisco  and  Berkeley.    Gift. 

Eastwood,  Miss  Alice,  California  Academy  of  Sciences,  San  Francisco:  39 
botanical  specimens  from  San  Luis  Obispo  County,  Calif.,  825  from 
Arizona,  and  23  from  Calaveras  Grove  of  Big  Trees,  Calif.  Exploration. 
2  books,  2  pamphlets,  and  59  periodicals  on  various  subjects.    Gift. 

Eastwood,  Mrs.  Sidney,  4360  Umatilla  Street,  Denver,  Colorado:  22  botanical 
specimens  from  Colorado.    Gift. 

Edwards,  Harmon,  Hayward,  Calif.:    1  Indian  bead  necklace.    Gift. 

Ellis,  Ralph,  Jr.,  2420  Ridge  Road,  Berkeley,  Cahf.:  3  Eastern  Brook  Trout 
(Salvelinus  fontinalis),  summit  of  Secret  Pass,  Ruby  Mountains,  Elko 
County,  Nev.    Gift. 


570  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Evermann,  Dr.  Barton  Warren,  California  Academy  of  Sciences,  San  Francisco : 
15  colored  pictures  of  mammals;  7  zoological  periodicals,  1,324  copies  of 
various  magazines,  and  48  pamphlets  and  periodicals;  1  pamphlet  and  2 
periodicals  of  the  Milwaukee  Public  Museum ;  5 1  numbers  of  Tea  Bee  and 
5  reprints  from  Proceedings  of  Third  Pan- Pacific  Science  Congress, 
Tokyo,  1926.    Gift. 

Evermann,  Meadie  Hawkins  (Mrs.  Barton  Warren  Evermann),  Berkeley,  Calif, 
(through  Dr.  Evermann) :  315  bird  skins  from  Indiana,  Wyoming,  Oregon, 
Washington,  California,  and  District  of  Columbia;  58  sheets  of  marine 
algae  from  Woods  Hole,  Massachusetts,  and  1  specimen  of  Primula 
suffrutescens  Gray,  collected  by  Dr.  Evermann  on  Mt.  Whitney,  July  27, 
1904.    Gift. 

Ewetz,  Carl  Evert:  1  book:  Weitere  Beitrage  zur  Kenntnis  der  Visingsofor- 
mation,  by  Carl  Evert  Ewetz,  1929.     Gift. 

Exhibits,  Department  of,  California  Academy  of  Sciences,  San  Francisco:  1 
skeleton  of  California  Otter  {Lutra  pacifica  brevipilosus)  from  Sutter 
County,  Calif.;  50  bird  and  35  mammal  skins  from  San  Diego  and  Im- 
perial counties.  Calif.    Gift. 

Eyer,  E.  E.,  Marshall,  Calif.:  1  Western  Robin,  in  flesh,  from  Marin  County, 
Cahf.    Gift. 

Far  Eastern  Geophysical  Observatory,  Vladivostock,  U.  S.  S.  R.:  1  copy, 
Everfrozen  of  Soil  in  the  Boundaries  of  U.  S.  S.  R.,  by  M.  Soumgin.    Gift. 

Field  Museum  of  Natural  History,  Chicago,  Illinois:  913  specimens  of  un- 
mounted and  247  of  mounted  plants  from  various  regions.    Exchange. 

Fisher,  Russell,  Culver,  Indiana:  27  specimens  (8  species)  of  fishes,  from  In- 
diana; 13  reptiles  from  Lake  Maxinkuckee,  Indiana.    Purchase. 

Foldtani  Szemle,  Muzeum-Korut  4,  Budapest  VIII,  Hungary:  1  Geological 
pamphlet.    Gift. 

Fox,  C.  L.,  England  (presented  before  his  death):  142  miscellaneous  insects. 
Gift. 

Gamon,  Dave.  G.,  San  Francisco:  1  Rattlesnake  {Crotalus  cerastes)  from 
Muroc,  California.    Gift. 

Gaylord  Bros.,  Inc.,  Stockton,  Calif.:  2  pam.phlets  on  bookbinding.    Gift. 

Geiser,  S.  W.  Southern  Methodist  University,  Dallas,  Texas:  1  copy  of 
Naturalists  of  the  Frontier,  by  Samuel  W.  Geiser,  and  1  copy  of  Professor 
Jacob  Boll  and  the  Natural  History  of  the  Southwest,  1929.    Gift. 

Geyer,  Hans,  Regensburgh,  Germany:    6  salamanders.    Gift. 


Vol.  XVIII]  EVERM ANN— DIRECTOR'S  REPORT  FOR  1929  e^J\ 

Gifford,  E.  W.,  Museum  of  Anthropology,  Affiliated  Colleges,  San  Francisco: 
2  Verreaux's  Dove  {LeptopHla  verreauxi),  1  Picui  Dove  (Columbula  picui), 
2  Slender-billed  Cuckoo  Doves  {Macropygia  tenuirostris),  1  Red  Turtle 
Dove  iOenopopelia  tranquebarica) ,  and  1  Barred- wing  Dove  {Chrysau- 
chcena  humeralis).    Aviary  specimens.     Gift. 

Goding,  Dr.  F.  W.  (through  Mrs.  E.  P.  Van  Duzee),  Livermore  Falls,  Maine: 
5  bird  skins  from  South  America ;  92  miscellaneous  insects  from  Guayaquil, 
Equador.    Gift. 

Grinnell,  Fordyce,  Jr.:  98  miscellaneous  insects  from  the  Philippine  Islands. 
Gift. 

Grunewald,  Richard,  3043  Clement  Street,  San  Francisco:  1  volume:  Cham- 
isso's  Werke.    Gift. 

Grunsky,  Dr.  C.  E.,  57  Post  Street,  San  Francisco:  1  volume:  Ways  to  Na- 
tional Prosperity,  by  C.  E.  Grunsky.    Gift. 

Haley,  Dr.  George,  Berkeley,  Calif. :  47  botanical  specimens  from  Mt.  Wash- 
ington, New  Hampshire.    Exploration. 

Hall,  William  Hammond,  3855  Jackson  Street,  San  Francisco:  9  photographs 
of  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences  Building  taken  after  the  earthquake 
and  fire  of  1906.    Gift. 

Halperin,  A.  Z.,  Chicago,  Illinois:  Subscription  to  "The  Reflex."    Gift. 

Hanna,  Dr.  G.  Dallas,  California  Academy  of  Sciences,  San  Francisco:  68 
miscellaneous  insects  from  Poso  Creek,  Calif.,  3  sets  of  eggs  from  Kern 
County  and  18  sets  from  San  Mateo,  Lake,  Santa  Clara,  and  Mendocino 
counties,  Calif.;  eggs  of  California  Homed  Lark,  M  from  McLure  Valley, 
Kings  County,  Calif.;  3  salamanders  from  Guyama  River,  9  miles  S.  E. 
of  Santa  Maria,  Calif.;  1  geological  map,  129  pamphlets  and  9  periodicals 
on  various  subjects;  6  pamphlets  on  diatoms  and  1  on  moUusks;  1  excerpt 
and  9  pamphlets  on  geological  subjects;  58  numbers  of  various  periodicals. 
Gift. 

Hanna,  Dr.  G.  Dallas,  and  Nicholson,  J.  L.,  California  Academy  of  Sciences, 
San  Francisco:  5,000  living  shells  from  northern  California  and  southern 
Oregon.    Exploration. 

Hart,  Cecil,  132  North  Third  Street,  Montebello,  Calif.:  5  specimens  of  Cali- 
fornia plants.     Gift. 

Haskell,  Dr.  H.  A.,  Grand  Southern  Hotel,  San  Francisco:  Some  limb  bones 
of  the  California  Sea  Lion  {Zalophus  caltfornianus) ,  and  2  tympanic  bones 
of  a  Sulphur-bottom  Whale  {Sibbaldus  musculus).    Gift. 


572  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Heid,  Graham,  Alameda,  Calif. :  17  miscellaneous  insects  from  Sumatra.  Gift. 

Herron,  Miss  Katherine,  San  Francisco:  1  copy  of  Who's  Who  in  California, 
1928-29.    Gift. 

Hertlein,  Leo  George,  California  Academy  of  Sciences,  San  Francisco:  2 
boxes  of  Cretaceous  fossils  from  Alberta,  Canada;  1  pamphlet  on  mollusca; 
1  pamphlet  on  San  Francisco,  and  1  geological  pamphlet;  4  numbers  of 
San  Diego  Natural  History  Museum  Bulletin.    Gift. 

Hendrick,  Russell,  San  Francisco:  1  snake  (Thamnophis  ordinoides  elegans) 
from  Baltimore  Park,  Marin  County,  Calif.    Gift. 

Hoffmann,  Ralph,  Santa  Barbara,  Calif.:  304  botanical  specimens  from  Santa 
Cruz  and  Santa  Rosa  islands,  Calif.    Gift. 

Holme,  Adolph,  Redwood  City,  Calif. :  4  specimens  of  cultivated  plants.  Gift. 

Howell,  John  Thomas,  University  of  California,  Berkeley,  Calif.:  1201  speci- 
mens of  California  plants,  18  of  them  duplicates.    Gift. 

Illinois,  University  of.  Museum  of  Natural  History,  Urbana,  Illinois:  2 
pamphlets  on  natural  history  subjects.    Gift. 

Indiana  University,  Bloomington,  Ind.:  The  Jordan-Eigenmann  Collection 
of  Fishes,  consisting  of  more  than  220,000  specimens  and  containing  many 
types  and  cotypes.    Purchase. 

Institute  of  International  Education,  New  York,  N.  Y. :  1  copy.  Directory  of 
Russian  Educators,  Research  Specialists,  and  Scientists  now  living  in 
Europe.    Gift. 

Irving-Cloud  PubUshing  Co.,  Chicago,  Illinois:  1  book  on  motor  maintenance. 
Gift. 

Istituto  di  Zoologia  ed  Anatomia  Comparata,  Siena,  Italy:  28  separates  by 
members  of  the  staff  of  the  Istituto.    Gift. 

Israelsky,  Merle  C,  Shreveport,  Louisiana:  1  pamphlet  on  Cretaceous  Ostra- 
coda  of  Arkansas,  1929.    Gift. 

Jordan  Game  Farm,  Woodland,  Calif.:    1  Green  Peacock  (^Pavomuticus).G{it. 

Jussel,  M.  S.,  Polytechnic  High  School,  San  Francisco:  127  specimens  of 
California  plants.    Gift. 

Kahn,  Mrs.  Florence,  Washington,  D.  C:  1  book.  The  Tariff  Bill  of  1929;  a 
copy  of  the  Congressional  Directory,  71st  Cong.  2d  Sess.    Gift. 


Vol.  XVIII]         EVERMANN— DIRECTOR'S  REPORT  FOR  1929  573 

Kavanaugh,  James,  Steinhart  Aquarium,  San  Francisco:  3  numbers  of  San 
Francisco  Police  and  Peace  Officers  Journal.    Gift. 

Klocker,  Mrs.  Ada,  Medford,  Oregon:    3  specimens  of  Oregon  plants.    Gift. 

Kusche,  J.  August,  Los  Angeles,  Calif.:  100  botanical  specimens  from  Arizona. 
Purchase. 

Lamme,  Sam,  Colusa,  Calif.:  1  river  otter  (Lutra  canadensis  brevipilosus) 
female,  from  Sacramento  Valley.    Purchase. 

Lastreto,  Carlos  B.,  San  Francisco,  Calif. :  1  pamphlet  on  South  America  and 
68  miscellaneous  periodicals.    Gift. 

Laycock,  H.,  Tegucigalpa:  Jaws  of  a  large  Tiger  Shark  {Galeocerdo  arciicus) 
from  the  Gulf  of  Fonseca.    Gift. 

Leach,  E.  R.,  217  Hillside  Avenue,  Piedmont,  Calif.:  37  miscellaneous  insects 
from  California.    Gift. 

Linsley,  Gorton,  2050  Tenth  Avenue,  Oakland,  Calif.:  601  miscellaneous 
exotic  insects.    Gift. 

Logan,  Hugh,  Inverness,  Calif. :  1  Harlequin  Duck  {Histrionicus  histrionicus 
pacificus);  and  1  Emperor  Goose  (Philacte  canagica)  from  Marin  County, 
Calif.    Gift. 

Lotzen,  Hugo,  3144  22nd  Street,  San  Francisco:  1  nest  of  the  Water  Ouzel 
{Cinclus  mexicanus  unicolor)  from  Nevada  County,  Calif.    Gift. 

Lowe,  H.  N.,  Los  Angeles,  Calif. :  1  lot  of  paratypes  of  land  snails.    Gift. 

Mailliard,  Joseph,  California  Academy  of  Sciences,  San  Francisco:  1  Gambel's 
Sparrow  {Zonotrichia  gambelii)  and  2  California  Pocket  Gophers  {Thom- 
omysottcB  bottce)  from  Marin  County,  CaUf.;  1  land  snail  from  Bohemian 
Grove,  Calif.    Gift. 

Martens,  Carl  F.,  2320  Webster  Street,  Berkeley,  Calif. :  1  piece  of  quartz  from 
Tioga  Pass,  Calif.    Gift. 

Martin,  Half  Moon  Bay,  Calif.:  1  fish  {Hemilepidotus  hemilepidotus)  from 
Half  Moon  Bay,  Calif.    Gift. 

Martin,  H.  M.,  503  Lemon  Avenue,  Arcadia,  Calif. :  15  reptiles  from  southern 
California.    Gift. 

Martin,  J.  O.,  California  Academy  of  Sciences,  San  Francisco:  The  J.  O. 
Martin  Collection  of  Coleoptera,  11,200  specimens;  1  Report  of  the  U.  S. 
National  Museum,  1928.    Gift. 


574  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Marvin,  Mrs.  L.  F.,  1230  Geary  Street,  San  Francisco:  1  feather  pom-pom 
from  South  American  Indians;  2  bundles  of  pig  bristles.    Gift. 

McAllister,  M.  Hall,  California  Academy  of  Sciences,  San  Francisco:  1  period- 
ical; 12  numbers  of  the  Scientific  American.    Gift. 

McCorkle,  Kenneth,  38  Uplands,  Berkeley,  Calif.:  1  Alaska  Grayling  (Thy- 
mallus  signifer)  from  outlet  of  Surprise  Lake,  east  of  Atlin,  B.  C.    Gift. 

McDonald,  Miss  Julia,  1221  Lombard  Street,  San  Francisco:  32  botanical 
specimens  from  Fresno,  Calif.    Gift. 

McGuire,  Ignatius,  Princeton,  New  Jersey:  1  periodical;  1  scientific  pamphlet. 
Gift. 

McKelvey,  Mrs.  Susan  D.,  1666  Riverway,  Boston,  Mass:.  71  botanical 
specimens  from  Arizona.    Gift. 

McLaren,  John,  Golden  Gate  Park,  San  Francisco:  1  Chattering  Lory  (Lorius 
garrulus);  1  Beaver,  1  Chukar  Partridge  {Alectoris  grseca  chukar) ;  1  Sulphur- 
crested  Cockatoo  {Kakatoe  galerita).    Gift. 

Meadows,  Don  C,  Santa  Catalina  Island,  Calif.:   1  water  snake.    Gift. 

Mexia,  Mrs.  Inez,  1909  Lake  Street,  San  Francisco:  22  botanical  specimens 
from  Mexico  and  13  from  California.  Gift.  351  botanical  specimens  from 
McKinley  National  Park,  Alaska.    Purchase. 

Milks,  Jack,  Padre  Hotel,  Bakersfield,  Calif. :  1  shark  tooth  from  Shark  Tooth 
Hill,  Kern  County,  Calif.    Gift. 

Moflfitt,  James,  1879  Broadway,  San  Francisco:  1  Farallon  Cormorant 
(Phalacrocorax  auritus  albociliatus) ,  and  1  Baird's  Cormorant  (Phalacro- 
corax  pelagicus  resplendens)  from  Marin  County,  Calif.    Gift. 

Montandon,  Dr.  George,  Rue  Louis-Guespin,  22,  Paris-Clamart,  France:  1 
pamphlet.     Gift. 

Morcom,  G.  Frean,  243  N.  Coronado  Street,  Los  Angeles,  Calif.:  The  Morcom 
collection  of  3,000  bird  skins  from  the  United  States.    Gift. 

Mori,  T.,  94  Golden  Gate  Avenue,  San  Francisco:  1  Swinhoe  Pheasant 
{Gennceus  swinhoii);  1  Fire-back  Pheasant  (Lophura  ignita);  2  Bullfinches 
{Pyrrhula  pyrrhula);  1  Forsten's  Lory  {Trichoglossus  forsteni).    Gift. 

Morrice,  Charles,  Bakersfield,  Calif.:  1  small  box  of  fossils  from  Kettleman 
Hills;  1  box  of  fossils  from  Kern  County,  Calif.,  and  some  vertebrate  fossil 
material  from  Shark  Tooth  Hill,  Kern  County,  Calif.    Gift. 


Vol.  XVIII]         EVERMANN— DIRECTOR'S  REPORT  FOR  1929  575 

Morse,  Elizabeth,  Department  of  Botany,  University  of  California,  Berkeley, 
Calif. :  1  small  box  of  concretions  from  between  El  Centro  and  San  Diego, 
Calif.    Gift. 

Morrison,  Mrs.  A.  F.,  San  Francisco:  1  copy  of  Who's  Who  in  California, 
1928-29.    Gift. 

Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  Cambridge,  Mass.:  1  mounted  skeleton  of 
the  Great  Auk  (Plautus  impennis)  from  Funk  Island.  Purchase.  One 
photograph  of  a  mounted  specimen  of  the  Great  Auk.    Gift. 

National  Research  Council  of  Japan,  Tokyo,  Japan:  2  volumes:  Proceedings 
of  the  Third  Pan-Pacific  Science  Congress,  Tokyo,  1926.    Gift. 

Natuurwetenschappelijke  Raad  voor  Nederlandsch- Indie:  1  pamphlet,  a  cata- 
logue of  literature  on  the  study  of  science  in  the  Dutch  East  Indies.    Gift. 

Netherlands  Indies  Medical  and  Sanitary  Service,  Weltevreden,  Java:  1  vol- 
ume: Control  of  Endemic  Diseases  in  the  Netherlands  Indies,  1929.  Gift. 

Newell,  Mrs.  Gwendolen,  180  Duboce  Street,  San  Francisco:  60  specimens  of 
plants  from  Silver  Lake,  Amador  County,  Calif.    Gift. 

Nicholson,  J.  L.,  Jr.,  Berkeley,  Cahf. :  Vermont  State  Geologist's  16th  Annual 
Report.    Gift. 

Nicol,  J.  M.,  Babilonia  Mines,  La  Labertad,  Chontales,  Nicaragua:  45  moths 
from  Nicaragua.    Gift. 

Nolla,  J.  A.  B.,  Insular  Experiment  Station,  Rio  Piedras,  Porto  Rico:  1  copy 
of  The  Black-shank  of  Tobacco  in  Porto  Rico,  by  J.  A.  B.  Nolla.    Gift. 

Nye,  Clarice,  Prospect,  Oregon:   5  botanical  specimens  from  Oregon.   Gift. 

Pammel,  Dr.  L.  N.,  Iowa  State  College,  Ames,  Iowa:  2  pamphlets.    Gift. 

Parish,  H.  S.,  15  Briarcroft  Road,  Toronto,  Canada:  66  moths  from  the  South- 
western States.  Gift;  838  miscellaneous  insects  from  China  and  290  from 
Mexico  and  Tiinidad  Island,  B.  W.  I.     Purchase. 

Patton,  J.  v.,  Hollister,  Calif.:  1  Formosan  Partridge  {Arboricola  crudigularis) 
and  1  Chukar  {Alectoris  grceca  chukar).   Aviary  specimens.    Gift. 

Peers,  Miss  Susie,  M.,  California  Academy  of  Sciences,  San  Francisco:  Current 
files  of  Science,  Manchester  Guardian,  weekly  edition,  and  Standard  Oil 
Bulletin.     Gift. 

Phelps,  Mrs.  G.  H.,  580  McAllister  Street,  San  Francisco:  100  botanical  speci- 
mens from  Idaho,  Utah,  and  Colorado.    Gift. 


576  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Philippines,  University  of,  Agricultural  College,  Laguna,  P.  I. :  1  copy  of  A  Pre- 
liminary Study  of  the  Life  History  and  Habits  of  Kanduli  in  Laguna  de 
Bay,  July  1929.    Gift. 

Pierce,  J.  H.,  Paso  Robles,  Calif.:    1  whale  skull.    Purchase. 

Port  of  New  York  Authority,  The,  New  York,  N.  Y.:  The  Port  of  New  York 
Authority,  8th  Annual  Report,  December  31,  1928.    Gift. 

Purdy,  Carl,  Ukiah,  CaUf. :     4  specimens  of  cultivated  plants.    Gift. 

Quayle,  Ernest,  Stanford  University,  Calif. :  1  photostat  copy  of  map  of  the 
world  showing  coral  reefs.    Gift. 

Ransier,  H.  E.,  Manlius,  N.  Y.:  9  photographs  of  Cahfomia  Academy  of 
Sciences's  mammal  habitat  groups.    Gift. 

Ray,  Milton  S.,  2901  Broadway,  San  Francisco:  1  Black-billed  Magpie  {Pica 
pica  hudsonia)  from  Placer  County,  Calif.    Gift. 

Rhodda,  Mrs.  Anna,  2616  Sacramento  Street,  San  Francisco:  6  botanical 
specimens  from  Sonoma  County,  Calif.    Gift. 

Robison,  Ansel,  1072  Market  Street,  San  Francisco:  2  Kuhl's  Ruffed  Lories 
(Vint  kuhli)  from  Washington  Island;  1  Hyacinthine  Macaw (Anodor- 
hynchus  hyacinthinus) ;  1  White  Cockatoo  {Kakato'6  galerita);  1  Petz' 
Paroquet  (EupsiUula  canicularis);  1  Tovi  Paroquet  (Brotogeris  jugularis) 
from  Central  America;  1  Blue  Java  Sparrow  {Munia  oryzivora);  1  Society 
Finch  (Uroloncha  striata);  1  Black-headed  Nun  {Munia  atricapilla); 
2  Strawberry  Finches  {A  mandava  amandava) ;  1  Philippine  Hanging  Paro- 
quet {Loriculus  apicalis).    Aviary  specimens.     Gift. 

Rosenberg,  W.  F.  H.,  57  Haverstock  Hill,  London,  N.  W.  3.,  England:  113 
bird  skins.    Purchase. 

Rountree,  Mrs.  Lester,  Carmel,  Calif.:    14  botanical  specimens.    Gift. 

Royal  Library,  The  Hague,  Holland:   4  pamphlets  on  various  subjects.    Gift. 

Sanford,  Mrs.  O.  N.,  152-7th  Avenue,  San  Francisco :  8  boxes  of  shells ;  21  bound 
voliunes  and  12  pamphlets  on  various  subjects;  1  pamphlet  on  Indians. 
Gift. 

Science  Society  of  China,  Nanking,  China:    1  pamphlet.    Gift. 


Vol.  XVIII]         EVERMANN— DIRECTOR'S  REPORT  FOR  1929  577 

Scripps  Institution  of  Oceanography,  La  JoUa,  Calif. :  1  pamphlet  on  Diatoms. 
Exchange. 

Seale,  Alvin,  Steinhart  Aquarium,  San  Francisco:  20  miscellaneous  insects 
from  Samoa.    Gift. 

Siebenbiirgischer  Verein  fiir  Naturwissenschaften,  Hermannstadt,  Roumania: 

2  publications.    Exchange. 

Sinseheimer,  Miss  Gertrude,  San  Luis  Obispo,  Calif.:  2  botanical  specimens 
from  California.    Gift. 

Slevin,  L.  S.,  Carmel,  Calif.:  26  land  and  freshwater  shells  from  Paso  Robles, 
Calif. ;  2  snakes  and  1  salamander  from  San  Jose  Canyon,  Carmel,  Calif. ; 
1  snake  from  Aptos,  Santa  Cruz  County,  Calif.;  6  salamanders  from  Car- 
mel, Calif.;  1  small  lot  of  freshwater  snails  from  Paso  Robles,  Calif.;  2000 
insects,  mostly  moths,  from  California.    Gift. 

Smith,  A.  G.,  Berkeley,  Calif.:  3  specimens  of  Red  Abalone  from  the  coast 

3  miles  north  of  Gualala,  Calif.    Gift. 

Smith,  James  Perrin,  Stanford  University,  Calif.:  1  copy  of  The  Transitional 
Permian  Ammonoid  Fauna  of  Texas,  by  James  Perrin  Smith.    Gift. 

Sociedad  de  Anthropologia  y  Etnographia  de  Mexico,  D.  F.,  Mexico:  1  copy  of 
Monografia  de  los  Tarahumaras,  by  Carlos  Basauri.    Gift. 

Society  of  Motion  Picture  Engineers,  29  West  39th  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y.; 
1  copy  of  The  Society  of  Motion  Picture  Engineers ;  Its  Aims  and  Accom- 
plishments; Synopses  of  Papers  Published;  with  author  and  subject  in- 
dices; committees,  July,  1916-April,  1928.    Gift. 

Staudinger,  O.,  and  Bang-Haas,  A.,  Germany:  61  Hemiptera.    Purchase. 

Steinbeck,  J.  W.,  611  Bristol  Avenue,  Stockton,  Calif.:  2  Chinese  Peacock 
Pheasants  {Poly plectrum  chinquis);  1  Indian  Bronze-wing  Dove  (Chal- 
cophaps  indica).    Aviary  specimens.    Gift. 

Steinhart  Aquarium,  Golden  Gate  Park,  San  Francisco:  1  fish  (Thalassoma 
fuscum);  11  specimens  of  two  species  of  fishes;  2  Lampreys  (Entosphenus 
tridentatus) ,  from  mouth  of  San  Lorenzo  River,  March  29,  1929.  Gift. 
3  Mosquito  Fish  (Gambusia  affinis) ,  from  Irrigation  ditch  near  Coachella, 
Calif.    Exploration. 

Stevens,  J.  B.,  Bakersfield,  Calif.:  2  specimens  of  fossil  nuts;  100  fossil  shells 
from  Kern  County.    Gift. 

Stewart,  George  W.,  Box  1 132,  Sacramento,  CaUf. :  1  copy  of  Prehistoric  Basins 
in  the  Sierra  Nevada  of  CaUfomia,  1929.    Gift. 


578  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 

Stohler,  Dr.  Rudolf,  Hooper  Foundation  for  Medical  Research,  San  Fran- 
cisco:  3  biological  pamphlets.    Gift. 

Sutcliffe,  Mrs.  E.  C,  700  Lake  Street,  San  Francisco:  20  botanical  specimens 
from  Yosemite  National  Park;  15  botanical  specimens  from  Sullivant 
Moss  Society,  Superior,  Wisconsin;  3  volumes  of  The  Bryologist.    Gift. 

Swarth,  George,  2800  Prince  Street,  Berkeley,  Calif. :  907  miscellaneous  insects 
from  Atlin,  British  Columbia.    Purchase. 

Swarth,  Harry  S.,  California  Academy  of  Sciences,  San  Francisco:  32  mammal 
skins  and  Zi  skulls,  296  bird  skins,  6  sets  (26  eggs),  and  5  bird  nests  from 
British  Columbia;  4  specimens  of  birds  from  Colusa  County,  Calif.  Ex- 
ploration. The  Museum,  vol.  1,  nos.  2,  7,  11;  46  ornithological  separates; 
51  periodicals  on  scientific  subjects;  2  pamphlets;  1  copy,  59th  Annual 
Report,  American  Museum  of  Natural  History,    Gift. 

Swarth,  Mrs.  Winifem  W.,  2800  Prince  Street,  Berkeley,  Cahf. :  179  botanical 
specimens  from  Lake  Atlin  Region,  British  Columbia.    Gift. 

Taylor,  Mrs.  Ross,  Calif. :  3  mud  wasps.    Gift. 

Thompson,  Robert  L.,  Jr.,  726-1 1th  Ave.,  San  Francisco,  Calif.:  1  White- 
tailed  Kite  {Elanus  leucurus).   Gift. 

Tiran,  G.,  P.  O.  Box  116,  Saigon,  French  Indo-China:  1  pamphlet:  Big  Game 
Hunting  in  French  Indo-China.    Gift. 

Toftley,  Charles,  San  Francisco:  2  lizards  from  San  Francisco,  Calif.    Gift. 

Tose,  Frank,  California  Academy  of  Sciences,  San  Francisco:  1  snake  {Tham- 
nophis  ordinoides  atratus),  from  Marin  County,  Calif.;  2  reprints  from 
Museum  News  of  October  15,  1920;  3  bound  voltunes  and  2  pamphlets. 
Gift. 

Trost,  Henry,  de  Young  Memorial  Museum,  San  Francisco:  6  House  Sparrows 
{Passer  domesticus) ,  from  San  Francisco.    Gift. 

Van  Duzee,  E.  P.,  California  Academy  of  Sciences,  San  Francisco:  77  miscel- 
laneous insects  from  Santa  Cruz,  Calif.  Exploration.  1  small  box  of  land 
snails;  2  Mexican  agricultural  pamphlets;  1  volume  of  Entomological 
Paper  of  the  University  of  California;  10  volumes  and  47  numbers  of 
various  periodicals.     Gift. 

Van  Duzee,  E.  P.,  and  Usinger,  Robert,  California  Academy  of  Sciences,  San 
Francisco:  8261  miscellaneous  insects  from  Owens  Valley,  Calif.  Explora- 
tion. 


Vol.  XVIII]  EVERM ANN— DIRECTOR'S  REPORT  FOR  1929  579 

Van  Dyke,  Dr.  E.  C,  University  of  California,  Berkeley,  Calif.:  1  salamander 
from  Woodacre,  Marin  County,  Calif.;  6  small  lots  of  land  snails  from 
California;  25  specimens  of  land  snails  from  various  localities;  1931  mis- 
cellaneous insects  from  Sequoia  National  Park,  174  from  the  Black 
Mountains,  North  Carolina,  and  1928  from  southern  California.    Gift. 

Van  Dyke,  Mrs.  E.  C,  2440  Stuart  Street,  Berkeley,  Calif.:  60  botanical 
specimens  from  Mt.  Hood  and  the  Three  Sisters,  Oregon.    Gift. 

Venturi,  S.,  Tucuman,  Argentina,  South  America:  403  botanical  specimens 
from  Argentina.    Purchase. 

von  Geldem,  Otto,  Pacific  Building,  San  Francisco:  1  copy  of  Reminiscences 
of  the  Pioneer  Engineers  of  California,  1929.    Gift. 

Vortriede,  William,  Capitol  Park,  Sacramento,  Calif.:  138  specimens  of  Cali- 
fornia plants.    Gift. 

Walther,  Eric,  Golden  Gate  Park,  San  Francisco:  500  specimens  of  exotic 
plants.    Gift. 

Warrington,  Henry,  Sutter  Creek,  Amador  County,  Calif . :  1  Lewis's  Wood- 
pecker (Asyndesmus  lewisi)  from  Amador  County,  Calif.    Gift. 

Watson,  Dr.  Elba  Emanuel,  Michigan  State  College,  East  Lansing,  Michigan: 
1  book:  Contributions  to  a  Monograph  of  the  Genus  Helianthus,  1929. 
Gift. 

Wright,  J.  T.,  California  Academy  of  Sciences,  San  Francisco:  1  woodpecker 
(Picus  canus  guerini),  from  China.    Gift. 


April  8,   1930 


530  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 


FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS 


REPORT  OF  THE  TREASURER 

For  the  fiscal  year  ending  December  31,  1929 

January  1 ,  1929,  Balance  due  Crocker  First  National  Bank ....   $     3 ,  782 .  56 

Receipts: 

Dues $     3,540.75 

Charles  Crocker  Scientific  Fund  Endow- 
ment Income 1 ,  749 .  56 

James  Lick  Endowment  Income 70,411.08 

General  Income 19 ,  866 .  94 

John  W.  Hendrie  Endowment  Income.  . .  1 ,  157 .  85 

Post  Card  Sales 972.82 

Publication 674. 21 

Interest 1,237.72 

Ignatz  Steinhart  Trust  Interest 833.97       s 

Duplicate  Sales  Account 15 .  10 

W.  G.  Wright  Fund 10.00 

Bills  Receivable 1,000.00 

Sale  of  416  shares  stock  Goldman  Sachs 

Trading  Corporation 43 ,  561 . 1 1 

Great  Auk  Donation 75 .  00 

Sale  of  Dodge  Car 75.00 

Ignatz  Steinhart  Trust  Bills  Receivable  .  7 ,  000 .  00 

Wild  Life  Protection  Fund 100. 00 

Total  Receipts $152,281.11 


$148,498.55 


Vol.  XVIII]       McALLISTER— TREASURER'S  REPORT  FOR  1929  53^ 


REPORT  OF  THE  TREASURER— Continued 


Expenditures: 

Interest $  10, 543 . 45 

Contingent  Fund 504 .  42 

Salary  Expense  General 19,430. 75 

Department  Salaries 20, 993 . 90 

Earthquake  Insurance  Sinking  Fund.  .  .  .  1,200.00 

Bills  Payable 10,000.00 

Bills  Receivable 49,000.00 

Steinhart  Aquarium  Equipment 7,127.71 

Insurance 1 ,  697 .  49 

Wild  Life  Protection  Fund 47 .  56 

Appraiser's  and  Attorneys  Fees 1 , 200. 00 

Henry  M.  Holbrook  Fund 25 .  28 

Post  Card  Sales  Account 43 .  21 

Great  Auk  Donation 253 .  55 

Sundry  Creditors 1 ,  862 .  35 

Museum  Department  Appropriations ...  12 ,  993 .  38 

Expense 2,631.09 

Publications 4, 852 .  60 

Library 4,976.73 

Total  Expenditures $149 ,  383 .  47 


January  1,  1930,  Balance  due  Crocker  First  National  Bank.  ...   $         884.92 

M.  Hall  McAllister,  Treasurer. 
Examined  and  found  correct, 

Pace,  Gore  &  McLaren,  Certified  Public  Accountants. 
San  Francisco,  Calif.,  February  18,  1930. 


582  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 


INCOME  AND  OPERATING  EXPENSES 

For  the  fiscal  year,  January  1,  1929,  to  December  31,  1929 


Income: 


Charles  Crocker  Scientific  Fund  Endow- 
ment Income $     1 ,  749 .  56 

James  Lick  Endowment  Income 70,411 .08 

General  Income 19,866.94 

Dues 3,540.75 

Interest  on  Temporary  Investments 1 ,  237 .  72 

Profit  on  Post  Card  Sales 603 .07 

Total  Income $  97,409. 12 


Expenditures: 

General  Expense $     2 ,  784 .  83 

Salaries 40,595.71 

Interest 11,258.45 

Insurance 1 ,  697 .  49 

Appraiser's  Fees 1 , 200. 00 

Total  Expenditures $  57 ,  536 .  48 

Net  Income  Transferred  to  Surplus  Account $  39,872.64 


Vol.  XVIII]       McALLISTER— TREASURER'S  REPORT  FOR  1929  533 


SUMMARY  OF  SURPLUS  ACCOUNT 

December  31,  1929 
Balance  January  1,  1929 $546,531 .53 

Additions: 

Net  Income  for  the  year  ended  December 

31,  1929 S  39,872.64 

Profit  on  Securities  Sold 2 ,  665 .  57 

Sale  of  Duplicate  Books 15.10 

Donations  toward  Piu-chase  of  Great  Auk 

Skeleton. 75 . 00 

Library  Purchases  from  W.  G.  Wright 

Fund 8.97 

Total  Additions  to  Surplus $  42 ,  637 .  28 

$589,168.81 

Deductions: 

Depreciation $  16,226.42 

Loss  on  Sale  of  Automobile 198 .  75 

Total  Deductions  from  Surplus $  16,425 .  17 

Surplus,  December  31,  1929 $572,743.64 


534  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 


BALANCE  SHEET 

December  31,  1929 

Assets 
Property: 

Real  Estate,  831-833  Market  Street $600,000.00 

Commercial  Building,  833  Market  Street.  .  .  .     516,818.66 
Real  Estate,  Jessie  Street 8 ,  083 .  65 

$1,124,902.31 

Museum,  Golden  Gate  Park: 

Building  Construction $192 ,025 .92 

General  Collections 201 ,  61 1 .  26 

Library  and  Equipment 149 ,  748 .  43 

Tools  and  Equipment 45 ,  780 .  93 

Office  Furnitm-e 5 ,  752  .  84 

$     594,919.38 

Investment  Securities $         5 ,  763 .  64 

Ignatz  Steinhari  Trust: 

Bills  Receivable $     5,000.00 

Steinhart  Aquarium  Construction 263,390. 29 

Steinhart  Aquarium  Equipment 34 , 257 .  58 

Steinhart  Aquarium  Revolving  Fund 5  ,  000 .  00 

Uninvested  cash  on  hand 977 .  28 

$     308,625.15 

Current  Assets: 

Bills  Receivable $  58,000.00 

Post  Cards  in  stock 267 .  54 

Cash  on  hand 125.49 

Advances  to  employees  doing  field  work.  .  .         1 , 836 .  69 

$       60,229.72 

Total $2,094,440.20 


Vol.  XVIII]       McALLlSTER— TREASURER'S  REPORT  FOR  1929  535 


BALANCE  SHEET— Continued 

Liahilities 
Endowments: 

James  Lick  Endowment $804 ,  902 . 3 1 

Charles    Crocker   Scientific   Fund   Endow- 
ment         20,000.00 

John  W.  Hendrie  Endowment 32 ,  770. 85 

%     857,673.16 

Funds  Held  for  Special  Purposes: 

Alvord  Bequest  Botanical $  5,000.00 

John  W.  Hendrie  Endowment  Income 1 ,  157 .  85 

Earthquake  Insurance  Sinking  Fund  Income  463 .  64 

W.  G.  Wright  Fund 32 .  57 

Park  Biids  Handbook  Fund 20.00 

Wild  Life  Protection  Fund 122 .  35 

$         6,796.41 

Reserve  for  Depreciation $     149  ^  603 .  19 

Ignatz  Steinhart  Trust: 

Principal $250,000.00 

Interest 58 ,  625 .  15 

$     308,625.15 

Notes  and  Accounts  Payable: 

Bills  Payable $195,000.00 

Accounts  Payable  and  Accruals 2, 136.45 

Due  Crocker  First  National  Bank 

(Overdraft) 1 ,  862 .  20 

$     198,998.65 

Surphis $     572 ,  743 .  64 

Total $2,094,440.20 

Susie  M.  Peers, 

Secretary,  Board  of  Trustees. 


586 


CALIFORmA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 


We  have  examined  the  foregoing  Balance  Sheet,  together  with  the  books 
and  accounts  of  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences,  and  in  our  opinion,  it  is 
properly  drawn  up  so  as  to  exhibit  a  true  and  correct  view  of  the  Academy's 
affairs,  as  shown  by  the  books. 

Pace,  Gore  &  McLaren, 

Certified  Public  Accountants. 

San  Francisco,  Calif., 
February  18,  1930. 


INDEX  TO  VOLUME  XVIII,  FOURTH  SERIES 


New  names  in  heavy-faced  type 


aberrans,  Trichoglossus  haematodus,  251 
Acanthaceae,  466,  467 
Accipiter  cooperii,  284,  292,  293 

velox,  284,  292 
acetabulum  (?),  Dosinia  (Artemis),  166 
Acknowledgements,  566 
Acridotheres  tristis  tristis,  259 
actinophora.  Area  (Scapharca),  147 
Actitis  hypoleucus,  250 

macularia,  284,  287 
aculeatus,    Melanerpes   formicivorus,    284, 

300 
acuta  tzitzihoa.  Dafila,  284,  286 
acutecostata,  Pitaria,  169,  170 
acutipennis  texensis,  Chordeiles,  284,  303 
adusta,  Otocoris  alpestris,  274,  284,  311,312 
aedon  parkmanii,  Troglodytes,  285.  343,  344 
aeneus  aeneus,  Tangavius,  284,  316,  317 
eequicincta,  Tellina  (Eurytellina) ,  174 
aequitenninata    (?),    Tellina    (Eurytellina), 

173.174 
Aeronautes  saxatalis,  284,  303 
sestiva  brewsteri,  Dendroica,  285,  338 

sonorana,  Dendroica,  285,  338 
Agelaius  phoeniceus  nevadensis,   284,   317, 

318,319 
(Agriopoma)   gatunensis,  Callocardia,   168, 

169 
agn^erreverei,  Holospira,  219,  220 
Aimophila  ruficeps  scottii,  285,  328 
Aizoaceae,  449 

alberti,  Sauropatis  chloris,  253 
albida,  Turris,  113 

albigula  albigula,  Neotoma,  346,  364 
alcyon  caurina,  Ceryle,  284,  298 
alexandri,  Archilochus,  284,  303,  304 
alleni  alleni,  Lepus,  277,  346,  364-367 
Allionaceae,  404,  428,  449 
Allomorphina  cretacea,  517 
alpestris  adusta,  Otocoris,  274,  284,  311,  312 

occidentalis,  Otocoris,  284,  312 
altilira,  Turritella,  118,  119 
Amaranthaceae,  448,  449 
Amaryllidaceee,  426,  446 
ambigua,  Spilogale,  346,  347 
ambiguus,  Haliastur  indus,  251 
americana,  Fulica,  284,  287 

Spiza,  285,  332 
americanus    occidentalis,     Coccyzus,     284, 

297.  298,299 
Ammodramus  bairdii,  284,  325 

savannarum  bimaculatus,  284, 
325,326 


Ammospermophilus  harrisii,  276,  346.  349- 

351.352 
amoena.  Passerina,  285,  332 
amoenissima,  Polioptila  cjerulea,  285,  345 
Amphispiza  bilineata  deserticola.  284,  327 
Amphisteginalessoni,  179 
amplus,  Perognathus.  346,  355 
Ampullariatuberacola,  125 
(Amusium)  mortoni,  Pecten,  155 
Anacardiaceae,  408,  432 
(Anadara)  patriarcha.  Area,  149 

usiacurii.  Area,  148.  149 
Anas  superciliosa  pelewensis,  251 
anceps,  Spiroplectammina,  500 
anchovia,  Sardinella,  264 
Anderson,  Frank  M.,  Marine  Miocene  and 
related    Deposits   of    North    Colombia. 
73-213 
angustirostris,  Macrorhinus,  233.  236.  237 
annexus,  Baeolophus  woUweberi.  285,  344 
Anomia  mamillaris,  158, 159 
anthonyi,  Butorides  virescens,  284,  286 
Antigona  Caribbean  a.  168 

(Ventricola)  blandiana.  168 
antiquata.  Echinochama,  161 
Antrozous  pallidus  pallidus.  346,  347 
Aphelocoma  sieberi  arizonae,   284,    312, 

313 
Apocynaceae,  462 
Aquila  chrysaetos,  45,  284,  294 
Araceae,  445 
Araliaceae,  461 

arata,  Cardita  (Carditamera),  160 
Area  (Anadara)  patriarcha,  149 

(Anadara)  usiacurii,  148,  149 

(Area)  occidentalis,  147, 148 

cacica,  151 
area,  Globotruncana,  518 
Area  (Noetia)  macdonaldi,  147 

pittieri,  151 
Area  (Scapharca)  actinophora,  147 

auriculata,  149,  150 

dariensis,  147 

hispaniolana,  151 

inequilateralis,  ISO 

lloydi.  151 

medioamericana,  150 

patricia,  146 

veatchi.  150 
Archilochus  alexandri,  284,  303,  304 
Architectonica  granulata,  122 

quadriseriata,  123 
Ardea  herodias  treganzai,  284,  286 
Aristolochiaceae,  448 


May  8,  1930 


588 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


[Proc.  4th  Sek. 


arizonse,  Aphelocoma  sieberi,  284,  312,  313 
arizonae,  Dryobates,  284,  300 
Peromyscus  leucopus,  346,  362 
Spizella  passerina,  284,  326, 327 
Sylvilagus  auduboni,  346,  367 
Vireo  belli,  285,336,337 

Artamus  leucorhynchus  leucopygialis,  257 

(Artemis)  acetabulum  (?),  Dosinia,  166 

Asclepiadaceee,  435,  462 

asiatica  trudeaui,  Melopelia,  284,  290,  291 

tisio  cineraceus,  Otus,  284,  295 

Asio  wilsonianus,  284,  295 

assimilis,  Megaloprepia  magrixifica,  248,  249 

Astragalinus   psaltria    hesperophilus,    284, 
323,  324 

astrolabi,  Pachycephala,  255 

Asturina  plagiata,  284,  294 

Atchison,  Topeka  and  Santa  Fe  Railway 
System,  566 

ater  obscurus.  Molothrus,  284,  316 

atlanticana,  Chione,  172 

atlanticola,  Mactra  (Mulina  ?),  175, 176 

atlanticola,  Pecten.  156,  157 

auberiana  (?),  Quinqueloculina,  179 

auduboni  arizonae,  Sylvilagus,  346,  367 
auduboni,  Dendroica,  285,  338 

aura  septentrionalis,  Cathartes,  284,  292 

aureus,  Camarhynchus,  34,  35,  42 

auriculata.  Area  (Scapharca),  149,  150 

Auriparus  flaviceps  flaviceps,  284,  344,  345 

aurita,  Sardinella,  264 

australis,  Cyrtostomus  frenatus,  258 


B 


Bseolophus  wollweberi  annexus,  285, 344 
baileyi  baileyi,  Perognathus,  346,  355 

Magapodargus  papuensis,  252 
bairdii,  Ammodramus,  284,  325 
ballista,  Marginalia,  128, 129 
baranoanus,  Phos,  137 
batava,  Corambe,  5 
Begoniaceae,  460 

belli  arizonae,  Vireo,  285,  336,  337 
bendirei,  Toxostoma,  285,  342 
berryi,  Crassatellites,  159 
berryi,  Helminthoglypta,  217,  218 
bewickii  eremophilus,  Thryomanes,  285,  343 
Bignoniaceae,  466 

bilineata  deserticola,  Amphispiza,  284,  327 
bimaculatus,    Ammodramus    savannarum, 

284,325,326 
bipartita,  Terebra,  107, 108 
Birds  from  Torres  Strait  Islands,  and  from 

Guadalcanar   Island,   Solomon   Group, 

On  a  Small   Collection  of,  by   M.  E. 

McLellan  Davidson,  245-260 
bisecta  (?),  Thyasira,  162 
blandiana,  Antigona  (Ventricola),  168 
Bombacaceae,  459 


Bombycilla  cedrorum,  285,  335 
Boraginaceae,  413,  414,  436,  437,  463,  464 
borealis  calurus,  Buteo,  284,  293 
bostrychites,  Spondylus,  158 
bowdenenpis,  Peeten  (Euvola),  157 
boy  Hi  rowleyi,  Peromyscus,  346,  363 
brassica,  Venericardia,  159 
brenchleyi,  Megapodius  reinwardt,  247 
brevispira,  Oliva,  127 
breweri,  Spizella,  284,  327 
brewsteri,  Dendroica  aestiva,  285, 338 
Empidonax  traillii,  284,  309 
Bromeliaceae,  446 
brunneicapillus    couesi,    Heleodytes,    285, 

342,343 
Bubo  virginianus  pallescens,  284,  295 
Bulimina  obtusa,  513 
bullata,  Marginulina,  507 
bullockii,  Icterus,  284,  322 
burckhardti,  Conus,  1 10, 1 1 1 
Burseracese,  454,  455 
Buteo  borealis  calurus,  284,  293 

swainsoni.  284,  293,  294 
Butorides  virescens  anthonyi,  284,  286 
Buxaceae,  432,  457 


cacica,  Area,  151 

Cactaceae,  411,  434,  435,  461 

cactophilus,  Dryobates  scalaris,  284,  298, 

300 
Cactornis,  31 

pallida,  31 
Cactospiza,  29,  31,32 

gifiordi,  32,  39,  42 
caerulea  amcenissima,  Polioptila,  285,  345 

interfusa,  Guiraca,  285,  331 

Maletta,  264 

Sardinops,  265 
Caesalpiniaceas,  452 
cafer  coUaris,  Colaptes,  284,  301 
Calamospiza  melanocorys,  285,  332 
Calcarius  omatus,  284,  324 
caledonicus  hilli,  Nycticorax,  250 
calendula  calendvda,  Regulus,  285,  345 
Caleya  megarhyncha  griseata,  257 
califomianus,  Geococcyx,  284,  297 
californica,  Silicosigmoilina,  502,  503 
califomicus  califomicus,  Myotis,  346 

eremicus,  Lepus,  346,  367 
Calliostoma  grabaui,  126 

olssoni,  126 

tropica,  126 
Callipepla  squamata  pallida,  271,  284,  288, 

289 
Callocardia  (Agriopoma)  gatunensis,  168, 

169 
Calcenas  nicobarica  nicobarica,  249 
calurus,  Buteo  borealis,  284,  293 


Vol.  XVIII] 


INDEX 


589 


Calypte  costse,  284,  304 
Camarhynchus,  29,  32 

aureus,  34,  35,  42 

conjunctus,  33,  35,  39,  42 

prosthemelas  prosthemelas,  35 
Campanulaceae,  416 
Camptostoma  imberbe,  284,  310,  311 
Cancellaria  cibarcola,  116, 117 

codazzii,  116 

cossmanni,  117 

dariena,  115 

guppyi,  118 

hettneri,  114,  115 

karsteni,  114 

moorei(?).117,  118 

scheibei,  115,  116 
canescens,  Citellus  spilosoma,  275,  346,  348 
cantoroides  cantoroides,  Lamprocorax,  259 
Cape  San  Lucas,  Lower  California,  Species 

of  Plants  collected,  May  28,  1925,  469 
Capparidaceae,  429,  450,  451 
Caprifoliaceae,  438 
caracoUa,  Epistomina,  517 
carbasina  (?),  Glycymeris,  152 
Cardinalis  cardinalis  superbus,  285,  330 
cardinalis  superbus,  Cardinalis,  285,  330 
Cardita  (Carditamera)  arata,  160 
Cardita  (Glans)  scabricostata,  161 
(Carditamera)  arata,  Cardita,  160 
Cardium  (Laevicardium)  gorgasi,  165 

serratum,  165, 166 

venustum,  166 

(Trachycardium)  dominicense,  164 

lingualeonis,  165 

puebloense,  164 
caribana,  Periploma,  178 
caribbeana,  Antigona,  168 
Carolina,  Porzana,  284,  286 
carolinense,  Nettion,  285 
carolinensis  nelsoni,  Sitta,  285, 344 
Carpodacus  cassinii,  323,  284 

mexicanus  frontalis,  323,  284 
cartagenensis,  Turritella,  121 
Caryophyllaceae,  405,  428 
cassinii,  Carpodacus,  323,  284 

Lanivireo  solitarius,  285,  336 

Peucaea,  284,327.328 
Cassis  (Phalium)  dalli,  141, 142 

moniliferum,  142 
catenula  (?),  Dentalina,  509 
Cathartes  aura  septentrionalis,  284,  292 
Catherpes  mexicanus  conspersus,  285,  343 
caurina,  Ceryle  alcyon,  284,  298 
cedrorum,  Bombycilla,  285,  335 
Cedros  Island,  Mexico,  List  of  Plants  re- 
corded from,  420 
celata  lutescens,  Vermivora,  285,  337 
Centurus  uropygialis  uropygialis,  284,  301 
cercadica,  Pitaria,  169 
Cerchneis  sparveria  phalaena,  284,  294 
(Certhidea)  .29,30.31,32 


Certhidea  ridgwayi,  35,  42 

olivacea,  35 
Ceryle  alcyon  caurina,  284,  298 
Chasmepelia  passerina  pallescens,  291,  292, 

284 
Chama  scheibei,  161, 162 
(Chamelea)  nuciformis,  Chione,  170 
Chenopodiaceas,  403,  404, 427,  428 
cheriway,  Polyborus,  284,  294,  295 
Chione  atlanticana,  172 

(Chamelea)  nuciformis,  170 

(Chione)  walli,  171 

(Lirophora)  latilirata,  171 

mactropsis,  172 
(Chionella)  maculata,  Macrocallista,  170 
chiriquiensis,  Strombina,  143 
Chlidonias  nigra  surinamensis,  285 
chloris  alberti,  Sauropatis,  253 
chlorura,  Oberholseria,  285,  330 
Chondestes  grammacus  strigatus,  284,  326 
Chordeiles  acutipennis  texensis,  284,  303 

virginianus  henryi,  284,  302,  303 
christinelladas,  Marginella,  129 
chrysaetos,  Aquila,  45,  284,  294 
Chrysalogonium  cretaceum,  513,  514 
Chrysauchoena  humeralis  humeralis,  249 
chryseola,  Wilsonia  pusilla,  285,  340 
chrysoides  meamsi,  Colaptes,  272,  284,  301, 

302 
Church,  C.  C.  with  J.  A.  Cushman,  Some 
Upper    Cretaceous    Foraminifera   from 
near  Coalinga,  California,  497-530  (pis. 
36-41) 
cibaoica  (?),  Tellina  (Eurytellina) ,  174 
cibarcola,  Cancellaria,  116, 117 
Cibicides  convexa,  518 
Cichoriaceae,  417,  439 
cienegx,  Sigmodon  hispidus,  346,  363 
cineraceus,  Otus  asio,  284,  295 
cinerascens    cinerascens,    Myiarchus,    284, 

306 
cinereoargenteus  scottii,  Urocyon,  346,  348 
circinata,  Pitaria  (Lamelliconcha),  169 
cirra,  Terebra,  107 
Citellus  spilosoma  canescens,  275,  346,  348 

tereticaudus  neglectus,  275,  346, 

349 
claytoni  (?),  Semele,  175 
Clementia  (Clementia)  dariena,  167 
clethra,  Terebra?,  106 
Clupanodon  pseudohispanicus,  264 
coalingensis,  Nodosarella,  514 
Coccyzus  americanus  occidentalis,  284,  297, 

298,  299 
codazzi,  Cancellaria,  116 
Colaptes  cafer  collaris,  284,  301 

chrysoides  meamsi,  272,  284,  30J, 
302 
colombiana,  Ficus,  143 
Columba  fasciata  fasciata,  284,  290 
Combretaceae,  461 


590 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES  [Proc.  4th  Ser. 


Commelinaceae,  446 
commutata,  Dentalina,  510 
Compositae.  417-420,  439-441.  467-470 
concavitectum,  Conus,  110 
confinis,  Pooecetes  gramineus,  284,  325 
confusa,  Sauropatis  sancta,  253 
Coniferae,  399.  400 
coniformis,  Marginella,  129 
conjunctua,    Camarhynchus,    33,    35. 

39,42 
connectens,  Graucalus  novcehollandiae,  256 
consobrinus  (?),  Conus,  111 
conspersus,  Catherpes  mexicanus,  285,  343 
Contribution  to  our  Knowledge  of  the  Nest- 
ing  Habits   of   the    Golden    Eagle,    by 
Joseph  R.  Slevin,  45-71  (pis.  4-7) 
Conus  burckhardti,  110,  111 
concavitectum,  110 
consobrinus  (?),  Ill 
crenospiratus,  112 
granozonatus,  109 
imitator,  108 
moHs,  109 
planiliratus,  110 
recognitus,  109,  110 
sewalli.  108 
stenostomus,  110 
tortuosopunctatus,  111 
tuberacola,  112 
veatchi,  108 
convexa,  Cibicides,  518 
Convolvulaceae,  412,  462,  463 
cooperi,  Piranga  rubra,  285,  333,  334 
cooperii,  Accipiter,  284,  292.  293 
Corambe,  2,  3-5 

batava,  5 

from  the  Pacific  Coast  of  North 
America,  A  New  Species  of,  by 
Frank    M.     MacFarland    and 
Charles  O'Donoghue,  1-27 
literature  on,  21 
pacifica,  5-20  (pi.  1,  fig.  1) 
sargassicola,  5 
testudinaria,  5,  20 
corax  sinuatus,  Corvus,  284,  313,  314,  315 
Corvus  corax  sinuatus,  284,  313,  314,  315 
cryptoleucus,  272,  284,  314,  316 
Corynorhinus   rafinesquii   pallescens,   346, 

347 
Cosmaerops  omatus  omatus,  254 
cossmanni,  Cancellaria,  117 
costae,  Calypte,  294,  304 
costaricana,  Tellina,  172 
couesi,     Heleodytes    brunneicapillus,     285, 

342,343 
Crassatellites  berryi,  159 

(Scambula)  densus.  159 
Crassulaceae,  407,  430 
crenospiratus,  Conus,  112 
cretacea,  Allomorphina,  517 
cretacea  (?),  Discorbis,  515 


Cretaceous  (Upper)  Foraminifera  from  near 
Coalinga,  California,  by  J.  A.  Cushman 
and  C.  C.  Church,  497-530  (pis.  36-41) 

cretaceum,  Chrysalogonium,  513,  514 

crissale  crissale,  Toxostoma,  285,  342 

crosetensis,  Macrorhinus,  229 

crozettensis,  Mirounga  leonina,  230 

Crucibulum  (Dispotaea)  gatunense,  121,  122 

Cruciferae,  406,  429 

cryptoleucus,  Corvus,  272,  284,  314,  316 

cucullatus  nelsoni.  Icterus,  284,  322 

Cucurbitaceae,  416,  439,  467 

cunicularia  hypogaea,  Speotyto,  284,  296 

Cupuliferae,  402 

curvirostre  curvirostre,  Toxostoma,  285, 
341,342 

palmeri,  Toxostoma.  285,  341,  342 

Cushman,  J.  A.  and  C.  C.  Church,  Some 
Upper  Cretaceous  Foraminifera  from 
near  Coalinga,  California,  497-530  (pis. 
36-41) 

cuspidata.  Natica,  123,  124 

cyanocephalus  cyanocephalus,  Euphagtus, 
284,322,323 

Cyanocitta  stelleri  diademata,  284,  312 

cyanoptera,  Querquedula,  284,  286 

Cycadaceae,  443 

cyclica  domingensis,  Cyclinella,  167,  168 

Cyclinellacyclicadomingensis.  167.  168 
gatunensis,  167 

cylindracea,  Glandulina,  511 

cylindrica,  Oliva,  127 

Cynanthus  latirostris,  284,  304 

Cyperaceae,  426,  445 

Cyprasa  henekeni,  139 

(Pustularia)  gabbiana,  139,  140 

Cyrtonyx  montezumae  meamsi,  284,  290 

Cyrtostomus  frenatus  australis,  258 
frenatus  flavigastra,  258 


Dacelo  leachii  kempi,  252,  253 
Dafila  acuta  tzitzihoa,  284,  286 
dalli.  Cassis  (Phalium),  141,  142 
dariena,  Cancellaria,  115 

Clementia  (Clementia),  167 
Tellina,  172,173 
dariensis.  Area  (Scapharca),  147 

Mitra,  129 
Davidson,  M.  E.  McLellan,    Notes  on  the 

Northern  Elephant  Seal,  229-243   (pis. 

25,26) 
Davidson,   M.  E.   McLellan,    On  a  Small 

Collection  of  Birds  from  Torres  Strait 

Islands,  and  from  Guadalcanar  Island, 

Solomon  Group,  245-260 
decheni,  Frondicularia,  508,  509 
delicata,  Gallinago,  284,  287 
delicatissima,  Dosinia,  166 
Demigretta  sacra  novaeguineae,  250 


Vol.  XVIII] 


INDEX 


591 


demiurgus,    Pecten    (Plagioctenium),    1S5, 

156 
Dendroica  aestiva  brewsteri,  285,  338 

auduboni  auduboni,  285,  338 

nigrescens,  285,  338 

sonorana,  285,  338 

townsendi,  285,  338 
densus,  Crassatellites  (Scambula),  159 
Dentalina  catenula  (?),  509 

commutata,  510 

polyphragma,  509 

sp.  ?,  509 
Dentaliiun  granadanum,  144 
depressa,  Gyroidina,  515,  516 
deserticola,  Amphispiza  bilineata,  284,  327 
diademata,  Cyanocitta  stelleri,  284,  312 
difficilis  difficilis,  Empidonax,  284,  308,  309 
Dilleniaceae,  410 
Dioscoriaceae,  446 
Diplodonta  woodringi,  162,  163 
Dipodomys  merriami  merriami,  346,  356, 
360.  361 

merriami  olivaceus,  346,  356-359, 
360,  361 

ordii  ordii,  346,  359 

spectabilis  spectabilis,  346,  356 
Discorbis  cretacea  (?),  515 
(Dispotaea)    gatunense,    Crucibulum,    121, 

122 
Distortrix  simillima,  138,  139 
domesticus.  Passer,  284,  323 
domingensis,  Cyclinella  cyclica,  167, 168 

Murex,  137 
dominicense,  Cardium  (Trachycardium) , 

164 
dominicus  fulvus,  Pluvialis,  250 
Doridella  obscura,  2 
Dorothina  lewinii  ivi,  259 
Dosinia  (Artemis)  acetabulum  (?),  166 

delicatissima,  166 
Drepania,  486,  487 

Drepania,  A  Genus  of  Nudibranchiate  Mol- 
lusks  new  to  California,  by  F.  M.  Mac- 
Farland,  485-496  (pi.  35) 
Drepania  velox,  487-495 
Drepanididae,  41 
Drilliaeupora,  113 
Dryobates  arizonae  arizonae,  284,  300 

scalaris  cactophilus,  284,  298,  300 
ducorpsii,  Ducorpsius,  252 
Ducorpsius  ducorpsii,  252 


Eastwood,  Alice,  Studies  in  the  Flora  of 
Lower  California  and  Adjacent  Islands, 
393-484  (pis.  33,  34) 

Eastwood,  Alice,  The  Escallonias  in  Golden 
Gate  Park,  San  Francisco,  California, 
with  Descriptions  of  New  Species, 
385-391 


Echinochama  antiquata,  161 

Edoliisoma  erythropygium  erythropygium, 

257 
elegans,  Mactrella  (Harvella),  176, 177 
EUipsobulimina  (?)  sp.  (?),  514 
elongata,  Marginulina,  506 
Empidonax    difficilis    difficilis,    284,     308, 
309 

griseus,  284.  309 

hammondii.  284.  309 

traillii  brewsteri.  284.  309 
Eos  gray i.  251 
Epistomina  caracoUa.  517 
Eponides  umbonella.  515 
eremicus  eremicus.  Peromyscus,  346,  362 

Lepus  califomicus.  346.  367 
eremophilus,    Thryomanes    bewickii,    28S, 

343 
Ericaceae,  411,  435 

•ricellus,  Pecten  (Plagioctenium),  215 
Erycina  turbaceansis,  163 
erythrocephala  kempi,  Myzomela,  258 
erythrogastra,  Hirundo,  285,  334 
erythropygium  erythropygium,  Edoliisoma, 

257 
Erythroxylacese,  453 
Escallonia  exoniensis,  388 

franciscana  (garden  origin),  386 

grahamiana,  389,  390 

langleyensis,  390 

organensis,  390 

philippiana,  390 

pterocladon,  388 

pulverulenta,  391 

punctata,  388 

montevidensis,  389 

revoluta,  391 

rockii  (garden  origin),  386 

rubricalyx,  389 
Escallonias  (The),  in  Golden  Gate    Park, 
San  Francisco,  California,  with  Descrip- 
tions of  New  Species,  by  Alice  East- 
wood, 385-391 
estor.  Mephitis,  346,  347 
Eugenes  fulgens,  284,  303 
Euphagus  cyanocephalus  cyanocephalus, 

284,322,323 
Euphorbiaceae,  432,  455-457 
eupora,  Drillia,  113 

Eurystomus  orientalis  solomonensis,  252 
(Eurytellina)  aequicincta,  Tellina,  174 

aequiterminata    (?),    Tellina,    173, 
174 

cibaoica  (?),  Tellina,  174 
(Euvola)  bowdenensis.  Pecten,  157 
Evermann,  Barton  Warren,  Director's  Re- 
port for  1929,  542-586 
ewaldi  (?),  Nodosaria,  510 
excubitorides,    Lanius    ludovicianus,    285, 

335,336 
exoniensis,  Escallonia,  388 


592 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OP  SCIENCES 


[Fkoc.  4th  Ser. 


Fabaceae,  452,  453 

falclandicus,  Macrorhinus  leoninus,  229 
fallax,  Melospiza  melodia,  285,  329 
fasciata  fasciata,  Columba,  284,  290 
Fasciolaria  ketnpi,  132 

olssoni,  131,  132 
Faunal  Areas  of  Southern  Arizona:  A  Study 

in  Animal   Distribution,   by   Harry   S. 

Swarth,  267-383  (pis.  27-32) 
Ficoidaceae,  404.  428 
FicuB  colombiana,  143 
fitzroyi,  Kakatoe  galerita,  251,  252 
Flacourtiacese,  460 

flaviceps  flaviceps,  Auriparus,  285,  344,  345 
flavigaster  terreereginse,  Kempia,  255 
flavigastra,  Cyrtostomus  frenatus,  258 
flaviventris  flaviventris,  Sphecotheres,  257 
flavocincta  kingi,  Neomimeta.  259 
flavus  flavus,  Perognathus,  346,  353,  355 
Flora  of  Lower   California  and  Adjacent 

Islands,  Studies  in  the,  by  Alice  East- 
wood, 393-484  (pis.  33,  34) 
Foraminifera,     Some    Upper    Cretaceous, 

from  near  Coalinga,  California,  by  J.  A. 

Cushman  and  C.   C.  Church.  497-530 

(pis.  36-41) 
formicivorus   aculeatus,    Melanerpes,   284, 

300 
franciscana,    Escallonia    (garden    origin), 

386 
Frankeniaceae,  410,  433 
fredeai,  Turritella,  119, 120 
frenatus  australis,  Cyrtostomus,  258 

flavigastra,  Cyrtostomus,  258 
Frondicularia  decheni,  508,  509 

sp.  ?,  509 
frontalis,  Carpodacus  mexicanus,  284,  323 
fulgens,  Eugenes,  284,  303 
Fulica  americana,  284,  287 
fulvus  intermedius,  Thomomys,  346,  351, 
353.354 
Pluvialis  dominicus,  250 
toltecus,    Thomomys,    346,    351, 
353,  354 
fusca,  Hypobranchiaea,  2 
fuscus  mesoleucus,  Pipilo,  285,  329,  330 
Fusinus  henekeni,  132 

magdalenensis,  133 


gabbiana,  Cypraea  (Pustularia),  139,  140 
galerita  fitzroyi,  Kakatoe,  251,  252 
Gallinago  delicata,  284,  287 
gambelii    gambelii,    Lophortyx,    271,    284, 
289,  290 
Zonotrichia,  284,  326 
gardnerae,  Labiosa  (Rseta),  177 


Garryaceae,  435 

gatunense,    Crucibulum    (Dispotaea),    121, 

122 
gatunensis,  Callocardia  (Agriojwma),  168, 
169 
Cyclinella,  167 
Tellina,  173 
Terebra,  106, 107 
Turritella,  120 
Gaudryinaruthenica,  501,  502 

oxycona,  501 
Generic  Relationships  and   Nomenclature 
of  the  California  Sardine,  by  Carl  L. 
Hubbs.  261-265 
Geococcyx  califomianus,  284,  297 
Geopelia  placida  placida,  249 
Geospiza,29,  30,  31 
Gcoapizid*.  30,  31,  42,  43 
(Geospizidae)  from  the  Galapagos  Islands, 
A    New    Bird    Family,    by    Harry    S. 
Swarth,  29,  43 
Geothlypis  trichas  occidentals,  285.  339 

trichas  scirpicola,  285,  339 
Geraniaceae,  407,  408, 431 
gibbosa,  Labiosa  (Raeta),  177 
giffordi,  Cactospiza,  32,  39,  42 
gilva  swainsonii,  Vireosylva,  285,  336 
Glandulina  cylindracea,  511 

manifesta,  511 
(Glans)  scabricostata,  Cardia,  161 
Globicera  rufigula,  249 
Globotruncana  area,  518 
Glycymeris  carbasina  (?),  152 
jamaicensis,  152 
lamyi.  152, 153 
lloydsmithi,  152 
usiacurii,  153 
Gnetaceae,  425 

Golden  Eagle,  A  Contribution  to  our  Know- 
ledge of  the  Nesting  Habits  of  the,  by 
Joseph  R.  Slevin,  45-71  (pis.  4-7) 
Golden  Eagle,  Pair  Number  One,  46-48 
Pair  Number  Two,  48-55 
Pair  Number  Three,  55-59 
Pair  Number  Four,  60-63 
Pair  Number  Five,  63-65 
Pair  Number  Six,  65-69 
Pair  Number  Seven,  69-71 
gorgasi,  Cardium  (Laevicardium) ,  165 
grabaui,  Calliostoma,  126 
grahamiana,  Escallonia,  389,  390 
gramineus  confinis,  Pocecetes,  284,  325 
grammacus  strigatus,  Chondestes,  284,  326 
grammunis  grammurus,   Otospermophilus, 

346,  348 
Kranadanutn,  Dentalium,  144 
granifera,  Serpulorbis,  145 
granozonatus,  Conus,  109 
grantilata,  Architectonica,  122 
Graucalus  hypoleucus  stalkeri,  256 

novaehollandiae  connectens,  256 


Vol.  XVIII] 


INDEX 


593 


grayi,  Eos,  251 

griseata,  Caleya  megarhyncha,  257 

griseus,  Empidonax,  284,  309 

Grunsky,  C.  E.,  President's  Report  for  1929, 

531,  541 
Guadalupe  Island,  Mexico,  List  of  Plants 

recorded  from,  394-420 
Guiraca  ccerulea  interfusa,  285,  331 
gumanomocon,  Spondylus,  158 
guppyana,  Natica,  123 
guppyi,  Cancellaria,  118 
gutturalis,  Vermivora  ruficapilla,  285,  337 
Gyroidina  depressa,  515,  516 
quadrata,  516 


H 


hematodus  aberrans,  Trichoglossus,  251 

haitensis,  Ostrea,  153, 154 
Terebra.  107 

Haliastur  indus  ambiguus,  251 

hammondii,  Empidonax,  284,  309 

Hanna,  G.  Dallas,  89 

Haima,  G.  Dallas,  A  New  Species  of  Land 
Snail  from  Kern  County,  California, 
217,  218  (pi.  24) 

Hanna,  G.  Dallas  with  Leo  George  Hertlein, 
A  New  Species  of  Land  Snail  from  Coa- 
huila,  Mexico,  219,  220  (pi.  24) 

harrisi,  Parabuteo  unicinctus,  284,  293 

harrisii,  Ammospermophilus,  276,  346, 
349-351,352 

(Harvella)  elegans,  Mactrella,  176, 177 

hasletti,  Labiosa  (Raeta),  177, 178 

haaletti,  Solenosteira,  134,  135 

Hedymeles  melanocephalus  melanocepha- 
lus,  285,331 

Heleodytes  brunneicapillus  couesi,  285,  342, 
343 

Helminthoglypta  berryi,  217,  218 

Hemphill,  Henry.  221-224 

Henderson,  Junius,  Some  Notes  on  Oreo- 
helix.  221-227  (pi.  24) 

henekeni,  Cypraea,  139 
Fusinus,  132 

henryi,  Chordeiles  virginianus,  284,  302,  303 

hepatica  oreophasma,  Piranga,  285,  333 

Hemandiacese,  450 

herodias  treganzai,  Ardea,  284,  286 

hesperophilus,  Astragalinus  psaltria,  284, 
323,324 

Hertlein,  Leo  George,  A  New  Pecten  from 
the  San  Diego  Pliocene,  215  (pi.  24) 

Hertlein,  Leo  George  with  G.  Dallas  Hanna, 
A  New  Species  of  Land  Snail  from  Coa- 
huila,  Mexico,  219,  220  (pi.  24) 

hettneri,  Cancellaria,  114, 115 

hilli,  Nycticorax  caledonicus,  250 

hiogaster  pulchella,  Leucospiza,  251 

Hippocrateacese,  457 


hirundinacea  yorki,  Microchelidon,  257 
Hirundo  erythrogastra,  285.  334 
hispaniolana.  Area  (Scapharca),  151 
hispidus  cienegse,  Sigmodon,  346,  363 
Holospira  aguerreverei,  219,  220 
hoopesi,  Stumella  magna,  284,  320,  321 
Hubbs,  Carl  L.,  The  Generic  Relationships 

and    Nomenclature    of    the    California 

Sardine,  261-265 
hiuneralis  humeralis,  Chrysauchoena,  249 
humilis,  Marginulina,  505,  506 
huttoni  stephensi,  Vireo,  285,  336 
Hydrophyllaceae,  413,  436 
Hylocichla  ustulata  ustulata,  285,  345 
Hypobranchiaea,  2 

fusca,  2 
Hypobranchlaeidae,  2 
hypogaea,  Speotyto  cunicxilaria,  284,  296 
hypoleucus,  Actitis,  250 

stalkeh,  Graucalus,  256 


Icteria  virens  longicauda,  285,  339 
Icterus  bullockii,  284,  322 

cucullatus  nelsoni,  284,  322 
parisorum,  284,  321, 322 
imberbe,  Camptostoma,  284,  310,  311 
imitator,  Conus,  108 
inca,  Scardafella,  284,  292 
indicus  neobritannicus,  Porphyrio,  249 
indus  ambiguus,  Haliastur,  251 
inequilateralis.  Area  (Scapharca),  150 
inomata,  Pinaroloxias,  30 
interfusa,  Guiraca  caerulea,  285,  331 
intermedius,  Thomomys  fulvus,  346,  351, 

353,354 
ivi,  Dorothina  lewinii,  259 


jamaicensis,  Glycymeris,  152 
jonesi,  Marginulina,  507 
Jotreron  viridis  lewisi,  248 
Juncaceae,  402,  426 
Junco  phaeontus  palliatus,  284,  327 


Kakatoe  galerita  fitzroyi,  251,  252 
karsteni,  Cancellaria,  114 
Kama  leucomela  yorki,  256 
kempi,  Dacelo  leachii,  252,  253 

Fasciolaria,  132 

Myzomela  erythrocephala,  258 
Kempia  flavigaster  terraereginae,  255 
kerguelensis,  Mirounga  leonina,  230 
kingi,  Neomimeta  flavocincta,  259 


594 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


[Proc.  4th  Ser. 


Labiatse.  414.  437.  46S 
Labiosa  (Raeta)  gardnerae.  177 

gibbosa,  177 

haaletti,  177.  178 
(Lsevicardium)  gorgasi,  Cardiam,  165 

seiratum,  Cardium.  165.  166 

venustnim,  Cardium,  166 
Isvigata,  Sconsia.  142. 143 
Lagenasp.  (?),  512 
Lagena(?)sp.  (?).512 
(Lamelliconcha)  circinata.  Pitaria.  169 
Lamprococcyx  russatus,  254 
Lamprocorax   cantoroides  cantoroides,  259 
lamyi,  Glycymeris.  152,  153 
langleyensis.  Escallonia.  390 
Lanius    ludovicianus    excubitorides,     285, 

335.336 
Lanivireo  solitarius  cassinii,  285,  336 

plumbeus,  285,  336 
latilirata,  Chione  (Lirophora),  171 
latirostris,  Cynanthus,  284,  304 
Lazulena  macleayii  macleayii,  253 
leachii  kempi,  Dacelo,  252,  253 
Leguminosse,  408,  409.  430,  431 
Lenticulina  rotulata,  503 

sp.  ?.  504 

williamsoni.  503,  504 
leonina  crozettensis,  Mirounga,  230 

kerguelensis,  Mirounga,  230 

leonina,  Mirounga,  230 

macquariensis,  Mirounga,  230 

patagonica,  Mirounga,  230 

peronii,  Mirounga,  230 
leoninus  falclandicus,  Macrorhinus,  229 

macquariensis.  Macrorhinus,  229 

Macrorhinus,  229,  234 

typicus,  Macrorhinus,  229 
lepida.  Tachycineta  thalassina.  285.  335 
lepidus.  Robulus.  504 
Lepus  alleni  alleni,  277.  346.  364-367 

califomicus  eremicus.  346.  367 
lessoni.  Amphistegina,  179 
Leucocirca  leucophrys.  255 
leucomela  yorki.  Karua.  256 
leucophrys,  Leucocirca,  255 

Zonotrichia,  284,  326 
leucopterus,  Mimus  polyglottus,  285,  340 
leucopus  arizonae,  Peromyscus,  346,  362 
leucopygialis,  Artamus  leucorhynchus,  257 
leucorhynchus  leucopygialis,  Artamus,  257 
Leucospiza  hiogaster  pulchella,  251 
lewinii  ivi,  Dorothina,  259 
lewisi,  Jotreron  viridis,  248 
Liliaceae.  402,426 

lincolnii  lincolnii,  Melospiza.  285.  329 
lingualeonis,  Cardium  (Trachycardium) , 

165 
(Lirophora)  latilirata,  Chione,  171 

mactropsis,  Chione,  172 


Literature  on  Corambe,  2 1 

lituiformis  (?),  Lituotuba,  179 

Lituotuba  lituiformis  (?),  179 

Uoydi,  Area  (Scapharca),  151 

Uoydsmithi,  Glycymeris,  152 

Loaceas,  460 

Loasaceae,  410.  411,  433,  434 

Loganiacese,  462 

longa,  Mitra,  130 

longicauda.  Icteria  virens,  285,  339 

Lophortyx    gambelii    gambelii,    271,    284, 

289,  290 
Loranthaceae,  403,  447 
Lorius  roratus  solomonensis,  252 
Los  Angeles  Steamship  Company,  566 
Lower  California  Mainland.  List  of  Species 

of  Plants  found  on  the,  423 
luciae,  Vermivora,  285.  337 
ludoviciana,  Piranga,  285,  332.  333 
ludovicianus    excubitorides.    Lanius,    285, 

335,336 
lunifrons  melanogastra,  Petrochelidon.  285, 

334 
lutescens.  Vermivora  celata,  285,  337 


M 


macdonaldi.  Area  (Noetia),  147 

MacFarland,  F.  M.,  Drepania,  A  Genus  of 
Nudibranchiate  MoUusks  new  to  Cali- 
fornia, 485-496  (pi.  35) 

MacFarland,  Frank  M  with  Charles  O'Don- 
oghue,  A  New  Species  of  Corambe  from 
the  Pacific  Coast  of  North  America,  1-27 

macleayii  macleayii,  Lazulena,  253 

macloskeyi,  Pecten,  157 

macquariensis.  Mirounga  leonina,  230 

Macrocallista  (Chionella)  maculata,  170 

Macrorhinus  angustirostris,  233.  236.  237 
crosetensis.  229 
leoninus.  229.  234 
leoninus  falclandicus,  229 
leoninus  macquariensis,  229 
leoninus  typicus,  229 

macroura  marginella,  Zenaidura,  284,  290, 
291 

Mactra  (Mulinia  ?)  atlanticola,  175,  176 

Mactrella  (Harvella)  elegans,  176,  177 

mactroides,  Tivela,  170 

mactropsis,  Chione  (Lirophora).  172 

macularia,  Actitis,  284,  287 

maculata,  Macrocallista  (Chionella),  170 

Magdalena  Bay,  Lower  California,  Species 
of  Plants  collected  at.  May  29-30,  1925, 
471-478 

tnasdalenensis,  Fusinus,  133 

magister,  Myiarchustyrannus,  274,  284,  305 

magna  hoopesi,  Stumella,  284,  320.  321 

magnifica  assimilis,  Megaloprepia.  248.  249 

magnirostris  neglectus,  Orthorhamphus,  250 

Malea  ringens,  140,  141 


Vol.  XVIII] 


INDEX 


595 


Maletta  cserulea,  264 

Malpighiaceae,  455 

Malvacea,  409,  410.  433,  458,  459 

Riamiliaria,  Anomia,  158,  159 

maniculatus  sonoriensis,  Peromyscus,  346, 

362 
manifesta,  Glandulina,  511 
Marantacese,  446 
Marginellaballista,  128.  129 

christinelladse,  129 

coniformis,  129 
Marginulina  bullata,  507 

elongata.  506 

humilis,  505.506 

jonesi,  507 

modesta,  506 
Marine  Miocene  and  Related  Deposits  of 
North  Colombia,  by  Frank  M.  Ander- 
son, 73-213,  Contents  73 
Martin.  Bnice  G..  76.  77,  78.  79 
Mastersomis  rubecula  yorki,  255 
Matson  Navigation  Company,  566 
mauryB,  Mitra,  130 

zneamsi,  Colaptes  chrysoides,  272,  284,  301, 
302 

Cyrtonyx  montezumK,  284.  290 
medioamericana.  Area  (Scapharca),  150 
megadon.  Ostrea.  154 

Megaloprepia  magnifica  assimilis.  248.  249 
megalotis  megalotis.  Reithrodontomys,  346. 

362 
Megapodargus  papuensis  baileyi,  252 
Megapodius  reinwardt  brenchleyi.  247 
megarhyncha  griseata,  Caleya.  257 
Melanerpes  formicivorus  aculeatus,  284,  300 
melanocephalus     melanocephalus,      Hedy- 

meles,  285,  331 
melanocorys.  Calamospiza,  285,  332 
melanogastra.  Petrochelidon  lunifrons,  285, 

334 
melanosticta,  Sardinops,  265 
melanura  melanura,  Polioptila,  285,  345 
melanurus,  Polophilus  phasianinus,  254 
Meliaceae,  455 
melodia  fallax,  Melospiza.  285.  329 

saltonis,  Melospiza.  285,  328.  329 
Melomyza  obscura  munna.  258 
Melongena  propatulus,  133.  134 
Melopelia  asiatica  trudeaui,  284,  290,  291 
Melospiza  lincolnii  lincolnii,  285,  329 

melodia  fallax,  285,  329 

melodia  saltonis,  285,  328,  329 
mendanae,  Rhytocerosplicatus,  254 
Menispermaceae,  450 
Mephitis  estor,  346,  347 
merriami  merriami,  Dipodomys,  346,  356, 

360,  361 

olivaceus,  Dipodomys,  346, 
356-359,  360,  361 
mesoleucus,  Nuttallomis,  284,  308 

Pipilo  fuscus,  285,  329,  330 


metallicus  nitidus,  Metallopsar,  260 
Metallopsar  metallicus  nitidus,  260 
mexicanus  conspersus,  Catherpes.  285.  343 

frontalis.  Carpodacus.  284,  323 

Pyrocephalus  rubinus,   284,   309, 
310 
Microchelidon  hirundinacea  yorki,  257 
Micropallas   whitneyi   whitneyi,   284,   296, 

297 
milomilo,  Nesocentor,  255 
Mimeta  sagittata  subaf&iis,  259 
mimetes,  Turritella,  120 
Mimosaceae,  451 

Mimus  polyglottos  leucopterus,  285,  340 
minutilla,  Pisobia.  284,  287 
Mirounga  leonina  crozettensis.  230 

kerguelensis.  230 

leonina,  230 

macquariensis,  230 

patagonica,  230 

peronii,  230 
mississippiensis,  Murex,  138 
Mitra  dariensis,  129 

longa,  130 

tnaurya*,  130 
Mniotiltidae,  30 
modesta,  Marginulina,  506 
molis,  Conus,  109 
Molothrus  ater  obscurus,  284,  316 
moniliferum.  Cassis  (Phalium).  142 
montevidensis.  Escallonia.  389 
montezumse  meamsi.  Cyrtonyx.  284,  290 
moorei  (?).  Cancellaria,  117, 118 
Moraceae.  447 

morierei  (?).  Scobinella,  131 
Morning  Glory  Family.  412 
mortoni.  Pecten  (Amusium).  155 
(Mulina  ?)  atlanticola.  Mactra.  175,  176 
munna,  Melomyza  obscura,  258 
Murex  domingensis,  137 

mississippiensis,  138 
Mus  musculus  musculus,  346, 364 
musculus  musculus.  Mus,  346,  364 
Mutisiaceae,  439 
Myiarchus  cinerascens  cinerascens.  284.  306 

tuberculifer  olivascens,  284,  306 

tyrannus  magister,  274,  284,  305 
Myiochanes  richardsonii  richardsonii,  284, 

308 
Myotis  californicus  californicus,  346 

thysanodes  thysanodes,  346,  347 

velifer  velifer,  346 
Myrtaceae,  461 
Myzomela  erythrocephala  kempi,  258 


N 

Naticacuspidata,  123,  124 

guppyana,  123 
neglecta,  Sturnella,  284,  321 


596 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


[Fkoc.  4tk  Sea. 


neglectus,  Citellus  tereticaudus,  275,  346, 

349 
nelsoni.  Icterus  cucullatus,  284,  322 
Sitta  carolinensis,  285,  344 
neobritannicus,  Porphyrio  indicus,  249 
Neomimeta  flavocincta  kingi,  259 
Neophilemon  orientalis  yorki,  259 
neopilchardus,  Sardinops,  265 
(Neosimnia)  puana,  Ovula,  140 
Neotoma  albigula  albigula,  346, 364 
Nesocentor  milo  milo,  255 
Nettion  carolinense,  285 
nevadensis,  Agelaius  phoeniceus,  284,  317, 

318,319 

Passerculus    sandwichensis,    284, 
325 
New  Bird  Family  (Geospizidae)  from  the 

Galapagos  Islands,  by  Harry  S.  Swarth, 

29-43 
New  Pecten  from  the  San  Diego  Pliocene, 

by  Leo  George  Hertlein,  215  (pi.  24) 
New  Sjjecies  of  Corambe  from  the  Pacific 

Coast  of  North  America,  by  Frank  M. 

MacFarland   and   Charles   H.    O'Don- 

oghue,  1-27 
New  Species  of  Land  Snail  from  Coahuila, 

Mexico,  by  G.  Dallas  Hanna  and  Leo 

George  Hertlein,  219,  220  (pi.  24) 
New  Species  of  Land  Snail  from  Kern  Coun- 
ty,   California,   by   G.    Dallas   Hanna, 

217,  218  (pi.  24) 
nicobarica  nicobarica,  Calcenas,  249 
nigra  surinamensis,  Chlidonias,  285 
nigrescens,  Dendroica,  285,  338 
nigricans  nigricans,  Sayomis,  284,  306-308 
nitens,  Phainopepla,  285,  335 
nitidus,  Metallopsar  metallicus,  260 
Nodosarella  coaiingensis,  514 
Nodosaria ewaldi  (?),510 

nuda,  510 
(Noetia)  macdonaldi.  Area,  147 
Notes  on  the  Northern  Elephant  Seal,  by 

M.  E.  McLeUan  Davidson,  229-243  (pis. 

25,26) 
novaeguineae,  Demigretta  sacra,  250 
novcehoUandise  connectens,  Graucalus,  256 
nuchalis,  Sphyrapicus  varius,  284,  300 
nuciformis,  Chione  (Chamelea),  170 
nuda,  Nodosaria,  510 
nuttallii  nuttallii,  Phalaenoptilus,  284,  302 
Nuttallomis  mesoleucus,  284,  308 
Nycticorax  caledonicus  hilli,  250 


Oberholseria  chlorura,  285,  330 
obscura,  Doridella,  2 

munna,  Melomyza,  258 
obscurus,  Molothrus  ater,  284,  316 
obsoletus  obsoletus,  Salpinctus,  285,  343 
obtusa,  Bulimina,  513 


occidentalis.  Area  (Area),  147, 148 

Coccyzus    americanus,    284,    297, 
298. 299 

Geothlypis  trichas,  285,  339 

Otocoris  alpestris,  284,  312 
ocellata,  Sardinops,  265 
Ochnaceae,  459 

O'Donoghue,  Charles  with  Frank  M.  Mac- 
Farland, A  New  Species  of  Corambe 
from  the  Pacific  Coast  of  North  Amer- 
ica, 1-27 
Oleaces,  412, 448 
Olivabrevispira,  127 

cylindrica,  127 

say ana, 127 

tuberaensia,  128 
olivacea,  Certhidea,  35 
olivaceus,     Dipodomys     merriami,     346, 

356-359,  360.  361 
olivascens,  Myiarchus  tuberculifer,  284,  306 
olssoni,  Calliostoma,  126 
oUsoni,  Fasciolaria,  131, 132 
Onagraceae,  411.  435 

On  a  Small  Collection  of  Birds  from  Torres 
Strait  Islands,  and  from  Guadalcanar 
Island,    Solomon    Group,    by    M.    E. 
McLellan  Davidson,  245-260 
Onychomys  torridus  torridus,  346.  359 
Oporomis  tolmiei,  285,  338 
Orchidaceae,  446 
ordii  ordii,  Dipodomys.  346,  359 
organensis,  Escallonia,  390 
Oreohelix,  Some  Notes  on,  by  Junius  Hen- 
derson, 221-227  (pi.  24) 
Oreohelix  variabilis,  224,  225 
oreophasma,  Piranga  hepatica,  285,  333 
orientalis  solomonensis.  Eurystomus,  252 

yorki.  Neophilemon.  259 
ornatiasima,  Ventilabrella.  512 
omatus,  Calcarius.  284.  324 

omatus.  Cosmaerops.  254 
Orthorhamphus  magnirostris  neglectus,  250 
Ostrea  haitensis,  153, 154 

megadon,  154 
Otocoris  alpestris  occidentalis,  284.  312 

alpestris  adusta,  274,  284.  311,  312 
Otospermophilus   grammurus   grammurus, 

346.  348 
Otus  asio  cineraceus,  284,  295 
Ovula  (Neosimnia)  puana,  140 
Oxalidaceae,  453 
oxycona,  Gaudryina,  501 
Oxyechus  vociferus  vociferus,  284,  288 


Pachycephala  astrolabi.  255 
pacifica,  Corambe,  5-20  (pi.  1,  fig.  1) 
pallescens.  Bubo  virginianus.  284.  295,  296 

Chaemepelia   passerina,   291,^292, 
284 

Corynorhinus  rafinesquii,;,346,  347 


Vol.  XVIII] 


INDEX 


597 


palliatus,  Junco  phaeontus,  284,  327 

pallida,  Cactomis,  31 

Callipepla    squamata,    271,    284, 
288.289 

pallidus  pallidus,  Antrozous.  346,  347 

palmeri,  Toxostoma  curvirostre,  285,  341, 
342 

Papaveraceae,  405,  406.  450 

papuensis  bailey i.  Magapodargus,  252 

papulosa,  Serpulorbis,  144 

Parabuteo  unicinctus  harrisi,  284,  293 

parkmanii.  Troglodytes  aedon,  285,  343,  344 

parisorum.  Icterus,  284,  321,  322 

Passer  domesticus,  323,  284 

Passerciilus  sandwichensis  nevadensis,  284, 
325 

Fasserina  amoena,  285,  332 

passerina  arizonae.  Spizella,  284,  326.  327 

pallescens,  Chaemepelia,  284,  291, 
292 

Passifloracese,  460 

patagonica,  Mirounga  leonina,  230 

patriarcha.  Area  (Anadara),  149 

Patricia,  Area  (Scapharca),  146 

Pecten  (Amusium)  mortoni,  155 
atlanticola,  156.  157 
(Euvola)  bowdenensis,  157 
from  the  San  Diego  Pliocene,  A 
New,  by  Leo  George  Hertlein, 
215,  (pi.  24) 
macloskeyi,  157 
pinulatus,  156 
(Plagioctenium)    demiurgus.    155, 

156 
ericellus,  215 

pelewensis.  Anas  superciliosa,  251 

penicillatus  pricei,  Perognathus,  346,  355 

perattenuata,  Turritella,  119 

Periploma  caribana,  178 

Perognathus  amplus.  346,  355 

baileyi  baileyi.  346,  355 
flavus  flavus,  346,  353,  355 
penicillatus  pricei.  346,  355 

Peromyscus  boylii  rowleyi.  346,  363 
eremicus  eremicus,  346,  362 
leucopus  arizonae,  346,  362 
maniculatus  sonoriensis,  346,  362 

peronii,  Mirounga  leonina,  230 

Petrochelidon  lunifrons  melanogastra,  285, 
334 

Petaloconchus  sculpturatus,  145 

Peucaea  cassinii,  284,  327,  328 

phaeontus  palliatus,  Junco.  284.  327 

Phainopepla  nitens,  285.  335 

phalaena,  Cerchneis  sparveria,  284,  294 

Phalaenoptilus  nuttallii  nuttallii,  284,  302 

(Phalium)  dalli.  Cassis.  141.  142 
moniliferum.  Cassis,  142 

phasianinus  melanurus,  Polophilus,  254 

phUippiana,  Escallonia,  390 

Phoenicaceae,  401 


phoeniceus  nevadensis,  Agelaius,  284,  317, 

318,319 
Phos  baranoanus,  137 

turbacoensis,  136,  137 

tubemnds,  135,  136 
Phytolaccaceae,  449 
picta,  Setophaga,  285,  340 
pilchardus,  Sardina,  264 
pileolata,  Wilsonia  pusilla,  285,  340 
Pinaceae.  424,  425 
Pinaroloxias,  29 

inomata,  30 
pinulatus,  Pecten,  156 
pinus  pinus,  Spinus,  284,  324 
Piperaceae,  447 

Pipilo  fuscus  mesoleucus,  285,  329,  330 
Piranga  hepatica  oreophasma,  285, 333 

ludoviciana,  285,  332,  333 

rubra  cooperi,  285,  333,  334 
pisiformis,  Yoldia,  146 
Pisobia  minutilla,  284,  287 
Pitaria  acutecostata,  169, 170 

cercadica,  169 

(Lamelliconcha)  circinata,  169 
pittieri.  Area,  151 
placida  placida,  Geopelia,  249 
plagiata,  Asturina,  284,  294 
(Plagioctenium)    demiurgus,    Pecten,    155, 
156 

ericellus,  Pecten,  215 
planiliratus,  Conus,  110 
Plantaginaceje,  416 
plicatus  mendanae.  Rhytoceros,  254 
Plumbaginaceae,  462 
plumbeus,  Lanivireo  solitarius,  285,  336 

Psaltriparus,  285,344 
Pluvialis  dominicus  fulvus,  250 
Poaceae,  400.  401.  425,  444,  445 
Polemoniaceae,  412,  436 
Polinices  prolactea,  124,  125 

stanislas-meunieri,  124 

subclausa,  124 
Polioptila  caenilea  amcenissima,  285,  345 

melanura  melanura,  285,  345 
Polophilus  phasianinus  melanurus,  254 
Polyborus  cheriway,  284,  294,  295 
polyglottus  leucopterus,  Mimus,  285,  340 
Polygonaceae,  403,  427,  448 
polyphragma,  Dentalina,  509 
Polypodiaceae,  399,  424,  443 
Pooecetes  gramineus  confinis,  284,  325 
Porphyrio  indicus  neobritannicus,  249 
Portulacaceae,  404,  405.  428,  450 
Porzana  Carolina,  284.  286 
pricei.  Perognathus  penicillatus,  346,  355 
Primulaceae,  41 1 
prolactea,  Polinices,  124,  125 
propatulus,  Melongena,  133,  134 
prosthemelas  prosthemelas,  Camarhynchus, 

34,35 
protolyra,  Tellina,  174,  175 


598 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


[Proc.  4th  SEt. 


psaltria  hesperophilus,   Astragalinus,    284, 

323.324 
Psaltriparus  plumbeus,  285,  344 
Psammosolen  sancti-dominici,  175 
pseudo-hispanica,  Sardinia,  261,  263,  264 
paeudo-hispanicus,  Clupanodon,  264 
pterocladon,  Escallonia,  388 
Ptilinopus  regina,  247,  248 

superbus,  248 
puana,  Ovula  (Neosimnia),  140 
puebloense,  Cardium  (Trachycardiiim), 

164 
pulchella,  Leucospiza  hiogaster,  251 
Pullenia  quinqueloba,  517,  518 
pulverulenta,  Escallonia,  391 
punctata,  Escallonia,  388 
pusilla  chryseola,  Wilsonia,  285,  340 

pileolata,  Wilsonia,  285,  340 
(Pustularia)  gabbiana,  Cyprasa,  139,  140 
Pyrocephalus  rubinus  mexicanus,  284,  309, 

310 
Pyrrhuloxia  sinuata  sinuata,  285,  330 


quadrata,  G>Toidina,  516 
quadriseriata,  Architectonica,  123 
Ouerquedula  cyanoptera,  284,  286 
quinqueloba,  Pullenia,  517,  518 
Quinqueloculina  auberiana  (?),  179 
sp.  ?,  503 


(Raeta)  gardnerae,  Labiosa,  177 
gibbosa,  Labiosa,  177 
hasletti,  Labiosa,  177,  178 
rafinesquii    pallescens,    Corynorhinus,   346, 

347 
Rallus  virginianus,  284,  286 
Ranunculaceae,  405,  428,  429 
recognitus,  Conus,  109, 110 
regina,  Ptilinopus,  247,  248 
Regulus  calendula  calendula,  285,  345 
reinwardt  brenchleyi,  Megapodius,  247 
Reithrodontomys  megalotis  megalotis, 

346,  362 
Report  of  the  President  of  the  Academy  for 
theYear  1929,  531,541 
Director  of  the   Museum   and  of 
the    Aquarium    for    the    Year 
1929.  542-586 
Resedaceae,  407,  429 
revoluta,  Escallonia,  391 
Rhamnaceae,  408.  433,  458 
Rhizophoraceffi,  461 
Rhytoceros  plicatus  mendanae,  254 
richardsonii  richardsonii,  Myiochanes,  284, 

308 
ridgwayi,  Certhidea,  35,  42 


ringens,  Malea,  140,  141 
Robulus  lepidus,  504 

trachyomphalus,  504 
rockii,  Escallonia  (garden  origin),  386 
roratus  solomonensis,  Lorius,  252 
Rosaceae,  407,430 
rotulata,  Lenticulina,  503 
rowleyi,  Peromyscus  boylii,  346,  363 
rubecula  yorki,  Mastersomis,  255 
Rubiaceffi,  416,  438,  467 
rubinus  mexicanus,  Pyrocephalus,  284,  309, 

310 
rubra  cooperi,  Piranga,  285,  333,  334 
rubricalyx,  Escallonia,  389 
Ruckman,  John  H.,  77,  79 
ruficapilla  gutturalis,  Vermivora,  285,  337 
ruficepsscotti,  Aimophila,  285,  328 
rufigula,  Globicera,  249 
russatus,  Lamprococcyx,  254 
RutacejB,  454 
ruthenica,  Gaudryina,  501,  502 


sacra  novseguineae,  Demigretta,  250 
sagax,  Sardinops,  265 
sagittata  subafiinis,  Mimeta,  259 
Salpinctes  obsoletus  obsoletus,  285,  343 
saltonis,  Melospiza  melodia,  285,  328,  329 
sancta  confusa,  Sauropatis,  253 
sancti-dominici,  Psammosolen,  175 
sandwichensis  nevadensis,  Passerculus,  284, 

325 
San  Martin  Island,  Species  of  Plants  col- 
lected, June  9,  1925,  482-484 
San  Quintin,  Lower  California,  Species  of 
Plants  collected,  June  7,  1925.  480-482 
Santa    Fe    Railway    System,    Atchison, 

Topeka  and,  566 
santaerosae,  Solenosteira,  135 
Sapindacese.  457,  458 
Saracenaria  triangularis,  505 
Sardina  pilchardus,  264 
Sardinella  anchovia,  264 

aurita.  264 
Sardinia  pseudo-hispanica.  261.  263.  264 
Sardinops,  264 
Sardinops  cserulea,  265 

melanosticta,  265 

neopilchardus.  265 

ocellata.  265 

sagax, 265 
sardonica.  Semele.  175 
sargassicola,  Corambe.  5 
Sauropatis  chloris  alberti.  253 

sancta  confusa.  253 
savannarum    bimaculatus,    Ammodramus, 

284,325,326 
saxatalis,  Aeronautes,  284,  303 
Saxifragaceas,  407.  430 
sayana,  Oliva,  127 


Vol.  XVIII] 


INDEX 


599 


Sayomis  nigircans  nigricans,  284,  306,  308 

sayus  sayus,  284,  306 
sayus  sayus,  Sayomis,  284,  306 
scabricostata,  Cardia  (Glans),  161 
scalaris  cactophilus,   Dryobates,   284,   298, 

300 
(Scambula)  densus,  Crassatellites,  159 
(Scapharca)  actinophora.  Area,  147 

auriculata,  Area,  149,  ISO 

dariensis,  Area,  147 

hispaniolana.  Area,  151 

inequilateralis.  Area,  150 

lloydi,  Area,  151 

medioamerieana.  Area,  150 

patrieia.  Area,  146 

veatehi.  Area,  150 
Scardafella  inca,  292.  284 
■cheibei,  Cancellaria,  115,  116 
•cheibei,  Chama,  161,  162 
scirpieola,  Geothlypis  trichas,  285,  339 
Seobinella  morierei  (?),  131 
Sconsia  laevigata,  142,  143 
ECottii,  Aimophila  ruficeps,  285,  328 

Urocyon  cinereoargenteus,  346, 
348 
Scrophulariaceae,  415,  416,  438,  466 
sculpturatus,  Petaloconchus,  145 
Semele  claytoni  (?),  175 

sardonica,  175 
septentrionalis,  Cathartes  aura,  284,  292 
Serpulorbis  granifera,  145 

papulosa,  144 
serratum,  Cardium  (Leevieardium),  165,  166 
serripennis,  Stelgidopteryx,  285,  335 
Setophaga  pieta,  285,  340 
sewalli,  Conus,  108 

sieberi  arizonse,  Apheloeoma,  284,  312,  313 
Sigmodon  hispidus  cienegee,  346,  363 
Silicosigmoilina,  502 
Silicosigmoilina  californica,  502,  503 
Simaroubaceae,  454 
simillima,  Distortrix,  138,  139 
simondsi,  Vaginulina,  508 
sinuata  sinuata,  Pyrrhuloxia,  285,  330 
sinuatus,  Corvus  corax,  284,  313,  314,  315 
siphonifera.  Typhis,  138 
Sitta  carolinensis  nelsoni,  285,  344 
Slevin,  Joseph  R.,  A  Contribution  to  Our 
Knowledge  of  the  Nesting  Habits  of  the 
Golden  Eagle,  45-71  (pis.  4-7) 
Solanaeeae,  414,  415,  437,  438.  465 
Solenosteira  hasletti,  134,  135 
Solenosteira  santserosse,  135 
solitaria,  Tringa,  284,  287 
solitarius  cassinii,  Lanivireo,  285.  336 

plumbeus,  Lanivireo,  285,  336 
solomonensis,  Eurystomus  orientalis,  252 

Lorius  roratus,  252 
Some  Notes  on  Oreohelix,  by  Junius  Hen- 
derson, 221-227  (pi.  24) 
sonorana,  Dendroica  asstiva.  285,  338 


sonoriensis,  Peromyseus  maniculatus,  346, 

362 
Southern  Pacific  Company,  566 
sparveria  phalaena,  Cerchneis,  284,  294 
speetabilis  spectabilis,  Dipodomys,  346,  356 
Speotyto  cunicularia  hypogaea,  284,  296 
Spheeotheres  flaviventris  flaviventris,  257 
Sphyrapicus  varius  nuchalis,  284,  300 
Spilogale  ambigua,  346,  347 
spilosoma  canescens,  Citellus,  275,  346,  348 
Spinus  pinus  pinus,  284,  324 
Spiroplectammina  aneeps,  500 
Spiza  amerieana,  285,  332 
Spizella  breweri.  284,  327 

passerina  arizonse,  284,  326,  327 
Spondylus  bostrychites,  158 
gumanomoeon,  158 
squamata    pallida,    Callipepla,    271,    284, 

288,  289 
stalkeri,  Graucalus  hypoleucus,  256 
stanislas-meunieri,  Polinices,  124 
Stelgidopteryx  serripennis,  285,  335 
stelleri  diademata,  Cyanocitta,  284,  312 
stenostomus,  Conus,  110 
Stephens!,  Vireo  huttoni,  285,  336 
Sterculiaceae,  459 

strigatus,  Chondestes  grammacus,  284,  326 
Strombina  chiriquiensis,  143 
Studies  in  the  Flora  of  Lower  California  and 

Adjacent   Islands,   by  Alice  Eastwood, 

393-484  (pis.  33,  34) 
Stumella  mag^a  hoopesi,  284,  320,  321 

neglecta,  284,  321 
subaffinis,  Mimeta  sagittata,  259 
subclausa,  Polinices,  124 
sulcifera,  Terebra,  106 
superbus,  Cardinalis  cardinalis,  285,  330 

Ptilinopus,  248 
superciliosa  pelewensis.  Anas,  251 
surinamensis,  Chlidonias  nigra.  285 
swainsoni.  Buteo.  284.  293.  294 
swainsonii.  Vireosylva  gilva.  285.  336 
Swarth.    Harry    S..    A    New    Bird    Family 

(Geospizidae)      from      the      Galapagos 

Islands.  29-43 
Swarth,   Harry   S.,   The   Faunal   Areas   of 

Southern  Arizona:  A  Study  in  Animal 

Distribution.  267-383  (pis.  27-32) 
Sylvilagus  auduboni  arizonae,  346,  367 


Tachycineta  thalassina  lepida,  285,  335 
Tangavius  asneus  aeneus.  284.  316.  317 
Tellina  costaricana.  172 

dariena,  172,  173 

(Eurytellina)  asquicincta,  174 

aequiterminata  (?).  173,  174 

cibaoica  (?) ,  1 74 

gatunensis,  173 

protolyra,  174.  175 


600 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


[Proc.  4th  Seb. 


Terebra  bipartita,  107, 108 

cirra,  107 

clethra?,  106 

gatunensis,  106,  107 

haitensis,  107 

sulcifera,  106 
tereticaudus  neglectus,   Citellus,  275,  346, 

349 
temereginsE,  Kempia  flavigaster,  255 
testudinaria,  Corambe,  5,  20 
texensis,  Chordeiles  acutipennis,  284,  303 
thalassina  lepida,  Tachycineta,  285,  335 
Theacese,  459 
Theophrastaceae,  461 

Thomomys  fulvus  intennedius,   346,   351, 
353,354 

fulvus  toltecus,  346,  351,  353,  354 
Thryomanes    bewickii    eremophilus,     285, 

343 
Thyasira  bisecta  (?),  162 
thysanodes  thysanodes,  Myotis,  346,  347 
Tivela  mactroides,  170 
tolmiei,  Oporornis,  285,  338 
toltecus,  Thomomys  fulvus,  346,  351,  353, 

354 
torridus  torridus,  Onychomys,  346,  359 
tortuosopunctatus,  Conus,  111 
townsendi,  Dendroica,  285,  338 
Toxostoma  bendirei,  285,  342 

crissale  crissale,  285,  342 

curvirostre  curvirostre,  285,  341, 
342 

curvirostre  palmeri,  285,  341,  342 
(Trachycardium)  dominicense,  Cardium, 
164 

lingualeonis,  Cardium,  165 

puebloense,  Cardium,  164 
trachyomphalus,  Robulus,  504 
traillii  brewsteri,  Empidonax,  284,  309 
treganzai,  Ardea  herodias,  284,  286 
Tres   Marias   Islands,    Mexico,   A   List   of 

Plants  Recorded  from  the,  442-468 
triangularis,  Saracenaria,  505 
trichas  occidentalis,  Geothlypis,  285,  339 

scirpicola,  Geothlypis,  285,  339 
Trichoglossus  haematodus  aberrans,  251 
Tringa  solitaria,  284,  287 
trinidadensis,  Venericardia,  160 
tristis  tristis,  Acridotheres,  259 
Troglodytes    aedon   parkmanii,    285,   343, 

344 
tropica,  Calliostoma,  126 
trudeaui,  Melopelia  asiatica,  284,  290,  291 
turbacoensis,  Erycina,  163 
turbacoensis,  Phos,  136,  137 
tuberacola,  AmpuUaria,  125 
tuberacola,  Conus,  112 
tuberaensis,  Oliva,  128 
tuberaensis,  Phos,  135,  136 
tuberculifer  olivascens,  Myiarchus,  284,  306 
Tunis  albida,  113 


Turritella  altilira,  118, 119 

cartagenensis,  121 

fredeai.  119,  120 

gatunensis,  120 

mimetes,  120 

perattenuata,  119 
Typhaceae,  425 
Typhis  siphonifera,  138 
typicus,  Macrorhinus  leoninus,  229 
tyrannus  magister,  Myiarchus,  274,  284,  305 
Tyrannus  verticalis,  284,  304 

vociferans.  284,  304,  305 
tzitzihoa,  Dafila  acuta,  284,  286 


U 


Umbelliferae,  410,  435 

tunbonella,  Eponides,  515 

unicinctus  harrisi,  Parabuteo,  284,  293 

Urocyon  cinereoargenteus  scottii,  346,  348 

uropygialis  uropygialis,  Centurus,  284,  301 

Urticaceae,  402,  403,  426.  427,  447 

usiacurii,  Area  (Anadara),  148,  149 

uaiacurii,  Glycymeris,  153 

ustulata  ustulata,  Hylocichla,  285,  345 


Vaginulina  simondsi,  508 
variabilis,  Oreohelix,  224,  225 
varius  nuchalis,  Sphyrapicus,  284,  300 
Vaughan,  Dr.  T.  W.,  99,  100 
veatchi.  Area  (Scapharca?),  150 

Conus,  108 
velifer  velifer,  Myotis,  346 
velox,  Accipiter,  284,  292 

Drepania,  487-495 
Venericardia  brassica,  159 

trinidadensis,  160 
Ventilabrella  ornatissima,  512 
(Ventricola)  blandiana,  Antigona,  168 
venustum,  Cardium  (Lavicardium) ,  166 
Verbenaceae,  437,  464 
Vermivora  celata  lutescens,  285,  337 

luciae,  285,  337 

ruficapilla  gutturalis,  285,  337 
verticalis,  Tyrannus,  284,  304 
Violaceae,  459 

virens  longicauda,  Icteria,  285,  339 
Vireo  belli  arizonae,  285,  336,  337 

huttoni  stephensi,  285,  336 
Vireosylva  gilva  swainsonii,  285,  336 
virescens  anthonyi,  Butorides,  284,  286 
virginianus  henryi,  Chordeiles,  284,  302,  303 

pallescens.  Bubo,  284,  295,  296 

Rallus,  284,  286 
viridis  lewisi,  Jotreron,  248 


Vol.  XVIII] 


INDEX 


601 


Vitacese,  458 

vociferans,  Tyrannus,  284,  304,  305 

vociferus,  Oxyechus  vociferus,  284,  288 


W 


walli,  Chione  (Chione),  171 

White,  K.  D.,  78 

whitneyi  whitneyi,  Micropallas,  284,  296, 

297 
williamsoni,  Lenticulina,  503,  504 
Wilsonia  pusilla  chryseola,  285,  340 
pusilla  pileolata,  285,  340 
wilsonianus,  Asio,  284,  295 
woUweberi  annexus,  Baeolophus,  285,  344 
woodringi,  Diplodonta,  162, 163 


Yoldia  pisiformis,  146 

yorki,  Kama  leucomela,  256 

Mastersomis  rubecula,  255 
Microchelidon  hirundinacea,  257 
Neophilemon  orientalis,  259 


Zenaidura  macroura  margfinella,  284,  290 

291 
Zonotrichia  gambelii,  284,  326 
leucophrys,  284,  326 
Zosteraceae,  400 
Zygophyllaceae,  431,  454 


'O 


PROCEEDINGS 

OF  THE 

CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 

Fourth  Series 

Vol.  XVIII,  No.  1,  pp.  1-27,  plates  1-3  January  29,  1929 


A  New  Species  of  Corambe 
from  the  Pacific  Coast  of  North  America 


BY 

FRANK  M.  MacFARLAND 
Stanford  University 

AND 

CHARLES  H.  O'DONOGHUE 
University  of  Edinburgh 


SAN  FRANQSCO 

Published  by  the  Academy 

1929 


TRUSTEES,  OFFICERS,  COUNCIL, 

AND  MUSEUM  STAFF  OF 

THE  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 

WILLIAM  H.  CROCKER,  President Term  expires  1930 

JOSEPH  D.  GRANT,  Vice-President Term  expires  1932 

LOUIS  F.  MONTEAGLE Term  expires  1933 

MRS.  ALEXANDER  F.  MORRISON Term  expires  1929 

WILLIAM  M.  FITZHUGH Term  expires  1931 

DR.  C.  E.  GRUNSKY, 

President  of  the  Academy  and  ex-officio  member  .  .  .  Term  expires  1929 
M.  HALL  MCALLISTER, 

Treasurer  of  the  Academy  and  ex-offi.cio  member  .  .  .  Term  expires  1929 
SUSIE  M.  PEERS,  Secretary  to  the  Board 


OFFICERS  AND  COUNCIL 

DR.  C.  E.  GRUNSKY,  President  of  the  Academy 
COL.  GEORGE  C.  EDWARDS,  First  Vice-President 
OTTO  VON  GELDERN,  Second  Vice-President 
DR.  F.  M.  MacFARLAND,  Corresponding  Secretary 
JOSEPH  W.  HOBSON,  Recording  Secretary 
M.  HALL  McAllister,  Treasurer 
G.  P.  RIXFORD.  Librarian 
DR.  BARTON  WARREN  EVERMANN, 

Director  of  the  Museum  and  of  the  Steinhart 
Aquarium,  and  Executive  Curator 


STAFF 

Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Director  and  Executive  Curator 

Department  of  Botany  .    .    .  Alice  Eastwood,  Curator 

Department  of  Entomology  .  Edward  P.  Van  Duzee,  Curator 

Dr.  Edwin  C.  Van  Dyke,  Honorary  Curator 
Dr.  F.  R.  Cole,  Associate  Curator  in  Dipterology 
Dr.  F.  E.  Blaisdell,  Sr.,  Research  Associate 
Walter  M.  Giffard,  Research  Associate 

Department  of  Exhibits.    .    .  Frank  Tose,  Chief 

Department  of  Fishes     .    .    .   Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Curator 

H.  Walton  Clark,  Assistant  Curator 

Department  of  Herpetology  .  Joseph  R.  Slevin,  Curator 

Department  of  Invertebrate  Zoology 

Dr.  Walter  K.  Fisher,  Curator 

Library G.  P.  Rixford,  Librarian 

Thomas  Cowles,  Assistant  Librarian 

Department  of  Mammalogy  and  Ornithology 

Harry  S.  Swarth,  Curator 

M.  E.  McLellan  Davidson,  Assistant  Curator 

Joseph  Mailliard,  Curator  Emeritus 

Department  of  Paleontology  .   Dr.  G.  Dallas  Hanna,  Curator 

Leo  George  Hertlein,  Assistant  Curator 
Frank  M.  Anderson,  Honorary  Curator 
Dr.  Roy  E.  Dickerson,  Research  Associate 

Steinhart  Aquarium    ....   Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Director 

Alvin  Seale,  Superintendent 
Wallace  Adams,  Assistant  Superintendent 


COMMITTEE  ON  PUBLICATION 

Col.  George  C.  Edwards,  Chairman 

Dr.  C.  E.  Grunsky  Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Editor 


PROCEEDINGS 

OP  THE 

CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 

Fourth  Series 

Vol.  XVIII,  No.  2,  pp.  29-43,  6  text  figures         January  29,  1929 


II 


A  New  Bird  Family  (Geospizidae)  from  the 
Galapagos  Islands 


BY 

HARRY  S.  SWARTH 
Curator,  Department  of  Ornithology  and  Mammalogy 


SAN  FRANQSCO 

PUBUSHED  BY  THE  AcADEMY 
1929 


TRUSTEES,  OFFICERS,  COUNCIL, 

AND  MUSEUM  STAFF  OF 

THE  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 

WILLIAM  H.  CROCKER,  President Term  expires  1930 

JOSEPH  D.  GRANT,  Vice-President Term  expires  1932 

LOUIS  F.  MONTEAGLE  . Term  expires  1933 

MRS.  ALEXANDER  F.  MORRISON Term  expires  1929 

WILLIAM  M.  FITZHUGH Term  expires  1931 

DR.  C.  E,  GRUNSKY,  \ 

President  of  the  Academy  and  ex-officio  member  .  .  .  Term  expires  1929 
M.  HALL  MCALLISTER, 

Treasurer  of  the  Academy  and  ex-officio  member  .  .  .  Term  expires  1929 
SUSIE  M.  PEERS,  Secretary  to  the  Board 


OFFICERS  AND  COUNCIL 

DR.  C.  E.  GRUNSKY,  President  of  the  Academy 
COL.  GEORGE  C.  EDWARDS,  First  Vice-President 
OTTO  VON  GELDERN,  Second  Vice-President 
DR.  F.  M.  MacFARLAND,  Corresponding  Secretary 
JOSEPH  W.  HOB  SON,  Recording  Secretary 
M.  HALL  McAllister,  Treasurer 
G.  P.  RIXFORD.  Librarian 
DR.  BARTON  WARREN  EVERMANN, 

Director  of  the  Museum  and  of  the  Steinhart 
Aquarium,  and  Executive  Curator 


STAFF 
Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Director  and  Executive  Curator 

Department  of  Botany  .    .    .  Alice  Eastwood,  Curator 

Department  of  Entomology  .  Edward  P.  Van  Duzee,  Curator 

Dr.  Edwin  C.  Van  Dyke,  Honorary  Curator 
Dr.  F.  R.  Cole,  A  ssociate  Curator  in  Dipterology 
Dr.  F.  E.  Blaisdell,  Sr.,  Research  Associate 
Vs[ali^^M.Gif-f\rt>,  Research  Associate 

Department  of  Exhibits.    .    .  Frank  Tose,  Chief 

Department  of  Fishes     .    .    .   Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Curator 

H.  Walton  Clark,  Assistant  Curator 

Department  of  Herpetology  .  Joseph  R.  Slevin,  Curator 

Department  of  Invertebrate  Zoology 

Dr.  Walter  K.  Fisher,  Curator 

Library      , G.  P.  Rixford,  Librarian 

Thowl\s  Cowles,  Assistant  Librarian 

Department  of  Mammalogy  and  Ornithology 

Harry  S.  Swarth,  Curator 

M.  E.  McLellan  Davidson,  Assistant  Curator 

Joseph  Mailliard,  Curator  Emeritus 

Department  of  Paleontology  .   Dr.  G.  Dallas  Hanna,  Curator 

Leo  George  Hertlein.  Assistant  Curator 
Frank  M.  Anderson,  Honorary  Curator 
Dr.  Roy  E.  Dickerson,  Research  Associate 

Steinhart  Aquariimi    ....  Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Director 

Alvin  Seale,  Superintendent 
Wallace  Adams,  Assistant  Superintendent 


COMMITTEE  ON  PUBLICATION 

Col.  George  C.  Edwards,  Chairman 

Dr.  C.  E.  Grunsky  Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Editor 


PROCEEDINGS 

OF  THE 

CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 

Fourth  Series 

Vol.  XVIII,  No.  3,  pp.  45-71,  plates  4-7  January  29,  1929 


III 


A  Contribution  to  Our  Knowledge  of  the 
Nesting  Habits  of  the  Golden  Eagle 


BY 

JOSEPH  R,  SLEVIN 
Curator,  Department  of  Herpetology 


SAN  FRANCISCO 

Published  by  the  Academy 

1929 


TRUSTEES,  OFFICERS,  COUNCIL, 

AND  MUSEUM  STAFF  OF 

THE  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 

WILLIAM  H.  CROCKER,  President Term  expires  1930 

JOSEPH  D.  GRANT,  Vice-President Term  expires  1932 

LOUIS  F.  MONTEAGLE Term  expires  1933 

MRS.  ALEXANDER  F.  MORRISON Term  expires  1929 

WILLIAM  M.  FITZHUGH Term  expires  1931 

DR.  C.  E.  GRUNSKY,  ^  .      '^^^ 

President  of  the  Academy  and  ex-officio  member     .   .    .  Term  expires  1929 

M.  HALL  McAllister,  . 

Treasurer  of  the  Academy  and  ex-officio  member    .    .    .  Term  expires  1929 
SUSIE  M.  PEERS,  Secretary  to  the  Board 


OFFICERS  AND  COUNCIL 

DR.  C.  E.  GRUNSKY,  President  of  the  Academy 
COL.  GEORGE  C.  EDWARDS,  First  Vice-President 
OTTO  VON  GELDERN,  Second  Vice-President 
DR.  F.  M.  MacFARLAND,  Corresponding  Secretary 
JOSEPH  W.  HOBSON,  Recording  Secretary 
M.  HALL  McAllister,  Treasurer 
G.  P.  RIXFORD,  Librarian 
DR.  BARTON  WARREN  EVERMANN, 

Director  of  the  Museum  and  of  the  Steinhart 

Aquarium,  and  Executive  Curator 

STAFF 
Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Director  and  Executive  Curator 

Department  of  Botany  .    .   .  Alice  Eastwood,  Curator 

Department  of  Entomology  .  Edward  P.  Van  Duzee,  Curator 

Dr.  Edwin  C.  Van  Dyke,  Honorary  Curator 
Dr.  F.  R.  Cole,  Associate  Curator  in  Dipterology 
Dr.  F.  E.  Blaisdell,  Sr.,  Research  Associate 
Walter  M.  Giffard,  Research  Associate 

Department  of  Exhibits.    .    .  Frank  Tose,  CAief 

Department  of  Fishes    .   .   .  Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Curator 

H.  Walton  Clark,  Assistant  Curator 

Department  of  Herpetology  .  Joseph  R.  Slevin,  Curator 

Department  of  Invertebrate  Zoology 

Dr.  Walter  K.  Fisher,  Curator 

Library G.  P.  Rixford,  Librarian 

Thomas  Cowles,  Assistant  Librarian 

Department  of  Mammalogy  and  Ornithology 

Harry  S.  Swarth,  Curator  , 

M.  E.  McLellan  Davidson,  Assistant  Curator 
Joseph  Mailliard,  Curator  Emeritus 

Department  of  Paleontology  .  Dr.  G.  Dallas  Hanna,  Curator 

Leq  George  Hertlein,  Assistant  Curator 
Frank  M.  Anderson,  Honorary  Curator 
Dr.  Roy  E.  Dickerson,  Research  Associate 

Steinhart  Aquarium    ....  Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Director 

Alvin  Seale,  Superintendent 
Wallace  Adams,  Assistant  Superintendent 

COMMITTEE  ON  PUBLICATION 

Col.  George  C.  Edwards,  Chairman 

Dr.  C.  E.  Grunsky  Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Editor 


PROCEEDINGS 

OF   THE 

CALIFORNIA  ACADEMV  OF  SCIENCES 

Fourth  Series 

Vol.  XVIII,  No.  4,  pp.  73-213,  plates  8-23  March  29, 1929 


IV 


Marine  Miocene  and  Related  Deposits 
of  North  Colombia 


BY 

FRANK  M.  ANDERSON 
Honorary  Curator,  Department  of  Paleontology 


SAN  FRANCISCO 

PUBUSHED  BY  THE  ACADEMV 

1929 


TRUSTEES,  OFFICERS,  COUNCIL, 

AND  MUSEUM  STAFF  OF 

THE  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 

WILLIAM  H.  CROCKER,  President Term  expires  1930 

JOSEPH  D.  GRANT,  Vice-President Term  expires  1932 

LOUIS  F.  MONTEAGLE Term  expires  1933 

MRS.  ALEXANDER  F.  MORRISON Term  expires  1934 

WILLIAM  M.  FITZHUGH Term  expires  1931 

DR.  C.  E.  GRUNSKY, 

President  of  the  Academy  and  ex-officio  member     .    .    .  Term  expires  1930 

M.  HALL  McAllister, 

Treasurer  of  the  Academy  and  ex-officio  member    .    .   .  Term  expires  1930 
SUSIE  M.  peers,  Secretary  to  the  Board 


OFFICERS  AND  COUNCIL 

DR.  C.  E.  GRUNSKY,  President  of  the  Academy 
COL.  GEORGE  C.  EDWARDS,  First  Vice-President 
OTTO  VON  GELDERN,  Second  Vice-President 
DR.  F.  M.  MacFARLAND,  Corresponding  Secretary 
JOSEPH  W.  HOBSON,  Recording  Secretary 
M.  HALL  McAllister,  Treasurer 
G.  P.  RIXFORD,  Librarian 
DR.  BARTON  WARREN  EVERMANN, 

Director  of  the  Museum  and  of  the  Steinhart 

Aquarium,  and  Executive  Curator 

STAFF 
Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Director  and  Executive  Curator 

Department  of  Botany  .    .    .  Alice  Eastwood,  Curator 

Department  of  Entomology  .   Edward  P.  Van  Duzee.  Curator 

Dr.  Edwin  C.  Van  Dyke,  Honorary  Curator 
Dr.  F .  R .  Cole,  A  ssociate  Curator  in  Dipterology 
Dr.  F.  E.  Blaisdell,  Sr.,  Research  Associate 
Walter  M.  Giffard,  Research  Associate 

Department  of  Exhibits.    .    ,  Frank  Tose,  CAte/ 

Department  of  Fishes     .    .    .   Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Curator 

H.  Walton  Clark,  Assistant  Curator 

Department  of  Herpetology  .  Joseph  R.  Slevin,  Curator 

Department  of  Invertebrate  Zoology 

Dr.  Walter  K.  Fisher,  Curator 

Library G.  P.  Rixford,  Librarian 

Thomas  Cowles,  Assistant  Librarian 

Department  of  Mammalogy  and  Ornithology 

Harry  S.  Swarth,  Curator 

M.  E.  McLellan  Davidson,  Assistant  Curator 

Joseph  Mailliard,  Curator  Emeritus 

Department  of  Paleontology  .   Dr.  G.  Dallas  Hanna,  Curator 

Leo  George  Hertlein,  Assistant  Curator 
Frank  M.  Anderson,  Honorary  Curator 
Dr.  Roy  E.  Dickerson,  Research  Associate 

Steinhart  Aquarium    ....   Dr.  Barton  WArren  Evermann,  Director 

Alvin  Seale,  Superintendent 
Wallace  Adams,  Assistant  Superintendent 

COMMITTEE  ON  PUBLICATION 

Col.  George  C.  Edwards,  Chairman 

Dr.  C.  E.  Grunsky  Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Editor 


PROCEEDINGS 

OF  THE 

CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 
Fourth  ^eries  / 

Vol.  XVIII,  Nos.  5,  6,  7,  8,  pp.  215-227,  plate  24  April  5,  1929 


No.  5,  p.  215,  plate  24,  figs  10-11 

A  New  Pecten  from  the  San  Diego  Pliocene 

By  LEO  GEORGE  HERTLEIN 


No.  6,  pp.  217-218,  plate  24,  figs.  7,  8,  9 

A  New  Species  of  Land  Snail  from  Kern  County, 

California 

By  G.  DALLAS  HANNA 


No.  7,  pp.  219-220,  plate  24,  figs.  5,  6 

A  New  Species  of  Land  Snail  from  Coahuila, 

Mexico 

By  G.  DALLAS  HANNA  and  LEO  GEORGE  HERTLEIN 


No.  8,  pp.  221-227,  plate  24,  figs.  1-4 

Some  Notes  on  Oreohelix 

By  JUNIUS  HENDERSON 


SAN  FRANCISCO 

Published  by  the  Academy 

1929 


TRUSTEES,  OFFICERS,  COUNCIL, 

AND  MUSEUM  STAFF  OF 

THE  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 

WILLIAM  H.  CROCKER,  President Term  expires  1930 

JOSEPH  D.  GRANT,  Vice-President ;    .    .    .  Term  expires  1932 

LOUIS  F.  MONTEAGLE Term  expires  1933 

MRS.  ALEXANDER  F.  MORRISON    ........  Term  expires  1934 

WILLIAM  M.  FITZHUGH Term  expires  1931 

DR.  C.  E.  GRUNSKY, 

President  of  the  Academy  and  ex-offi,cio  member     .    .    .  Term  expires  1930 

M.  HALL  McAllister, 

Treasurer  of  the  Academy  and  ex-officio  member    .    .    .  Term  expires  1930 
SUSIE  M.  PEERS,  Secretary  to  the  Board 


OFFICERS  AND  COUNCIL 

DR.  C.  E.  GRUNSKY,  President  of  the  Academy 
COL.  GEORGE  C.  EDWARDS,  First  Vice-President 
OTTO  VON  GELDERN,  Second  Vice-President 
DR.  F.  M.  MacFARLAND,  Corresponding  Secretary 
JOSEPH  W.  HOBSON,  Recording  Secretary 
M.  HALL  McAllister,  Treasurer 
G.  P.  RIXFORD,  Librarian 
DR.  BARTON  WARREN  EVERMANN, 

Director  of  the  Museum  and  of  the  Steinharl 
Aquarium,  and  Executive  Curator 


STAFF 
Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Director  and  Executive  Curator 

Department  of  Botany  .    .    .  Alice  Eastwood,  Curator 

Department  of  Entomology  .   Edward  P.  Van  Duzee,  Curator 

Dr.  Edwin  C.  Van  Dyke,  Honorary  Curator 
Dr.  F.  R.  Cole,  A  ssociate  Curator  in  Dipterology 
Dr.  F.  E.  Blaisdell,  Sr.,  Research  Associate 
Walter  M.  Giffard,  Research  Associate 

Department  of  Exhibits .    .    .   Frank  Tose,  CAxe/ 

Department  of  Fishes     .    .    .   Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Curator 

H.  WAI.TON  Clark,  Assistant  Curator 

Department  of  Herpetology  .  Joseph  R.  Slevin,  Curator 

Department  of  Invertebrate  Zoology 

Dr.  Walter  K.  Fisher,  Curator 

Library G.  P.  Rixford.  Librarian 

Thomas  Cowles,  Assistant  Librarian 

Department  of  Mammalogy  and  Ornithology 

Harry  S.  Swarth,  Curator 

M.  E.  McLellan  Davidson,  Assistant  Curator 

Joseph  Mailliard.  Curator  Emeritus 

Department  of  Paleontology  .   Dr.  G.  Dallas  Hanna,  Curator 

Leo  George  Hertlein,  Assistant  Curator 
Frank  M.  Anderson,  Honorary  Curator 
Dr.  Roy  E.  Dickerson,  Research  Associate 

Steinhart  Aquarium    ....   Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Director 

Alvin  Seale,  Superintendent 
Wallace  Adams,  Assistant  Superintendent 


COMMITTEE  ON  PUBLICATION 

Col.  George  C.  Edwards,  Chairman 

Dr.  C.  E.  Grunsky  Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Editor 


PROCEEDINGS 

OP  THE 

CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 

Fourth  Series 
Vol.  XVIII,  No.  12,  pp.  267-383,  plates  27-32,  7  text  figures    April  26,  1929 


XII 


The  Faunal  Areas  of  Southern  Arizona: 
A  Study  in  Animal  Distribution 


BY 

HARRY  S.  SWARTH 
Curator,  Department  of  Ornithology  and  Mammalogy 


SAN  FRANCISCO 

Published  by  the  Academy 

1929 


TRUSTEES,  OFFICERS,  COUNCIL, 

AND  MUSEUM  STAFF  OF 

THE  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 

WILLIAM  H.  CROCKER,  President Term  expires  1930 

JOSEPH  D.  GRANT,  Vice-President Term  expires  1932 

LOUIS  F.  MONTEAGLE Term  expires  1933 

MRS.  ALEXANDER  F.  MORRISON .  Term  expires  1934 

WILLIAM  M.  FITZHUGH Term  expires  1931 

DR.  C.  E.  GRUNSKY, 

President  of  the  Academy  and  ex-officio  member     .    .    .  Term  expires  1930 

M.  HALL  McAllister, 

Treasurer  of  the  Academy  and  ex-officio  member    .    .    .  Term  expires  1930 
SUSIE  M.  peers.  Secretary  to  the  Board 


OFFICERS  AND  COUNCIL 

DR.  C.  E.  GRUNSKY,  President  of  the  Academy 
COL.  GEORGE  C.  EDWARDS,  First  Vice-President 
OTTO  VON  GELDERN,  Second  Vice-President 
DR.  F.  M.  MacFARLAND,  Corresponding  Secretary 
JOSEPH  W.  HOBSON,  Recording  Secretary 
M.  HALL  McAllister,  Treasurer 
G.  P.  RIXFORD,  Librarian 
DR.  BARTON  WARREN  EVERMANN, 

Director  of  the  Museum  and  of  the  Steinhart 
Aquarium,  and  Execwive  Curator 


STAFF 
Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Director  and  Executive  Curator 

Department  of  Botany  .    .    .  Alice  Eastwood,  Curator 

Department  of  Entomology  .  Edward  P.  Van  Duzee,  Curator 

Dr.  Edwin  C.  Van  Dyke,  Honorary  Curator 
Dr.  F.  R.  Cole,  A  ssociate  Curator  in  Dipterology 
Dr.  F.  E.  Blaisdell,  Sr.,  Research  Associate 
Walter  M.  Giffard,  Research  Associate 

Department  of  Exhibits.    .    .  Frank  Tose,  Chief 

Department  of  Pishes     .    .    .   Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Curator 

H.Walto'sXXark,  Assistant  Curator 

Department  of  Herpetology  .  Joseph  R.  Slevin,  Curator 

Department  of  Invertebrate  Zoology 

Dr.  Walter  K.  Fisher,  Curator 

Library G.  P.  Rixford.  Librarian 

Thomas  Cowles,  Assistant  Librarian 

Department  of  Mammalogy  and  Ornithology 

Harry  S.  Swarth,  Curator 

M.  E.  McLellan  Davidson,  Assistant  Curator 

Joseph  Mailliard,  Curator  Emeritus 

Department  of  Paleontology  .   Dr.  G.  Dallas  Hanna,  Curator 

Leo  George  Hertlein,  Assistant  Curator 
Frank  M.  Anderson,  Honorary  Curator 
Dr.  Roy  E.  Dickerson,  Research  Associate 

Steinhart  Aquaritmi    ....   Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Director 

Alvin  Seale,  Supfrintendent 
Wallace  Adams,  Assistant  Superintendent 


COMMITTEE  ON  PUBLICATION 

Col.  George  C.  Edwards,  Chairman 

Dr.  C.  E.  Grunsky  Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Editor 


PROCEEDINGS 

OP    THE 

CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 

Fourth  Series 

Vol.  XVIII,  No.  13,  pp.  385-391  September  6, 1929 


XIII  ^ 


The  Jscallonias  in  Golden  Gate  Park, 

San  Francisco,  California,  with 

Descriptions  of  New  Species 


BY 

ALICE  EASTWOOD 
Curator,  Det^attment  of  Botany 


SAN  FRANaSCO 

Published  by  the  Academy 

1929 


TRUSTEES,  OFFICERS,  COUNCIL, 

AND  MUSEUM  STAFF  OF 

THE  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 

WILLIAM  H.  CROCKER,  President Term  expires  1930 

JOSEPH  D.  GRANT,  Vice-President Term  expires  1932 

LOUIS  F.  MONTEAGLE Term  expires  1933 

MRS.  ALEXANDER  F.  MORRISON Term  expires  1934 

NORMAN  B.  LIVERMORE Term  expires  1931 

DR.  C.  E.  GRUNSKY, 

President  of  the  Academy  and  ex-officio  member  .  .  .  Term  expires  1930 
M.  HALL  MCALLISTER, 

Treasurer  of  the  Academy  and  ex-officio  member  .  .  .  Term  expires  1930 
SUSIE  M.  PEERS,  Secretary  to  the  Board 


OFFICERS  AND  COUNCIL 

DR.  C.  E.  GRUNSKY,  President  of  the  Academy 
COL.  GEORGE  C.  EDWARDS,  First  Vice-President 
OTTO  VON  GELDERN,  Second  Vice-President 
DR.  F.  M.  MacPARLAND,  Corresponding  Secretary 
JOSEPH  W.  HOBSON,  Recording  Secretary 
M.  HALL  McAllister,  Treasurer 
G.  P.  RIXFORD,  Librarian 
DR.  BARTON  WARREN  EVERMANN. 

Director  of  the  Museum  and  of  the  Steinhart 
Aquarium,  and  Executive  Curator 


STAFF 
Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Director  and  Executive  Curator 

Department  of  Botany  .    .    .  Alice  Eastwood,  Curator 

Department  of  Entomology  .  Edward  P.  Van  Duzee,  Curator 

Dr.  Edwin  C.  Van  Dyke,  Honorary  Curator 
Dr.  F.  R.  Cole,  Associate  Curator  in  Dipterology 
Dr.  F.  E.  Blaisdell,  Sr.,  Research  Associate 
Walter  M.  Giffard,  Research  Associate^ 

Department  of  Exhibits .    .    .   Frank  TosE,  CAte/ 

Department  of  Fishes     .    .    .  Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Curator 

H.  Walton  Clark,  Assistant  Curator 

Department  of  Herpetology  .  Joseph  R.  Slevin,  Curator 

Department  of  Invertebrate  Zoology 

Dr.  Walter  K.  Fisher,  Curator 

Library      G.  P.  Rixford,  Librarian 

Thomas  Cowles,  Assistant  Librarian 

Department  of  Ornithology  and  Mammalogy 

Harry  S.  Swarth,  Curator 

M.  E.  McLellan  Davidson,  Assistant  Curator 

Joseph  Mailliard,  Curator  Emeritus 

Department  of  Paleontology  .   Dr.  G.  Dallas  Hanna,  Curator 

Leo  George  Hertlein,  Assistant  Curator 
Frank  M.  Anderson,  Honorary  Curator 
Dr.  Roy  E.  Dickerson,  Research  Associate 

Steinhart  Aquarium    ....  Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Director 

Alvin  Seale,  Superintendent 
Wallace  Adams,  Assistant  Superintendent 


COMMITTEE  ON  PUBLICATION 

CoL.  George  C.  Edwards,  Chairman 

Dr.  C.  E.  Grunsky  Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Editor 


>  Deceased   June  30,  1929. 


PROCEEDINGS 


OP  THE 


CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 

Fourth  Series 

Vol.  XVIII,  No.  14,  pp.  393-484,  plates  33,  34    September  6,  1929 


XIV  N^V^ 


Studies  in  the  Flora  of  Lower  California 
and  Adjacent  Islands 


BY 

ALICE  EASTWOOD 
Curator,  Department  of  Botany 


SAN  FRANCISCO 

Published  by  the  Academy 

1929 


TRUSTEES,  OFFICERS,  COUNCIL, 

AND  MUSEUM  STAFF  OF 

THE  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 

WILLIAM  H.  CROCKER,  President .  Term  expires  1930 

JOwSEPH  D.  GRANT,  Vice-President Term  expires  1932 

LOUIS  F.  MONTEAGLE Term  expires  1933 

MRS.  ALEXANDER  F.  MORRISON Term  expires  1934 

NORMAN  B.  LIVERMORE Term  expires  1931 

DR.  C.  E.  GRUNSKY, 

President  of  the  Academy  and  ex-officio  member     .   .    .  Term  expires  1930 
M.  HALL  MCALLISTER, 

Treasurer  of  the  Academy  and  ex-officio  member    .    .    .  Term  expires  1930 
SUSIE  M.  PEERS,  Secretary  to  the  Board 


OFFICERS  AND  COUNCIL 

DR.  C.  E.  GRUNSKY,  President  of  the  Academy 
COL.  GEORGE  C.  EDWARDS,  First  Vice-President 
OTTO  VON  GELDERN,  Second  Vice-President 
DR.  F.  M.  MacFARLAND,  Corresponding  Secretary 
JOSEPH  W.  HOBSON,  Recording  Secretary 
M.  hall  McAllister,  Treasurer 
G.  P.  RIXFORD,  Librarian 
DR.  BARTON  WARREN  EVERMANN, 

Director  of  the  Museum  and  of  the  Steinhart 
Aquarium,  and  Executive  Curator 


STAFF 
Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Director  and  Executive  Curator 

Department  of  Botany  .    .    .  Alice  Eastwood,  Curator 

Department  of  Entomology  .  Edward  P.  Van'  Duzee,  Curator 

Dr.  Edwin  C.  Van  Dyke,  Honorary  Curator 
Dr.  F.  R.  Cole,  Associate  Curator  in  Dipterology 
Dr.  F.  E.  Blaisdell,  Sr.,  Research  Associate 
Walter  M.  Giffard,  Research  Associate^ 

Department  of  Exhibits .    .    .   Fratssk  Tosu,  Chief 

Department  of  Fishes     .    .    ,   Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Curator 

H.  Walton  Clark,  Assistant  Curator 

Department  of  Herpetology  .  Joseph  R.  Slevin,  Curator 

Department  of  Invertebrate  Zoology 

Dr.  W^vlter  K.  Fiseer,  Curator 

Library G.  P.  Rixford,  Librarian 

Thomas  Cowles,  Assistant  Librarian 

Department  of  Ornithology  and  Mammalogy 

Harry  S.  Swarth,  Curator 

M.  E.  McLellan  Davidson.  Assistant  Curator 

Joseph  Mailliard,  Curator  Emeritus 

Department  of  Paleontology  .   Dr.  G.  Dallas  Hanna,  Curator 

Leo  George  Hertlein,  Assistant  Curator 
Frank  M.  Anderson,  Honorary  Curator 
Dr.  Roy  E.  Dickerson,  Research  Associate 

Steinhart  Aquariimi    ....   Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Director 

Alvin  Seale,  Superintendent 
Wallace  Adams,  Assistant  Superintendent 


COMMITTEE  ON  PUBLICATION 

Col.  George  C.  Edwards,  Chairman 

Dr.  C.  E.  Grunsky  Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Editor 


1  Deceased  June  30,  1929. 


PROCEEDINGS 

OF  THE 

CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIEISTCE^ 

Fourth  Series 

Vol.  XVIII,  No.  15,  pp.  485-496,  plate  35  October  4,  1929 


XV 


DrepaDia 

A  Genus  of  Nudibranchiate  MoUusks 

New  to  California 


BY 

F.  M.  MacFARLAND 
Department  of  Anatomy,  Stanford  University,  California 


SAN  FRANCISCO 

Published  by  the  Academy 

1929 


TRUSTEES,  OFFICERS,  COUNCIL, 

AND  MUSEUM  STAFF  OF 

THE  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 

WILLIAMU,  CROCKER,  President Term  expires  1930 

JOSEPH  D.  GRANT,  Vice-President Term  expires  1932 

LOUIS  P.  MONTEAGLE  . Term  expires  1933 

MRS.  ALEXANDER  F.  MORRISON Term  expires  1934 

NORMAN  B.  LIVER  MORE Term  expires  1931 

DR.  C.  E.  GRUNSKY, 

President  of  the  Academy  and  ex-officio  member     .   .   .  Term  expires  1930 

M.  HALL  McAllister, 

Treasurer  of  the  Academy  and  ex-officio  member    .    .    ,  Term  expires  1930 
SUSIE  M.  PEERS,  Secretary  to  the  Board 


OFFICERS  AND  COUNCIL 

DR.  C.  E.  GRUNSKY,  President  of  the  Academy 
COL.  GEORGE  C.  EDWARDS,  First  Vice-President 
OTTO  VON  GELDERN,  Second  Vice-President 
DR.  F.  M.  MacFARLAND,  Corresponding  Secretary 
JOSEPH  W.  HOBSON,  Recording  Secretary 
M.  HALL  McAllister,  Treasurer 
G.  P.  RIXFORD,  Librarian 
DR.  BARTON  WARREN  EVERMANN, 

Director  of  the  Museum  and  of  the  Steinhart 
Aquarium,  and  Executive  Curator 


STAFF 
Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Director  and  Executive  Curator 

Department  of  Botany  .    .    .  Alice  Eastwood,  Curator 

Department  of  Entomology  .  Edward  P.  Van  Duzee,  Curator 

Dr.  Edwin  C.  Van  Dyke,  Honorary  Curator 
Dr.  F.  R.  Cole,  Associate  Curator  in  Dipterology 
Dr.  F.  E.  Blaisdell,  Sr.,  Research  Associate 
Walter  M.  Giffard,  Research  Associate^ 

Department  of  Exhibits .    .    .  Frank  Tose,  Chief 

Department  of  Fishes     .   .   .  Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Curator 

H.  Walton  Clark,  Assistant  Curator 

Department  of  Herpetology  .  Joseph  R.  Slevin,  Curator 

Department  of  Invertebrate  Zoology 

Dr.  Walter  K.  Fisher,  Curator 

Library G.  P.  Rixford,  Librarian 

Thomas  Cowles,  Assistant  Librarian 

Department  of  Ornithology  and  Mammalogy 

Harry  S.  Swarth,  Curator 

M.  E.  McLellan  Davidson,  Assistant  Curator 

JosEPB  MAiLLiAiiD,  Curator  Emeritus 

Department  of  Paleontology  .   Dr.  G.  Dallas  Hanna,  Curator 

Leo  George  Hertlein,  Assistant  Curator 
Frank  M.  Anderson,  Honorary  Curator 
Dr.  Roy  E.  Dickerson,  Research  Associate 

Steinhart  Aquarium    ....   Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Director 

Alvin  Seale,  Superintendent  ; 
Wallace  Adams,  Assistant  Superintendent 


COMMITTEE  ON  PUBLICATION 

Col.  George  C.  Edwards,  Chairman 

Dr.  C.  E.  Grunsky  Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Editor 


»  Deceased  June  30,  1929. 


PROCEEDINGS 

OF    THE 

CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 

Fourth  Series 

Vol.  XVIII,  No.  16,  pp.  497-530,  plates  36-41         October  4, 1929 


XVI 


Some  Upper  Cretaceous  Foraminifera 
from  Near  Coalinga,  California 


BY 

J.  A.  CUSHMAN 

AND 

C.  C.  CHURCH 


SAN  FRAN  a  SCO 

Published  BY  the  Academy 

1929 


TRUSTEES,  OFFICERS,  COUNCIL, 

AND  MUSEUM  STAFF  OF 

THE  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 

WILLIAM  H.  CROCKER,  President .  Term  expires  1930 

JOSEPH  D.  GRANT,  Vice-President Term  expires  1932 

LOUIS  F.  MONTEAGLE Term  expires  1933 

MRS.  ALEXANDER  F.  MORRISON Term  expires  1934 

NORMAN  B.  LIVERMORE Term  expires  1931 

DR.  C.  E.  GRUNSKY, 

President  of  the  Academy  and  ex-officio  member  .  .  .  Term  expires  1930 
M.  HALL  MCALLISTER, 

Treasurer  of  the  Academy  and  ex-officio  member  .  .  .  Term  expires  1930 
SUSIE  M.  PEERS,  Secretary  to  the  Board 


OFFICERS  AND  COUNCIL 

DR.  C.  E.  GRUNSKY,  President  of  the  Academy 
COL.  GEORGE  C.  EDWARDS,  First  Vice-President 
OTTO  VON  GELDERN,  Second  Vice-President 
DR.  F.  M.  MacFARLAND,  Corresponding  Secretary 
JOSEPH  W.  HOBSON,  Recording  Secretary 
M.  HALL  McAllister,  Treasurer 
G.  P.  RIXFORD,  Librarian 
DR.  BARTON  WARREN  EVERMANN, 

Director  of  the  Museum  and  of  the  Steinhart 
Aquarium,  and  Executive  Curator  ^ 


STAFF 
Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Director  and  Executive  Curator 

Department  of  Botany  .    .    .  Alice  Eastwood,  Curator 

Department  of  Entomology  .  Edward  P.  Van  Duzee,  Curator 

Dr.  Edwin  C.  Van  Dyke,  Honorary  Curator 
Dr.  F,  R.  Cole,  Associate  Curator  in  Dipterology 
Dr.  F.  E.  Blaisdell,  Sr.,  Research  Associate 
Walter  M.  Giffard,  Research  Associate^ 
"';,i  Department  of  Exhibits.   .   .  Frank  TosE,  Ck'e/ 

Departoient  of  Fishes    .   .   .  Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Cttrofor 
'•    '  H.WALTOJi!  Clark,  Assistant  Curator 

Department  of  Herpetology  .  Joseph  R.  Slevin,  Curator 

Department  of  Invertebrate  Zoology 

Dr.  Walter  K.  Fisher,  Curator 

Library G.  P.  Rixford,  Librarian 

Thomas  Cowles,  Assistant  Librarian 

Department  of  Ornithology  and  Mammalogy 

Harry  S.  Swarth,  Curator 

M.  E.  McLellan  Davidson,  Assistant  Curator 

Joseph  Mailliard,  Curator  Emeritus 

Department  of  Paleontology  .   Dr.  G.  Dallas  Hanna,  Curator 

Leo  George  Hertlein,  Assistant  Curator 
Frank  M.  Anderson,  Honorary  Curator 
Dr.  Roy  E.  Dickerson,  Research  Associate 

Steinhaxt  Aqtiarium    .   .   .    .Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Director 

Alvin  Seale,  Superintendent 
Wallace  Adams,  Assistant  Superintendent 


COMMITTEE  ON  PUBLICATION 

Col.  George  C.  Edwards,  Chairman 

Dr.  C.  E.  Grunsky  Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Editor 


*  Deceased  June  30.  1929. 


PROCEEDINGS 

or  THK 

CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 

Fourth  Series 

Vol.  XVIII,  No.  17,  pp.  531-541,  and  No.  18,  pp.  542-586   April  8, 1930 


'^'^\k  rV!^  ;..V>- 


XVII 


Report  of  the  President  of  the  Academy 
for  the  Year  1929  \ 


C.  E.  Grunsky 

President  of  the  Academy 


XVIII 


Report  of  the  Director  of  the  Museum  and 
of  the  Aquarium  for  the  Year  1929 

BY 

Barton  Warren  Evermann 

Director  of  the  Museum  and  of  the  Aquarium 


SAN  FRANCISCO 

Published  by  the  Academy 

1930 


TRUSTEES,  OFFICERS,  COUNCIL, 

AND  MUSEUM  STAFF  OF 

THE  CALIFORNIA  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES 


BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 

WILLIAM  H.  CROCKER,  President Term  expires  1930 

JOSEPH  D.  GRANT,  Vice-President Term  expires  1932 

LOUIS  F.  MONTEAGLE Term  expires  1933 

MRS.  ALEXANDER  F.  MORRISON Term  expires  1934 

NORMAN  B.  LIVERMORE Term  expires  1931 

DR.  C.  E.  GRUNSKY, 

President  of  the  Academy  and  ex-officio  member  .  .  .  Term  expires  1930 
M.  HALL  MCALLISTER, 

Treasurer  of  the  Academy  and  ex-officio  member  .  .  .  Term  expires  1930 
SUSIE  M.  PEERS,  Secretary  to  the  Board 


OFFICERS  AND  COUNCIL 

DR.  C.  E.  GRUNSKY,  President  of  the  Academy 
COL.  GEORGE  C.  EDWARDS,  First  Vice-President 
OTTO  VON  GELDERN,  Second  Vice-President 
DR.  F.  M.  MacFARLAND,  Corresponding  Secretary 
JOSEPH  W.  HOBSON,  Recording  Secretary 
M.  HALL  McAllister,  Treasurer 
G.  P.  RIXFORD,  Librarian 
DR.  BARTON  WARREN  EVERMANN, 

Director  of  the  Museum  and  of  the  Steinhart 
Aquarium,  and  Executive  Curator 


STAFF 
Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Director  and  Executive  Curator 

Department  of  Botany  .    .    .  Alice  Eastwood,  Curator 

Department  of  Entomology  .  Edward  P.  Van  Duzee,  Curator 

Dr.  Edwin  C.  Van  Dyke,  Honorary  Curator 
Dr.  F.  R.  Cole,  Associate  Curator  in  Dipterology 
Dr.  F.  E.  Blaisdell,  Sr„  Research  Associate 
Walter  M.  Giffard,  Research  Associate^ 

Department  of  Exhibits .    .    .  Frank  Tose,  Chief 

Department  of  Fishes    ...  Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Curator 

H.  Walton  Clark,  Assistant  Curator 

Department  of  Herpetology  .  Joseph  R.  Slevin,  Curator 

Department  of  Invertebrate  Zoology 

Dr.  Walter  K.  Fisher,  Curator 

Library      G.  P.  Rixford,  Librarian 

Thomas  Cowles,  Assistant  Librarian 

Department  of  Ornithology  and  Mammalogy 

Harry  S.  Swarth,  Curator 

M.  E.  McLellan  Davidson,  Assistant  Curator 

Joseph  Mailliard,  Curator  Emeritus 

Department  of  Paleontology  .   Dr.  G.  Dallas  Hanna,  Curator 

Dr.  Leo  George  Hertlein,  Assistant  Curator 
Frank  M.  Anderson,  Honorary  Curator 
M.  Vonsen,  Honorary  Curator  in  Mineralogy 
Dr.  Roy  E.  Dickerson,  Research  Associate 

Steinhart  Aquarium    ....  Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Director 

Alvin  Seale,  Superintendent 
Wallace  Adams,  Assistant  Superintendent 


COMMITTEE  ON  PUBLICATION 

Col.  George  C.  Edwards,  Chairman 

Dr.  C.  E.  Grunsky  Dr.  Barton  Warren  Evermann,  Editor 


» Deceased  June  30,  1929.